The Anabasis of Xenophon : with an interlinear translation, for the use of schools and private learners on the Hamiltonian system

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world’s books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that’s often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book’s long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work 15 expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.

We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google’s system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attribution The Google “watermark” you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can’t offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book’s appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google’s mission is to organize the world’s information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world’s books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

atthtto://books.google.com/

Digitized by Google

Digitized by Google

Digitized by Google

Digitized by Google

Hamilton, Locke and Clark Heries.

THE

ANABASIS OF XENOPHON;
INTERLINEAR TRANSLATION,

FOR THE USE OF SCHOOLS AND PRIVATE
LEARNERS,

ON THE

HAMILTONIAN SYSTEM,

AS IMPROVED BY

THOMAS CLARK,

Editor of the Latin and Greek Interlinear Classics.

DAVID McKAY COMPANY, INC.
NEW YORK

Iniv. Library, |. santo Cruz 1989...

Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1859, by
CHARLES DE SILVER,

in the Clerk’s Office of the District Court of the United States for the Easte:n
District of Pennsylvania.

Reprinted December 1964

Copyright, .
CHARLES DE SILVER & Sons.
1887.

Printed in the United States of America

ΓᾺ
7777
ΠΕ
Car
Ὁ).

Tris interlinear edition of the Anabasis of Xeno-

PREFACE.

phon has been carefully translated by the editor of
the Latin and Greek series of interlinear classics.
His plan is somewhat peculiar, being intermediate
between the systems of Hamilton and Locke. The
uncouth and frequently unintelligible sentences of
Hamilton are avoided, while on the other hand the
verbal and grammatical meanings are given with an
accuracy fully equal to his, if not surpassing it. By
this plan the sense of the text is also conveyed more
precisely than is done either by the plan of Hamilton
or that of Locke—every idiomatic and grammatical
difficulty being completely overcome.

The work will be found of great service to the
student of the Greek language, as it removes many
of the difficulties so perplexing in its study.

The use of a few signs and characters, explained
on another page, has, in a measure, enabled the au-
thor to accomplish what he has above set forth.

THOMAS CLARK.
(iii)

EXPLANATIONS

THE union of two or more words by hyphens denotes, that they together
express the meaning of one Greek word; as,

γίγνονται.
are-born.

When two or more words, employed to express a Greek word, are sepa
rated by one or more words placed between them, such interposition 1s
denoted by a figure ' prefixed to the word next preceding that interposed,
and another figure ‘ placed before the next succeeding word; as,

οὕτω διατιϑεὶς πάντας.
‘having 80 ‘disposed all.

An English word or sentence included within parentheses ( ) is δὲ indi
cation that such word or sentence is not oxpressed in Greek; as
ἀφικνεῖτο πρὸς αὐτὸν τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως.
used-to-come (0 him of-the (persons sent) from (the) king.

When a word placed in parentheses is italicized, it shows that the word
above it is either superfluous or not to be expressed in English; as,

ἐδούλετο τὼ ἀμφοτέρω παῖδε.
he-desired (the) both (his) suns.
A dash directs the word above it to be omitted in the translation; as,
ὁ Κῦρος.
— Cyrus.
Where an italicized word or sentence within parentheses is followed by

another word or sentence, also in parentheses, but not in italics, the latter
forms the proper reading; as,
3 ’ A
ETVYYAVE TAPOV.
happened (being-preeent) (to-be-present).
When a word or sentence is put in brackets [ ] it serves as an explana-
tion, in the nature of a note; bat when the reading thus enclosed is to be

used instead of the literal translation, a vertical line ( | ) is placed at the
beginning of the reading that is to be changed; as,

ἔχοιεν.
| might-have (themselves) [might be].
( iw \

TESTIMONIALS

As TO

THE MERITS OF

The Interlinenr Translation of the Classics.

Testimony of celebrated men in favour of the interlineary system
of translations, as being best adapted for learning a law
guage.

Mitton. — We do amiss to spend seven or eight years merely
in scraping together as much Latin and Greek as might be
learned easily and delightfully in one year.

If, after some preparatory grounds of speech by their certain
forms got into memory, they were led to the prazis thereof in
some chosen short book lessoned thoroughly to them, [that is, read
and translated to them], which would bring the whole language
quickly into their power. This I take to be the most natural
and most profitable way of learning languages.

[Children] should begin with the chief and necessary rules
of some good grammar, either that now used, or any better; and
while this is doing, their speech is to be fashioned to a distinct
and clear pronunciation, as near as may be to the Italian, espe-
cially in the vowels. Next, to make them expert in the usefullest
points of grammar, some easy and delightful book should be
read to them.

[By this, Milton means that the teacher should read scae
easy Latin book to his pupils, and translate and explain it re-
peatedly, until they understand such Latin book. and can them
selves translate it.]

iv)

vi TESTIMONIALS.

Joun Locke, author of the “Essay on the Human Under
standing.”’— When I consider what ado is made about a little
Latin and Greek, how many years are spent in it, and what a
noise and business it makes to no purpose, I can hardly forbear
thinking that the parents of children still live in fear of the
schoolmaster’s rod, which they look on as the only instrument
of education; as a language or two to be his whole business.
How else is it possible that a child should be chained to the oar,
seven, eight, or ten of the best years of his life, to get a lan-
guage or two, which, I think, might be had at a great deal
cheaper rate of pains and time, and be learned almost in playing.

[The first project of Locke] is to trouble the child with no
grammar at all, but to have Latin as English has been, without
the perplexity of rules, talked into him, for, if you will consider
it, Latin is no more unknown to a child, when he comes into the
world, than English; and yet he learns English without a
master, rule, or grammar; and so might he Latin, too, as Tully
did, if he had somebody always to talk to him in this language.
And when we so often see a French woman teach an English
girl to speak and read French perfectly in a year or two, with-
out any rule of grammar, or anything else but prattling to her.
[ cannot but wonder hw gentlemen have overseen this way for
their sons. If, tberef sre, a man could be got, who, himself
speaking good Latin, που] always be about your son, talk con-
stantly to him, and suffer him to speak and read nothing else,
this would be the true and genuine way, and that which I would
propose, not only as the easiest and best, wherein a child might,
without pains or chiding, get a language which others are wont
to be whipt for at school six or seven years together; but also
as that wherein, at the same time, he might have his mind and
manners formed, and be instructed in all other parts of know-
ledge of things that fall under the senses, and require little
more than memory. But if such a man cannot be got who
spoaks good Latin, the next best thing is to have him taught as
near this way as may be, which is by taking scme casy and
pleasant book, such as Aisop’s Fables, and writing the English
-ranslation (made as literal as can be) in one line, and the Latin
words which answer each of them, just over it in anothe1
These let him read every dar over and over again, till he per.
eetly understarcs co. Lat ΠΕ; and then ge on te another Feble

TESTIMONIALS. va

till he is also perfect in that, not omitting what he is already
perfect in, but sometimes reviewing that to keep it in his
memory.

The formation of the verb first, and afterwards the declen-
sions of the nouns and pronouns, perfectly learned by heart,
facilitate his acquaintance with the genius and manner of the
Latin tongue, which varies the signification of verbs and nouns,
not as the modern languages do, by particles prefixed, but by
changing the last syllable. More than this of grammar, | think,
ne need not have, till he can read himself Sanctii Minerva.

As he advances in acquiring a knowledge of words, he must
advance, pari pasu, in obtaining a thorough and critical know-
ledge of grammar. When by this way of interlining Latin and
English one with another, he has got a moderate knowledge of
the Latin tongue, he may then be advanced a little farther, to
the reading of some other easy Latin book, such as Justin, o
Eutropius; and, to make the reading and understanding of it
the less tedious and difficult to him, let him help himself with
the English translation. Nor let the objection, that he will then
know it only by rote, fright any one. This, when well consi-
dered, is not of any moment against, but plainly for, this way
f learning a language. For languages are only to be learned
Ο rote; and a man who does not speak English and Latin per
fectly by rote, so that having thought of the thing he would
speak of, his tongue, of course without thought of rule or gram
mar, falls into the proper expression and idiom of that language,
does not speak it well, nor is master of it. Languages were
made, not by rules of art, but by accident, and the common use
of the people; and he that speaks them well has no other rule
but that, nor anything to trust to but his memory, and the habit
of speaking after the fashion learned from those that are allowed
to speak properly, which, in other words, is only to speak by
rote.

Sypyey Suita. — The Hamiltonian system, on the other hand,
Ist. Teaches an unknown tonguy by the closest interlinear trans-
lations, instead of leaving a boy to explore his way by the
lexicon or dictionary. 2d. It postpones the study of grammar
till a considerable progress has been made in the language, and
8 great degree of practical grammar has been acquired. 3d. It
vbstitutes the cheerfulness and competition of the /=ncasterian

νὰ" TESTIMONIALS.

system for the dull solitude of the dictionary. By these meaxs
a bey finds he is making a progress, and learning something
fror. the very beginning. He is not overwhelmed with the first
appearance of insuperable difficulties; he receives some little
pay from the first moment of his apprenticeship, and is not
compelled to wait for remuneration till he is out of his time,
The student, having » quired the great art of understanding
the sense of what is wi‘tten in another tongue, may go into the
study of the language as ieeply and as extensively as he pleases
fhe old system aims at beginning with a depth and accuracy
which many men never will want, which disgusts many from
arriving even at moderate attainments, and is a Jess easy, and
not more certain road to a profound skill in a language, than if
attention to grammar had been deferred to a later period.

In fine, we are strongly persuaded that, the time being given,
this system will make better scholars; and, the degree of
schularshit eing given, a much shorter time will be needed.
If there is any truth in this, it will make Mr. Hamilton one of
the most useful men of his age; for, if there is anything which
Gills reflecting men with melancholy and regret, it is the wast
»f mortal time, parental money, and puerile happiness, ip the
sresent method of pursuing Latin and Greek.

THE

ANABASIS OF XENOPHON

BOOK Il.

CHAPTER I.

Δαρείου καὶ Παρυσάτιδος γίγνονται δύο maibes,

Or ΠΤ τὲ and arysatis are-born two

σδύτερος μὲν ᾿Αρταξέρξης, δὲ γνεώτε
gare elder gore death ' (but) (the) ee

Κῦρος. ᾿Ἐπεὶ δὲ Δαρεῖος ἠσθένει καὶ ὑπώπτευε
Cyrus. After — Darius was-sick, and suspected (the)

τελευτὴν τοῦ tov, ἐδούλετο τὼ ἀμφοτέ
end (of-the) (his) life, he-desired (the) both (his)
παῖδε παρεῖναι. Ὁ πρεσόυύτε «μὲν
eons per ae (with him). The Te elder si
ow ἐτύγχανε παρὼν᾽ δὲ μεταπέμ-
(therefore) happened | (betng-present) (to be present); but he-sends

πεται Κῦρον ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς. ἧς ἐποίησε
for Cyrus from the government, of-which ‘he (had) ‘made

αὐτὸν σατραπὴν και ἀπέδειξε αὐτὸν δὲ
him satrap, and ‘he (had) aes him = also
στρατηγὸν πάντων, ὅσοι ἀϑροίζονται εἰς
ΘΟΙΏΙΏΔΏ ἀρ Γ of-all (the forces), as-many-as eee

πεδίον Καστωλοῦ. ‘O Kipos οὖν perm
(the) plain of-Castolus. — Cyrus therefore goes-up

Aabuy Τισσαφέρνην ὧς φίλον,
(te his father) having-taken (with him) Tissaphernes as (a) friend.
(9)

10 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

καὶ ἀνέθη ἔχων δὲ τριαχοσίους ὅπλιτας

and he-went-up having also (with him) three-hundred heavy-armed-men

τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἴρχοντα δὲ αὑτῶν Ἐξενία»

of-the Greeks, (and) (the) commander also of-them Xenias
Παῤῥασιον.

(the) Parrhasian.

"Ener δὲ Δαρεῖος ἐτελεύτησε καὶ *Aotate
After — “int : died, Ἴ ? ρταξέρξης

κατέστη εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν, τι οϑδερνς δια-

was-established in the kingdom, Tissaphernes ca-

θάλλει τὸν Κῦρον πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφόν, ὡς

lumniates —~ to (the) (his) brother, as-how-that

ἐπιθουλεύοι avta. Ὁ δὲ πείϑεται
he-might-be-plotting against-him. --- (Artaxerxes) indeed believes

τε xat συλλαμύανει Κῦρον ὡς ἀποχτενῶν᾽
(this) and also he-arrests Cyrus | as-if about-killing ;

δὲ ἡ μήτη

“with the intention of putting him to death;] but (the) (his) mother
ἐξαιτησαμένη αὗτον, ἀποπέμπει
faving-entreated-for-her-own-sake (pardon for) him senda
πάλιν ἐπὶ trv ἀρχήν. Ὁ δ᾽ ὡς ἀπῆλϑε,
(him) back to — (his) government. -—— But when he-departed,
χινδυνεύσας καὶ ἀτιμασϑείς, βουλεύεται

(after) having-been-in-danger and disgraced, he-deliberates

a ’ νὴ ” 3 ‘ ~

ENTOTE EOTAL ETL δεῖ τῷ
how ‘he-shali never "be hereafter (dependent) on — (his)
ἀδελφῷ, GAN ἢν δύνηται βασιλεύσι ἀντ
brother, but if he-could he-would-reign instead

éxeivov. Παρύσατις μὲν δὴ ἢ μητὴρ ὑπῆρχη τᾷ
of-him. Parysatis indeed — the mother went-for

Κύρῳ, φιλοῦσα αὐτὸν μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν ΓΟ ΕΥΌΝ
loving him move than the reigning

᾿Αρταξέρξην. Ὅστις 8 ἀφιχνεῖτο πρὸς AUTO?

Fr ea Whoever indeed used-to-come hix

τῶν ὶ βασιλέως, οὕτω διατιϑεὶς
f-the (persona sent) from (tie) king, | ‘having so ‘disposed

BOOK 42. — CHAPTER I. 11

πάντας, ὥστε ἀπεπέμ
all, (having so disposed all towards himself,] that he-used-to-.
NETO εἶναι φίλους αὐτῷ
‘send (them) ‘away-from-him (inclined) to-be friends to-himeself
μᾶλλον ἢ βασιλεῖ. Καὶ δὲ ἐπεμελεῖτο τῶν
more than ‘to (the) ‘king. And also he-took-care of-the
βαρθάρων nap’ ἑαυτῷ, ὡς τε εἴησαν ἱχανοὶ
el Aare wit him, in-order-that not-only they-might-be fit
πολεμεῖν χαὶ ἔχοιεν εὑὐνοϊχῶς

to-wage-war but-also | might-have (themselves) [might be] well-disposed

αὐτῷς Δὲ ἤϑροιζε τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν δύναμιν
to-him. But gd tere the Greek force

ἐπικρυπτόμενος ὡς μάλιστα ἐδύνατο, ὅπως ὅτι
concealing (this) as most he-could, in-order that

λάθοι βασιλέα ἀπαρασκευότατον. “Ode om
he-might-take the-king the-most-unprepared. Thus therefore

ἐποιεῖτο THY συλλογήν. Ὁπόσας φυλαχας
did-he-make the collection (of troops). As-'many garrisons ‘az

εἶχε ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι, παρήγγειλε τοῖς ἑχάστοις
8ο- ὰ in the cities, he-sent-instructions — to-each

φρουράρχοις λαμθάνειν Πελοποννησίους ἄνδρας 6 ὅτι

commander-vf-them _to-take Peloponnesian men

πλείστους χαὶ βελτίστους,
many-as (they could) and (.4e) best (soldiers), inasmuch-a.

Τισσαφέρνους ἐπιθουλεύοντος ταῖς πόλεσι. Kae

ε

Tissa phernes is-plotting-against the cities. -

ap αἱ Ἰωνικαὶ πόλεις ἦσαν τὸ τὸ ἀρχαῖον

or the Ionian cities were rmerly (under the
Τισσαφέρνους, δεδομέ ναὶ ἐκ

government) of-Tissaphernes, (they) Sra eis ee (to him) by
βασιλέως, τότε δ᾽ ἀφεστήχεσαν πρὸς ἔρον

(the) king, afterwards they-had-revolted to

πᾶσαι πλὴν Μιλήτου. Δὲ Τισσαφέρνης προαισ-
all (of them) except Miletus. But Tissaphernes having-be-

ϑόμενος ἐν Μιλήτῳ pou

foreband-perccived (that certain persons) in Miletus

\
|

\ For sending

΄

12 THE ANABASIS ΟΕ XENOPHON.

pous sa αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἀποστῆναι πρης
ning — these very-same (things) | to-have-revolted [to revolt] to
Κῦρον, τοὺς μὲν αὐτῶν ἀπέχτεινε, τοὺς &

Cyrus, | the indeed [some indeed] of-them __he-killed, | the but

ἐξέθαλεν. ᾿ Ὁ δὲ Κῦρος ὑπολαθῶν τοὺς
{but others] he-banished. — But Cyrus having-received | (the
φεύγοντας συλλέξας στράτευμα
fleeing) (the exiles) (and) having-collected (an) army
ἐπολιόρχει Μίλητον καὶ κατὰ γὴν καὶ κατὰ
he-besieged Miletus both by land and by
θάλατταν, καὶ ἐπειρᾶτο κατάγειν τοὺς éxnen-
808, and he-endeavoured to-bring-back | (the having-
τωχότας. Καὶ αὖ ἦν αὕτη ἄλλη
(been)-driven-out) (the exiles). And again there-was this other

, 9 ἡ ~ 9 ’ ’
πρόφασις αὐτῷ τοῦ ἀϑροίζειν στράτευμα.
pretext for-him | (of-the to-collect) (for assembling) (an) army.
Δὲ πέμπων πρὸς βασιλέα ἠξίου

(the) king _he-requested (that) being (a)
ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ, ταύτας τὰς πόλεις δοθῆναι
brother of-him, those — cities (ought) to-have-been-given
οἵ ἄλλον ἢ Τισσαφέρνην ἄρχειν
to-himself μ rather than (that) Tissaphernes (should) P rule

αὐτῶν, καὶ ἢ untnp συνέπραττεν αὐτῷ
them, and — (his) mother supported nim (in)
ταῦτα᾽ ὥστε βασιλεὺς οὐχ μὲν ἠσθάνετο
this; therefore (the) king ‘did not indeed ‘perceive
τῆς ἐπιδουλῆς πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, δὲ ἐνόμιζε αὐτὸν
the plot against himself, bat he-thought he (Cyrus)
πολεμοῦντα Τισσαφέρνει δαπανᾶν appr
aghting with-Tissapbernes spends (his means) upon
τὰ στρατεύματα᾽ ὥστε οὐδέν ἤχθετο
| (the) (his) armies ; | therefore ‘it-was not "hated
αὐτῶν πολεμούντων.
of-them fighting {therefore he was not displeased with their
Καὶ yap ὃ Κῦρος ἀπέπεμπε βασιλεῖ
being at war]. For — COyras remitted ‘to (the) ‘king

BOOK I. — CHAPTER I. 18

τοὺς δασμοὺς γιγνομένους ἐχ τῶν πόλεων, ὧν
she tributes arising from the cities, whieh

Τισσαφέρνης ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων.

Cissapherues | happened having [had].
A’ ἄλλο στράτευμα συνελέγετο αὐτῷ ἐν
But another army was-collected for-him im
Χεῤῥονήσῳ τῇ xatavtinépas ᾿Αθύδου, τόνδε
Chersunesus (tn the) right-over-against Abydos, this (was'
τὸν τρότων. Κλέαρχος Λακεδαιμόνιος ἦν

the manner (thereof.) Cleurchus (a) 1,δοθάξοθιηοηΐδὴ was (an

φυγὰς. ὁ Κῦρος συγγενόμενος τούτῳ
exile ; — Cyrus having-become-acquainted with-this (man,
TE ἡγάσϑη αὐτὸν καὶ δίδωσιν αὑτῷ
not-only was struck-with-admiration (for) him, but-also gives him
μυρίους daperxots. “O δὲ λαθὼν τὸ χρυσίον
ten-thousand ἀατγίοβ. -- But having-taken the gold
συνέλεξε στράτευμα ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν χρημάτων,
he-collected (an) army | from __ these -- things
χαὶ ὁρμώμενος ἐχ Χεῤῥονήσου
{by means thereof], and making-irruptions from (the) hersonesus
3 ' ~ ‘ ~ 3 ~ 6 4
ἐπολέμει τοῖς Θρᾳξι, τοῖς οἰχοῦσι ὑπὲρ
he-waged-war against (the) Thracians, —- (who) dwell above (the)
Ἑλλήσποντον, καὶ ὠφέλει τοὺς Ἕλληνας καὶ
Hellespont, and he-was-of-service to-the Greeks ; and
ὥστε αἱ Ἑ λλεσποντιαχαι πόλεις ἑχοῦσαι συνεθάλε
so-that the Hellespontian towns willingly contri-
λοντο χρήματα αὐτῷ εἰς τὴν τροφὴν τῶν
buted (the necessary) things to-him for the nourishment of-the
στρατιωτῶν. Τοῦτο δ᾽ αὖ αὕτω τὸ στράτευμα
soldiers. | This indeed again (was) thus — (an) army
τρεφόμενον ἐλάνθανεν AUTE.
being -maintained secreted for-him [thus again an army was se
: pierces δὲ ὁ Θετταλὸς

@etly maintained for him]. ristippus — the Thessalian

ὧν ἐτύγγανεν αὐτῷ ξένος,
; being happened to-him (a) guest-friend [happened to be his

14 THE ANABASIS OY XENOPHON.

χαὶ πιεζόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν
guest bound by the ties of hospitality], and being: pressed by the
ἀντιστασιωτῶν οἶχοι ἐρχεται πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον, xox

opposite-faction at-home he-gves — Cyrus, and
αἰτεὲ αὐτὸν εἷς δισχιλίους ξένους καὶ μισθόν
requests (of) him --ὀ two-thousand mercenaries, and paj

ΤΡΙΩν μηνῶν, ὡς οὕτω ἀν περιγε:
(for them for) months, as = thus =| ‘he might ‘have-been

νόμνος τῶν ἀντιστασιωτῶν.
superior [so that be might be superior to] the opposite-faction.

Ὃ de Κῦρος δίδωσιν αὐτῷ εἰς TET

— But Cyrus gives him to (the number οὗ) four-

χισχιλίους καὶ μισϑόν ἐξ μηνῶν, χαὶ δεῖται
thousand and pay (for) six months, and _ he-requests
αὐτοῦ μὴ πρόσθεν καταλῦσαι πρὸς
of-him he-'would not first ‘terminate (the strife) against
TOUS ἀντιστασιώτας πρὶν ἂν συμδουλεύσηται
the opposite-faction before (that) — he-should-consult
κὐτῶ. Οὕτω dé αὖ τὸ στράτευμα τρε.
with-him [Cyrus]. | Thus — again — (an) army being
φόμενον éAavSavey αὐτῷ

maintained secreted for-him {thus again an army was secretly

ἐν Θετταλίᾳ. ᾿Ἐχέλευσε Πρόξενον

‘

maintained for him] in Thessaly. He-ordered scsi

δὲ tov Βοιώτιον ὄντα ξένον αὐτῷ

-- the Bootian | being (a) guest (of) him [who was in the ties
λαθόντα πλείστους

of hospitality with him] (that) | having-taken [having collected] as-many
ἄνδρας ὅτι παραγενέσθαι, ὡς βουλόμενος
men as-possible to-come-to (him), as-if he-were-wishing

στρατεύεσθαι εἰς Πισίδας, ὡς, τῶν

to-lead-an-army against (the) Pisidians, in-as-much-as, = the

Πισιδῶν παρεχόντων πράγματα. πῇ χώρᾳ ἑαυτοῦ.

Pisidians being-pretending thing in-the province of-bimself

᾿Ἐχέλευσε δὲ Σοφαίνετον

(fox the Pisidians infested hig territories]. He-ordered also Sopheonetus

BOOK I. ——CHAPTER ITI. 16

τον Στυμφάλιον καὶ Σωχράτην τὸν ᾿Αχαιόν, τούτους
the Stymphaiian and Socrates the Achaian,

χαὶ ὄντας Eévous, Aabovras

also being (his) guest-frivcds, (that) | having-taken (having collected]
πλείςτους ἄνδρας ὅτι ἐλϑεῖν, ὡς
as-many men as-poasible | to-have-come [to come to him], as
πολεμήσων Τισσαφέρνει σὺν τοῖς φυγάσι
he-was-about-waging-war Bea elle with the exiles
τῶν Μιλησίων. Kat οὗτοι ἐποίουν οὕτως.

of-the Milesians. And they did 80.

CHAPTER II.

"Ket δ᾽ ἐδόχει αὐτῷ ἤδη πορεύεσθαι

AFTER indeed it-seemed to-him already (time) | to-go
ἄνω, μὲν ἐποιεῖτο
ap, (to march into the interior against his brother], — he-made
τὴν πρόφασιν ὡς βουλόμενος ἐχθαλεῖν

(the) (this) pvetext, that (he-wishing) (he was desirous) to-expe

Πιυίδας παντάπασιν ἐκ τῆς yapas* καὶ ἀϑροίζει

the) Piddians entirely from the territory; and sel tr
EvTave’a ὡς ἐπὶ τούτους τό τε βαρϑαρικον
there, as-if against these amas the —

καὶ τὸ KAAnixov στ ee παραγγέλλει τε
and the Grecian ᾿ῥώ and na alt heel not-only

τῷ KAcupy@ ἥκειν λαθόντι ὅσον στ si
- to-Clearchus to-come (0 αἰ) | taking whatever

hy αὐτῷ καὶ τῷ “Apia
here-was to-him [bringing all the forces he had] but-also —

tn, συναλλαγέντι πρὸς τοὺς
dpy us, (that) πῤῤβηβκας ὃς he with — (those opposed

οἶχοι ἀποπέμψαι ὃς ἑαυτὸν
to him) at-home | (to-have-sent) (tosend) to himself (the,
ττρατευμᾶ ὃ εἶχε" καὶ παραγγέλλει Ἐξνίᾳ τῷ

which he-had; and he-sent-word to-Xenias ἐν"

16 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

᾿Αρχάδι, ὃς σπροεστήχει τοῦ ξενιχοῖ ἐν ταῖς
Arcadian, who had-been-commander-over the mercenaria in the
πόλεσι αὐτῷ, ἤἥχειν λαθόντα τοὺς ἴκῆρας,
towns for-him, to-come | taking [bringing] (all) the men,
πλὴν ὁποσοι ἦσαν ἱχανοὶ φυλάττειν τὰς ἀχρυπόλεις
except as-many-as were sufficient to-guard the citadsh
᾿Ἔχαάλεσε δὲ καὶ τοὺς πολιορχοῦντας Μίλητον
He-called-for — also — (those) besieging Miletus
καὶ ἐχέλευσε τοὺς φυγάδας OTPATEVETIAL σὺν αὐτῷ,
and he-exhorted the exiles to-serve-as-suldiers with him,
ὑποσχόμενος αὐτοῖς, εἰ καλῶς καταπράζειεν,
having-promised to-them, if 'he-should successfully ‘accomplish
ἐφ᾽ a ἐστρατεύετο, μή πρόσϑεν παύσασϑαι
(the objects) for which be-took-the-field, [not (first) to-cease
πρὶν καταγάγοι αὐτοὺς οἴκαδε.
before he-might-have-led them home [he would not cease before
Οἱ δε NOEW ἐπείϑοντο" γὰ
he led them home]. — — ‘They cheerfully ‘obeyed (him); for
ἐπίστευον αὑτῷ xat λαθόντες τὰ ὅσιλα
they-believed him ; and having-taken — (their) arms
παρῆσαν εἰς Σάρδεις. Ἐξενίας μὲν δὴ
] were-present at [joined him at] Sardis. Xenias also —
παρεγένετο εἰς Σάρδεις λαθὼν TOUS
came to Sardis having-taken (with him) the (soldiers)
Ex τῶν πόλεων, ὁπλίτας εἰς τετ
from the towns, (being) heavy-armed-men to-the-number-of our-
χισχιλίους" Πρόξενος δὲ r ἔχων ὁπλί-
thousand ; roxenus -— | was-present [came] having heavy-
τας μὲν εἰς πενταχοσίους καὶ χιλίους,
armed-men — to-the-num ver-of five-hundred and a-thousand,
δὲ πενταχοσίους γυμνῆτας" Lopaivetos δὲ ὁ
also five-hundred light-armed ; Sopheenetus likewise, the
Στυμφάλιος ἔχων χιλίους onditas? Σωχράτης
Stymphalian having a-thousand heavy-armed-men ; ocrates
δὲ ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς ἔχων ὡς πενταχοσίους ὁπλίτας
also the Achaian having about five-hundred Leavy-armed-men,

BOOK I. — CHAPTER II. 17

Πασίων ὁ Meyapevs δὲ παρεγένετο ἔχων μὲν

Pasion the Megarean

εἰς «φριαχοσίους "iden δὲ τριακοσίους
to-the-number-of -hundred heavy-armed-men, and three-hundred
πελταστὰς" καὶ δὲ οὗτος ἦν καὶ ὁ Σωκράτης
peltastes , both he was and (also) —

τῶν στρατευομένων ἀμφὶ Μίλητον.
{aaong) — (those) serving-in-the-army Miletus

Οὗτοι μὲν ἀφίκοντο αὑτῷ εἰς Σά
These indeed | arrived-at to-him [joined ae at Sardis.

Τισσαφέρνης δὲ χατανοήσας ταῦτα, καὶ nynoa
Tlissaphernes - having-observed these-things, and having-considered

τὴν παρασχευὴν εἶναι μείζονα ἢ ὡς ἑπὶ
the preparation to-be greater than as-if against (the)
Πισίδας, πορεύεται ὡς βασιλέα τάχιστα Ff
Pisidians, he-set-out to (the) king as-speedily as
ἐδύνατο, ἔχων ὡς πενταχοσίους innéas. Kas
he-could, having about _five-hundred cavalry. And (the)

pants μὲν dn, ἐπεὶ ἤχουσε παρα Τισσαφέρνους

— therefore, after he-heard from Tissaphernes

τὸν στόλον Kr ἀντιπαρεσχευάζετο.
(of) the military-expedition τὼ began-to-prepare-himself-against-it.

Kiipos δὲ, ἔχων οὖς εἴρηχα ὡρμᾶ:
—, | having which I-have-said [as I δαὶ ἃ] put-himeelf-in-

το ἀπὸ Σάδεων" χαὶ ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Λυδίας
motion from Sardis ; (and) he-advances through — Lydia

τρεῖς σταϑμοῦυς, εἴχοσι
δεν [three days’ march], (being a distance of ) twenty

καὶ δυο παρασάγγας, ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν Μαίανδρον.

two parasangs, river Meander.

om εὖρος τούτου αι πλέϑ

The breadth of-this (river γ88) τὸ plethra; [about 200 feet]; (a,
γέφυρα δε ἐπὴν ἐζευγμένη ἑπτά πλοίοις.
ridge — was-over (it) es by-seven boata

Διαθὰς τοῦτο ἐξελαύνει διὰ Φρυγίας
Βανίηρ-ογοβεοά-ου this river) he-advances through i lt

18 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἕνα oTaS Lov ὀχτὼ παρασάγγας, εἰς

one station [one day’s march] (being) eight parasangs,

Κολοσσάς. οἰχουμένην πόλιν, εὐδαίμονα καὶ
Colossa, (an) inhabited town, wealthy and
otha ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινεν ἕπτά ἡμέρας" καὶ

Here he-remained seven days; and

Μένων ὁ Θετταλὸς nxe ἔχων χιλίους
Mev“. the Thessalian came (to him) having (a) thousand

ὁπλίτας χαὶ τενταχοσίους πελταστας,
heavy-armed-men and five-hundred peltasts ([targetiers],

Δόλοπας καὶ Αἰνιᾶνας καὶ ᾿ὈΟλυνϑίους.
(they being) Dolopians and fnians and Olynthians.

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει τρεῖς σταϑμους
Hence he-advances three aoa {three days’ march]

εἴχοσιν παρασάγγας els Κελαινάς οἴχουμένην
(making) twenty purasangs Celznz (an) inhabited

πόλιν τῆς εἶμαι ας, ral baal χαὶ εὐδαίμονα.

town of-the rygians, and wealthy.

Ἐνταῦθα ἦν βασίλεια Κύρῳ
| Here there-was (a) palace for-Cyrus, [here Cyrus had a pa-

καὶ μέγας παράδεισος, πλήρης αγρίων ἝΩ

lace] and (a) large park, of-wil

ἃ éxeivos ἐδδήρευεν ἀπὸ intron,
which he used-to-hunt | from horse, [on horseback], fis

βούλοιτο γυμνάσαι ἑαυτόν
he-might-wish to-have-exercised [when he wished to exercise] himself

TE χαὶ τοὺς ἵππους. Ὁ ποταμός Μαίανδρος pei

— δὰ the horses. The river Meander _ flows
διὰ μέσου δὲ τοῦ παραδείσου" δὲ ai τογγαὶ
through (the) middle -- of-the park ; | and the springs
αὐτοῦ εἰσιν ἐχ τῶν βασιλείων"
of-it are from the palace ; {and its springs issue from
δὲ xat pet διὰ τῆς πόλεως Κελαινῶν.
the palave]; and also it flows through the city of-Celrenas.
Ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἐρυμνὰ βασίλεια εγάλου
There-is αοὸ -- a “ortified palace ‘of (the) ‘great

'ΟΟΚ 1.— CHAPTER II. Lv

βασιλέως ἐν Κελαιναῖς, ἐπι ταῖς
king {the king of Persia] in Celene, (situated) at the
πηγαῖς τοῦ ποταμοῦ Mapotov, ὑπὸ τῇ ἀκροπόλει

sources of-the river Marsyas, under the citadel;

οὗτος δὲ χαὶ pet dua τῆς πόλεως, καὶ
this (river) also — flows through the city, and

ἐωδάλλει εἰς tov Matavdpov' τὸ δὲ εὗρος τοῦ
empties into the Meander ; the — breadth of-the

Mapotov ἐστιν εἴχοσι χαὶ πέντε ποδῶν.
Marsyas is twenty and five | of-feet [feet]

Ἐνταῦθα ᾿Απόλλων λέγεται éxdet Μαρσύαν.
Here Apollo is-said to-have-flayed oneee

νιχήσας ἐρίζοντά οἱ περι
having-conquered (him) | contending — (they contending) about

σοφίας, καὶ χρεμάσαι τὸ δέρμα ἐν τῷ ἄντρῳ
music, and to-have-hung-up the in the cave

ὅϑεν αἱ πηγαί" διὰ τοῦτο δὲ ὁ ποταμὸς

whence the springs (rise); from this indeed the river

καλεῖται Μαρσύας. “Evtaisa Ἐέρξης, ὅτε ἀπεχώρει

is-called Marsyas. Here Xerxes, when he-departed

ix τῆς EAAados ἡττηϑεὶς φῇ μάχῃ, λέγεται

from --- Greece having-been-defeated in-the battle, is-said

οἰχοδομῆσαι te ταῦτά ta βασίλεια χαὶ τὴν
to-have- built also this - palace and the

ἀχρόπολιν Κελαινῶν. ᾿Ἐνταῦϑα Κῦρος ἔμεινε
citadel of-Celeense. Here Cyrus remained

i cca ἡμέρας καὶ Κλέαρχος 6 Λακεδαιμόνιος

days and Clearchus the Lacedeemonian

φυγὰς 7xE, ἔχων χιλίους ὁπλίτας, καὶ

exile came (to him), having a-thousand heavy-armed-men, and

ὀχταχοσίους Opdxas πελταστὰς, χαὶ διαχοσίους
eight-bundred Thracian targetiers, and two-hundred

Κρῆτας τοξότας. Δὲ καὶ dua Σωχράτης ὁ

Creten archers. And also at-the-same-time Socrates the

Συραχὸσ παρὴν ἔχων τριαχοσίους
=e μέρεα oe ' wag-nresent [arrived] eae seagate

20 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

οπλίτας, καὶ Lopaivetos ὁ Apxac, ἔχων χιλίους

teavy-armed-men, and Sophienetus the Arcadian, having a-thousand

WAM TAC. Καὶ évtaisa Κῦρος ἐποίησεν

neavy-armed-men. And here Cyrus made (um)
ἀριϑμὸν καὶ ἐξέτασιν τῶν Ἑλλήων ἐν τῷ
enumeratior and (hada) review of-the Greeks in the
παραδείσῳ, καὶ ἐγένοντο oF σύμπαντες, μὲν
park, and they-were -- all-together, (indeed)

μύριοι xat χίλιι ὁπλῖται, δὲ ἀμφὶ τοὺς

ten-thousand and a-thousand heavy-armed-men, but about --

δισχιλίους πελτασταὶ.

two-thousand peltastse flight-armed men and targetiers].
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει δύο σταϑμοῦὺς,
Hence he-advances two stations [two days’ march),

δέχα παρασάγγας εἰς Πέλτας, oixovpevyr
(making) ten parasangs to Pelte, (a) peopled
πόλιν. Ἔνταῦο ἔμεινε τρεῖς ἡμέρας ᾿ ἐν αἷς

city. Here he-remained three days; in which (days)
Eieviag 6 “Apxag ἔϑυσε ta Λύχαια καὶ ἔϑηκε
Xenias the Arcadian celebrated the Lycrean-rites, and instituted (a)

ἀγῶνα" τὰ δὲ ἀϑλα ἦσαν χρυσαῖ
contest ; [public games]; the — prizes were golden
στλεγγίδες" καὶ δὲ Κῦρος ἐθεώρει tov ἀγῶνα.
strigils ; and also Cyrus viewed the putlic-games.
"Evtedsev ἐξελαύνει δίο σταϑμοὺς, δώδεχα
Hence he-marches-forth two stations, (making) twelve
παρασάγγας εἰς ἀγοράν Κεραμῶν,
parasangs to (the) market-place ‘of (the) ‘Ceramians, (an)
οἰχουμένην πόλιν, ἐσχάτην

inhabited city, (the) last (on the road to Mysia) (and)
πρὸς τὴ Μυσίᾳ χώρᾳ. ᾿Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει τρεῖς
next-to the Mysian territory. Hence he-advances _ three
σταϑμοὺς, τριάχοντα παρασάγγας,
stativns, [days’ march], (making) thirty parasangs,

εἰς πεδίον Kaiorpov, οἰχουμένην πόλιν. *EvratS
to (ths) plain of-CaYstrus, (an) inhabited city. Here

BOOK I — CHAPTER II. 21

ἰμεινε πέντε ἡμέρας᾽ καὶ μισϑός ὠφείλετο τοῖς
ae-remained five days; and pay was-due to-the
στρατιώταις πλέον ἢ τριῶν μηνῶν, χαὶ ἱόντες
soldiers (for) more than months, and going
τολλάχις ἐπὶ τὰς θύρας ἀπίπουν.
often [to the gates [to his quarters] they-demanded (it)
Az ὁ λέγων ἐλπίδας διῆγε
But — Cyrus | saying hopes [giving hopes] | paseed-the-time [put
3 Ψ - 9 ’ ‘ Ψ 3
καὶ ἦν δῆλος ἀνιώμενος" yap ἦν ov

ther off], and he-was manifestly distressed ; for it-was not
πρὸς τρόπου τοῦ Κύρου μὴ ἀποδιδόναι
of the- nature -- of-Cyrus not to-pay
ἔχοντα.

ne-having (wherewith so to do).
"Evtatsa Ἐπίαξα n γυνή Συεννέσιος τοῦ
Here Epyaxa the wife of-Syennesis the
βασιλέως Κιλίχων ἀφικνεῖται,
king ‘of (the) '‘Cilicians arrives, (on a visit) to
Κῦρον χαὶ ἐλέγετο δοῦναι Κύρῳ πολλά χρήματα.
Cyrus; and she-was-said to-have-given Cyrus much money.
Κῦρος δ᾽ οὖν τότε ἀπέδωχε τῇ στρατιᾷξΠ: μισϑὸν
Cyrus — therefore then paid the army (their) wages
τεττάρων μενῶν. Ἣ Κίλισσα δὲ καὶ εἶχε
for-four months. The Cilician ‘queen) also — had (a)
, . e ‘ ’ ‘
φύλαχας περὶ αὑτὴν Κίλικας και ᾽Ασπει»-
guard with her (composed of) Cilicians and Aspen-
δίους" καὶ δὲ ἐλέγετο Kipov συγγενέσθαι τῇ
dians; and also it-was-said (that) Cyrus had-connexion with-the

Κιλίσσῃ. "Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἐξελαύνει δύο σταϑμοῖς,

Cilician (queen). Hence — he-marches-forth two stations,

δέκα παρασάγγας εἰς Orubpiov, οἰχουμένεν

(making) ten parasangs to Thymbrium, (a) peopled
πόλιν. Ἔνταῖϑα ἦν παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν χρή
town. Here there-was, by the road (side) (a) fountain

nN καλουμένη Midov tod Bacrscs
which was-called (the fountain of) Midas, the king

22 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

Φρυγων, ἐφ’ 7 Μίδας λέγεται θηρεῦσαι. τὸν
of-Phrygia, at which, Midas is-said Resi sapere the

Σάτυρον, κεράσας αὑτήν οἴνῳ. ἜἘντεῦδδεν
Satyr, having-mixed it [the fountain] with-wine. Hence

ἐξελαύνει δύο σταϑμοὺς δέχα παρασάγγας,

he-marches-forth two stations (making) ten parasangs,

εἰς Τυριαῖον οἰχουμένην πόλιν. “Evtaisa ἐμεινε
tv Tyrisum (an) inbabited town. Here _ihe-remained

τρεῖς ἡμέρας, καὶ ἡ Κίλισσα λέγεται δεηδδῆναι

three days, and the Cilician (queen) is-said to-have-requested

Κύρου ἐπιδεῖξαι tO στρατεῦθα αὐτῇ.
of-Cyrus | to-have-shown [to show] | (the) (his) to-her.

Οὖν βουλόμενος ἐπιδεῖζαι, ποιεῖται
He therefore ‘willing | to-have-shown [toshowit], makes (8)

ἐξέτασιν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ τῶν Ἑλλήνων χαὶ τῶν
review in the plains of-the Greeks and of-the
βαρθάρων. “ExéAevoe δὲ τοὺς Ἕλληνας οὕτω
barbarians. He-orders — _ the Greeks | so

ταχϑῆναι ὡς γόμος αὐτοῖς

to-have-been-arranged [so to be marshalled] as (was the) custom for-them

εἰς μάχην χαὶ στῆναι, δὲ ἔχαστον
battle, and to-stand (in such order), but (that) each

συντάξαι τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ.
(commander) was-to-arrange |the of-himself [his own men]. | ‘They-
Ow ἐτάχϑησαν ἐπὶ τεττά
were therefore ‘arranged in fours; [they were drawn up
Μένων μὲν δὲ, καὶ οἵ συν αὐτῷ εἶχε
four deep]; Menon indeed — and | (the) (those) with him

τὸ δεξιὸν, δὲ Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐχείνου
the ight, but Clearchus j|and the of-him {and his men)

TO εὐώνυμον, OL ἄλλοι στρατηγοί δὲ TO μέσον.
the left, the other commanders — _ the centre.

Ὁ Κῦρος οὖν μὲν πρῶτον ἐθεώρει τοὺς β ὀάρους

— Cyrus therefore — reviewed the

η δὲ παρήλαυνον τεταγμένοι κατὰ ἴλας καὶ
— and they-marched-jast-him drawn-up in teoopse = and

BOOK I. — CHAPTER I. 28
κατὰ τάξεις, δὲ εἶτα τοὺς Ἕλληνας
in comparies, and afterwards (he reviewed) the Greeks

παρελαύνων ἐφ’ ἅρματος καὶ ἡ Κίλισσα ἐφ᾽
riding-by-them in (his) chariot, andthe Cilician (queen) in

ἁρμαμάξης. Πάντες δὲ εἶχον YaAxd χράνη, καὶ

(8) covered-carriage. — had brazen helmets, and
powixods χιτῶνας, καὶ xvyuidas, χαὶ τας ἀσπίδας
searlet tunics, and greaves, δὰ the shields
EXXEX μένας. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ παρήλασε πάντας,
barnished. After — he-had-ridden-past all,

στήσας τὸ ἅρμα πρὸ τῆς φάλαγγος,
baving-stopped — (his) chariot in-front-of the phalanx, (and!

πέμψας Πίγρητα τὸν ἑρμηνέα παρὰ τοὺς στρατη-

having-sent Pigres the interpreter the comman-

yous τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐζχέλευσε προδαλέσϑθαι

ders of-the Greeks he-commanded (them) to-thrust-forward
τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ ἐπιχωρῆσαι tn
— (their) arms, and | to-have-moved-forward [to move forward] the
ὅλην φάλαγγα. Οἱ δὲ προεῖπον ταῦτα
entire phalanx. The (commanders)— announced these

τοῖς στρατιώταις᾽ καὶ ἔπει ἐσάλε
(things) to-the soldiers ; and after it-was-sounded-with-the

πιγξε, προδαλλόμενοι τὰ ὅπλα, ἔπεσαν.

trumpet, putting-forward — (their) arms, they-advanced.

As ἐκ τούτου προϊόντων θᾶσσον συν x
And from _ this going-on more-quickly with (a) shout, | (a)

δρόμος ἐγένετο τοῖς στρατιώταις

running happened to-the soldiers [the soldiers commenced ran-

ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτομάτου ἐπὶ tas σχηνάς. Καὶ de
αἷη] of — their-own-accord to the tents. And alse

πολὺς φόδος ἄλλοις τῶν βαρθάρων, καὶ

(there was) (a) great fear to-others of-the ae ἀθε and

τε ἡ Κίλισσα ἔφυγεν ἐκ τῆς ἁρμαμάξης, καὶ

— the Cilician (queen) A from the Persian-carriage, and

οἱ ἐχ τῆς ἀγορὰς Epuyov XATAAIMOVTES τὰ
- (those) in the markets having-left-bchind the

24 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON

avi: δὲ οἱ Ἕλληνες 7ASOV ἐπὶ Tas
things exposed-to-sale; but the Greeks went to the

oxyvas σὺν γέλωτι. Ae ἡ Κίλισσα ἰδοῦσα

tents with laughter. (But) the Cilician (queen) having-seen

τὴν λαμπρότητα καὶ τὴν τάξιν τοῦ στρατεύματος

the splendour and the discipline of-the army
ἐθαύμασε. Δὲ Κῦρος ἥσθη ἰδών τὸν

was-struck-with-admiration. (But) Cyrus was-delighted seeing the

obo ἐχ τῶν EAAnvwr εἰς τούς Bapbapous.

fear (inspired) by the Greeks into the barbarians.

"Evretdev ἐξελαύνει τρεῖς σταϑμοὺς, εἴχοσι

Hence _he-marches-forth three stations, (making) twenty

παρασάγγας, εἰς Ἰχόνιον, ἐσχάτην πόλιν τῆς

parasangs, Iconium, (the) last town --

Φρυγίας. Ἐπνταῦϑα ἔμεινε τρεῖς ἡμέρας.

of- Phrygia. Here he-remained _ three days.

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Λυχαονίας πέντε

Hence he-marches-forth through — Lycaonia five

OTaduous, τριάχοντα παρασάγγας. ᾿Ἐπέτρεψε

stations, (making) thirty parasangs. He-permitted

τοῖς Ἕλλησι διαρπάσαι τὴ» ταύτην
the Greeks | (to-have-plundered) (to plunder) — this

χώραν, ὡς οὖσαν πολεμίαν. "Ἐντεῦθεν Epes

country, as being hostile. Hence

ἀποπέμπει τὴν Κίλισσαν σὺν ταχίστην
eends-away the Cilician (queen) by-the | quickest [shortest)}

ὁδόν εἰς τὴν Κιλικίαν" καὶ συμέπεμψεν αὐτῇ

road into “ςἶ- Cilicia ; and _he-sent-with her (the)
στρατιώτας, ots Μένων εἶχε, xat αὐτόν.
soldiers, that Menon had, and (Menon) himself,

Κῦρος δὲ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐξελαύνει δια απ’
Cyrus indeed with the others marches-forth through Cap-

παδοχίας τέτταρας σταϑμους, εἴχοσι χαὶ πέντε
padocia stations, (making) twenty and five

4 moog Aavav οἰχουμένην πόλιν
ca YY» ρὸ Dana (a) τ τὰ wn

BOOK I. — CHAPTER II. 26

μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. ᾿Ενταῦϑα ἔμειναν τρεῖς
ge and wealthy. Here they-remained three
ἡμέρας" ἐν ᾧ Κῦρος ἀπέχτεινε Πέ

days; during which (time) Cyrus put-to-death (a) ersian
ἄνδρα Μεγαφέρνην βασίλειον φοινικιστὴν,
(man si βρέ eg (by name), (a) royal purple-wearer

καὶ τινα ἕτερόν δυνάστην τῶν ὑπάρχωι
(and) a-certain other powerful-person of-the officers-high-in-command

αἰτιασάμενος ἐπιθουλεύειν αὐτῷ.
baving-accused (him) | to-conspire to-him [οὗ conspiring against

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπειρῶντο εἰσθάλλειν εἰς τὴν
him]. Hence _— they-endeavoured to-throw-themselves into --
Κιλικίαν" δὲ ἡ εἰσθολὴ ἦν ὁδὸς
Cilicia ; but the entrance was (a) road (only broad enough for a

ἁμαξιτὸς, ἰσχυρῶς ὀρθία, καὶ ἀμήχανος
single) wagon-way, very steep, and impracticable ‘for (an)

στρατεύματι εἰσελϑεῖν, εἶ τις ἐχώλυε. Καὶ de
‘army to-enter, if any-one opposed. And also

Συέννεσις ἐλέγετο εἶναι ἐπὶ τῶν ἄκρων, φυλάττων
Syennesis was-said to-be on the heights, guarding

τὴν εἰσθολήν" δι ὃ ἐμεινεν μερῶν ἐν

the entrance ; for ae (reason) he-remained (a) on

τῷ πεδίῳβ. Δὲ TH VOTEPAIG ἄγγελος ἦχε λον

the plain. But on-the next-day (a) messenger came saying

ὅτι Συέννεσις εἴη λελοισίὼς τὰ ἄχρα, ἐπεὶ
that Syennesis | might-be having-left [had left] the heights, after

Seto ὅτι τὸ στράτευμα Μένωνος ἦν ἤδη ἐν

e-perceived that the army of-Menon wasalready in
Κιλικίᾳ, εἴσω τῶν ὀρέων, καὶ ὅτι ἤχουε
Cilicia, within the mountains, and because he-heard (that)
Ταμῶν ἔχοντα τριήρεις τὰς Λαχε-
Tamos having galleys (namely) — (those) ‘of (the) ‘Lace.
δαιμονίων καὶ Κύρου αὐτοῦ, περισίλε-

demonians and of-Cyrus himself, (and that) ‘he (Tamos) ‘was-sail-

ovoas aw ᾿Ιωνίας εἰς Κιλικίαν. Εῦρος δ᾽ ow

img-round from Ιομίθ _— into Cilicia. — therefore

THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἀνέθη ἐπι τὰ ὄρη, οὐδενὸς κωλύοντος, καὶ εἶδε
ascended (on) the mountains, no-one opposing, and he-saw

τὰς σκηνάς, οὗ οἱ Κίλικες ἐφύλαττον. ᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν
the tents, where the Cilicians kept-guard. Hence

δὲ xatébawev εἰς μέγα xa καλόν πεδίον,
- he-descended into (a) large and beautiful plain,

ἐπίῤψυτον, καὶ ἔμπλεων παντοδαπῶν δένδρων καὶ
well- sie and (betng)-full of-all-kinds of-trees and

ἀμπέλων" καὶ δὲ φέρει πολὺ σήσαμον καὶ μελίνην,

vines; nnd 4180 it-bears much sesamum, and panic,

καὶ KEY YPOY καὶ πυροὺς καὶ x Ὅρος δ᾽

and millet, and wheat, and jot (A) Bie (chain) —

ὀχυρὸν χαὶ ὑψηλὸν περιέχει avto
strong (by nature and art) and high surrounds it

πάντη ἐχ θαλάττης εἰς θάλατταν.

on-all-sides from sea 868.

Katabas δὲ διὰ Tovrov τοῦ πεδίου ἤλασε
Descending -— through this -- plain he-proceeds

τέτταρας σταϑμους, πέντε καὶ εἴχοσι παροα-
four days’ date (making) five and twenty para-

σάγγας, εἰς Ταρσούς μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα πόλιν
sangs, Tarsus (a) large and wealthy city

τῆς Κιλικίας. Ἐνταῦθα ἦσαν τὰ βασίλεια
of-Cilicia. Here were the palaces

Συεννέσιος Tod βασιλέως Κιλίκων" δὲ δια
of-Syennesis the king ‘of (the) ‘Cilicians; and through (the)
μέσης τῆς πόλεως Pel ποταμός ὄνομα

middle of-the city runs(a) river (the) name (of which is)

Κύδνος, εὖρος δύο πλέϑρον. Οἱ
Cydnus, (the) breadth (of which is) two plethra. — (Those}

ἐνοιχοῦντες τὴν ταύτην πόλιν εξέλιστον μετὰ
inhabiting -- this city deserted (it) together-with

Συεννέσιος εἰς ὄχυρον χωρίον ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, πλὴν
Syennesis for (a) fortified place on the mountains, except

sxoure OVTES τὰ καπηλεῖα." καὶ δὲ οἱ οἰχοῦντες
- a ee shops; and slao— (those) =elling

BCOK I. — CHAPTER II. af

ασγὰ tre θάλατταν ἔν Σόλοις καὶ ἐν “Ioooic.

acar the sea at Soli and at Tssua,
Ἐσπύκξα δὲ, ἡ γυνή Συεννέσιος ἀφίχετο εἰς Ταρσους
Upyaxa also, the wife of-Syennesis arrived at Tarsus
πέντε ἡμέρας προτέρα Κύρου" de ἐν τῇ unepboay
Sve alee a ὦ nae ; but in the sib de
τὼν ὀρῶν, τῶν εἰς τὸ πεδίον.
9!-the mountains, — (namely, those which descend) to the plain,
δύο λόχοι στρατεύματος τοῦ Μένωνος
two companies ‘of (the) ‘army of-Menon
ἡπώλοντο. Οἱ μὲν ἔφασαν ἁρπάζοντάς
perished. — (Some) indeed said | (that while) plundering
τι χαταχοτῦϊναι

something to-have-been-cut-to-pieces [that they had been cut to pieces
ὑπὸ τῶν Kirixwv’ δὲ ot
while plundering] by the Cilicians ; but — (others) (that,

ὑπολειφϑέντας, καὶ ov δυναμέους εὑρεῖν To ἄλλο
deing-left-behind, and not being-able to-find the rest (of the)

cA ha οὐδὲ τὰς ὁδούς εἶτα πλανωμένους

nor the roads after wandering-about

ous sa ‘ οὗτοι δὲ οὖν ἦσαν ἑχατὸν ὁπλῖται.
to-have-perished; these --- therefore were a-hundred heavy-armed-men.
A’ οἱ GAA ἐπεὶ 7xov, ὀργιζόμενοι
But the rest (of Menon’s command) after they-arrived, enraged

διὰ τὸν ὄλεθρον τῶν συστρατιωτῶν διήρπασαν
at the destruction — (oftheir) fellow-soldiers plundered

τὴν te πόλιν τοὺς Ταρσοὺς, χαὶ τὰ βασίλεια τὰ ἐν

the “-- city - Tarsus, and the palaces --

αὐτῇ. Κῦρος δὲ ἐπεὶ εἰσήλασεν εἰς τὴν sie
it. Cyrus indeed after he-entered into the city,

μετεπέμπετο TOY Συέννεσιν πρὸς ἑαυτόν" ὁ

sent-for -- Syennesis (tocome) to him ; --
“᾿ AG , 3 ~

δ᾽ ἐφη οὗτε πω πρότερον ἐλϑεῖν εἰς χεῖρας

but he-said | never yet before-this to-have-come into hands

οὐδενί
‘that never yet before this had he put himself in the power οὗ ] any-persop

28 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

κρείττονι ἑαυτοῦ, vite ἤϑελε τότε ἱέναι
superior-in-power (to) himself, neither would-he then | (to-ge) (go)

Κύρῳ, πρὲν ἡ γυνὴ ἔπεισε αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔλαθε
to-Cyrus, before — (his) wife ‘brought him ἰτο-ἰΐ, and he-received

πίστεις. Μετα δὲ ταῦτα, ἐπεὶ συνεγένοντο
assurances (of safety). After — these-things, when they-met

ἀλλήλοις, Συέννεσις μὲν ἔδωχε Κύρῳ πολλὰ χρήματα

one-another, Syennesis (indeed) gave Cyrus many

εἰς τῆν στρατιαᾶν, δὲ Kipos ἐχείνῳ δῶ gle
for — (his) army, and Cyrus sane to-him gifts, which
νομίζεται τίμια παρὰ βασιλεῖ

are-accustomed-to-be-held as-valuable by (a) king (namely) (a)

ἵππον χρυσοχάλινον, καὶ χρυσοῦν στρεπτὸν, καὶ
horse having-a-golden-bridle, and a-golden twisted-collar, and

ψέλλια, καὶ χρυσοῦν ἀκινάκην, καὶ Tlepoueny ee
ersia

bracelets, and Sas, scimitar, and a-

καὶ τὴν χώραν μηκέτι ἀφαρπά eau
and (heagreed that) the country (was) (eae τα to-be- Aiseeiabtecrd
δὲ ἀπολαμθάνειν τὰ ἡρπασμένα ἀλόῥάπουα,

and (that they were) to-receive-back the captured

ἦν που ἐντυγχά γνωσι.
if any-where they-meet-with-them.

CHAPTER 11

Ἐνταῦθα Κῦρος χαὶ ἡ otparia ἔμεινε εἴχοσι»

Here Cyrus and the army ron twenty

* yap ot στρατιῶται ἐφασαν᾽ οὐχ (EVAL τοῦ
days; | for soldiers said not oe Lat

,

G). n
farther [for the soldiers refused to go any farther]. fe prey
ε, 9: go 8 , Δι at /45-
umumtevov ἰέναι ἐπὶ βασιλέα"
they-suspected | to-go against (the) king ; {that they were going

δὲ ἔφασαν ov
against the king of Persia]; and they-said (that they) ‘were nos

BOOK I. —CHAPTER II. 29

ισϑωϑῆναι ἐπὶ τούτῳ. Κλέαρχος δὲ πρῶτος
hirea for this (purpose, Clearchus -- first
ἐθιαξετο τοὺς στρατιώτας αὑτοῦ

! "ehdeavoured-t»-compel | the suldiers of-him [his soldiers)
ἰέναι" οἱ δὲ TE ἐθαλλον αὐτόν
to-go; — but — (his men) began-to-pelt him (with stones)
καὶ τά ὑποζύγια τά ἐκείνου,

and (also) the beasts-of-burden | the of-him, [belonging to him],

ἐπεὶ ἤρξατο προϊέναι. Κλέαρχος δὲ μὲν τότε

after he-beyun to-advance. Clearchus indeed — then

μικρὸν ἐξεφυγε μὴ τὸ καταπετρωδῆναι᾽

narrowly escaped | lest the to-have-been-stoned ; [stoning to death];

ὕστερον δ᾽, ἐπεὶ ἔγνω ὅτι οὐ δυνήσεται

at-length —, after he-knew that he-‘would not “be-able

βιάσασϑαι, συνήγαγεν ἐχχλησίαν τῶν στρατιωτῶν
ἰο-υδο-ἴοσοθ, he-brought-to γὴν" (8) meeting | of-the soldiers
ες Ptirstofall ὦ

χυτοῦ. Και μὲν πρῶτον ἑστως

Mf-him of his soldiers). And -- at-first standing (before them)
9h: ‘ , ' e .ς «

ἐδάκρυε πολὺν χρόνον" δὲ οἵ ὁρῶντες

he-shed-tears (fora) long time ; but — (they) seeing-this

ἐθαύμαζον χαὶ ἐσιώπων. εἶτα δὲ ἔλεξε

wondered and were-silent; afterwards — he-spoke-to-them

(Graduntty
τοιάδε.
thus.

“Avdpes στρατιῶται, μὴ θαυμάζετε ὅτι yare-

Men suldiers, ‘do not ‘wonder that ‘I griev-
πῶς φέρω τοῖς παροῦσι πράγμασι. Tap
ously ‘bear the present (state of ) things. | For
Κῦρος ἐγένετο Eévog ἐμοὶ
Cyrus became (a) guest-friend to-me [for Cyrus bound himself te

χαὶ ἐτίμησε ME, ᾧφεύγοντα
me by the ties of hospitality] and he-honuured me, (an) exile

ix τὺς πατρίδος, τε ta ἄλλα,

from — /‘my) country, | and the others, [and also in othe

χαὶ ἔδωχε μυρίους δαρειχούς
things}, aod (in particular) he-gave (me) ten-thuusand darios

80 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

e 3 ; ’ 3 ’ 9 ‘ 9 ‘
γὺς ἐγω Aubuar, οὐ χωατεϑέμην ἐμοι εἷς τὸ
which I having-taken, ‘did not ‘put-by for-myself for — (my)
ἰδιον, GAN’ οὐδε καϑηδυπάϑησα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐδαπάνων

own-private (use), — neither dia pe -it-in-luxury, but I-spent-it
Jrste

εἰς ὑμᾶς. Καὶ πρωτον μεν ἐπολέμησα πρὸς τοὺς
for you. For I-made-war against the

Opdxas, καὶ wed’ ὑμῶν ἐτιμωρούμην ὑπὲ

Thracians, and together-with you I-took-vengeance (on them) for

τῆς Ἑλλάδος, ἐξελαύνων αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῆς Χεῤῥονήσου,
Greece, expelling them from the Chersonesus,

βουλομένους ada φαιρεῖσϑαι τῇ τὴν γὴν τοὺς
(they) desiring e-away the land (of) the

Ἕλληνας ἐνοικοῦτας. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ Kitpos ἐχάλει
Greeks dwelling-there. After -- called-me

ἐπορευόμεν, λαθὼν ὑμᾶς, ἵνα εἴ τι
[-weat, taking you (with me), in-order-that if —

δέοιτο ὠφελοίην αὐτὸν avy
he-might-need (my assistance) I-might-help him | for (those things)
ὧν ἔπαϑον εὖ un ἐχείνου.
ef-which I-was-affected beneficially by him [in return for the bene-
‘ ‘ e ~ ,
"Ene. δὲ ὑμεῖς βούλεσθε οὗ

ts I have received from him]. Since however you wish not
συμπορεύεσϑαι, ἀνάγχε δή μοι
pia ee (50); | the-necessity — (is) to-me[I am constrained]

δόντα ὑμᾶς χρῆσϑαι τῇ φιλίᾳ Κύρου
ΑΒ ὮΝ das 53 x i φ ᾿

serting you to-use the friendshin of-Cyrus,

ἢ ψευσάμενον
{to preserve the friendship of Cyrus], or having-deceived (him by being
‘ 2 » 9: 2 © «

πρὸς ἐχεῖνον ἰέναι ued υμῶν. Ki μὲν dn

false) towards him to-go πὶ you. | If indeed —
ποιύσγχω δίχαια οἶδα οὐχ

I-shall-make just-things I-know not [whether indeed I shall act oor

αἱρήσομαι 0 οὖν vuds, καὶ συ»

eectly, I know not) [-888}}- 018 --- therefore (10) you, δ᾽ὃηὰ with

ὑμῖν πείσομαι ὃ τι ἂν δέῃ. Καὶ οὐδείς
γου will-submit-to what — may be-neceasary. | And no-one

BOOK I. — CHAPTER III. 8]

οὕποτε ἐρεῖ, ὡς ἐγω
ehall never ‘have-said, [and v0 one shall ever say], that I

ἀγαγὼν Ἕλληνας eis τοὺς βαρθάρους, pons
986

having-led Greeks among the barburians, πὶ

τοὺς Ἕλληνας εἷλόμεν τὴν φιλίαν τῶν βαρ

Greeks Cs abnor the friendship of-the

en "AAN’ ἐπεὶ ὑμεῖς οὐ θέλετε πείϑεσθαι

barians. But since you ‘do not ‘desire to-obey
ἐμοὶ οὐδὲ ἔπεσϑαι, ἐγ ὦ ἕψομαι σὺν ὑμῖν, καὶ
nor to-follow (me), he ped (with) you, and

πείσομαι ὅ τι ἂν δέῃ. Γὰρ νομίζω
will-submit-to what — may be-necessary. For I-consider
ὑμᾶς εἶναι ἐμοὶ καὶ πατρίδα καὶ φίλους καὶ
you to-be to-me (and) (my) country, and (my) friends and (my)
συμμάχους, καὶ ἂν μὲν οἶαι σὺν ὑμῖν
fellow-soldiers, and ‘I may indeed ‘think (that) with you (I am)

εἶναι τίμιος ὅπου ἂν ὦ, δὲ ὧν ἔρημος ὑμῶν,
to-be honoured wherever ‘I may the, but being destitute of-you,

ἂν οἶμαι οὐκ εἶναι ἱκανὸς οὗτ᾽ ἂν ὠφελῆσαι
Imay ‘think (myself) not to-be competent either --- to-help

φίλον, οὔτ᾽ dv ἀλέξασϑαι ἐχϑρὸν. Ὡς οὖν

(8) friend, or repel (an) enemy. That therefore

ἐμοῦ ἰόντος, ὅπη καὶ ὑμεῖς ἂν, οὗτο ἔχετε
[ am-going, where also you may (be going), then _hold-to

ony ὦμην. Ταῦτα
-- (this) opinion (that I am determined to go with you). | These-things

εἶπε" δὲ οἱ στρατιῶται, οἷ τε
he-said [thus did he speak]; and the soldiers, | — as-well
ἐχείνου αὐτοῦ χαὶ οἱ ἄλλοι,
of-those of-himself, [as well those of hisown command], as the others,
ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα, ὅτι φαίη οὗ
hearing these-things, that he-should-say (that he was) not
πορεύεσθαι πα βασιλέα, ἔπρινεσαν πλείους ἢ
to-march-forth against (the) king, they-applauded; more than
δισχίλιοι mapa δὲ Ἐενίου καὶ Πασίωνος,
two-thuusand (soldiers) from — Xenias and Pasion,

δ. THE ANABASIS OF ΧΕΝΌΡΗΟΝ.

λαδόντες τὰ ὅπλα χαὶ τὰ σκχευοφόρα ἔστρα;

taking — (their) arms and — (their) baggage
τοπεδεύσαντο παρὰ Κλεάρχω. Κῦρος δὲ ἀπορῶν
camped with Clearchus. Cyrus — being-perplexed

TE χαὶ λυπούμενος τούτοις, μετεπέμπετο TOV sed
and also distressed at-these-things, sent-for --

apyov' ὁ δὲ ἤθελε οὐ μὲν ἰέναι, λάϑρα δὲ

archus; who however would not — go, unknown however (to)

τῶν OTPAT TAY πέμπων ἄγγελον αὐτῷ ἔλεγε
the soldiers, sending (a) messenger to-him, he-told (him)

θαῤῥεῖν, ὡς τούτων καταστησομένων εἰς τὸ
ie e-of-good-courage | as these-things being-arranged in the

δέον᾽ δὲ

req 1ired-manner; [as those affairs would be satisfactorily arranged); also

μεταπέμπεσθαι ἐχέλευεν αὑτον"
(he requested Cyrus) to-send (and again) request him
δ᾽ αὐτὸς é
(to come to him); but he (after being sent for again) said (that he

οὐχ ἰέναι. Mera δὲ ταῦτα συναγαγὼν τούς

would) not ξο. After — this assembling | the

δὲ στρατιώτας ἑαυτοῦ, χαὶ τοὺς

- soldiers of-himself, [his soldiers] and — (those)
eAdovTas αὐτῷ, xat tov βουλόμενον τῶν

Se a him, and the desirous of-the

Ἰλλων, éAcke τοιάδε.

“ΟΣ (soldiers to be present), he-spoke thus (to them.)

“Avdpes στρατιῶται, μὲν dn δῆλον ὅτι τὰ
Men soldiers, (it is) indeed — evident that | the (affairs)

Κύρου ἔχει οὕτως πρώς ἡμᾶς, ὥσπερ τὰ

of-Cyrus hold (themselves) 80 us,

ἡμέτερα πρὸς ἐχεῖνον᾽"
eur (affairs do) him ; [the affairs of Cyrus are in the
yap ovre ὑμεῖς ἔτι
tame relation to us, that ours are to him]; for neither (are) we now
στρατιῶται ἐκείνου ε ἐπεί ov
' (the) soldiers of-him [his soldiers] atJeast after we-'do mat

BOOK I. —-CHAPTER III. 83

συνεπόμεϑα αὐτῷ, οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἔτι μισϑοδότης
"follow him, nor (is) he now paymaster
ἡμῖν. Ὅτι μήντοι νομίζει ἀδικεῖσθαι vd

That however he-thinks (himself ) injured by

ἡμῶν οἶδα" καὶ ὥστε ωὐτοῦ μεταπεμτομένου
I-know; and _ so-that he sending-for (me)

ESEAW οὐχ ἐλθεῖν, μὲν TO μέγιστον,
I-will not have-gone, [go], indeed (what is) the greatest,

αἰσχυνόμενος, ὅτι σύνοιδα ἑμαυτῷ
being-ashamed, because J-am-conacious to-myself (of)
ἐψευσμένος αὐτόν πάντα, χαὶ δὲ ἔπειτα
having-deceived him in-all (this), and indeed then-also
δεδιως, μή, λαθών με ἐπιϑῇ
having-feared, lest, having-seized me | he-may-have-inflicted [he may

δίκην, ὧν νομίζει
inflict] punishment, (for the things) | of-which [in which] he-thinks (him-

ἠδικῆσθαι ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ. Ov δοχεῖ ἐμοὶ

8017) to-have-been-injured by me. Therefore (this) seems to-me
εἶναι οὐχ dpa ἡμῖν καϑεύδειν, οὐδ᾽ ἀμελεῖν ἡμῶν
to-be no time for-us to-sleep, nor to-neglect our
αὐτῶν ἀλλὰ βουλεύεσθαε 6, Te χρὴ ποιεῖν
velves but to-deliberate — what is-necessary to-do
ix τούτων.Ό Kat ἕως TE μένομεν αὐτοῦ,
{from these [next]. And as (long) indeed (as) we-remain here,

δοχεῖ μοι εἶναι σκεπτέον, ὅπως μενοῦμεν
it-seems to-me to-be necessary-to-be-considered, how ‘we (may) ‘remain

ἀσφαλέστατα, ci te ἤδη doxsi ἀπιέναι, ὅπως
the-most-securely, if also (it) now seems (best) to-depart, how

~~

ἄπιμεν ἀσφαλέστατα, χαὶ ὅπως ἕξομεν

we-may-depart the-most-safely, and how we-shall-have the
ἐπιτήδεια" yap ἄνευ τούτων οὐδέν
necessaries-of-life; for without these (necessaries) | (there 8) ne
ὄφελος οὗτε στρατηγοῦ οὗτε

advantage | neither [either] (to the) commander | nor [or} (to the!
ἰδιώτου.

private-soldier [the commander and private soldier are alike inofficient}.

34 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHONS

A’ ὁ ayy, μὲν φίλος ἄξιος πολλοῦ

But the man (is) indeed (a) friend worthy of-much (estimation)
@ ἀν ἧ φίλος, δὲ χαλεπώτατος ἐχϑρὸς,
to-whom ‘he may ‘be (a) friend, but(a) most-bitter enemy,
ΓΕ

ᾧ ἂν ἧ πολέμος᾽ ἔχει δὲ χαὶ δύναμιν
to.whom ‘he may ‘be (an) enemy; he-has — _ alse (a) force

και πεζὴν καὶ ἱπσικὴν καὶ ναυτικήν, ἣν
both foot and cavalry, also (a) naval (one), which ‘we

πάντες ὁμίως ὁρῶμέν TE καὶ ἐπιστάμεθα" καὶ
‘see = and also know; and (this is

γὰρ δοκοῦμέν μοι καϑῆσθαι οὐδε

not strange) for we-seem to-me_ | to-sit (to be encamped] not-indeed

πόῤῥο αὐτοῦ" ὥστε ὥρα λέγειν ὃ τι τις
fat τ him; wherefore (it is) time to-say what — any-one

ytyvacxer εἶναι ἄριστον. Εἰπὼν ταῦτα ἐπαύσατο.
\nows to-be better. Saying this he-finished.

Ἔχ τούτο δ ἀνίσταντο, οἵ μὲν ἐχ
Upon this then (several) rose (to speak), — (some) indeed —

~ 3 , ͵ e 3 ’
τοῦ αὐτομάτου, λέξοντες a ἐγίγ-
— of-their-own-accord, | (abowt)-saying [intending to say] what they-
νωσχον, καὶ οἱ δὲ ἐγκχέλευστοι ὑπ
thought (οὗ affairs) and — (others) indeed ordered by

ἐχείνου ἐπιδεικνύντες οἷα εἴ ἢ ἀπορία
him (Clearchus] pointing-out what might-bethe difficulty

ἄνευ τῆς γνώμης Κύρου χαὶ μένειν καὶ ἀπιέναι.
without the consent of-Cyrus both to-remain and to-go.

Δὲ εἷς δὴ ποιούμενος σπεύδειν
And one namely (of those instructed) pretending earnestly-to-desire

πορεύεσθαι ὡς τάχιστα εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα,

to-proceed as speedily-as-possible to -- Greece,
εἶστε, ἄλλους στρατηγοὺς μὲν ἐλέσϑαι
said, (that) other commanders — | to-have-been-chosen

ὡς τάχιστα, εἰ Κλέαρχος pn
[were to be chosen].as speedily-as-possible, if | Clearckus ‘is not

βούλεται ἀπάγειν᾽ δὲ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια
‘willing to-lead-them-back; (that) also the necessaries-of-life

BOOK I. — CHAPTER ΠῚ. 8&

ἀγοράζεσϑαι, δ ἦν nN ἀγορὰ ἐν τῶ βαρδαρικῷ
are-to-be-bought, for there-was — (a) he in the Se ει
στρατεύματι, καὶ συσκευάζεσθαι" δ᾽
army, and-also (the) baggage-is-to-be-packed-up; and
ἐλθόντας Κῦρον αἰτεῖν πλοῖα, ὡς
(that they), going to-Cyrus, to-ask-for ships, in-order-that
ἀποπλέοιεν᾽ ἐὰν δὲ μὴ διδῷ ταῦτα, αἰτεῖν
they-may-set-sail; if however he-‘do not ‘give these, to-aak
Κῦρον ἡγεμόνα, ὅσπις ἀπάξει διὰ τῆς φιλίας
Cyrus ‘for a) leader, who _ will-lead (them) through the friendly
χώρας. “Kav de μηδὲ διδῷ ἡγεμόνα
countries. If however he-‘does not-even give (a) leader (they are)

συντάττεσθαι τὴν ταχίστην, καὶ
to-form-themselves-ia-order-of-battle — as-speedily-as-possible, and

δὲ πεμψαι προχαταληψομένους τὰ ἄχρα,
also | to-have-sent hereafter preoccupying the heights, [and alse
ὅπως μήτε
to send men to take possession of the heights in advance], so-that neither
Κῦρος νήτε οἱ Κίλικες μὴ καταλαθόντες
Cyrus nor the Cilicians |‘may not having-seized-upon
φϑάσωσι
'μβδυο- οοουρ θὰ, [may not have anticipated us, in taking possession of these
ὧν ἔχομεν πολλοὺς καὶ πολλα
heights], of-whom [the Cilicians] we-have many-men and much
χρήματα ἀνηρπακχότες Οὗτος μὲν δὴ
property having-taken-them-away-from-them. Thus ἱπάοοά — (in)
τοιαῦτα eine’ ὃὲ μετὰ τοῦτον Κλέαρχος
this (manner) he-spoke; but after this Clearchus

εἶπε τοσοῦτον.
spoke just-su-much.

Μηδεὶς ὑμῶν λεγέτω ὡς μὲν sue στρατη-

"Let no-one οἶ-γου “say that — | I (am) about-lead-
yncovTa ταύτην τὴν στρατηγίαν"
g-the-army (in) this the command (thereof); [that !

γὰρ ἐνορῷῶῷ πολλὰ,

q@ill accept the office of commander]; for [I-perceive many-things

86 THE ANABASIS UF XENOPHON

δι᾽ ἃ τοῦτο ov ποιητέον ἐμοὶ" δ᾽
on-account-of which this ‘must not ‘be-done by-me; δαὶ (iet nim
ὡς πείσομαι ἢ μάλιστα δυνατὸν, τῷ ἀνδρὶ
say) that I-shall-obey in-as much-as possible, the man,
ὧ ἂν ἕλησϑε, ἵνα εἰδῆτε ὅτι καὶ ἐπίσταμαι
whom ‘you may ‘choose, that you-may-see, that also I-know-how

χεσϑαι xu ὡς τις μάλιστα ἄλλος

to-be-commanded, | and even-thus — as-much-as (any) other

avSpartay. Meta τοῦτων ἄλλος

of-men [88 well as any other man}. After this another
ἀνέστη ἐπιδεικνυς μὲν τὴν εὐήϑειαν τοῦ

arose (to speak) pointing-out — the simplicity «-- (of him)
κελεύοντος αἰτεῖν TA πλοῖα, ὥσπερ seg
advising to-ask — (for) ships, as-if ‘would

un ποιουμένου τὸν στόλον πάλιν,

not ‘hereafter | be-making the fleet return, {order the fleet to re-
δ᾽ ἐπιδεικνὺς ὡς εὔηϑες ein αἰτεῖν

turn], also = showing how foolish (a thing) it-would-be to-ask-for (a)

ἡγεμόνα παρὰ τούτου ᾧ Avuaivoursa
leader from this (very person) whom we-are-frustrating

τὴν πρᾶξιν. Και δὲ εἰ πιστεύσομεν τῷ
(in) — (his) undertaking. And also if we-shall-confide in-the

ἡγεμόνι ᾧ Κῦρος ἂν διδῷ, τί κωλύει Κὺ
leader, whom Cyrus may give, what hinders (that) Cyrus ‘may

χαὶ κελεύειν τὰ ἄχρα προχαταλαμθάνειν ὑμῖν,
also ‘order the heights | to-preoccupy for us?

Tap ἐγὼ μὲν ὀκχνοίην ir
(to be preoccupied for us}? For I indeed shall-be-reluctant —

ἐμθαίνειν εἰς τὰ πλοῖα, a δοίη ἡμίν,
to-embark on (board) the vessels, which he-might-give us,

Nn καταδύσῃ ἡμὰς αὐταῖς ταῖς τριήρεσι"
(ost he-should-submerge us (together) witb-‘these — galleys

ἂν δὲ φοδοίμην ἕπεσθαι TO ayer
themselves; ‘I should indeed ‘be-afraid to-follow the

® δοίη, μὴ ἀγάγη ἡμᾶς ὅϑεν

whom he-may-give, lest he-might-lead us (to a place) whence it-’wili

BOOK I. — CHAPTER III. 87

οὐχ ἔσται οἷόν ve eeAdeiv’ βουλοίμην δ᾽ ἂν
ποῦ ‘be possible --- to-escape; | I-would-wish —
ἀπιών. Κύρου ἄχοντος, ἀπελθών λαϑεῖν
departing, Cyrus (being) unwilling, depart to-have-concealed
αὐτον᾿
him {I would rather, if departing against the will of Cyrus, depart
ὃ ἐστιν ov δυνατόν. °AAN ἐγώ
without his knowleige}; π is not possible. But I
ταῦτα μεν εἶναι φλυαρίας. δὲ
way (that) these (things) indeed are absurdities; but to-me

δοχεῖ ἄνδρας, οἴτινες ald οειο, ἐλϑόντας

it-seems (that) men, who (are) having-gone

πρὸς Κύρον σὺν Κλεάρχῳ epordy éxeivov τι

Cyrus with Clearchus him (for) what
βούλεται χρῆσϑαι ἡμῖν" καὶ sav μὲν ἢ

(purpose) he-wished to-use us; and if indeed the

big ἦὖ παραπλησία οἷᾳπε χαὶ
andertaking be similar (to that) in-which-kind ‘he alse

τρόσϑεν ἐχρῆτο τοῖς ξένοις, καὶ ἡμὰς
before ‘employed — foreign-troops, and (that) we (should)

ἔπεσϑαι, καὶ μὴ εἶναι κακίους
follow (him), and (that we might) not be worse (than)

τῶν πρόσϑεν συναναδάντων Todt"
-- (those) | before going-up with-him; [who before

ἐὰν δὲ n πρᾶξις φαίνηται μείζων
went up with himj; but if theundertaking may-seem greater (than)
Tig πρόσϑεν, καὶ ἔπιπονωτ' ὌΡΟΣ Ρα; χαὶ ἐπικινδυνοτέ

the former, and more-diffic and more-dangerous,
ἀξιοῦν ἢ πείσαντα ἄγειν

(then that we) request either (that) having-persuaded (us) to-lead

ἡμᾶς, AR πεισϑέντα

us (with him), or having-been-persuaded (by us) (he would allow us

ἀφιέναι πρὸς piriar’ γὰρ οὕτω καὶ

tu-depart to (8) friendly (country); for thus alo

ἑπόμενοι αὐτῷ φίλοι, καὶ ἂν ἑποίμεϑα

accompanying him 188) friends, ‘we also may ‘accompany (him)

88 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

TIPO SU [LOL KOU ἀπιόντες ἂν ἀπίοιμϑν
zealous (in his cause), and leaving (him) ‘we may ‘leave-him
ἀσφαλῶς" δεῦρο ἀναγγεῖλαι δ
safely; (that) here | they-have-announced [they report] —
τι δ᾽ ἀν λέγῃ πρός ταῦτα" δ᾽ ud
what (86) -- may say to these (things); and we
dxotcavtas βουλεύίεσϑαι πρός ταῦτα.
having-heard (it) to-deliberate upon these (things)
Ἕδοξε ταῦτα,

| It-seemed-good (respecting) these-things, [these propositions were ap-
καὶ ἐλόμενοι ἀνᾶρας πεμπουσι συν Κλε-
proved], and having-chosen men they-send (them) with Cle-
ἄρχῳ, of ἠρώτων Κῦρον ‘TO δόξαντα
archus, who asked Cyrus | (respecting) the (things) were-seeming
τὴ στρατιᾷ. Ὁ
(good) to-the army (the questions agreed on by the army]. Whe
δ᾽ ἀπεχρίνατο, ὅτι ἀχούει ᾿Αὄροχοναν ἄνδρα
--- answered, that he-hears (that) Abrocomas (a) mar.
éySpov εἶναι ἐπὶ τῷ ποταμῷ Erppary,
inimical (to him) is on the river Euphrates,
9 , ’ w Ψ ’
ἄπεχοντα dadexa σταδιμούς" ἔφη οὖν βού-
being-distant twelve days’-march; he-ssid (that) therefore he-
λεσϑαι ἐλθεῖν πρὸς τοῦτον" χἂν μὲν

desires to-go against this (Abrocomas); and-if — he-were

éxet ἔφῃ χρίζειν ἐπιϑεῖναι τὴν δίκην
there he-said (that) he-longed to-have-inflicted «--- punishment
αὐτῷ δ᾽ ἣν φεύγῃ, ἡμεῖς ἐχεῖ βουλευσόμεθα

on-him but if he-retreat, we there will-deliberate about

TATA. Oi αἱρετοὶ ἀχούσαντες δέ ταῦτα
these-things. The deputies having-heard — these-things
ἀγγέλλουσι τοῖς στρατιώταις" δὲ τοῖς
announce (them) to-the soldiers ; but — (ὦ them)
μὲ ἦν ὑποψία ὅτι ἄγει πρός
indeed there-was suspicion that he-is-leading (them) against (the)
βασιλέα, δὲ Sucrsg ἐδόκει ἔπεσϑαι.

king, but however it-seemed (to them best) to-accompany (ba)

BOOK I. — CHAPTER IV. 89
Προραιτοῦσι δὲ μισϑον" ὁ δὲ Κῦρος ὑπισχνεῖται
They-ask-for-more — wages; — — Cyrus promised

δώσειν πᾶσι ἡμιόλιον οὗ ἔφε
to-give-hereafter to-all the-half-more (than that) which they-had-recuived
YTEPOY, avtt dapexod τρία ἡμιδαρεικα
sefore, (that is) in-place-of (a) daric ree half-darics
Tot μηνὸς τῷ στρατιώτῃ δὲ ὅτι ἄγοι
che month “-- 'ἰἴο (0868) ‘soldier; but that he-might-be-leading
ἐπὶ βασιλέα, οὐδεὶς ἤχουσεν οὐδὲ ἐνταῦϑα
(them) against (the) king, no-one heard, not-even there,

ye & τῷ φανερῷ.
(at least) indeed in — public.

CHAPTER IV.

᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει δύο σταϑμοὺς δέχα
Hence (Cyrus) proceeds two days’-march (making) ten
ayyas, ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν Ψάρον, τὸ εὖρος
parasangs, to the river Psarus, the breadth
e v U , ᾿ 9 ~ 9 ’ e
οὗ nv τρία πλέϑρα. ᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει ἕνα
of-which was three plethra. Thence he-proceeds one
σταϑμὸν πέντε παρασάγγας ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν
days’-march (making) five parasangs to the river
Πύραμον, τὸ εὖρος οὗ στάδιον. ᾿Ενταῦϑεν
Pyraimus, the breadth of-which (is a) stadium. Thence
ἐξελαύνει δύο oradpuors πεντεχαίδεχα παρα
he-proceeds two days’-march (making) fifteen para-
σάγγας sis Ἰσσούς ἐσχάτην πόλιν τῆς Kidixtas,
tangs to Issus, the-last town -- in-Cilicia,
9 ~ ’ 3 , ,
ἐπι τῇ θαλάττῃ, οἰχουμένην, μεγάλην xa
jsituated) on the sea (coast), peopled, large ang
εὐδαίμονα. “Evraisa ἔμειναν τρεῖς ἡμέρας" καὶ
wealthy. Here they-remained three days; and

αἱ τριάκοντα χαὶ πέντε νῆες ἐκ TleAonovvraor
the thirty and five ships from Peloponnesus

40 THE ANASASIS OF XENOPHON

ἧσαν Κύρῳ, χαὶ Wt
[were-present (for) Cyrus, [arrived at Cyrus’s camp], and (the) ad-
αρχος ἐπ αὐταῖς Πυϑαγόρας Λακεδαιμόνιος.

over them (was) Pythagoras (the) Lacedremonian
Δὲ Ταμὼς Αἰγύπτιος ἡγεῖτο αὐτῶν ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου
But Tamos (an) Egyptian conducted them from Ephesus
ων πέντε καὶ εἴχοσιν ἑτέρας ναῦς

having (with him) five δηὰ twenty other ships (belorging to?
Κύρου, ais ἐπολιόρχει Μίλητον ὅτε ἦν φίλ᾽
Cyrus, with-which he-(had)-besieged Miletus when it-was friendly
Τισσαφέρνει, καὶ συνεπολέμει Κύρῳ πρὸς avtov.
to-Tissaphernes, and he-fought-with Cyrus against him.
Καὶ δὲ Χειρίσοφος ὁ Λαχεδαιμόνιος raphy ἐπὶ
And also Cheirisophos the Lacedsemonian was-present on (board)
τῶν νεῶν, μετάπεμτσιτος ὑπὸ Κύρου, ἔχων ἑπταχοσίος
the ships, having-been-sent-for by Cyrus, he-having seven-hundred
ὁπλίτας, ὧν ἐστρατήγει παρὰ Κύρῳ.
heavy -armed (soldiers), of-whom he-was-commander for Cyrus
Αἱ δέ νῆες ὥρμουν κατᾷ τὴν σχηνήν Κύρου.
The -- ships moored opposite the tent of-Cyrus.
᾿Ενταῦϑα χαὶ ob “Ἕλληνες puodopdpor παρ᾽
Here also the Greek mercenaries, (who were) witb
39 , 3 , i ἡ ᾿ ὡς
Abpoxoua ἀποστάντες ἤλῶον παρὰ Κῦρον,
Abrocomas, deserting-him went to Cyrus, (in number)
TETPAXOTLOL ὁπλῖται, καὶ συνεστρατεύοντο
four-hundred heavy-armed-men, and accompanied-the-expedition
ἐπὼ βασιλέα. ᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει ἕνα σταὃ-
against (the) king. Hence he-proceeds one days’-
μον, πέντε παρασάγγας Em πύλας
march, (making) five parasangs to (the) gates [passes}
τῆς Κιλικίας καὶ τῆς Συρίας. Ταῦτα δ᾽ ἦσαν
-- of-Cilicia and 5-- of-Syria. These — were
δύο τείχη, xat TO μὲν ἔσωϑεν τὸ ;
two walls, and (of) the — ‘nternal (one) — (that) before

οἧς Κιλιχίας Συέννεσις καὶ φυλαχή Κιλίχων
Cilicia, Syennesis end (a) gvard of-Cilicians

BOOK I.—-CHAPTER IV. 4]

εἶχε" δὲ τὸ ἔξω, το πρὸ τῆς Συρίας,
had (charge); but the external (one), — (that) before — Syria,
ἐλέγετο φυλαχη βασιλέως φυλάττειν.
it-was-said (that a) guard ‘of (the) ‘king’s (soldiers) guarded-it.
Διὰ μέσου δὲ τούτωυ ποταμὸς
| Through (the) middle — of-these [between these two walls] (a) river
Κάρσος ὄνομα ᾧῥψὄεῖ, EVPOS πλέϑρου.
Carsus (by) name flows, (the) breadth (being a) plethrum,
Δὲ ἅπαν τὸ μέσον τῶν τειχῶν ἦσαν
But the-whole — middle (space between) the walls were
τρεῖς στάδιοι" καὶ παρελϑεὶῖν βίᾳ ἦν ov"

three stadia ; and to-have-passed hy-force was not (possible);
yap ἡ πάροδος ἦν στενὴ καὶ TA τείχη καϑήχοντα
for the passage was narrow, and the walls reaching

3 ¥ ‘ e 9 x 3 ’

εἰς τὴν θάλατταν, ὑπερϑεν δ᾽ ἦσαν ὕλίθατοι
ἴο the sea, above also were impassable
πέτραι' δὲ πύλαι ἐφειστήχεσαν ἐπὶ ἀμφοτέροις
rocks ; and (the) passes (had) stood-by (at) each

τοῖς τείχεσιν. Ἕνεχα ταύτης τῆς
(of) the walls. (It was) on-account-of this --

παρόδου Κῦρος μετεπέμψατο τὰς ναῦς. ὅπως
passage (that) Cyrus sent-for the fieet, so-that
anobibaseev ὁπλίτας εἴσω καὶ tw τῶν πυλῶν,
he-might-land heavy-armed-men within and without the passes,

χαὶ ββθιασάμενοι παρέλϑοιεν τοὺς πολε-
and (who) having-forced (a passage) might-pass-through the ene-
μίους, εἶ φυλάττοιεν ἐπὶ ταῖς Συρίαις
my, if they-'might (yet) ‘guard — the Syrian
πύλαις ὅπερ ὁ Κῦρος ὥετο ποιήσειν, τὸν *A6
passes which — Cyrus thought would-be-done, — Abro-
’ δ ͵ 3. ,
κόμαν ἔχοντα πολὺ στράτευμα. A’ ᾿Αδροχόμας
eomas having (a) great army. But Abrocomas
οὐχ ἐποίησε τοῦτ᾽, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἤχουσε Κῦρον
‘did not ‘do this, but after he-heard (of ) yrus
ὄντα ἐν Κιλιχίᾳ ἀναστρέψας ἐκ Φοινίκης ἀσυήίλαυνε
being in Cilicia khaving-retired from Phoenicia ne-departed

42 THE ANABASIS OF XENUPHON.

παρὰ βασιλέα ἔχων ὡς ἐλέγετο τριάχονται
to (the) king having as __ it-was-said | thirty
rpiadas στρατιᾶς.

ten-thousands [three hundred thousand) military.

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ Συρίας ἕνα σταὺὃ-
Hence (Cyrus) proceeds through Syria one days’-

μον πέντε παρασάγγας, εἰς Μυρίανδρον,

march, (making) five parasangs, Myriandrus, (3)
πόλιν ἔπι τῇ θαλλάττῃ οἰχουμένην Uno
town on 808 (vast) peopled by
Dowixov. Hi δ᾽ ἐμπόριον TO χωρίον,

Pheenicians. It-was also (a) mart (for that district of) the country,
4 , , (al é ~ 3
χαὶ πολλαί ὁλκάδες ὥρμουν αὐτόϑι. “Evratd
and many ships-of-burden arrived there. Here
9“, e , e , Ν ’ e ϑ ‘
ἔμειναν ETA Ὑμέρας" καὶ Ξενίας, ὃ “Apxas
he-remained seven days; and (here) Xenias, the Arcadian

στρατηγός, xat Πασίων ὁ Μεγαρεύς, ἐμόάντες
commander, and Pasion the Megarian, having-embarked

3 S¢ : 7c
eis πλοῖον, καὶ ἐνϑέμενι τὰ asin
in (a) vessel, and having-placed-on-board — (their) effects

πλείστου, ἀπέπλευσαν, ὡς μὲν τοῖς πλείστοις
of-the-greatest (value), they-sailed-away, as indeed to-the most

ἐδόχουν φιλοτιμηϑέντες
they-thought having-been-made-jealous-of-their-honour [the most thought,

ὅτι Κῦρος sia τὸν
that they were influenced by jealousy] because Cyrus allowed —-

Κλεαρχον ἔχειν τοὺς στρατιώτας αὐτῶν,

Clearchus to-have | the soldiers of-them, [their soldiers],

TOUS ἀπελδόνπας παρὰ Κλέαρχον, ὡς

(namely) — (those) deserting Clearchus, | as
ἀπιόντας πάλιν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα

departing back to — Greece [when they intended t

καὶ οὐ ὃς βασιλέα. Ἐπεὶ

return ἰε Greece] and not (march) against (the) king. | After

δ΄ ἦσαν ἀφανεῖς λόγος

— they-were invisible (after their disappearance] (a) ramow

sook I. — CHAPTER IV. 48

dwjAse ὅτι Κῦρος διώχοι αὐτοὺς
went-through (the army) that Cyrus might-follow them ‘with (the)
τριήρεσι" καὶ ot μὲν εὔχοντο αὑτοὺς
‘galleys; and —(some)indeed prayed (that) they (might)
Anoryivas ὡς ὄντας δολίους, οἱ δ᾽
.e-taken as =—sébeing perfidious (men), — (others) indeed
ᾧκχτειρον ei ἀἁλώσοιντο. Δὲ Κῦρος
pitied (them) if they-should-be-captured. But Cyrus

συγχαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς εἶπε" ἘΞενίας καὶ
having-called-together the cummanders said ; Xenias and
Πασίω, ἀπολελοίπασιν ἡμὰς" ἀλλα γε
Pasion have-left us; but ‘let-them at-least ‘be
s ͵ > , rad . 9
εὖ μέντοι ἐπιστάσϑωσαν, ὅτι οὔτε ἀποδε-
well indeed ‘assured, that they-‘have neither ‘fled.
δράκασι. ἂρ οἶδα ὅπη οἴχονται, οὗτε
away (ciandestinely), for I-know where they-are-going, nor
ἀποπεφεύίγασι, γὰρ ἔχω τριήρεις ὥστε ἑλεῖν
have-they-escaped, for I-have galleys | in-order-to have-seized
TO πλοῖον ἐχείνων. ᾿Αλλά, μα
the ship of-them [to capture their ship]. But, by
τοὺς θεοὺς οὐχ ἔγωγε διώξω αὐτοὺς" οὐδ᾽
the gods not even-I will-fullow them; nor (shall)
οὐδείς ἐρεῖ, ὡς ἐγώ ἕως μὲν τις ἂν παρῇ
any-one say, that I, as-long-asindeed any-one might stay-wi
Guat, δ᾽ ἐπειδὰν βούλγται art
(me), make-use (of their services), but after he-may-wish to-
Evat συλλαθὼν αὐτοὺς xal καχῶς ποιῶ χα
leave (me) having-seized them ‘I both ill ‘treat (them) and
ἀποσυλῶ τὰ χρήματα. ᾿Αλλα ἰόντων,
despoil (them of their) — goods. But let-them-go,
εἰδότες ὅτι εἶσι χκαχίους
}they-having-known [they being conscious] that they-are worse
περὶ ἡμᾶς ἢ ἡμεῖς περὶ ἐχείνους. Kaitou γε
towarls us than we tewards them. Although 'I indeed
y , ’ ‘ ~ 9. aw ,
ἔχω XAL TEXNHA XA γυναίχας αὐτῶν φρουροῦμενα
‘have both (the) children and wives of-them pe Ἂν τάλν

a4 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἐν Τράλλεσι' ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ στερήσονται
at Tralles ; but they-'shall not-even be-deprived

τούτων, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπολήψοντα ἕνεχα τῆς
of-these, but epee (them) on-account-of — (their)

ἀρετῆς περὶ sue μὲ πρόσϑεν. Καὶ ὁ μὲν εἶπε
good-conduct pia me erly And — | ‘he indeed ‘said

ταῦτα᾽ δὲ οἱ Ἕλληνες, εἰ τις xO
these; [thus did he speak]; and the Greeks, if any (one) in-fine

nv ἀϑυμότερος πρὸς τὴν ἀνάθασιν ἀχούοντες

was διε βρέθν ἦν towards the ascent [expedition] hearing

rrv ἀρετὴν Κύ 'ρου, συνεπορεύοντο ἥδιον
the eee conduct of-Cyrus, Shs hee (him) with-great-pleasure
χαὶ προθυμότερον.
and with-greater-alacrity-of-mind.
Meta ταὐτα Κῦρος ἐξελαύνει τέτταρας
After these (things) Cyrus proceeds four
STAS LOS εἴχοσιν παρασάγγας ἐπὶ τὸν
days’-march (making) twenty parasangs to the
ποταμόν Xadov, ὄντα TO εὗρος πλέϑρου,
river Chalus, (it) being the breadth‘of(s) ‘plethram,

δὲ πλήρη μεγάλων καὶ τραέων ἰχϑΐων, ots ob
7: and tame lish, which the

Σύροι ἐνόμιζον θεοὺς, καὶ οὐχ εἴων
Syrians considered (to be) gods, and ‘did not ‘permit (any one)

ἀδικεῖν οὐδὲ τὰς περιστεράς. Al δὲ
to-injure (neither them) nor the pigeons. The —

κῶμαι ἐν αἷς ἐσκήνουν ἦσαν Παρυσάτιδος
villages in which they-encamped | were of-Parysatis [belonged

δεδομέναι εἰς ζώνην.
to Parysatis] having-been-given (her) | for (her) girdle [for pin-money]

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει πέντε σταῦμους σπτριάκοντα
Th 169 he-proceeds five days’-march, (making thirty
παρασάγγας ἐπὶ τὰς πηγὰς τοῦ ποταμοῦ
parasangs to | the springs [sources] of-the river

Δάρδητος τ' τὸ εὖρος οὗ πλέϑρου.
she brenath οὔισσθλον (is that) ‘of (a) plethrum

BOOK I. — CHAPTER IV. 45

Ἐνταῦϑα ἦσαν ta βασίλεια Βελέσυος τοῦ
Here were the palaces of-Belesys | the

ἄρξαντος Συρίας, και παράδεισος, πάνυ
having-ruled-over [the ruler] of-Syria, and (a) park, very

μέγας καὶ καλός, ἔχων πάντα ὅσα ὧ

large and beautiful, having all, how-much-so-ever (tb 5) seasons

φύουσι. As Κῦρος αὗτον ἐξέχοψε χαὶ χατέχαυσε
produce. But Cyrus ‘cut ‘down and burned

τὰ βασίλεια.
the palaces.
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαυνει τρεῖς σταϑμους πεντε-
Thonce he-proceeds days’-march (making) fif.

καίδεχα παρασάγγας, ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν Εὐφράτην
teen parasangs, to he river Euphrates

ὄντα τὸ εὖρος τεττάρων σταδίων χαὶ
[10 being (there) the breadth of-four stadia ; and (there

πόλις αὐτόϑι Θάψακος ὀνόματι φχεῖτο
wasa) city there Thapsacus by-name (which) was-inhabited,

μεγάλη χαὶ εὐδαίμων. Ἐνταῦθα

{and which was) arge and wealthy. There

ἔμειναν πέντε ἡμέρας καὶ Κυρος μεταπεμψάμενος

they-remained five days; and Cyrus having-sent-fo»

τοὺς στρατηγοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἔλεγεν ὅτι ἢ
the

commanders of-the Greeks, said that the

660g ἔσοιτο εἰς Βαδυλῶνα πρὸς μέγαν

road might-hereafter-be to Babylon against (tne) gress

βασιλέα" καί κελεύει αὐτοὺς λέγειν ταῦτα
king ; and he-requests them to-tell these (things

τοῖς στρατιώταις, καὶ ἀναπείϑειν ἕπεσϑαι.
to-the soldiers, and to-persuade (them) to-‘olluw (him}

A’ ot ποιήσαντες ἐχχλησία

And wio | having-made [having called] (an) assembly (ot tne soldiers)
ἀπήγγελλον ταῦτα. Δε οἱ στματιῶται
communicated these (things to them). But the soldiers
ἐχαλέπαινον τοῖς στρατηγοῖς, χαὶ apacay αὐτοὺς

were-angry with-the commanders, and them

40 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.
πάλαι εἰδόντας ταῦτα
(that) ‘having already-before ‘known these-things, (that they)

xpUTEY” χαὶ ἔφασαν
conceal (them from the soldiers); and thoy-said (that they would)

οὐχ ἰέναι, ἐὰν μή τις διδῶ χρήματα αὑτοῖς

not ἕο, unless some-one should-give money to-thema
ὥσπερ καὶ τοὶς προτέροις ἄνα-
| as also (had been given) to-the former (soldiers) having-

Gao. μετὰ Κύρου

gone-up with Cyrus, [in like manner as had been given to the soldiers,
παρὰ τὸν πατέρα τοῦ

who had formerly accompanied Cyrus] to the father —

Ki'pov, χαὶ taita οὐχ ἰόντων ἐπὶ μάχην, ἀλλὰ

of-Cyrus, and this not going to battle, but
τοῦ πατρὸς καλοῦντος Κῦρον. Οἱ στρατηγοὶ
the futher (merely) sending-for Cyrus. The commanders
ἀπήγγελλον ταῦτα Κύρῳ δ᾽ ὁ ὑπέσχετο
reported these (things) to-Cyrus; and who promised
δώσειν πέντε μνὰς ἀργυρίου ἑχάστῳ ἀνδρὶ, ἐπὰν
to-give five mings of-silver to-each man, when
ἥχωσι εἰς BabvAdva, καὶ τὸν ἐντελὴ μισθὸν
they-arrived at Babylon, and — (their) entire pay
L dv χαταστήσῃ τοὺς Ἕλληνας πάλιν
until ‘he should ‘place the Greeks back-again
εἰς Ἰωνίαν. To πολὺ μὲν δὴ τοῦ Ἑλληνιχοῦ
in Tonia. The most indeed — of-the Greek
οὕτως ἐπείσθη.
(force) ‘was thus ‘persuaded (to accompany him).

Δὲ Μένων, πρὶν εἶναι δῆλον ti οἱ ἄλλοι
But Menon, before | to-be [itis] evident what the other
στρατιῶται ποιήσουσι, πότερον ἕψονται Κύρῳ
woldiers will-do, whether they-will-fullow Cyrus

ἢ οὗ, συνέλλεζε TO στράτευμα αὑτοῦ χωρὶς
x not, assembled | the army of-himself [his army] apart
τῶν ἄλλων, χαὶ ἔλεξε τάδε. ᾿Ανδρες
frcm-tbe ethers, and spoke | these (things) [thus]. et

BOOK I. — CHAPTER IV. 41

ἐάν πσπεισϑῆτε μοι, προτιμήσεσϑε ὑπὸ Κύρου
if you-might-be-persuaded by-me, you-will-be-honoured by Cyrus

πλέον τῶν ἄλλων στρατιῶτων οἵ" τέ
more (than) the οἴμοι soldiers (and this) ‘having neithe:
κινδυνεύσαντες, OTE πονήσαντες. Ti οὖν
‘incurred-danger, nor having-laboured. What __ therefore
κελεῖω ποιῆσαι: Κῦρος νῦν δεῖται
do-I-request (of you) | to-have-done? [to do]? Cyrus now wants
: 6 er 5 " ’
τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἕπεσϑαι ἐπὶ βασιλέα"
the Greeks to-accompany (him) against (the) king ;
ἐγὼ οὖν φημι ὑμᾶς χρῆναι

[ therefore say | (that) you to-behove [that it behoves you]

διαθῆναι tov ποταμόν Ἐὐῤφράτην, πρὶν εἶναι

to-have-crossed the river Euphrates, before | to-be [it is]

δῆλον ὃ τι οἵ ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες ἀποχρινοῦνται

manifest -- what the other Greeks will-answer

Κύρῳ. Tap ἣν μὲν ψηφίσωνται ἕπεσϑαι,

Cyrus. For if indeed they-should-determine-by-ballot _to-follow,
e ~ ’ ᾧῳ a ~
ὑμεῖς δόξετε εἶναι αἴτιοι, ἄρξαντες τοῦ

(then) you will-appear to-be (the) cause, | having-begun of-the
~ a eC nw

duabaivery, χαὶ ὑμῖν

crossing-over, [as having first crossed over the river], and ἰο-γοῦ

ὡς οὖσι προϑυμοτάτοις Κῦρος εἴσεται

as being most-prompt, Cyrus perceive (and acknowledge

χάριν, καὶ ἀποδώσει: δ᾽ ἐπίσταται

the) favour, διὰ will-repay (it); | but he-knows (how to do this)

fi χαὶ τις ἀλλος"

Wf even-also any other (does); [but he knows how to reward a favour,

δ᾽ ἣν οἱ ἄλλοι ἀποψηφίσωνται,
as well as any other man]; but if the others should-ballot-against-it,
ἅπαντες μὲν ἄπιμεν εἰς τοὐμπαλιν"
{we) all-together indeed | depart to the-contrary; [return back

δὲ ὑμῖν, ὡς μόνοις πειϑομένοις πιστο.
again]; but you, as alone being-persuaded (and as being) most-
τάτοις χρήσεται χαὶ εἰς φρούρια καὶ

faithful e-will-use (and employ) totb in garrisons δι

48 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

εἰς λοχαγίας, καὶ οἶδα ὅτι ὡς φίλοι Kupor

for captaincies, and-also I-know that as friends of-Cyrus

τεύξεσϑε οὗτινος ἄλλου ἂν δέησϑε.
you-will-obtain whatever else ‘you may ‘require. (The soldiers)

᾿Αχουσαντες ταῦτα, ἐπείϑοντο, καὶ διέθησαν
having-heara these (things), were-persuaded, and crossed-over

uv τοὺς ἄλλους ἀποχρίνασϑαι. Δὲ ἐπεὶ

before (that) the others answered. But when

Κῦρος ἤσϑετο διαθεθηχότας, τε

Cyrus Loaded (them) having-crossed-over (the river), ‘he not-only

nosy, χαὶ πέμψας Τλοῦν σῷ ϑτρατευ ματι

‘was-pleased, but-also betas Glus to-the
εἶπεν, Ἐγὼ μέν ὦ ἄνδρες, ἤδη ἐπαινῶ

‘of Menon) _ said, indeed O men, now praise
ὑμᾶς" δὲ μελήσει ἐμοὶ ὅπως καὶ ὑμεῖς
you; | but it-shall-be-a-care to-me how also you

ἐπαινέσητε ELE,
might-praise me, [but I will take care, that you also shall praise me},

ἢ μηχέτι voutkeve με Τύρον: Οἱ στρατιῶται

or no-longer think me The soldiers
ὄντες On μὲν ἐν μεγάλαις Dal εὔχοντο αὑτὸν
being now indeed in great hopes _| wished him
εὐτυχῆσαι" δὲ καὶ ἐλέγετο

to-have-been-fortunate; [prayed for his success]; and also he-was-said

πέμψαι μεγαλοπρεπῶς δῶρα Μένωνι. As,

te-have-sent in-a-magnificent-manner presents to-Menon. And,
ποιήσας ταῦτα, διέθαινε" δὲ χαὶ

taving-done these (things), he-crossed-ovor (the river); and also

ἅπαν τὸ ἄλλο στράτευμα συνείπετο αὐτῷ. Καὶ

all the other army followed him. And
οὐδεὶς τῶν διαδαινόντων τὸν ποταμὸν
20-one — (of those) crossing the river
ἐθρέχϑη ἀνωτέρω τῶν μαστῶν ὑπὸ τοῖ
was-wetted higher (than) the breasts by the

τοταμοῦ. Δὲ οἱ Θαψαχηνοὶ ἔλεγον, ὅτι οὗτος

4ver. But the Thapsaceni

BOOK I. — CHAPTER V. 45

ὁ ποταμὸς οὐ πώποτε γένοιτο διαθατος πεζῇ
(the) river never at-uny-time might-be passable on-foot

εἰ μὴ τότε, ἀλλὰ πλοίοις. ἃ ᾿Α
bif not [except; then, but (always) in-boats; which Abro-

κόμας tov τότε χατέχαυσεν, ἵνα Kpos
comas Jour ‘had then "burnt, that

διαδῇ. An ἐδόκει εἶναι

might not ‘cross-over (the river). (This) then seemed to-be (a)
~ 8 ‘ 3 ~ «
Jetov. xOLL τὸν ποταμὸν σαφῶς v7to-
.livine (interposition), and (that) the river manifestly re-

χωρῆσαι Κύρῳ ὡς βασιλεύσοντ. “Evteidev
ceeded for-Cyrus 88 about-reigning. Hence

ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Συρίας ἐννέα σταϑμους,
ne-advances through -- Syria nine days’-march, (making)

πεντήχοντα παρασάγγας, καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται πρὸς
fifty parasangs, and they-came

TOY ποταμόν ᾿Αράξην. Ἐνταῦθα ἦσαν πολλαὶ

rhe river xes Here there-were many

κῶμαι μεσταὶ σίτου καὶ οἴνου. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἔμειναν

villages full of-corn and wine. Here _— they-remained
τρεῖς ἡμέρας, χαὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο.
three days, and provisioned (the army).

CHAPTER V.

᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς ᾿Αραδίας, ἔχων

THENCE he-marches through — Arabia, having

tov ποταμὸν Evp ἀτὴν ἐν δεξιᾷ, πέντε
the river bid on (the) right, (making) five
ἐρήμους σταϑμοὺς,

desert stations, [five days’ march through the desert], (and,

τριάκοντα, καὶ πέντε παρασάγγας. Ae ἐν τούτῳ
thirty and _five parasangs. But in this

ζω πτόπθρ nN YR ἦν μὲν πεδίον, ἅπαν
— district-of-countrv the ground was indeed (a) ovlain, entirely

48 THE ANABASIS OF ΧΕΝΌΡΒΟΝ.

εἰς λοχαγίας, καὶ οἶδα ὅτι ὡς φίλοι Κύροι

ἴον captaincies, and-also I-know that as _ friends of-Cyrus

τεύξεσθε οὕὗτινος ἄλλου ἂν δέησϑε.
you-will-obtain whatever else ‘you may ‘require. (The soldiers)

᾿Αχουσαντες ταῦτα, ἐπείϑοντο, καὶ διέβησαν
having-heara these (things), were-persuaded, and crossed-over

ἐν τοὺς ἄλλους ἀποχρίνασϑαι. Δὲ ἐπεὶ
before (that) the others answered. But when

Κῦρος ἤσϑετο διαθεθηκχότας, we
Cyrus perceived (them) having-crossed-over (the river), ‘he not-only

noon, xa. πέμψας Τλοῦν σῷ στρατευμασι

‘was-pleased, but-also having-sent Glus to-the

εἶπεν, Ἐγὼ μέν ὦ ἄνδρες, ἤδη ἐπαινῶ

‘of Menon) said, indeed O men, now eee
ὑμᾶς: δὲ μελήσει ἐμοὶ ὅπως καὶ ὑμεῖς
you ; | but it-shall-be-a-care to-me how also you

ἐπαινέσητε ELE,
might-praise me, [but I will take care, that you also shall praise me},

ἢ μηκέτι νομίξετε μὲ Κῦρον. Οἱ στρατιῶται

or no-longer think me Cyrus. The soldiers
ὄντες On μὲν ἐν μεγάλαις ἔλπίσι εὔχοντο αὐτὸν
being nowindeed in great hopes | wished him
εὐτυχῆσαι" δὲ καὶ ἐλέγετο

to-have-been-fortunate; [prayed for his success]; and also he-was-said

πέμψαι μεγαλοπρεπῶς δῶρα Μένωνι. Ae,

te-have-sent in-a-magnificont-manner presents to-Menon. And,

ποιήσας ταῦτα, διέθαινε" δὲ χαὶ

aaving-done these (things), he-crossed-over (the river); and also

ἅπαν τὸ ἄλλο στράτευμα συνείπετο αὐτῷ. Καὶ

all the other followed him. And
οὐδεὶς τῶν διαῦ αἰνόντων τὸν ποταμὸν
20-one — (of those) crossing the river
ἐθρέχϑη ἀνωτέρω τῶν μαστῶν ὑπὸ Tot
δῆ Ll higher (than) the breasts by the

ποταμοῦ. Δὲ of Θαψαχηνοὶ ἔλεγον, ὅτι οὗτος
diver. But the Thapsaceni anid

BOOK I. — CHAPTER V. 4$

6 ποταμὸς ov πώποτε γένοιτο Suabarog πεζῇ
(the) river never at-uny-time might-be passable on-foot
εἰ μὴ τότε, ἀλλα πλοίοις. ἃ ᾿Αὔ
ΕἾ ποῖ [except; then, but (always) in-boats; which ΑὗΤΟ-

κόμας προΐων τότε χατέχαυσεν, ἵνα it
comas going-before ‘had then ‘burnt, that

un διαθῇ. An ἐδόχει εἶναι

might not ‘cross-over (the river). (This) then seemed to-be (a)
~ ‘ ‘ ‘ ~ e
Jeiov. χαὶ τὸν ποταμὸν σαφῶς v7to-
.livine (interposition), and (that) the tiver manifestly _re-

χωρῆσαι Κύρῳ ὡς βασιλεύσοντ. “Evretdev
ceeded for-Cyrus as about-reigning. Hence

ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Συρίας ἐννέα σταϑμοὺς,
ne-advances through — Syria nine earl ante, (making)

πεντήχοντα παρασάγγας, χαὶ ἀφικνοῦνται προς

fifty ae and they-came

TOY ποταμόν ᾿Αράξην. Ἐνταῦθα ἦσαν πολλαὶ

rhe river xes Here there-were many

κῶμαι μεσταὶ σίτου καὶ οἴνου. Ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν
villages full of-corn and wine. Here _— they-remained

τρεῖς ἡμέρας, καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο.
three days, and provisioned (the army).

CHAPTER V.

᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς "Apabias, ἔχων

THENCE he-marches through — having

tov ποταμὸν Eid ἀτὴν ἐν δεξιᾷ, πέντε
the river saa on (the) right, (making) five

ἐρήμους σταϑμοῦς,

desert stations, [five days’ march through the desert], (and,

τριάχοντα καὶ πέντε παρασάγγας. Δὲ ἐν τούτᾳ
thirty and five parasangs. But in this
τῳ τόπῳ %Nn yn ἦν μὲν πεδίον, ἅπαν
— district-of-countrvy the ground was indeed (a) ovlain, entirely

50 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ὁμαλὸν ὥσπερ θάλαττα, δὲ πλῆρες ἀψινϑίου,

level as (the) sea, of- worm wood,
εὖ δὲ χαὶ τι ἀλλο ὕλης ἤ xadAauor
if ἰγάοοὰ also δὴν other (kind) of-undorwood or of-reed
ἐνῆν, ἅπαντα ἦσαν εὐώδη ὥσπερ adpauata’
was-on-it, all were (as) odoriferous as perfumes ;
δ᾽ οὐδεν δένδρον ἐνῆν. Δὲ παντοῖα
but no tree was-thereon. But (here there were) various
θηρία, πλεῖστοι μὲν ἄγριοι ὄνοι, δὲ
wild-animals, the-most (numerous) indeed (were) wild asses, also
πολλοὶ OTPOVSOL οἱ μεγάλοι" δὲ χαὶ ὠτίδες
many | sparrows the large [ostriches]; and aleo bustard
καὶ dopxades ἐνῆσαν᾽ de ot ἵἱπσεῖς ἐνίοτε
and antelopes were-thereon; and the horsemen sometimes

ἐδίωχον ταῦτα ta θηρία. Καὶ μὲν of ὄνοι
pursued these — wild-animals. And indeed the wild-asses
ἐπεὶ τις OL@XOL, π μόντες
when any-one might-pursue (them), having-run-before (some distance)
ἕστασαν" yap ἔτρεχον moAv θᾶττον τῶν
stood -still ; for __ they-ran much (more) quickly (than) the
immov' xal πάλιν ἔπει of ἵπποι πλησιάζοιεν
horses ; and again when the horses might-approach
ἐποίουν ταὐτὸν. χαὶ ἦν OD λαθεῖν
they-did the-same (thing); and it-was not (possible) to-take
εἰ μὴ οἱ ἱππεῖς διαστάντες
(them) |if not [unless] the horsemen _astationed-at-intervals
DEV διαδεχόμενοι τοῖς
should-hunt (them), (also) succeeding (one another) ‘with (fresh) --
e δ ‘ , ~ e , gz
ἵπποις. δὲ τὰ χρὺ. τῶν ἀλισχομένων ἣν
‘horses. And the flesh ‘of — (those) ‘caught was
παραπλήσια τοῖς ἐλαφείοις, δὲ ἀπαλώτερα.
like the stags’ (flesh), but more-tender
Δὲ οὐδεὶς ἔλαθε Στρουϑὸν: δὲ ol τῶν
But no-one took (an) ostrich ; | and — (those) of-the
ἱππέων διώξαντες TAYV
horsemen having-pursued [and those horsemen that pursued them quickly

BOOK I.-- CHAPTER 7. δὶ

ἐπαύοντο" γὰρ ἀπεσπάτο πολὺ

desisted ; for it-withdrew-itself much [for it outstripped the horse.
Φεύγουσα, δρόμῳ μὲν τοῖς

men) fleeing (away from them), in-running (using)—- — (its)
ποσὶ, δὲ ταῖς πτέρυξιν aipovoa, ὥσπερ
feet, and — (its) wings raising (these),
χρωμένη ἱστίῳ. As ἐστι λαμθάνειν τὰς
using (a) sail. But it-is (possible) to-take the
ὠτίδας, ἂν τις ἀνιστῇ ταχὺ" yap
bustards, if any-one should-‘start (them) ‘up quickly; for
πέτοντα βραχύ ὥσπερ πέρδικες, καὶ
they-fly (a) short (distance) _like-as partridges, and
ταχὺ ἀπαγορεύουσι. Δὲ τὰ χρέα αὐτῶν ἦν
speedily Βαὶ the esh of-them was
ἥδιστα.

very-delicious.
Πορευόμενοι δὲ διὰ ταύτης τῆς χώρας ἄφι
arching — through this — country mad
κούνται é τὸν ποταμόν Μάσχαν, to εὖ
eome to the river Mascas, the breadth

ιαῖον. Ἐνταῦϑα nv ἀλη
(of which is a) agate aan sed re

Here _— there-was (a)

3 ΄ , > . A 3 «ς ὔ
ἐρήμη πόλις, δ᾽ ὄνομα αὐτ Κορσωτή"
deserted city, but (the) name (to-t¢) (of it was) Corsote ;
δ᾽ αὕτη περιεῤῥεῖτο ὑπὸ τοῦ Μάσκχα

band this (city) was-flowed-round by the Mascas ‘in (a)
κύχλῳ. Ἐνταῦϑ᾽
‘circle [the river Mascas flowed round about this city]. Here

ἔμειναν τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο.
they-remained three days and provisioned (the army)

Ἐντεῦϑεν cee pe μὰ καὶ δέχα
Thence *he (Cyrus) ten [thirteen

ἐρήμους σταϑμοὺς ἐνενήχοντα
stations (or days’ march) (making) ninety

παρασάγγας, ἔχων τὸν ποταμὸν Eid ὑφράτην ἐν

parasangs, having the river Eup on Sth’

δῶ THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

δεξιᾷ, καὶ ἀφικνεῖται ὼὰ Πύλας. Ἔν τούτοις

right, and he-arrives at (the) Gates. In

τοῖς σταϑμοῖς πολλὰ τῶν ὑποζυγίων ἀπώλετο
-- stations many of-the Sale Get perished
ὑπὸ λιμοῦ" γὰρ ἦν οὐ χόρτος οὐδὲ οὐδὲν
οὗ hunger ; there-was no grass nor any
ἴλλο δένδρον, ἀλλὰ ἣ ἅπασα χώρα ἦν
(other) (kind of) tree, but the entire country was
ψιλὴ" OL δὲ ἐνοικοῦτες

bare (being destitute of vegetation); [9 — inhabiting [the

ὀρύττοντες καὶ τοιοῦντες
inhabitants of this desert district] quarrying and fashioning

ἀλέτας ὄνους παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν, ἦγον
‘grinding upper-stones [millstones] near the river, carried

εἷς Βαδυλῶνα χαὶ ἐπώλουν, χαὶ ἄντα-
(them) to Babylon and sold (them), and buying-
γοράζοντες σῦτον ἔζων. Ὃ δὲ σῖτος ἐπέλισιε

in-return corn lived (thereon), --- Also corn failed

TO στράτευμα, καὶ ἦν οὐ σϑαι
the army, and it-was not (possible) to-buy (any)

εἰ μὴ ἐν ty Λυδίᾳ ἀγορᾷ ἐν τῷ Bap
|if not [unless] in the Lydian among the

Capixe Κύρου, τὴν κχαπίϑην ἀλεύρων ἢ
barian (forces) of-Cyrus, the capithe of-wheat-flour or
ἀλφίτων. τεττάρων σίγλων. Ὁ δὲ σίγλος
barley-meal (being sold for) four sigli. The — siglus
δύναται ἕπτα ᾿Αττιχούς ὀδολοὺς χαὶ ἡμιοδόλιον᾽
is-worth seven Attic oboli and (a) half-obolus ;
δὲ ἡ χαπίϑη ἐχώρει δύο “Artixas χοίνικας.
and the capithe contained two Attic choenices.

Oty ol στρατιῶται διεγίγνοντο ἐσϑίοντες χρέα
᾿ΤΕασοίοτο the soldiers continued eating flesh

"Hy δὲ

{therefore the soldiers lived entirely on flesh]. There-were also (some)

τουτων τῶν OTASUGY, ots ἤλαυνε
ef-these ΄“-ὀ days’-marches, which he-urged-on (9 5.4 to make them)

BOOK I. — CHAPTER V. 53

πάνυ μαχροὺς, ὁπότε βούλοτο διατελέσαι

very long, |§ whenever he-might-wish | to-finish-the-road [ὦ ar.
ἢ πρὸς ὕδωρ, ἢ πρὸς χιλόν. Kat δή
rive] either at water, or at forage. And indeed

MOTE στενοχω ρίας xc καὶ πηλοῦ φανέντος δυσπο.
gyace-when | narrow-place mud having-appeared difficult-

pevtov ταῖς ἁμάξαις,

of-passage for-the wagons, [8 narrow and muddy road appeared,
ὁ Κῦρος ἐπέστη

which was of difficult passage for wagons], — Cyrus stood

συν τοῖς ἀρίστοις καὶ εὐδαιμονεστάτοις πε

with the most-distinguished and most-wealthy about

αὐτὸν, xa. ἔταξε Γλοῦν καὶ Πίγρητα,

him, and ordered Glus igres, (that)

AabovrTas τοῦ Papbapixod ὄτρατοῦ; συνεχ»
having-taken (a part) of-the barbarian γ, to-extri-

Gbalew τὰς ἁμάξας. A’ ἑπεὶ ἐδόχουν αὐτῷ
cate the wagons. Bat when they-seemed to-him

ποιεῖν σχολαίως, ὥσπερ ὀργῇ ἐχέλευσε τοὺς
to-do (this) tardily, in-anger he-ordered the

χρατίστους Πέρσας περὶ αὐτὸν συνεπισ-
most-distinguished Persians about him {| together-to-have-acce-

πεῦσαι tas ἁμάξας. Ἔνϑα δὴ ἦν θεάσασ-
lerated [to hasten] the wagons. There then was to-be-

Sar Te μέρος τῆς εὐταξίας. Ta
seen some portion (of) — good-order (und discipline). For

ῥίψαντες τοὺς πορφυροῦς χάνδυς, ὅπου ἔχαστος
having-thrown-off --- (their) a τς cloaks, § where each

ἔτυχεν ἑστηχώς LEDs
happened having-been-standing [happened to have stood] | they-sent-
το, ὥσπερ τις ἂν δράμοι

themselves, [they rushed], as-if |any-one might run [on a race]

περὶ νίχης, καὶ χατὰ μάλα πρανοῦς γηλόφου,

ἴοι victory, and down (a) very steep

ἔχοντες TE τούτους τοὺς πολυτελεῖς χιτῶνας,
having also (on) those rick

a

54 1 HE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

καὶ τὰς ποικίλας ἀναξυρίδας, δὲ καὶ ἔνιοι
and — variegated trowsers, and also some (having)

orperrotg περὶ τοῖς τρα χήλοις, χαὶ ψέλλμα

cha about — (their) necks, and bracelets

περὶ ταῖς χερσίν" εὐθὺς δὲ εἰσπηδήσαντες
about — (their) | hands; [wrists]; directly also having-leaped

σὺν τούτοις εἰς tov πηλὸν ἐξεχόμισοχλ
with these (ornaments) into the mud __they-brought-out

τὰς ἁμάξας μετεώρους θᾶττον ἢ ὥς τις

the wagons lifted-up quicker than (even-thus) any-one

ἂν ᾧετο. Δὲ τὸ σύμπαν Κῦρος ἦν δῆλος

wight have-thought. And (on) the whole | Cyrus was evident

σπεύδων πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδὸν

hastening all the road, (Cyrus was evidently hastening
xa ov διατρίδων, μὴ ὅπου ἐχαϑέζετο

the march], and not delaying, unless where he-halted

ἕνεχα ἐπισιτισμοῦ ἦ τινος ἄλλου ἀναγκαίου,
on-account-of provisions or of-some other necessary

νομίζων 60m μὲν θᾶττον ἔλϑοι
(thing), thinking (that) by-how-much — the-more-speedily he-might-go

τοσούτῳ ἀπαρασχευαστοτέρῳ μαχεῖσϑιαε
by-so-much the-more-unprepared (he might come) to-fight

βασιλεῖ, δὲ ὅσῳ σχολαιότε
(the) king, and by-how-much the-more-tardily (he might march)

τοσούτῳ πλέον iid ehh συναγείρεσθαι

by-so-much the-more (numerous) is-to-be-collected
βασιλεῖ. Καὶ δ᾽ ἦν ἜΣ τῷ προσέ-

‘for (the) ‘king. | And also it-was to-perceive to-the direct-

χοντι τὸν νοῦν
ing the mind [and it might readily be perceived by any one

ἢ ἀρχὴ βασιλέως οὖσα
directing his attention to it] | the empire ‘of (the) ‘king (as) being

ἰσχυρὰ μεν
strong indeed [that the empire of the king was indeed strong) ‘from
’ , 4 3 ,
MASEL GPAs καὶ ἀνωρώπων,

(the) ‘multitude (and extent of) territory and (the number) of-men.

BOOK 1.—CHAPTER V. 5&5

δὲ ἀσϑενής τοῖς pyxect τῶν ὁδῶν xaL τῷ
but weak by-the lengths of-the roads and | in-the

διεσπάσϑαι τὰς δυνάμεις, εὖ τις
to-have-zeparated [in the dispersion] (of) — (its) forces, if any-one
ἐποιεῖτο τὸν πόλεμον διὰ ταχέων.
maue — war (against it) by quick (movements).
Aé πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ Εὐφράτου, κατὰ
But beyund the river Euphrates, through (the opposite)
τοὺς ἐρήμους σταϑιμούς ἦν
-- | desert stations [marches through the desert] there-was
εὐδαίμων καὶ μεγάλη πόλις, δὲ v0
(ar) opulent and large city, and (its) name (was)
Χαρμάνδη. Ἔχ ταύτης οἱ στρατιῶται ἠγόραζον
Charmande. From this (city) the soldiers rought
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια διαδαίνοντες σχεδίας ὧδε"
the necessaries-of-life crossing-over on-temporary-rafts (made) thas;
ἐπίμπλασαν χούφου χόρτου διφϑέρας ἃ;
they-filled with | light grass [hay] (the) skins, which
εἶχον στεγάσματα; εἶτα συνῆγον
they-had (as) covering (for their tents), then they-united-togetl er

χαὶ συνέσπων ὡς 0
(the edges) and | ‘drew (them) ‘together [sewedthem] so-that the
ὅδωρ un ἅπτεσθαι τῆς κάρφης" ἐπὶ τούτον
water (could) not (¢o)-touch the ay; ο- δ) .260
διέδαινον, καὶ ἐλάμδανον τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, τέ
they-crossed-over, and procured the necessaries, not- aly
οἶνον πεποιημένον ἐχ τῆς βαλάνου τῆς ὑπὸ
wine mado of the fruit — from
τοῦ φοίνικος, χαὶ σῖτον μελίνης᾽ yap τοῦτο ἦν
ne palm-tree, but-also corn of-pannic; for this was
πλεῖστον ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ.

most-plentiful in --- (this) country
Δὲ évtaisa τῶν στρατιωτῶν te τοῦ Μένωνος
And here the soldiers not-only — of-Moaoa
καὶ τῶν τοῦ Κλεάρχου ἀμφιλεξάντων

but-also — (those) of-Clearchus having-been-disputing-abous

56 THE ANARASIS OF XENOPHON.

τι, ὁ Κλέαρχος χρίνας τὸν τοῦ
something, — Clearchus | having-judged [judging] the (soldier) —~
Μένωνος ἀδικεῖν ἐνέθαλε πληγας"

of-Menon | to-do-wrong [to be in the wrong] inflicted blows (on him) ;

δὲ ὁ ἐλθὼν προς TO ee ἑαυτοῦ

but who having-gone |to the of-himself [to the
ἔλεγε" δ᾽ οἱ
army, to which he belonged] told [what had befallen him]; but the
στρατιῶται ἀχούσαντες ἰσχυρῶς ἐ χαλέ-

soldiers having-heard (this) ‘were vehemently

mawov, καὶ ὠργίζοντο τῷῃ Κλεάρχῳ. Δὲ ty
tated, and i feet — (at) Clearchus. And the

αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ Κλέαρχος, ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ σὴν διάδθασιν

me day Clearchus, having-gone to the crossing

τοῦ ποταμοῦ, καὶ Exel κατασκεψάμενος τὴν ἀγοράν,
of-the river, and here having-inspected the market.

ἀφιππεύει ἐπὶ τὴν σχηνὴν ἑαυτοῦ

he-rides-away | to the tent of-himself [to his own ten*
διὰ τοῦ στρατεύματος Μένωνος, σὺν ὀλίγοις
through the army of-Menon, | with (a) few

τοῖς περὶ αὐτόν: δὲ Ki
followers, namely) (the) (those) about him ; but Cyrus ‘had
οὕτω ἧχεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι προσήλαυνε" δὲ τις
not-yet ‘come, but _ still proceeded (on his march); but some-one
τῶν στρατιωτῶν Μένωνος σχίζων ξύλα, ὡς
of-the soldiers of-Menon (who was) splitting wood, as

εἶδε tov Κλέαρχον διελαύνοντα, ἵησι
he-saw — Clearchus riding-through (the as os throws (at him)

τῇ ἀξίνῃ" καὶ αὗτος ἥμαρτεν
‘with — (his) ‘axe; and this (soldier) ene

αὑτοῦ δ᾽ ἄλλος MS@ χαὶ ἄλλος,
him, but peta (throws) ‘with (a) ‘stone and-also another,

εἶτα πολλοί, χραυγης γενομένης.
then many, (a) shout (at the same time) having-occurred.

Δε ὁ χαταφεύγει εἰς τὸ στράτευμα ἑαυτοῦ,
But — (Clearchus) takes-refuge |in the army of-himeelf,

BOOK I. —-CHAPTER V. δ᾽

χαι εὐδυς παραγγέλλει εἰς
um hie own camp], and immediately 8 {his men} te
τὰ ὅπλα" καὶ: ἐχέλευσε τοὺς μὲν ὁπλίτας
- arms ; and he-ordered | the — heavy-armed-men
οὐτοῦ μεῖναι SE
of-him [his heavy-armed men] | to-have-remained [to remain] having-
tas tas ἀστίδας προς τὰ γόνατα᾽ δὲ αὐτὸς
placed — (their) shields against — (their) knees; but he

λαθὼν τους Θρᾷκας χαὶ τοὺς ἱππέας,
[having-taken [taking] the Thracians and the horsemen,

οἱ ἦσαν αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ i coda πλείους ἢ
that were with-bim in the more than

τετταράκοντα, δὲ οἱ oe OTOL τούτων
forty (in number), but the moat of-these (were)

Opdxes, ἤλαυνεν ἔπι τοὺς Μένωνος, ὥστ᾽

Thracians, proceeded-out against the (troops) of-Menon, so (that)

ἐχείνους ExTEMANY SAL καὶ Μένωνα
they were-struck (with astonishment, as was) also Menon

αὑτὸν, καὶ τρέχειν ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα. Δὲ
himself, and (so that they) run -- arms. But

χαὶ Ob ἕστασαν ἀποροῦντες τῷ πράγ-
also --- (some) stood hesitating (about) the

TL.
fair (μοὶ knowing what to make of it).

Ὁ δὲ Πρόξενος, yap ἔτυχε προσιὼν ὕστερος,

-- But ets | for Pee approaching

χαὶ Takis τῶν OTA
(in order), [who brought up the rear], and (a) division of-the heavy.

τῶν ἐπομένη αὐτῷ, ἄγων οὖν

armed-men following him, leading therefore (his soldiers)

εὐϑυς εἰς τὸ μέσον ἀμφοτέ

immediately | into the middle of-both {into the space be
ἔϑετο τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ ἐδεῖτο τοὺ KrAe

tween both] stood (under) — arms, and_ required of -- Cle

άρχου μὴ ποιεῖν ταῦτα. Δὲ ὁ

erchus net to-do these (things). But — (Clearchus;

68 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἐχαλέπαινεν, ὅτι αὑτοῦ δεήσαντος ὀλίγου κατα:
was-irritated, because he having-wanted little to-have

AEVTSNVAL, πράως λέγοι TO πάδϑος
been-stoned, (that he Proxenus,) ‘should mildly ‘mention |the suffering

αὐτοῦ ἐχέλευέ τε αὑτὸν ἐξίστασϑαι
of-him [his ill treatment] he-ordered — him (then) to-stand-out

ἐχ tov μέσου. Δὲ Κῦρος χαὶ ἐν τούτῳ ἐπᾳει,
from the middle. But Cyrus’ also at this §came-up,

καὶ ἐπύϑετο to πρᾶάγμα᾽ δ᾽ eddie ἐλαθε

and inquired-into the affair; — (then) "he immediately ‘took

ta παλτὰ εἰς τὰς χεῖρας, και σὺν τοῖς
-- μνυοϊϊηβ in -- (his) hands, and with «-- (those)

tou TOV πιστῶν, ἦχεν ἐλαύνων εἰς TO
present of — (his) faithful-attendants, came hastening to the

μέσον, καὶ λέγει τάδε. Κλέαρχε καὶ
midst (of them), διὰ speaks thus. O0-Clearchus and

Πρόξενε, καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες οἱ παρόντες,

Proxenus, and (you) the other Greeks who are-present,

love οὐχ ὃ τι ποιεῖτε. Tap εἰ συνάψετε
you-know not what you-are-doing. For if you-shall-join-in

9 ’

τινα μάχην ἀλλήλοις, νομίξετε ἐ
apy battle with-one-another, | think [be assured] {π|50 ]

te καταχεχόψεσϑαι ἐν τῇδε τῇ χ, χαὶ
not-only will-instantly-be-cut-off in is a Poms day, but-also

ὑμᾶς οὐ xoAV ὕστερον ἐμοῦ" (be dee τῶ; ὑμετέρων

you not long after me; our-affairs
ἐχόντων χαχῶς πάντες οὗτοι
having badly [for if our affairs go ill] all these
βάρθαροι, οὖς ὁρᾶτε ἔσονται πολεμιώτεροι ἡμῖν
aaa ie that Or will-be more- ae

TOV ὄντων παρὰ ΠΥ ἐν
than) --- (those barbarians) | being [who sre] with (the) king.
Ὁ Κλέαρχος ἀχοίσας ταῦτα ἐγένετο ἐν
- Clearchus hearing these (things) {| became in
FAUTO* καὶ ἀμφότεροι παυσά-

himself; [recovered self-possession]} ; and both (parties) having.

BOOK I. — CHAPTER VI. 69

UEVOL ἔϑεντο τὰ ὅπλα κατὰ
"οδδοὰ (from strife) placed — (their) arms in (‘heir appropriase'

χώραν.

CHAPTER VI.

IIpoiovtay ἐντεῦωθεν ἴχνια καὶ κόπρος ἵππων
PROCEEDING thence (the) foutsteps and dung of-hursea
Epaveto' ὁ στίθος δ' εἰχάζετο εἶναι
appeared; the track indeed was-conjectured to-be about (that)
δισχιλίων ἵππων. Οὗτοι προϊόντες ἔχαιον καὶ
of-two-thousand borses. These going-before burned both (the;
χιλὸν χαὶ τι ἀλλο εὖ ἦν χρήσιμον. ᾿Ορόντης
fodder and any-thing else, if (it) was useful. Orontea
δε, Πέρσης ἀνήρ τε προσήχων γένει
indeed, (a) Persian man not-only being-related by-birth ‘to (the,

βασιλεῖ, καὶ τὰ πολέμια λεγόμενος
‘king, but-also (as respects) — warlike-affairs being-considered
ἐν τοῖς Ἰρίστοις Περσῶν, ἐπιθουλεύει
among the =most-distinguished ‘of (the) ‘Persians, plots-against
Κύρῳ, καὶ πρόσϑεν πολενύσας

ν and (with whom) he-'had ormerly *been-at-war,
δὲ καταλλαγεὶς. Οὗτος εἶπε Κύρῳ εἰ
but had-become-reconciled. This (person) said to-Cyrus, if
δοίη αὐτῷ χιλίους ἵσσπέας, ὅτι ἐνεδρεύσας
he-would-give him a-thousand horsemen, that having-lain-in-ambusb

ἂν ἢ καταχάνοι τοὺς ἱππέας προχατα-
‘he would either ‘destroy the horsemen burning-down-every-

χαίοντας ἢ ἕλοι πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ζῶντας, καὶ
thing-before-them, or might-take many of-them alive, | and
XWAVOELE ἐπιόντας τοῦ χαίειν,

would-hinder (them) going-against of-the to-burn, [and would hinder

χαὶ ποιήσειεν,
them from going and burning everything], |and would-make, ‘and would

60 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ὥστε αὐτούς ἰδόντας τὸ i el Ku ὕροῦ
cause}, that they having-seen the of-

μήποτε δύνασθαι ayy γεῖλαι
‘would never *be-able ave-told [to tell] (it) ‘to (the,

βασιλεῖ. Δὲ τῷ Κύρῳ ἀχούσαντι ταῦτα
‘king. | But to— Cyrus hearing these (things,

ἐδόχει εἶναι ὠφέλιμα,

it-seemed to-be advantageous, [but Cyrus hearing these propositions
‘ 3 , . 9 ‘
NOL EXEAEVOEVY AUTOY

approved of them as being advantageous], and _—sihe-ordered him
λαμθάνειν μέρος παρ᾽ ἑκάστου τῶν NYE
to-take (a) part (of the troops) from each of-the com-
μόνων. ὋὉ δ᾽ ὋὌὋρόντης, νομίσας τοὺς ἱππέας
manders. — But rontes, having-thought the horsemen
εἶναι ἑτοίμους αὐτῷ, γράφει ἐπιστολὴν

Ι0-ὃθ ready for-him, writes (a) letter to (the)
βασιλέα, ὅτι ἤἥξοι ἔχων πλείστους ἱππέας
king, that he-would-come having the-most horsemen

ao ἂν δύνηται"

that ‘he might "be-able (to obtain); [that he would come to him with
ἀλλὰ ἐκέλευε

the greatest number of horsemen he could obtain}; but he-requested

σαι τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν ἑαυτοῦ
(him) | to-have-told the horsemen of-him [to tell his horsemen}

ὑποδέχεσθαι αὐτὸν ὡς φίλιον. Καὶ ἐνὴν

to-receive as (a) friend. And there | was [were]

ἐν TH ἐπιστολῇ "δὲ ὑπομνήματα πρόσϑεν φιλίας

in the letter ἔν reminiscences rmer friendships

HAL πίστεως. Δίδωσι ταύτην τὴν émuotoAry
but-also of-fidelity (to him). He-gave this the letter

πιστῷ ἀνδρί, ὡς @eto. δὲ ὃ Aabwy
te (a) ‘faithful man, as he- thought; but — (he) taking (the lotter)

δίδωσι ΚύὐρῷςὨ Δὲ ὁ Κῦρος ἀναγνοὺς αὐτὴν

gave (it) to-Cyrus. But — Cyrus having-read
συλλαμθάνει ᾿Ορόντην, καὶ ovyxard εἰς τὴν

azrests rontes, and he-convokes | ip

BOOK 1. — CHAPTER VL 6]

IxyVIY ἑαυτοῦ τοὺς ἕπτά ἀρίστους
tent of-himself (in his own tent] the seven most-distinguished
Περσῶν τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν᾽ καὶ ἐχέλευε τοὺς
‘of (the) ‘Persians — about him; and _ he-nrdered the
στρατηγοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀγαγεν σπλίτας,
cammanders of-the Greeks to-bring-up heavy-armed-men,
δὲ θέσϑαι τούτου. τὰ ὅπλα περὶ
and | to-have-placed [to place] these — (in) arms around
την σχηνήν αὐτοῦ. Δὲ ot ἐποιήσαν
{the tent of-him [his tent], And — (they) did
ταῦτα ἀγαγόντες ὡς τρισχιλίους ὁπλίτας.
these (things) bringing about three-thousand heavy-armed-men.
Δὲ χαὶ παρεχάλεσε εἴσω Κλέαρχον σύμθουλον,
And also he-called within Clearchus (as) counsellor,
ὅς ye ἐδόχει χαὶ αὐτῷ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις
who at-least seemed both to-himself and the others ‘to-be
μάλιστα προτιμηϑῆναι τῶν “Ἑλλήνων. A’ ἐπεὶ
the-most “honoured of-the Greeks. But after
ἐξήλϑεν ἐξήγγειλε τοῖς φίλοις τὴν κρίσιν τοῦ

he-came-out he-related to— (his) friends the trial --

Ὀρόντου, ὡς ἐγένετο" ἂρ ἦν οὐχ
of-Orontes, how it-was (conducted); for there-was no
ἀπόῤῥητον. Ἔφη δὲ Κῦρον ἄρχειν
secrecy (enjoined), He-said — (that) Cyrus began

Lod λόγου ὧδε"
the subject thus;
Παρεχάλεσα ὑμᾶς ἄνδρες φίλοι, ὅπως βου.
I-have-invited you (O-men) (my) friends, that de-
λευόμενος σὺν ὑμῖν πράξω περὶ τουτουί Ὀρόντου
liberating with you I-will-do respecting this Orontes

τοῦτο ὃ τι δίχαιόν ἐστι χαὶ πρὸς θεῶν
| that whatever just is (that which is just] both before gods

ΠῚ ‘ 3 , ‘ ~ ‘ 3
καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων. Lap πρῶτον μὲν ὁ ἐμὸς
διὰ before men. For first indeed — my
4 ~ Ψ ε , > ’
πατὴρ ἔδωχε τοῦτον εἶναι ὑπήχοον ἐμοί. A
Sather gave this (man) to-be obedient ta.ma Rat

62 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἔπει τα γϑείς, ὡς αὐτός ἔφη, ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐμοῦ
when having-been-ordered, as ‘he himself ‘said, by (the) my

ἀδελφοῦ, οὗτος ἐπολέμησεν ἐμὸὶ ἔχων
brother, this (Orontes) made-war-against me (he) having

τὴν ἀχρόπολιν ἐν Σάρδεσι καὶ ἐγὼ προσπολεμῶν
the Mada in aie and χ making-war-against

αὐτὸν ἐποίησα ὥστε δόξαι
him | made (it 80) [carried it on so] that (it) seemed (best)

τούτῳ παύσασϑαι τοῦ πολέμου πρὸς
to-this (person) to-have-put-an-end (to) the war against

ἐμὲ, καὶ ἐλαύον δεξιάν καὶ ἔδωχα.

me, and I-took (his) right-hand and gave (him mine is
Meta ταῦτα ἔφη, ὦ Ὀρόντα ἔστιν

friendship). After these he-said, O Orontes is-there

o τι ἡδίχησα σε; ᾿Απεχρίνατο
ἡηδδὶ any [any thing in which] I-have-wronged you? He-answerec\
ὅτι ov. Δὲ ὁ Κύρος πάλεν ἠρώτα"

that (there-is) not. But -- Cyrus again inquired; (did you)

οὐχοῦν ὕστερον, ὡς σὺ αὐτὸς ὁμολογεῖς, ἀποστὰς
not-then afterwards, as you yourself confess, having-gone-over

ες Μυσούς ἀδιχούμενος οὐδὲν ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ

to (the) Mysians, being-injured (in) no (manner) by me,

9 , ~ μὲ

ETUOLELG χαχως τὴν ἐμὴν χώ, ν 0 τι

act ill (against) — my territory, | what any-thing
ἐδύνω; ὋὉ Ὀρόντης ἔφη.

{in whatever] you-could? -- Orontes said (that he did).

Οὐχοῦν ἔφη ὁ Κῦρος onot’ αὖ ἔγνως

(Did you) not-then said — Cyrus |when again ycu-knew

τῇ) δύναμιν σεαυτοῦ
the strength of-yourself, [when you were aware of the littles cength

éAdav ἐπὶ τὸν βωμὸν τῆς
a possessed against me}, coming to the altar

Αρτέμεδος, éproda TE μεταμέλειν σοι,

οἱ-δίδη you-said (that it) not-only repented you

καὶ, πείσας ἐμέ πάλιν ἔδωχάς μοι
but-also, having-persuadel me, ‘you again ‘gave me

BOOK I. — CHAPTER VI. 68

πιστα, χαὶ ἔλαθες παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ; Καὶ
pledges (of good faith), and received (the same) fron me? And

ὁ Ὀρόντης ὡμολόγει ταῦτα Τί οὖν, ἔφη
- rontes confessed these (things). (In) what then, said
ὡς, , e ~
6 Κῦρος, adixySetg ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ,
--ὀ Cyrus, | having-been-injured by me, [hast thou been injured by
voy τὸ τρίτον γέγονας ᾧατερος
me], (that) now (for) the third (time) you-have-been manifestly
ἐπιθουλεύων μοι; Δὲ τοῦ Ὀρόντου εἰπόντος ὅτι

plotting-against me? But — rontes saying, that
ἀδιχηϑεὶς οὐδεν. Ὃ Κῦρος ἠρώτησεν
having-been-injured (in) nothing (he did so). — Cyrus asked
αὐτόν" Ὁμολογεὶῖς οὖν γεγενῆσθαι ἄδικος περὶ
im ; You-confess therefore to-have-been unjust towards
> 3: ‘ δὴ > » “ e
ELLE 5 Tap ἢ avayxn, ἔφη ὁ

me? (1 confess it) for certainly (there isa) necessity, suid —

‘Opovtns. Ἔχ τούτο ὁ Κῦρος πάλιν ἠρώτησεν"
Orontes. After this — Cyrus again asked ;

Ἂν ἔτι οὖν γένοιο πολέμιος τῷ ἐμῷ ἀδελφῷ,
Would ‘you yet then ‘become hostile — to-my brother,
δὲ φίλος καὶ πιστός ἐμοὶ; Ὁ δὲ ἀπεχρίνατο
but friendly διὰ faithful to-me? — And he-answered,
ὅτι οὐδ᾽ εἰ γενοίμην, ὦ Κῦρε, ay ἔτι
that neither if I-should-become (80) O Cyrus, would-it yet-ever
δόξαιμι, oot ye mote. Πρὸς ταῦτα Κῦρος
seem-s0, ἰἴο-γοι at-least never. On this Cyrus
εἶπε τοῖς παροῦσιν. ὋὉ arp μὲν

said — (to those) present. — (This) man _ indeed ‘has

μὲν πεποίηχε τοιαῦτα δ λέγει τοιαῦτα. Δὲ
certainly ‘done sach-things and he-acknowledges the-same. Ana
e ~ ‘ - ͵ ~ 9 ’
ὑμῶν συ ὦ Κλέαρχε πρῶτος ἀπόφηνα
af-you (present) ‘do you Ὁ Clearchus first ‘declar
γνώμην, ὃ τι δοχεῖ σοι. Ae Κλέαρχος
(your) opinion, whatever seems(right)to-you. And Clearchas
εἶπε τάδε" Eye συμδουλεύω TOV τοῦτον ἀνδ
poke thus; advise (that) — thia war

64 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ποιεῖσθαι ἔχποδων ὡς τάχιστα, ὡς

oe-put out-of-the-way as quickly (as possible), that ‘it-mag
μηκέτι dé φυλάττεσθαι τοῦτον,

no-longer ‘be-necessary to-guard-against this (person ),
ἀλλὰ ἧῇ σχολὴ ἡμῖν, κατὰ τὸ εἶναι
but (that) there-may-be leisure to-us,| concerning the to-be

~ a s o:

ζουτον TWOLELY EV TOUTOUG
this-one {so far as relates to this man] to-do good (to) those

τοῦς ἐθελοντὰς φίλους. Δὲ ἔφη ταύτῃ
-- willing (to be) friends. And he-said (that) in-this

τῇ γνώμῃ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους προσθέσθαι. Μετὰ

opinion also the others concurred. After

ταῦτα, Κύρου χελεύοντος, ἅπαντες καὶ ol
these (things), Cyrus ordering (it), all even the

συγγενεῖς ἀναστάντες ἔλαθον τὸν Ὁ
relations (of Orontes) _rising-up took -- Orontes

τῆς ζώνης ἐπὶ Oararte’
(by) the girdle | as-to death; [in token of his being condemned

δὲ εἶτα οἷς προσετάχθη ἐξῆγον

to death]; but then (those) to-whom it-was-commanded,

αὑτὸν. Δ᾽ ἐπεὶ εἶδον αὐτὸν οἵπερ πρόσϑεν
him (out), But when (those) saw him who formerly

EXUVOUY, χαὶ τότε εχύνησαν,
used-to-bow-down (before him), and then (also) they-bowed-down

καὶπέερ εἰδότες, ὅτι ἄγοιτο ἐπι θάνατον.
(before him) although knowing, that he-might-be-led to death.

Ag ἐπεὶ εἰσηνέχϑη τὴν oxnvyy ᾿Αρταπάτου, τοῦ
Απὰ _ then he-was-led to-the tent of-Artapatas, the

πιστοτάτου τῶν σχηπτούχων Kv
most-faithful (διὰ trusted) of-the | sceptre-bearers [ushers] of-Cyrus,

μετὰ ταῦτα οὐδεὶς πώποτε εἶδε ᾿Ορόντην ois

after this no-one ever saw rontes, neither
ζῶντα οὔτε τεϑνηχότα, οὐδέ οὐδεὶς εἶδως
living nor having -died, | nor any-one having-knowa
ἔλεγεν ὅπως ἀπέθανε"

826-δαϊὰ (nor .-uld any one of his own knowledge say} how he. died

Σ
t

%

BOOK I. — CHAPTER VII. 65

δ ἄλλοι εἴχαζον ἄλλως.

jand others conjectured otherwise [some ccajectured this, and

Δὲ οὐδεὶς τάφος αὐτοῦ τώποτε
ethers that]. But no tomb of-him ‘was over

ἐφανη.
‘seen.

CHAPTER VII.

᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς BabvaAwvias
HENcE he-proceeds through the Babylonian (province)
~ , ’ , » 5
τρεῖς σταϑμοὺς δώδεχα παρασάγγας. A’ ἐν
chree days’-march (making) twelve parasangs. And on
τῷ TAT σταϑμῷ Κῦρος ποιεῖται, περὶ μέσας
the ird day’a march Cyrus makes, about (the) middle
νύχτας, ἐξέτασιν τῶυ Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν Βαρθάρων,
of-night, a-review of-the Groeks and of-the arbanans,
ἔν τῷ πεδίῳ: yap ἐδόκει βασιλέα ἥξειν
on the δίῃ; for he-thought (that the) king would-arrive
εἰς trv ἕω ἐπιοῦσαν σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι
on the morning coming with the army (and)
μαχούμενον᾽" καὶ μὲν ἐχέλευε Κλέαρχον ἡγεῖσϑας
offering-battle ; and — he-ordered Clearchus to-take-command

τοῦ dekwd χέρως, δὲ Μένωνα τὸν Θετταλὸν τοῦ
of-the right wing, and Menon the Thessalian of-the

εὐωνύμου δὲ αὐτὸς διέταξε τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ.
left ; but he-himself drew-up-in-order-of-battle |the of-himself
Δὲ peta τὴν ἐξέτασιν i
[his own troops]. But after the review | at-the-samoe-time
τῇ ἐπιούσῃ ὕἥμερᾳ, αὐτόμολοι ἤχοντες
witk-the coming day, [at dawn of day], deserters coming

παρὰ άλου βασιλέως ἀπήγγελλον Kv
from (the) δὲ ac P king Big A ihe a

περὶ τῆς στρατιᾶ ασιλέως. Δὲ Κῦρος,
pt ς στρατιᾶς βασιλέως ὕρος,

about (the state) of-the army ‘of(the) ‘king. --

66 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς χαὶ λοχαγοὺς τῶν»

having-assembled {πὸ generals and captains of-the
Ελλήνων, συνεθδουλεύετό τὲ, πῶς ἂν
Greeks, consulted (with them) not-only, how ‘he migh
ποιοῖτο τὴν μάχην, καὶ αὑτὸς
‘make the battle, [conduct the engagement], but-also he
θαῤῥύνων τοιάδε παρήνει. Ὁ Ἕλληνες ἄνδρες,
encouraging thus exhorted (them). 0 Grecian men,
9 > ΄ο , 9 ,
οὐχ anopav βαρδάρων ἀνθρώπων
(itis) not (for) being-in-want of-barburian men (that)
ἄγω ὑμᾶς συμμάχους, ἀλλὰ νομίζων
I-lead you (with me as) auxiliaries, bat thinking
e ~ ιν ἡ 3 , ‘ ͵ ~
ὑμᾶς EVAL ἀμείνονας XA XPELTTOUS TtoADG
you to-be more-efficient and better (than) many
βαρθάρων, διὰ τοῦτο
(or ἃ great multitude of) barbarians, ‘I for this (reason alone)

σέλαθον. Οὖν ὅπως ἔσεσθε ἄνδρες
'take-you-with (me). (See) then that you-will-be men

bo ad « 3 , Cc ‘ ‘ e ᾿
ἄξιοι τῆς ἐλευϑερίας ἧς κέχτησθε χαὶ UTEP
worthy of-the liberty which you-have-acquired and for
‘ , ε ~ ‘ ~
ἧς ἐγὼ εὐδαιμονίζω vuds. Γὰ εὖ ἴστε,
which I ‘esteem you ‘fortunate. For ‘you well ‘know,
ὅτι ἂν ἐλοίμην τὴν ἐλευδερίαν ἀντὶ πάντων
that ‘I would ‘prefer - liberty before all
ὧν ἔχω καὶ ἄλλων πολλατιλασίων.
(that) which I-have, and other (things) numerous
Δὲ χαὶ ὅπως εἰδῆτε εἰς
(and greater). But also in-order-that ‘you (may) ‘Know to
οἷον ἀγῶνα ἔρχεσθε, ἐγὼ εἰδὼς
what (kind of) contest §you-come, | I having-known [I knowing

διδάξω ὑμᾶς. Tap to πλῆϑος μὲν πολῦ

well] will-inform you. For the multitude (is) indeed large,
χαὶ ἐπίασι πολλῇ χραυγῇ" δ᾽ ἂν ἀνάσ-
and they-come-on ‘with (a) ‘great shout ; but should γοαυ.
ynose ταῦτα, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα

aave-sustained this, and (as respects) the other (things!

BOOK I. —CHAPTER VII. 67

Sox μοι αἰσχύνεσϑαι yraceaSe οἵους τοὺς

[-seem to-myself to-be-ashamed (that) you-will-know what the

avSpatous ὄντας ἐν τῇ ὧρᾳ ἡμῖν.

men | being [oorn] in — (this) country (are of use) to-us

Δὲ ὑμῶν ὄντων ἄνδρων, καὶ

(as soldiers). But νοῦ being men (of courage), and
γενομένων εὐτόλμων,

aving-become bold (and spirited), (80 as to conquer in the ap-

ἐγὼ μὲν ποιήσω τὸν ὑμῶν

proaching engagement), I indeed will-make (the) (those) of-you

βουλόμενον ἀπιέναι oixade ἀπελϑεῖν ζηλωτὸν
desiring to-go home | to-have-departed [to-return}] envied

τοὶς οἶχοι᾽ δὲ οἶμαι ποιήσειν πολλοὺς
— (by those) at-home; but I-think to-'make many ‘hereafter

3 e ‘

EAECS AL τα

| to-have-taken-for-yourselves [to prefer] the (things to be obtained)
παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ ἀντὶ τῶν οἶχοι.

with me before — (those that may be obtained) at-home.

Ἐνταῦθα Γαυλίτης Σάμιος φυγάς, δέ

Then Gaulites (a) Samian exile, but (a)

MOTOS Κύρῳ παρών εἶπε" καὶ μήν ὦ
δι} (adherent of) Cyrus being-present said; and yet, 0

Κῦρε τινες λέγουσι, ὅτι viv ὑπισχνῇ πολλὰ

Cyrus, some gay, that now you-promise many (things)
διὰ τὸ εἶνα ἐν τοιούτῳ τοῦ
on-aceount-of | the to-be [being] in such (a state) of — ap-

σιόντος xivdtvou' δὲ ἂν τι γένηται εὖ,
proaching danger; but should any-thing happen well, [but
φασι σε OU μεμ-
should success attend you], they-say | (that) you ‘would not ‘have-
VnOSAL”
remembered; [that you would not hereafter remember your promises]
δ᾽ ἔνιοι οὐδ᾽ εἰ μεμνῶό τε καὶ βούλοιο
— some (also say that) neither if you-remember and also may-wish

δύνασθαι ἂν ἀποδοῦναι ὅσα ὑπισχνῇ. Ὁ Κῦρος
will-you-be-able — to-give what you-promise. — Cyrus

68 {HE ANABASIS CF XENOPHON.

ἀχούσας ταῦτα ἔλεξεν" ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔστι ἡμῖν ὦ ἄνδρες

hearing this said ; But there-is to-us, 0

e
N ἀρχὴ n TAT ρῴα 9
{the empire the paternal, [the empire, that belonged to my father],

μὲν μέχρι πρὸς μεσημθρίαν οὗ
(which) indeed (extends) so-far to (the) south where

ἄνϑρωποι οὐ δύνανται οἰχεῖν διὰ καῦμα,
‘are not ‘able to-dwell by-reason-of heat,

δὲ μέχρι πρὶ ἄρχτον ov διὰ
and ΚΡ po (the) north where (they cannot live) for
χειμῶνα" δὲ οἱ φίλοι τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σατρα-
cold ; but the friends of— my brother govern-as-
πεύουσι πάντα τα ἐν μέσω τούτων.
satraps al] (the countries situated) — in (the) middle of-these

Δὲ ἢν νικήσωμεν δεῖ ἡνᾶς
(northern and southern limits). But if | we-conquer it-becomes us

ποιῆσαι TOUS ἡμετέρους $i λους ἐγχρατεῖς τούτων.
to-make riends masters of-those

Ὥστε οὐ δέδοικα τοῦτο μὴ ἔχω

(countries). So-that I-'have not ‘feared this, lest I-have
οὐυ τι ὁ δῶ ἐχάστῳ τῶν φίλων,
not any-thing which I-might-give to-each — ‘of(my) friends,
ἂν γένηται ev, ἀλλὰ, μὴ ἔχω
|should it-happen well, [should we be successful], but lest I-have
3 e ‘ Ὁ. ~ ‘
οὐχ ixavous, οἷς δῶ. Δὲ
not (friends) enough, to-whom I-might-give. But ‘I-will
καὶ δώσω ἐχάστῳ ὑμῶν “EAAjvww χρυσοῦν
also ‘give to-each of-you Greeks (a) golden
στέφανον. ΔῈ ot ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα,
crown, But the (Greeks present) hearing these (things),
αὐτοί ἦσαν τε πολυ προϑυμότεροι,
they were not-only much ‘more (encouraged and) 'prompt-for-action,
καὶ ἐξήγγελλον τοῖς ἄλλοις.
but-also they-reported (what they had heard) to-the others (of the

Δὲ te ol στρατηγοὶ παρ᾽ aveTWw, καὶ τινὲς
Greeks) And tvt-only the commanders about iy but-also some

BOOK I. —CHAPTER VIL 6\

τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων εἰσήεσαν ἀξιοῦντες
of-the other Greeks entered (histent) , desiring
εἰδέναι τι ἔσται σφίσιν, ἐὰν κρατήσωσι.

to-know what (reward) shall-be to-them, if they-should-conquer.
Δὲ ὁ ἐμπιδὰς τῶν γνώμην ἁπάντων,
But — (he) having-satisfied the minds of-all,
ἀπέπεμτιω" Δὲ πάντες ὅσοισπερ διελέγοντο
‘sent (them) ‘away. And all whoever conversed

εκελεύοντο AUTO, μὴ μάχεσϑαι,
(with kim) exhorted him, not to-fight (personally),

GAA’ τάττεσθαι ὄπισθεν ἑαυτῶν.
but to-place-himself behind (the line of battle) of-themselves.
Ἔν δὲ τῷ τούτῳ καιρῷ Κλέαρχος ἤρετο τὸν Κῦρον
At —- — this time Clearchus inquired-of — yrus
mas ὧδε. Oiee yap σοι ὦ Κῦρε τὸν
some-how thus; Do-you-think then (to-you), O Cyrus, (that) --- (your
ἀδελφόν uayeiodsar; Nn Δί ἐφη ὁ Κῦρος
yrus,

brother will-fight? Yes, by-Jupiter, said — C
εἴπερ ye ἐστί παῖς Δαρείου καὶ Παρυσάτιδος,

if indeed he-is (the) son of-Darius and Parysatis,
δὲ ἐμὸς ἀδελφός, ἐγὼ ov λήψομαι
and my brother, I ‘shall not ‘take (possession of’
~ e ‘
ταῦτ᾽ Ua EL.
these (dominions) without-a-fight. |
᾿Ἐνταῦϑα δή év τῇ ἐξοπλισίᾳ
There indeed (of those) (in) — under-arms (the,
pisos ἐγένετο τῶν μὲν Ἑλλήνων μυρία και
number was of-the — Greeks ten-thousand ané
τετραχοσία ἀσπὶς, δὲ δισχίλιοι καὶ πέντα-
four-hundred heavy-armed-men, and two-thousand and five-
χόσιοι πελτασταὶ, δὲ τῶν βαρθάρων
hundred targetiers, and (the number) of-the barbarians

μετὰ Kipov déxa μυριάδες, ἱ

with Cyrus (was) |ten ten-thousands, [one hundred thousand], and

ἀμφὶ τα eixoos δρεπανηφόρα ἅρματα. Δὲ
shari

sbout — twenty secythe-bearing ots. And (the number}

68 {HE ANABASIS CF XENOPHON.

ἀχούσας ταῦτα ἔλεξεν" ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔστι ἡμῖν ὦ ἄνδρες
hearing this said ; But there-is to-us, Ὁ men,
ἢ ἀρχὴ N πατρῴα,

|the empire the paternal, [the empire, that belonged to my father],

μὲν μέχρι πρὸς μεσημδρίαν οὗ
(which) indeed (extends) so-far to (the) south where

ἄνϑρωποι οὐ δύνανται oixsiv dia καῦμα,
t

‘are not ‘able to-dwell by-reason-of

δὲ μέχρι πρὸς ἔθρατον οὗ διὰ

and so-far he) north where (they cannot live) for

χειμῶνα" δὲ οἱ ete τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σατρα-
cold ; but the friends of — my brother govern-as-
MEVOVOL πάντα TA EV μέσω τούτων.
satraps all (the countries situated) — in (the) middle of-these

Ae ἢν νικήσωμεν δεῖ ids
(northern and southern limits). But if | we-conquer it-becomes us

ποιῆσαι TOUS ἡμετέρους $i λους ἐγχρατεῖς τούτων.

to-make riends masters of-those

Ὥστε οὐ δέδοιχα τοῦτο μὴ ἔχω
(countries). So-that I-'have not ‘feared this, lest I-have
οὐχ τι ὁ δὼὸδ ἐχάστῳ τῶν φίλων,
not any-thing which I-might-give to-each — ‘of(my) friends,
ἂν γένηται εὖ, ἀλλὰ, μὴ ἔχω
|should it-happen well, [should we be successful], but lest I-have
3 e ‘ | od ~ ‘
οὐχ ἱχανοὺς, οἷς δῶ. Δὲ
not (friends) enough, to-whom I-might-give. But '‘I-will
καὶ δώσω ἐχάστῳ ὑμῶν Ἑ)λλήνων χρυσοῦν
also ‘give to-each of-you Greeks (4) golden
στέφανον. Aé οἱ ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα,
crown. But the (Greeks present) hearing these (things),
αὐτοί ἦσαν τε πολὺ προϑυμότεροι,
they were not-only much ‘more (encouraged and) ‘prompt-for-action,
καὶ ἐξήγγελλον τοῖς ἀλλοις.
but-also they-reported (what they had heard) to-the others (of the

Δὲ te οἱ στρατηγοὶ παρ᾽ αὐτιν, καὶ τινὲς
Greeks), Απὰ tvt-only the commanders about iy but-also some

BOOK I. —CHAPTER VIL 6\

τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων εἰσήεσαν ἀξιοῦντες
of-the other Greeks entered (histent) desiring
εἰδέναι τι ἔσται σφίσιν, ἐὰν κρατήσωσι.

to-know what (reward) shall-be to-them, if they-should-conquer.
Δὲ ὁ ἐμπιδὰς τὴν γνώμην ἁπάντων,
But — (he) having-satisfied the minds of-all,

ἀπέπεμσω" Δὲ πάντες ὅσοιπερ διελέγοντο
‘sent (thom) ‘away. And all whoever conversed

μεκελεύοντο αὐτω, μὴ μάχεσϑαι,
<with kim) exhorted him, not to-fight (personally),

ἀλλ τάττεσθαι ὄπισθεν ἑαυτῶν.
but to-place-himself behind (the line of battle) of-themselves.

9
Ἐν δὲ τῷ τούτῳ καιρῷ Κλέαρχος ἤρετο τὸν Κῦ pi
At — ate Clear Haake --

πως Bie: Oiee yap σοι ὦ Κῦρε τὸν
some-how thus; Do-you-think then (to-you), O Cyrus, (that) — (your
ἀδελφόν μαχεῖσθαι; Nn Δί ἐφὴ ὁ Ευρο
brother will-fight? Yes, by-Jupiter, said —

εἴπερ γε ἐστί Δαρείου χαὶ Παρυσάτιδος

if indeed he-is ee? son and Parysatis,

δὲ ἐμὸς ἀδελφός, ἐγὼ οὐ λήψομαι

and ate brother, x ‘shall not ‘take (possession of’
~ e ‘

ταῦτ᾽ ἀμαχεὶ.

these (dominions) without-a-fight.

᾿Ἐνταῦϑα δή év τῇ ἐξοπλισίᾳ

There indeed (of those) (in) — under-arms (the

dpisduuos ἐγένετο τῶν μὲν Ἑλλήνων μυρία και

of-the — Greeks ten-thousand an@
τετραχοσία ἀσπίς, δὲ δισχίλιοι καὶ πέντα-

four-hundred heavy-armed-men, and two-thousand and five-
χόσιοι πελτασταὶ, δὲ τῶν βαρθά
hundred targetiers, and (the number) of-the barbarians

μετὰ Kipov δέχα u μυριάδες, XO,
with Cyrus (was) |ten ten-thousands, [one hundred thousand], and

Ta εἴχοσι δρεπανη ματα. Δὲ
due — twenty unis pipers apne And (the number}

A

70 THE ANABASIS OF XENCPHON.

τῶν πολεμίων ἐλέγοντο εἶναι ἕχατοι καὶ εἴχοσι
of-the enemy was-suid to-be |a-bundred and _ twenty

μυριάδες, χαὶ διαχόσια δρεπανηφὸ
ten-thousands, [1,200,000], and two-hundred scythe-bearing

ἅρματα. Δὲ ἦσαν ἑξαχισχίλιοι ἄλλοι ἱππεῖς,
cbuariots. And there-were six-thousand other horsemen,

ὧν ᾿Αρταγέρσης ἤρχεν᾽ οὗτοι ἦσαν

of-whom Artugerses had-the-cummand; these (horsemen) were

τεταγμένοι πρὸ βασιλέως αὐτοῦ Δὲ
drawn-up before (the) king himeelf. But ‘of (the)

στρατεύματος τοῦ βασιλέως ἦσαν τέτταρες
‘army of-the king there-were four (being)

ἄρχοντες χαὶ στρατγγοὶ χαὶ ἡγεμόνες, ἑκαστος

commanders and generals and leaders,

τριάκοντα μυριάδων
(baving under his command) | thirty ten-thousands, [300,000],

"Abpoxouas, Τισσαφέρνης, Γωύρύας,

(their names were) Abrocomas, Tissaphernes, Gobruas,

"Apbaxyg. Δὲ τούτων παρεγένοντο ἐν τῇ μάχῃ

Arbaces. But of-these there-were-present in the battle

EVEVTXOVTA μκυριάδαες, XL ἑχατὸν καὶ
| pine-bundred ἔων thousands, [900,000], and a-hundred and

πεντήχοντα δρεπανηφόρα ἅρματα" γὰρ "Ab poxouas

fifty acytbe-bearing chariots ; Abrocomas
ἐλαύνων ἐχ Φοινίχης ὑστέρησε τῆς μάχης πέντε
marching from Phoenicia arrived-after the battle five
ἡμέρας. Ae οἵ αὐτομολήσαντες Ex τῶι
days. And — (those) having-deserted from the
πολεμίων παρα μεγάλου βασιλέως
enemy (that were) with (the) great king
ἤγγελλον ταῦτα πρὸς Κῦρον πρὸ τῆς μάχης"
announced these (things) to Cyrus before the battle;
καὶ, μετὰ THY μάχην, οἵ ὕστε

and, after the battle, — (those that) thereafter

ἐλήῴϑησαν ἤγγελλον ταῦτα.

were-taken-prisoners reported the-same (things).

BOOK I. —— CHAPTER VII. ΤΊ

Ag ἐντεῦθεν Κῦρος ἐξελαύνει ἕνα σταϑμον
And thence Cyrus proceeds one days’-mareh,
τρεῖς παρασάγγας παντί τῷ στρατεύματι,
making) three parasangs, with-all the army,
καὶ τῷ Ἑλληνικῷ χαὶ τῷ βαρύ apixg συντε-
both the Greek and = the barbarian, drawn-up-in-
ταγμένῳ᾽ YAN ᾧετο βασιλέα μαχεῖσδγαι
order-of-battle; for he-thought (thatthe) king would-offer-battle
TAUTY TH ἡμέρᾳ᾽ γὰρ κατὰ σον τὸν
(on) that — (same) day; for about (the) middle (of) the
oTasuov ἦν τάφρος ὀρυχτή βαϑεῖα, τὸ
days’-march there-was (found) a-ditch dug deep, the
εὖρος wey πέντε ὀργυιαὶ, δὲ τὸ βάϑος τρεῖς
breadth indeed (was) five athoms, and the depth three
ὀργυιαὶ. Δὲ 7 τάφρος παρετέτατο ἄνω διὰ τοῦ
fathoms. And the = dite was-extended up through the
πεδίου ἐπὶ δώδεκα παρασάγγας, μέχρι τείχους
plain to twelve parasangs, just-to (the) walls
tod Μηδίας. Ἔνϑα δή εἰσιν ai διώρυχες ῥέουσαι
-- of-Media. Here — are the canals flowing

ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ Τίγρητος ᾿ δὲ εἰσὶ τέτταρες,

from the river igris ; and there-are four (of them),
TO μὲν εὖρος πλεϑριαῖαι, δὲ ἰσχυρῶς
the --- breadth (of each is) of-the-size-of-a-plethrum, and very
βαϑεῖαι, καὶ σιταγωγά πλοῖα πλεῖ ἐν αὐταῖς"
deep, and corn-carrying vessels 88} = on them ;
δὲ εἰσθάλλουσι εἰς τὸν Εὐφράτην, δὲ dia-

and they-discharge-their-water into the Euphrates, and they-

λείπουσι ἐχάστη παρασάγγην, γέφυραι δ᾽
leave (between) each &-parasang, bridges algo
ἔπεισιν. "Hy δὲ στενή πάροδος
‘are (thrown) ‘over (them). There-was — (a) narrow passage
παρὰ tov Εὐφράτην, μεταξὺ τοῦ ποταμοῦ xau
slong the Euphrates, between _— the river and

τῆς τάφρου ὡς TO εὗρος εἴχοσι ποδῶν. Ταύτην
the trench about the breadth of-twenty feet, This

1% THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

de τὴν τάφρον μέγας pecs ποιεῖ aves

_- - trench (the) great makes for (a‘

ENVUAT ἔπει πυνϑάνεται Κῦ προσελαύνοντα.
ἐρυμᾷ 3) bn he-heard-of ee marching-against

ΠΊΩΝ τὴν πάροδον ὯΝ τε Kod
(him). Το --ὀ passage indeed not-only i καὶ

Y στρατιὰ παρῆλθε, χαὶ ἐγένοντο εἴσω τῆς
the army went-through, and (so) became within the

τάφρου. Βασιλεύς μὲν οὐχ οὖν ἐμαχέσατο
nee gg (The) king indeed ‘did not therefore ‘offer-battle

ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἀλλὰ πολλά ἴχνη καὶ ἵππων

on-tkat — day, but many tracks both of-horses
χαὶ ἀνθρώπων ὑποχωρούντων ἦσαν φανερὰ.
and of-men retreating visible.
᾿Ενταῦθα Κῦρος χαλέσας ΕΝ τὸν "Aub μθρα-
There Cyrus having-called Silanus

κιώτην μάντιν, ἔδωχεν αὐτᾷ alates i aap
cian soothsayer, gave him _ three-thousand

ὅτι πρότε τῇ ἕνδεχάτ ἀπ᾽ ἐχείνης τῆς
because za οϑά ae ak (day) from _ that

ἡμέρας θυόμενος, εἶπεν αὐτῳ ὅτι βασιλεὺς

day (while) sacrificing, hbe-said to-him that (the) king
9 - 4 ε

οὐ μαχεῖται δέκα ἡμερῶν: Κῦρος δ᾽

‘woald not fight (for) ten days; Cyras__ ther

εἶπεν, οὐχ ἄρα ἔτι μαχεῖται, εἰ οὗ

said, he-‘will not then thereafter ‘fight, if he-'‘will not

μαχεῖται ἐν ταύταις ταῖς ἡμεραὶς" δ᾽ ἐ ἐὰν aAn-
in days; but if you-speak-

Sevens, ὑπισχνοῦμαί σοι déxa τάλαντα. Τοῦτο
the-truth, I-promise you θῇ talents. This

τὸ χρυσιόν τότε ἀπέδωχεν, ἐπεὶ ai déxa ἡμέρα

- . gold "he then ‘paid, when the _ ten days

napyasov. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῇ τάφρῳ, βασιλεὺς
king

elupred, After indeed, at ae trench, (the)

EXQAVE TO στρ ιτει κα Ke be duabaivery,
‘prevent the of- to-go-through (it)

BOOK I. — CHAPTER VIII. 78

ἔδοξε xal Κύρῳ καὶ toils ἄλλοις ἀπεγνωχέναι

ne-seemed both to-Cyrus and to-the others to-have-given-up

τοῦ μάχεθαι" ὥστε τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ Κῦ

the (design) to-fight; so-thaton-the following (day) Cyrus
ἐπορεύετο μᾶλλον ὑἡμελημένως. Δὲ
proceeded (on his march) more negligently. But

TH τρίτῃ ἐποιεῖτο τὴν πορείαν TE καϑϑήμενος
on-the third (day) he-made the march not-only being-seated

ἐπὶ τοῦ ἅρματος, χαὶ ἔχων πρὸ αὗὕὗτου
in — (his) chariot, but-aleo having before him
ὀλίγους ἐν taker’ δὲ τὸ πολὺ

ἴον (men, drawn up) in order; but the greater (part of

αὑτῷ ἐπορεύετο ἀνατεταραγμένον,
the army) for-him proceeded-on | having-been-put-in-disorder, [without

χαὶ πολλὰ τῶν ὅπλων τοῖς στρα-

observing any order], and many of-the arms _for-the sol-
τιώταις ἤγοντο ἐπὶ ἁμαξῶν xal ὑποξυγίων
diers were-calried on wagons and beasts-of-burden.

CHAPTER VIII.

Kai ἦν ἤδη τε ἀμφὶ πλήϑουσαν ἀγορὰν,

And it-was now not-only about market (time),

καὶ ὁ σταϑμός ἦν πλησίον τὲ ἔμελλε κατα-

wut-also the station was near where he-was-about to-ter-

Lvewy nvixa Παταγύας ἹΠέρσης arp,
.ainate (the day’s march) when Pataguas (a) Persian

“ὃν πιστῶν ἀμφὶ Κῦρον προφαϊδέσα
of-the faithful (isdherents) about Cyrus appears
ἐλαύνων ἀνὰ χράτος τῷ ἵπσπίῳ ἱδροῦντι"
riding at full-speed “-- (with his) horse sweating ,
χαὶ εὐϑὺς é6da πᾶσίν, οἷς ἐνετύγχανε,
and immediately he-called-out to-all, whom he-met,

καὶ Bapbapixiic χαὶ Ἑλληνικῶς, ὅτι
both | in-barberian [in Persian] and ὀ ἰπιθτοοῖ, δαὶ (the'

74 THE ANABASIS ΟἹ XENOPHON.

βασιλεὺς προσέρχεται σὺν πολλῷ στρατεύματι,
king

approaches wiva (a) large army,

παρεσχευασμένος ὡς εἰς μάχην. Ἔνϑα δὴ ἐγέ
prepared as for battle. Then indeed there-
veto πολὺς τάραχος" yap ot Ἕλληνες καὶ δὲ
was great confusion ; for the Greeks and also

πάντες ἐδόχουν αὐτίκα eure
all thought (that) ‘he (the king) ‘would suddenly ‘fall

σεῖσθαι σφίσιν ἀτάχτοις" Κῦρός te, καταπηδήσας
on them in-disorder; Cyrus not-only, having-leaped-down
9 ‘ ~ σ 9 ἢ 4 4 \
ἀπὸ tod ἅρματος, ἐνέδυ tov Odpaxa, καὶ
from the chariot, put-on — (his) breast-plate, but-also

avabas ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον ἔλαθε τὰ παλτὰ
mounting on — (his) horse he-took — (his) javelins

εἰς TAS χεῖρας, Te παρήγγελλε πᾶσι τοὶς
in — (bis) hands, (and) not-only did-he-order all the

ἄλλοις ἐξοπλίζεσθαι, καὶ ἕχαστον χαϑίστασϑαι

rest to-arm-themselves, but-also each-one | to-place-himself

εἰς τὴν τάξιν ἑαυτοῦ.
m the rank _ of-himself [to station himself in bis own rank].

Ἔνθα 67 χαϑίσταντο σὺν
There indeed (in their proper stations) they-placed-themselves with

πολλῇ σπουδῇ, Κλέαρχος μὲν ἔχων τὰ δεξιὰ

great haste, Clearchus indeed having the right
τοῦ χέρατος πρὸς τῷ ποταμῷ Εὐφράτῃ, δὲ
of-the (right) wing near the river Euphrates, but
Πρόξενος ἐχόμενος δ᾽ οἱ ἄλλοι
Proxenus having (his station next to him) and the others
μετὰ τοῦτον. Δὲ Μένων χαὶ τὸ

after this (in order). But Menon and — (his)
στράτευμα ἔσχε TO εὐώνυμον κέρας Tod ᾿Ελληνικοῦ.
ermy had_ the left wing of-the Greek

Δὲ τοῦ Bapbapixot ἱππεῖς μὲν Παῷλα-
(army, But οὔθ barbarian (force) horsemen namely (the) Paphla-

yoves εἰς χιλίους toryoay παρὰ Κλέαρχον

goniar about °* -*honsand stood near Clearchus

BOOK I. ——CHAPTER VIII. 76

καὶ to ᾿Ελληνικὸν πελταστιχόν ἐν τῷ δεξιῷ᾽

διὰ the Greek peltastio (force) on the right,
A 3 ~ 3 ’ 9 e ο

δὲ ἐν τῷ εὐωνύμῳ te ᾿Αριαῖος ὃ ὕπαρχος

but on the left (was) not-only Arisus the lieutenant

Kipor, xai τὸ ἄλλο Bapbapixdy’ Κῦρος δὲ
of-Cyrus, but-also the other barbarian (force); Cyrus also

καὶ ἱππεὶς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ὅσον ἑξαχόσιοι,
and (the) horsemen with him about six-hundred (were in the
αὐτοὶ μν ὡπλισμένοι θώραξι καὶ
centre), they indeed having-been-armed with-breastplates and
παραμηριδίοις, καὶ πάντες xpdivent πλὴν Κύρου"
armuur-fur-the-thighs, and all with-helmets, except yrus;
Κῦρος δὲ κχαϑίστατο εἰς τὴν μάχην ἔχων
Cyrus indeed statiuned-himself in the battle having
τὴν κεφαλὴν ψιλὴν" dé χαὶ λέγεται
-- (his) head bare ; and (it is) also said (that)
τοὺς ἄλλους Πέρσας διακινδυνεύειν ἔν τῷ πολέμῳ

the other Persians expose-themselves in — battle

ταὶς ψιλαὶς xepadrais. Δὲ πάντες οἱ ἵπποι,
— with-bare heads. Also all the horses, (namely)

οἱ μετὰ Κύρου, εἶχον καὶ προμετω-
— (those) with Cyrus, had bvuth defensive-armour-on-their-
πίδια καὶ προστερνίδια " δὲ οἱ ἱπσιεὶς καὶ
foreheads and defensive-armuur-for-the-breast; and the hursemen also

εἶχον ἙΛλληνικάς μαχαίρας.
had

Grecian swords.

z
Καὶ ἦν ἤδη τε μέσον ἡμέρας,
And _it-was now not-only (the) middle ‘of (the) ‘day,

χαὶ οὔπω ἦσαν οἱ πολέμοι χαταφανεὶς" δὲ
but-also not-yet were the enemy visible ; but
ἡνίκα ἐγίγνετο δείλη κονιορτός ἐφάνη, ὥσπερ
when it-was _early-afternoon a-dust appeared, _like-as

λευχή νεφέλε, δὲ οὐ συχνῷ χρόνῳ ὕστερον
(a) white cloud, but ‘in no = =‘much time after,
τις ὥσπερ μελανία ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ἐπὶ
something like blackness (appeared) on ἰδ plain on

7€ THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHOR.

πολύ. Δὲ ὅτε ἐγίγνοντο ἐγγύτερον,

much {much extended]. But when they-became nearer,

καὶ δὴ τάχα τις χαλχός ἤστρασιτε, καὶ

and -- thereupon something (like) brass gleamed-forth, and

αἱ λόγχαι καὶ at τάξεις ἐγίγνοντο καταφανεὶς.

he spears and the ranks became visible.

Kal ἦσαν inneis μὲν λευχοϑώρακες ἐπὶ

And there-were horsemen — (having) white-corselets on

τοῦ εὐωνύμου τῶν πολεμίων, Τισσαφέρνης ἔλέγετο

the left of-the enemy, Tissaphernes was-said

ἄρχειν τούτων" ἐχόμενοι δὲ τούτων

to-command __ these; next then (to) these (were the)
γεῤῥοφόροι' ἐχόμενοι dé ὁπλῖται

wicker-shield- bearers ; next also (to these were) heavy-armed-men
σὺν ξυλίναις ἀσπίσι ποδήρεσι᾽" δ᾽ οὗτοι éAéyevto
with wooden shields reaching-to-the-feet; and these were-said
εἶναι Αἰγύπτιοι" δ᾽ ἄλλοι ἱππεὶς

to-be Egyptians; and (next followed) other horsemen (next)

ἄλλοι τοζόται. Πάντες δ᾽ οὗτοι
other bowmen. All — these (marched together)

χατὰ ἔϑνη, ἕχαστον τὸ ἔϑνος ἐπορεύετο
according-to (their) nation, each — nation marched-on
ἐν πλαισίῳ πλήρει ἀνδρώπων. Δε
jin (an) oblong f of-meu [in solid column]. And
A > w 9g , A
ὁ αὐτῶν ἅρματα διαλείποντα συχνὸν
before them (were) chariots leaving (8) considerable (space)
ἀπ ἀλλήλων, τὰ δὴ χαλούμενα ὃρεπανη-
between one-another, --- (these) indeed were-called scythe
φόρα" εἶχον δὲ ta δρέπανα ἀποτεταμένα ἐκ
chariots; they-had — _ the scythes extended from
τῶν ἀξόνων εἰς πλάγιον, καὶ ὑπὸ
the axles in (an) oblique (direction), and (others) under
τοὶς δίφροις βλέποντα εἰς
the seats-of-the-drivers looking towards (the) greund so-as

diaxéntev ὅτῳ ἐντυγχάνοιεν. Δὲ ἢ

to-cut-threugh whatever they-might-meet, And the | dasign

BOOK .. --- CHAPTER VIII. ΤΊ

ἦν ὡς ἐλώντων καὶ διαχοψόντων εἰς

(of them) was that hereafter-driving-into, and cutting-througa inte
τὰς τάξεις τῶν Ἑλλήνων.

ranks of-the Greeks. [The design of these chariots

Ὅ Κῦρος

was to drive into, and cut through the ranks of the Greeks.] What Cyrus

μέντοι εἶπεν ὅτε χαλέσας λεύετο

owever said when having-called (the men) he-exhorted

τοῖς Ἕλλησι ἀνέχεσϑαι τὴν χραυγὴν τῶν βαρ.

the Greeks to-sustain shout of-the

Spam, τούτο ἐψεύσθη" ἣν προσύήεσαν οὐ

in-this he-was-deceived; for they-approached not ‘with (a)
χραυγῇ, ἀλλὰ σιγῇ, ὡς ἀνυστόν,
*shout, but ‘in (as much) ‘silence, as (it was) possible,
καὶ ἡσυχῇ, ἔν ἴσω χαὶ βρα δέως. Καὶ ἐν
διὰ quietly, in (an)even (step) and fae And at

4
τούτω Κῦρος, παρελαύνων αὐτὸς σὺν Ili pnt
this (time) ee _ Yiding-by himself with y gres,

τῷ Epunvel, καὶ τρισὶν ἢ τέτταρσι ἄλλοις, &66a
the interpreter, and three or four others, he-called-out

aq Κλέαρχῳ ἄγειν τὸ στράτευμα χατὰ τὸ
τς to- jie Kai sche — (his) pace ὑπὸ against the

μέσον τῶν πολεμίων, ὅτι βασιλεὺς εἴη ἐκεῖ"
centre of-the enemy, that (the) king might-*e there;

κἂν ἔφη νιχῶμεν τοῦτο πάντα πεποίηται
and-if, said-he, we-conquer (in) this (quarter) all has-been-done

ἡμῖν. Δὲ ὁ Κλέαρχος ὁρῶν τὸ μέσον στῖφος,
for-us. But — Clearchus seeing --- (that) middle dense-body
καὶ ἀχούων Κύρου βασιλέα ὄντα

(of soldiers), and hearing from-Cyrus (ofthe) king being
ἔξω τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ Εἰ μοῦ; γὰρ βασιλεύς
beyond the Grecian for (the) king

περιῆν τοσοῦτον πλήϑει, ὥστε ἔχων TO μέσον
excelled 80-Ἰ 08 in-multitude, | so-that having the middle

" ¥
ἑαυτοῦ

ἣν
ef-himeelf [s0 that, stationed in the centre of his army,] he-was (even)

%8 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

οὐχ ἤἥϑελεν ἀποσπάσαι τὸ δεξιὸν χέρας ἀπὸ
‘did uot ‘wish to-draw-off the right wing from

τοῦ ποταμοῦ, PobovuEvos un xUxAwdSein ἑχατέ-

the river, fouring lest he-might-be-surrounded on-both-

4 ~ , 3 ’ ο ε
ρωϑεν, δὲ τῷ Κύρῳ ἀπεχρίνατο, ὅτι μέλοι
sides, but — _ to-Cyrus he-replied, | that it-would-be-a-care

3 - ο b ~
AVT@ πὼς ἔχοι χαλῶς.
to him that it-may-have (itself) well [that he would take care,

that everything should terminate well}.
Kai ἐν τούτῳ τῷ καιρῷ τὸ μὲν Bapbapixdy
Αὐὰ during _ this -- time the — barburian

στράτευμα προΐει ὁμαλῶς, δὲ τὸ Ἕλλη-
army advanced steadily (and equally), and the Gre-
νιχόν ἔτι μένον ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ, συνε-
cian (army) still remaining in the same (place), was-formed-

TATTETO ἐχ τῶν ἔτι προσιόντων. Καὶ ¢
in-order-uf-battle from — (those) still coming-up. And —
Κῦρος παρελαύνων ov πάνυ πρὸς αὐτῷ τῷ
Cyrus riding-past not very near to-this (his) —

στρατεύματι, XATESEATO ἀποθλέπων EXATEDUCE,
army, surveyed (the armies) looking-at each-side,

τε εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ τοὺς

not-only towards the enemy but-also (towards) — (his;
φίλου. Δὲ Ξενοφῶν ᾿Αϑηναῖος ἰδὼν αὐτὸ
ἔγίϑη ἀ8. But Xenophon (an) Athenian seeing hin
ἀπο τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ, ὑπελάσας ὡς συναν

from the Grecian (line), having-ridden-up as-if to-have

THO, ἤρετο εἴ τι παραγγέλλοι
met (him), asked if he-may-‘have any-thing *to-order
ὁ δ΄ ἐπιστήσας εἶπε, καὶ ἐχέλευε
who— _ διανίηρ-ϑίορροα (his horse) said, and-also ordered (him)
λέγειν πᾶσιν, ὅτι καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ καὶ τὰ σφάγια
tn-tel] ali, that both the sacrifices and the victims (were)

BOOK I.-——CHAPTER VIII. 19

καλα. Λέγων δὲ ταῦτα ἤχουσε θορύδου ἰόντος

favourable. Saying «-- this he-heard (a) nvise going

da tov τάξεων, καὶ ἤρετο τίς ὁ Adpvbos

through the ranks, and he-inquired what the noise
εἴη. ὋὉ δὲ Ξενοφῶν εἶπεν, ὅτι τὸ σύνδγμα

might-be. — And Xenophon said, that the watch-wurd ‘is
ἴδη παρέρχεται δεύτερον. Καὶ
now ‘passing (through the ranks) for-the-secund-time, And
ὃς ἐθαύμασε τίς παραγγέλλει. χαὶ

| (who) (Cyrus) wondered what-person gives-out (the word), and
ἤρετο 6 τι TO σύνϑημα εἴη. Ὁ δ᾽ ἀπεχρίνατο,

he-asked what the watch-word might-be. -- And he-replied,
ὅτι Ζεὺς σωτὴρ καὶ νίχη. Ὃ dé Ko
that (it was) Jupiter (the) preserver and victory. — And Cyrus

axovoas, ἔφη, ἀλλὰ τε δέχομαι καὶ ἔστω
having-heard (11), βαϊ Δ, but ‘I not-only ‘receive (it) but-also let-it-be

τοῦτο. Δὲ εἰπών ταῦτα ἀπήλαυνε εἰς τὴν
80. And _ having-said this he-rode-away to | to-the
χώραν ἑαυτοῦ" χαὶ τὼ φάλ-
plaee of-himself; [to his own station in the line;] and the-two ar-
Aayye διειχέτην ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων οὐχέτι τρία ἢ

mies were-apart from one-another not-more-than three ΟἹ
τέτταρα στάδια, ἡνίκα ot “Ἕλληνες te ἐπαιάνιζον
four stadia, when the Greeks not-only sang-the-pzan
3

χαὶ ἤρχοντο ἰέναι ἀντίοι τοὶς πολεμίοις. Δὲ
but-also began to-go against the enemy. But
πορευομένων TL τῆς φάλαγγος ἐξεχύ-

as (they) were-proceeding some (part) of-the phalanx fiuctu-
μαινε τὸ ἐπιλειπόμενον ἤρξατο
ated (from the rest) the (part) left-bebind began
θεῖν δρόμῳ᾽ καὶ πάντες ἄμα ἐφϑέγξαντο
to-run with-speed; and (they) all together Inade-a-noise
οἷόνπερ ἐλελίζουσι τῷ ᾿Ἐνυαλίῳ, καὶ δὲ πάντες
41κ0-88 they-shout to --- Mars, and also ali
ἔϑεον. Δὲ tives λέγουσι, ὡς χαὶ ἐδούπησαν

ran. And some Bay, that ‘they also ‘sounded

80 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ταὶς ἀσπίσι πρὸς τὰ δόρατα, ποιοῦντες
-- ‘with (their) ‘shields against the spears, causing
φόθον τοῖς innoc. Δὲ πρὶν τόξευμα
fear to-the horses. But before (that) (an) arrow
ἐξικνεῖσθαι, οἱ βάρδαροι ἐχκχλίνουσι, καὶ
reaches (them), the barbarians give-way, and
φεύγουσι. Καὶ δὴ ἐνταῦϑα μὲν ot Ἕλληνες
flee. And also there indeed the Jdreeks
ἐδίωχον κατὰ χράτος, δὲ ἐθόων ἀλλήλοις

followed with (all their) might, and calling-out to-one-another
un θεῖν δρόμῳ, ἀλλὰ ἕπεσθαι ἐν τάξει. Δὲ

ποῦ to-run with-speed, but to-follow in order. But
τὰ ἅρματα, xeva ἡνιόχων, ἐφέροντο τὰ

the chariots, void of-drivers, were-born -— (some) indeed
διὰ τῶν πολεμίων αὐτῶν, δὲ τὰ
through (the ranks) of-the enemy themselves, but — (others)
καὶ διὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων. Δὲ οἵ,

also through (the ranks) of-the Greeks. But -- (they),
ἐπεὶ ἴδοιεν, διίσταντο.

when they-could.see (them coming) | they-stood-apart [they opened thei

δ᾽ ἔστι ὅστις xal κατελήφθη,

ranks]; but there-was some-one-person (who) also was-caught,

ὥσπερ ἔν ἱχατοδρόμῳ, ἐχπλαγείς " χαὶ

in (a) race-course, he-having-been-struck-with-fear; and

ἔφασαν μέντι οὐδὲλ σχοῦτον παϑεῖν ovder’

they-said however (that) neither ‘did this-person ‘suffer | nothing;
οὐδ᾽ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος δὲ

{in any thing]; | neither ‘did no-one. other indeed [nor did any one

τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔπαϑεν οὐδέν ἐν

else] of-the Greeks | suffer nothing [suffer any thing) is
ταύτῃ TH μάχῃ, πλὴν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ τις
— battle, except on the left, 80M0-UBC

ἐλέγετο τοξευϑῆναι.

was said to-bave-been-shot-with-an-arrow.

Δὲ Κῦρος ὁρῶν τοὺς Ἕλληνας νἱχῶντα, καὶ
Bat Cyrus eeeing the Greeks conquering and

BUOK I.—CHAPTER VIII. 81

διώχοντας τὸ XA αὑτοὺς, ἡδόμενος
pursuing the (part of the army) opposed-to them, being-pleased,

καὶ πμοσχυνούμενος ἤδη ὡς pareve: ὑπὸ τῶν

and being-saluted now as by — (those)

ἀμφ᾽ αὑτόν, οὐδ᾽ ὡς ἐξή eo OLOXELY,

about him, nor (yet) was-‘he thus ee to-pursue (the enemy),

ἀλλὰ ἔχων συνεσπειραυμένην τὴν τάξιν τῶν
δαὶ keeping drawn-up-in-close-order the band _ of-the
e , e , 4 e ~ 3 -
ἑξαχοσίων ἱππέων σὺν ἑαυτῷ, ἐπεμελεῖτο ὅτι
six-nundred horsemen with himself, he-carefully-watched what
βασιλεύς ποιήσει: yap καὶ poe αὐτόν
(the, king would-do; for ‘he well ‘knew (hem,
ὅτι ἔχοι μέσον τοῦ ἹΠερσικοῦ στρατεύματος.
that he-kept the-centre of-the Persian army

Kat δὲ πάντες οἵ ἄρχοντες τῶν βαρδάρων

And also the commanders of-the barbarians

ἔχοντες τὸ μέσον αὑτῶν ἡγοῦντο,
occupying the centre of-their (command) led (them thus

νομίξοντες οὕτω καὶ εἶναι ἐν ἀσφαλεστάτῳ
into action) thinking thus also to-be — the-most-secure
ἦν ἡ ἰσχὺς αὐτῶν ἢ ἐκχατέρωδεν,
if |the strength of-them [their strength] should-be sn-either-side,

xa ei χρήζοιεν παραγγεῖλαι τι, τὸ
and, if they-should-want to-order any-thing, (that) the

στρα ει μα ἂν αἰσθάνεσθαι ἡμίσει. χρόνῳ. Καὶ

may perceive in-half ak time. And
βασιλεὺς ἔχων τότε μέσον τῆς

even-indeed (the) king having then (the) centre of-the

στρατιᾶς αὑτοῦ ἐγένετο ὅμως ἔξω
[army of-him [of his army] neverthelese beyond | the)

εὐωνύμου κέρατος τοῦ Κύρου. "Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐδεὶς
left wing — of-Cyrus. When wdeed no-op

ἐμάχετο ἐκ τοῦ ἀντίου αὐτῶ οὐδὲ
fought from the opposite (part) (either) against-himself (nor) (or)

τοὶς τεταγμένοις ἔμπροσϑεν αὐτοῦ
- (those of his own troops) aye before im,

A

82 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἐπέχαμπτεν ὡς εἷς χυχλωσιν.

he-commenced-wheeling-round 88 for-the-purpose-of surrounding

Ἔνθα δὴ Κῦρος δείσας μὴ γενόμενος ὄπισθεν

Then indeed Cyrus, fearing lest having-got in-the-rear

χαταχόψῃ τὸ Ἑλληνιχόν ἐλαύνει ἀντίος"

be-mig\t-sut-to-pieces the Grecian (forces), moves-on against
xal ἐμδαλὼν σὺν τοῖς ἑξαχοσίοις

fhim); and having-charged with the six-hundred (horsemen with

νικᾷ TOUS τεταγμένους πρὸ βασιλέως,
dim), conquers — (those) drawn-up before (the) king,

καὶ ἔτρεψε εἰς φυγὴν τοὺς ἑξακισχιλίους,
the

and turns _ into flight six-thousand (horsemen

χαὶ αὐτὸς λέγεται ἀποχτεῖναι
guarding the king), and he (Cyrus) is-eaid to-have-killed
TH σχειρὶ ἑαυτοῦ ᾿Αρταγέρσην
"πὸ hand of-himself [with his own hand] tagerses

ry ¥ > = ‘ [4 ε A 9 4

τὸν ἄρχοντα αὐτῶν. Δὲ ὡς ἢ τροπὴ EyEVETO,
the commander of-them. But as the rout occurred,

καὶ οἱ ἑξακόσιοι Κύρου, διασπείρονται
also the six-hundred (horsemen) of-Cyrus, are-dispersed

ὁρμήσαντες εἰς τὸ διώκειν" πλὴν πάνυ
having-rushed-on |to the pursuing; [in pursuit]; except (a) very
ὀλίγοι χατελείφϑησαν ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν,

few, (that) were-left about him, (and woo were)

σχεδὸν οἵ καλούμενοι ὁμοτράπεζοι. "Ov

nearly-all --- (those who) are-called table-companions. Being

δὲ σὺν τούτοις, χαϑορᾷ βασιλέα καὶ τὸ
therefore with these, he-sees (the) king and the

- 3 93 3 ~ \ 3 4 9
στῖφος ἀμφ᾽ ἐκεῖνον, xai Eevsus οὐχ
dense-body-guard around him, and immediately he-‘did not

ἠνέσχετο ἀλλ᾽ εἰπών, ὁρῶ τὸν ἄνδρα, ἵετο ἐπὶ

‘restruin-himself, but saying, I-see the man, he-rushed on
attov' xai παίει χατὰ τὸ στέρνον, καὶ
nim ; and __atrikes at — (his) breast, and
τιτρώσχει διὰ στοῦ θώραχος, ὡς Κτησίας ὁ

wounds (him) through the brenst-plate. as Ctesins {πὲ

BOOK I. — CHAPTER VIII. 83

lar φησί, καὶ αὐτὸς φησί ἰᾶσϑαι
physician says, and (moreover) he-himsclf says (that) he-hexled
τὸ τραῦμα. Δὲ τις παίοντα
the wound. But some-one, (while he was) striking (at the king)
3 , 34 , ~ ε A i]
ἀχοντίζει αὐτὸν βιαίως παλτῷ τπὸ τὸν
hits him violently ‘with (a) ‘javelin under the
ὀφϑαλμὸν" xai ἐνταῦϑα χαὶ βασιλεὺς
eye ; and there (then were) both (the) king
xai Κῦρος μαχόμενοι, καὶ ob ἀμφ᾽
and Cyrus fighting, and — (those likewise) about
αὐτοὺς ὑπὲρ ἑχατέρου᾽"
them (were fighting), for each (of their own chiefs) ;
ὑπόσοι μὲν τῶν ἀμφὶ βασιλέα ἀπέϑνησχον
how-many indeed --- (of those) abuut (the) king died
Κτησίας λέγει "yao ἦν παρ᾽ ἐχείνῳ᾽"
(in battle) Ctesias tells (us); | for he-was about him ;
dé τε Κῦρος αὐτός
[for he attended the king’s person}; and not-only Cyrus himself
ἀπέϑανε, καὶ ὀχτὼ, of ἄριστοι τῶν
died, but-also eight, the most-distinguished (persons) —
A 3 3 > > 9 δ) ~ \
περὶ αὑτὸν, ἔχειντο ἐπ αὐτῷ. Δε
(of those) abvut him, lay (dead) on Dim. But
᾿Αρταπάτης, ὁ πιστότατος αὐτῷ τῶν σχηπ
Artapates, the most-faithful to-him — (of his) sceptre-

τούχων θεράπων, λέγεται, ἐπειδὴ εἶδε Kipor
bearing servants, is-said, after he-saw yrup

πεπτωχότα, χαταπηδήσας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου
fallen, (that) having-leaped from — (his) horse
περιπεσεῖν αὐτῷ. Kai οἵ μὲν φασι

to-have-thrown (himself ) on-him. And — (some) indeed say (that)

βασιλέα κελεῦσαί τινα. ἐπισφάξαι
(the) king ordered some one | to-have-killed (to kil!]

αὗτον Κύρῳ, ot δὲ σπασάμενον
him (lying) on-Cyrus, — but (others say, that) having-drawp

toy ἀχινάχην, ἐπισφάξασϑαι ἑαυτὸν: γὰρ
- (his) scimitar, he-killed himeelf; fom

84 THE ANABASIS OF XENOFHON.

zg ~ δ ‘ 3 4

εἶχε χρυσοῦν" δὲ χαὶ ἐφόρει στρεπτὸν, καὶ
he-had (a) golden-one; and also he-wore (a) chain, and

ψέλλια, καὶ τἄλλα, ὥσπερ Ob ἄριστοι

bracelets, and (such) other (ornaments), as the most-distinguished
Περσῶν" ὰρ ἐτετίμητο

‘of (the) ‘Persians (are accustomed to wear); for he-had-been-honoured

ὑπὸ Κύρου τε δι’ εὔνοιαν καὶ

by Cyrus not-only for (his) good-will-and-affection, but-also (for his)

πιστότητα.
very -great-fidelity.

-

CHAPTER IX.

Οὕτως οὖν μὲν ἐτελευτησε Κῦρος, ἀνὴρ ὧν

Thus now indeed died Cyrus, (a) man being
TE τῶν Περσῶν γενομένων eta Kipor
not-only ‘of (all) ‘the Persians existing since yrus
τὸν ἀρχαῖον, βασιλικώτατος, χαὶ ἀξιώτατος
the elder, princely, but-also the-most-worthy
ἄρχειν, ὡς ὁμολογεῖται παρὰ πάντων τῶν
to-reign, &8 is-agreed-to by all — | (those
δοχούντων γενέσθαι ἐν πείρᾳ Κύρου.
appearing to-have-been in (the) experience of-Cyrus {those inti.

Tap μὲν πρῶτον, ὧν ἔτι

mately acquainted with Cyrus]. For indeed first, being yet (a)

mais, ὅτε ἐπαιδεύετο καὶ σὺν τῷ ἀδελφῷ
boy, when he-was-educated both with — (his) brother
χαὶ σὺν τοὶς ἄλλοις παισί, ἐνομίζετο χράτιστος
and with the other boys, he-was-thought (to be) the-best
πάντων πάντα. Tap πάντες οἱ παῖδες
of-all in-all-things. For all the sons
Περσῶν τῶν ἀρίστων παιδεύονται ἐπὶ ταὶς
ef-Persians — eminent-in-rank, are-educated | at the

‘of (the) ‘king; [iin the royal palace]; there one may

θύραις βασιλέως" ἔνϑα τις ἄν
gates

BOOK I. — CHAPTER IX. 85
καταμάϑοι μὲν πολλὴν σωφροσύ-
learn indeed much (of the) wisdom-of-temperance-and-

νην, δ᾽ ἔστι οὔτ᾽ ἀχοῦσαι οὔτ᾽ ἰδεῖν
modesty, but ἰ{6 (possible) neither to-hear nor to-see

οὐδὲν αἰσχρὸν. A’ of παῖδες καὶ θεῶνται τοὺς
any-thing base. But the boys both 800 — (those)
τιμωμένους ὑπὸ βασιλέως καὶ ἀκούουσι,
honoured by (the) king and hear (thereof ),
καὶ ἄλλους ἀτιμαζομένους᾽ ὥστε εὐθὺς
and (in like manner of ) others being-disgraced; so-that straightway

ὄντες παῖδες μανθάνουσι τε ἄρχειν καὶ
being (yet) boys they-learn _not-only to-govern but-also

ἄρχεσθαι. Ἔνθα Κῦρος μὲν ἐδόχει πρῶτον

to-be-governed. There Cyrus indeed seemed first (of all)

εἶναι αἰδημονέστατος τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν, τε
to-be Me 5... yr 5 (of his) equals-in-age, (and) not-only

πείϑεσϑαι τοῖς πρεσθυτέροις καὶ

to-obey the elders but-also much-more (readily than)
TOV ὑποδεεστέρον ἑαυτοῦ" δ᾽ ἔπειτα
— (those) more-inferior (to) him (in rank); and next-then
φιλισιπότατος, χαὶ χρῆσθαι τοὶς
he-was-most-fond-of-horses, and (was able) to-use (or manage) the
ἵσιποις ἄριστα. Δ’ ἔχρινον αὐτὸν

horses (in the) best (manner). And they-discerned him
εἶναι καὶ φιλομαϑέστατον καὶ μελετηρότα-

to-be also the-most-desirous-in-learning, and most-diligent and-indefa-

TOV τῶν ἔργων εἰς τὸν πόλεμον,
tigable |(in) the operations for — war, [in warlike exercises],
TE τοξικῆς καὶ ἀχοντίσεως. Ἐπεὶ

not-only (those) of-archery but-also (those) of-throwing-the-dart. When

δὲ ἔπρεπε τῇ ὑλιχίᾳ, ἦν καὶ φιλοϑθηρότατος,
indeed it-became — (his) age, he-was both most fond-of-hunting,

χαὶ μέντοι φιλοχινδυνότατος πρὸς
and even most-fond-of-danger-and-adventure (in encounters) against
τὰ θηρία. Kal ποτὲ οὐχ ἔτρεσεν ἄρχτον

— wild-heets Ang once he-'did not ‘fear (a) she-beary
Ph rian

86 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἐπιφερομένην, ἀλλὰ συμπεσὼν

(when) attacking (him), | but falling-together [but in the at

χατεσπάσϑη ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου,
tack and conflict] he-was-dragged from — (his) horse,
καὶ μὲν ἔπαϑε τὰ χαὶ, τὰς
ἰδὰ indeed he-suffered the [he received some wounds] and, the
ὠτειλὰς ὧν εἶχε φανερὰς, δὲ τέλος
scars of-which he-had visible (on his body), but at-last
XATEXAVE, xai μέντοι ἐποίησε τὸν πρῶτο;
he-killed (the bear), δὰ indeed he-made the (persqn) first

P mest rieh/ 'ψ rear
βοηϑήσαντα μακαριστὸν πολλοὶς.

soming-to-assist (him) to-be-considered-very-happy by-many.*

Ἐπεὶ δὲ χατεπέμφϑη ὑπὸ τοῦς πατρὸ
When indeed he-was-sent-duwn by — (his) father (as

Jatparys Λυδίας te καὶ τῆς μεγάλης Φρυγίας
satrap of-Lydia and also of-the Phrygia

καὶ Καππαδοχίας, δὲ xai ἀπεδείχϑη στρατηγὸς
and ee it likewise appointed commander

of
πάντων, οἷς “xadyxer aS ροίζεσϑανι εἰς πεδίον
of-all, to-whom it-appertains ἴο- ἐἀμρυ τε in (the) plain

Καστωλοῦ, πρῶτων μὲν ἐπέδειξεν αὐτὸν ὅτι
of-Castulus, first indeed he-showed himself | thas

ποιοῖτο περὶ πλείστου,
he-'made (it) for ‘himself very-much, [that he held it of the great

εἴ σπείσαιτο τῳ και
est importance to himself], if he-made-a-treaty — (with any one), and

εἰ σύνϑοιτο τῳ xai εἴ τῳ
if he-made-an-agreement --- (with any 009), δὰ if — (to any cne)

ὑπόσχοιτό τι ψεύδεσθαι μηδὲν. Kai vos
he-promised any-thing, to-deceive (in) nothing. And ὩΣ

οὖν μὲν αἱ πόλεις ἐπιτρεπόμεναι αὐτῷ ἐπίστευον
thereforeindcedthe cities entrusting-themselves to-him, confided

δ᾽ ot ἄνδρες ἐπίστευον.
‘in ‘\im) 88- 8180 (in like manner did private)—- men confide

xai εἴ τις ἐγένετο πολέμιος, Ky ι
“ἃ bim); διὰ if any- one became hostile, ra

BOOK I. — CHAPTER IX. 87

σπεισαμένου ἐπίστευε ἂν
having-made-a-treaty ‘with him) he-wns-cunfident (that) ‘he would (have to!

παθεὶν urdéy παρὰ tas σπονδὰς. Τοιγαροῦν ἔπει

suffer nothing cuntrury tw-the treaty. Therefore when
ἐπολέμησε Τισσαφέρνει, πᾶσαι αἱ πόλεις
he-waved-war (against) Tissaphernes, the towns

ἑχοῦσαι εἵλοντο Κῦρον ἀντὶ τὰ πὴ; νους πλὴν
Malian d b chuse Cyrus _ pelts Tita toe except (the)

Μ δι» Ξ
Μιλησίων δὲ οὗτοι πἰφοθοῦντο αὐτόν ὅτι οὐχ
Milesiana; but they feared him, because he-'‘did not

ἤϑελε προέσϑαι TOUS φεύγοντας. Γὰρ

‘wish tu-abundun |— (those) fleeing (the exiles]. Fcr

χαὶ ἐπεδείκνυντο ἔργῳ, καὶ ἔλεγεν, ὅτι Ψ
‘he also ‘showed "by (his) ‘deeds, and said,

ἄν ov ποτε προοῖτο ἐπεὶ ἅπαξ ἐγένετο
‘he would ποῖ ever desert (them), when once he-became (a)

φίλος αὐτοὶς, οὐδ᾽ εἰ μὲν γένοιντο ἔτι μείους
friend to-them, nor if indeed they-should-become yet less

δὲ πράξειαν ἔτι κάχιον.
(in number), and should-suffer (a) yet worse (condition than they

Kai εἴ τίς ποιήσειεν αὑτόν τι ἀγαϑὸν

were in), And if any-one should-do him any-thing good
ἢ χαχὸν, ἦν δὲ φανερὸς πειρώμενος
or bad, it-was indeed evident (that he was) striving
γνιχᾶν᾽" χαὶ δὲ τινες ἐξέφερον

to-conquer (in these respects); and also some used-to-mention (a)

εὐχὴν αὑτοῦ, ὡς εὔχοιτο ζῆν τοσοῦτον χρόνον,

wish of-him, that he-desired to-live so-long (a) time,
ἔστε ἀλεξόμενος, νιχῴη καὶ τοὺς

until ‘he, requiting (them), ‘might-excel both — (those)
ποιοῦντας εὖ xal τοὺς χακχῶς.

ac‘ing well and — (those acting) 11] (to him)
Kai γὰρ οὖν δὴ πλεῖστοι ἑπεϑύμησαν»
And — therefore truly the-most (of men) desired

éoSar avtT@ ἑνί ἀνδρὶ γε τῶν ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν

to-commit ἰο-Βίτα (the) one (only) manat-least — ἴῃ our (time)

ἃ THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.
a χρήματα xal πόλεις καὶ τὰ σώματα
— (vheir) property, — (cheir) towns, | διὰ the
ἑαυτῶν.
of-them [ani their persons}.
Ov μὲν δὴ ἄν τις εἴποι οὐδὲ τοῦτ᾽, ὡς εἴα τοὺς

Nor indeed --- canany-one say -- this, that 8ο-1ὁἱὁ the
xaxoupyous καὶ adixovs καταγελᾶν, GAN’
evildoers and unjust deride (his authority), but
ἀφειδέστατα πάντων εἰτιμωρεῖτο. Δ᾽
most-unsparingly of-all (men) he-punished (transgressors). | And
ἦν πολλάχις ἰδεῖν, παρὰ
it-was often to-see, [and there were often to be seen], | on
τὰς στειδομένας ὁδούς, ἀνθρώπους
the trodden roads {on the frequented roads] men
στερομένους καὶ ποδῶν, καὶ χειρῶν καὶ
deprived -- of-feet, — (or) of-hands, — (or)
ὀφθαλμῶν. ὥστε ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ Κύρου ἐγένετο
of-eyes ; so-that in the dominion of-Cyrus it-was

xai “Ἕλληνι καὶ Bapbape, μηδὲν

(possible) ‘for both Greek and barbarian, ‘doing nothing
ἀδικοῦντι, πορεύεσθαι ἀδεῶς, ὅποι τις ἤθελεν,

‘wrong, to-travel fearlessly, withersoever one wished,

ἔχοντι ὅτι προχωροίη.
(and) having (with him) whatever he-might-proceed-with (that suitea

'Ωμολόγητο γε μέντοι

his convenience). It-has-been-acknowledged “-- indeed (that)
τιμᾶν διαφερόντως τούς ἀγαϑοὺς εἰς πόλε μον.
he-honoured very-much | — (those) good for

Kai

[those having a disposition for, and skilled in, military affairs]. And

μὲν πόλεμος ἦν αὐτῷ πρῶτον

indeed |(a) war was to-him first [his first war was)
Πισίδας xai Μυσούς: χαὶ οὖν αὐτὸς

against (the) Pisidians and Mysians ; and therefore himself
στ ρατευόμενος εἰς ταύτας τὰς χώρας, οὗς
ing-an-army into these places, (those) whom

BOOK I. — CHAPTER If. 89

ἑώρα ἔϑελοντας κινδυμεύειν τούτους
he-saw willing to-encounter-danger (in his aervice) the-rame

xal ἐποίει ἄρχοντας Spas ἧς κατεστρέφετο
é WPAs ’

(alao) he-made Pen ‘of πλῷ which lel ah με δες

de ἔπειτα καὶ ἐτίμα δώροις ἄλλῃ.

and moreover ‘he also ‘honoured (them) with-rewards in-another (man
Ὥστε μὲν τοὺς ἀγαϑοὺς φαίνεσθαι

ner). So (that) indeed | the good [brave mon] appear

εὐδαιμονεστάτους, δὲ τοὺς καχοὺς
(Ὁ be) _—the-most-fortunate, but (that) the bad = [cuwards]

ἀξιοῦσϑαι εἶναι δούλους τούτων.

were-considered-worthy (only) to-be (the) slaves of-these (brave
Τοιγαροῦν ἦν πολλὴ ἀφθονία, αὐτῷ

men). Therefore there-was (a) great abundance __to-him

τῶν θελόντων χινδυνεύειν, ὅπου Ts
[Cyrus] of-those willing § to-encounter-danger, when any-one

οἵοιτο Κῦρον αἰσϑύήσεσθαι.
might-think (that) Cyrus would-perceive (him).
Mév ye ig δικαιοσύνην, εἴ τις ἔγνουτο
In-truth — as-regards justice, if any-one might-become
φανερὸς αὐτῷ βουλόμενος ἐπιδείκνυσθαι,
apparent to-him (as) desiring to-show (this vir.
περὶ παντὸς ἐποιεῖτο ποιεῖν τούτους
tue in himself), above all, he-caused to-make such
πλουσιωτέρους τῶν φιλοχερδούντων
(persons) richer (than) — (those) seeking-ain
éx τοῦ ddixov. Kal yap -οὖν te πολλὰ ἄλλα.
by “-- injustice. | And therefore — not-only many othor

’ 4 ? 3. ~*~ q 3 [4
διεχειρίξετὸ δικαίως αὐτῷ, καὶ ἐχρήσατο
(things) were-administered justly for-him, but-also he-had-the-use-of
ἀληθινῷ στρατεύματι. Γὰρ
(a) real army, (and one worthy of the πα: 9). For
καὶ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ ἔπλευσαν πρὸς ἐχεῖνον
8.130 generals and captains | sailed to him,
ov ἕνεχα χρημάτων,
Reame to him from other countries] not on-account of-money,

go

90 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἀλλ᾽ ἐπει ἔγνωσαν εἶναι κερδαλεώτερον πειϑαρχεῖν

but after they-knew (it) to-be more-profitable to obey
Κύρῳ καλῶς, ἢ τὸ xépdos xata μῆνα.
\and serve) Cyrus well, | than the gain for (a) month

᾿Αλλὰ μὲν εἴ τίς γέ, αὑτῷ
[than their monthly wages]. But indeed if any-one at-least, he

τάξαντι τι, ὑπηρετήσειεν καλῶς
having-commanded any-thing, should-have-assisted-to-do (it) πο};
οὐδενὶ πώτοτε εἴασε τὴν προθυμίαν
to-no-one (acting thus) did-‘he ever ‘permit «-- (his) alacrity
ἀχάριστον. Τοιγαροῦν δὴ χράτιστοι ὑπηρέ-

(to go) unrewarded. Therefore truly | the-best servants-and-

ται παντὸς ἔργου ἐλέχϑησαν γενέσθαι

officers of-every work (or undertaking) were-said

Κύρῳ.

to-Cyrus (the best talents for all affairs were at the command of Cyrus].

Εἰ δὲ ὁρῴη τινα ὄντα δεινὸν οἰκονόμον éx τοῦ
If also he-saw any-one (being) (a) skilful manager |from —

δικαίου, xal χατασχευάζοντά, τε
justice, (consistent with justice], and improving-the-land, not-only

ὥρας, ἧς ἄρχοι, καὶ ποιούντα προσ-

‘of (the) ‘cuuntry, which he-governed, but-also making (an) increased-

όδους ἂν πώποτε ἀφείλετο οὐδένα

produce (therefrom) ‘he would _ never ‘take-away any-thing (from
ἀλλ᾽ ἀεὶ προσεδίδου πλείω" ὥστε

such a person), but always (rather) he-added more ; so-that

χαὶ ἐπόνουν ἡδέως, καὶ ἐκτῶντο θαῤῥαλέως,

— (men) laboured cheerfully, and acquired (property) confidently,

καὶ ad ὃ τις ἐπέπατο ἥχιστα ἔχρυσιτε

and moreover what any-one had-acquired the-least did-he-conceal (it)

Kipov’ yap ἐφαίνετο ov φϑονῶν

from-Cyrus; | for he-was-manifestly not envying [for he manifestly

τοὶς Pave ps πλουτοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ
did not envy] — (those who) openly acquire-riches, but
πειρώμενος χρῆσϑαι τοὶς χρήμασι

Was-enueavouring to-uso (or put into circulation) the wealtt

BOOK I. —CHAPTER 1X. 91

τῶν ἀποχρυπτομένων. Ὅσους φίλους γε μὴν
eed

of-th vse concealing (it) As-‘many friends ‘as — ind

ποιήσαιτο, καὶ γνοίη ὄντας εὔνους,
ne-might-make, and knew (themas) being well-disposed (to him-

καὶ xpivere εἶναι ἱκανοὺς συνεργοὺς,
self), and might-judge (them) to-be fit co-operators,

ὅτι βουλόμενος τυγχάνοι κατεργάζεσθαι,

jin whatever wishing he-might-happen to-accomplish, [is

ὁμολογεῖται
whatever he might happen to wish to accomplish], he-is-acknowledged

πρὸς πάντων γενέσθαι δὴ κράτιστος
by

all to-have-been certainly the-best (and most skilful)
θεραπεύε"" Γὰ
-cherish “ἀν, friends, and attach them to himself). For
καὶ αυτ. τοῦτο ἕνεκα οὗπερ αὐτὸς
also (for) this same (reason) on-account of-which he-himself
@ETO δεῖσϑαι φίλων ὡς ἔχοι συνερ-

thought (that) be-needed friends (namely) that he-might-have co-ope
YOUG, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπειρᾶτο εἷναι κράτιστος συνεργὸς
rators, and he-himself endeavuured to-be the-best assistant

τοῖς φίλοις ὅτου τούτου αἰσϑάνοιτς
‘to — (his) ‘friends (in) whatever that he-might-perceive

ἕχαστον ἐπιϑυμοῦντα.
each-one (was) desiring (to effect).
Δὲ μὲν οἶμαι γε ὧν εἷς ἀνὴ
And indeed I-think | (that) "he at-least being one man (that he

éAdubave πλεῖστα δῶ

of any one man at least] ‘received the-mnost presents, (and this)

διὰ πολλά" δὲ ταῦτα διεδίδου τοὶς

for many (reasons); but these (presents) he-distributed 'ty —
φίλοις μάλιστα δὴ

Ghis) ‘friends very-much (excelling) certainly (in this respect)

πάντων, σχοπῶν πρὸς τοὺς τρόπους ἑχάστου,
all (men), looking to the manners of-each,

χαὶ ὅτου ὁρῴη ἕχαστον μάλιστα δεόμενον
and (to that) of-which he-saw each-one the-most needed

92 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

Kal doa τις πέμτωι χόσμον

And whatever (present) any-one wmight-send (him as a:) ornament

τῷ σώματι αὐτοῦ, ἢ ὡς εἰς

jfor.the body of-him, [for his person], either as-if for (nse in.

πόλεμον, ἢ ὡς εἰς καλλωπισμόν, καὶ
war, or as-if for (use in personal) ornament, and

περὶ τούτων ἔφασαν λέγειν, ὅτι

about these (presents) they-affirmed (that) he-said, | that indeed

τὸ σῶμα ἑαυτοῦ ἂν οὐ δύναιτο κοσμηθῆναι

the body of-himself could not be-able to-have-been-adorned
πᾶσι τούτοις,

{that his own person could not be adorned) with-all these (presents),

δὲ νομίζοι φίλους καλῶς χεκοσμημένους
ναὶ ge aca as (that) friends (having-'been) handsomely ‘adorned

μέγιστον κόσμν avdpi. Kal μὲν τὸ
(to be) the-greatest ornament ᾿ἴο (8) ‘man. | And indeed the

γικᾶ» τὰ μεγάλα
to-surpass [the surpassing] the great [greatly] [and indeed that

A 4 ~

τοὺς φίλους ποιοῦντα ed

he should greatly surpass] --- (his) friends (in) doing good (is)
οὐδὲν θαυμαστόν, ἐπειδή ye ἦν καὶ δυνατώτερος"
nothing wonderful, since at-least he-was also the-most-able ;
δὲ τὸ περιεῖναι τῶν φίλων
"δὰ the to-be-superior [but that he should excel] — (his) friends
TH ἐπιμελείᾳ, καὶ τῷ προθυμεῖσθαι
-- in-kind-attention, and | the to-be-eager [his eagerness]
χαρίζεσθαι, ταῦτα ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ εἶναι
to-gratify (and oblige), these, to-me-at-least, seem to-be
μᾶλλον ayacra. Tap Kipos πολλάκις ἔπεμπε
more admirable. For often sent
ἡμιδεεῖς βίκους οἴνου, eas λάβοι πάνυ
half-empty jars of-wine, whenever he-might-receive (ary) very
ἡδὺν, λέγων, ὅτι οὔπω δὴ πολλοῦ
sweet (and fine-flavoured), saying, that never-yet truly ‘for(a) ‘long

χρόνου ἐπιτύχοι nolo οἴνῳ τούτου"
aid-he meet with-finer-flavoured wine (than) this

BOUK I. — CHAPTER IX. 93

οὖν ἔπεμψε τοῦτον σοὶ, καὶ δεῖταί σου ἐκπιεῖν
therefore spleah this to-you, and he-requests of-you to-drink

ad τήμερον σὺν οἷς φιλεῖς μάλιστα.

to-day with those-whom you-love

shasta δὲ ἤπεμπε τὰ parous χῆνας,
Often indeed he-sent ten geese [parts of geese),

καὶ ἡμίσεα ἄρτων, καὶ iets τοιαῦτα, χελεύων»
and halves of-loaves, and other such (things), ordering

τὸν φέροντα ἐπιλέγειν" Ko

the bearer to-say (when he presented them); Cyrus

ἤσϑη τούτοις. οὖν βούλεται καὶ σὲ γεύσασϑαι
was-delighted with-these; therefore he-wishes also you to-taste

τούτων. Ὅπου δὲ χιλὸς εἴη πάνυ σπάνιος,
of-these (same), Whenever indeed fodder πδὲ very scarce,
δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἐδύνατο παρασχευάσασθαι διὰ τὸ ἔχειν
and he was-able to-procure-it | through the to-have

πολλοὺς ὑπηρέτας καὶ διὰ THY ἐπι μελειαν,
[by having] many servants and through — (his)

διαπέμπων τοὺς φίλοις ἐχέλευε
sending-it-about (among) — (his) friends he-ordered (them)

ἐμθάλλειν τοῦτον τὸν χιλόν τοὶς ἵπσιοις ἄγουσ
to-throw — fodder to-the horses | carrying

τὰ σώματα Sik ὡς

the bodies of-them (carrying their persons], so-that (the horses)
un ἄγωσι τοὺς φίλους ἑαυτοῦ πεινῶντες. Εἰ

‘may not ‘carry the friends of-himself hungering. If

δὲ δή ποτε πορεύοιτο, καὶ πλεῖστοι
— indeed at-any-time he-might-procceed (anywhere), and many

ἔλλοιεν ὄψεσθαι προσχαλῶν τοὺ ίλο
Ἡἰθγξλλῳθ μον to-see ’ (him), calling-to - > ai) Φιτοῖς

ἐσπουδαιολογεῖτο, ὡς δηλοίη οὗ,
he-held-earnest-conversation-with-them, that he-might-show (those) whom
τιμᾷ. Ὥστε ἔγωγε ἐξ ὧν ἀχούω κρίνω
he-honoured. So-that J.at-least; from (that) which I-hear judge

οὐδένα οὔτε Ἑλλήνων obte βαρδάρωι

(that) no-one. either ἰοῦ. 2.6) ‘Greeks or ‘of ‘the’ ‘barharians

04 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

πεφιλῆσθαι ὑπὸ πλειόνων. Δὲ xal τόδε
to-have-been-loved by more (persons). And also this
τεχμήριον τούτου, οὐδεὶς μὲν ἀπῦύξει
(is a) proo of-this-same (thing), no-one indeed deserted
mpos βασιλέα παρὰ Κύρου, ὄντος
to (the) king from Cyrus, he-being (as a sunject ne
δούλου" πλὴν ᾿Ορόντας
better than a) slave (ofthe king); except Oroutes (who)
éneyeipyoe’ καὶ δὴ οὗτος ταχὺ εὗρε αὐτὸν
attempted (it); and truly this (Orontes) speedily found him,
ὃν ᾧετο εἶναι πιστόν οἱ φιλαίτερον Κύρῳ
whom he-thought to-be faithful to-himself, more-friendly to-Cyrus
ἢ ἑαυτῷ" δὲ πολλοὶ ἀπῆλθον παρὰ βασιλέως
than to-himself; but many deserted from (the) king
πρὸς Κῦρον, ἐπειδὴ ἐγένοντο πολέμιοι ἀλλήλοις,
to Cyrus, after they-became hostile to-one-anuther,
καὶ οὗτοι μέντοι οἱ μάλιστα ἀγαπώμενοι
and these indeed — (persons) the-most beloved
un αὐτοῦ, νομίζοντες ὄντες ἀγαϑοὶ
by him (theking), thinking (that) being brave (men)
napa Κύρῳ, ἂν τυγχάνειν ἀξιωτέρας τιμῆς
under Cyrus, -- to-obtain more-wourthy honvuur(and reward)
4 παρὰ Pace. Δὲ καὶ τὸ γενόμενον
than frum (the) _ king. And also -— (that) happening
αὐτῷ ἐν TH τελευτῇ τοῦ βίου μέγα
to-him at the end — ‘of (his) ‘life (is a) great
τεχμήριον, OTL καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἀγαϑὸς, καὶ ἐδύνατο
proof, that — he was brave, and could
9 ~ é 4 i) 4 ¥
ὀρϑῶς χρίνειν τοὺς πιστοὺς χαὶ εὔνους
rightly judge — (those) faithful (to him), and well-dispused,
καὶ Bebaiovs. Tap αὐτοῦ ἀποϑνήσχοντος, πάντες
and stendfast. For he dying, all
οἱ φίλοι καὶ συντράπεζοι παρ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀπέϑανον
— (his) friends and table-companivns with him died
μαχόμενοι ὑπὲρ Κύρου, πλὴν ᾿Αριαίου᾽ οὗτος

fighting over Cyrus. except risus ; this (person

BOOK I. — CHAPTER X. 95
δε τεταγμένος ἐτύγχανεν ἐπὶ
‘ndeed | stationed happened _ [happened to be stationed] on
τῷ εὐωνύμῳ, ἄρχων τοῦ ἱππικοῦ" δ᾽ ὡς ὕσϑετο
the left, commanding the cavalry; but when he-learned

Κῦρον πεπτωχότα ἔφυγεν ἔχων καὶ
(of) Cyrus having-fallen he-fied having also (with him)
τὸ πᾶν στράτευμα οὗ ἡγεῖτο.
the entire army which he-commanded.

CHAPTER X.

Ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἡ κεφαλὴ Κύρου anoréuvetau
There indeed the head of-Cyrus is-cut-off,
καὶ ἢ δεξιά χεὶρ. Δὲ βασιλεὺς, καὶ ot
and-also the right hand. But (the) king, and — (those)
σὺν αὐτῷ, διώχων εἰςπίπτει εἰς τὸ Kupeiov
with him, pursuing falls Jon the yreap
στρατόπεδον᾽ καὶ μὲν οἵ
camp; (on the camp of Cyrus]; and indeed — (those soldiers)
μετὰ “Apiaiov οὐχέτι ἴστανται ἀλλὰ φεύγουσι
with Arizeus no-longer stand but flee
διὰ στοῦ στρατοπέδου αὑτῶν εἰς τὸν
through | the camp of-them [their camp] to the
σταϑμὸν, ἔνϑεν ὥρμηντο" δ᾽ ἐλέγοντο εἶναι
station, whence they-hnd-started (last) ; | and there-were-said to-be
τέτταρες παρασάγγαι τῆς ὁδοῦ.
four parasangs of-the road [and which was said to be
Δὲ βασιλεὺς καὶ οἱ σὺν
four parasangs distant]. Βαιυΐ (1890) king and — (those) with
αὐτῷ te διαρπάζουσι τὰ ἄλλα
him not-only plunder — other (things, which were)
πολλὰ, χαὶ λαμθάνει τὴν Φωχαΐδα τὴν
many, but-also he-takes the Phocean (woman), the
παλλαχίδα Κύρου καὶ λεγομένην εἶναι, τὴν
eoncubine of-Cyrus, aud (who) was-said to-be, -

96 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

σοφὴν καὶ καλὴν. Δὲ ἡ νεωτέρα n Μιλησία,
wise and beautiful. § But the younger (concubine) the Milesian

ληφθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῶο audi βασιλέα
(woman), having-been-taken by — (those) about (the) king
ἐχφεύγει yrury τῶν

escapes | naked (in her under garments] to (thoseof) the

4

Ἕλληνων, of ἔχοντες ὅπλα ἔτυχον ἐν
Greeks, who having arms happened (to be stationed) among
τοῖς σχευοφόροις" καὶ ἀντιταχϑέντες
the baggage-train; and having-been-drawn-up-against (the Persians)
ἀπέχτειναν πολλοὺς μὲν τῶν ἁρπαζόντων, δὲ
they-killed many indeed of — (those) plundering, but
e ἢ > ~ > ἡ 3 ἢ
οἱ χαὶ αὐτῶν ἀπέϑανον᾽ γε μὴν
— (some) also of-themselves died ; at-least indeed they-'‘did
οὐκ ἔφυγον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔσωσαν ταύτην, χαὶ
not ‘flee, but also saved this (woman), and
ἄλλα, ὁπόσα ἐγένοντο ἐντὸς αὐτῶν
other (things), whatever were within (the lines) of-them,
χαὶ χρήματα καὶ ἄνωρωποι, πάντα ἔσωσαν.
both property and men, all were-saved.
Ἐνταῦθα τε βασιλεὺς χαὶ οἱ Ἕλληνες
There not-only (the) king, but-also the Greeks
διέσχον ἀλλήλων ὡς τριάκοντα στάδια, οἵ
were-distant from-one-another about thirty stadia, the
‘ , ‘ 9 e ‘
μὲν διώχοντες τοὺς xa αὑτοὺς,
(Greeks) indeed pursuing — (those opposed) against themselves,
~ e
ὡς νιχῶντες πάντας, δ᾽ ot ἁρπάζοντες, ὡς
as conquering all, but the (Persians) plundering, ag
ἤδη νικῶντες πάντες. A’ ἐπεὶ μέν ot Ἕλληνες
now conquering all. But when indeed the Greeks
ἤσϑοντο, ὅτι βασιλεὺς σὺν TH στρατεύματι
perceived, that (the) king with — (his) army

εἴη ἕν τοὶς σχευοφόροις, δὲ βασιλεὺς
might-be among --- (their) baggage-train, and (the) king

αὖ ἤχουσε Τισσαφέρνους, ὅτι οἱ “Ἕλληνες

ea-the-other-hand heard from-Tissaphernes. that tha Greeks

BOUK I. — CHAPTER X. 97
νιχῷεν τὰ χαϑ' αὑτοὺς, xal διώκοντες
might-be-conquering the (army) opposed to-them, and pursuing,

οἴχονται εἰς τὸ σϑεν, ἐνταῦθα δὴ
they-advance to --ὀ (adistance) forward, there truly (thes

βασιλεὺς μὲν τε ἀϑροίζει τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ,
the) king indeed not-only | c — (those) of-himself,

xal συντάττεται᾽ δὲ ὁ
[collects together his forces], but-alszo draws-them-up-in-line; but —

KAgapyos καλέσας Tpagevor, yap ἣν πλησιαίτατος.

Clearchus having-called Proxenus, for he-was the-nearest,
ἐθουλεύετο, εἰ πέμποιξν τινας, ἢ
consuited (with him), if they-should-send some (of the troops), or
πάντες ἴοιεν ἀρήξοντες ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον.
all should-go | about-helping [to relieve] (to) the camp.

Ἐν τούτῳ χαὶ ββασιλεὺς ἦν πάλιν

During this (time) also (the) king was again

δῆλος προσιὼν, ὡς ἐδόκει ὄπισϑεν. Kai μὲν ot
evidently approaching, as it-seemed from-behind. And _ indeed the
“Ἕλληνες στραφέντες παρεσχευάζοντο ὡς

Greeks having-faced-about prepared-themselves, as-if (the king

ἰόντος καὶ δεξόμενοι ταύτῃ" δὲ ο
were-advancing and-also receiving (bim) _ ἰη- that (direction); but the

βασιλεὺς μν οὐχ ἦγε ταύτη,

king indeed ‘did not lead (bis troops) in-that (direction),
δὲ ἡ παρῆλθεν ἔξω τοῦ εὐωνύμου
but (by the way) in-which he-had-passed beyond — (their) left

κέρατος, ταύτῃ xa ἀπήγαγεν, ἀναλαδὼν
wing, by-the-same (way) also he-led-back (his forces), taking-with

χαὶ TOUS ἐν TH μάχῃ αὐτομολήσαντας
(him) both — (those) in the battle, having-deserted

mane τοὺς “EAAnvas, καὶ Τισσαφέρνην, καὶ τοὺς

the Greeks, and Tissa pbernes, and

σὺν αὐτῷ: Tap ὁ Τισσαφέρνης οὐχ
(those) with him. For — shies ἐμά ‘did not

ἔφυγεν ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ συνόδῳ, ἀλλὰ διήλασν κατὰ

in the first encounter, but charged again»

¥8 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

τους “EAAnvas πελταστάς παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν"

the Greek targetiers along the river:

δὲ διελαύνων μεν χατέχαυνε ovdera,
but charging-through (the ranks) ‘he indeed ‘killed no-one

δ᾽ οἱ Ἕλληνες διαστάντες ἔπαιον
out the Greeks standing-apart (and making a passage) struok

‘ 3 ’ 9 A
χαὶ ἠκόντιζον αὐτοὺς"
(them with their swords) and threw (their javelins) at-them;

᾿Επισϑένης δὲ ᾿Αμφιπολίτης ἦρχε τῶν πελε
Episthenes — (the) Amphipolite commanded the tar-

ταστῶν, και ἐλέγετο γενέσϑαι φρόνιμος.

getiers, and was-said to-be (a) prudent (and able com

A’ ὁ Τισσαφέρνης οὖν, ὡς ἔχων μεῖον,

mander). But Tissaphernes therefore, as having | less

ἀπηλλάγη, μὲν οὐχ ἀναστρέφει
fthe worst], was-forced-to-depart, indeed he-‘does not ‘return

πάλιν, δὲ ἀφικόμενος εἰς TO στρατόπεδον τὸ τῶν

again, but having-arrived at the camp — of-the

Ἑλλήνων, ἐχεὶ συντυγχάνει βθασιλεῖ, καὶ δὴ
Greeks, there he-meets-with (the) king, and —

συνταξάμενοι ἐπορεύοντο ὁμοῦ πάλιν.
868) having-drawn-up-their-forces they-marched together back (again)

A’ ἐπεὶ ἦσαν κατὰ τὸ εὐώνυμον χέρας τῶ;

But when they-were opposite the left wing of-the
Ἑλλήνων, ot Ἕλληνες ἔδεισαν, μὴ προσάγοιεν
Greeks, the Greeks feared, | lest they-might-lead
πρὸς τὸ χέρας χαὶ
against — (that) wing [lest they would attack that wing] and
περισιτύξαντες ἀμφοτέρωϑεν καταχόψειαν
surrounding (them) on-both-sides they-might-'‘cut
αὐτοὺς: καὶ ἐδόκει autois ἀνατιτύσσειν τὸ
them ‘off; and it-seemed (best) to-them to-fold-back the
χέρας, καὶ ποιήσασθαι τὸν ποταμόν ὄπισϑεν.
wing and to-place the river in-the-rear.
"Ey ᾧ δὲ ταῦτα ἐδουλεύοντο,

Τὴ (the time) in-which indeed (that) they-were-planning (this mancuvre*

BOOK I. —- CHAPTER X. 99

καὶ δὴ βασιλεὺς παραμειψάμενος

and r»)w-indeed (the) king having-changed (his line)
εἰς TO αὐτὸ σχῆμα χατέστησεν ἀντίαν τὴν
into the same form (that) he-placed (it) fronting the
φάλαγγα, ὥσπερ τὸ πρῶτον συνήει μαχού-
phalanx, | just-as — (at) first he-might-have-come fight.
μενος. Δὲ ὡς οι
ing [just as he came at first to offer battle]. But 86. the

Ἕλληνες εἶδον ὄντας τε ἐγγύς καὶ παρα-

Greeks saw (them) being not-only near and-also drawn-

τεταγμένους, αὖϑις παιανίσαντες ἔπήεσαν ἔτι
up-in-order-of-battle, again singing-the-pwan they-advanced yet
πολὺ προϑυμότερον ἢ τὸ πρόσϑεν. Δ᾽’
much more-eagerly (and spirited) than — before. But
av ot βάρθαροι οὐχ ἐδέχοντο, ἀλλ᾽
again the barbarians ‘did not ‘receive (their attack), but

Ἃ

Υ 2 [4 4
ἔφευγον Ex πλέονος ῃ TO
they-fled from a-greater (distance from them) |than (they did) —

πρόσϑεν᾽" δ᾽ ot ἐπεδίωκον μέχρι τινός
Ῥοίοτγο; but — (the Greeks) pursued (them) ἴο a-certain
κώμης" δ᾽ ἐνταῦθα ot Ἕλληνες ἔστησαν. Tap
village; but there the Greeks halted. For
zy , ε ‘ ~ , 5.3 τ ε
γηήλοφος ὑπὲρ τῆς χώμης, EP OD οἱ
there-was (a) hill above the village, upon which — (those)

Lui βασιλεά, ἀνεστράφησαν, μὲν
about (the) king, stood-faced-about, (there-were) indeed
OUXETL πεζοὶ, δὲ ὁ λόφος ἐνεπλήσϑη
no-longer (any) foot-soldiers (there), but the _ hill was-filled
τῶν ἱππέων, ὥστε μὴ γιγνώσχειν τὸ
with-the cavalry, | so-that they-‘did not *know the (thing
ποιούμενον.
that) was-doing [50 that they knew not what the infartry might
Kai ἔφασαν ὁρᾶν τὸ βασίλειον
be doiry}. And they-said (that) they-saw the roye

100 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

σημεὶον τινα χρυσοῦν ἀετόν ἀνατεταμένον ἐτὰ
standard a-certain golden eagle elevated on

πέλτης.
(a) shield.

Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ot Ἕλληνες ἐχώρουν évraid’,

When indeed also the Greeks proceeded thither,

οἱ ἱππεῖς δὴ καὶ λείπουσι τὸν λόφον, ov μὴν ἔτι

the horsemen indeed also leave the hill, not however as
dS poo, ἀλλ᾽ ἄλλοι ἄλλοϑεν,

collected-in-a-body, | but others in-other-direction, | but dispersed in

δ᾽ ὁ λόφος ἐψιλοῦτο τῶν

different directions], and the hill ‘was (gradually) ‘thinned of-the

ἱππέων. δὲ τέλος καὶ πάντες ἀπεχώρησαν. ‘O
horsemen; but at-last also departed. --

Κλέαρχος οὖν οὐχ ἀνε ἰθαζεν ἐπὶ τὸν
Clearchus therefore ‘did not *march on (to) the

λόφον, GAN’ στήσας ὑπὸ αὐτὸν πέμπει
bill, bat having-halted | under [at the foot of] ἱἰΐ he-sends
Λύχιον τὸν Συραχόσιον καὶ ἄλλον ἐπὶ τὸν Λοφον,

Lycius the Syracusian and another on the

4

καὶ κελεύει χατιδόντας τὰ ὑπὲρ τοῦ
διὰ he-orders (them) having-viewed the (things) on the

λόφου ἀπαγγεῖλαι «ί ἐστι. Καὶ ὁ Λύχιος
to-report what is (there). And — Lyotus

ἤλασε τε χαὶ ἰδὼν ἀπαγ-
rode-on — (tothe hill) and _ seeing (the state of affairs) brings

γέλλει ὅτι φεύγουσιν ἀνὰ κράτος. Δὲ
word that they-flee to the-utmost-of-their-ability. And

σχεδὸν ὅτε ταῦτα ἦν ἥλιος καὶ
nearly when these (things) | were [happened] (the) sun also

ἰδύετο. A’ ἐνταῦθα ot Ἕλληνες ἔστησαν, καὶ

sot. And there the Greeks halted, and
σέμενοι τὰ ὅπλα ἀνεπαύοντο" καὶ ᾶ
placing — (their) arms rested ; and at-the-same-time

ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι Κῦρος οὐδαμοῦ φαίνουτο

deed they-were-surprised that no-where appeared

BOOK I. — CHAPTER X. 10)

οὐδ᾽ ἄλλος οὐδεὶς παρείη αὐτοῦ. Γὰρ

mor ‘did (any) other one ‘come from-him. For

ἤδεσαν οὐ αὐτὸν τεϑνηχότα, ἀλλ᾽ εἴχαζον

they-knew not (that) he was-dead, but they-supposed (him)
ἢ οἴχεσθαι διώχοντα ἢ προεληλαχένα.
either to-go-away pursuing (the enemy) or to-have-pushed-on-before

xatarmldousvoy τι. Καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐθουλεύοντιε
about-to-seize some (post). And they deliberated

εἰ μείναντες αὐτοῦ ἄγοιντο ἐνταῦθα τὰ σκχεῦο-
if remaining there they-should-bring thither the baggage

φόρα, ἢ ἀπίοιεν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον" ἔδοξεν

train, or return to the camp; it-seemed

αὑτοις οὖν ἀπιέναι" καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ
to-them therefore (best) to-return; and they-arrived at

τὰς σχηνάς ἀμφὶ δόρπηστον. Τοῦτο ἐγένετο τὸ
the tents about § supper-time. Such was the

τέλος μὲν ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας. Δὲ χαταλαμθά-
end indeed of-this But they

vovou τε τὰ πλεῖστα τῶν ἄλλων χρημάτων
find not-only the most of — (their) other things

διηρπασμένα, χαὶ Te σιτίον ἢ ποτὸν
plundered (or destroyed), but-also whatever food or drink
εἴ ἦν' καὶ τὰς ἁμάξας μεστὰς ἀλεύρων καὶ
there may-be; δηὰ the wagons full-of | wheat-flour and

οἴνου, ἃς Κῦρος παρεσχευάσατο, ἵνα εἰ note
wine, which Cyrus provided, that ἱ ever

σφοδρὰ ἔνδεια λάδοι τὸ στράτευμα, διαδοίη

vehement want should-seize the camp, he-might-distribute
τοῖς Ἕλληνσιν, αὗται ἅμαξαι 38 ἧσαν

(them) to-the Greeks, these wagons -- were

TET wu ὡς ἐλέγοντο, καὶ ταύτας τότε
four-hundred as they-said, and these ther

οἱ σὺν βασιλεὶ διήρπασαν. “Ὥστε οἱ πλεῖστοι
— (those) with (the) king plundered. So-that the most

τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἦσαν ἄδειπνοι δὲ xal ἦσαν
ef-the Greeks were supperless ; but also they-were

102 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἀνάριστο᾽ yap dy πρὶν «τὸ στράτευμα

without-dinner ; for indeed _ before the army
καταλῦσαι πρὸς ἄριστον βασιλεὺς ἐφάνη.
halted for dinner (the) king appeared.
Οὕτως ody μὲν διεγένοντο ταύτην τὴν
Thus therefore indeed did -they-pass that --
νύχτα.

aight

BOOK O.— CHAPTER L 108

BOOK II.
CHAPTER I.

Qs μὲν οὖν τὸ Ἑλληνιχόν ἡϑροίσθη

How — _ therefore the Grecian (furce) was-collected
Κύρῳ, ὅτε ἐστρατεύετο ἐπὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν
for-Cyrus, when he-led-an-army against — (his) brother
᾿Αρταξέρξην, καὶ ὅσα ἐπάχϑη ἐν τῇ avddg,
Artaxerxes, and what was-done in the upward-march,
χαὶ ὡς ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο, καὶ ὡς Κῦρος ἐτελεύτησε,
and how — (a) battle took-place, and how Cyrus died,
χαὶ ὡς οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔλΘόντες ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον
and how the Greeks having-come to the camp

ἐχοιμήϑησαν, οἰόμενοι νικᾶν τὰ πάντα,
went-to-rest, | thinking to-conquer — all, [believing that
καὶ Κῦρον ζῆν,

they were completely victorious], and (that) Cyrus lived, (all this)
δεδήλωται ἐν τῷ πρόσϑεν λόγῳ. Δὲ
has-been-indicated in the preceding discourse (or book), But
ἅμα τῇ ὑμέρᾳ οἱ στρατηγοὶ
| at-the-same-time with-the day [at dawn οὗ day] the generals
ouveasovtes ἐθαύμαζον, ὅτι Κῦρος οὔτε néurtor
having-come-together were-surprised, that Cyrus ‘had neither ‘sent
ἄλλον σημανοῦτα ὅτι χρὴ ποιεῖν, οὔτε
any-one-else siguifying what _is-necessary to-do, nor

αὐτὸς φαίνοιτο. Ἔδοξεν οὖν αὕτοις
ἀἱὰ-᾽ 6 himself ‘appear. It-seomed therefore (best) to-them

Τυσχευασαμένοις ἃ εἶχον, χαὶ ἐξοπλισαμένοις,
having-packed-up what they-had, and having-armed-themselves,
προϊέναι εἰς TO πρόσϑεν ἕως συμμίξειαν
|\to-march in the forward (to advance] until they-formed-a-junction

104 THE ANABASIS OF XEN(PHON.

Κύρῳ: Δὲ ἤδη ὄντων ὁρμῇ, ἅμα ἀνίσ
with-Cyras. But now being in-motion, at-the-same-time with-the-

χοντι ἡλίῳ ἦλθε Προχλῆς ὁ ἄρχων Τευϑρανίας

rising sun, came cles the governor-of Teuthrania
εγονὼς ἀπὸ Δημαράτου τοῦ Λάχωνος, καὶ
aving-descended from Damaratus the LacedwmoniaL, and

Γλοῦς ὁ Ταμώ. Οὗτοι ἔλεγον ὅτι Κῦρος
Glus the (son of) Tamos. These informed (them) that Cyrus

μὲν τέϑνηκχε, δὲ ᾿Αριαῖος πεφευγὼς εἴη μετα
indeed was-dead, and (that) having-fled was, with

τῶν ἄλλων βαρδάρων ἔν τῷ σταθμῷ ὅϑεν

other barbarians, at the station whence

ὡρμῶντο τῇ προτεραίᾳ, καὶ λέγοι, ὅτι ἂν μὲν

they-started on-the day-before, and he-said, that ‘he might indeed
περιμείνειεν αὐτούς ταύτην «1 nv mea, ei μέλε

‘wait-for them that-same — if they-
λοιεν yxey, δὲ φαίη ἀπιέναι τῇ
might-intend to-come, --- (for) he-said (he was about) to-depart οἱ, the
ἄλλῃ ἐπὶ ᾿Ιωνίας, ὅϑενπερ ἤλθε.
next (day) for Tonia, whence he-had-come.
Oi στρατηγοὶ ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα χαὶ οἱ
The generals hearing these (things), ana the
ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες πυνϑανόμενοι
other Greeks hearing (them from the generals)

ἔφερον βαρέως. Δὲ Κλέαρχος εἶπε τάδε" "Ὥφελε
bore-it | grievously. But Clearchus spoke thus: Would
ἀλλὰ μὲν Κῦρος ζῆν" δὲ ἐπεὶ τετελεύτηχεν,
then indeed (that) Cyrus lived; bat since he-has-died,

ἀπαγγέλλετε ᾿Αριαίῳ, ὅτι ἡμεὶς νικῶμέν τε

announce Arisus, that we are-victorious not-only (over

βασιλέα, καὶ ὡς ὁρᾶτε, οὐδεὶς ἔτι μάχεται

the) king, and a8 you-see, no-one any-longer ‘offers

e

4
ἡμὶν, χαὶ εἶ μὴ ἤλθετε ὑμεῖς, ἂν
as ‘battle, but-also if you-'had not ‘come to-us, ‘we would

ἐπορυόμεϑα ἐπὶ βασιλέα. “Enayyearsueda. de

have-marched against (the) ᾿ king. We-promise wee

BOOK II. CHAPTER 1. 105

Αριαίῳ, ἐὰν EASn ἐνθάδε, χαδϑίσειν
Arizus, if he-come here, (that we are ready) to-place
αὑτόν εἰς τὸν θρόνον τὸν βασίλειον. γὰ
dim on the hrone, the royal (throne); for
τῶν νιχώντων μάχῃ καὶ ἐστί τὸ ἄρχειν.
— (those) conquering in-battle also (to them) |is the to-rule

Εἰπὼν ταῦτ᾽ ἀποστέλλει τοὺς

[it belongs to rule]. Saying these (things) he-sends-away the
ἀγγέλους, καὶ σὺν αὐτοὶς Χειρίσοφον τὸν Λάκονα
messengers, and with them Cheirisophus the Lacedsmonian

καὶ Μένωνα τὸν Oertardy’ yap xai Μένων
and Menon the Thessalian ; for indeed Menon
αὐτὸς ἐθούλετο" yap ἦν φίλος καὶ ξένος
himself desired (to go); for he-was (a) friend and guest
᾿Αριαίου. Οἱ μὲν ᾧχοντο,
of-Ariseus (bound by the ties of hospitality). — (These) then departed,
δὲ Κλέαρχος περιέμενε. Δὲ τὸ στράτευμα
put Clearchus waited (for them). But the army
ἐπορίζετο σῖτον ὅπως ἐδύνατο ἐχ τῶν

supplied-itself with-food as-well-as they-were-able from — (their)
ὑποζυγίων, xéntovtes τοὺς βοὺς καὶ ὄνους"
beasts-of-ourden, slaughtering — (their) oxen and B88e8 5
δὲ προϊόντες μιχρὸν ἀπὸ τῆς φάλαγγος, οὗ
and advancing (a) iittle from ἰδ army, (to) where
ἢ μάχη ἐγένετο ἐχρῶντο ξύλοις, TE τοὶς
the battle took-place they-got wood (for fuel), not-only from-the
οἰστοῖς, οὖσιν πολλοὶς, οὖς οἱ Ἕλληνες
arrows, being many (in number), which the Greeks,
ἡνάγχαζον τοὺς αὐτομολοῦντας παρὰ βασιλέως
compelled — (those) deserting from (the) king

ἐχθάλλειν, καὶ τοῖς γέῤῥοις, καὶ ταὶς
to-throw-away, and the wicker-shields (of the Persians), and the

ἀσπίσι ταὶς ξυλίναις ταις Αἰγυπτίαις. Δὲ καὶ
shields tke wooden-ones the gyptian. And also

πολλαὶ πέλται καὶ ἅμαξαι ἔρημοι ἦσαν
many targets and wagons emptied (of their contents) were

106 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

φέρεσϑαι. χρώμενοι πᾶσι ois, ἔψοντες χρέα

με ἀϑφθ: off ; using all which, (for) cooking meat

YOSOV ἐχείνην τὴν i
they-eat (enough for) that -

Καὶ ἦν ἤδη τε περὶ πλήϑουσαν ἀγορὰν,

And it-was now not-only |about i

χαὶ ἔρχοντ' αι πα
[about the middle of the forenoon], but-also there-arrived from (the)

βασιλέως καὶ Τισσαφέρνους χήρυχες, οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι

king and Tissaphernes heralds, | the others
βάρδαροι δὲ ἦν εἷς αὐτῶν Ἕλλην
barbarian [being barbarian] but there-was one of-them (a) Greek
Φαλῖνος, ὃς ἐτύγχανε ὧν παρὰ
Phalinus (by name), who | happened being [happened to be] with
Τισσαφέρνει, καὶ ἔχων ἐντί
Tissaphernes, | and (who) holding (him) hosourably; [and was
καὶ yap προσεποιεῖτο εἶναι
highly esteemed by him]; -- for e-pretended to-be
ἐπιστήμων τῶν τε ἀμφρὶ τάξεις καὶ
skilled (in) the (things) not-only relative-to tactics but-also

ὁπλομαχίαν. Aé οὗτοι
(in those relative to) fighting-with-heavy-arms. But these (heralds)

προσελθόντες, χαὶ χαλέσαντες τοὺς ἄρχοντας
approaching, and calling-to the generals

τῶν Ἑλλήνων, λέγουσιν ὅτι βασιλεὺς κελεύει
of-the Greeks, said, that (the) king commanded

τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἐπεὶ νιχῶν τυγχάνει,

the Greeks, | since conquering he-happens, [since he had

καὶ anéxtove Kipor, παραδόντας
gained the victory],and had-slain Cyrus, (that) having-delivered-up
τὰ ὅπλα, ἰόντας ἐπὶ τὰς θύρας
— (their) arms, (and) going | to the gates ‘of (the,
βασιλέως, εὑρίσκεσϑαι ἄν
‘king, [to the palace of the king], to-obtain-for-themselves if
δύνωνται τι ἀγαϑόν. Ταῦτα μὲν οἱ
they-cap any-thing good (or favourable). Thus — ‘did tbe

BOOK Il. — CHAPTER I. 107

χήρυχες βασιλέως εἷπον" δὲ οἱ “Ἕλληνες μὲν
heralds ‘of (the, *king ‘speak; but the Greeks indeed
ἤχουσαν βαρέως, δὲ Κλέαρχος ὅμως
heard (them) heavily (with concern), but Clearchus only
τ ~ g 2 9 α«

εἶστε τοσοῦτον, ὅτι εἴη οὐ τῶν νιχώντων

spoke so-much, that it-was not (the part) of — (those) conquering

παραδιδόναι Th ὅπλα" ἀλλ᾽, μὲν ἔφη ὑὕμεις

to -give-up — (their) arms; but, indeed said-he, ‘do you

ὦ ἄνδρες στρατηγοί ἀποχρίνασϑε τούτοις

9 men generals ‘reply to-these (men)
σ Y /, 4 ¥ ‘

TE OTL ἔχετε χάλλιστον χαὶ ἄριστον

not-only what you-hold (to be) most-proper but-also the-best ;
δὲ ἐγὼ ἥξω αὐτίκα. Tap tig τῶν ὑπηρετῶν

and I will-come directly. For some-one of-the attendants
ἐχάλεσε αὐτὸν, ὅπως ἴδοι τὰ ἱξ
called him, that he-might-see the (entrails of a) victim
’ ‘
éEnonueva’ yap ἔτυχε θυόμενος.

(that just) had-been-taken-out; for he-happened (to be) sacrificing.
Ἔνθα δὴ Κλέανωρ μὲν ὁ ᾿Αρκὰς, ὧν πρεσόύτατος,

Then indeed Cleanor — the Arcadian, being the-oldest,
ἀπεχρίνατο ὅτι ἂν πρόσϑεν ἀποθάνοιεν ἢ
answered that ‘they would sooner ‘die than (that)

παραδοίησαν τὰ ὅπλα᾽ δὲ Πρόξενος ὁ Θηδαῖος

they-would-deliver-up -- (their) arms; but Proxenus_ the Theban

ἔφη, °AAN ἐγώ ὦ Parive θαυμάζω. πότε

said, But a O Phalinus, wonder, whether (the)
βασιλεὺς αἰτεὶ τὰ ὅπλα ὡς χρατῶν ἢ
king asks (for) — (our) arms as conquering cfr

ὡς δῶρα διὰ φιλίαν. Tap εἰ μὲν Os χρατῶν,
as gifts through friendship. For if indeed as conquering,
τί δεὶ αὐτὸν αἰτεὶν χαὶ οὐχ ἐλθόντα
why does-it-become him to-ask (for them) and _ not coming

λαθεὶν ; δὲ εἰ πείσας βούλεται λαθεῖν,
take (them)? but if having-persuaded (us) he-desires to-take

λεγέτω, τί ἔσται τοὶς στρατιώταις,
them), let-him-eay, what will-be (16) to-the soldiers,

108 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἐὰν ίσωνται avt@ ταῦτα. Πρὸς ταῦτα
if aX -should-gratify him (in) this. this
Φαλῖνος cine, βασιλεὺς ἡγεῖται ver

Phalinus said, (The) king considers (himself) to-be-the-con-

κᾶν, ἐπεὶ ἀπέχτονε Κῦρον" yap tig ἔστιν αὐτῷ,
queror, since he-has-slain Cyrus; for who is-there against-him,

ὅςτις ἀντιποιεῖται τῆς ἀρχῆς; δὲ ni
who disputes the government (with him)? | and

νομίζει ὑμᾶς εἷναι ἑαυτοῦ
considers you to-be to-himself [he moreover considers you as

ἔχων ἐν τῇ μήσῃ χώρᾳ
belonging to him as captives] | having (you) in the ΠΤ country
ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ ἐντὸς

of-himself, [having you in the interior of his kingdom], and within

ἀδιαδάτων ποταμῶν, καὶ δυνάμενος ἀγαγεῖν ἐφ᾽

impassable rivers, and cancaiie to-lead against

ὑμᾶς πλῆθος ἀνθρώπων ὅσον εἰ

you (such a) multitude of-men (and) so-great (that) if
έχοι ὑμὶν οὐδὲ ἂν δύναισθε ἀποχτεῖναι

he-should-allow-it to-you neither would you-be-able to-kill (them).
Μετὰ τοῦτον Θεόπομπος ᾿Αϑηναῖος εἶπεν
After this-one Theopompus (the) Athenian spoke,

Q. Parive, viv, ὡς ov ὁρᾷς, ἔστιν οὐδὲν ἄλλο

0 Phalinus, now, a8 you see, there-is nothing 6186

9 ‘ € 3 4

ayasov ἡμῖν, εἰ μὴ

good (or of value) to-us, |if not [unless] (our) arms
χαὶ ἀρετή. Ow μὲν ἔχοντες ὅπλα,
διὰ cdurage. Therefore indeed having (our) arms,
οἰόμεθα ἂν χαὶ χρῆσθαι τῇ

we-are-of-the-opinion (that) ‘we could also

ἀρετῇ, δὲ παραδόντες ἂν ταῦτα, στερηθῆναι

make-use --- (of our)

eourage, but giving-up -- these, (would be) ih has
χαὶ τῶν σωμάτων. Ody μὴ οἴου
(us) also “- (of our) bodies. Therefore ‘do not ‘suppose

δώσειν ὑμῖν τὰ μόνα ἀγαϑὰ
good

‘that) we-will-zive-un to-you the ole (advantageous)

BOOK II. — CHAPTER I. 109

ὄντα γμῖν᾽ ἀλλὰ σὺν τούτοις καὶ
existing for-us; but with these (in our hands) ‘we alse
μαχούμεθα περὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἱμετέρων. Δὲ ὁ
y-fight for the good-things of-yourselves. But —
Dadivos axovoas ταῦτα ἐγέλασε, καὶ εἶπεν"
Phalinus hearing these (things) smiled, and said -
᾿Αλλὰ μὲν, ὦ νεανίσκε, Eoixag ὁ. φιλοσόφῳ,
But indeed, 0 young-man, you-seem (to be like toa) philosopher.
καὶ λέγεις οὐχ ἀχάριστα᾽ tod. μέντι ὦν
and you-speak not without-grace; | know owever (you) being
ἀγόητος, εἰ
out-of-your-senses, [be assured that you are out of your senses], if
¥ A e , 9 i) ’
οἴει τὴν ὑμετέραν ἀρετὴν ἂν περιγενέσθαι
‘-suppose (that) — your valour --- is-to-be-superior
TNS δυνάμεως βασιλέως. Δὲ ἔφασαν
(to) the power ‘of (the) "king. But they-reported (that)

τινας ἄλλους ὑπομαλαχιζο-
some others (of the generals) having-become-somewhat-timid-and-

μένους λέγειν, ὡς καὶ ἐγένοντο πιστοὶ Κύρῳ,
apprehensive said, as also they-had-been faithful to-Cyrus,

καὶ ἂν γένοιντο ἄξιοι πολοῦ βασιλεὶ
so ‘they might ‘become | worthy of-much ‘to (the) king

εἰ βούλοιτο γενέσθαι
[οὗ great service to the king] if he-desired to-become (their)

φίλους" καὶ εἶτε θέλοι χρῆσθαι τι
friend ; and afterwards he-might-wish to-employ (them) for-any
ἄλλο, εἴτε στρατεύειν ἐπὶ
other (purpose), (or if) afterwards (he were) -march against
Αὔγυπτον, dy συγχατασφφρέψαιντο αὐτῷ. Ἔν
Egypt, ‘they would ‘assist-in-reducing-it | for-him. During
τούτῳ Κλέαρχος ἧχε, καὶ ἠρώτησεν ei ἤδη
this (time) Clearchus came, and inquired if now

ἀποχεχριμένοι elev. Δὲ Φαλῖνος ὑπολαδών
they-had-returned-an-answer. But Phalinus having-taken-up (the dis-
εἶπεν “QO Κλέαρχε, οὗτοι λέγει ἄλλος
DA,

eourse) said O Cleare these sav (one thing), ethers

110 THE ANARASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἄλλα᾽ δὲ σὺ εἰπέ ὑμῖν, τί λέγεις.
(say) other (things); but 'do you ‘tell us, what you-say.
A’ ὁ εἶπεν: ᾿Εγώ, ὦ Φαλῖνε, ἄσμενος
But — ‘he (Clearchus] ‘said: I, Q Phalinus, am-giad
ἑώρακα σε, δὲ καὶ οἶμαι πάντες of ἄλλοι"
I-have-seen you, and also I[-think all the others (are 80);
yap te εἰ σύ Ἕλλην, καὶ ἡμεῖς,
for not-only are you(a) Greek, but-also we (ourselves are),

ὄντες τοσοῦτοι. ὅσους σὺ ὁρᾷς" ὄντες δὲ

being so-many (in number), as you see; being then

ἐν τοιούτοις πράγμασι, συμδουλευόμεδά σοι,
m such circumstances, ‘we (would) ‘consult with-you,

τί χρὴ ποιεῖν περὶ ὧν λέγεις.
(about) what it-is-proper to-do concerning (that) which you-announce

Οὗν, πρὸς θεῶν, σὺ συμθού-
‘from the king). Therefore, by (the) gods, | ‘do you ‘con-

Aevooy ἡμῖν ὅ τι δοχεὶ σοι εἶναι
sult with-us [give us your advice] what seems to-you to-be

κάλλιστον χαὶ ἄριστον, χαὶ ὅ σοι οἴσει
the-most-honourable and the-best, and which to-you will-bring

τιμὴν εἴς τὸν χρόνον ἔπειτα ἀναλεγόμενον

honour in the time to-come, (when) it-is-related,

ὅτι Φαλῖνός ποτε πεμφϑεὶς napa βασιλέως,

that Phalinus when, having-been-sent from (the) king,

κελεύσων τοὺς “Ἕλληνας παραδοῦναι τὰ ὅπλα

9
commanding the Greeks to give-up — (their) arms,

ξυνεθούλευσεν αὐτοὶς ξυλδουλευομένοις τάδε

counselled them consulting (with him) so-and-a

Οἶσθα δὲ, ὅτι ἃ ἂν συμδουλεύσῃς

(For) you-know —, that what ‘you may *have-advised (of 4)

ἀνάγκη λέγεσθαι ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι. Ὁ δὲ Κλέαρχος

necessity is-to-be-reported in --- Greece. Clearchus
ὑπήγετο ταῦτα, χαὶ βουλόμενος αὑτόν,
craftily-urged these (things), also desiring (that) he

τὸ; πρεσδεύοντα παρὰ Bac.rguc, ξυμθουλεῦσαι

— ooming-as-enviy from (the) king, should-counsel

BOOK II. —- CHAPTER I. 111

μη παραδοῦναι τὰ ὅπλα, ὅπως οἱ “Ἕλληνες

‘them) rot to-give-up — (their) arms, that the Greeks

elev μᾶλλον εὐέλπιδες. Δὲ Φαλῖνος ὑποστρέψας
might-be more full-of-good-hopes. But Phalinus | having-turned

παρὰ τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ
(having evaded this appeal] contrary ἴο- ἴδ 9 opinion of-him (Cloarchus]

εἶπεν" Ἐχώ, εἰ μὲν τῶν μυρίων ἐλπίδων ἐστί
said: L if indeed of — ten-thousand hopes ___ there-is

τις μία ὑμὶν σωδϑῆναι πολεμοῖντας

any one (remaining) to-you to-save (yourselves) fighting-against

βασιλεῖ, συμθουλεύω μὴ παραδιδόναι τὰ

(the) king, counsel (you) not to-give-up -
ὅπλα" εἰ δὲ τοι ἐστὶν μηδεμία éAnis

(your) arms; if indeed — there-is not-one hope (for you)
σωτηρίας ἄκοντος βασιλέως, συμδουλεύω ὑμὶν
of-safety opposing (the) king, T-advise you
σώζεσϑαι ὅπῃ δυνατόν. Δὲ
to-save-yourselves | in-what-way possible (in the only way youcan]. But
Κλέαρχος πρὸς ταῦτα einev' ᾿Αλλὰ μὲ
Clearchus these (things) said : But indeed
δὴ σὺ λέγεις ταῦτα" δὲ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν

really ‘do you ‘say these (things); but for our (part)
ἀπάγγελλε τάδε, ὅτι ὑμεὶς οἰόμεϑα, εἰ μὲν
announce this, that we if indeed
δέοι εἶναι φίλους βασιλεῖ ἂν

it-may-become (us) to-become friends ‘to (the) king | (that) 'πο would
ἄξιοι πλείονος εἰναι φίλοι,

*be-worthy of-more to-be friends, [that we would be more valuabre
ἔχοντες τὰ ὅπλα, ἤ παραδόντες
friends), having — (our) arms, than ‘giving (them) ‘up

ἄλλῳ: dé εἰ δέοι πολεμεῖν, ἂν ἄμεινον
to-another; but if it-behoves (us) pacer: (it) would (be) bette.
πολεμεῖν ἔχοντες τὰ ὅπλα, ἢ ἢ παραδόντες

to-make-war having — (our) arms, chan giving (them) ‘up

ἄλλῳ. Δὲ ὁ Φαλῖνος cine, Ταῦτα
to-unother. But — Phalinus said, These (things) — certainly

4

112 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHOR.

a ελοῦμεν᾽ ἀλλὰ xai βθασιλεὺς ἐκέλευσε

we-will-announce; but also (the) king commanded (us)
εἰπεῖν ὑμῖν τάδε, ὅτι μὲν μένουσι αὑτοῦ
to-say to-you _ thus, that — (toyou) remaining here
εἴησαν σπονδαὶ, προϊοῦσι δὲ καὶ ἀπιοῦσι
here-would-be (a) truce, (but) advancing and also | going-away

πόλεμος. Kai οὖν εἴπατε

{retreating} (there would be) war. And therefore tell (us

περὶ τούτου, πότερα μενεῖτε καὶ
your answer) respecting ἰδ], whether you-will-remain and

9 , Ἃ 9 ~ 3 ε “«
εἰσι σπονδαί, ἢ ἀπαγγελῶ παρ᾽ υμῶν
there-is (a) truce, or (whether) I-shall-announce from you
ὡς πολέμου ὄντος. Δὲ Κλέαρχος
that war being [that there is war]. But Clearchus
ἔλεξεν' ᾿Απάγγελλε xai τοίνυν περὶ τούτου,
said: Announce also therefore respecting this,
ὅτι καὶ doxel ἡμῖν, ταὐτὰ ἅπερ καὶ
|that ‘it also ‘seems to-us, the-same as (it does) likewise ‘to (the)
βασιλεὶ.

‘king (that we are of the same opinion and determination with the king]
Ti οὖν ἐστί ταῦτα; ἔφη 6 Φαλῖνος. ‘O Κλέ-

What therefore are these ? said — Phalinus. -- Cle-
apyos anexpivato’ Ἢν μὲν μένωμεν σπονδαί,
archus replied : If indeed we-remain (here), (a) truce,
ἀπιοῦσι δὲ καὶ προϊοῦσι πόλεμος. Δὲ ὁ
(if ) we-retreat and also (if) we-advance war. But —(Phalinus)
πάλιν ἡρώτησε᾽ ᾿Απαγγελῶ σπονδὰς ἢ πόλεμον;
again asked : Shall-I-announce (a) truce or war?
Δὲ Κλέαρχ χος ἀπεχρίνατο ταὐτὰ πάλιν᾽' σπονδαὶ
βδαὲξ ΟἸθαγο answered the-same again; (a) truce

μὲν μένουσι, δὲ ἀπιοῦσι ἢ προϊοῦσι πόλεμος. Δὲ

— remaining, but retreating or advancing

e
ζι ὁ ποιήσοι οὐ διεσήμηνε.
what — (he) might-do he-‘did not ‘signify.

BOOK II. — CHAPTER II. 118

CHAPTER II.

Parivos μὲρ δὴ ᾧχετο, καὶ ob σὺν αὑτῷ

PHALINUS — indeed departed, ds-also — (those) with hina
Δὲ οἱ ιαίου ἦχον, Προχλῆς καὶ xOlA
But — (those. nay us were-come, (namely)

Χειρίσοφος" δὲ Μένων ἔμενε αὑτοῦ παρὰ ᾿Αριαίῳ᾽
rea Hea oe but Menon remained there with Arisous ;

δὲ οὗτοι ἔλεγον, ὅτι ° Apualog φαίη εἶναι

διὰ = these reported, that said (that) there-are
πολλοὺς Πέρσας βελπίους ἑαυτοῦ, OS οὐχ

many Persians superior (to) himself, who ‘would not
ἁνασχέσϑαι αὐτοῦ βασιλεύοντος ἀλλ᾽ εἰ βούλεσὼς
‘endure reigning ; but if you-wish
συναπιέναι ers ἥχειν ἤδη τῆς
0-ἀθραγ- ἢ (him) he-requests (you) to-come now — (this;
νυχτός" δὲ εἰ μή, φησίν αὐτὸς ἀπιέναι
night; but if (you do) not, he-says (that) he (is) to-depart
πρωΐ. Δὲ ὁ Κλέαρχος εἶπεεν᾽ ᾿Αλλὰ
early-in-the-morning. And — _ Clearchus But
ποιεῖν οὕτως" ὥσπερ preg ἐὰν μὲν
it-is-necessary to-do 80; as you-say, if indeed
ἥχωμεν᾽ δὲ εἰ μὴ, πράττετε ὁποῖον τι
we-might-come (to Arisjus); but if ποῖ, whatever

ἂν oinose μάλιστα συμφέρειν. Δὲ οὐδὲ
you may ‘think (tobe) the-most advantageous. But neither

eine tovtos ὅτι ποιήσοι. Δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα,
did-he-say to-those what he-would-do. But after these

ἡλίου ἤδη δύνοντος, συγκαλέσας τοὺς
(things), (the) sun now setting, having-assembled the

OT PAT λοχαγοὺς ἔλεξε τοιάδε"
ee τῇ ee Ὁ ΜΒ ke eee
2 ἄνδρες, ἐμοί θνομένῳ

men, tw-me sarificing-and-inspecting-the-entrails (for a sign re

114 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἰένα. ἐπὶ βασιλέα τὰ ἱεεά οὐχ
specting) \to-go [marching] against (the) king the victims ‘did not
ἐγίγνετο. Καὶ εἰχότως ἄρα ἐγίγνετο
‘become (favourable). And with-good-reason therefore they-were
9 ‘ e 3 A ~ a e 4
ov’ γὰρ ὡς ἐγὼ νῦν πυνϑάνομαι ὁ ναυσίπο
not (80); fx as I now learn the navigable
4 9 3 [4 e ~ 4
ποταμός Τίγρης ἐστι ἐν μέσῳ ἡμῶν καὶ
river Tigris is in (the) middle (between) us and
βασιλέως, ὃν ἂν οὐ δυναίμεϑδα διαθῆναι
(the) king, which ‘we would not *be-able to-cross
ἄνευ πλοίων" δὲ ἡμεὶς ἔχομεν ov πλοῖα. Mev dy
without boats; but we have not boats. — Certainly
ε οὐχ οἷόν τε μένειν αὐτοῦ" γαρ
‘for us) at-least (it is) ποὺ possible to-remain here; for

Ta ἐπιτήδια ἔστιν οὐχ ἔχειν"

the necessaries-of-life | are not to-have; (are not to be procured];
δὲ ἰέναι παρα τοὺς φίλους Κύρου ta ἱερὰ mp
but to-go to the friends of-Cyrus the sacrifices were
πάνυ καλὰ ὑμῖν. Οὖὐὖν ὧδε χρὴ

tltogether favourable to-us. Therefore thus _it-is-necessary (for us;

ποιεῖν' ἀπιόντας δειπνεῖν ὅτι τις ἔχει.
.ο-δεῖ; having-retired to-sup (on) whatever any-one has
Ἐπειδὰν δὲ σημήνῃ τῷ κέρατι ὡς
After indeed the-signal-may-be-given with (the) horn as (if)
ἀναπαύεσθαι συσχευάζεσϑε" ἐπειδὰν δὲ τὸ δεύτερον
to-go-to-rest pack-up-your-baggage; after — the second
ἀναιίϑεσθϑε ἐπὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια" δὲ
(signal) place (the baggage) on the _ beasts-of-burden; but
ἐπὶ τῷ τρίτῳ, ἕπεσϑε τῷ ἡγουμένῳ,
on the third (signal), follow — (your) leader,
ἔχοντες μὲν τὰ ὑποζύγια πρὸς τοῦ ποταμοῦ,
having indeed the beasts-of-burden next the river,
δὲ τὰ ὅπλα ἔξω. Οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ
but the heavy-armed-men on-the-outside. The generals and
λοχαγοι ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα ἀπῆλδον και
eaptains having-heuard these (things) departed, and

BOOK II. — CHAPTER Π. 115

ἐποίουν ott. Kai τὸ λοιπὸν ό
did Bu. And (for) the rest (of the time) — (Clearchus)
μὲν ἤρχε, δὲ Ob ἐπείϑοντο, οὐχ
indeed commanded, and — (the others) obeyed, (they) not
ἑλόμενοι, ἀλλὰ ὁρῶντες
having-chusen (him actually as their commander), but perceiving
ὅτι μόνος ἐφρόνει οἷα
that (he) alone thought (and had the mental qualifications) such-aa
ἔδει τὸν ἄρχοντα, οἱ ἄλλοι δ᾽ ἧσαν
becume — (a) commander, the other (commanders) indeed were
ἄπειροι. ᾿Αρωῶμὸς δὲ τῆς ὁδοῦ,
inexperienced. | (The) number — of-the road, [the computation
ἣν nasov ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου τῆς ᾿Ιωνίας
of the distance] which they-came from Ephesus — (in) Ionia
μέχρι τῆς μάχης, τρεὶς χαὶ ἐνενήχοντα
to-the (place) of-the battle, (was) three and ninety

σταδι μοὶ πέντε καὶ τριάχοντα χαὶ πεντα-
day’s-murch (making) five and thirty and five-

χόσιοι παρασάγγαι, πεντήχοντα καὶ ἑξακις-
hundred [535] parasangs, (or) fifty and Bix-

χίλιοι καὶ μύριοι στάδιοι. ἀπὸ
thousand = and ten-thousand [16,050] stadia; (the distance) from

δὲ τῆς μάχης εἰς BabvAdrva ἔλέγοντο εἶναι

— (the place) of-the battle to Babylon was-said to-be

ἑξήχοντο χαὶ τριαχόσιοι στάδιοι.
sixty and three-hundred [360] stadia.

Ἐντεῦθεν, ἐπεὶ ἐγένετο σχότος, Μιλτοχύϑης μὲν
Thence, when it-became dark, Miltocythes -

ὁ Θρᾳαξ ηὐτομόλησε πρὸς βασιλέα, ἔχων τε
the Thracian deserted to (tho) king, having not only
TOUS ἱσιπέας τοὺς ues ἑαυτοῦ εἰς
the horsemen — (those) with him to-the-number-of
TETTAPAXOVTA κχαὶ ὡς τριακοσίους τῶν Opaxdr
forty, but-also about three-hundred οὔθ Thracian
πεζῶν. Ae Κλέαρχος ἡγεῖτο τοὶς ἄλλοις

fcot-aoldiers. Βαὶ Clearchus lead-the-way for-the res

116 THE ANABASIS UF XENOPRUN.

χατὰ τὰ πσπαρηγγελμένα,
according | to-the things-which-had-been-directed, [in the prescribed order},

δ᾽ ot εἵποντο, xal ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς τὸν πρῶτον
and — (they) followed, and arrived at the

σταϑμόν, παρὰ ᾿Αριαῖον xal τὴν στρατιά
station, (where) Arizseus, and = the army

ἐχείνου, ἀμφὶ μέσας νύχτας" xai
of-himself (were), about mid night; and (when they arrived)

θέμενοι ἐν τάξει τὰ ὅπλα οἱ

having-been-placed in order (of battle) — (under) arms, the

στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ξυνῆλδον

generals and captains of-the Greeks went-together

παρὰ ᾽Αρ valov’ xai τε οἱ Ἕλληνες καὶ ᾿Αριαῖος,
Fie : and not-only the Greeks but-also Ariseus,

καὶ ob χράτιστοι τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ ὥμοσαν, μήτε
and the principal-men οἵ -- (those) with him took-an-oath, ποῖ
προδώσειν ἀλλήλους, τε ἔσεσθαι σύμμαχοι" οἵ
to-betray one-another, but to-be-hereafter allies ; the
βάρθαροι δὲ προσώμοσαν xai ἡγήσεσθαι
barbarians indeed swore-in-addition also to-lead-the-way

ἀδόλως. A’ ὥμοσαν ταῦτα, σφάξαντες
without-treachery. And they-swore these (things), killing
ταῦρον, καὶ Avxov, καὶ κάπρον, καὶ
(in sacrificing) (a) bull, and wolf, and boar, and
χριόν, εἰς ἀσπίδα, οἱ μὲν Ἕλλονες
ram, ireceiving the blood) in (a) shield, the —
βάπτοντες Eidos, δὲ ot βάρδαροι λόγχην.
dipping (a) sword, and the arians (a) lance, (into the

Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ πιστὰ “ἐγένετο
blood). When indeed — (these) pledges-of-fidelity had-taken-place

6 Κλέαρχος εἶπεν. “Aye δή, ὦ ᾿Αριαῖε, ἐπείσερ
— Clearchus said : Come then, O Arissus, since-then

6 αὐτὸς στόλος ἐστὶ ὑμῖν χαὶ ὑμῖν, εἰπὲ τίνα
the same route is to-you and to-us, tell-us what

ἔχεις περὶ τῆς πορείας. πότερον»

ypinion (cr plan) you-have respecting the marob +

BOOK Il. —CHAPTER ILL. 117

ἄπιμεν, ἦνπερ ἤλθομεν 7

shall) we-return, (by the same route) ed we-came

doxeig ἐννενοηχέναι τινὰ ἄλλην χρείττω
do-you-think to-have-thought-of (or devised) any other better

ὁδὸν; ‘O δ᾽ εἶπεν ᾿Απιόντες μὲν
road ? — (He) — replied: Returning — (by the way) which
ἤλθομεν. ἂν παντελῶς ἀπολοίμεϑα ὑπὸ

woe-came, ‘we would ‘be entirely ‘destroyed by

λιμοῦ" γὰρ ὑπάρχει ἡμῖν viv οὐδὲν τῶν

famine ; for there-is to-us now no (supply) of —

ἐπιτηδείων" γὰρ οὐδὲ τῶν ἐγγυτάτω
provisions ; for neither (during) the nearest (or last)

imtaxaidexa σταθμῶν ἰόντες δεῦρο, εἴχομεν

seventeen days’-march coming hither, | we-having

λαμδάνειν οὐδὲν Ex τῆς χώρας.
to-take nothing from the country [we could procure nothing

Δ’ εἴτι ἦν ἔνϑα, ὑμεὶς
from the country]. But any-thing (that) was there, we
διαπορευόμενοι κατεδαπανήσαμεν. Δὲ viv ἐπινο-

passing-through consumed-it. But now we
οὔμεν πορεύεσθαι μὲν μαχροτέραν, δ᾽

to-go — (a) longer (way), but ‘we-shall
οὐχ ἀπορήσομεν τῶν ἐπιτηδείων. Δὲ πορευτέον
not “want - provisions. But |it-is-to-be-marched
ἡμῖν τοὺς πρώτους σταϑμοὺς
to-us [we must make the march] (on) the first days’-marches
μακροτάτους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεϑδα, ἵνα ὡς
the-longest that ‘we can ‘possibly-make-them, in-order that

ἀποσπασθῶμεν πλεῖστον tod βασιλιχοῦ στρατεύ-
we-may-be-removed the-farthest from-the royal

patos’ yap ἦν ἅπαξ ἀπόσχωμεν ὁδὸν δύο ἢ

my ; for once we-be-distant (a) journey of-two 91

τριῶν ἡμερῶν, ὄασιλεὺς οὐχέτι μὴ
days, (tne) king ‘would | no-more not [not]

δύνηται xatadrabely ἡμᾶς. Γὰρ μὲν ὀλίγῳ
‘be able to-overtake For indead ‘withia) «mall

(18 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.
στρατεύματι ov τολμήσει ἐφέότεσϑα. Δ᾽
army he-'will ποὺ ‘dare to-pursue (us). But

ἔχω» πολὺν στόλον ov δυνήσεται πορεύεσθϑα,
having (a) large force he-'‘will not "be-able to-marck

ταχέως: δὲ καὶ ἴσως σπανιὶ στῶν
fast-enough; and also ‘will probably ‘experience-want of-the

émutydcinv. ἜἜγωγε, ἔφη, ἔχω ταύτην τὴν

necessaries-of-life. I-at-least, said-he, hold this -

4
γνωμῆν.
opinion.

Δὲ αὕτη ἡ στρατηγία ἦν δυναμένη οὐδὲν

|

But this — plan-of-campaigp was equivalent-to nothing
ἄλλο, ἢ ἀποδρᾶναι ἢ ἀποφυγεῖν, δὲ ἢ τύχη
else, than to-stealing-away or to-fleeing-openly-away, but — fortune
ἐστρατήγησε κάλλιον. Tap ἐπεὶ ἐγένετο ἡμέρα,
. conducted-the-army more-honourably. For when it-became day
ἐπορεύοντο, ἔχοντες τὸν ἥλιον ἐν δεξιᾷ
they-marched-forth, having the sun on the-right,
λογιζόμενοι ἧξεν ἅμα δύνοντι ἡλίῳ
expecting to-arrive at-the-same-time ‘with (the) ‘setting sun

εἰς κώμας τῆς Βαδυλωνίας χώρας" καὶ
at (some) village of-the Babylonian territory; and (as respects)

τοῦτο μὲν οὐχ ἐψεύσθησαν. Δὲ ἔτι
this they-'were indeed not ‘deceived. And yet
ἀμφὶ δείλην ἔδοξαν ὁρᾶν
about the-fore-part-of-the-afternoon they-thought (that) they-saw (the;
πολεμίους ἱππέας" καὶ TE οἱ τῶν Ἑλλήνων
enemy’s cavalry; and not-only — (those) of-the Greeke
ἔτυχον μὴ ὄντες ἐν ταὶς τάξεσιν,
}(who) happened not being [who were not] in the ranks
ἔϑεον εἰς τὰς τάξεις, καὶ ᾿Αριαῖος, (yap ἐτύγχανε
ran to the ranks, but-also Arisus, (for he-happened
πορευόμενος ἐφ᾽ ἁμάξης, διότι ἐτέτρωτο,)
‘to be) proceeding in (a) wagon, because he-had -been-wounded,}

xatabas ἐϑωρακίζετο xai ol σὺν
soming-down did-'put-on (his) 'corselet. and-aleo — (those) witb

BOOK II. — CHAPTER II. 119

αὑτῷ. Ἔν ᾧ δὲ ὧπλι-
him (did the same). During (the time) in-which — they-were-arm.
ζοντο οἱ σχοπιοὶ προπεμφϑέντες, ἧκον λέγοντες,
ing-toemselves the scouts sent-out-before, came saying,
ὅτι εἰσιν οὐχ ἱππεῖς, ἀλλ᾽ ὑποζύγια

that they-were not hursemen, but beasts-of-burden (that)
νέμοιντο. Καὶ πάντες εὐθὺς ἔγνωσαν, ὅτι
might-be-pasturing. And all immediately knew, that

βασιλεύς ἐστρατοπεδεύετο mov ἐγγύς" καὶ
(the) king was-encamped some-where near; and
yap xal χαπνὸς ἐφαίνετο ἐν κώμαις οὐ πρόσω.
really also sinuke appeared in (the) villages not far
Δὲ Κλέαρχος μὲν οὐχ ἦγεν
(distant). But Clearchus indeed ‘did ποὺ ‘lead (his forces)
ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους" yap ἵδει τοὺς στρατιώτας
against the enemy ; for he-knew (that) the soldiers
ὄντας χαὶ ἀπειρηκότας xai ἀσίτους" δὲ καὶ ἦν
were both fatigued and fasting ; and also it-was
ἤδη ὀψὲ" ov μέντοι οὐδὲ ἀπέκλινε,
now late; [ποὺ however [yet however] he-‘did not ‘decline
φυλαττόμενος μὴ δοκοίη
(from his route), taking-care (that) ‘he-might not ‘seem
φεύγειν, ἀλλ᾽ ἄγων EVSVUPOY, ἔχων
to-flee, but leading (the army) in-a-direct-line, (and) having
τοὺς πρώτους χατεσχήνωσεν
(or leadizg) (himself) the foremost (or advance) he-encamped
ἅμα τῷ δυομένῳ ὑλίῳ, εἰς τὰς ἐγγυτάτω
at-the-time-of the setting sun, in the nearest
χώμας, ἐξ ὧν διήρπαστο ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλικοῦ
villages, from which was-taken-away by the royal
στρατεύματος καὶ αὑτὰ τὰ ξύλα ἀπὸ THY οἰχιῶν.
troops even the wood-work from the houses.
Ody μὲν οἱ πρῶτοι ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο
Therefore indeed the first (or advance) encamped
ὅμως τινὶ τρόπῳ, δὲ of ὕστεροι προσιόντες

however in.some order, but — (those) following coming-uj

120 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHOR.

σχοταῖοι ηὐλίζοντο ὡς ἔἕχαστοι ἐτύγχανον,
In-the-dark quartered-themselves as ‘they severally chanced

καὶ ἐποίουν πολλὴν κραυγὴν καλλοῦντες
(to find qaarters),and they-made much noise calling
ἀλλήλους, ὥστε χαὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ἀχούειν᾽"
to-one-another, so-that even the enemy heard (it);
ὥστε μὲν ob ἐγγύτατα τῶν πολεμίων καὶ ἔφυγον»
so-that indeed the nearest of-the enemy even
éx τῶν σχηνωμάτων. Δὲ τοῦτο ἐγένετο δῆλον
from the encampments. And came apparent
τῇ ὕστερίᾳ: yap οὔτε ἔτι οὐδὲν
ται Ὁ for neither any-longer | ‘did no
οὔτε

VN;
beasts-o οι 0} burden oe {did any beasts of burden appear], or
στρατόπεδον, οὔτε χαπινὸς οὐδαμοῦ πλησίον. Δὲ

camp, or smoke any-where near. And

ὡς ἔοικε, καὶ βασιλεὺς ἐξεπλάγη τῇ ἐφόδῳ

as it-seemed, even (the) king was-alarmed at-the approach

τοῦ στρατεύματος. Δὲ τοῦτο ἐδήλωσε
of-the (Grecian) army. this was-manifes
οἷς ἔπραττε τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ. ΤΊΣΙΣ τῆς ταύτης
by-what he-did on-the following-day. However — this-same
γυχτὸς προϊούσης, φόδος ἐμσκίσιτει καὶ τοῖς “Ἑλλήσι
night advancing, (a) panic fell also on-the Greeks
χαὶ ἦν θόρυδος καί δοῦπος εἰχὸς οἷον

and there-was tumult and noise like ‘as (sudden)

φόῤ ov ἐμπεσόντος γίγνεσθαι. Δὲ Κλέ.

falling-on (0296) (causes) to-be. But Cle-

αρχος Τολμίδην Ἠλεῖον, ὃν ἐτύγχανεν
archus (crdered) Tolmides (the) Eleian, | whom he-happened
ἔχων ip ἑαυτῷ,

having [whom he happened to have] πὶ himself, (and who was)

ἄριστον χκήρυχα τῶν τότε, τοῦτον
the-best herald of — (those) then (existing), this-one /then)

ἐχέλευσε ἀνειπεῖν, κατακηρύξαντα συγὴν,
he-ordered t-proclaim, he. toate (first) ‘ordered silence,

BOOK II. — CHAPTER III. 121

ὅτι οἱ ἄρχοντες προαγορεύουσιν, ὃς ἂν
that the generals ar fal at (that he) who might

μηνὺσ τὸν ἀφέντα τὸν ὄνον εἰς
give-information (respecting) the (one) having-let-loose the ass among

τὰ ὅπλα, ὅτι λήψεται μισθὸν τάλαντον

the arms, that he-would-receive (as) eit (a) talen

ἀργυρίου. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα ἐχηρύχϑη, οἱ στρα
silver

When indeed this was-proclaimed, the sol.
tata: ἔγνωσαν, ὅτι ὁ φόθδος εἴη χενὸς, καὶ

diers knew, that — (their) fear | was groundless, and

»

οἱ ἄρχοντες σῶο. Δὲ ἅμα ὄρϑρῳ
‘that) the generals (were) safe. But at-the-time-of day-break

ὁ Κλέαρχος παρήγγειλε τοὺς Ἕλληνας τίϑεσϑαι

— Clearchus Greeks to-place-themselves
τὰ ὅπλα εἰς τάξιν a εἶχον ὅτε
— (under) arms ἰη (the) order in-which they-had (themselves) when
΄, v
μάχη ἤν.

the battle was.

CHAPTER III

Δὲ ὃ δὴ ἔγραψα, ὅτι βασιλεὺς ἐξεπλάγη

Burt what ‘I already ‘wrote, that(the) king was-alarmed

τῇ ἐφόδῳ ἦν δῆλον τῷδε.
w-the approach (of the Greeks) was evident by-this (that follows).
Tap μὲν τῇ πρόσϑεν ἡμέρᾳ πέμπων
For Ρ indeed on-the preceding vee sending (to the Greeks)

ἐκέλευε παραδιδόναι τὰ ὅπλα, δὲ “τότε

l.e-oraered (them) to-give-up — (their) arms, butafterwaras
ἅμα ἀνατέλλοντι ἡλίῳ ἔπεμψε
at-the-same-time ‘with (the) ‘rising he-sent
κήριχας περὶ σπονδῶν. A’ ot ἐπεὶ
heralds about (a) truce. But — (these heralds), when

ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς προφύλακας, Ladi τοὺς ἄρ

they-went to outposts, uired-for the com.

122 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. :

χοντας. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ of προφύλακες
manders. When indeed the guards (at the vutpos.s,

nYYVEXAOY, Κλέαρχος, τυχὼν TOTE ἐπισχοπῶν

cabal s -this, Clearchus, happening then to-be-inspecting
TAC τάξεις, εἶπε τοὶς προφυλᾶαι κελεύειν
the troops-drawn-up-in-order, told the to-request
TOUS κχήρυχας περιμένειν ἄχρι ἂν σχολάσῃ
the heralds to-remain ‘he might - ‘be-at-leisure
Ἐπεὶ δὲ κατέστησε τὸ στράτευμα ὥστε ἔχει:
When — he-had-arranged the army so-as ἴοι have

χαλῶς ὁρᾶσθαι πάντῃ φάλλαγγα
(itself) beautifully to-be-seen on-all (sides), (the) phalanx

πυχνήν, δὲ μηδένα τῶν ἀόπλων

(being) in-close-order, but not-one of-the unarmed (men)

χαταφανῆ εἶναι, ἐχάλεσε τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ
appeared to-be (there), he-called-for the messengers, and

αὐτός τε προῆλθε ἔχων τε τοὺς εὐοπλοτάτους

he-himself — advanced having — the best-armed

χαὶ εὐειδεστάτους TOY στρατιωτῶν αὑτοῦ

and the-handsomest of-the soldiers of-himself (there about
χαὶ ἔφρασε τοὶς ἀλλοῖς στρατηγοὶς
him), and he-told the oth commanders (to do the)
ταὐτὰ. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦν πρὸς τοὶς ἀγγέλοις
same (thing), When indeed he-was neur the mnessengers
ἀνηρώτα ti βούλοιντο. Οἱ δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι
he-demanded what they-wished. — (They) indeed replied, that
ἤχοιεν ἄνδρες περὶ σπονδῶν, οἵτινες
they-came (as) men respecting (a) truct, (and) whe
ἔσονται ἱκανοὶ τε ἀπαγγεῖλαι τὰ

would-be competent (and empowered) not-only to-announce --

παρὰ βασιλέως τοὶς Ἕλλησι,
(any communication) from (the) king to-the Greeks,
xa. τὰ παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων βασιλεὶ.
ουϊ-αἰδο — (those) from the Greeks ‘to (the) ‘king.
Δὲ ὁ ἀπεχρίνατο᾽ ᾿Απαγγέλλετε τοίνυν»
But -- (he, Clearchus,) replied: Announce therefore

BOOK Il. — CHAPTER III. 128

3 ~ ~ - if 4
αὐτῷ, ὅτι πρῶτον δεὶ μάχης, ¥
to-him (the king), that first §there-is-need ‘of (a) ‘batde, Ἵ
ἔστιν οὐχ ἄριστον, οὐδὲ ὁ τολμή-
there is ὯῸ breakfast (for us), nor (is there any one) who will-be-
Ova: λέγειν περὶ σπονδῶν τοῖς Ἕλλῃσι,
da~y g (enough) to-speak about (a) truce to-the Greeks,
μὴ πορίσας ἄριστον. Οἱ ἄγγελλοι axov-
aot having-provided (them) breakfast. The messengers hear.
σαντες ταῦτα ἀπήλαυνον, καὶ ταχύ ἥχον᾽
ing these (things) departed, and soon came

᾿ τ μ ~ σ 4

χαὶ ᾧ ἦν δῆλον ὅτι βασιλεὺς
(back); and to-whom (Clearchus] it-was manifest that (the) king
v 3 Ὰ » τ
yy που ἔγγυς, ἡ τις ἄλλος, ῷ

was some-where near, or some (persons) else, to-whom

ἐπετέταχτο πράττειν ταῦτα" ἔλεγον δὲ
it-was-commanded to-transact these (affairs); they-said indeed

ὅτι λέγειν δοκοῖεν βασιλεὶ εἰχότα,
that (the things) they-reported seemed "ἴο ([890) ‘king reasunable,
xai ἤκχοιεν ἔχοντες ἡγεμόνας, ol, ἐὰν

and they-came (back) having guides, who, if (the)
σπονδαὶ γένωται, ἄξουσιν αὐτούς ἔνϑεν ἕξουσι
truce should-take-place, would-conduct them to-wherethey-would-have
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. ‘O δὲ ἠρώτα, εἰ
the necessaries-of-life. — But ‘he (Clearchus) ‘inquired, if
σπένδοιτο αὐνοὶς τοῖς ἀνδράσι ἰοῦσι
a-truce-would-be-made (only) for-those — mek going-to

καὶ ἀπιοῦσιν, ἢ ἔσοιντο σπονδαί
and returning-from (the king), or (if) there-would-be (a) truce

καὶ toils ἄλλοις. Δὲ ot ἔφασαν ἅπασι,
also ‘for (all) ‘the others. But —(they) said for-all,
μέχρι τὰ map ὑμῶν ἂν διαγγελδῇ

antil the (things) from you may be-communicated to (the)
βασιλεῖ. Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἴπον ταῦτα, μεταστη-
‘king. When indeed they-said these (things), having-dis

σάμενος αὐτοὺς, ὁ Κλέαρχος ἐδουλεύετο.

missed these (messengers), —- Clearchus consulted with

124 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

Kai ἐδόκει τὰς σποιδὰς
bis officers). And _it-seemed (to them) (that) the truce
ποιεῖσθαι ταχύ, καὶ ἐλϑεῖν TE χα NOvyiar
was-to-be-made speedily, and to-go not-only at (their) leisure
ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, χαὶ λαθεῖν. Ὁ
ΑΓΟΣ the necessaries-of-life, but-also to-take [them as required]. —
δὲ Κλέαρχος eine’ Aoxel μὲν χἀμοὶ ταῦτα᾽
But Clearchus said: | It-seems indeed also-to-me the-same;

οὗ μέντοι ταχύ γε
{I am οὗ the same opinion]; I-'will not however immediately indeed
ἀπαγγελῶ, ἀλλὰ διατρίψω ἔστ᾽ οἱ
‘announce (our determination), but will-delay until the
ἄγγελοι ἂν ὀκχνήσωσι μὴ ἀποδόξῃ
messengers might be-apprehensive (that) it-'might not ‘seem
nuiv ποιήσασϑαι τὰς σπονδὰς"
(p:oper) to-us to-have-made-for-ourselves the truce ; I
μέντοι γε οἷμαι, ἔφη, τὸν αὐτὸν φόθον
however certainly ‘think, said-he, (that) the same fear
παρέσεσθαι, καὶ «οἷς ἡμετέροις στρατιώταις.
will-be-present, even -- to-our-own soldiers.
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐδόχει εἷναι καιρὸ ἀπήγγελλεν
When indeed he-thought (it) to-be the-proper-time he-announced
ὅτι σπένδοιτο, χαὶ ἐχέλευε
‘to the meseengers) that he-would-make-the-truce, and requested
NV ELC εὐθὺς πρὸς τἀπιτήδεια.
(tnem) to-conduct (them) immediately to the-provisions.
Kai ot μὲν ἡγοῦντο Κλέαρχος
And_ the (meseengers then) indeed led-the-way; Clearchus
μέντοι ἐπορεύετο ποιησόμενος τὰς μὲν σπονδὰς,
indeed however proceeded about-making the — truce,
de ἔχων τὸ στράτευμα ἐν τάξει, καὶ αὐτὸς
but having the army in order (of battle), and he-himself
ὠπισθοφυλάχει. Καὶ ἐνετύγχανον τάφροις καὶ
brought-up-the-rear. And they-met-with ditches and
avAdo. πλήρεσιν ὕδατος ὡς μὴ δύνασθαι
sanals (80) ΤῊΝ of-water as not to-be-able

BOOK II. — CHAPTER III. 126

διαδαίνειν ἄνευ γεφυρῶν᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ἐποιοῦντο δια-
to-cross (them) without bridges; but they-made cross-

δάσεις ἐχ τῶν φοινίχων of ἦσαν ἐχπεπτωχότες,
ings out-of the palm-trees which had fallen-down,

δὲ χαὶ τοὺς ἐξέχοπτον. Kal ἐνταῦθα ἦν
and also οἴ — (those) they-cut-down. And here

καταμαϑεῖν Κλέαρχον ὡς ΘΒ ὡς
(an opportunity) to-observe Clearchus how he-exercised-command,
ἔχων μὲν ἐν τῇ ἰστερᾷ epi vd δόρυ, δὲ
having indeed in — (his ce ve Hk the ss but

ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ ἜΘΝΗ χαὶ εἴ τις
ἷΐ -- (his) right (hand a) truncheon ; and if any-one

δοχοίη αὐτῷ τῶν τεταγμένων πρὸς τοῦτο
might-seem to-him of — (those) appointed this (work)

βλακεύειν, ἐκλεγόμενος τὸν ἐπιτήδειον

to- loiter, ecting — (a) fit (person) ‘he
ἄν ἕπαισε, χαὶ ἅμα αὐτὸς ἐμδαίνων
would ‘beat (him), and at-the-same-time he leaping

εἰς τὸν πηλὸν προσελάμθανεν᾽ ὥστε

into the mud took-part (in the work); so-that
αἰσχύνην εἶναι πᾶσιν μὴ οὐ συσπουδάζειν.

shame was — not to-emulse (him in

Kal οἱ γεγονότες τριάκοντα
expediting the work). And — (those) being thirty

ἔτη ἐτάχϑησαν μὲν πρὸς αὐτοῦ.

years (of age) shal laa -- by him (for this work) ;

ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ἑώρων Κλέαρχον σπου-
after indeed also the older persons) saw Clearchus hasten-

ὑπζουτα: καὶ οἱ πρεσθύτεροι προσελάμθανον.

(the work), even the older-men took-part

Δὲ ὁ Κλέαρχος ἔσπευδε πολύ μᾶλλον,

fin it) But — Clearc hastened (the work) much more

ὑποπιτείων τὰς τάφρους εἶναι μὴ ἀεὶ οὕτω πλήρεις
suspecting the ditches to-be notalways 80

ὕδατος" yap ἦν οὐ ὥρα οἷα ἄρδειν το

οἵ. water; for it-was not (the) season proper to-water the

126 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

πεδίον" ἀλλ᾽ ὑπώπτευε βασιλέα ἀφεικένα,
ground ; but suspected (that the) king had-sent-ou!

; ie] > ἡ A ’ ο , 9 Ψ
τὸ ὕδωρ ἐπὶ τὸ πεδίον ἕνεκα τούτου, ἵνα ἤδη
the water on the plain by-reason-of this, that already

πολλὰ δεινὰ προφαίνοιτο τοὶς Ἕλλησι εἰς τῆι
many difficulties might-appear to-the Greeks in

πορείαν.

march.
Δὲ πορευόμενοι adixovto εἰς κώμας, dder
And proceeding they-arrived at (the) villages, from-whicb

οἱ ἡγεμόνες ἀπέδειξαν λαμθάνειν τὰ ἐπιτή-
the guides signified (to them) to-take the _ provi-

δεια. "Evy δὲ πολύς σῖτος, καὶ
sions. There-was-in (these villages) indeed much corn, and
οἶνος φοινίχων, καὶ ὄξος ἑψητὸν ἀπὸ τῶν
wine of-date-palms, and (an) acid-wine cooked from -
αὐτῶν. Δὲ αἱ αὗται βάλανοι τῶν φοινίχων͵
them. But the same dates of-the palms,
οἷας μὲν ἔστιν ἰδεῖν ἔν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν
such-as indeed are | to-see [to be seen] in - Greece
ἀπέχειντο τοὶς οἰχέταις, δὲ at ἀποχείμεναι
are-put-by for-the servants, but — (those) put-away
τοὶς δεσπόταις ἦσαν ἀπόλεχτοι, θαυμάσιαι τὸ
for-the masters were choice-ones, admirable for —
χάλλος xai TO μέγεϑος, δὲ ἢ

‘their) beauty and — size, and — (their) appearance

διέφερε οὐδὲν ἠλέχτρου. Δὲ ἔξηραίνοντες τὰς
ace’ nothing from-amber. And drying

τινας ἀπετίϑεσαν τραγήματα. Καὶ
some (of these) they-'put (them) ‘up for-sweetmeats. And

ἦν καὶ ἡδὺ μὲν παρὰ πότον, δὲ χεφαλαλγὲς.

(they) were also pleasantindeed wit drink, but causing-headache

"Ertaisa καὶ of στρατιῶται πρῶτον ἔφαγον τὸν
Were also the soldiers first eat | the

4

ἐγκέφαλον τοῦ φοίνιχος, καὶ

of-the palm-tree, [the cabbage of the nalm-tree], ane

BOOK II. — CHAPTER ill. 127

οἱ πολλοι ἐδαύμασαν τε τὸ εἶδος και
the multitude were-astonished not-only — ‘at (its) ‘appearance but-alse
τὴν ἰδιότητα τῆς ἡδονῆς. Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ἦν
at-the peculiarity — ‘of (its) sweetness. And this also was
σφόδ xeparanyés. Δὲ ὁ φοῖνιξ ὅθεν

exceedingly (apt at) causing-headache. But the palm-tree whence

ὁ ἐγχέφαλος ἐξαιρεθείη αὐαίΐνετο ὅλος.
the cabbage may-have-been-taken, withered entirely.

᾿Ενταῦϑα ἔμειναν τρεῖς ἡμέρας" καὶ Τισσαφέρνν

Here’ they-remained days; and Tissaphe

ἦχε παρὰ μεγάλον sige χαὶ ὁ ἀδελφὸς

eame from (the) &> and the brother
τῆς γυναικὸς Oeil χαὶ τρεῖς ἄλλοι
of-the wife ‘of (the) ‘king, = and (also) three πότος

Πέρσαι, δὲ πολλοὶ δοῦλοι εἵποντο. ᾿Ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ
Persians, and many slaves attended. After indeed the

στρατηγοί τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀπήντησαν avrols,
generals of-the Greeks went-to-meet them,

Τισσαφέρνης ἔλεγε πρῶτος δ ἑρμηνέως τοιάδε"
Tissaphernes spoke first through (an) interpreter
Ey, 4 ὦ Ἕλληνες ἄνδρες, οἰχῶ γείτων τῇ Ἑλλάδι

O Grecian men, dwell neighbouring — Greece,
καὶ ἐπεὶ εἶδον ὑμᾶς ἐμπεπτωχότας εἰς πολλὰ

and wher I-saw you having-fallien into many

xaxa, καὶ ἀμήχανα, ἐποιησάμην
evils, and _inextricably-great (difficulties), | I-made-it-for-myself
εὕρημα

a-piece-of-good-luck [I considered it a most fortunate affair for me]
εἴ πως δυναίμην αἰτήσασθαι

if I-'were in-any-manner ‘able to-entreat (and obtain)
παρὰ ββασιλέως δοῦναι ἐμοὶ ἀποσῶσαι
from (the) king to-have-given me (permission) to-save
ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα. Tap οἶμαι

you (and restore you) to Greece, For I-think

ἂν οὐχ ἕξειν ἀχαρίστως μοι
|(that) ‘it would not ‘have (itself) ungrateful to-me [that there

128 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

οὔτε πρὸς ὑμῶν, οὔτε

will be no want of gratitude towards me] either from you, οἵ
πρὸς τῆς πάσης Ἑλλάδος. Δὲ γνούς ταῦτα

from — ce. And knowing these (things)

nTOvUNY “Satie λέγων αὐτῷ, ὅτι

-Inade-my-request ‘to (the) ‘king, saying to-him, that

ἂν δικαίως χαρίζοιτο μοι, ὅτι τε πρῶτος

he might justly ‘gratify me, (as) that ‘I not-only first
ἤγγειλα αὐτῷ Κῦρον ἐπιστρατεύοντα,

‘announced to-him (that) Cyrus was-marching-against (him),

καὶ ἀφιχόμην ἅμα τῇ ἀγγελίᾳ ἔχων
but-alzo I-came at-the-same-time with-the message having
βοήϑειαν, καὶ μόνος τῶν TET
assistance (in auxiliary troops), and ‘I alone of — (those) having-
ν κατὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας οὐχ ἔφυγον,
n-drawn-up against the Greeks ‘did not ‘flea,
ἀλλὰ διήλασα, χαὶ συνέμιξα
but charged (through their ranks), and joined (the)
βασιλεὶ ἐν τῷ ὑμετέρῳ στρατοπέδῳ, ἔνϑα
king - your-own camp, whither (the)

βασιλεὺς ἀφίχετο ἐπεὶ ἀπέχτεινε Κῦρον, καὶ
king came after he-had-killed Cyrus, and

ἐδίωξα τοὺς βαρδάρους ξὺν Κύρῳ σὺν τοῖςδε
I-pursued — (those) τ όρ μα with Cyrus with these,

tolg viv παροῦσι μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ, οἵπερ εἰσ

(mamely) these now present with us, who

πιστότατοι αὐτῷ: Καὶ μὲν ὑπέσχετο
the-most faithful to-him. And indeed ‘he {the king] ‘promised

μοι βουλεύσασϑαι περὶ τοῦτων, δὲ ἐχέλευσε
me to-deliberate about these (affairs), and commanded

με ἐλϑόντα ἕρεσθαι ὑμᾶς Evexev τίνος ἐστρατεύσατε
me having-gone _to-ask you by-reason of-what you-took-the-field

ix αὐτόν. Kai συμθουλεύω ὑμὶν ἀποχρίνασϑαι
agairet him. And I-counsel you to-reply

μετρίως, ἵνα ἦ εὐπραχτότερον μοι, ἐάν
if

mederately, that Meare easier for-me,

BOOK II. —CHAPTER fil. 129

δύνωμαι διαπράξασθαι τι ἀγαθὸν uvly
I-am-able sere Pathe (or advantageous) for-you

dont αὐτοῦ.

ΤῊΣ ταῦτα of Ἕλληνες μεταστάντες ἐδουλεύ
At this the Greeks withdrawing delibe.

ovto, xai ἀπεχρίναντο" Κλέαρχος ὃ
rated, and gave (their) ‘answer; Clearchus indeed

ἔλεγεν" Ἡμεὶς οὔτε συνήλϑομεν ὡς
spoke (for them): We neither assembled-together for-the-purpose-of
πολεμήσοντες βασιλεὶ οὔτ᾽ ἐπορευόμεϑα
hereafter-making-war ‘against (the) ‘king nor did-we-set-out
ἐπὶ βασιλέα, ἀλλὰ Κῦρος εὕρισχε πολλὰς
against (the) king, but invented many

LOELG, χαὶ ὡς σὺ μὰ οἶσθα, ἵνα τε
pretexts, and as you well know, that not-only

λάθοι ὑμᾶς ἀπαρασχευάστους, καὶ ἀναγάγοι
he-might-take you unprepared, but-also ead

ἡμᾶς ἐνθάδε. ἴΗδη μέντοι ἐπεὶ ἑωρῶμεν αὐτὸν

thither. Now however when we-saw

ὄντα ἐν δεινῷ ἠσχύνϑημεν καὶ Ἔν
oceing in danger ποῖ gsi peer both (before) gods

καὶ ἀνθρώπους προδοῦναι αὐτόν ἔχοντε
and men i to-have-betrayed him, : ers Sea : (him)
ἔν τῷ πρόσϑεν χρόνῳ ποιεῖν εὖ

in the former time | to-do well ‘to [%s confer favours

ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς. “Emel δὲ Κῦρος τέϑνηχεν,
on] ‘us ourselves. Rince indeed Cyrus is-dead, ‘we

οὔτε ἀντιποιούμεϑα βασιλεὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς,
neither ‘contend ‘with (the) ‘king ffor-the kingdom,

οὔτ᾽ ἔστιν ἕνεχα ὅτου ἂν βουλοίμεϑα

nor is-there (any thing) on-account-of which 'we might ‘desire
ποιεῖν χαχῶξ τὴν χώραν βασιλέως, οὐδ᾽
to-do harm (to) the country ‘of (the) ‘king, nor

ἂν ἐθέλοιμεν ἀποχτεῖναι αὐτὸν, δ᾽ ἂν
would we-wish to-kill him, but we would

180 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

πορευοίμεϑα, οἴκαδε, εἴ τις μὴ λυπσιοίη ἡμᾶς"
‘proceed homeward, if any-one ‘would not ‘molest
μέντοι ἀδικοῦντα πειρασόμεθα σὺν
‘those however ‘injuring (us) we-wil-endeavour with (the aid of)
τοῖς θεοὶς ἀμύνασθαι" ἐὰν μέντοι TK
the gods to-avenge (ourselves on); if however any-one

καὶ ὑπάρχῃ ποιῶν εὖ ἡμᾶς, καὶ τούτου
even begin doing good to-us, and-even to-this-one we ‘will

οὐχ ἡττησόμεϑα ποιοῦντες εὖ γε εἰς
ποῖ "be-inferior doing good at-least to (the best of our)

δύναμιν. Οὕτως μὲ 06 εἷπεν.
power. Thus indeed ‘did — (Clearchus) ‘speak.

᾿Αχούσας δὲ ὁ Τισσαφέρνης ἔφη" Tatra
Hearing (this)—-— Tissaphernes said : These ,things)

ἐγὼ ἀπαγγελῶ βασιλεῖ, καὶ πάλιν
will-announce ‘to (the) ‘king, and (will bring) back

ὑμῖν τὰ παρ᾽ ἐχείνου᾽" δὲ μέχρι
to-you | the (things) from him ; [his answer]; ane
ἐγὼ ἂν ἤἥχω αἱ σπονδαὶ μενόντων, δὲ

Ι may come ‘let the truce ‘remain-in-force, and

ἡμεὶς παρέξομεν ἀγορὰν. Καὶ μὲν εἰς τὴν
we

will-provide (a) market (for you.) And indeed on the

ὑστεραίαν οὐχ ἧχεν.: Sod’ οἱ Ἕλληνες
following-day he-'did not ‘come; so-that the Greeks

ἐφρόντιζον. Δὲ τῇ τρίτῃ ἤχων ἔλεγεν, ὅτι
began-to-be-anxious. But on-the third (day) coming he-said, that

ἦχοι διαπεπραγμένος παρὰ βασιλέως δοθῆναι

he-came having-obtained from (the) king to-be-allowed
αὐτῷ σώζειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας, καίπερ πάνυ πολλῶν
to-himself to-save the Greeks, although a-great many
ἀντιλεγόντων, ὡς οὐχ εἴη ἄξιον

speaking-against (and opposing it), so-that it-‘might not ‘be becoming

βασιλεῖ ἀφεῖναι τοὺς στρατευσαμένους
‘for (the) ‘king to-let-go — (those) making-war
ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν. Δὲ τέλος cine’ χαὶ viv ἔξεστιν
against himself. And in-conclusion he-said: and πον it-is-allowed

BOOK II. — CHAPTER III. 18]

ὑμῖν λαθεῖν πιστὰ nap ἡμῶν, ἡ μὴν τὴν χώραν

you to-take assurances from us, that truly the country
ες é
ἐξειν φιλίαν ὑμὶν, καὶ ἀδόλως ἀπάξειν

will-be-kept friendly to-you, and without-treachery hereafter-to-‘lead
εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, παρέχοντας

‘you) ‘back to -- Greece, (you) obtaining ‘a)
ἀγορὰν᾽ δ᾽ ὅπου ἂν ἢ μή

market (for provisions); but where (indeed there) may be not (any

πρίασθαι ἐάσομεν ὑμᾶς λαμθάνειν τὰ

thing) to-purchase we-will-ullow you to-take the
ἐπιτήδεια ἐχ τῆς χώρας. A’ αὖ
necessaries (of life) from the country. But on-the-other-hand
δεήσει id, ὀμόσαι ἡμῖν, ἡ μὴν πορεύεσϑαι
it-will-be-necessary for-you to-swear to-us, truly to-march
ὡς διὰ φιλίας ἀσινῶς, δλαμθάνοντας
as through (a) friendly (country) without-doing-harm, taking
σῖτα καὶ ποτὰ, ὁπόταν μὴ παρέχωνεν

provisions and drink, whenever we-'dv not "provide (a)
ἀγορὰν" ἣν δὲ παρέχωμεν ἀγοράν,
market (for you); if indeed we-provide (you a) market,

ὠνουμένους ἕξειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. Taira
you-purchasing will-have the necessaries-of-life. These (things)

ἔδοξε, χαὶ ὥμοσαν καὶ Τισ-
seemed (good, and were assented to), and they-took-the-oaths,and = Tis-

σαφέρνης καὶ 6 ἀδελφὸς τῆς γυναικὸς

saphernes, and the brother of-the wife ‘of (the)
βασιλέως ἔδοςαν δεξιὰς τοῖς στρατηγοῖς καὶ
‘king gave (their) right-hands to-the generals and
λοχαγοῖς τῶν Ἑλλήνων, καὶ ἔλαθον

captains of-the Greeks, and took (the same)
παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων. Δὲ peta ταῦτα Τισσα-
from the Greeks. And after this Tissa-
φέρνης eine’ Νῦν μὲν δὴ ἄπειμι ὡς
phernes said : Now irdeed — 'I (will) ‘go-back to (the)
βασιλέα" ἐπειδὰν δὲ διαπράξωμαι ἃ δέομαι,

king ; after indeed I-shall-accomplish (that) which I-desire,

182 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

συσχευασάμενος, ἥξω ὡς

having-collected-and-packed-up-my-baggage, I-will-return as (ab«at)
ἁπάξων ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Bie, χαὶ αὐτὸς
‘leading you ‘back to -- and myself

ἀπιὼν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν poe
vetxning 190 | the government of-myself [my own government}.

PPLPPLP Pe Me oe

CHAPTER IV.

Μετὰ ταῦτα τε οἱ Ἕλληνες καὶ
APTER these (things) not-only the Greeks _ but-alse

᾿Αριαῖος ἐστρατοπεδευμένοι ἐγγὺς ἀλλήλων

Arizeus being-encamped near to-one-another
περιέμενον Τισσαφέρνην πλείους ἢ εἴχοσιν ἡμέρας.
waited for-Tissaphernes more than thirty days.
"Ev δὲ Tavtais ἀφικνοῦνται πρὸς ᾿Αριαῖον
During — these (days) there-came Seu
χαὶ of ἀδελφοὶ καὶ of ἄλλοι advrayxaioL,

as-well — (his) brother as — (his) other relations,
καὶ τινες Περσῶν πρὸς τοὺς σὺν ἐκείνῳ,
and some Persians those (men) with him,

te παρεϑάρσυνον, nal ἔφερον δεξιὰς

‘they not-only encouraged (them), but-also brought | right-hands
ἐνίοις παρὰ βασιλέως, βασιλέα

[assurances] to-some from the) king, (that the) king
ὴ μνησικακήσειν τῆς ἐπιστρατείας

‘would not ‘remember-in-evil (the injuries) of-the expeditions

σὺν Κύρῳ αὐτοὶς, μηδὲ μηδενὸς ἄλλου
under Cyrus (received) from-them, | neither no other ἴοΣ
TOV παρῳχημένων. Δὲ τούτων
any thing else] of-the (affairs) gone-by. But these
a e \ 9 -
ιγνομένων, οἱ περὶ ᾿Αριαῖον
ithings while) occurring, | the about rieus (the follcwoers
ἦσαν ἔνδηλοι προσέχοντες
of Arisus] were ovidently (not so attentive to, and) applying

BOOK II. — CHAPTER IV. 188

Tov νοῦν ἧττον τοὶς EAAnou’ ὥστε καὶ διὰ τοῦτο
the mind less ἰο- 6 Greeks; so-that also through this

μὲν τοὶς πολλοὶς τῶν Ἑλλήνων οὐχ ἤρεσχον,

indeed — many of-the Greeks ‘were not ‘pleased,
ἀλλὰ προσιόντες τῷ Κλεάρχῳ χαὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις
but going-to Clearchus and other
στρατηγοῖς ἔλεγον᾽' Ti μένομεν; ; οὐχ
generals they-said : Why do-we-remain? or ‘do-we not
ἐπιστάμεθα, ὅτι βασιλεὺς ἂν ποιήσαιτο περὶ
“believe, | that (the) king would make-it-to-himself above

παντὸς ἀπολέσαι ὑμᾶς,
all-things §to-destroy us, (the king would above all things wisb

wa καὶ εἴη φόδος τοὶς ἄλλοις
to destroy us], in-order-that alsothere-might-be fear to-the other

Ἕλλησι στρατεύειν ἐπὶ μέγαν βασιλέα; καὶ
@reeks to-war against (the) lp king ? and

vov μὲν ὑπάγεται ὑμᾶς μένειν, διὰ τὸ
ΠΟῪ indeed he-deceitfully-leads us to-stay, | on-account-of the

τάς pa αὐτῷ τὸ στράτευμα"

to-have-d ἃ to-him the army; {on account of the ais-

δὲ ἢ στρατιά πάλιν
persed state of his army]; | but (when) the army again
ἐπὴν ἁλισϑγ αὐτῷ,
was-there (and) may-have-been-taken (or re-assembled) by-him, [but whea

οὐχ ἔστιν
his army is again collected together by him], it-'will not "be

ὅπως οὐχ ἐπιϑήσεται ἡμῖν. Ἴσως δὲ
that he-'will not ‘attack us. Perhaps indeed ne-'is

b 9 a, Ἃ

ἦ ἀποσχάπτει τι, ἢ ἀποτειχίζει,

ἰοῦ ‘digging-out some (trench), or building-a-wall-against (us),
ὡς ἢ ὁδός ἢ ἄπορος. Tap οὐχ ἐχών
so-that the road may-be impassable. For he-‘will not willingly
γε βουλήσεται ἡμᾶς ἐλθόντας εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα

at-least ‘consent for-us going-back to -—-- reece

ἀπαγγεῖλαι, ὡς ἡμεῖς, ὄντες τοσοίδε, τ

to-relate, that we, being 80-few, | defeated

134 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

tov βασιλέα ἐπὶ ταὶς θύραις αὑτοῦ,

the king at the gates of-him, (defeated the

χαὶ χαταγελάσαντες ἀπ»
king at his palace], and having-laughed-at-him we ‘de.
SOuEV.

parted (home).

Δὲ Κλέαρχος ἀπεχρίνατο τοὶς ταῦτα λέ-
Bat Clearchus replied to — (those) thus ad-
3 A \ A 9 [4

γουσιν᾽ Εγὼ μὲν χαὶ ἐνϑ)υμοῦμαι πάντα
dressing (him): I indeed also am-thinking-about al)
tavta’ δ᾽ ἐννοῶ, ὅτι εἰ νῦν ἄπιμεν δόξομεν
this ; but I-think, that if ‘we now ‘go-away we-will-zeem
3 , 5. ’ ᾿ ~ ‘ ‘ ‘
ἀπιέναι ἐπὶ πολέμῳ, καὶ ποιεῖν παρὰ τὰς σπονδὰς.
to-go-away for war, and to-act contrary tv-the truce.
Ἔπειτα πρῶτων μὲν οὐδεὶς παρέξει ἡμὶν ἀγορὰν,
Next-then first indeed no-one will-provide us (a) warket,
οὐδὲ ὅϑεν ἐπισιτιούμεϑα᾽. αὖδις
nor (will there be a place) whence we-would-procure-provisions; again

δὲ ἔσται οὐδεὶς ὃ ἡγγησόμενος "
in the second place) — | there-will-be no-one — hereafter-guidiny-us;

xai ἅμα ἡμῶν ποιούντων
[we will have no guides]; and at-the-same-time we are-doing
ταῦτα ᾿Αριαῖος εὐθὺς ἀφεστήξει" ὥστε
this Arieus ‘will immediately ‘separate (from us); so-that

οὐδεὶς λελείψεται φίλος ὑμὶν, ἀλλὰ χαὶ οἱ

no-one will-be-left (a) friend ἰο-υ8, bat also — (those)

πρόσϑεν ὄντες ἔσονται πολέμιοι ἡμῖν. A’
formerly being (our friends) will-become hostile —_to-us. But
ἄρα μὲν εἰ ἐστι τις ἄλλος ποταμὸς καὶ
whether indeed — _ there-is any other river alse

διαδατέος ἡμῖν, oida οὐχ δ᾽ οὖν ἴσμεν
. pecessary-to-pass-over by-us, I-know ποῖ: but therefore-then we-know
ὅτι διαθῆναι τὸν Εὐφράτην ἀδύματον πολεμίων
that to-have-crossed the Euphrates (18) impossible (the) enemy
χωλυόντων. An μὲν ἂν ov δέῃ ε

prohibiting (us). Truly indeed ‘it might not ‘be-proper(for us) at-leas

BOOK Il. —- CHAPTER IV. 185

μάχεσϑαι, ξύμμαχοι ἱππεὶς εἰσιν ἡμῖν"
ἰο- δι, (for) auxiliary cavalry is to-us (nowhere)

δὲ ἱππεῖς τῶν πολεμίων εἰσιν οἱ πλεῖστοι καὶ
but (the) cavalry of-the enemy —- numerous and

ἄξιοι πλείστου" ὥστε iia τίνα
|worthy of-much; [efficient]; so-that conquering how-many indeed

ἂν ἀποχτείναιμεν; δὲ ἡττωμένων οἷόν τε
might we-kill ? but being-defeated (it would be) possible
σωθῆναι οὐδένα. Eye μὲν οὖν

to-save none. indeed therefore (as respects the)
βασιλξα ᾧ ἐἈστι οὕτω πολλά τὰ σύμμαχα,
king to-whom there-are 80 many -- auxiliaries,

εἴπερ προθυμεῖται ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς, οὐχ

he-desires to-destroy us, ‘I (I say) ‘do not

olda ὅ τι dei αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι. καὶ δοῦναι
‘know what need (there was that) he swore, and gave

δεξιὰν, καὶ ἐπιορχῆσαι θεους, καὶ
(the) right-hand, and perjured-himself ‘before (the) ‘gods, and

ποιῆσαι τὰ πιστὰ ἑαυτοῦ ἄπιστα TE
made the pledges of-himself faithless (even) not-only

Ἕλλησι καὶ βαρδάροις. Ἔλεγε πολλὰ
‘to (the) ‘Greeks but-also ‘to (the) ‘barbarians. He-said much

TOLAUTA.
thus.

Δὲ ἐν τούτῳ Τισσαφέρνης ἧἦχε, ἔχων τὴν
But during this (time) Tissaphernes οδιηθ, ἰ βουὴ» the

δύναμιν ἑαυτοῦ, ὡς ἀπιών οἶχον,
forces of-himself, [having his army with him], as-if returning home,
xai Ὀρόντας τὴν δύναμιν ἑαυτοῦ"
and-also Orontas (came having) the forces of-himself’;

nye δὲ καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα βασιλέως
‘he (Orontas) ‘brought — also the daughter ‘of (the) ‘king
τὴν ἐπὶ γάμῳ. Ἐντεῦθεν ἤδη δὲ ἔπο-
the (one) on marriage. Hence ‘they now indeed ‘pro-

DOVTO Τισσαφέρνους ἡγουμένου

eoeded (on their march), Tissa phernes guiding (them),

186 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

καὶ παρέχοντος ἀγορὰν Δὲ xa

and providing (thema) market (for provisions). And _ alsc

᾿Αριαῖος ἔχων τὸ Baphapixdy i a
Ariseus having (and commanding)the barbarian

Ε ρὸν ἐπορεύετο, ἅμα Τισσαφέρνει καὶ Ὀρόντα,
οἵ- marched, together-with Tissaphernes and Orontas,

καὶ Evvectpatonodeveto σύν ἐχείνοι. Δὲ οἵ
and-also he-encamped-together with them. But the

Ἕλληνες ὑφορῶντες τούτους, αὐὑτοί
Greeks suspecting these-men, they [the Greeks)

vy ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἔχοντες ἡγεμόνας.
weat by themselves having guides (of their own).

Δὲ ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο ἑχάστοτε ἀπέχοντες ἀλλή-
And they-encamped each-time being-distant from-one-

λων ἄγγην καὶ μεῖον. Δὲ ἀμφότεροι

another (a) parasang (or) even _ less. But

ἐφυλάττοντο ὥσπερ πολεμίους ἀλλήλους,

(parties) guarded-themselves as-if enemies to-one-another
καὶ εὐθὺς τοῦτο παρεῖχεν ὑποψίαν.

and immediately this excited (and increased) mistrust (and

᾿Ενίοτε δὲ καὶ ξυλιζόμενοι ἐχ τοῦ

suspicion). Sometimes — also (when) gathering-wood from the

αὐτοῦ, καὶ ξυλλέγοντες χόρτον καὶ
same (place), and ‘were (also) ‘collecting and

ἄλλα τοιαῦτα, ἐνέτεινον πληγὰς adie
other such (things), | they-stretched-out blows to-cne-another;

Gove
[they stretched out their arms threatening, or giving blows]; so-that

τοῦτο καὶ παρεῖχε ἔχϑραν. Δὲ διελε
this also caused-more animosity (between them). And having-

δόντες τρεῖς σταϑμοὺς ἀφίχοντο πρὸς τὸ τεῖχος

gone-through days’-march they-arrived at

καλούμενον Μηδίας, καὶ Bare εἴσω
talled (the wall of ) Media, and they-passed-through within
αὑτοῦ. Δὲ ἦν ᾧχοδομημένον ὀὁπταὶς
tt. And (this wall) was built-of burnt

BOJK II. — CHAPTER IV. 187

πλίνϑοις, χει ναις ἀσφάλτ εὖ
bricks, : με yh Guia (the) del γτ (of this wall was)

εἴχοσι ποδῶν, δ ὕψος ἑχατὸν’ δὲ μῆκος
twenty feet, and (the) height a-hundred-feet; and (the) length
ἐλέγετο εἶναι εἴχοσι παρασαγγῶν" δὲ ov
was-said to-be twenty parasangs ; and it-‘was not

πολύ ἀπέχει Babvasvos. “EvredSev δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν

much etd from-Babylon. Hence -- al eee

δύο σταϑμοὺς ὀχτώ παρασάγγας, καὶ διέ:
two days’-march (making) eight parasangs, and they-

θησαν δύο διώρυχας, τὴν μὲν ἐπὶ
crossed two the (one) indeed on (a permanent)

γεφύρας, , δὲ τὴν
ridge, van the (other they crossed on a temporary bridge) ‘having
μένην ἑπτά πλοίοις" δ᾽ αὗται
(its banks) ue ἐν βίῳ by-seven boats; and these (canals)
ἦσαν ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ Τίχρητος᾽ δὲ χαὶ
Tis;

were (conducted) from the river and also

τάφροι κατετέτμηντο ἐξ αὑτῶν ἐπὶ τὴν χώραν,
litches had-been-cut from them over the δον πε,

αἱ μὲν πρῶτ μεγάλαι, δ᾽ ἔπειτα ἐλάττους,
which indeed te ee arge, but afterwards

δὲ χαὶ τέλος μικροὶ ὀχετοὶ ὥςπερ ἐπὶ
and also at-last (only) small drains (or streams) as in
τὰς μελίνας ἐν τῇ Ἕλλάδι. Καὶ ἀφιχνοῦται
the panic (fields) in — And (then) _they-arrived

ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν Ti pee πρὸς ᾧ ἣν
at the oa af i near to-which there-was (a)

μεγάλη καὶ πολυάνϑρωπος πόλις ὄνομα ἧ

large and populous city (the) mame to-which

Σιττάχη, ἀπέχουσα τοῦ ποταμοῦ πεντεχαίδεχα
(was) Sittace, being-distantfrom-the river fifteen

σταδίους. Οὖν μὲν ot Ἕλληνες éoxyvroay nap’
stadia. Therefore indeed the Greeks encamped neaz

αὐτὴν, ἐγγὺ μεγάλου xa καλοῦ παραλείσου

it (and) 709 Ὃ (4) ‘large and beautiful parp

188 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

καὶ δασέος παντοίων δένδρων" δὲ of Bapbapor,
and thick with-all-kind of-trees ; but the barbariang,

διαδεθηχότες τὸν Τίγρητα᾽ ἦσαν οὐ μέντοι

having-crossed the (river) igris ; they-were not however
XATAPAVEIS.
isible.
Μετὰ δὲ τὸ δεῖπνον Πρόξενος χαὶ Ἐξενοφῶν
After — — supper roxenus aud Xenophon

\

ἔτυχον ὄντες ἐν περιπάτῳ
peed being = in walking [happened to be walking] before

τῶν ὅπλων᾽ xal τις ἄνϑρωπος προσελθὼν

the (place) of-arms; and a appreaching

ἠρώτησε τοὺς προφύλαχας ποὺ ἂν ἴδοι Πρόξενον

inquired of-the sentinels where ‘he might ‘see Proxenus

ἦ Κλέαρχον" δὲ οὐχ ἐζήτει Μένωνα, xai
or Clearchus ; but he-‘did not ‘inquire for-Menon, and

ταῦτα dv map “Apiaiov, τοῦ ξένου Μένωνος.
this being haat risus, the guest-friend § of-Menon.

᾿Επεὶ δὲ Πρόξενος εἶπεν ὅτι εἶμι αὑτός ὃν ζητεὶς,
ro

Then indeed xenus said (that) I-am he whom you-seek
ὁ ἄνϑρωπος εἶπε τάδε" "Αριαῖος καὶ ᾿Αρτάοζος
the man (then) spoke thus: Arisus and Artaozus
ὄντες πιστοὶ Κύρῳ καὶ εὖνοι ὑμῖν,

bemg faithful (friends) to-Cyrus and well-disposed towards-you
καὶ κελεύουσι φυλάττεσθαι, μὴ ot βάρθα

-- exhort-you to-be-on-your-guard, lest the anne ΜΗ;

ἐπιϑῶνται τῆς νυχτὸς δὲ ἔστι πολὺ στράτευμα

fall-upon-you in-the night; for there-is (a) numerous army

ἐν τῷ πλησίον παραδείσῳ. Kai χελεύουσι
in the neighbouring park. ‘They also ‘request-you

πέμψαι φυλαχήν ἐπὶ τὴν γέφυραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ
ro-send (a) guard to the bridge of-the river

Τίγρητος, ὡς Τισσαφέρνης διανοεῖται λῦσαι αὐτὴν
Tigris, Tissaphernes designed _to-'break it

τῆς per ἐὰν δύνηται, ὡς μὴ

lown in-the night, if be-can, so-that you-'can not

BOOK II. — CHAPTER IV. 189

διαθῆτε, ἀλλ᾽ ἀποληφϑῆτε ἐν μέσῳ

‘cross, but (will be) intercepted in middle (space between)
τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ τῆς διώρυχος. ᾿Αχούσαντες

the river and the canal. Hearing
ταῦτα ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν παρὰ τὸν Κλέαρχον,
these (things) they-lead him Clearchus,
καὶ φράζουσι"' ἃ λέγε. Δὲ ὁ Κλέαρχος
and told (bim) what he-said. But — Clearchus
ἀχούσας a ἐταράχϑη καὶ ἐφοδεῖτο.
heaving (this) ‘was psa i ‘agitated and alarmed.

Aé τις νεανίσχος τῶν παρόντων ἐννοήσας
But a-certain young-man of-those present having-reflected (thereon)

εἶπεν, ὡς TE TO ἐπιϑήσεσϑαι, xal TO λύσειν

said, that not-only the making-an-attack, but-also the breaking
τὴν γέφυραν εἴη οὐχ ἀκόλουθα. Tap δῆλον

the bridge were not consistent. For (it is) evident
ὅτι ἐπιτιϑεμένους δεήσει ἢ νιχᾶν ἢ
that attacking (us) it-will-be-necessary either to-conquer or
ἡττᾶσϑαι. “Kav οὖν μὲν νικῶσι, τί
to-be-conquered. If therefore indeed they-should-conquer, what
dei αὐτοὺς λύειν τὴν γέφυραν; γάρ οὐδὲ
is-the-necessity for-them to-break-down the bridge ? for neither

ἂν ὦσιν πολλαὶ γέφυραι, ἂν ἔχοιμεν ὅποι

if there-were many eet would we-have where
φυγόντες ἡμεῖς σωϑεῖμεν. Δὲ ἐὰν “μεῖς
flecing might-save (ourselves). But if
νιχῶμεν τῆς γεφύρας λελυμένης οὐχ
conquer the bridge having-been-destroyed, they-'would not
ἕξουσιν ὅποι ἐχεῖνοι φύγωσιν" οὐδὲ
“have where they might-flee; | neither indeed [807]
3 \ A
οὐδεὶς πέραν
{ ‘will none [will any] (of their friends) on-the-otber-side (of the river)
ὄντων πολλῶν δυνήσεται βοηϑῆσαι αὐτοῖς
ΤΕ (ever 8) many ‘be-able to- assist

γεφύρας λελυμένης.

bridge being-destroyed.

140 THB ANABASIS OF XENOPHGN.

Ὁ Κλέαρχος ἀχούσας δὲ ταῦτα ἤρετο
-- Clearchus having-heard — these (things) asked
τὸν ἄγγελον τις πόση εἴη χώ n
the messenger how much might-be (the) country (in extent) which
3 / ~ ’ 4 ~
ἐν [LEO τοῦ Tt ρητος χαὶ τῆς
(is situated) (ἐπ the-middle) (between) the as and the
duiptyos. Δὲ ὁ εἶπεν, ὅτι πολλὴ,
canal, And who said, that (itwas) great (in extent),
χαὶ ἔνεισι κῶμαι καὶ πόλεις πολλαὶ και
and there-were-in-it villages and towns many and
μεγάλαι. Καὶ τότε δὴ ἐγνώσθη, Sti οἱ βάρθαροι
rge. And __ then truly they-perceived, that the barbarians
e ’ 4 9 ~ 4 e
ὑποπέμψαιεν τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὀχνοῦντες, μὴ ob
covertly-sent — (this) man fearing, lest the
Ἕλληνες, διελόντες τὴν γέφυραν, μένοιεν ἐν τῇ
Greeks, taking-to-pieces the bridge, might-remain in the
νήσῳ ἔχοντες ἐρύματα EVSEV μὲν τὸν Τίγρητα,
island having as-defences on-this (side) indeed the Tigris,
δὲ ἔνϑεν τὴν διώρυχα, δ᾽ ἔχοιεν τὰ ἐπιτή-
eut on-the-other the canal, and they-might-have the necessa-
δεια éx τῆς χώρας ἔν μέσῳ,
ries-of-life from the country | in (the) middle, [from the count

οὔσης πολλῆς
intervening between the river and canal], being great (in extent)

χαὶ ἀγαϑῆς, χαὶ ἐνόντων τῶν
and of-good (quality of soil), and there-being-on-it — (those)
ἐργασομένων᾽ δὲ χαὶ εἶτα γένοιτο ἀπο-

eapable-of-cultivating-it; and also afterwards might-become (a) place-

στροφὴ, εἴ τις βούλοιτο ποιεῖν κακχῶς

of-refuge, if any-one might-wish to-do evil ‘to (the)
βασιλέα. Μετὰ ταῦτα ἀνεπαύοντο μεντοι

king After this they-went-to-rest; however they
ὅμως ἔπεμψαν φυλακὴν ἐπὶ τὴν γέφυραι καὶ
likewise ‘sent (a) guard to the bridge ; and
οὔτε οὐδεὶς ἐπέϑετο οὐδαμόϑεν, οὔτε

acither ‘did (no-one) (any me) ‘attack-them from-any-quarter, nor

BOOK II. — CHAPTER IV. 141
οὐδεις τῶν πολεμίων ἼΔΟΙ πρὸς τὴν
δὰ -- (any one) of-the enemy

γέφυραν, ὡς οἱ δ. δ ἀπήγγελλον.
eridge, — (those) guarding-it reported.

Δὲ ἐπειδὴ ἐγένετο ἕως, διέδαινον τὴν yéprpar,
And when it-became day-light, they-crossed the bridge,

ἐζευγμένην τριάχοντα καὶ ἕπτά πλοίοις,
joined-together by (or formed of ) thirty and seven boats,

ὡς πεφυλαγμένως οἷόν as άλιστα᾽
peer bs as a most (could be); [with

γὰρ τινες τῶν Ἑλλήνων ᾿
ihe greatest caution}; for some of-the Greeks from
Τισσαφέρνους ἐξήγγελλον, ὡς μέλλοιεν

Tissa phernes announced, that ‘they (the enemy) ‘intended
(MUINTETSAL διαδθαινόντων. ᾿Αλλὰ μὲν

0-attack (them) crossing (the bridge). But even
ταῦτα ἦν ψευδῆ" διαθαινόντων μέντοι ὁ Γλοῦς

“his was false ; crossing-over however — Glus

“πεφά»» μετ᾽ ἄλλων, σχοπῶν εἰ διαθαίνοιεν

appeared others, observing if they-crossed

ov ποταμόν" δὲ ἐπειδὴ εἶδεν, ἀπελαύνων
the river ; but when hasan (that they did) riding-away

ᾧχετο.
he-hastened.
ὔ

᾿Απὸ δὲ τοῦ Τί ἔγρητος ἐπορεύθησαν TETT
From — dy manele four

σταϑμοὺς, εἴχοσι παρασάγγας, ἐπὶ τὸν
days’-march, (making) twenty ῥασαχ ἴο the
ποταμόν Φύσχον, τὸ εὖρος πλέϑρου"
river Physcus, the breadth (thereof being) a-plethrum;

ἐπῆν δὲ γέφυρα. Καὶ ἐνταῦϑα
‘on (which) ‘there-was --- (a) bridge. And here
ὠκχεῖτο Sit πόλις, ἡ ὄνομα ὯΩπις᾿

was-situated (a) town, to-which (the) name (was) Opis ;

πρὸς ἦν νόθος ἀδελφὸς Κύρου καὶ ᾿Αρταξέρξου,

near oe ik (a) natural ΝΟΣ of-Cyrus and ees

142 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON,

δ ἄγων πολλὴν στρατιὰν ἀπὸ Σούσων και

who was-leading (a) numerous army from Susa -and

"Ex6atavur, ὡς βοηϑήσων ββασιλεὶ, ἀπήντησε
Ecbatana, as assisting (the) king, met

τοῖς Ἕλλησι καὶ ἐπιστήσας τὸ στράτευμα
the Greeks ; and _having-halted | the army

ἑαυτοῦ ἐθεώρει τοὺς Ἕλληνας παρερχομένους

of-himself[hisarmy]he-viewed the passing-bv

Ὁ δὲ Κλέαρχος ἡγεῖτο μὲν εἰς δύο,

— But Clearchus — (bis men) by two (abreast)
δὲ ἄλλοτε ἐπορεύετο καὶ ἄλλοτε ἐφιστάμενος.

but at-one-time he-marched-forward and at-another halting.
Δὲ ὅσον χρόνον ἐπιστήσειε τὸ ἡγούμενον τοῦ
And as-long (a) time (as) he-might-halt the van of-the
στρατεύματος, τοσοῦτον χρόνον ἦν ἀνάγκη

army, so-long (a) time it-was necessarily

τὴν ἐπίστασι:' γίγνεσθαι δ ὅλου τοῦ
(thata) — halt should-take-place through the-whole of-the

στρατεύματος" ὥςτε i στράτευμα καὶ τοὶς

army ; so-that army even to-the

Ἕλλησι avtois eas εἶναι πάμπολυ, και τον
Greeks themselves seemed to-be very-large, and the

Πέρσην θεωροῦντα ἐχπεπλῆχϑαι.
Persian (general) viewing (them) was-amazed.
᾿Εντεῦϑεν δὲ ἐπορεύϑησαν διὰ τῆς Μηδίας ἕξ
Hence — they-proceeded through — Media εἰχ
ἐρήμους σταϑμοὺς,

desert stations, [six days’ march through a desert], (makirg,
τριάκοντα παρασάγγας, εἰς τὰς χώμας Παρυ:
thirty parasang®, villages of-Pary-
σάτιδος, τῆς μητρὶ ύς Κύρου καὶ βασιλέως.
satis, mo of-Cyrus and ‘of (the) ‘king.
Τισσαφέρνης betel Κύρῳ ἐπέτρεψε ois
Tissa pLernes (as) insulting Cyrus al Ἐλά the
Ἕλλησι διαρπάσαι ταύτας, πλὴν

Greeks to-plunder these (villages), except (the’

BOOK II. — CHAPTER V. 14%

ἀνδραπόδων. Ἔνην δὲ πολύς σῖτος, καὶ

slaves. There-was-in-them indeed much corn, alse

πρόδατα, καὶ ἄλλα χρήματα. ᾿Ἐντεῦϑε; δ'

sheep, and other things. Hence --

ἐπορεύϑδησαν τέτταρας ἐρήμους σταϑμοὺς,

they wageed tp | four desert stations, {four daye’

εἴχοσι παρασάγγας, ἔ χοντες

march in the desert], (making) sas parasangs, having

τὸν ποταμὸν Τίγ α ἀριστερᾷ. Ἔν
the river igris on ee left. In (the

δὲ τῷ πρώτῳ σταϑμῷ, πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ,
end of)— the first days’-march, beyond the river,

ὠχεῖτο μεγάλη καὶ εὐδαίμων πόλις,

there-was-situated (a) large and opulent town, (the,
ὄνομις Καιναί, ἐξ ἧς οἱ βάρθδαροι
name (of which was) Crone, from which the barbarians
διῆγον ἐπὶ σχεδίαις διφϑερίναις ἄρτους,

e skins, bread,

brought-over, on rafts (made of)
T υρούς. οἷνον.

cheese, wine.
CHAPTER V.

Μετὰ ταῦτα ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν
Arter these (things) they-arrived at the river
Ζάπατον, τὸ εὗρος τεττάρων πλέϑρων.
Zapata, (it having) the breadth of-four plethra.
Kai ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐν δὲ
And here they-remained three days ; during —
καύταις ἦσαν μὲν ὑποψίαι, δὲ
chese (days) there-were indeed (the same) suspicions, but:
οὐδεμία φανερὰ ἐπιδουλή ἐφαίνετο. Ἔδοξεν
manifest plot appeared. It-seemed
οὖν τῷ Κλεάρχῳ ξυγγενέσϑαι τῷ Τισσα-

therefore (good) ---ὀ to-Clearchus to-have-a-conference — with-T‘ssa-

144 THE ANABASIS UF XENOPHON.

Φέρνει, καὶ εἴ πως δύναιτο, παῦσαι τὰς
phernes, and if in-any-manner he-could, to-put-an-end to --- (these,

ὑπυψίας, πρὶν πόλεμον γενέσϑαι ἐξ αὐτῶν" καὶ

suspicions, before war should-arise from them; and

ἔπεμψέ twa ἐροῦντα, ὅτι χρήζοι ξυγγενέσϑαι

ne-sent some-one saying, that he-desired to-confer

αὐτῷ. Δὲ ὁ ἑτοίμως ἐχέλευεν Frew. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ
with-him. And who promptly requested (him) to-come. When

δὲ ξυνῆλθον, ὁ Κλέαρχος λέγει τάδε" ‘Eyd, 6 ὧ

indeed they-met, — Clearchus spoke

Τισσαφέρνη, οἷδα μὲν ὅρχους γεγενημένους
Tissaphernes, know indeed (that) oaths have-been-taken

ἡμῖν, καὶ δεξιὰς δεδομένας, μὴ ἀδικήσειν

between-us, δὰ right-hands given, not to-injure
ἀλλήλους" δὲ ὁρῶ σέ τε φυλαττόμενον Gs
one-another ; but I-see you not-only guarding-yourselves as-if

ἡμᾶς πολεμίους, καὶ ἡμεῖς, ὁρῶντες TavTa,

we (were) enemies, but-also we, perceiving these

ἀντιφυλαττόμεϑα. Ἐπεὶ δὲ σχοπῶν
{things), are-on-our-guard-against (you). After indeed considering

οὐ δύναμαι αἴσϑεσθαι οὔτε σὲ

(attentively), I-‘am not ‘able to-perceive (neither) you
πειρώμενον ee ἡμᾶς area ἐγώ τε σαφῶς
striving us indeed clearly

olda ὅτι ὑμεὶς γε οὐδ᾽ ἐπινοοῦμεν οὐδέν

know that we at-least neither intend (nothing) (any thing)

τοιοῦτον, ἔδοξέ or ἐλθεῖν εἰς λόγους
of-this-sort (toward you), it-seemed to-me (best) to-come to (a) conference

σοι, ὅπως εἰ δυναίμεϑα ἐξέλοιμεν τὴν ἀπιστίαν

with-you, so-that if we-can we-may-remove the mistrust

ἀλλήλων. Tap καὶ ἤδη οἷδα ἀνθρώπους,

«f-one-another. For indeed ‘I now ‘krow men,

γοὺς μὲν éx διαδολῆς, δὲ καὶ τοὺς

- (some) indeed from direct-accusation, but also -- (others)

© ὑποψίας, of φοθήϑεντες ἀλλήλους βουλόμενοι,

wom susp’ciop, who having-feared one-another (and) wishing

BOOK II. — CHAPTER V. 145

φωάσαι πρὶν παϑεῖν
to-have-anticipated (in inflicting injury) before suffering (any)
ἐποίησαν ἀνήχεστα. xaxa τοὺς οὔτε μέλε

have-done irremediable evils to— (those) neither intend.

ROE οὔτ᾽ αὖ βουλομένους οὐδέν

nor moreover wishing (nothing) (any thing) ‘of (the)
τοιοῦτον. Νομίζων οὖν τὰς τοιαύτας
‘kind. Thinking therefore (that) — such-kinds-of

ἀγνωμοσύνας ἂν παύεσθαι μάλιστα συνουσίαις,
misunderstandings may be-made-to-cease most-of-all by-meeting-together,
ο

ἥχω, χαὶ βούλομαι διδάσχειν σε, ὡς σὺ

I-come (then), and am-desirous to-inform you, that you ‘do

οὐχ ὀρϑῶς ἀπιστεῖς ἡμῖν. Tap μὲν πρῶτον καὶ

not nightly ‘mistrust us. For fois first and
μέγιστον, οἵ ὄρχοι θεῶν χολύουσι
principally, the oaths (taken in the name) ‘of (the) ‘gods forbid

muds εἶναι πολεμίους ἀλλήλοις" ὅστις δὲ τούτων

to-be enemies to-one-another; whoever indeed of-these

σύνοιδεν αὐτῷ παρημεληκχώς, τοῦτον
is-conscious to-himeelf (of ) having-disregarded (these things), this-one

éy ἂν οὔποτ᾽ εὐδαιμονίσαιμ. Γὰρ τὸν
I could never (esteem) happy. For (from) the

πόλεμον θεῶν οἷδα οὐχ, οὐτ᾽ ἀπὸ ποίου
hostility ‘of (the) ‘gods I-know not, neither | from [with] what-degree

ἂν τάχους οὔτε ὅποι τις φεύγων ἂν ἀποφύγοι,

--ὀ of-speed nor where any-one fleeing may escape,
οὔτ᾽ εἰς ποῖον σχότος ἂν anodpain, οὔϑ᾽ ὅπως
aeither into what darkness ‘he might ‘flee-away, nor how

dy ἀποσταίη εἰς ἐχυρὸν χωρίον,
he could ‘retreat into (a) fortified place (and escape from
yap πάντη πάντα ὕποχα τοὶς θεοῖς, καὶ
Shem), for everywhere all (is) subject to-the gods, and

οἱ θεοὶ χρατοῦσι πανταχῇ πάντων ἴσον. Οὕτω
the gods rule everywhere over-all-things alike. Thus

tyvacxa δὴ μὲν περὶ τῶν θεῶν τὲ καὶ
do-I-think truly indeed respecting the gods, and alse

146 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

τῶν ὄρχων, map οἷς ἡμεῖς, συνϑέμενοι,

-- (ἃ gpecting) oaths, with whom we, having-concurred

KATESEMESH τὴν φιλίαν" δὲ τῶν

(with one another), have-deposited «-- (our) friendship; but --

ἀνθρωπίνων ἐγὼ νομίζω σὲ ἐν τῷ παρόντι
of-all-human-things I consider you at the present (time)

zg Ul 9 δὲ ς 4 A ‘ 4
εἶναι μέγιστον ἀγαϑόν ἡμῖν. Tap μὲν σὺν σοὶ
to-be tho-greatest good to-us. For indeed with you
πᾶσα μὲν ὁδὸς εὔπορος, δὲ πᾶς ποταμὸς
every — road (is) easy, and every river

διαθατός, οὐχ ἀπορία τε τῶν ἐπιτγδείων᾽
passable, (there is) no want indeed of-the necessaries-of-life ;

δὲ ἄνευ σοῦ πᾶσα ἢ Odds μὲν διὰ σχότους
but without you (our) entire — route --- (will be) through darkness
(yap ἐπιστάμεθα οὐδὲν αὐτῆς), δὲ πᾶς ποταμὸς

‘for we-know nothing of-it), and evory river

δύσπορος, δὲ πᾶς ὄχλος
(would be) difficult-in-crossing, also every multitude-of-men (would be)

pobepds, δὲ ἐρημία φοθερώτατον᾽" ὰ
terrible, but solitude (would be) the-most-terrible (thing); ἔοι

ἐστί μεστὴ πολλῆς ἀπορίας. Δὲ εἰ
it-is full of-every want (and difficulty), But ir

δὴ χαὶ μανέντες χαταχτείναιμεν σε, ἂν 7,
truly ‘having even ‘become-mad we-sbould-kill you, would

τι ἄλλο χαταχτείναντες τὸν EVE
any-thing else (happen) having-slain — (our) bene-

γέτην ἀγωνιζοίμδα πρὸς βασιλέα
factor, (but that) we-should-have-to-contend with (the) king

τὸν μέγιστον ἔφεδρον; ὅσων xai δὲ δὴ οἵων
the greatest avenger? of-how-many, and indeed truly how-great

ἐλπίδων ἂν στερήσαιμι ἐμαυτὸν, ei ἐπιχειρήσαιμι

expectations ‘I should ‘deprive myself, if I-should-attempt
ποιεῖν σέ τι καχὸν, ταῦτα λέξω. Ἐγὼ
to-do you any harn, this I-will-tell (you). I

yap ἐπεθύμησά Κῦρον γενέσϑαι φίλον

therefore desired Cyrus to-become (a) friend to-me

BOOK II. —CHAPTER V. 147

νομίζων τῶν τότε εἶναι ἱχανώτατον
thinking (him) of-the (men) at-that-time to-be the-most-apt
ποιεῖν εὖ ὃν βούλοιτο" δὲ νῦν ὁρῶ
[ο-ἀο good to-whom he-wished (to do so); but ‘I now 860
σὲ ἔχοντα τε τήν δύναμιν καὶ χώραν Κύρου,
you having not-only the power and territory of-Cyrus,
χαὶ σώζοντα τὴν ἀρχὴν σεαυτοῦ, δὲ τὴν
but-also retaining the government of-yourself. but the
δύναμιν βασιλέως, ἡ Κῦρος ἐχρῆτο

power ‘of (the) ‘king, which Cyrus experienced (as)
πολεμίᾳ, ταύτην οὖσαν ξύμμαχον σοὶ.
hostile, this (power) being (now an) ally to- you.

Δὲ Ttovtwr ὄντων τοιούτων, τίς
But these (things) being in-this-manner, (is there) any-one (whv)

οὕτω μαίνεται, ὅςτις οὐ βούλεταί εἶναι
is . 80 ‘mad, who ‘would not ‘wish to-be (a)
φίλος σοι; ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν (yap ἐρῶ καὶ ταῦτα
friend to-you? But truly (for I-will-mention also those
ἐξ ὧν ἔχω ἐλπίδας, χαὶ oe βουλή-
(things) from which I-have hopes, (that) even you will-
σεσϑαι εἶναι φίλον ἡμῖν), yap μὲν oda
desire to-be (a) friend of-us), for indeed I-know ‘of (the)
4 e -
Μυσοὺς ὄντας λυπηροὺς ὑμῖν, οἷς νομίζω
‘Mysians being troublesome to-you, whom, I-am-of-opinior (that)
σὺν τῇ παρούσῃ δυνάμει. ἂν παρασχεῖν
with the present (Grecian) force, ‘I could ‘render
\ εις. \ ᾿ 3 ’ Η͂
ταπεινοὺς ὑμῖν" δὲ xal οἷδα Πισίδας
submissive to-you; 80 also I-know (that the) Pisidians (annoy
δὲ χαὶ ἀχούω εἶναι πολλὰ ἄλλα ἔϑνη
you); and also I-hear (that) there-are many other nations

τοιαῦτα ἃ οἴμαι ἂν παῦσαι ἀεὶ
like-these (two mentioned) whom I-think (that) ἢ might ‘prevent ever

ἐνοχλοῦντα τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ εὐδαιμονίᾳ. Δὲ

disturbing -- your happiness. But (as respects the)
aiyuntious, οἷς viv γιγνώσχω ὑμᾶς

Egvptians, against-whom ‘I now ‘know (that) νοῦ

148 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

μάλιστα τεδυμόμειδις, οὐχ ὁρῶ ποιᾳ,

have-‘been very-much ‘excited, I-‘do not ‘see
συμμάχῳ δυνάμει) μᾶλλον χρησάμενοι
auxiliary force ( which) having-‘been rather

ἂν χολάσεσϑε τῆς
‘you might ‘punish (them better than) — (with the force)
οὔσης viv σὺν ἑμοὶ. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν ἐν τοὶς ye
being now with me. But truly among — (those) at-least

οἰχοῦσι πέριξ σύ, εἰ μὲν βούλοιο εἷναι
(who) dwell round-about you, if indeed you-desired to-be (a)

φίλος τῳ, ὡς ἂν sing μέγιστος"
friend — (to-any), that ‘you might "be (the) greatest (possible)

dé εἰ τις Avtoin σε, ἀναστρέ ὡς
but if any-one offend you, you-might-deal (with them) as (a)

δεσπότης, ἔχων ἡμᾶς ὑπηρέτας, οἵ da
master, having us for-assistants, — (for) ‘we would
ὑπηρετοῖμεν σοι οὐὐ ἕνεχα τοῦ μισθοῦ
"serve you not on-account-of — (our) pay
> \ ~ t

μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς χάριτος, ἧς,
alone, but also (on account of) the gratitude, which,
σωϑέντες ὑπὸ σοῦ, ἂν δικαίως ἔχομεν σοι
having-been-saved by you, ‘we might justly "have to-you.
Ἐμοὶ μὲν δὴ ἐνθυμουμένῳ πάντα ταῦτα

indeed — considering ἰδοῦν (thingy,
τὸ σὲ ἀπιστεὶν ὑμὶν doxel ivan

}the you to-distrust us [your distrusting us} seems to-be
οὕτω θαυμαστὸν, ὥςτε ἂν ἥδιστ᾽ καὶ ἀχούσαιμι

SO wonderful, that ‘I would most-gladly even ‘have-heard
τὸ ὄνομα τίς ἐστὶ οὕτω δεινὸς λέγειν,
the name (of him) — [who) is ΒΟ skilled to-speak,
ὥςτε λέγων πεῖσαι σε ὡς ἡμεῖς ἐπιδουλεύομεν
that speaking to-have-persuaded you that we are-conspiring
σοι. Κλέαρχος μὲν οὖν eine τοσαῦτα"
against-youv. Clearchus indeed therefore spoke in-this-manner '

λὲ Τισσαφέρνης ἀπημείφϑη ὧδε"

at Tissaphernes thus (as follows):

BOOK Il. — CHAPTER V. 149

᾿Αλλὰ μὲν, ὦ Κλέαρχε, ἥδομαι ἀχούων
But indeed, Ὁ Clearchus, I-am-delighted hearing (the,
φρονίμους λόγους σου" yap γιγνώσχων ταῦτα,
judicious discourse of-you; for knowing these
εἰ βουλεύος te xaxov ἐμοὶ,

{your sentiments), if you-were-to-plan any-thing evil against-me,

ἅ ἂν δοχεῖς μοι καὶ εἶναι καχόνους

at-the-same-time ‘you would ‘appear to-me even to-be evil-minded
σαυτῷ. A’ ὡς ἂν μάϑης, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐδὲ

to-yourself. But that ‘you may ‘learn, that you ‘do not

δικαίως ἀπιστοίητε οὔτε βασιλεὶ οὔτ᾽ ἐμοὶ,

justly ‘mistrust either (the) king or me,
ἀντάχουσον εἰ ἐδουλόμεϑα ἀπολέσαι ὑμᾶς
fi. ten-in-turn, if we-wished to-destroy you

doxoduev σοι ἀπορεῖν nAndovs ἱπσέων

wuether do-we-seem to-you to-want (the) multitude of-cavalry,

ἢ πεζῶν ἢ ὁπλίσεως ἐν ἡ ἂν εἴημεν ixavo.

or of-infantry or warlike-equipments by which ‘wemight ‘be able
Cs

μὲν βλάπτειν ὑμᾶς, δὲ οὐδεὶς χίνδυνο,,

indeed to-injure you, and (there would be) no danger

ἀντιπάσχειν; ᾿Αλλὰ ἂν δοχοῦμεν σοι ἀπορεῖν
to-undergo-in-return ? But might we-seem to-you (as) wanting
χωρίων ἐπιτηδείων ἐπιτίϑεσϑαι ὑμὶν; μὲν
places suitable to-attack you? (are there not) indeed
~ , 8 3 a € Ὁ Ul

τοσαῦτα πεδία ἃ οὐ ὄντα φίλια ὑμεὶς διαπορεύεσθε
so-many piains, which not being friendly you pass-through
σὺν πολλῷ πόνῳ, δὲ ὁρᾶτε τοσαῦτα
with much labour (and difficulty) and do-you-see the-many
ὄρη ὄντα πορευτέα ὑμὶν,

mountains | being to-be-crossed by-you, [that are to be crossed by you},

ἃ ἔξεστι ἡμὶν προχκαταλαδοῦσι

which it-is-allowed us after-having-previously-taken-possession (of them)
παρέχειν ἄπορα ὑμῖν, δ᾽ εἰσὶὺ τοσοῦτοι ποταμοι.
to-render impassable to-you, and are-there (not) so-many rivers

ἐφ᾽ ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι
et «which it-is-allowed us to-regulate (and determine)

150 THE ANAB/s.SIS OF XENOPHON.

ὅὁπώπος ὑμῶν ἂν βουλώμεϑα μάχεσϑαι; δὲ

with-how-many of-you ‘we might to-fight ? and
εἰσὶ αὐτῶν οὖς ἂν οὐδὲ διαθαίητε
are-tlere (not some) of-these (rivers) which ‘youcould not ‘cross
παντάπασι, εἶ ἡμεῖς μὴ διαπορεύοιμεν ὑμᾶς.

at-all, if we ‘did not ‘oross you ‘over

A’ εἰ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις ἡττῴμεϑα, ἀλλὰ
But if in all these (things) we-should-fail, but (then)

γέ τοι τό nip ἐστι χρεῖττον τοῦ καρποῦ"
at-least — — | fire is better (than) the fruit
XATOA-

(of the earth); [fire is master over the produce of the soil]; (for) burn-

χαύσαντες ὃν ἡμεὶς ἂν δυναίμεϑ᾽ ἀντιτάξαι λιμὸν
ing which we would be-able to-oppose famine

ὑμῖν, ᾧ ὑμεῖς, οὐδ᾽ εἰ εἴητε πάνυ ἀγαϑοὶ͵

to-you, against-which you, neither if you-were ever-so brave,

ἂν δύναισθε μάχεσϑαιι. lds οὖν ἄν, ἔχοντες
eould you-be-able to-contend. §How-then therefore if, having
φοσούτους πόρους πρὸς TO πολεμεῖν ὑμὶν

s0-maDy means | for the to-wage-war with-you, [for

καὶ μηδένα τούτων ἐπικίνδυνον
waging war with you], and none of-these dangerous

ἡμὶν, ἔπειτα ἂν ἐχ παντων τούτων ἐξελοίμεϑα
to-us, now-that ‘we should of all these ‘select
« ᾿ 8 4 3 a
τοῦτον tov τρόπον, ὃ μὲν μόνος ἀσεθής
this -- manner, which indeed alone (is) impious

πρὸς θεῶν, δὲ μόνος αἰσχρός πρὸς ἀνθρώπων;

before (the) gods, and alone (is) disgracetul before men?

Δὲ ἐστὶ παντάπασιν ἀπόρων
But ἱπὶδ altogether (the part of men) perplexed-by-difficultins,
καὶ ἀμηχάνων καὶ ἐχομένων ἀνάγκῃ, καὶ
and destitute-of-means, and held by-necessity, and

τούτων πονηρῶν, οἵτινες ἐθέλουσι
these (being) wicked (by nature), who desire

LUTEW τι τε δι ἐπιορχίας πρὸς , Beous,
to-effoct any-thing no only by perjury gods,

BOOK Il. — CHAPTER V. 15)

καὶ ἀπιστίας ἀνθρώπους. Ἡμεῖς, ὦ Κλέαρχε
but-alec perfidy τ: men. ᾿ We, a 0) Chota

3a, /

ἐσμέν οὐχ οὔτε οὕτως iis οὔτε ιοι.-
are nut (netther) (either) so inconsiderate (mor) (or) foolish.

- Σχχλᾷᾶ τί δὴ, ἐξὸν ἀπολέσαι ὑμᾶς,
But why truly, it-being-allowed (us) to-have-destroyed you, | did-'we

οὐχ ἤλθομεν ἐπὶ τοῦτο: tot

not ‘go to this? [why did we not attempt it}? know

εὖ, OTL ὁ αἴτιος τούτου ἐμὸς ἔ

well, that the cause of-this (was) my Gains, μι

τὸ γενέσθαι πιστὸν «οἷἱἷς Ἕλλησι,

the to-become [for becoming] (a) faithful (friend) to-the Greeks

xai ᾧ ἔξενικῷ Κῦρος ἀνέθη πιστεύων

and with-which foreign (force) Cyrus went-up trusting (them)

διὰ μισϑοδοσίας, τούτῳ

on-account-of aa pay-given (them), with- this (force) (it is for)

ἐμὲ xatabya ἰσχυρόν δι εὐεργεσίας.

me to-go-down strengthen on-account-of nefits (bestowed
Δὲ ὅσα ὑμεὶς ἔστε

on them). But (as respects) how-many-things (in which) you Are

χρήσιμοι μοι σὺ μὲν καὶ εἶπας τὰ,

aseful to-me you ‘have indeed even ‘mentioned — (some of them),

δὲ τὸ μέγιστον ἐγὼ οἷδα" γὰρ μὲν ἔξεστι
but the greatest (of all) I-myself know; for indeed it-is-allowed

όνῳ βασιλεὶ ἔχειν τὴν τιάραν ὀρθὴν ἐπὶ
alone ‘to(the) ‘king to-have the upright on

τῇ χεφαλῇ, & ἴσως, τὴν ἐπὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ,

head, but perhaps, — (that) on the heart,
ὑμῶν παρόντων, xai ἕτερος ἄν εὐπετῶς
you being-present (and assisting), even another may easily

ἔγοι.
ἐς (8ο.)

Εὐπὼν ταῦτα ἔδοξε τῷ Κλεάρχῳ λέγειν
Saying these (things) he-seemed to— Clear to-speak
ἀληϑῆ" καὶ einer: Οὐχ ovv, ἔφη,

the-truth ; and he-said- (Are) not (those) therefore, he-said

152 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

οἵτινες, τοιούτων εἰς φιλίαν ὑπαρχόντων
who, such-great (inducements) to friendship existing

ἡμῖν, διαθάλλοντες πειρῶνται ποιῆσαι ἥμας πολε:

to-us, calumniating endeavour to-make ini.

μίους εἶσι ἄξιοι παδεῖν τὰ
mical (toone another) are (they not) worthy to-suffer the

ἔσχατα; Καὶ ἐγὼ μὲν γε ἔφη 6
extreme (of punishment)? And I indeed at-least said —

Τισσαφέρνης, εἰῇ τε οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ ot

Tissaphernes, if ‘you as-also the generals and the

λοχαγοὶ βούλεσϑε ἐλϑεῖν μοι ἐν τῷ ἐμφανεὶ,
captains come to-me in — (a) public

λέξω τοὺς λέγοντας πρὸς ἐμὲ, ὡς

(manner), I-will-mention — (those) telling me, that
σὺ ἐπιδουλεύεις ἐμοὶ καὶ TH στρατιᾷ σὺν ἐμοὶ.

you are-conspiring-against me, δὰ the army with me.

Δὲ ἐγὼ, ἔφη ὁ Κλέαρχος, ἄξω πάντας,
And — Clearchus, will-bring (them) all,

καὶ ad δηλώσω σοὶ, dev ἐγὼ ἀχούω
and ‘I in-return ‘will-declare to-you, whence I hear (reports)

περὶ σοῦ. “Ex τούτων δὴ τῶν λόγων ὁ Twoa-
about you. After _ these — — #£speeches — Tissa-

/

ς φιλοφρονούμενος τότε τε

phernes treating-him-in-a-friendly-and-courteous-manner, then not-only

μὲν ἐχέλευσε αὐτὸν μένειν, καὶ ἐποιήσατο

indeed requested him to-remain, but-also made-him (a)
σύνδειπνον. Δὲ τῇ votepia ὁ Κλέαρχος,
companion-at-supper. But on- the following-day Clearohus,
ἐλδὸν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον, ἦν δῆλός τ᾽
going to the camp, was evidently not-only
οἰόμενος τὸν Τισσαφέρνην ἦν πάνυ φιλικῶς
thinking (that) — Tissaphernes was very kindly
διαχεῖσνιαι, καὶ ἀπήγγελλεν ἃ ἐχεῖνος
affected (towards him), but-also announced what he
ἔλεγεν᾽ ἔφη τε χρῆναι ἰέναι παρὰ

4ad-mentioned ; he-said (that) not-only (those) ought to-go te

BOOK II. —CHAPTER V. 158

Τισσαφέρνην, οὗς ἐχέλευσε, χαὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων»
Tissaphernes, whom he-called, but-also (those) of-the Greeks,

of ἂν ἐλεγχϑῶσι διαδάλλοντες,

who might be-convicted (as) calumniating (their countrymen’,

αὐτοὺς τιμωρηθῆναι ὡς ὄντας προδότας καὶ

(that) those punished as being traitors and

κακόνους τοὶς “Ἕλλησι. Δὲ ὑπώπτευε Μένωνα
evil-disposed to-the Greeks. For he-suspected (that) Menon
εἶναι τὸν διαθάλλοντα, xai εἰδὼς αὐτὸν

was the calumniator, even having-known him (88)
συγγεγενημένον Τισσαφέρνει μετ᾽ ᾿Αρωαίου,
having-been-with Tiseaicles (in company) with Arisous,

καὶ στασιάζοντα αὐτῷ xai ἐπιδουλεύοντα,
both (as) forming-a-party against-himself, and (as) intriguing,

ὅπως λαθὼν τὸ ἅπαν στράτευμα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν
ΟΥ̓

so-that having-secured the entire himeelf
Ν φίλος Τισσαφέρνε. Δὲ xai ὁ Κλέ-:

i
he-might-be (a) friend fae a κιδια But also — Cle-

apyos ἐθούλετο τὸ ἅπαν στράτευμα ἔχειν τὴν

archus wished the entire army to-have --

μην πρὸς ταν τ»! χαὶ τοὺς υ-

(their) tae and — (those) molest-

ποῦντας εἶναι neering Δὲ τινες τῶν στρατιωτῶν
ing to-be removed-away. But some of-the soldiers

ἀντέλεγον αὐτῷ, πάντας τοῦς λοχα-
spoke-in-opposition to-him, (Clearchus], (that) all the cap-

γοὺς καὶ στρατηγούς μὴ i ἔναι, μηδὲ
and generals ‘should not ‘go, (and that) ie

πιστεύειν Τισσαφέρν ει. Δὲ ὁ Κλέαρχος χατέτεινεν
should-they-trust ie Vace But — Clearchus contended

ἰσ ς ἔστε διεπράξατο μὲν πέντε στρατηγους
ἰσχυρῶς until he-obtained indeed five ρα i debe

δὲ εἴχοσι λοχαγούς ἰέναι" δὲ καὶ τῶν
and twenty captains o-go (with him); and also (some) »f-the

}o4 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἄλλων στρατιωτῶν ὡς διαχόσιοι συνηχολούϑησαν
other soldiers about two-hundred followed
ὡς εἰς ἀγορὰν.
as-if (going) to market.
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐπὶ ταὶς θύραις ταὶς Twoa-
When indeed they-were at the gates of — Tissa-

φέρνους, οἱ στρατηγοὶ μὲν παρεχλήϑησαν εἴσω,
phernes, the generals indeed were-invited within,

Πρόξενος Βοιώτιος, Μένων Θετταλὸς,
(these were) Proxenus (the) Beeotian, Menon (the) Thessalian,
Aywas ᾿Αρχάς, Κλέαρχος Λάχων, Σω-
Agias (the) Arcadian, Clearchus (the) Lacedswmonian, (and) So-
χράτης ᾿Αχαιός: δὲ of λοχαγοὶ ἔμενον ἐπὶ
crates (the) Achman; but the captains remained at
ταὶς θύραις. Ov πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον, ἀπὸ τοῦ
the gates. Not long indeed after, at the
αὐτοῦ σημείου, τ᾽ οἱ ἔνδον ξυνελαμθάνοντο
same signal, not-only — (those) within were-seized,

xai ol ἔξω χατεχόπησαν. Δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα
out-also — (those) without were-killed. And after this
τινὲς τῶν ἱππέων βαρθάρων, ἔλαύνοντες διὰ
some of-the cavalry ‘of (the) ‘barbarians, riding through
τοῦ πεδίου ᾧτινι Ἕλληνι ἐντυγχάνοιεν, ἢ
the plain ; whatever Greek they-might-meet, either
δούλῳ ἢ ἐλευϑέρῳ ἔκτεινον πάντας. Δὲ οἱἵ
slave or freeman they-killed (them) all, But the
Ἕλληνες ὁρῶντες éx τοῦ στρατοπέδου τήν
Greeks observing from the camp — (this)
ἱππασίαν αὐτῶν τε ESavuacoy, καὶ ἡμφιγνόουν
riding-about of-them ‘were not-only ‘astonished, but-also doubted
3 ΚΟΥ ‘ 4 9 ‘ τ ,
ὅ τι ἐποίουν, πρὶν Nixapyos ᾿Αρχὰς yxe φεύγων,
what they-were-doing, until Nicarchus(an) Arcadian came fleeing.
A 3 A 4 ‘ δὴ A
TETPWUEVOS εἰς τὴν YAOTENPA, XML ἔχων TA
seivg-pierced in the belly, | and = having the
ἔντερα ἐν ταὶς χερσὶ,
‘ntestines iv — (his) hands, {and holding back the intestines with hir

BOOK II. — CHAPTER Y. 155
καὶ εἶπε πάντα τὰ hide Ἔχ τούτο
ΔΒ 45], and related ali — (that) had-occurred. Upon this
by οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔϑεον ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα πάντες
indeed the Greeks ran to — (their) arms all
ἐχπεπιληγμένοι, χαὶ νομίζοντες
being-struck (with consternation), and thinking (that)
αὐτοὺς αὐτίχα ἥξειν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον.
they ‘will immediately ‘cume against the camp.
Oi πάντες δὲ οὐχ ἤλδον, δὲ ᾿Αριαῖος καὶ
— All indeed ‘did not ‘go, but (only) Arisous and
᾿Αρτάοζος καὶ MiSpadarys, of ἦσαν πιστότατοι
Artaozus and Mithradates, who were the-most-faithful
Κύρῳ: δὲ 6 ἑρμηνεὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔφη χαὶ
to-Cyrus; butthe interpreter of-the Greeks said (that) also
ὁρᾶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν Τισσαφέρνους σὺν αὐτοῖς,
he-saw the brother of-Tissaphernes with them,
καὶ γιγνώσχει»" δὲ xai ἄλλοι Περσῶν
and (that) he-knew (him); and also others ‘of (the) ‘Persians
εἰς τριαχοσίους τεϑωρακισμένοι ξυνηχο-
to-the-number-of —three-hundred equipped-with-corselets accom-
Aovsovy. Οὗτοι, ἐπεὶ ἦσαν ἐγγὺς, ἐκέλευον, εἰ
panied-them. These, when they-were near, requested, if
etn ἢ τις στρατηγὸς ἢ λοχαγὸς τῶν
there-were either any gene or captain of-the
Ἑλλήνων, προσελϑεῖν, ἵνα ἀπαγγείλωσι
Greeks, (them) to-come-forth, that they-may-deliver-a-message
τὰ παρὰ βασιλέως. Meta ταῦτα στρατηγοὶ
— from (the) king. After this (the) genera!s
τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέν Κλεάνωρ ὌὈρχομένιος καὶ
of-the Greeks, namely Cleanor (the) Orchomenian, ana

Lopaivetos Στυμφάλιος, ἐξήλϑον φυλαττόμενοι,

Sophenetus (the) Stymphalian, went-forth guarded
Ξενοφῶν ᾿Αϑηναῖος δὲ ξὺν

(and with precaution), Xenophon (the) Athenian (went) also with
αὐτοῖς, ὅπως μάϑοι τὰ περὶ Προξένου"

tham, that he-might-learn — (something) about Proxenus

156 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

(Χειρίσοφος δ᾽ ἐτύγχανεν ἀπὼν ἐν Tin
(Cheirisophus — | happened being-absent [was absent] at a

κώμῃ ξὺν ἄλλοις ἐπισιτιζόμενος) Δὲ ἐπεὶ

village with others seeking-for-provisions.) But when

ἔστησαν sis ἐπήχοον, ᾿Αριαῖος εἷπε τάδε"
they-stood in hearing (distance) Arisus spoke thus:

Κλέαρχος fond) ὦ ἄνδρες Ἕλληνες, ἐπεὶ τε
Clearchus men Greeks, since ‘he not-only
ἐφάνη ἐπιορχῶν, χαὶ λύων τὰς σπονδὰς
‘appeared committing-perjury, but-also breaking the truce,
Eyer τὴν δίην καὶ τέϑνηχε" δὲ
has-received — (his) just-punishment, and died ; but
Πρόξενος χαὶ Μένων, ὅτι κατήγγειλαν τὴν
Proxenus and Menon, because they-denounced the
ἐπιθουλήν, εἰσιν ἐν μεγάλῃ τιμῇ. Δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς
plot, are in great honour. nd the king
ἀπαιτεὶ ὑμᾶς τὰ ὅπλα" γὰρ φησίν εἶναι
demands of-you — (your) arms; for says-he | to-be
αὑτοῦ ἐπείπερ ἦσαν Κύρου

of-him [they are his] | because they-were of-Cyrus [because they be

τοῦ δούλου ἐχείνου.

longed to Cyrus] the slave (and subject) of-himself.
Πρὸς ταῦτα οἱ Ἕλληνες ἀπεχρίναντο (δὲ

this the answer (for
Κλεάνωρ ὃ Ὀρχομένιος ἔλεγε) " *Q. *Apuale
Cleanor the Orchomenian spoke) (forthem): 0 Arisous,
κάκιστε ἀνθρώπων καὶ οἵ ἄλλοι ὅσοι ἧἦτε φίλοι
most-wicked of-men, and the others as-many-as were frends
Κύρου οὐχ αἰσχύνεσθε οὔτε θεοὺς
of-Cyrus, do-"you not ‘respect (netther) (either) (the) gods
οὔτ ἀνϑρώπους, οἴτινες ὁμόσαντες νομιεῖν τοὺς
(πον) (or) men, who having-sworn to-consider -

αὐτοὺς φίλους καὶ ἐχϑροὺς ἡμῖν,

those friends and enemies to-us (to be the same to you),

προδόντες ἡμᾶς σὺν Τισσαφέρνει τῷ ἀϑεωνάτῳ

betraying Tissaphernes the most-godless

BOOK II. — CHAPTER V. 157

τε καὶ nNavoupyotatw, ἀπολωλέχατε Te τοῦς
and also most-crafty, you-have-destroyed not-only the

αὐτούς ἄνδ οἷς ὥὦμνυτε, καὶ προδεδω-
αὐτοὺς a ie : ΕΟ sagen but-also deserting-and-be-
χότες ὑμᾶς τοὺς ἄλλους ἔρχεσθε

traying | us other us, who are left] have-come
3.9

ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς Evy τοὶς πολεμίοις; Δὲ ὁ ᾿Αριαῖος

against us with — (our) enemies? But — Arisoun

eine’ Tap Κλέαρχος φανερὸς ἐγένετο πρόσϑεν

eaid . For Clearchus evidently before

ἐπιθουλεύων Τισσαφέρνει ve καὶ ὍὈρόντᾳ καὶ
glotting-azainst Tissaphernes rontes

ἡμῖν πᾶσιν ξὺν τοῖς tovros. “En τούτοις
wgainst-us_ all with - these. After

Ἐενοφῶν eine τάδε Κλέαρχος μὲν τοίνυν, εἶ

Xenophon spoke _ thus: Clearchus indeed therefor, if
ἔλυε τᾶς σπονδάς παρὰ τοὺς ὅὄρχους ἔ ει

he-has-broken the truce contrary to — (his) oaths he-

τὴν δίχην" γὰρ δίκαιον ἀπόλλυσϑωι

-- (his) just-punishment; for it-is-just to-destroy
TOUS ἐπιορχοῦντας᾽" δὲ Πρόξενος χαὶ Μένων

— (those) perjuring-themselves; but roxenus and-also Menon

ἐπείπερ εἰσὶν μὲν ὑμέτεροι εὐεργέται, δὲ ἡμέτεροι

since they-are indeed your benefactors, and
στρατηγοὶ, πέμψατε αὐτοὺς δεῦρο. γὰρ δῆλον,

generals, them hither; for (it is) clear,

ὅτι, ὄντες γε φίλοι ἀμφοτέροις, πειράσονται
that, being at-least friends to-bo (parties), they-will-endeavow

ξυμθουλεύειν τὰ βέλτιστα καὶ ὑμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν.

to-advise the best both for-you and for-us,
Πρὸς ταῦτα οἵ βά apo. διαλεχϑέντες πολὺν
After ey having-conversed for-a-long

χρόνον Badin pares ἀποχρινάμενοι οὐδὲν.
time § with-one-another, departed, having-answered nothing.

158 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

CHAPTER VI.

Οἱ στρατηγοί μὲν δὴ, οὕτω ληφϑέντες,

Tus = generals indeed, taken (prisoners),
ἀνήχϑησαν ὡς ΠΣ τε καὶ τάς
were-taken-up to (the) king, and ‘having — (their)
κεφαλὰς ἀποτμηϑέντες ἐτελεύτησαν. εἷς μὲν

‘cut-off died ; one indeed

αὐτῶν Κλέαρχος ὁμολογουμένως é&x ποτὸν τῶν
of-them Clearchus by-general-account of

ἐχόντων ἐμπείρως αὐτοῦ, δόξας
(those) having experimentally (a knowledge) of-him, | having-appeared
γενέσθαι ἀνὴρ xai ἐσχάτως πολεμιχὸς
to-be [seemed to be] (a) man both extremely addicted-to-war
καὶ φιλοπόλεμος. Tap καὶ δὴ

and fond-of-military (affairs and enterprises). For alzo truly
ἕως μὲν ἦν πόλεμος τοὶς Λακεδαιμονίοις

as-long-as indeed there-was war with-the Lacedzmonians
πρὸς τοὺς ᾿Αϑηναίους, παρέμενε.

against the Athenians, he-r-mained (with the Lacedsmonians).
Δὲ ἐπεὶ εἰ ρήνη ἐγένετο πείσας «τὴν πόλιν
But when peace took-place | having-persuaded the city
αὑτοῦ ὡς οἱ Θρᾷκες
of-himself [having persuaded Sparta, his city,] that the Thracians
ἀδικοῦσι τοὺς “Ἕλληνας, καὶ διαπραξάμενος
were-committing-injuries on-the Greeks, and having-obtained

ὡς ἐδύνατο napa τῶν Ἔφό
as-well-as he-could from the has (the means to carry

ἐξέπλει ὡς πολεμήσων τοῖς Θρᾳξίν
en the war) he-sailed as about-making-war against-the Thracians

ὑπὲρ Χεῤῥονήσου xai Περίνϑου. Δὲ ἐπεὶ oi
above (the) Chersonesus and Perinthus. But when the

ἝἜΦοροι πως μεταγνόντες, αὐτοῦ ὄντος
Vphori ‘having some-how ‘changed-their-minds, he being

BOOK II. — CHAPTER VI. 15$

ἤδη ἕξω, ἐπειρῶντο ἀποσι ρβέφειν αὐτὸν
aow without (their jurisdiction), they-endeavoured to-'turn him

ἐξ ᾿Ισϑμοῦ, évtaisa οὐχέτε πείϑεται,
back from (the) Isthmus, there he-‘did not-any-longer ‘obey,
ἀλλ᾽ πλέων ᾧχετο εἰς ὩἙἙλλήσποντον᾽
but sailing (away) he-proceeded to (the) Hellespont,
Καὶ ἐχ τούτου ἐθανατώϑη ὑπὸ τῶν τελῶν
And for this he-was-condemned-to-death by the magistrates

ἐν τῇ Σπάρτῷ; ὡς ἀπειϑῶν. Δὲ ὧν ἤδη

in -- as being-disobedient. Βυὶ being now (an)

φυγὰς, ἔρχεται πρὸς ii χαὶ μὲν ὁποίοις
exile, he-goes and indeed by-whas
οις ἔπεισε. Κῦρον é
thee (and means) he-persuaded fee Whi A sibs
ἄλλῃ᾽" δὲ Κῦρος δίδωσι αὐτῷ μυρίους
in-another-place; and Cyrus gave him _ ten-thousand
Sapexovs. Δὲ ὁ λαδὼν οὐχ ἐτράπετα
darics. And who taking (this sum) ‘did not ‘turn-himeelf
ἐπὶ ῥᾳθυμίαν, ἀλλ᾽ συλλέξας στρατεῦμο and

idleness, but having-collected (an)

τούτων τῶν χρημάτων, ἐπολέμει τοὶς Opa

this-same _— money, he-made-war with-the Thracians,

καὶ te ἑνίχησε μάχῃ, καὶ δὴ ἔφερε καὶ
and not-only conquered (them) τ coll but-also — took-away and

nye ἀπὸ τούτου 'χούτους, καὶ διεγένετο

1ed-away frum this (country) all-things, and _he-continued

πολεμῶν, μέχ ιἔχρι Κῦρος ἐδεήθη τοῦ ᾿στράτει ate

fighting, Cyrus needed — (his army;

dé τότε annadser ὡς αὖ πολε-
and then departed (to go to him) that (he might be)agair making-

μήσων ξὺν ἐχείνῳ.

war with him.
Aoxei μι σταῦτα οὖν εἶναι ἔργα
It-seems to-me (that) these therefore were (the) oompations
φιλοπολέμου, ὅςτις ἐξὸν μὲν ἔχει

»f-one-fond-cf-war, who when-it-was-allowed-him indeed tc-have

160 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

εἰρήνην ἄνευ αἰσχύνης καὶ βλάδης, αἱρεῖται

peace without shame and detriment, e-chose

πολεμεῖν, δὲ ἐξὸν ῥᾳϑυμεὶῖν,

to-make-war, and when-it-was-allowed-him to-lead-a-life-of-indolence,

βούλεται πονεῖν ὥςτε πολεμεῖν

’
he-wished to-undergo-severe-labour so-as to-be-engaged-in-war (with ite

δὲ ἐξὸν ἔχειν χρήματα

toils and adventures), und when-it-was-allowed-him to-have

ἀχινδύνως, αἱρεῖται πολεμῶν ποιεῖν ταῦτα
without-danger, he-chose making-war to-make these riches)

μείονα. Δὲ éxeivos dere δαπανᾶν εἰς πόλεμον
less. But he desired to-spend-his-money in

ὥςπερ εἰς παιδικὰ ἢ εἰς τινὰ
as (he might have spent it) on (a) beloved-object, or on any

ἄλλην ἡδονὴν. οὕω μὲν ἦν φιλοπόλεμος.

other pleasure ; so ‘fond indeed was-he ‘of-war

Δὲ ad ἐδόκει εἶναι πολεμιχὸς ταύτῃ, ὅτι
And again he-appeared to-be _fitted-for-war in-this, that

ve ἦν φιλοχίνδυνος, χαὶ ἄγων ἐπὶ τοὺς
not-only he-was fond-of-danger, | but-also marching against the

πολεμίους,
enemy, {but was always ready to lead his army against the enemy],

xai ἡμέρας καὶ νυχτὸς, καὶ ἐν toils δεινοὶς
both by-day and night, and = in -- danger (was)

φρόνιμος, ὡς ol ες

LAA μας ΕΝ Oe as — (those) being-present (with him)
πανταχοῦ πάντες ὡμολόγουν. Καὶ δ᾽ ἐλεγέτο
in-any-place confessed. And also he-was-said

εἶναι ἀρχικὸς ὡς δυνατὸν ἐχ τοῖ
to-be qualified-for-commanding in-as-much-as he-could-be from —

Towvtov στρότου, οἷον κἀκεῖνος εἶχεν. Γὰρ

such (a) disposition, as even-he For
μὲν ἦν ἱχανὸς, ὡς καὶ τις ἄλλος, φροντίζειν,
indeed he-was capable, (more) than even any other, to-take-care

ὅπως mn στρατιὰ ἕξει τὰ ἐπιτήδεια αὐτῷ, καὶ
bow army would have provisions for-iteelf, and

BOOK II. —CHAPTEA fi. 161
παρασχευάζειν ταῦτα δὲ καὶ ἱχανὸς ἐμσίον
to- procure the-same; and also (he was) capable to-im-

ἦσαι τοὶς παροῦσιν, ὡς Κλεάρχῳ ely πειστέον.
press ΟἿ “--- [[080)ὺ present, that Clearchus was to-be-obeyed

Δὲ τοῦτο ἐποίει éx τοῦ εἶναι χαλεπὸς '
And |this δο-οἤοοϊοα from --- (that) — to-be severe ;

γὰρ καὶ ὁρᾶν ἦν
(this he effected by his severity]; for even to-look-at he-was
στυγνὸς, χαὶ τῇ φωνῇ τραχὺς" τε
gloomy-and-stern, and in --- (his) voice harsh ; "he not-only

3.4 > foe “« ᾿ 9 ἢ 3 Ἂν

ἀεὶ ἐχόλαζέ ἱσχυρῶς, καὶ ἐνίοτε ὀργῇ,

always punished severely, but-also sometimes in-anger, so (that)
καὶ ἔσϑ᾽ ὅτε μεταμέλειν αὐτῷ. Kai δ᾽ ἐχόλαζε
even ‘he sometimes *repented himeelf. | And also he-punished
Γνώμῃ" γὰρ ἡγεῖτο ἀχολάστου
eccording-to-rule (or on principle); for he-thought an-undisciplined
στρατεύματος εἷναι οὐδὲν Aeros. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ
army to-be (of) no use. But even
»ἬἉ

ἔφασαν αὐτὸν λέγειν, ὡς δέοι τὸν
they-said (that) he (used) to-say, that it-becomes __ the
ΠΡΟ τ ory φοθεῖσϑαι «τὸν ἄρχοντα μᾶλλον
soldier to-fear — (his) commander more
ἢ στοὺς πολεμίους, εἰ μέλλοι ἢ φυλάξειν
than the enemy, if -'would either "keep
φυλαχὰς, ἢ ἀφέξεσθαι φίλων, ἤ
guard ‘well, or abstain-from (doing injury to) friends, or
ἰέναι ἀπροφασίστως πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους. Μὲν
go wi

out-hesitation against the enemy. Indeed

ow ἐν τοὶς δεινοὶς

therefore in — dangerous-and-frightful-circumstances (the soldiers}
σφόδρα ἤϑελον ἀκχούειν αὐτοῦ, καὶ

‘were exceedingly ‘willing to-listen-to (and obey) him, and

οἱ στρατιῶται οὐκ ἡροῦντο ἄλλον᾽

the soldiers ‘did not ‘wish-for another (commander),
xai ἔφασαν τότε τὸ στρυγνὸν ἐν τοις

for indeed they-said (that) then the gloomy-sternness in the

162 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ςὥποις αὐτοῦ φαίνεσϑαι φαιδρὸν, καὶ
countenance of-him appeared cheerful-and-animated, and

τὸ χαλεπὸν ἐδόκει εἶναι ἐῤῥωμένον
— (his) severity seemed to-be what-was-strong-in-courage against

τοὺς πολεμίους " ὥςτε᾽ ἐφαίνετο
the enemy so-that (his countenance) appeared (indicative of}

σωτήριον, χαὶ οὐχέτι χαλεπόν. Δ᾽ ὅτε

eaving-and-protecting, and no-longer severe. But when

γένοιντο ἔξω tod δεινοῦ, καὶ ἐξείη
they-were out-of — danger, and it-might-be-allowed-them

ἀπιέναι πρὸς ἄλλους ἀρχομένους

to-go others | as-persons-having-been-commanded, [as

πολλοὶ ἀπέλειπον autov' yap εἶχεν ovx
soldiers], many left him ; for he-had no

TO ἐπίχαρι, ἀλλ ἦν ἀεὶ χαλεπὸς

agreeableness (ΟΥ manners), but he-was always stern

xal @uds* ὥςτε οἱ στρατιῶται διέχειντο
and unfeeling; so-that the soldiers were-affected towards

αὐτὸν ὥςπερ παῖδες πρὸς διδάσκαλον. Kal
boys towards (their) teacher. And

yap οὖν οὐδέποτε εἶχεν ἑπομένους
-- therefore ‘he ΘΥ͂ΘΣ *had (those) following (him)

φιλίᾳ χαὶ μὲν εὐνοίᾳ" δὲ
through-friendship (or) even indeed being-well-disposed-towards-him ; but

οἶτινες ἢ τεταγμένοι ὕπὸ πόλεως,
those-who either had-been-ordered (to the service) by (the) state,

ἢ χατεχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ δεῖσθαι, ἢ τινὶ ἄλλῃ

or being-compelled by -- want, or any other
ἀνάγκῃ παρείησαν αὐτῷ ἐχρῆτο

necessity, might-be-with him, he-made-use-of (as) ‘being
σφόδρα πειϑομένοι. Δὲ ἐπεὶ ἤρξαντο νιχᾶ
ee ‘obedient. And _ when ee to-conquer
Evy αὐτῷ τοὺς πολεμίους, ἤδη ἦν τὰ ποιοῦντα
ander him the enemy, | now were the doings
μεγὰλα τοὺς στρατιώτας

great [180 opportunities were then great] ‘for the ‘soldiers

BOOK I. — CHAPTER VI. 168

συν αὐτῷ εἶναι χρησίμους. yap te τὸ ἔχειν
with him to-be useful-and- good ; Pron not-only the to-have
θαῤῥαλέως πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους παρῆν,

confidently against the enemy was-present (to them),

[for they had a perfect feeling of confidence, in their minds, against the

xat τὸ φοθεῖσθαι τὴν τιμωρίαν

enemy], but-also | the to-fear [the fear οἵ] — punishment
ἑχείνου ἐποίει αὐτοὺς εὐτάμετους. Τοιοῦτος

from him made them well-disciplined. Such
μὲν dn ἦν Gpyav: δὲ ἐλέγετο οὐκ ἐθέλειν
truly — was-he commanding; but he-was-said not to-wish

μάλα ἄρχεσθαι ἄλλων. Δὲ ἦν, ὅτε ἐτε:
much to-be-commanded by-others. And he-was, when he
λεύτα, ἀμφὶ τὰ πεντήχοντα ἔτη.
died, about — fifty (years of ) age.
Πρόξενος δὲ ὁ Βοιώτιος ὧν εὐθὺς μὲν
Proxenus indeed the Beeotian (when) being just indeed (only Δ)
μειράκιον, ἐπεϑύμει γενέσθαι ἀνὴρ ixavds
youth, desired to-become (a) man capable
rTTEw τὰ μεγάλα" xal διὰ ταύτην τὴν
to-perform — great-thing; and through this-same -
ἐπιϑυμίαν ἔδωχε ἀργύριον Γοργίᾳ τῷ Λεοντίνῳ.
desire he-gave money to-Gorgias the Leontinian
᾿Επεὶ δὲ συνεγένετο ἐχείνῳ,
(for instruction). When indeed he-had-been-with him (some time),
γομίσας εἶναι ἤδη ἱχανὸς καὶ ἄρχειν,
baving-thought (himself) to-be now qualified both to-command,
xai ὧν φίλος τοῖς πρώτοις
and, being (a) friend _to-the first (or chief men, that) he-‘might
μὴ ἡττᾶσθαι εὐεργετῶν, ἦλϑεν εἰς ταύτας τὰς
not ‘be-inferior in-conferring-benefits, he-went on these-same —.
ake σὺν Κύρῳ᾽ καὶ ᾧετω χτήσεσϑα.
jdoings (expeditions) with Cyrus; and thought to-acquire

ἐχ τούτω. μέγα ὄνομα, καὶ μεγάλην δύναμιν,
from __this (8) great name, = and great power,

164 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON,

καὶ πολλά χρήματα. A’ ἐπιθυμῶν τοσούτων
and = much money. But desiring these-same (thingz}

σφόδρα, καὶ ad εἷχεν ἔνδηλον, ὅτι

ae ae tr *he also on-the-other-hand ‘had (this) evident, that ‘he

dy ϑέλοι κτᾶσθαι οὐδὲν τούω μετὰ ἀδιχίας,
might ‘wish to-acquire nothing of-these (things) by unjust-means,

ἀλλὰ eto τούτων δεῖν τυγχάνειν σὺν
but he-thought (that) such-things ought to-be-acquired by

τῷ δικαίῳ χαὶ καλῷ, δὲ ἄνευ τούτων
just and honourable (means), but without these

ή. "Hy δὲ δυνατὸς ἄρχειν καλῶν

μ

not (at all). He-was indeed competent to-command orderly -
᾿ 9 ~ οος [2 3 e 4) 3 ~

χαὶ ἀγαθῶν. μέντοι οὐχ ἱκανὸς ἐμποιῆσαι τοὶς

and good (men); however not capable to-impress the

στρατιώταις ἑαυτοῦ οὔτ᾽ αἰδῶ οὔτε
soldiers of-himself (neither) (either) with-respect (nor) (or)

φόθον, ἀλλὰ καὶ μᾶλλον ἠσχύνετω τοὺς
fear, but he-'was even more ‘in-awe (of) — (his)
σιρατιώτας, ἢ ob ἀρχόμενοι

soldiers, than those ‘under (his) ‘command (were of)

éxeivov' xail ἦν φανερὸς μᾶλλον φοθούμενος

him ; and he-was evidently fearing

τὸ ἀπεχϑάνεσθαι τοὶς στρατιώταις,
| the to-be-hated — (by his) soldiers, {the hatred

ἢ οἱ στρατιῶται TO ἀπιστεῖν ἐχείνῳ.

ef his soldiers], | than the soldiers the to-disobey him
Δὲ @eto Lpxety

[than his soldiers were to disobey him]. And he-thought (it) to-be-sufficient
πρὸς τὸ ἀρχικὸν καὶ δοχεῖν εἶναι ἐπαινεῖν

for — commanding, and to-seem to-be (80) to-praise
μὲν τὸν ποιοῦντα κχαλῶς, δὲ μὴ ἐπαινεῖν
deed — (him) acting well, but not to-praise
τὸν ἀδικοῦντα. Τοιγαροῦν μὲν τῶν
— (him) acting-improperly. Therefore indeed of — (those)
e ‘ 4 3 4. τ'ὶ
τυνόντων οἱ μὲν χαλοί τε χἀγαδοὶ ἦσαν

@with-him — (such) indeed (as were) orderly and also-gond were

BOOK II. —CHAPTER VI. 165

εὖνοι αὐτῷ, δὲ οἱ ἄδικοι ἐπεθούλευον
attached to-him, but — (such as were) wicked plotted-against (him)

ὡς ὄντι εὐμεταχειρίστῳ Ae ὅτε ἀπέϑνησχεν ἦν

as being easily-managed. And when he-died he-was
ὡς τριάχοντα ἐτῶν.
about {ἐγ years (of age).
Δὲ Μένων ὁ Θετταλὸς ἦν δῆλος μὲν ἐπιϑιυμῶ»
But Menon the Thessalian was evidently indeed desiring
ἰσχυρῶς πλουτεῖν, δὲ ἐπιθυμῶν ἄρχειν ὅπως
vehemently to-become-rich, and desiring to-command so-that
Aaubavor πλείω, δὲ ἐπιϑυμῶν τιμᾶσθαι ἵνα

he-might-take more, and desiring to-be-honoured in-order-that

xepdaivor πλείω" ἐδούλετο τε μέγιστα εἷναι φίλος

he-might-gain more; he-wished — most-of-all to-be (a) friend
τοὶς δυναμένοις, iva ἀδιχῶν ;
to-the powerful, in-order-that acting-unjustly }he-'might not
διδοίη δίκην. Ἐπὶ δὲ τὸ
‘give justice [he might not be punished]. | Towards indeed the
κατεργάζεσθαι ὧν ἐπιϑυμοίη, ᾧετο

to-accomplish § [for a omplishing] of-what he-might-desire, he-thought

συντομωτάτην ὁδὸν εἶναι τε διὰ τοῦ ἐπιορκεῖν,
the-shortest way to-be not-only through |the to-perjure,

χαὶ ψεύδεσθαι χαὶ ἐξαπατᾶν"
({perjury], but-also | to-lie [falsehood] and | to-deceive [deceit],

δ᾽ ἐνόμιζε τὸ ἁπλοῦν καὶ τὸ ἀληϑὲς εἶναι τὸ

but he-considered — sincerity and — truth to-be the
αὑτὸ τῷ ἡλιϑίῳ. Δὲ μὲν ἦν φανερὸς στέργων
same with — folly. And indeed he-was evidently having-affection

οὐδένα, ὅτῳ δὲ aim εἶναι φίλος, τούτῳ

for-no-one, to-whom indeed he-seemed to-be (a) friend, against-this-one

ἐγίγνετο ἔνδηλος ἐπιθουλεύων. Καὶ

he-was evident (as) plotting (mischief). And indeed
xateyéAa οὐδενὸς πολεμίου, δὲ ἀεὶ διελέγετο
he-derided no enemy, but ‘he always ‘conversed

τῶν πάντω, συνόντων ὡς κατα:
- witb-ulJ (those) | being-abou‘-him [his associates] as-if ridi.

166 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.
γελῶν. Καὶ μὲν «οἷς κτήμασιν τῶν
culing (them). And indeed against-the property of — (his

πολεμίων οὐχ ἐπεθούλευε, γὰρ ᾧετο
enemies he-‘formed no ‘designa, for he-thought (it)

εἶναι χαλεπὸν λαμθάνειν τὰ τῶν φυλατ-
to-be difficult to-take the (property) of — (those) guard-
τομένων᾽ δὲ όνος ᾧετο εἰδέναι ὄν
ing (it); | but (he) alone he-thought to-know (it) being

ῥᾷστον λαμδάνειν τὰ ἀφύλαχτα.
easy to-take the unguarded (but he thought that

he alone knew that it was easy to take the unguarded property of friends).
Kai ὅσους μὲν αἰσθάνοιτο ἐπιόρχους καὶ ἀδίχους

And as-many-as indeed he-might-perceive perjured and unjus¢
épobeito ὡς εὖ ὡπλισμένους, δὲ ois
he-feared aswell armed (against him), but the

ὁσίοις καὶ ἀσκοὐσὶν ἀλήϑειαν ἐπειρᾶτο χρῆσϑαι
pious and those-practising truth he-endeavoured easter

ὡς ἀνάνδροι. Ae ὥςπερ τις ἀγάλλεται ἐπὶ

as weak-persons. And ag any-one prides-himself on

θεοσεθείᾳ, καὶ ἀληϑείᾳ, καὶ δικαιότητι, οὕτω

religion, and truth, and justice,

Μένων ἠγάλλετο δύνασθαι τῷ ἐξαπατᾶν, τῷ
Menon prided-himself to-be-able -- to-deceive,
πλάσασϑαι ψευδῆ, τῷ διαγελᾶν φίλους" δὲ
to-devise falsehoods, — to-sneer-at friends; and (that)
τὸν μὴ πανοῦργον

— (he who was) not ready-to-do-any-thing (of a villanous nature for his
> \ 9 3 “ 9
ἀεὶ ἐνόμιζεν εἶναι τῶν anor

own advantage) ‘he always ‘considered to-be of-the un-

δεύτων. Καὶ map’ οἷς μὲν ἐπεχείρει

taught (andignorant). And with whom indeed he-endeavoured
’ , 4 »

εὔειν Φιλιᾳ, τούτους ῳετο

to-have-the-first-place ‘in (their) ‘friendship, these-same he-thocght

δεῖν χκτήσασϑαι διαδάλλων τοῦς

't to-become-him to-gain-over (through) plotting-against -

ΔΟΟΚ II. —CHAPTER VI. 167

STOUG. Δὲ τὸ παρέ-

‘those who had been) first (in their favour). Aud | the to.

χεσϑαι τοὺς σφρατιώτας πειϑομένους

keep [the keeping of] — (his) soldiers obedient

9 A eee 3 as » 3s

ἐμηχανᾶτο ἐκ τοῦ συναδικεῖν αὐτοὶς.

he-effected | from the to-do-wrong with-them [by participating
Δὲ ἠξίου τιμᾶσθαι καὶ θεραπεύεσϑαι,

in their evil deeds}. Also he-claimed to-be-honoured and courted,

ἐπιδεικνύμενος ὅτι ἂν δύναιτο καὶ ἐϑελο.
showing that "he might ‘be-able and might-wish

ἀδιχεῖν πλεῖσται. Δὲ χατέλεγεν εὐεργεσίαν,
to-injure the-most. And __she-called-it (a) favour

ὁπότε τις ἀφίστατο αὐτοῦ, ὅτι χρώ
(on his part), when any-one deserted him, that (while) making-

μενος αὐτῷ οὐχ ἀπώλεσεν αὐτόν.
ure of-him he-‘did not *destroy him.

Kal μὲν dn ἔξεστι περὶ τὰ
And indeed truly (were) it-allowed (to speak) respecting the
ἀφανῆ αὐτοῦ ψεύδεσθαι, δὲ ἃ
private (affairs) of-him one-might-say-what-is-not-true, but what
πάντες ἴσασι ἐστί τάδ. “Quy ἔτι ὡραϊος
all know is this. Being yet in-the-prime-of-youth
διεπράζατο παρὰ ᾿Αριστίππῳ μὲν στρατηγεῖν
he-obtained from Aristippus -- to-command (of,
τῶν ξένων. δὲ ἐγένετο, ὧν ἔτι patos,
the foreign-mercenaries; and he-became, being yet in-the-bloom-of-youth,
οἰκειότατος ᾿Αριαίῳ, ὄντι βαρθάρῳ, ὅτι
most-intimate with-Arisous, he-being (a) barbarian, for ‘he
ἥδετο καλοὶς μειραχίοις" δὲ αὐτὸς εἶχε
(Ariewus) ‘delighted in-beautiful youths ; and he-himself had

᾿Θαρύπαν παιδικὰ, ἀγένειος ὧν

Tharypas (a) favourite, (a) beardless-youth — (having one)
ενειῶντα. Δὲ τῶν συστρατηγῶν ἀποδνησ-
aving-a-beard. But — (his) fellow-officers being-put-

xovtav, ὅτι ἐστράτευσαν ἐπὶ βασιλέα ξὺν
te-death, because they-fought against (the) king witb

168 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

Κύμῳ πεποιηχως ταὐτὰ οὐχ ἀπέϑανε"
Cyrus (though) he-having-done the-same ‘did not ‘die ,

δὲ μετὰ tov θάνατον τὼν ἄλλων στρατηγῶν
but ee the death of-the other generals

φιμωρηϑες ὑπὸ βασιλέως ἀπέϑανεν, οὐχ
having-been-punished by (the) king he-died,

ὥςπερ Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοὶ |
like Clearchus, and the other generals, ‘having

A

τὰς χεφαλάς ἀποτμηϑέντες, (ὅςπερ δοχεὶ εἶναι

— (their) heads ‘cut-off, ‘which seems to-be

τάχιστος θάνατος, ἀλλὰ ζῶν αἰχισϑεὶς
(the) speediest death, ) but living having-been-tortured

ἐνιαυτόν ὡς πονηρός, λέγεται
(during a) year as (a) malefactor, he-is-said ‘to (have)
τυχεῖν τῆς τελευτῆς.
met — (with his) end.

Δὲ Δγίας ὁ ᾿Αρχάς, χαὶ Σωχράτης ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς,
But Agias the Arcadian, and Socrates the Achesan,

και τούτω ἀπεϑδανέτην. Δὲ οὔτ᾽ οὐδεὶς

also these-two died. But neither ‘did (no-one) (any-one)
κατεγέλα τούτων ὡς xaxdv ἐν πολέμῳ, οὔτ'
‘deride these as cowards in battle,
ἐμέμφετο αὐτοὺς εἰς φιλίαν. Δὲ ἄμφω
reproached them (inregard) to friendship. And
ἤστην ἀμφὶ πέντε xal τριάχοντα τὰ ἔτη
were about five and thirty — year
ἀπὸ γενεᾶς.

from (their) birth.

BOUK III. — CHAPTER L 169

BOOK III.
CHAPTER 1.

Ὅσα μὲν δὴ, οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔαρ ταν; ἐν τῇ

WHat ᾿νε truly, the Greeks in
avabace. τῇ μετὰ δύων μέχ ἰἔχρι τῇ τῆς μάχνς,

their) upward-march — battle

xai ὅσα ἐγένετο ἐπεὶ Κῦρος ἐτελεύτησε, τῶν
and what took-place after Cyrus died, the

Ἑλλήνων, ἀπίοντων σὺν Τισσαφέρνει, ἐν
Greeks, departing with Tissaphernes, (confiding) in

ταῖς σπονδαὶς, δεδήλωται, ἔν τῷ πρόσϑεν λόγῳ.

truce, has-been-shown, in the preceding discourse.

Ἐπεὶ δὲ τε Ob στρατ porngot συνειλημμένοι ἦσαν,

After indeed not-only the had-been-seized,
χαὶ οἱ τῶν ἜΠΗ χαὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν
but-also — (those) of-the captains and of-the soldiers
συνεπόμενοι ἀπολώλεσαν, οἱ Ἕλληνες ἦσαν
accompanying (them) had-perished, the Greeks were
δὴ ἔν πολλῇ ἀπορίᾳ, ἐννοούμενοι μὲν, ὅτι
truly in much perplexity, reflecting indeed, that

ἦσαν ἐπὶ ταὶς θύραις βασιλέως, δὲ κύχλῳ
they-were at the gates ‘of (the) ‘king, and ‘in (a) ‘circle

αὐτοὶς ἦσαν πάντῃ πολλὰ καὶ ἔϑνη
‘around) them there-were everywhere (a great) many both nations
καὶ πόλεις πολέμιαι, δὲ οὐδεὶς ἔτι ἔμελλε
διὰ towns hostile (to them), and no-one hereafter would
παρέξεν ἀγορὰν, το δὲ ἀπεῖχον τῆς
bese (a) market (for them), and they-were-distant from —

Ἑλλάδος οὐ μεῖον ἢ μύρια στάδια, δ᾽

Greece pot less than ten-thousand stadia, and
18

170 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

¥

ἦν οὐδεὶς ἡγεμὼν τῆς ὁδοῦ, δ᾽ ἀδιάθατοι

there-was no guide (for) the road, and impassable
ποταμοὶ διεῖργον ἐν μέσῳ τῆς ὁδοῦ οἴχαδε,
rivers intervened in (the) midst of — (their) road homeward,

δὲ καὶ of βάρθαροι ἀναθάντες σὺν Κύρῳ mpoide-
nl also the barbarians having-come-up with Cyrus had-aban

δώχεσαν αὐτοὺς, δὲ καταλελειμμένοι ἦσαν μόνοι,

doned them, and they-were-left alone,
οὐδὲ ἔχοντες ovdéva ἱππέα σύμμαχον"
(nor-tndeed) (and indeed) having no cavalry (as) auxiliary ;
ὥςτε ἦν εὔδηλον, ὅτι νικῶντες ἂν

so-that it-was very-evident, that defeating (the enemy) ‘they would
μὲν χαταχάνοιεν οὔδένα, δὲ αὐτῶν ἡττηϑέντων

indeed *kill no-one, but they being-defeated,
οὐδεὶς ἂν λειφϑείη. ᾿Εννοούμενοι
not-one (of their number) would be-left (alive). Reflecting
ταῦτα, καὶ ἔχοντες ἀϑύμως,

on-these (things), | and having (themselves) dejectedly, [and be-
ὀλίγοι μὲν αἰτῶν ἐγεύσαντο σίτου
ing disheartened], few indeed of-them tasted food
εἰς τὴν ἑσπέραν, δὲ ὀλίγοι ἀνέχαυσαν
— (for) -- (that) evening, διὰ few kindled (a)
πῦρ, δὲ πολλοὶ οὐχ ἤλδνδον ἐπὶ τὰ
fre, and many ‘did not ‘zo to the (pmce of)
ὕγιλα ταύτην τὴν νύχτα, δὲ ἀνεπαύοντο
arms (during) that-same --- night, and _ they-went-to-rest
Grov Exaotos ἐτύγχανεν, ov δυνάμενοι xar
where cach happened (to be), not being-able to-
ϑεύδειν ὑπὸ λύπης καὶ πόϑδορ πατρίδων.

alsep for sorrow and (the) desire (for) country,

γονέων, γυναικῶν, παίδων, ods ἐνόμιζον οὔποτ᾽
parents, wives, children, whom they-thought never

ὄψεσθαι ἔτι. Οὕτω μὲν δὴ διακείμενοι πάντες
all

to-see more. Thus indeed — disposed ‘they

ἀνεπαύοντο.
‘wen‘.to-rest.

BOOK III. — CHAPTER 1. 171

“Hy δὲ ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ τις Ἐξενοφῶι

There-was — ἴῃ the a-certain Xenophor (an!

Αϑηναῖος, ὃς Gy οὔτε στρατ ny os οὔτε Ao
Athenian, who being neither (a) gene nor (a) cap-

χαγὸς, οὔτε στρατιώτης, συνηχολούϑει,
nor (a private) soldier, accompanied (the
ἀλλὰ Πρόξενος μετεπέμψατο αὐτὸν

expedition), but Proxenus sent-for bim

oixosEVv, ὧν ἀρχαῖος ξένος. δὲ ὑπισχνεῖτο
from-home, he-being (an) old guest-friend; and he-promised

αὐτῷ, εἰ EASOL, ποιήσειν αὐτὸν φίλον Κύρῳ,

him, if he-should-come, to-make him (a) friend to-Cyrus,
ὃν αὐτὸς ἔφη νομίζειν χρείττω ἑαυτῷ
whom he said (that) caidicts better to-himself (than)
τῆς πατρίδος. O Ἐξένοφῶν μέντοι ἀναγνοὺς
-- (his) country. — Xenophon indeed having-read
τὴν ἐπιστολὴν, ἀναχοινοῦται Σωχράτει τῷ ᾿Αϑη-
the letter, consults Socrates the Athe-
vai περὶ τῆς πορείας. Καὶ 6 Σωχράτης vunon-
nian about the journey. And — _ _ Socrates having-
τεύσας μὴ οἱ ἐπαίτιον τι

feared lest — ‘they (might) ‘criminate (him) in-some (manner)

Y ’ 4

πρὸς τῆς πόλεως εἴη γενέσϑαι φίλον
with — (his) government’ if-he-were to-become (a) friend

Κύρῳ, ὅτι ὁ Κῦρος ἐδόχει προϑύμως συμπολεμῆσαι

to-Cyrus, because— Cyrus seemed zealously to-have-assisted

τοὶς Λακεδαιμονίοις ἐπὶ τὰς ᾿Αϑήνας, συμδουλεύει

the Lacedemonians aguinst the Athenians, he-advised
τῷ Ἐξενοφῶντι, éAdsvta εἰς Δελφοὺς, ἀναχοι-
— Xenuphon, (that) having-gune to Delphos, to-con-
vida: τῷ θεῷ περὶ τὴς πορείας. Δ᾽ ὃ Ἐενοφῶν
sult the gods about the journey. And — # Xenuphon
ἐλθὼν ἐπήρετο τὸν ᾿Απόλλω, τίνι θεῶν
going inquired-of — Apollo, to-which ‘of (the) ‘gods

θύω. καὶ εὐχόμενος
lsacrificing and praying (he should sacrifice and pray] {(that) ‘he

172 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

dy ἔλϑοι τὴν odor,
might ‘go the _ road, [that he might perform the journey], which

3

ἐπινοεῖ, κάλλιστα χαὶ ἄριστα, καὶ πράξας
he-intends, most-bonourably and most-successfully, and having-performed

χαλῶς σωθείη. Καὶ
(it) successfully | might-be-saved [might return in safety]. And
ὁ ᾿Απόλλων ἀνεῖλεν αὐτῷ θύειν

-— Apollo | unfolded to-him [answered him] to-sacrifice ‘to (the]
θεοῖς οἷς ἔδει. Ἐσπεὶ δ ASE πάλιν,
gods to-whom it-was-proper. When indeed he-had-gone back

λέγει τὴν μαντείαν τῷ Σωχράτει. Δ᾽

‘to Athens), he-tells the oracle to — Socrates. And
6 ἀχούσας ἠτιᾶτο αὐτόν, ὅτι οὐ πρῶτον
who hearing (it) blamed him, that he-‘did not first
ἠρώτα τοῦτο, πότερον εἴη λῷον αὐτῷ πορεύεσθαι
‘inquire this, whether it-were better for-him to-go-forth
ἢ μένειν, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς κρίνας εἶναι ἱτέον,

or to-remain, but himself having-decided | (that) it-is to-be-gone,

ἐπυνθάνετο τοῦτ᾽ ὅπως ἂν

{that he would go], he-inquired this how ‘he might
mopevsein κάλλιστα. ᾿Επεὶ μέντοι, en,
‘proceed to-the- best-advantage. Since \owever, said-he
ἤρου οὕτως, χρὴ ποιεῖν ταῦτ᾽

you-have-inquired thus, iit-becomes (you) to-do those (things)
ὅσα ὃ θεὸς ἐχέλευσε. Ὃ Ἐενοφῶν μὲν δὴ
88 the god directed (you). — Xenophon indeed —
οὕτω, θυσάμενος οἷς ὁ θεός ἀνεῖλεν,

therefore, having-sacrificed (to the gods) that the god told-him-in-reply,
ἐξέπλει, καὶ καταλαμθάνει Πρόξενον xai Κῦρον

set-sail, and finds oxenus and yrus

ἐν Σάρδεσι, ἤδη μέλλοντας ὁρμᾶν τὴν ὁδὸν

in Sardis, ‘being 10w ‘about starting on-the way
ἄνω, καὶ συνεστάϑη Κύρῳ Δὲ τοῦ Προξέγου
upwara, and he-was-presented to-Cyrus. And — Proxenus

προϑυμουμένου, καὶ ὁ Κῦρος ovunpovsuueito αὐτόν

eing-very-desirous, and — Cyrus joined iv. the-desire for-him

BOOK III. — CHAPTER I. 173

μεῖναι. Δὲ εἷπε ὅτι, ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα ἢ στρατεία

to-remain. Andhe-said that, as-soon as the expedition

λήξῃ εὐθὺς ἀποπέμψειν αὐτόν.

may-be-ended (that) he-‘would directly ‘send him ‘back.
Δὲ ἐλέγετο ὁ στόλος εἷναι εἰς

It also was-said (that) the expedition (was intended) to-be against (the)
Πισίδας.
Pisidians.
Mev δὴ ἐστρατεύετο οὕτως ἐξαπατηϑείς
‘He indeed truly ‘joined-the-expedition ‘being thus ‘deceived,
3 e 4 ‘ 3 Υ͂ 4
οὐχ ὑπὸ Προξένου (γὰρ ov ὕδει τὴν
not by roxenus (for he-‘did not ‘know, (that) the
ὁρμὴν ἐπὶ βασιλέα, οὐδὲ ἄλλος
movement (was) against (the) king, nor (any) other
οὐδεὶς τῶν Ἑλλήνων πλὴν Κλεάρχου) ". ἐπεὶ
(no-one) (one) of-the Greeks except Clearchus) ; when

μέντοι ἦλδον εἰς Κιλιχίαν, ἐδόκει ἤδη εἶναι
however they-had-gone_ to Cilicia, it-seemed now to-be

σαφὲς πᾶσιν, ὅτι ὁ στόλος εἴη ἔπὶ βασιλέα.
manifest to-all, that the expedition was against (the) king.
Δὲ φοθούμενοι τὴν ὁδὸν, χαὶ ὅμως
But fearing the (length of the) road, and likewise
&XOVTES οἱ πολλοὶ δι
unwilling (to proceed farther, yet) the greater-part (of them) through
αἰσχύνην καὶ ἀλλήλων καὶ Κύρου συνη-
shame both (as respects) one-another and Cyrus accom.
κολούϑησαν᾽ xai εἷς ὧν Ἐξενοφῶν ἦν.
panied (him); and one of-whom Xenophon = was.
Δὲ ἐπὶ ἦν ἀπορία, ἐλυπεῖτο
But when (all) was perplexity-and-anxiety, he-was-troubled-and-grieved
μὲν σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις, καὶ οὐχ ἐδύνατο
indeed with the rest, and he-'was not ‘able
χαϑεύδειν' δὲ λαχὼν μικρὸν ὕπνου εἶδεν

to-sleep ; but having-got (a) little sleep | he-saw (8)

ὄναρ. Ἔδοξεν αὐτῷ, βροντῆς

vision [be had ἃ dream]. It-seemed to-him, (a) thunder storm)

174 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ενομένης, σχητιτὸς πεσεὶν εἰς τὴν σα»
aving-occurred, (that a) thunder-bolt _fell on — (his) pa
τρῴαν οἰχίαν, xai ἐκ τούτου πᾶσαν Adp-
ternal house, and from this it-‘was sii ‘lighted-
iene Δὲ nepidobos εὐθὺς auny yes , Oe

And frightened ‘he immediately ‘awo and

τὸ ὄναρ μὲν ἀῶ πῇ ἀγαϑόν, (ὅτι ὧν ἐν

the ieee indeed he-judged somewhat favourable, (because being in

πόνοις χαὶ χινδύνοι, ἔδοξε ἱἰδεῖν μέγα
trouble and danger, he-seemed to-have-seen (a) great
φῶς ἐχ Διὸς)" δὲ καὶ πῇ ἐφοδεῖτο (ὅτι
light from Jupiter); but also he-'was somewhat ‘alarmed (because
4 9 9 ~ i 9 δ ἢ i]
τὸ ὄναρ ἐδόχει αὐτῷ εἶναι ἀπὸ Διὸς μὲν
the dream appeared to-him to-be from Jupiter (who was) indeed

βασιλέως, δὲ τὸ πῦρ ἐδόχει λάμπεσθαι κύκλῳ,)

(a) king, and the fire seemed to-shine all-around,)

μὴ οὐ δύναιτο ἐξελϑεῖν ἐχ τῆς χώρας
est he-‘should ποῦ ‘be-able ‘to-depart from the tory

τῆς βασιλέως, GAA’ εἴργοιτο ndvtoNev ὑπό
of-the king, but should-be-hemmed-in on-all-sides by

τινων ἀποριῶν.
some (great) difficulties.

‘Onoidy τι ἐστὶ μέντοι ἰδεῖν τὸ τοιοῦτον

What-kind-of thing it-is indeed to-see — such (a)
ὄναρ, ἔξεστι oxoneiv éx τῶν συμθάντων
dream, it-is-allowed to-perceive from the (things) occurring
μετὰ τὸ ὄναρ. Tap γίγνεται τάδε. ἘΕὐϑὺς
after the dream. For it-happened _ thus. Immediately
ἐπειδὴ ἀνηγέρϑη ἔννοια, πρῶτον μὲν ἐμπίπτει

after call Ge ed (this) thought first Le occurs

aire’ τί κχατάχειμαι; ἢ νὺξ δὲ προθαίνει"
to-him: why 81.-1-ἰγπρ- ἀοπηῦ the night indeed is-passing-away ;
δὲ ἅμα Ti ἡμέρᾳ εἷχὸς

and at-the-samo-time with-the (break of) day (itis) probable (that)
τοὺς πολεμίους “ἥξειν. Ki δὲ γενησόμεϑα

tne enemy will-come. If indeed we-shal’-got

BOOK III. — CHAPTER I. 173
ἐπὶ βασιλεῖ, τί ἐμποδὸν μὴ ovyzi
into (the power of the) king, | what prevents lest no.

3 ς ,
ἀποϑανεῖν τϑριζομένους,
to-die [what prevents us to die] being-treated-insultingly (and

ἐπιδόντας μὲν πάντα τὰ χαλεπώτατα,
ignominiously), after-beholding indeed _ all the most-grievous-tbhings,

δὲ παϑόντας πάντα ta δεινότατα; Δ᾽

and = suffering all the most-dreadful-things? But how
ἄμυνούμεϑα οὐδεὶς παρασκευάζεται οὐδὲ ἐπιμε-
we-shall-defend-ourselves no-one provides nor takes-
λεῖται, ἀλλὰ καταχείμεδα ὥςπερ ἐξὸν ἄγειν
oare, but we-repose as-if it-were-allowed-ua | to-act
ἡσυχίαν. Οὖν ἐχ ποίας πόλεως ἐγώ

{to enjoy] tranquillity. Therefore from what city ‘do I
δοχῶ τὸν στρατηγὸν πράξειν ταῦτα; δὲ
‘expect the genera. to-do these-things? and
ποίαν ἡλικίαν ἀναμένω ἐλθεῖν ἐμαυτῷ; γὰρ
what age am-I-waiting-for to-come to-myself? for

οὐχ ἔσομαι ἔτι πρεσδύτερος, é ἐὰν τήμερον

I-at-least ‘will not "be yet older, to-day

προδῶ ἐμαυτὸν τοὶς πολεμίοις. Ἐν τούτου

I-'give myself ‘up to-the enemy. After this

ἀνίσταται, καὶ πρῶτον συγχαλεὶ τοὺς λοχαγούς
he-arose, and first called-together the αγούς

. Δὲ ἐπεὶ yASov, ἔλεξεν. "Ryd, ὦ
Προὶ ἕνου & ἐπεὶ συνῆλϑδον, ἔλεξεν ss decd

xenus. And when they-assembled, he-said;

ἄνδρες λοχαγοί, οὔτε δύναμαι καϑεύδειν (ὥςπερ

captains, ‘am neither ‘able to-sleep
οἶμαι οὐδ᾽ ὑμεῖς), οὔτε ἔτι καταχεῖσϑαι, ὁρῶν
I-think neither (are) you), nor yet to-be-still, secing
Ey οἵοις ἐσμέν. Tap μὲν δῆλον ὅτ'
in what (circumstances) we-are. For indeed (itis) plain that
οἱ πολέμιι οὐ πρότερον ἐξέφηναν τὸν πόλεμον
the enemy ‘did not first *declare the war

πρὸς ἡμᾶς πρὶν ἐνόμισαν παρασχευάσασϑαι

against us, before they-thought (that) they had-arrange”

176 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

τὰ ἑαυτῶν καλῶς" δ᾽ οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ~ οὐδὲν
the (things) of-themselves well: but no-one of-us ‘takes (not)

ἀντεπιμελεῖται, ὅπως ἀγωνιούμεϑα D

(any) ‘heed-in-return, how we-may-contend (with them) j as

κάλλιστα. Καὶ εἰ
most-beautiful [in the best possible manner]. And if indeed

e

υφεσόμεϑα, καὶ yernoduesa, ἐπὶ

we-shall-be-remiss, and shall-get into (the power of the)

βασιλεὶ, τί οἰόμεθα πείσεσθαι;

king, what ‘may-we (not) ‘expect to-suffer (from him)?

ὃς ἀποτεμὼν τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὴν χεῖρα ἀδελφοῦ,

who cutting-off the head and the hand of-his-brother,
- ‘ 4

xai τοῦ ὁμομητρίου καὶ ὁμοπατρίου, καὶ ἤδη

both of-the same-mother and of-the-same-father, and (he) already

τεδνηχότος, ἀνεσταύρωσε" δὲ ἡμᾶς, οἷς

dead, fixed-them-on-a-stake; but (as respects) us, to-whom

μὲν οὐδεὶς πάρεστι χηδεμὼν,
indeed (there is) no-one present (aga) protector (and supporter),
δὲ ἐστρατεύσαμεν ἐπ αὐτόν, ὡς ποιήσοντες
and (who) ad-marched against him, as (if) making
δοῦλον ἀντὶ βασιλέως,
(a subject and) slave (of him, who) before (was a) king,
4 3 “« > ‘4 ‘
xal ἀποχτενοῦντες, εἰ duvaiuesa, τί
ana ‘putting (him) 'to-death, if | we-were-able, what
οἰόμεϑδα ἂν παϑεῖν; “Ao ἂν οὐχ ἔλϑοι
do-we-think (that) ‘we might ‘suffer? ould ‘he not ‘resort
ἐπὶ πᾶν, ὡς αἰχισάμενος ὑμᾶς τὰ ἔσχατα
to every-thing, that having-punished us to-the utmost
παράσχοι πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις φόθον
(of severity) he-might-inspire all men (with) fear
ποτὲ τοῦ στρατεῦσαι ἐπ αὐτὸν; ᾿Αλλὰ
of-ever | of-the to-have-marched [marching] against him? But
πάντα ποιητέτον ὅπως TOL μὴ γενησόμεϑα
every-thing is-to-be-done that -- we-‘may not ‘get
ἐπ ἐχείνῳ. Ἐχὼ μέν οὖν, ἔςτε
into his (power). indeed therefore, as-long-as indeed

4

BOOK III. — CHaPTER I. 177

ai σπονδαὶ ἦσαν οὔτωτε ἐπαυόμεν μὲν
the truce was (in existence) never

οἰχτείρων ἡμᾶς, δὲ μακαρίζων βασιλέα καὶ
pitying ourselves, but considering-as-happy (the) king and

TOUS σὺν αὐτῷ, διαϑεώμενος μὲν ὅσην
— (those) with him, having-gone-through indeed so-great (8)

χώραν αὐτῶν, καὶ olay ἔχοιεν, ὡς δὲ τὰ
territcry of-them, and what they-might-have, as indeed the

ἄφϑονα ἐπιτήδεια, ὅσους δὲ θεράποντας,
copious provisions, s0-great (a number) indeed (cf) servants,
δὲ ὅσα χτήνη. δὲ χρυσὸν, δὲ

and how-great (a number of) cattle, and (quantity of) gold, and (of)
ἐσθῆτα. Δὲ αὖ ὁπότε évSvuoiuny τὰ
raiments. But on-the-other-hand when I-reflect on-tce
τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ὅτι μετείη ἡμὶν
{condition) of-the soldiers, that there-was-a-share to-us
οὐδενὸς πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν, εἰ
deed of-nothing of-all — (these) good (things), —
un πριαίμεϑα, δ᾽ noe ὀλίγους
anless we-bought (them), and (when that) I-knew (only) few
ἔχοντας ἔτι οὔτου ὠνησόμεϑα, δὲ

(of us) having yet wherewith we-might-buy, and (that our)

bpxovs ἤδη κατέχοντας ἡμᾶς πορίζεσθαι τὰ

daths now restraining to-procure

ἐπιτήδια ἄλλως πως ἢ ὠνουμένους᾽ οὗ»

provisions (in) any-other manner than buying ; therefore

λογιζόμενος ταῦτ᾽, ἐνίοτε ἐφοθούμην τὰς

considering these ’(things), ‘I sometimes ‘feared

σπονδὰς μᾶλλον ἢ vov τὸν alias

truce more than (1) now (do) the war.

"Kaci μέντοι ἐχεῖνοι ἔλυσαν τὰς σπονδὰς, doxel
Since however they have-broken the truce, it-seems

μοὶ χαὶ n vbpig ἐχείνων χαὶ 7 ἡμετέρα

ἴο- (that) both the insolence of-themselves and —

baovia λελύσθαι. Tap ἐν μέσῳ χεῖται

is-ended. | For in (the) middle [for between us] liv

178 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἤδη ταῦτα τὰ ἀγαϑὰ, ἄϑλα,
now those — good-things (I have mentioned), (as) prizes,

ὁπότεροι ἡμῶν ἂν Gow ἀμείνονες ἄνδρες" δ᾽
(for) whoever of-us may be the-better men; and

of θεοί εἰσιν ἀγωνοθέται, ot, ὡς τὸ εἷχὸς,

the gods are judges-of-the-contest, who, as (ἰ8) ---- proper (and just)
Eoovra: σὺν ἡμῖν. Tap μὲν οὗτοι

witl-be with us. For indeed these (our enemies)

ἐπιωρχήχασιν αὐτοὺς" δὲ ἡμεῖς ὁρῶντες
have-committed-perjury against-them (the gods); and πὸ seeing

πολλὰ ἀγαϑά, στεῤῥῶς ἀπειχόμεϑα αὐτῶν,

many good (things), rl abstained from-them,

διὰ τοὺς ὅὄρχους τῶν θεῶν ὥςτε δοχεὶ
on-account-of — (our) oath (to) the gods; so-that it-seems

μοι ἐξεῖναι ἰέναι ἐπὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα σὺν
to-me (that) it-has-been-allowed-us to-go to the contest with

πολὺ μείζονι φρονήματι ἢ τούτοις. Δ’ ἔτι

much greater confidence than these. And moreover

ἔχομεν σώματα ἱκανώτερα τοὐτῶν ge τ χαὶ
we-have bodies better-able (than) theirs --

ψύχη, καὶ θάλπη, καὶ πόνους" δὲ καὶ ἔχομεν

cold, and heat, and labour ; and also we-have

ow τοὶς θεοῖς ἀμείνονας ψυχὰς" δὲ
with (the help of) the gods better minds; and
ot ἄνδρες καὶ μᾶλλον τρ οἱ χαὶ θνη-
— (these) wen (being) both more rable and exposed-
tol nuoY ἣν ot θεοί, ἜΘ τὸ πρόσϑεν,
to-death (than) we (are) if the gods, as before,
διδῶσι" ἡμὶν νίχην. ᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ ἄλλοι χαι
should-grant us victory. But therefore others even
ἴσως ἐνθυμοῦνται ταῦτα, ὁς τῶν

perhaps meditate-on these-same (things), for (the sake) of-the
θεῶν μὴ ἀναμένωμεν ἄλλους ἐλϑεὶῖν ἐφ'

gods ‘let-us not “wait (for) others to-come

ἡμᾶς, παρακαλοῦντας ἐπὶ τὰ κάλλιστα ἔργα,

exhorting (us — (these) most-noble deeds

BOOK III. — CHAPTER 1. 1Ty

iad ἡμεῖς dpbouey tod ἐξορμῆσαι χαὶ

Ι the to-impel [to excite] even
TOUS ἄλλους ἐπὶ τήν ἀρετήν. Φάνητε ἄριστοι

others valour. Show-yourselves the-best

εἰ: λοχαγῶν, χαὶ τῶν στρατηγῶν

fand bravest) of-the captains, and of-the commanders
ἀξιοστρατηγότεροι. Δὲ χἀγὼ, εἰ μὲν ὑμεὶς

ἈΝΕ lee age And _aalso-I, if indeed you

ἐθέλετε ἐξορμᾶν ἐπὶ ταῦτα, βούλομαι
will ἐς e-start to these (things), am-willing

ἕπεσϑαι wulv: δ᾽ εἰ ὑμεῖς τάττετέ με nyelasau,

to-follow you; but if you appoint me

οὐδὲν ίζομαι τὴνδλ ἥἡλιχίαν, pn
Ὶ (will) not ‘give-as-an-excuse — (my) age, but

χαὶ ἡγοῦμαι ἀχμάζειν ἐρύχειν τὰ xaxd an
even think-myself to-be-of-sufficient-age to-keep-off -- harm from

ἐμαυτοῦ.
myself.
Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ ἔλεξε" δὲ οἱ λοχαγοὶ,
These (things) indeed — (Xenophon) spoke; but the captaing,
ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα, πάντες ἐχέλευον
hearing these (things), all requested (him)
ἡγεῖσϑαι" πλὴν ἦν tis ᾿Απολλωνίδης,
to-be-their-commander; except there-was a-certain Apollonides,
τῇ φωνῇ Βοιωτιάζων: 8 οὗτος εἷπεν,
in — (his) speech resembling-a-Beotian; and this (person) said,
ὅτι Avapoin, ὅςτις λέγει ἂν τυχεῖν

that he-speaks-nonsense, who says (that) ‘he might ‘obtain

σωτηρίας ἄλλως πως, ἢ πείσας

safety by-any-other means, than having-persuaded (the)
βασιλέα, εἰ δύνατο" χαὶ ἅμα ἤρχετο
king, if he could, (to grant it); and at-the-same-time he-begar

, A 9 a -_— ~ ’ ε

λέγεν τὰς ἀπορίας. Hevopwov μέντοι υπο:
to-talk (οὗ) the difficulties. Xenophon however having
λαδὼν μεταξὺ ἔλεξεν ὧδε" “OQ θαν

taken-him-up in-the-midst (of his speech) spoke thv - Ο mosr

180 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

μασιώτατε ἄνωρωπε, σὺ δέ γε οὐδὲ ὁρῶν γιγνώ

wonderful man, you indeed — neither seeing under.

σχεις, οὐδὲ ἀχούων μέμνησαι. Mévto ye ἦσθα
stand, nor hearing have-remembered. However at-least you were
ἐν ταὐτῷ τούτοις ὅτε ββασιλεύς,
in the-same (place) with-these (here present), when (the) king,
‘mel Κῦρος ἀπέϑανε, μέγα φρονήσας ἐπὶ
after Cyrus died, ‘being greatly ‘elevated-in-mind at
τούτῳ, πέμπων ἐχέλευε τὰ ὅπλα παραδιδόναι.

this, sending he-ordered the arms to-be-given-up.

Δὲ ἐπεὶ ἡμεῖς οὐ παραδόντες, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξοπλισάμενοι,

But when not dace μχίαϊῥες but being-armed,

ἐλθόντες παρεσχηνήσαμεν αὐτῷ, τί οὐχ
going-forth encamped-opposite him, what did-'he not

Hagia πέμπων πρέσύ εἰς, xal αἰτῶν σπονδὰς,
am

sending assadors, and requesting (a) truce,

xai παρέχων τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, Eve ἔτυχεν σπονδῶν;
and supplying the provisions, until he-obtained (a) truce ?

A’ ἐπεὶ αὖ οἱ στρατηγοὶ xai λοχαγοί,

And when on-the-other-hand the generals and captains,

ὥςπερ σὺ δὴ κελεύεις, ἦλθον εἰς λόγους

you indeed (now) advise, went to (a) conference

αὐτοὶς ἄνευ ὅπλων, πιστεύσαντες ταὶς
with-them without (their) arms, trusting to-the

ππονδαὶς, οὗ νῦν ἔχεῖνοι παιόμενοι, χεντούμενοι,
truce, ‘are not now —_—itthey ‘beaten. goaded,

ὑδριζόμενοι, οὐδὲ δύνανται οἱ τλήμονες ἀποϑανεῖν,
insulted, not able the wretched-men to-die,

καὶ οἷμαι μάλ᾽ apy es τούτου; Πάντα ἃ ov
and I[-think greatly desirin it? All which you

εἰδὼς φῇς τοὺς μὲν χελεύοντας
baving-known (yet) you-say (that) — (those) indeed exhorting (us)

ἀμύνεσϑαι φλυαρεῖν, δὲ κελεύεις ἰόντας

to-defend-ourselves talk-foolishly, and do-you-request (us) going

πάλιν πείϑειν; ᾿Εμοὶ δὲ, ὦ ἄνδρες, δοχεὶ

egain ἰἰο-ἰσν-Ὀδνκυλαῖον ? To-me indeed, Ὁ men, it-seama

BOOK III. — CHAPTER I. 181

μήτε προςίεσϑαι cae τὸν ἄι = pane

(taat we ought) neither to-admit

εἰς ταὐτὸ ἡμὶν αὐτοῖς, te ade ΤῊ

Into the-same (place) with-us ourselves, but taking-from (bim,
τὴν royayiav, ἀναϑέντας σκεύη, χρῆσθαί
--ὀ (his) captaincy (and) lying-on (him) baggage, use-him

ὡς τοιούτῳ. Γὰρ οὗτος καταισχύνει καὶ τὴν
as such. For this-man disgraces both — (his)

πατρίδα, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ᾿Ἔλλάδα, ὅτι ὧν Ἕλλην,
aco and all -- Greece, that being (a) Greek,

ἐστι τοιοῦτος.
he-is such (a character).
᾿αντεῦϑεν “Ayaciag XtvupdAws ὑπολαδὼν
Thence Agasias (the) Stymphalian having-taken-up
ecinev' ᾿Αλλὰ τούτῳ γε οὐδὲν παν-

{the discourse) said: But _to-this-man at-least nothing at-

“ἅπασι προςήχει οὔτε τῆς Βοιωτίας, οὔτε τῆς
all elongs either of — Boeotia, or of —
Ἑλλάδος, ἐπεὶ ἐγὼ εἶδον τὰ ὦτα
Greece, since perceived (that) — (his) ears

TETPUTINUEVOV ὥςπερ Λυδόν. Καὶ εἶχεν
were-bored (a) Lydian. | And it-had (itself)

οὕτως Οὖν μὲν ἀπήλασαν τοῦτον.

so [and it was so]. Therefore indeed they-'drove him ‘away.

Δὲ οἱ ἄλλοι ἰόντες παρὰ τὰς τάξεις,

But the others going to the (different) ranks (and
ὅπου μὲν εἴη στρατηγὸς

divisions of the army), where indeed there-might-be (a) general

σῶος, παρεχάλουν τὸν atpatyyov: δὲ ὁπόϑεν
saved, they-called-up the general ; but where

οἴχοιτο, τὸν ὑποστρατηγόν.᾽ δ᾽ ὅπου αὖ
he-had-perished, the lieutenant-general ; but where again
εἴη λοχαγὸς, τὸν Aoyaydv. Ἐπεὶ δὲ
shere-might-be (a) captain, the captain. When indeed
πάντες συνῆλθον ἐχαϑέζοντο εἰς τὸ πρόςϑεϊ

came-together they-seated-themselves in the front

182 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

τῶν ὅπλων" καὶ of στρατηγοὶ χαὶ λογαγοι

of-the (place) of-arms; and_ the generals and eaptains

συνελθόντες ἐγένοντο τοὺς ἀμφὶ εκιυτόν.
assembling were — (in all) about a-brndred.

Ὅτε δὲ ταῦτα ἦν, ἦσαν σχεδὸν
jWhen indeed this was, [when this occurred], it-was neat!

μέσαι νύχτες. ᾿Ἐνταῦϑα “Ἱερώνυμος ᾿Ἠλεῖος,
mid night. There Hieronymus (the) Elian,

ὧν mpecbvtatos τῶν λοχαγῶν Προξένου, ἤρχετο
being the-oldest of-the captains of-Pruxenus, Bil tah

λέγει! ὧδε" "OQ. ἄνδρες στρατηγοί καὶ λοχαγοι,

to-speak thus: 0 men generals and captains

ἔδοξε ἡμῖν ὁρῶσι τὰ παρόντα

it-seemed (proper) to-us seeing the present (state of our affairs),

καὶ συνελϑεῖν αὐτοῖς, καὶ παρακαλέσαι ὑμᾶς,
both to-assemble-together ourselves, and to-call-on

βουλευσαίμεϑα εἴ δυναίμεϑεν ‘

(to join us) in-order-that | we-may-determine if we-ca '

τι ἀγαϑόν. Δ’, ey,

on-something good (and advantageous to ourselves). But, said-he
σύ, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, λέξον ane καὶ

‘do you, Ὁ Xenophon, ‘relate what (you have) even (said
a e ~

πρὸς NLC.

to us.
"Ex τούτου Ἐενοφῶν λέγει τάδε" ᾿Αλλὰ dy

On this Xenophon speaks thus: Bat truly
πάντες ἐπιστάμεϑα ταῦτα, ὅτι βασιλεὺς

indeed ‘we all ‘know this, that (the) king
καὶ Τισσαφέρνης συνειλήφασιν ἡμῶν obs me

and Tissa phernes have-seized-upon (all) of-us whom inJdee

ἐδυνήϑδγσαν" δὲ δῆλον ὅτι ἐπιθουλεύουσ
they-could ; and (it is) evident that they-are-plotting

τοῖς ἄλλοι, ὡς ἀπολέσωσιν, ἦν δύνωνται
against-the rest (of us), that they-may-put-us-to-death, if they-can

Δὲ ye οἶμαι πάντα ποιητέα ἡμὶν, ὡς
Rut at-least I-think every (thing) is-to-be-done by-us, that we-‘may

BOOK III. — CHAPTER I. 183

uimore yerciese ἐπὶ τοῖς Bu άροις,

into (the power of) the
ἀλλὰ “τ ἐχεῖνοι, ἦν δυνώμεϑα

but rather (that) thoy, if we-are-able (to accomplish it)
ἐφ᾽ nuiv. ᾿Ἐπίστασϑε
|(may fall) iato us [may fall into our hands]. Know

εὖ τοίνυν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς, ὄντες τοσοῦτοι ὅσοι νῦν
well therefore, that you, being so-many as now

συνεληλύϑατε, ἔχετε μέγιστον καιρόν.
Aave-come-tvgether (οὗ you), have the-greatest oppurtunity
Tap πάντες of οὗτοι στρα-

‘of distinguishing yourselves). For all — these sul-
τίωται βλέπουσι πρὸς ὑμᾶς, χἂν μὲν ὁρῶσιν
look to you, and-if indeed they-see

vi ἀϑύμος, πάντες ἔσονται xaxoi dé εἰ τε
you dispirited, all will-be cowards; but if not-only
ὑμεὶς αὐτοί φανεροὶ παρασχευαζόμενοι ἦτε ἐπὶ
γου yourselves appesring prepared go against
τοὺς πολεμίους, χαὶ παρακαλεῖτε τοὺς ἄλλους
enemy, and-also exhort others

ἴστε εὖ ὅτι ἔψονται ὑμῖν, xai πει

(to the same) know well ἰδεῖ they-will-follow you, and will-en-

σονται μιμεῖσθαι. Δὲ τοι ἴσως ἐστι καὶ
deavour to-imitate (you). And — perhaps ἰδ even
δίκαιον ὑμᾶς διαφέρειν τι τούτων.

right (that) we should-differ somewhat from-these (soldiers).
Tap ὑμεῖς ἐστέ sa bl ha ὑμεῖς ταξίαρχοι

For you are generals, (are) taxiarchs

καὶ λοχαγοί᾽ καὶ ὅτε εἰρήνη ἦν, hoe ἐπλεονεχτεῖτε

and captains; and when peace was, you had-a-greater-portion

τούτων χαὶ χρήμασι καὶ τιμαῖς" xai vin
(than) these both _ of-riches and = honours; and now
τοίνυν, ἐπεὶ ἐστί πόλεμος, del ὑμᾶς ἀξιοῦν
therefore, when there-is war, it-is-proper (that) you exce.

αὐτοὺς εἶναι ἀμείνους τε Tod πλήϑους,
these, (and that you) be superior not-only to-the mu titude

184 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

καὶ προθουλεύειν καὶ προπονεὶν τούτον
but-also to-plan-and-devise and to-labour-and-exert-yourselves for-these,

ἤν που δέῃ. Καὶ νῦν μὲν πρῶτον
if any-where it-may-be-needed. And now indeed in-the-first {place}
οἵομαι ὑμᾶς ἂν μέγα ὀνῆσαι τὸ στράτειμα,

[think (that) you may greatly benefit the army,
( ἐπιμεληϑείητε, ὅπως στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ
if you-take-care, that generals and captains
ἀντιχατασταϑῶσιν ὡς τάχιστα ἀντὶ τῶν

be-chosen as speedily-as-possible in-place-of — (those)
ἀπολωλότων. Tap ἄνευ ἀρχόντων οὐδὲν οὔτε
we-are-deprived-of. For without commanders nothing either

καλὸν OUTE ἀγαϑὸν ἂν γένοιτο, ὡς μὲν εἰπεῖν
bonvurable or good can happen, as indeed to-speak

συνελόντι, οὐδαμοῦ, δὲ δὴ ἔν τοὶς πολε-
in-comprehensive (language), no-where, but truly ἢ — _ warlike.
μικοῖς παντάπασι. Tap μὲν n εὐταξία doxe
affairs not-at-all. For indeed — order appears
σώζειν, δὲ ἡ ἀταξία ἤδη ἀπολώλεχε
to-preserve (armies), but — want-of-order ‘has already ‘destroyed

πολλοὺς. Δὲ ἐπειδὰν χαταστήσησθε τοὺς ἄρ-
many. And after you-have-appointed the com-

yovtas, ὅσους δεὶ, χαὶ ἦν συλλέ

manders, as-many-as it-is-proper (to appoint), and if you-assembled

καὶ παραϑαῤῥύνητε τοὺς ἄλλους στρατιώτας, οἷμαι

and Ἐς the other soldiers, I-think

dy ὑμᾶς ποιῖσαι πάνυ ἐν καιρῷ. Γὰρ
that you will-have-acted very-much in season-and-to-the-purpose. For
νῦν μὲν ἴσως καὶ ὑμεὶς αἰσθάνεσθε, ὡς adv
now indeed likewise even you perceive, how dispiritedly
ἐν ἦλδυον ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα, δὲ ἀϑύμως
deed they-went to the (place of) arms, and (also how) dejectedly

πρὸς τὰς φυλαχάς, ὥςτε, ἐχόντων

(they went, on guard, | so-that, having (themselves)

οὕτω οὐχ οἷδα

93
£0 ao {while they are in this state of mind], I-‘do not ‘know

BOOK III. — CHAPTER I. 185

o τι τις ἂν χρήσαιτο αὑτοῖς, Tl
for what any-one might use them, ‘should any-thing
δέοι εἴτε νυχτὸς εἴτε χαὶ ἡμέρας. Δὲ ἦν
‘be-required either by-night or even by-day. But = if
τις στρέψῃ τὰς γνώμας αὐτῶν, ὡς μὴ

s1y-one eis the thoughts of-them, that they-'may not
μόνον ἐννοῶνται, τί πείσονται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τί

alone ‘contemplate, what they-will-suffer, but also what
ποιήσουσι, ἔσονται πολὺ evsuudtepor. ρ δὴ
they-will-do, they-will-be much more-inspirited. a truly

éniotacse, ὅτι ἐστίν οὔτε πλῆδϑός οὔτε ἰσχὺς
you-are-aware, that it-is neither multitude nor strength

ἢ ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ ποιοῦσα νίχας.

which in — war | are-making victories; {produce victories];
GAA’ ὁπότεροι, σὺν τοὶς Seois ἂν
but which-ever, with the (assistance of the) gods being
ἐῤῥωμενέστεροι ταὶς ψυχαὶς wow ἐπὶ τοὺς
ole eran a in-mind may-go against . the

πολεμίους, ὡς ἐπὶ TO πολὺ οἱ ἐναντίοι
enemy, (as) for the most-part the adverse (enemy)

οὔ δέχονται τούτους.

j*can not ‘receive them [can not sustain their attack].
A’ ἔγωγε, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἐντεϑύμημαι, καὶ me
But I-at-least, 0 men, have-considered, also

ὅτι ὁπόσοι μὲν μαστεύουσι ζῆν ἔκ παντὸς Pret
that those-who indeed desire to-live | by all means

ἐν vols πολεμιχοὶς, οὗτοι μὲν ὡς ἐπὶ
[δὲ any rate] in — owarlike-affairs, these indeed (as) for

τὸ πολὺ ἀποϑνήσχουσι καχῶς τε καὶ aioy
the most-part die wretchedly and also dishonourably

δὲ ὁπόσοι μὲν ἐγνώχασι θάνατον εἷναι κοινὸν

bu: those-who indeed have-known death to-be common

πᾶσι καὶ ἀναγκαῖον ἀνδρώποις, ἀγωνίζονται δὲ
to-all, and inevitable to-men, contend-in-battle —

περὶ τοῦ καλῶς ἀποῦνήσχειν,
‘for the honourably to-die, [for an honourable death]

186 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ὁρῶ τούτους μᾶλλόν πως ἀφικνουμένους εἰς τὸ

[-ρογοοῖνο these rather somehow arriving

γῆρας, καὶ, ἕως ἂν ζῶσιν διάγοντας

sid-aye, and, as-long-as ‘they may ‘live passing (their time)

εὐδαιμονέστερον. Kai ἃ χκαταμαϑόντας
more-happily. And which (things) having-understood

νῦν del ὑμᾶς (yap ἐσμεν ἐν τοιούτῳ καιρῷ)

it now ‘becomes us (a8 we-are in such (a) state)

εἶναι. τε ἀγαθοὺς ἄνϑρας αὐτούς καὶ
(that) we-be not-only brave men ourselves but-also

παρακαλεῖν τοὺς ἄλλους. Ὃ μὲν εἰπὼν
exhort others (to be so). Who indeed saying

ταῦτ᾽ ἐπαύσατο.
this ceased (speaking).

Δὲ peta τοῦτον Χειρίσοφος eine’ ᾿Αλλὰ μὲν,
But = after this Su erate said: But indeed,

ὦ Ἐξενοφῶν, πρόσϑεν ἐγίγνωσχον oe μόνον

0 Xenophon, before-this I-knew you only

τοσοῦτον, ὅσον ἤχουον εἶναι ᾿Αϑηναῖον" δὲ
so-much, as-that I-heard you-were(an) Athenian; but
νῦν καὶ ἐπαινῶ ce te ἐφ᾽ οἷς λέγεις καὶ
now ‘I even ‘praise you not-only for what you-say but-alse

πράτεις, καὶ ἂν βουλοίμην ὅτι εἶναι

(fur what) you-perform, and could wish that there-were

πλείστους τοιούτους yap ἂν εἴη TO κοινὸν

many such ; for ‘it would ‘be — (a) general
ἀγαθόν. Καὶ viv, ἔφη, μὴ μέλλωμεν, ὦ
good. And now, said-he, let-'us not ‘delay, 0
ἄνδρες, ἀλλ᾽ ot δεόμενοι ἄρχοντες ἀπελθόντες
men, but — (those) wanting commanders having-retired
ἤδη aipeiore, καὶ ἑλόμενοι ἥχετε

now to-choose (them), and having-elected (them) ‘let (them) ‘come

εἰς τὸ μέσον τοῦ στρατοπέδου, καὶ & eee τοὺς
to the middle of-the camp, and

αἱρεθέντας" ἔπειτα συγκχαλοῦμεν pie TOUS
fthone) chosen ; afterwards we-will-cal'-together there the

600K III. — CHAPTER II. 187

ἄλλους στρατιώτας. A’, ἔφη, καὶ Τολμίδης ὁ
other soldiers. But, said-he, ‘let also Tolmides the
κῆρυξ παρέστω ἡμῖν. Kai ἅμα εἰπὼν ταῦτ᾽
herald ‘be-present with-us. And at-the-time he-was-saying this
ἀνέστη, ὡς τὰ δέοντα μὴ μέλλοιτο,
he-rese-up, that the (things) necessary ‘might not ‘be-delayed,
ἀλλὰ mEpaivoto. “Ex τούτου ἠρέϑησαν ἄρχον-
but be-executed. On this they-chose (as) comman-
reg, ἀντὶ μὲν Κλεάρχου Τιμασίων Aapdavers,
Jers, in-pluce-of — Klearchus Timasion (the) Dardanian,
δὲ ἀντὶ Σωχράτους Ἐαντικλῆς ᾿Αχαιός, de
and in-place-of Socrates Xanticles (the) Achmian, and
ἀντὶ ᾿Αγίου Κλεά Ὀρχομένιος, δὲ ἀντὶ
nn-place-of Agias Cleanor (the) Orchomenian, and in-place-of
Μένωνος Φιλήσιος ᾿Αχαιός, δὲ ἀντὶ Πωοξένου
Menon Philesius (the) Achwan, and in-place-of | Proxenus

Ξενοφῶν ᾿Αθηναῖος.
Xenophon (the) Athenian.

CHAPTER II.

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἥρηντο, τε ἡμέρα
ay

WHEN indeed (the officers) were-chosen, not-only ‘was (the)

δχεδὸν ὑπέφαινε, καὶ ot ἄρχοντες ἦχον εἰς τὸ

just ‘dawning, but-also the commanders had-come to the

ἔσον, χαὶ ἔδοξεν αὐτοὶς, v-
middle (of the camp), and _ it-seemed (necessary) to-them, senti-
Aaxas καταστήσαντας, συγχαλεῖν τοὺς στρα-
nels being-placed, to-call-together the sol-
τιώτας. Ἐπεὶ δὲ xai of ἄλλοι στρατιῶται
diers. When indeed also _ the other soldiers
GuvyAsov, Χειρίσοφος ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος πρῶτον
eame-together, Cheirisophus _ the Lacedsomonian first

ἀνέστη, καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε" "OQ. ἄνδρες στρα-
0

indeed rose-up, and apoke thus: men sol

188 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

τιῶται, TH παρόντα μὲν AAEM,
diers, — (our) present-affairs indeed are-fraught-with- difficulties,
ὁπότε στερόμεϑα τοιούτω ἀνδῶν στρατηγῶν,
since we-are-deprived of-such men (our) generals,
καὶ λοχαγῶν, καὶ στρατιωτῶν δὲ καὶ
and (also) ‘of (our) ‘captains, and soldiers ; and also

| ἔτι οἱ ἀμφὶ ᾿Αριαῖον, οἱ
of (those) moreover (namely) — (those) with isus, who

ὄντες πρόσῶεν σύμμαχοι, προδεδώχασιν ἡμᾶς.

being ormerly (our) allies, ave-deserted

Δὲ ὅμως dei τε ἐλϑεῖν ἐκ τῶν παρόν-
But likewise it-becomes (us) not-only to-get-out of “---ὀ (our) pre-
To dyasovs ἄνδρας, καὶ μὴ ὑφίεσ-
vent (difficulties) (like) brave men, obut-also not ἰο-κίνο-
Sai, ἀλλὰ πειρᾶσθαι ὅπως, ἦν μὲν δυνώμεϑα,
ap, but to-endeavour that, if indeed we-can,
νιχῶντες χαλῶς, σωζώμεϑα᾽" δὲ εἰ μή,
sonquering honourably, we-may-save-ourselves; but if not,
ἀλλὰ γε ἀποϑνήσχωμεν καλῶς, δὲ μηδέποτε
yet at-least let-us-die honourably, and never
γενώμεθα ζῶντες ὑποχείριοι
| we-being living [while we live] putting-ourselves-in-the-hands-of
tols moAguiog. Tap οἴομαι ἂν ἡμᾶς παϑεὶν
the enemy. For I-think that we would-suffer
τοιαῦτα, οἷα οἱ ϑεοὶ ποιήσειαν τοὺς

such-things, as ‘may the gods ‘do to-—- (our)
ἐχθροὺς. Ἐπὶ τούτῳ Κλεάνωρ ὈὌὈρχομένιος
enemies. After _this-one Cleanor (the) Orchomenian
ἀνέστη xat ἔλεξεν ὦδε. ᾿Αλλὰ μὲν, ὦ ἄνδρες,
rose-up and spoke as-follows: But indeed, 0 men,
ὁρᾶτε τὴν ἐπιορχίαν καὶ ἀσέδειαν βασιλέως,
γου-δὺ the perjury and impiety ‘of (the) ‘king,
δὲ ὁρᾶτε τὴν ἀπιστίαν Τισσαφέρνους, ὅστις λέγων
and you-see the faithlessness of-Tissaphernes, who saying
ὡς ely τε γείτων τῆς Ἑλλάδος, χαὶ ἂν
that he-was not-only (a) neighbour of-the Greeks, bat-also would

BOOK II1. —CHAPTER [1. 188

ποιήσαιτο περὶ πλείστου σῶσαι ἧμας, και.
make-it much (account) to-have-saved us, and
αὐτὸς ὀμόσας ἐπὶ τούτοις ἡμῖν, αὐτὸς
he-himself having-sworn to these (things) to-us, he
δούς δεξιὰς, αὐτός ἐξαπατήσας συνέλαθε
having-given (the) right-hand, he having-deceived (us) took
τοὺς στρατηγούς, καὶ οὐδὲ ἠδέσθϑη
‘prisoners) — (our) generals, and neither pie en
Δία ξένιον, ἀλλὰ γενόμενος καὶ

Jupiter (the god of) hospitality, but having-become also (a)
ὁμοτράπεζος Κλεάρχῳ, αὐτοῖς τούτοις

his suoabe to-Clearchus, by-these same (means)
ἐξαπατήσας τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀπολώλεχεν. ᾿Αριαῖος
having-deceived “-- men he-destroyed (them). Arisous
δὲ, ὃν ἡμεῖς ἠθέλομεν καϑιστάναι βασιλέα, καὶ
also, whom we wished to-have-constituted king, and
ἐδώχαμεν καὶ ἐλάδομεν πιστὰ μὴ προδώσειν
've-gave and received pledges not to-betray
ἰλλήλους, καὶ οὗτος, οὔτε δείσας τοὺς θεοὺς
one-another, (yet) even this-one, neither having-feared the gods
οὔτε aidecdeig τεθνηκότα Κῦρον, τιμώμενος
or having-respected (the) departed Cyrus, (though) honoured

μάλιστα ὑπὸ Κύρου ζῶντος, νῦν
in-the-highest-degree by Cyrus (while) living, ‘having now
ἀποστὰς πρὸς τοὺς ἐχθίστους ἐχείνου,
‘gone-over to the bitterest-enemies ‘of (Cyrus) ‘himself,

πειρᾶται ποιεῖν χαχῶς ἡμᾶς τοὺς φίλους Κύρου.

he-endeavours to-do to-us the friends of-Cyrus.

᾿Αλλὰ μὲὲξ οἵ ϑεοὶ ἀποτίσαιντο τούτους"
But indeed ‘may the gods ‘repay these (men);

δὲ del ἡμᾶς ὁρῶντας ταῦτα μήποτε ἔτ

bat it-becomes us seeing these (things) never more

ἐξαπατηϑῆναι ὑπὸ τούτων, ἀλλὰ, μαχομένους
to-be-deceived by these (men), hut, fighting

190 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

κράτιστα ὡς ἄἂν δυνώμεθα, πάσχει»
in-the-bravest (manner) that ‘we may ‘be-able, to-bear
τοῦτο ὅ τι ἂν δοχῇ τοὶς θεοὶς.

that which may seem (proper) to-the gods.

"Ex τούτου Ἐενοφῶν ἀνίσταται, ἐσταλμένος ἔπι
After __ this Xenophon stoud-up, equipped fo:

πόλεμον ὡς κάλλιστα ἐδύνατο, νομίζων, εἴτε
handsomely (as) he-was-able, thinking, that-if

ot θεοί διδοῖεν vixyy στὸν χάλλιστον χόσμον
the gods should-grant victory (that) the most-beautiful ornaments

ἐπειν τῷ νικᾶν, εἴτε δέοι
became | to-the to-conquer [victory], (or) that-if it-might-be-so (that be

τελευτᾶν, ἔχειν ὀρϑῶς,
was) to-die, | to-have (itself) properly, [it would be well] (that
ἑαυτὸν ἀξιώσαντα τῶν χαλλίστων
he shoald think) himeelf as-having-been-worthy of-the most-beauti‘ul
ἐν τούτοις τυγχάνειν THS τελευτῆς

(equipments,and)in — these to-meet — (his) end
δὲ τοῦ λόγου ἤρχετο ὧδε" Mev τε τὴν ἐπιορχίαν
but —(his)speech he-began thus: Indeed not-only the i a

καὶ ἀπιστίαν τῶν βαρθάρων Κλεάνωρ
but-also (the) perfidy of-the nae Cleanor aes

λέγει, δὲ oon ὑμεὶς καὶ ἐπίστασϑε

‘has (just now) ‘mentioned, and I-think you also are-aware-of-it

Εἰ μὲ οὖν = BovAevduedsa πάλιν ἰέναι διὰ

If indeed therefore we-deliberate | again to-go througk
φιλίας αὐτοὶς

friendship with-them [of again coming to terms of friendship with them]

ἀνάγκη ἡμᾶς ἔχειν πολλὴν ἀθυμίαν,

(it is of) necessity (that) we (must) have much mistrust,

χαὶ ὁρῶντας τοὺς στρατηγούς, οἷα
‘having also ‘seen — (our) generals, what (they)

πεπόνϑΘασιν, οἱ διὰ πίστεως aAI'TOIS ἑαυτοὺς
suffered, who through faith in-them ‘put themselves

ἐνεχείρισαν" εἰ μέντοι διανοούμεθα σὺν τοὶς
‘ing--their-hands; if however we-intend with — (sur:

BOOK 11. -— VEAP i ER ΤΊ 193

9 , ϑ δε Ν:
ὅπλοις τε ἐπιϑεῖναι δίχην αὐτοῖς Ὡν-σι χὐτούς.
arms = not-only | to-impose justice on-them inflict then,
ὧν πεποιήκασι, καὶ ὅδους ζῶν

ment on them] (for that) which they-have-done, but-also (fo, smany of-the

ἰέναι διὰ navtds πολέμου αὐτοῖς, OV -ς,,,,α;
to-go through all (kinds) of-warfare with-them, with (the note of)
τοῖς θεοῖς εἰσὶ πολλαὶ καὶ καλαὶ ἐπίδες σωτηρίας.
the gods there-are many and fair hopes of-safety.
Δὲ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος τοῦτο τις πτάρνυται" J
But he “sexing this some-one sneezes ; and
οἱ στρατιῶται ἀχούσαντες πάντες μιᾷ ὁρμῇ
the soldiers hearing (it) all with-one impulse
προςεχύνησαν τὸν θεόν" xai Ἐξενοφῶν εἶπε"
wo shipped the god; and Xenophon’ said: (As)
᾿Επεὶ ἡμῶν λεγόντων περὶ σωτηρίας, οἷωνὸς
while we were-speaking about safety, (an) omen
cod Διὸς τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἐφάνη, doxel μοι, ὦ ἄνδρες,
ef --- Jupiter the Preserver appeared, it-seems to-me, 0 men,
εὔζξασϑαι τῷ TOUT θεῷ ϑύσειν σωτή-
(that) we-vow to— that god to-sacrifice (the) offerings-of-
pia, ὅπου πρῶτον ddixduesa εἰς φιλίαν χῶραν,
safety, when first we-arrive in (a) friendly country,

δὲ χαὶ συνεπεύξασϑαι θύσειν ols ἄλλοις
and also (that) we-vow-together to-sacrifice-hereafter to-the other

ῷ ‘ ᾽ +. =»
θεοῖς κατὰ δύναμιν. Καὶ ἔφη, ὅτῳ
gods according-to (our) ability. And he-said, to-whomsoever

ταῦτα doxel ἀνατεινάτω τὴν χεῖρα. Καὶ
this seems (right) hold-up — (your) hand. And

ἅπαντες ἀνέτειναν. Ἔχ τούτου εὔξαντο
all held-up (their hands). Upon _ this they-‘made

καὶ ἐπαιάνισαν. Δὲ ἐπεὶ τὰ
(their) ‘vows and sang-a-pean. | And when the (things)

τῶν θεῶν εἴχεν χαλῶς,
of-the gods had (themselves) well, {and when tae rel-gious

ἤρχετο πάλιν ὧδε"
φοχζοτηοηΐοθ were duly performed}, he-cummenced again thus:

ra

4

190 THE AN4gasIg OF XENOPHON.
ΠΩ
7
KPATIOTOS \ σὸν λέγων ὅτι Elev πολλαὶ και
in-the-by μορρὶ ϑᾷ (tobe) saying that there-were many and

τοῦτο ἰλσιίδες ἡμῖν σωτηρίας. Tap πρῶτον μὲν
that whines mee of-safety. Foe first indeed

"Ex ev ἐμσιεδοῦμεν τοὺς ὅρχους tar Aeiy,

eee” have truly ‘observed | the oaths of-the gods,

δὲ οἱ πολέμιοι τε
(our oaths made to the gods}, but the enemy ‘have not-only
ἐπιωρχήχασι, χαὶ λελύχασι τὰς σπονδὰς
*perjured (themselves), but-also have-broker = —sue truce
χαὶ τοὺς ὅρχους. Δ᾽ ἐχόντων
and — (their) oaths. But (things) having (themselves)
οὕτω, εἰχὸς μὲν τοὺς θεούς εἷναι ἐναντίους
thus, it-is-proper indeed (for) the gods to-be against

τοὶς πολεμίοις, δὲ συμμάχους ἡμῖν, οἵπερ εἶσι
— (our) enemies, but auxiliaries to-us, who are

ixavol, ὅταν βούλωνται xal ταχὺ ποιεῖν τοὺς

competent, when they-will both speedily to-make the

μεγάλους μικροὺς, χαὶ εὐπετῶς σῶζειν T OUG μικρούς,

great little, and easily to-save the

κἂν do. ἐν δεινοῖς. Δὲ ἔπειτα,

although they-may-be in dangers. But (next) after (this),

(γὰρ ἀναμνήσω ὑμᾶς καὶ τοὺς κινδύνους τῶν
I-shall-remind you even(of) the dangers of —

ἡμετέρων τῶν προγόνων, iva, εἰδῆτε ὡς

ancestors, in-order-that you-may-perceive that

τε προςήχει ὑμὶν εἶναι ἀγαϑοῖς, τε σὺν
-- it-becomes τοὺ to-be brave, and-that with (the help of)

toils θεοῖς of ἀγαϑοί σώζονται καὶ Ex πάνυ

the gods__ the brave are-saved even from the-greatest
δεινῶν") yap μὲν Περσῶν xal τῶν σὺν
dangers ;) ΔῈ indeed (the) Persians and — (those) with
αὐτοὶς ἐλϑόντων παμτπιλοϑεῖ στόλῳ, ὡς

them coming ‘with (a) ‘numerous host, as ‘makirg
τὰς ᾿Αθήνας ἀφανιούντων αὖϑις, ᾿Αϑηναῖοι

Athens ‘disappearing again, (but the) Atheniant

BOUK III. — CHAPTER II. 193

φολμήσαντες ὑποστῆναι αὐτοῖς ἐνίχησαν αὐτούς.
daring to-withstand them conquered them

Καὶ εὐξάμενοι τῇ ᾿Αρτέμιδι ὁπόσους τῶν
(that)

And having-vowed to as-‘many of-the

πολεμίων ἂν καταχάνοιεν τοσαύτος χιμαίρας
enemy ‘as ‘they might ‘kill so-many she-guats

χαταωύσεν στῇ θεῷ, ἐπεὶ εἶχον οὐχ
they-would-sacrifice to-the goddess, (but) when eae not (a)

ἱκανὰς εὖ εἴν,
sufficient-number to-find, [they could not find a sufficient number],

ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς θύειν πενταχοσίας xa’
it-seemed (good) to-them _to-sacrifice five-hundred every

ἐνιαυτὸν, καὶ ἔτι καὶ viv ἀποϑύουσιν. Ἔπειτα
year, and also even now they-sacrifice (them). (Afterwards,

ὅτε Ἐέρξης ὕστερον, ἀγείρας τὴν ἀναρίὸ-

when Xerxes after-this, having-collected — (that) innumer-

untov στρατιάν, ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα, καὶ

able army, went against the Greeks, and

τότε οἵ ἡμέτεροι πρόγονοι ἐνίχων τοὺς προγόνους

then — ancestors conquered the ancestors

τούτων, χοαὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν.
of-these (barbarians), both by land and by sea.

Τεχμήρια μὲν ὧν ἔστι τὰ τρόπα'α ὁρᾶν,
(The) proofs indeed of-which are the trophies | to-see,

δὲ μέγιστον μαρτύριον ἢ ἐλευϑερία των
[to be seen], but μεγίστο μ Tenors (is) the se of-the

ΠΟΙ ΟΣ, ἐν αἷς ὑμεῖς ἐγένεσϑε καὶ ἐτράφητε᾽

in which you were-born and brea.
yap mpocxuveite οὐδένα ἄνϑρωπον δεσπότην,
for you-worship (as) master,
ἀλλὰ τοὺς θεοὺς Τοιούτων προγόνων μὲν
but the gods (only). Of-such ancestors indeed
ἐστε. Mev δὴ γε οὐχ ἐρῶ τοῦτο,
are-you. ‘I indeed certainly at-least ‘will not ‘say this,

ὡς ὑμεὶς καταισχύνετε αὐτούς" ἀλλ᾽ οὔπω πολλαὶ
that you disgrace them ; but not-yet many

194 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἡμέραι, ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἀντιταξά
days, | from which [since] having-leen-drawn-up-in-order-of-battle.

μενοι τούτοις τοὶς ἐχγόνοις ἐκχείνων,

against these _ descendants of-those (barbariars),
ἐνικῶτε αὐτῶν πολλαπλασίους

you-conquered (a force) of-them many-times-more-numerous (than)
ὑμῶν σὺν τοὶς θεοῖς. Καὶ τότε μὲν
yourselves with (the assistance of) the gods. And then --
δὴ ἧτε ἀγαϑοί ἄνδρες περὶ τῆς βασιλείας
truly you-were brave men | (contending) about the kingdom
Κύρου" δὲ νῦν. ὁπότε

of-Cyrus; (contending to elevate Cyrus to the throne]; but now, when
ὁ ἀγών ἐστι περὶ τῆς ὑμετέρας σωτηρίας, δήπου
the contest is about — your-own safety, it certainly
προςἤχει ὑμᾶς πολὺ, xai εἶναι ἀμείνονας καὶ
‘becomes you much, both to-be more (brave) and
mposvuotépous. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν καὶ viv πρέπει
more-daring. But certainly ‘it even now ‘becomes

εἶναι θαῤῥαλεωτέρους πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους.
‘you) to-be more-confident-and-daring against the enemy
Tap μὲν τότε ὄντες ἄπειροι αὐτῶν, τε ὁρῶντες
For indeed then being inexperienced of-them, and seeing
τὸ ἄμετρον πλῆϑος, ὅμως ἐτολμήσατε σὺν τῷ
the immense multitude, however you-dared with the
φρονήματι πατρίῳ ἰέναι εἰς αὐτούς" δὲ
spirit derived-from-your-ancestors to-go against them; but
viv, ὁπότε καὶ ἤδη ἔχετε πεῖραν αὐτῶν, ὅτι
now, when ‘you even already ‘have experience of-them, that

θέλουσι καὶ ὄντες πολλατιλάσιοι

they-wish even (though) being many-times (more numerous

4 / ε ~ ,
un δέχεσθαι υμᾶς, τί ἔτι
than you) not to-receive you (attacking them), how thes

προςήχει ὑμῖν φοθεῖσϑαι τούτους: Μηδὲ μέντοι
does-it-become you to-fear these (men)? | Nor indeed
δόξητε ἔχειν τοῦτο μεῖον,

think to-have {δὶ less, (nor think this to be « disadvantage}

BOOK III. — CHAPTEH 11. 195

ἰ οἱ Kupeio, πρόσϑεν ταττόμενοι σὺν ἡμῖν,

if the followers-of-Cyrus, formerly drawn-up with

3 9 ’᾽
VUY ἀφεστήχασι. Γὰρ ἔτι οὗτοι εἶσι
(have) now deserted (us). For also these (men) are

καχίονες τῶν ἡττημένων nd ἡμῶν.
more-cowardly (than) — (those) defeated

Γοὺν ἔφευγον πρὸς ἐχείνους See ἡμᾶς.

For-indeed ἐβόα fled to them deserting

Δὲ πολὺ χρεῖττον ὁρᾶν τοὺς θέλοντας
And (it is) much better to-see — (those) wishing

ἄρχειν φυγῆς ταττομένους σὺν τοὶς πολεμίοις,

to-commence flight arranged with the enemy,

n “ζ 4 9 ε -
ἢ ἐν τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ cate. Δὲ εἰ τις υμῶν

than in — our ranks. But if any-one of-you

ἀϑυμεὶ, ὅτι μὲν εἰσὶν οὐχ ἱππεὶς ἡμὶν,
is-disheartened, that indeed there-are no horsemen to-us, [that

δὲ πολλοὶ πάρεισι τοὶς πολεμίοις,

we have no cavalry], | but (that) many are-present to-the enemy,
ἐνθυμήϑητε ὅτι
{but that the enemy have a large force of cavalry], consider that

of μύριοι ἱππεὶς εἰσὶν οὐδὲν ἀλλο ἢ μύριοι
— ten-thuusand horsemen are nothing else than ten-thousand

ἄνϑρωποι" yap μὲν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀπέϑανεν ἐν

men ; for indeed no-one ever died in

μάχῃ οὔτε δηχϑεὶς οὔτε AaxTiOdely ὑπὸ
attle (netther) (either) bitten — (or) kicked by

immov, δὲ οἱ ἄνδρες εἰσὶν οἱ ποιοῦντες ὅ τι
(a) horse, but the men are (those) who do whatever

ἂν γίγνηται ἔν ταὶς μάχαις. Οὐχοῦν ἡμεὶς ἐσμεν

may happen battles. Therefore we

ἐπ᾿ πολὺ senate ὀχήματος γε τῶν ἱππέων"
on (a) much safer vebicle (than) at-least the cavalry ;
ap μὲν ot χρέμανται ἐφ᾽ innwrv, pobovuevor
for indeed — (those) hang on horses, fearing
οὐχ ὑμᾶς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ TO καταπεσεῖν"

not as alone. but also Ithe to-have-fallen; [falling]

(96 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἡμεῖς βεθηχότες ἐπὶ

S
|but we having-gone on (the) ground [but we marchiag cn the
παίσομεν μὲν πολὺ ἰσχυρότερον Fv τις
ground} shall-strike indeed much more-violently if any-one
in, δὲ πολὺ μᾶλλον τευξόμεθα ὅτου βουλώ-
approach, and much more shall-we-attain-the-aim which we-de-
se. Δὲ ἑνὶ μόνῳ οἵ ἱσυτεὶς προέχουσιν
sired. But in-one (thing) alone the cavalry have-the-advantage-of

* Φεύγειν ἔστων ἀσφαλέστερον αὐτοὶς ἢ ἡμῖν.

ὙΠῸ : to-flee safer for-them than for-us.

Εἰ δὲ δὴ θαῤῥεῖτε μὲν τὰς μάχας,

If indeed truly eH) inh Oe — for — battle,

δὲ ἄχϑεσϑε τοῦτο, ὅτι Τισσαφέρνη οὐχέτι

but Bea πὰ at-this, that Taesteta aon no-longe?

ἡγήσεται ὑμὶν, οὐδὲ βασιλεὺς παρέξει

‘guide you, nor ‘will (the) king eas (you a

ἀγορὰν, σχέψασθε πότερον κρεῖττον ἔχειν Τισσα-

market consider whether (itis) better to-have Tissa-

φέρνην ἡγεμόνα, ὅς ἐστι φανερός ἐπιδουλεύων

Sea (as) guide, who _ iis evidently plotting-against

ἡμῖν, ἢ ἄνδρας οὗς ἡμεῖς λαθόντες ἂν

us, or (the) men whom, we having-seized-them, may

κελεύωμεν ἡγεῖσθαι, οἷ εἴσονται ὅτι, ἦν ἁμαρ-
order to-guide (us), who will-know that, if they
τάνωσι περὶ ἡμᾶς, ἁμαρτάνουσι περὶ τὰς
err with-respect-to us, they-err with-respect-to the

ψυχὰς καὶ σώματα ἑαυτῶν. Δὲ τὰ
lives and bodies of-themselves. But (as respects) —

ἐπιτήδεια πότερον κρεῖττον ὠνεῖσθαι ἐχ τῆς

provisions whether (it is) better to-purchase from the

ἀγορᾶς, ἧς οὗτοι παρεῖχον, μικρὰ μέτρα

market, which these (people) provide, smull § measures

πολλοῦ ἀργυρίου, μηδὲ ἔτι ἔχοντας τοῦτο,

for-much money, neither yet having this (money),

" ἦνπερ χρατῶμεν, λαμθά: νειν αὐτοὺς; χρωμένους

we-are-victorious, to-tak

BOOK III. — CHAPTER II. 197

ὁπόσῳ μέτρῳ ἕκαστος ἂν βούληται. Ride

such measure (88) might If howevor
μὲν γ γιγνώσχετε TAUTA

deed you-know these (things respecting guides and provisions)
ὅτι κρείττονα, δὲ νομίζετε τοὺς ποταμοὺς
that (it would now be) better, but think the rivers
εἶναι ἄπορον, καὶ nyelode
to-be (athing) impassable, and think (yourselves) to-'be
μεγάλως ἐξαπατηϑῆναι διαθάντες, σχέψασϑε
greatly ‘misled crossing (them), consider
si dpa of Bapbapor χαὶ πεποιήχασι
whether the barbarians ‘have (not) even ‘done (a)
μωρότατον. Γὰρ μὲν πάντες οἱ ποταμοί,
most-foolish (thing). For indeed all the rivers,

ei xal ὦσι ἄπορι πρόω τῶν πηγῶν,
if even they-may-be impassable at-a-distance-from “--- (their) sources),

προϊοῦσι πρὸς τὰς πηγὰς γίγνονται διαθατοὶ,

jbut) going sources they-become passable,
οὐδὲ βρέχοντες τὸ γόνυ. Εἰ δὲ μήδ᾽ οἱ ποταμοὶ

not-even wetting ee, If indeed χέρι the rivers

διοίσουσι, τε μεδεὶς ἡγεμῶν φανεῖται
should-differ (in their breadth), an no guide appear

ἡμῖν, οὐδ᾽ ὡς ree ἡμῖν ye. Tap

to-us, nor thus is-there-to-be-discouragement to-us at-least. For

ἐπιστάμεϑα Μυσοὺς, οὖς ἂν οὐχ φαίημεν

we-know (that the) Mysians, whom ‘we should not ‘assert

εἶναι βελτίους ἥμων, οἵ, βασιλέως

to-be braver (than) ourselves, who, (the) king (being)

ἄχοντος, οἰχοῦσι πολλάς τε καὶ εὐδαίμονας καὶ
unwilling, inhabit many also both rich and

μεγάλας πόλεις év τῇ χώρᾳ βασιλέως"
Ze

cities country ‘of (the) ‘king:

ἐπιστάμεθα dé Πισίδας ὡςαύτως᾽"

we-know also (that the) Pisidians (have acted) in-like-manner
‘ 3 4 ¥ : 7
δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ εἴδομεν Λυχάονας, ὅτι
t

and also we-‘have ourselves ‘seen (the) Lycaonians,

198 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHUN.

καταλαδόντες τὰ ἐρυμνὰ ἐν τοὶς πεδίοις
seizing the fortitied-places in the plains they-en-

ποῦνται τὴν χώραν τούτου. Καὶ *
joy-the-fruits (in) the territory of-this (king). And indeed

γωγε ἄν ἔφην ἡμᾶς χρῆναι μήπω εἶναι

-at-least would have-said (that) we ought not-yet tu-be

φανεροὺς ὡρμημένους οἴχαδε, ἀλλὰ χατασχευ-
appearing (as) having-started fvor-hume, but to-be-getting-

ἄζεσϑαι ὡς οἰχήσοντας που αὐτοῦ.
ourselves-ready as (if) about-taking-up-our-abode some-where here.
Tap oida ὅτι καὶ βασιλεὺς μὲν ἂν doin πολλοὺς
for I-knuwthat even (the) king indeed would give many

ἡγεμόνας Μυσοῖς, δ᾽ ἂν πολλοὺς ὁμήρους
guides ‘to (the) ‘Mysians, and would (give) many hostages

τοῦ ἐχπέμψειν ἀδόλως καὶ
(to them) | of-the to-send-away (to send them away] without-treachery snd

ἂν ὁδοποιήσειε αὐτοὶς, καὶ εἰ βούλοιντο
also would make-roads for-them, even if they-wished
ἀπιέναι σὺν τεϑρίπποις. Καὶ oid ὅτι γ᾽ ἂν
to-depart with four-horse-chariots. And I-know that ‘he also would
ἐποίει ταῦτα τριςάσμενος ἡμῖν, εἰ ἑώρα
‘do these (things) must-willingly for-us, if he-saw

ἡμᾶς παρασχευαζομένους μένειν. ᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ

making-prepurations to-remain. But (not 80)

δέδοικα, μὴ, dv ἅπαξ μάϑωμεν ζῆν ἀργοὶ,
I-fear, lest ‘we may once ‘have-learned to-live idle,
χαὶ βιοτεύειν ἐν adddévo, καὶ ὁμιλεῖν

and to-pass-our-lives in plenty, and to-associute ‘with (the)

καλαὶς καὶ μεγάλαις γυναιξὶ καὶ παρϑένοις

‘handsome and large women and virgins ‘of (the)

Μήδων δὲ καὶ Περσῶν, un, ὥςπε, οἱ
Medes and also ‘of (the) ‘Persians, (that) lest, like the

λωτοφάγοι, ἐπιλαϑώμεδα τῆς ὁδοῦ οἴκαδε. Aoxel

lotus-esters, we-might-forget the road homewards, It-seems

oy μοι εἶναι εἰχὸς χαὶ δίχαιον πρῶτον
theref're to-me to-be proper and just Srad

BOUK III. — CHAPTEL 11. 19}

πειρᾶσθαι ἀφικνεῖσθαι εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα xal πρὸς

to-attempt to-return to and

TOUS oixelous, καὶ ἐπιδεῖξαι τοὶς “EAAnou,
the members-of-our-families, and to-show the Greeks,

ὅτι ἑχόντες πένονται, ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς ὁρᾶν
that voluntarily they-are-poor, when-it-is-allowed them to- 208

χομισαμένους ἐνθάδε πλουσίους, τοὺς

those) having-come hither rich, (but) — (those)

viv οἴχοι πολιτεύοντας éxel σκληρῶς. ᾿Αλλὰ,
now at-home living there with-difficulty. But (why

yap, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἐστί δῆλον ὅτι, πάντα ταῦτα
more), for, O men, it-is evident that, all these

τἀγαϑὰ τῶν χρατούντων. Δὴ
good (things belong to) the conquervurs. It certainly

δὲ λέγειν ταῦτο, πῶς ἄν πορευοίμεθά τε

‘is-proper to-mention this, how ‘we may ‘proceed not-only

ὡς ἀσφαλέστατα, καὶ εἰ δέοι μάχεσθαι, ὡς
as safely-as-possible, but-also if it-be-necessary ἰἰο-δρθῖ, that

μαχοίμεϑα xpatiora. Πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν,

we-may-fight (to the) best-advantage. First indeed therefore
Egy, δοχεὶ μοι χαταχαῦσαι τὰς ἁμάξας,
said-he, it-seems to-me (that we ought) to-burn the carriages,
ἃς ἔχομε, ia τὰ ζεύγη ἡμῶν μὴ
which we-have, in-order-that the cattle of-us ‘may not
OTPATHY N,

"*be-the-leader-of-the-army, [in order that our baggage may not influence
ἀλλὰ πορευώμεῶΘα ὅπη
the movements of our army], but (that) we-may-march whithersoever

ἂν συμφέρῃ τῇ OTpaTIG’ ἔπειτα καὶ

‘it may ‘be-convenient for-the army (to march); afterwards also

χαταχαῦσαι τὰς σχηνὰς. Γὰρ αὗται

to-'burn the tents ‘with (them). For these

ad μὲν παρέχουσιν ὄχλον ἄγειν, δὲ συνωφε-

(tents) again — give trouble _to-carry, | and contn.
λοῦσι οὐδὲν οὔτε εἰς τὸ μάχεσθαι

eure nothing — (either) to the tu-fight [and are of ον

198 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHUN.

καταλαθόντες τὰ ἐρυμνὰ ἔν τοῖς πεδίοις
seizing the fortitied-places in the plains they-en-

ποῦνται τὴν χώραν τούτου. Καὶ Καὶ
joy-the-fruits (in) the territory of-this (king). And indeed

γωγε Gy ἔφην ἡμᾶς χρῆναι μήπω εἷναι

-at-least would have-said (that) πὸ ought not-yet tu-be

φανεροὺς ὡρμημένους oixads, ἀλλὰ xatacxEr-
appearing (as) having-started fvur-hume, but to-be-getting-

ἄζεσϑθαι ὡς οἰχήσοντας που αὐτοῦ.
ourselves-ready as (if) about-taking-up-our-abode some-where here.

Tap οἶδα ὅτι καὶ βασιλεὺς μὲν ἂν doin πολλοὺς
for I-knuwthat even (the) king indeed would give many
ἡγεμόνας Μυσοῖς, δ᾽ ἂν πολλοὺς ὁμήρους

guides ‘to (the) 'Mysians, and would (give) many hostages

τοῦ ἐχπέμψειν ἀδόλως καὶ
(to them) | of-the to-send-away (to send them away] without-treachery and

ἄν ὁδοποιήσειε avtois, καὶ εἰ βούλοιντο
also would make-roads for-them, even if they-wished
ἀπιέναι σὺν τεϑρίπποις. Kai oid ὅτι γ᾽ ay
to-depart with four-horse-chariots. And I-know that ‘he also would
ἐποίει ταῦτα τριςάσμενος ἡμῖν, ei ἑώρα
‘do these (things) most-willingly for-us, if he-saw
ἡμᾶς παρασχευαζομένους μένειν. ᾿Αλλὰ

making-prepurations to-remain. But (not so)

δέδοικα, uy, ἄν anak μάϑωμεν ζῆν ἀργοὶ,

I-fear, lest ‘we may once ‘have-learned to-live idle,

xai βιοτεύειν ἐν ἀφϑόνοις, καὶ ὁμιλεῖν
and to-pass-our-lives in plenty, and to-associute ‘with (the)

καλαὶς καὶ μεγάλαις γυναιξὶ καὶ παρϑένοις

‘handsome and large women and virgins ‘of (the)

Μήδων δὲ καὶ Περσῶν, μή, ὥςπε, οἵ
Medes and also ‘of (the)’Persians, (that) lest, like the

λωτοφάγοι, ἐπιλαϑώμεϑα τῆς ὁδοῦ olxade. Aoxel

lotus-eaters, we-might-forget the road homewards. It-seems
οὖν μοι εἷναι εἰκὸς χαὶ δίκαιον πρῶτον

theref're to-me to-be proper and

BOUK II. — CHAPTEL Il. 19}

πειρᾶσϑαι ἀφικνεῖσθαι εἷς τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ
to-attempt to-return to -- Greece and te

τοὺς οἰχείους, καὶ ἐπιδεῖξαι τοὶς “Ἕλλησιν,
the members-of-our-families, and to-show the Greeks,

e a 9 ξ a 9 Cw
ὅτι ἑχόντες πένονται, ἐξὸν αὐτοὶς ὁρᾶν
that voluntarily they-are-poor, when-it-is-allowed them to- see

χομισαμένους EvdadE πλουσίους, τοὺς
those) having-come hither rich, (but) — (those)
viv οἴχοι πολιτεύοντας ἐχεὶ σχληρῶς. ᾿Αλλὰ,
now at-home living there with-difficulty. But (why

yap, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἐστί δῆλον ὅτι, πάντα ταῦτα

more), for, ©O men, it-is evident that, all these
τἀγαϑὰ τῶν χρατούντων. Δὴ
good (things belong to) the conquervrs. ‘It certainly
δὲ λέγειν ταῦτο, πῶς av πορευοίμεθά TE
‘is-proper to-mention this, how ‘we may ‘proceed not-only

ὡς ἀσφαλέστατα, καὶ ci δέοι μάχεσθαι, ὡς
ὯΔ safely-as-possible, but-also if it-be-necessary ἰο-δρμῖ, that

ua yoiuesa xpatiota. Πρῶτον μὲν τοίτυν,

we-may-fight (to the) best-advantage. First indeed therefore,
ἔφη, δοχεὶ μοι χαταχαῦσαι τὰς ἁμάξας,
said-he, it-seems to-me (that we ought) to-burn the carriages,
ἃς ἔχομεν, wa τὰ ζεύγη ὑμῶν μὴ
which we-have, in-order-that the cattle of-us ‘may not
OTPATYHY TN,

"be-the-leader-of-the-army, [in order that our baggage may not influence
ἀλλὰ πορευώμεϑαι ὅπη
the movements of our army], but (that) we-may-march whithersoever

ἂν συμφέρῃ τῇ otpatia’ ἔπειτα καὶ

‘it may ‘be-convenient for-the army (to march); afterwards also

χαταχαῦσαι TAS OxXNVAS. Tap αὗται

to-‘burn the tents ‘with (them). For these

αὖ μὲν παρέχουσιν ὄχλον ἄγειν, δὲ συνωφε-

(tents) again — give trouble _to-carry, | and contun.
᾿οῦσι οὐδὲν οὔτε εἷς τὸ μάχεσθαι

suse nothing -— (either) to the tu-fight [and are of ον

200 THE ANABASIS GF XENOPHUN.

οὔτ᾽ εἰς τὸ ἔχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια.

ase in battle) | or to the to-have — provisions [or in ia
"Ect δὲ xal ἀπαλλάζωμεν

curing provisions]. Moreover — _ also sleet ripe ie

περιττὰ τῶν ἄλλων σκευῶν, πλὴν ὅσα

superfluous (things) οὗ — (our) other furniture, except what

ἔχομεν Evexev πολέμου, ἢ σίτον ἢ ποτῶν, ἵνα

we-have for-the-purpose of-war, or of-food, or of-drink, in-order-that
ὡς πλεῖστοι ὑμῶν dow ἐν ois ὅπλοις δὲ ὡς

as many-as-possible of-us may-be under — and as

ἐλάχιστα σκχευοφορῶσι. Tap μὲν ἐπίστασϑε ὅτι
fow-as-possible may-carry-baggage. For indeed you-know _ that
πάντα χρατουμένων ἀλλότρια"
all (things) ‘of (the) ‘conquered (become the) property-of-others;
δὲ ἣν χρατῶμεν del νομίζειν καὶ τοὺς
and if |§ we-conquer it-becomes (you) to-think (that) even the

πολεμίους ἡμετέρους σχευοφόρους. Λοισόν

enemy (are to be) baggage-carriers. (It) remains

μοι εἰπεῖν ὅπερ καὶ νομίζω εἶναι μέγιστον.
for-me to-mention what ‘I even ‘consider to-be (of the) greatest

Tap ὁρᾶτε καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους, ὅτι
importance). For you-see even the enemy, that

ov ἐτόλμησαν RPL oeY éLeveyxely
‘they-did not ‘dare to-bwag-on (the)

mAs OY πρὸς ἡμᾶς, πρὶν συνέλαδον τοὺς στρα-

against us, before they-had-seized the gene-

τηγοὺς ἡμῶν, νομίζοντες μὲν ὄντων
rals of-us, thinking (that) ‘we indeed (‘being) (having)

τῶν ἀρχόντων, καὶ ἥμων πειϑομένων

- commanders, and we Saree ae ete (to them, that)

ἡμᾶς εἶναι ixavovs περιγενέσθαι τῷ πολέμῳ"

were competent to-conquer in — battle ;
Se λαδόντες τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἐνόμιζον ἡμᾶς
πα taking — (our) commanders they-thought ‘that) we

ἂν ἀπολέσϑαι ἀναρχίᾳ καὶ ἀταξίᾳ. Οὗ»

would perish in-anarchy διὰ eonfusion. Therefore

BOOK III. — CHAPTER II. 201

del μὲν τοὺς ἄρχοντας τοὺς νῦν

it-is-proper — (that) the commanders — (our) present (commanders)
γενέσθαι πολὺ ἐπιμελεστέρους τῶν
much more-vigilant (than) — (those who!
SEV, δὲ τοὺ: ἀρχομένους

before § (were commanders), and (that) the | commanded (should be)

πολὺ μᾶλλον EvtaxtoTépors xai πειϑομένους τοὶς
much more orderly and stelioat.. to-the

ἄρχουσι viv 4 πρόσϑεν. Δὲ ἤν τις ἀπει-
commanders now than formerly. And if any-one might-be-disobe-
Sn, ἢν ψηφίσησθε toy ὑμῶν ἀεὶ ἐντυγ-
dient, if you-decree (that) — (he) of-you at-any-time meet-
χάρου σὺν τῷ ἄρχοντι κολάζειν,

(such a one, is to assist) with the commander to-punish

οὕτως οἱ πολέμιοι ἔσονται πλεῖστον εψευσ-
(him), thus the enemy will-be very-much de-

μένοι" γὰρ τῇδε τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ὄψονται
ceived (in what they expected); for in-that — ἀδΥ they-will-see
μυρίους Κλεάρχους ave’ ἑνὸς, τοὺς ἐπιτ ρέ-
ten-thousand Clearchuses in-place-of one, — (who) will-per
ψοντας οὐδενὶ εἶναι χαχῷ. ᾿Αλλὰ

no-one to-be bad (disobedient or cowardly). But

4 \ ¥ σ

ὰ χαὶ ἤδη ὥρα περαίνειν γὰρ οἱ
(enough), for (it is) even ΠΟ time sete γὰρ the
πολέμιοι ἴσως αὐτίχα παρέσοντα. Ὅτῳ
enemy ‘will perhaps immediately *be-present. To-whom

οὖν δοχεὶ ταῦτα ἔχειν

therefore it-may-seem | (that) these (things) hold (themselves)
ἐπικυρωσάτω
well [that what I have said is just and reasonable] let-them-approve
τάχιστα, ἵνα περαίνητα

(them) as speedily-as-possible, in-order-that they-may-be-accomplishe
ἔργῷ. Δὲ εἰ τι ἄλλο βέλτιον ἢ ταύτῃ.
in-fact. But if any-thing else (is) better than this,

χαὶ ὁ ἰδιώτης τολμάτω
let-him (thougt) even — (a) private (soldier) "be-bold (enougn

202 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHUN.

διδάσχειν" γὰρ πάντες δεόμεδα κοινῆς
to-instruct (us)3 for ‘we all ‘seek (a) common
σωτηρίας.
Μετὰ ταῦτα Χειρίσοφος εἶπεν" “AAD εἰ
After this Cheirisophus said : But if indeed

dei τινος ἄλλου πρὸς τούτοις, οἷς
ἐϊ-ἰ8- ποοάοὰ of-any-thing else or these (affairs), which

4

Ἐξνοφῶν λέγει, χαὶ αὐτίχα ἐξέσται ποιεῖν"
Xenophon mentions, it-'will even spcedily ‘be-allowed-us to-do (it);

δὲ ἃ νῦν εἴρηκε, δοχεῖ μοι

and what he-‘has now ‘said, it-seems to-me (that we ought)

ψηφίσασθαι ὡς τάχιστα εἷναι ἄριστον" καὶ
to-vote as speedily-as-possible to-be the-best ; and

ὅτῳ δοχεῖ ταῦτα ἀνατεινάτω τὴν
to-whom it-seems these (things tobe right) let-him-hold-up --

χεῖρα. ἽὝΑπαντες ἀνέτειναν. Δὲ
(his) hand. All held-up (their hands). But
Eevopav πάλιν ἀναστὰς eines “OQ ἄνδρες,
Xenophon again rising said : 0 men,
ἀχούσατε ὧν δοχεὶ μοι προς-
hear (me respecting that) which seems to-me to-be-necessary-
δεῖν. Δῆλον ὅτι δεὶ ἡμᾶς πορεύ-
in-addition. (It is) evident that it-is-proper (that) we mareb.
εσϑαι ὅπου ἔξομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια" δὲ ἀχούω
ἴο where we-shall-have — provisions; and I-hear (that)

εἷναι χαλὰς κώμας, οὐ πλεῖον
there-are (some) considerable villages, ‘being not more (than)

εἴχοσι σταδίων aneyovoas. “Ay οὐχ οὖν Sav.

twenty stadia ‘distant. ‘I would not therefore ‘won-
μάζοιμι, εἰ οἱ πολέμιοι, ὥςπερ οἱ δειλοὶ κύνες,
der, if the enemy, like — cowardly doga,
μὲνδι στε διώχουτι τοὺς παριόντας καὶ
indeed not-only follow — (those) passing-by but-alio
δάχνουσιν, ἣν δύνωνται, δὲ φεύγουσι τοὺς

bite (them), if they-can, but flee-from — (tbh re)

BOOK III. — CHAPTER II. 203

διώχοντας, καὶ εἰ αὗτοι
following (thein), and (I would not be surprised) if they

ἐπακχολουϑοὶεν ἡμὶν ἀπιοῦσιν. Ἴσως οὖν
follow us departing. Perhaps therefore (it will be)

ἀσφαλέστερον ἡμὶν πορεύεσϑαι ποιησαμένους
for-us to-march-forth having-formed (a hollew)

πλαίσιον τῶν ὅπλων, ἵνα τὰ σκευοφόρα

equare of-the heavy-armed-men, in-order-that the baggage,

xai ὁ πολὺς ὄχλος εἴη ἐν ἀσφαλεστέρῳ.

and the many camp-followers may-be in the: preatest-aafety (within it).

Εἰ viv οὖν ἀποδειχϑείη, τίνα χρὴ ἡγεῖσθαι
lead

If now taerefore it-should-be-designated, whom it-becomes

τοῦ πλαισίου, καὶ χοσμεῖν τὰ πρόσϑεν,
the square, and to-regulate-and-arrange the front,
χαὶ τ ίνας εἶναι ἐπὶ τῶν ἕχατ ρων πλευρῶν,
and who (are) to-be on -- each flank,

δὲ τίνας ὀπισϑοφυλαχκεὶν, ἂν οὐ δέοι,

δηὰ whv aro-to-take-charge-of-the-rear, ‘it may not ‘be-necessary, (that)

muds βουλεύεσθαι ὁπότε Ob πολέμιοι ἔλθοιεν,

deliberate (about this) when the enemy may-come,

ἀλλὰ ἂν εὐθὺς γχρῳμεϑα τοὶς τεταγ-
but ‘we might immediately ‘muke-use-uf the (things) ar-
μένοι. Εἰ οὖν μὲν τις ἄλλος ὁρᾷ

ranged. If therefore indeed any-one else sees (something)

βέλτιον, ἐχέτω ἄλλως. Δὲ

better, | let-it-have-itself otherwise [let it be arranged otherwise]. δαί

ei μή, Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἡγείσϑω, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἐστ.

if not, ‘let Cheirisophus indeed ‘lead, since also _he-is

Λακεδαιμόνιος" δὲ δύο στρατηγὼ τῶν πρεσ-

(a) [μαοοραάδοπιοηΐδῃ ; but ‘let two generals of-the old-

θυτάτων ἐπιμελείσϑων ἑχατερῶν τῶν πλευρῶ
est (generals) ‘take-charge of-each _ of-the ae

δὲ ἡμεὶς ob νεώτεροι, te ἐγώ καὶ Τιμασίων,
and ‘let us the younger, namely I[ and Timusius,
ὀπισϑοφυλαχῶμεν, τὸ νῦν εἶναι. Δὲ

*take-command-of-the-rear, |the now to-be [for the present}. And (for)

204 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.
πὸ λοιπόν, πειρώμενοι ταύτης τῆς τάξεως, Ges
the rest, having-tried this — arrangement, always

Bovrevodueda ὅ τι ἂν doxy εἶναι

\or δὲ any time) we-can-consider what may seem to-be (the)

xpatiotov. Ki δὲ τις ὁρά ἄλλο
best. If indeed any-one perceives (any thing) else
βέλτιον, λεξάτω. Δὲ ἐπεὶ οὐδεὶς ἀντέλεγεν,
better, let-him-mention (it), But when no-one objected,
eine’ Ὅτῳ doxel ταῦτα, ἀνα-
he-said: To-whom it-seems (that) these (things are right), let-him-
Tewato τὴν χεῖρα. Εδοξε ταῦτα. Νῦν
hold-up — (his) hand. He-approved these (things). Now
τοίνυν, ἔφη, ἀπιόντας det ποιεῖν τὰ
therefore, said-he, departing it-becomes (you) to-perform — (things
δεδογμένα" χαὶ ὅςτις τε
that) have-seemed-good (and been determined on); and whoever --
€ - 9 ~ 9 - ‘ 9 ’
ὑμῶν ἐπιϑυμεὶ ἰδεὶν τοὺς οἰκείους. pel:
of-you desires to-seo — (their) homes-and-families, let-hizo-
νήσϑω εἶναι ly 6 ἀνήρ᾽ yap ἔστιν ov τυχεῖν
remember to-be (a) brave man ; for it-is not to-obtain
τούτου ἄλλως"

of-this otherwise; [for in no other manner can this be obtained];
A

ὅςτις τε ἐπιϑυμεῖ ζῆν, πειράσθω νικᾶν" γὰρ μὲν

whoever — desires to-live, let-him-strive to-conquer; for indeed
TO χαταχαίνειν ἐστί τῶν νικώντων, δὲ
} the to-kill [killing] is (the part) of-the conquering, but
TO ἀποθνήσκειν τῶν ἡττωμένων᾽ δὲ

| the to-die [dying] (is the part) of-the conquered; and
καὶ εἴ τις emudvuel χρημάτων πειράσθω χρατεῖν"

also ifany-one desires property _let-him-strive to-vanquish ;
γὰρ ἐστὶ τῶν νικώντων χαὶ σώζειν
or it-is (the part) of — (those) conquering also to-save
τὰ ἑαυτῷν, καὶ λαμθάνειν τὰ

the (property belonging) to-themselves, and to-take the (property'

τῶν ἡττωμένων.

of-the conquered.

BOOK III. — CHAPTER IJ. 205

CHAPTER III.

Τούτων λεχϑέντων ἀνέστησαν, xm
Taess (things) having-been-spoken they-rose-up, and

ἱπελϑόντες χατέχαιον τὰς ἁμάξας καὶ τὰς σχηνάς"

departing they-burned the carriages and _ the tents;
δὲ μὲν τῶν ἀπέριττον ὅτου τις δέοιτο,
and ia of-the uous-things of-which any-one might-want,
μετεδίδοσαν dadshoug, δὲ τὰ ἄλλα εῤῥίπτουν
πήλῥτμεικως Ge one-another, but the rest they-threw
εἰς τὸ πῦρ. Ποιήσαντες ταῦτα ἠριστοτσίοι-
into the Having-done these (things) they-break-
odvto. Δὲ ἀριστοποιουμένων Μ τῆς
fasted. But (while) breakfasting ithradates
ἔρχεται σὺν ὡς τριάχοντα ἱσστεῦσι, καὶ xare-
with about thirty horsemen, and _ having-

= τοὺς oxparnyous εἰς ἑπήχοον λέγει
to (a) place-of-hearing he-speaks

Ἐγώ ὦ “Ἕλληνες ἄνδρες, ἦν καὶ πιστὸς
thus: 0 Grecian men, was even faithful
Κύρῳ, ὡς ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασϑε, καὶ νῦν εὔνους
to-Cyrus, as you know, and (am) now well-disposed

ὑμῖν" χαὶ εἰμὶ ἐνθάδε διάγων σὺν πολλῷ φόδω.

aie ; and I-am here living with much

Ei ody ὁρῴην ὑμᾶς βουλευομένους Th

" therefore I-perceive (that) you remaster any-thing

σωτήριον, ἄν ἔλϑοιμι πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἔχων

salutary, 'T might ‘go you, having (with me}

χαὶ πάντας τοὺς θεράποντας. Ody λέξατε
also — (my) followers. Therefore

ue τί ΕΣ ἐν νῷ ὡς φίλον τε καὶ εὔνουν
ne what you-heve in min’ es ‘to (8) ‘friend and also well-disposed

206 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

χαὶ βουλόμενον ποιεῖσθαι τὸν στόλον

{to you), and wishing to-muke the marce
χοινῇ ovr ὑμῖν. Tois στρατηγοῖς βουλευομένοις
in-common with you. The gene consulting -tugether

ἔδοξεν ἀποχρίνασϑαι τάδε: καὶ Χειρίσοφος

it-seemed (best) to-have-answered thus; and a muchas

ἔλεγε" Axel ἡμὶν, εἰ τις ἑᾷ ἡμᾶς ἀπιέναι
spoke: It-seems (good) tu-us, if any-one allows us to-depart

οἴκαδε, διαπορεύεσθαι τὴν χῶραν ὡς ἀσινέστατα
for-hume, to-pruceed-through the cvuntry as harmlessly-as

ἂν δυνώμεθα" δὲ ἦν τις ἀποχωλύῃ ἡμᾶς
‘we may *bo-able ; but if any-one prohibit

τῆς one; διαπολεμεὶν τούτῳ ὡς
to-‘fight (our way) ‘against this-one as

xpaTioTa, ἂν δυνώμεϑα. "Ex τούτου Μιϑραδάτης

bravely-as ‘we may tela On hradates

ἐπειρᾶτο διδάσχειν ὡς ἄπο εἴη σωθῆναι.
endeavoured to-instruct (them) how impossible it-would-be to-be-saved,

βασιλέως ἄκχοντο. Ἔνθα δὴ ἐγιγ-
ithe) king (being) unwilling. Hereupon indeed _it-was-

visoxeto bt. εἴη ὑπόπεμπτος" yap καὶ τις
perceived tha: he-might-be insidiously-sent ; for also some-one

τῶν οἰχείων Τισσαφέρνους παρηχολούϑει ἕνεχα
of-the followers pittance kd attended for-the-suke-of

πίστεως. Καὶ éx τούτου ἐδόχει τοὶς
(securing his) _ fidelity. And from this it-seemed to-the

στρατηγοὶς εἶναι βέλπιον ποιήσασϑαι δό

commanders to-be to-make (a) decree, (that)
Ege’ elev ἐν τῇ πολεμίᾳ τὸν
as-long-as they-might-be in the territory-of-the-enemy, (that) the
πόλεμον εἶναι ἀχήρυχτον. Γὰ -
war (was) to-be without-heralds (and implacable). For o»ming-

ἰόντες διέφϑειρον τοὺς στρατιώτας, καὶ
to (them) Fs eet A the soldiers, ard

διέφϑειραν ye ἕνα λοχαγὸν Νίχαρχον

a at-least one captain (namely) Nicarchus (the)

BOOK III. — CHAPTER ΣΙ]. 207

Apxdda* καὶ @yeto ἀπιὼν νυχτὸς
Arcadian ; | and he-went-uway departing [and he went off] by-nigh
σὺν ὡς εἴχοσι ἀνθρώποις.
with about thirty men.
Meta ταῦτα ἀριστήσαντες, καὶ διαδάντες
After this having-taken-their-first-meal, and having-crossed

τὸν ποταμόν Ὡαπάταν, ἐπορεύοντο τεταγμένοι
the river Zapata, they-marched-forth drawn-up-in-order,

ἔχοντες τὰ ὑποζύγια καὶ τὸν ὄχλον ἐν μέσῳ.
having the baggage-cattle and the camp-followers in (the) middle

Δὲ αὐτῶν οὐ προεληλυϑότων πολὺ,

(οὗ the square). But they not having-gone far,
ὁ Μιϑραδάτης πάλιν ἐπιφαίνεται ἔχων ὡς δια-
- Mithradates again appeared having about two-

χοσίους inméas, xal ὡς τετραχοσίους τοζότας καὶ
hundred horsemen, and about four-hundred archers and

σφενδονήτας. μάλα ἐλαφροὺς xai εὐζώνους " xai
e light

slingers, very and active ; and

προςήει μὲν as ὧν φίλος πρὸς τοὺς “Ἕλληνας.
approached indeed as being (a) friend the Greeks.
Δ’ ἐπεὶ ἐγένετο ἐγγὺς, ἐξαπίνης ot
But when he-was near, suddenly — (those) indeed
αὐτῶν xal inneis καὶ πεζοί ἐτόξευον,
of-them both horse and foot commenced-discharging-arrows,
δ᾽ ot ἐσφενδόνων, καὶ ἐτίτρωσχον. Δὲ
and — (others) slinging-stones, and wounded (our men). But
οἱ ὀπισϑοφύλακες τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔπασχον
the rear-guard of-the Greeks suffered indeed
χαχῶς, & ἀντεποίουν οὐδέν. Γὰρ
badly, and could-‘do nothing ‘against (theenemy). For
TE ot Κρῆτες ἐτόξευον βραχύτε
not-only ‘did the Cretans ‘shoot (their) ‘arrows a-shorter-distance
τῶν Περσῶν, καὶ ἅμα ὄντες φιλοὶ
(than) the Persians, but-also at-the-same-time being light-armed

χατεχέχλειντο εἴσω τῶν ὅπλων᾽ οἱ ἀχοντισταὶ

they-were-included within the heavy-armed-men; the javelin-mes

208 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

TE ἠκόντιζον βραχύτερα ἢ ὡς ἐξικνεῖσθα,

mdeed ‘threw (their) ‘Javelins shorter than so-as to-reach

τῶν σφενδονητῶν. "Ex τούτου ἐδόχει Ἐξενοφῶντι
slingers. Upon this it-seemed to-Xenophon

om duxtéov’ καὶ ot τῶν ὁπλιτῶν
to-be mnecessary-to-pursue; and —(those)of-the heavy-armed-men

καὶ τῶν πελταστῶν ἔτυχον σὺν αὐτῷ
διὰ of-the targeteers (who) happened (to be) with him
ὀπισθοφυλαχοῦντες ediwxov’ δὲ διώχοντες xate
guarding-the-rear pursued ; but pursuing they-
λάμθανον οὐδένα τῶν πολεμίων. Tap οὔτε ἦσαν
overtook no-one of-the enemy. For neither were-tisore
ἱπσιεὶς τοὶς “Ἕλλησιν, οὔτε ἐδύναντο οἱ σιεζοὶ
horsemen to-the Greeks, nor could — (our) infantry

χαταλαμθάνειν, ἔν ὀλίγῳ χωρίῳ, τοὺς πεζοὺς

overtake, in (a) small space, the infantry
εὐγονπας ἔχ πολλοῦ" yas
(of the enemy) fleeing freu (a) (much) (distanc-); fore
ἦν οὐχ οἷόν τε διώχειν πολὺ ἀπὸ Tod ἄλλου
it-was not possible ἴο-70}}0.Ὁ far from the χοϑὲ (of the)
στρατεύματος. Δὲ ri βάρδαροι ἱππεῖς καὶ ἅμα
army. And the barbarian cavalry even while

4

φεύγοντες ἐτίτρωσκον τοξεύοντες ἀπὸ

fleeing wounded (our men) shooting-their-arrows from

τῶν ἵππων εἰς τοὔπισϑεν᾽ δὲ ὁπόσον of “Ἕλληνες

horses back wards ; and as-much-ag the Greeks

προδιώξειαν τοσοῦτον ἔδει πάλιν ἐπαναχω-

need-in-pursuit so-much it-was-necessary again to-re-

βεῖν μαχομένους. Ὥςςτε τῆς ὅλης ἡμέρας

fighting. So-that (during) the entire

οὐ διῆλδον πλέον πέντε καὶ εἴχοσι
hey-‘did not ‘pass-through more (than) five and twenty

"ταδίων, ἀλλὰ δείλης ἀφίχοντο εἰς τὰς
itadia, but late-in-the-afternoon they-arrived δἱ the
κώμας. Ἔνϑα dy ἦν πάλιν ἀϑυμία. Καὶ
villages.

Here truly there-was ayain dejection-of-mind. And

BOOK ITI. — CHAPTER [1]. 209

Χειρίσοφος χαὶ of πρεσδύτατοι τῶν στ

Cheirisophus and the oldest of-the generals
ἠτιῶντο Ἐενοφώντα, ὅτι ἐδίωχεν
blamed Xenophon, that he-pursued (the enemy), (departing)
ἀπὸ τῆς φάλαγγος, χαὶ τὲ αὐτός ἐχινδύνευε
from the phalanx, and so-indeed he endangered
χαὶ οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἐδύνατα βλάπτειν
(himself) and ‘was none the-more ‘able to-injure
τοὺς πολεμίους. Δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἀχούσας ἔλεγεν
enemy. But Xenophor having-heard (this) said
he ἠἠτιώντο ὀρϑῶς, καὶ TO ἔργον αὑτὸ
that RS τ] (him) justly, and (that) the act iteelf
μαρτυροίη αὐτοῖς. “AAA ἐγώ, ἔφη,
(in its results) bore-testimony for-them. But I, said-he,
dvayxdosny διώχειν, ἐπειδὴ ἑώρων ἡμᾶς μὲν
was-forced to-pursue, after I-saw (that) we indeec
ἐν τῷ μένειν πάσ-

jin the to-remain [in keeping our stations in the hollow square] were-

χοντας καχῶς, δὲ οὐ δυναμένους ἀντισιοιεῖν. Δὲ

suffering badly, and not being-able to-retaliate. But
ἐπειδὴ ἐδιώχομεν, ἔφη, ἀληθῆ υὑμεὶς
when we-pursued, said-he, (the things were) true (as) you
λέγετε" γὰρ μὲν ἐδυνάμεϑα ποιεῖν οὐδὲν μᾶλλον
Bay; for indeed we-were-able to-do not-any more
mands τοὺς πολεμίους, δὲ ἀνεχωροῦμεν πάνυ
injury (to) the enemy, but we-returned very
χαλεπῶς. Χάρις οὖν toils θεοῖς ὅτι οὐχ
difficultly. Thanks therefore to-the gods, that they-‘did not
ἦλθον σὺν πολλῇ ῥώμῃ ἀλλὰ σὺν ὀλίγοις,
‘come with (a) great force bat (only) with (a) fow

ὥςτε μὲν μὴ βλάψαι μεγάλα, δὲ

(troops), so-as indeed not to-have-injured (us) much, and (yet;

δηλῶσαι ὧν δεόμεϑα. Tap νῦν μὲν οι

to-have-shown (us) what we- needed. For now indeed the
πολέμιοι τοξεύουσι χαὶ σφενδονῶσιν

enemy ‘shoot (their) ‘arrows ani sling-stones

210 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ὅσον οὔτε οἱ Κρῆτες δύνανται ἀντιτοξεύειν,
‘so (far) ‘as (that) neither the Cretans are-able to-shoot-back,

obte ob βάλλοντες Ex χειρὸς ἐξικνεῖσθαι,
nor —(those) throwing from (the) hand (are able) to-reack,
δὲ ὅταν διώχωμεν αὐτοὺς, μὲν οὐχ οἷόν Te
and when we-pursue them, (it is) indeed not proper --
διώχεν πολὺ γωρίον ἀπὸ Tod στρατεύματος,

to-follow (a) great distance from the army,
δὲ οὐδ᾽ ἐν ὀλέγῳ, εἰ ταγὺς πεζός
but neither ἴῃ (8) small (space), if (ever 80) swift (the) foot-soldier
ein, ἂν διώχων χαταλάδοι πεζὸν

might-be, could ‘he pursuing ‘overtake (a) foot-soldier | (he be-
ἐχ ὑματος τόξου.

ing distant) from ([80) drawing ‘of(a) ‘bow (starting from the

Εἰ οὖν ἡμεῖς μέλλομεν

distance of a bow-shot ἔγοτα εἶ]. If therefore we intenc

εἴργειν τούτους, ὥςτε μὴ δύνασϑαι

to-keep-off these (our enemies), 80-88 not to-be-able
βλάπτειν ἡμᾶς πορευομένου, δε ῤ στὴν Tar
to-hurt us marching-forth, it-is-necessary — as-
χίστην te σφενδονητῶν καὶ ἱπσέων.
speedily-as-possible (to procure) not-only _slingers but-also cavalry.
᾿Αχούω δ᾽ εἶναι ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι ἡμῶν
[-hear indeed (that) there-are in the army of-us
Ῥοδίους, φασιν τοὺς πολλούς ὧν ἐπίστασθαι
Rhodians, they-say (that) the great-part of-them know
σφενδονᾶν, καὶ τὸ βέλος αὐτῶν καὶ
jhow) to-use-the-sling, and (that) the weapon of-them alse
φέρεσϑαι διπλάσιον τῶν Περσιχῶν σφενδονῶν.
oarries double (the distance) of-the Persian slings.
Pap ἐκεῖναι διὰ σφενδονᾶν τοὶς λίϑοις
For these (Persian slings) on-account-of slinging -- stones
χειροπληϑέσι ἐξικνοῦνται ἐπὶ βραχὺ"
filliag-the-hands reach (only) to (a) short (distance);

δὲ ye οἱ Ῥόδιοι καὶ ἐπιστανται χρῆσϑαι
but -- the Rhodiars even know (how) to-use

BOOK III. —CHAPTEs III. 211

poaub diow. “Hy οὖν ἐπισχεψώμεϑα tives αὐτῶ»

en-bulets. If then we-ascertain which-ones of-them

πέπανται σφενδόνας, καὶ μὲν δῶμεν ἀργύριον

have-acquired slings, and (that) indeed we-give money
τούτῳ. αὐτῶν, δὲ τῷ ἐθέλοντι πλέχειν
to-that-one ffor-them, and — (to him) willing to-plait

LA

τελῶμεν ἄλλο ἀργύριον, καὶ τῷ

sther (slings) we-might-give other money, and — (for him)

ἐθέλοντι σφενδονᾶν ἐν TH τεταγμένῳ
τοῖς to-use-the-sling in the rank-or-place-assigned- to (him)

ίσχωμεν TWA ἄλλην ἀτέλειαν, ἴσως τινὲς

we-may-find some other privileges, probably some
ἱκανοὶ ὠφελεῖν ἡμᾶς φανοῦνται.
capable to-aid us will-appear (and offer their services).

Δὲ xai ὁρῶ ἵππους ὄντας ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι,
And also [-8ὁ0 horses (betng) in the army,

τοὺς τινας μὲν παρ᾽ ἐμοί δὲ τοὺς
se (are) me

some — (others)

καταλελειμμένους τὸ Κλεάρχῳ, δὲ καὶ πολλοὺς

left Clearchus, and also many

ἄλλους αἱ ἐπαβδβυς σχευοφοροῦντας. "Ἂν

others taken-from-the-enemy (used in) ihe ee
οὖν ἐχλέξαντες πάντας τούτους, ὲ

therefore, collecting all these (horses), ‘we indeed
ἀντιδῶμεν σχευοφόρα, δὲ κατασκευάσωμεν
‘give-in-place (of Mie ae cattle, and equip

τοὺς ἵππους εἷς ἱσυπέας, ἴσως xal οὗτοι ἀνιάσουσι
the horses for cavalry, perhaps even these will-annoy

τι τοὺς φεύγοντας. Ταῦτα
gmewhat the (enemy) fleeing. | (Respecting) these (things)

ἔδοξε. Καὶ τῆς ταύτης
It-seemed-right. [These things were approved of.] And _ the same

νυχτὸς μὲν ἐγένοντο σφενδονῆται εἰς

aight indeed there-became slingers to (the num «sr of )
duaxocious, δὲ καὶ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἵπποι δὲ καὶ
two-handred, and also on-the next-day horses and alae

212 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON

ἱσσιεὶς εἰς πεντήχοντα ἐδοχιμάσθησαν,
horsemen to (the number of) fifty were-judged-fit

καὶ σπολάδες καὶ θώραχες ἐπορίσθησαν
(for service), and leathern-jackets and breastplates were-provided
αὐτοὶς᾽ καὶ Λύχιος ὁ ἸΠολυστράτου ᾿Αϑηταῖος
for-them and Lycius the son-of-Polystratus (the) Athenias

de éncotasy ἱἂππαρχος.
‘was also ‘appointed (their) commander.

CHAPTER IV.

Δὲ μείναντες τὴν ταύτην ἡμέραν, τῇ GAD 4
AND halting for — that-same day, on-the Ὁ" at
ἀναστάντες πρωϊαίτερον ἔπορεύοντ γ᾽
(day) rising-up earlier-in-the-morning (than usual) they-marched-forth ;
γὰρ ἔδει αὐτοὺς διαθδῆναι χαρά;
or it-was-necessary (that) they should-cross (a) ravine-forned-
ραν, ἐφ᾿ ἧ ἐφοδοῦντο μὴ οἱ πολέμιοι
by-a torrent, at which they-were-afraid lest the enemy

ἐπιϑοῖντο αὐτοῖς diabaivovor. Δὲ αὐτοὶς διαθε-
might-attack them crossing-over. But they having-

6yxdow 6 Μιϑραδάτης πάλιν φαίνεται ἔχων

crossed-over --- Mithradates again appeared having (δὶ

χιλίους ἱππέας δὲ καὶ τοξότας σφενδονήτας

thousand horsemen and also archers (and) slingers
εἰς τετραχιςχιλίους᾽ γὰρ ytnoe Τισσα-
to (the number of ) four-thousand ; for he-solicited Tissa-
φέρνην τοσούτους, καὶ Faber, ὑποσχόμενος
phernes (for) so-many, and obtained (them), promising

ἂν λάθῃ τούτους, παραδώσειν τοὺς Ελληνας

‘f."he should ‘receive these, to-deliver the Greeks
GUTH, καταφρονήσας, ὅτι, ἐν τῇ πρόσϑεν

‘o-him, having-despised (them), because, in the former
προςόολῃ ἔχων ὀλίγους ἔπαϑε μὲν οὐδέν,
atiack having (only) few (men) he-suffered indeed no (loss)

BOOK III. —CHAPTER IV. 218

δὲ ἐνόμιζε ποιῆσαι πολλὰ καχὰ

and isa (that) he-had-occasioned (them) much annoyance

᾿Επεὶ δὲ οἱ Ἕλληνες διαδεθηχότες

When indeed the Greeks *having (now) ‘crossed (the ra
ἀπεῖχον τῆς χαράδ ὅσον ὀχτὼ στα

vine, and) ociea πρός τ SO ae about = eight sta-

δίους, χαὶ 6 Μιϑραδάτης διέδαινεν ἔχων τὴν
also

-- seh aaah crossed-over having the

ais Aé παρήγγελτο τε
force (above mentioned). And instructions-had-been-given not-only

τῶν πελταστῶν, καὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν,
(to those) of-the targeteers, but-also (to those) of-the heavy-armed-men,
ods ἔδει διώχειν, χαὶ εἴρητο τοὶς ἱππεῦσι
whom it-became to-pursue, and-also it-was-told to-the horsemen
διώκειν θαῤῥοῦσ, ὡς ἱκανῆς δυνάμεως ἐφε.
to-pursue being-confident-and-bold, as (a) sufficient force would

μένης. "Enel δὲ ὁ Μιϑραδάτης κατειλήφει.

be-following (them). When indeed — Mithradates had-overtaken

xal ἤδη σφενδόναι xai τοξεύματα
(them), δηοὰ already (the) slings and arrows

ἐξιχοῦντο ἐσήμηνε τοῖς Ἕλλησι
began-to-reach (them) (then) the-signal-was-given to-the Ga.eeks

τῇ σάλπιγγι, καὶ εὐϑὺς, οἷς εἴρητο,

with-the trumpet, and directly ‘they, of-whom it-was-requested,

ESeov ὁμόσε, χαὶ οἱ ἱππεὶς ἤλαυνον"
‘ran there (to meet the enemy), and the cavalry charged ;

dé οἱ οὐχ ἐδέξαντο ἀλλ᾽ ἔφευγον

but the (enemy) ‘did ποὺ ‘receive (them) but
ἐπὶ τὴν χαράδραν. Ἐν τῇ ταύτῃ διώξει τε

ravine. -- this pursuit not-only

iid τῶν πεζῶν τοῖς βαρδάροις ἀπέϑανον,
died,

many of-the foot-soldiers (of ) the barbarians

καὶ ἔν τῇ χαράδρᾳ ἐλήφϑησαν ζωοὶ εἰς
but-also in the were-taken alive to (the number ot)

ὀχτωχαίδεχα τῶν ἱππέων. Οἱ Ἕλληνες δὲ
vig .teen of-the horsemen. The Greeks indee4

214 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

αὐτοχέλευστοι yxicarto τοὺς ἀποδανόντας, ὡς
of-their-own-accord mutilated the dying, 88

ὅτι εἴη φοθερώτατον τοῖς πολεμίοις ὁρᾶν.
that it-might-be most-frightful for-the enemy to-see.
Kai μὲν ot πολέμιοι πράξαντες οὕτω ἀπῆλθον"
And indeed the enemy having-fared thus departed ;
δὲ of “Ἕλληνες πορευόμενοι ἀσφαλῶς τὸ λοιπὸν
but the Greeks proceeding safely (for) the rest
τῆς ἡμέρας, ἀφίχοντο ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν Τίγρητα.
of-the day, arrived at the river Tigris.
~ ¥ s 9. » ’
Ertatsa ἦν μεγάλη ἐρήμη πόλις, ὃ
Here there-was (a) large deserted city, and (the)
ὄνομα αὐτῇ ἦν Adpicoa’ δὲ Μῆδοι τὸ παλαιὸν
name to-it was Larissa; and(the) Medes — formerly
@xovv αὐτὴν. Τὸ εὖρος δὲ τοῦ τείχους αὐτῆς
inhabited it. The breadth indeed of-the wall of-it
ἦν πέντε καὶ εἴχοσι πόδες, δ᾽ ὕψος ἕχατόν᾽
was five and twenty feet, and (the) height a-hundred;
ἢ περίοδος δὲ τοῦ κύκλου δύο παρασάγγαι"
the circuit indeed of-the enclosure (was) two parasanys;
@xoddunto δὲ πλίνϑοις κεραμίαις" δ᾽ ὑπῆν
it-was-built — of-bricks made-of-clay; and there-was-under (it)
λιϑίνη κρηπὶς τὸ ὕψος εἴχοσι ποδῶν.
(a) stone foundation the height (of it being) twenty feet.
Ὁ βασιλεὺς Περσῶν, ὅτε Πέρσαι ἐλάμθανον

The king ‘of (the) ‘Persians, when (the) Persians were-wresting

τὴν ἄρχὴν napa Μήδων, πολιορχῶν ταύτην,

the empire from (the) Medes, besieging this (city),
ἐδύνατο οὐδενὶ πρόπῳ édeiv' δὲ νεφέλη
could in-no manner vake (it); but (a) cloud
προχαλύψασα ἥλιον ἐφάνισε, μέχρι οἱ ἄνϑρωποι
having-covered (the) sun made-it-disappear, until the people
ἐξέλιπον, καὶ οὕτως ἑάλω. Παρὰ ταύτην
deserted (it), and 80 it-was-taken. Near this

τὴν πόλν ἦν λιϑίνη πυραμὶς, τὸ εὖρος
ood city there-was (a) stone pyramid, the breadtb

BCuK III]. — CHAPTER IV. 215

ἑνὸς πλέϑρου, δὲ τὸ ὕψος δύο πλέϑρων.

deed (of itwas)of-one plethra, and the height of-two plethra.
Ἐπὶ ταύτης ἦσαν πολλοὶ τῶν βαρθάρων
On this (pyramid) there-were many of-the barbarians
dnonepevy tec ἐκ τῶν χωμῶν πλησίον. Ἐντεῦνεν
having-flea from the villages near. Hence
ἐπορεύϑησαν ἕνα σταϑμὸν, ἕξ παρασάγγας,
they-proceeded one day’s-march, (making) six parasangs,

πρὸς μέγα ἔρημον τεῖχος, κείμενον πρὸς τῇ

to (a) large deserted fortress, situated near — (a)
more’ δὲ ὄνομα τῇ πόλει ἦν Μέσπιλα'
city ; and (the) name (to-the) (of the) city was Mespila;
δ Μῆδοι ποτε ῴχουν αὐτήν. Δὲ ἢ κρηπὶς
and (the) Medes formerly inhabited it. And the foundations

μὲν ἦν ξεστοῦ λίϑου XOVYVAIATOV, τὸ εὗρος
indeed was of-polished stone (full of ) shells, the breadth

πεντήχοντα ποδῶν, καὶ TO ὕψος
(thereof was) fifty feet, and the height
πεντήχοντα. ᾿Επὶ δὲ ταύτῃ ἐπῳκχοδόμητο
fifty (feet). On — this was-constructed (a)
πλίνϑινον τεῖχος, TO εὗρος μὲν πεντήχοντα
brick wall, the breadth indeed (thereof being) fifty
ποδῶν, δὲ τὸ ὕψος ἕχατόν᾽ δὲ n περίοδος τοῦ
feet, and the height a-hundred; and the circuit of-the

xixrAov ξ παρασάγγαι. ᾿Ἐντιῦϑα Μηδία

enclosure (was) six parasangs. Hew Media (the)

7 ββασιλέως ἐλέγετο xatapvy ιν ὅτε Μῆδοι
wife ‘of(the) ‘king it-is-said took-refuge when (the) Medes

ἀπώλεσαν τὴν ἀρχὴν ὑπὸ Περι Μ΄. Δὲ ὁ

were-deprived (of) the empire by (the) Persia But the
βασιλεὺς Περσῶν πολιορχῶν ταύτη, πόλι:
king ‘of (the) ‘Persians besieging this sity ‘waa

οὐχ ἐδύνατο ἑλεν οὔτε χρόνῳρρ, οὔτε βιπ'
βοὶ ‘able to-take (it) either by-length-of-time, or by-force.

216 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

δὲ Zevo novel τοὺς ἐνοιχοῦντας ἐμύροντήτους.
but Jupiter made the inhabitants (asit were) thunder-struck,
καὶ οὕτως ἑάλω.
and so (the place) was-taken.

᾿Εντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν ἕνα σταϑμὸν,

Hence — they-proceeded one day’s-march, (making
φέτταρας παρασάγγας. ics δὲ τοῦτον τὸ;
four parasangs. In - this -
σταϑμὸν Τισσαφέρνης ἐπεφάνε, ἔχων τε
day’s-march Tissaphernes appeared, having not-only (the,
ἱππέας ots αὐτὸς ἦλΘε, xal τὴν δύναμι:
cavalry (with) which he came, but-also the force
> ~ A ,
Opéyvtov tod ἔχοντος τὴν θυγατέ
of-Orontes — (be) having (withhim) the daughter

βασιλέως, χαὶ ἔχω. ββαρθδάρους
‘of (the) ‘king (in marriage), and having (the) arbarians
ois Κῦρος ἀνέθη, καὶ ἔχων οὗς ὁ
whom Cyrus ποηΐ-ρ (with), and having (the troops) which the
ἀδελφὸς βασιλέως ἐθοήϑει βθασιλεὶ, καὶ,
brother οὗ (1890) ‘king assisted (the) king (with), and,

τούτοις, ὅσους βασιλεὺς ἔδωχεν αὐτῷ"
besides these, as-many-as (the) king had-given him ;
ὥστε τὸ στράτευμα ἐφάνη πάμπολυ. A’
so-that the army appeared exceeding'y (large). But
ἐπεὶ ἐγένετο ἐγγὺς, μὲν καταστήσας τὰς
when he-came near, (then) indeed having-placed — (some!
τῶν τάξεων Snider εἶχε, δὲ
of — (his) ranks in-the-rear he-kept (them there), but lead-
γαγών τὰς ἐμδάλλειν εἰς τὰ
ing — (others) (obliquely) to-throw (them) to the
4 3 3 309

UO, μὲν οὐχ ἐτόλμησεν οὐδ
flanka, (though) indeed he-'did not ‘dare (to attack) nor
ἐδούλετο διαχινδυνείειν" δὲ παρήγγειλε
did-he-wish to-risk (any thing); but he-ordered

σφενδονᾶν καὶ τοξεύειν. "Emel δὲ οἱ
(his men) to-use-their-slings and bows. When indeed the

BOOK In. — CHAPTER IV. 217

Ῥόδιοι διαταχϑέντες ἐσφενδόνησαν, καὶ οἷ Σκχύ-
Rhodians dispe-sed-along-the-ranks used-their-slings, and the Sey-

Sat τοξόται ἐτόξευσαν, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἡμάρτανεν
thian archers used-their-bows, | and no-one failed ‘of (a)

ἀνδρός, (γὰρ οὐδὲ εἰ
‘man, [no one failed to hit a manj, (for neither if he-‘had

πάνυ προϑυμοῖτο ἦν ῥᾳδιον, καὶ ὁ Tw
very-much sd ae (to do so) was-it pqdior,) and — Tis-

Cae pene ταχέως ἀπεχώρει ἔξω ελῶν,
capepyn ie biter ey πεχώρ ade aes

καὶ at ἄλλαι ry ἀπεχώρησαν.
and the other divisions (of the Suleges (also) retreated.

Kat τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς ἐν ἔπο
Αὐὰ the rest of-the μέρα, τ the (Greeks) i iad corey

οντο, δ᾽ ot εἵποντο καὶ οἱ βάρθαροι
their-march, and the (enemy) followed; and the barbarians
> » 2.0 ~

οὐχέτι ἐσίνοντο τότε τῇ ἀχροδολίσει"
no-longer harassed (them) then with — (their) ne
yap οἱ Ῥόδιοι ἐσφενδόνων μακρότερον

for the Rhodians threw-stones (than) ἐξα

Περσῶν xai πλείστων τοξοτῶν. Δὲ χαὶ τὰ
Persians, and the-most of-the-buwmen. And also _ the

τόξα, τὰ Ἰερσικά, ἔστι μεγάλα: ὥςτε ὁπόσα
Be;

bows, (namely) the Persian, so-that as-many

φῶν τοξευμάτων ἁλίσκοιτο ἦν χρήσιμα τοὶς

of-the arrows as-were-taken (up) were useful to-the
Kpysoi: καὶ διετέλουν χρώμενοι τοῖς τοξεύμασι
Cretans, and they-continued using arrows

τῶν πολεμίων, καὶ ἐμελέτων ΡΥ ἄνω ἱέντες
of-the enemy, | and they-practised shooting upwards gving

μαχράν.

[and they practised shooting these arrows high into the air)
Δὲ xai εὑρίσκετο πολλὰ νεῦρα ἐν ταῖς κώμαις,
And also ἰδογ-εζουπὰ many bow-strings in the

καὶ μόλις δος, ὥςτε χρῆσθαι eis τὰς σρειδόνως

so-as to-be-used for

418 THE ANABASIS OF XENUPHON.

Kal μὲν ταύτῃ τῇ nuépa, ἐπεὶ ot “Ἕλληνες
And indeed on-that — day, when the Greeks
9 , , ε
ἐπιτυχόντες χωμαις κατεστρατοπεδεύοντο, οἱ
arriving ‘at (the) ‘villages encamped, the
βάρθαροι ἀπῆλϑον, ἔχοντες τότε μεῖον ἐν τῇ
barbarians departed, having then the-worst in the
ἀχροδολίσει᾽ δὲ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν ot “Ἕλληνες
ekirmish ; but on-the following day the Greeks
ἔμειναν, καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο᾽ yap ἦν πολὺς σῖτος
reluwined, and collected-provisions; for there-was much corn
ἐν ταῖς χώμαι. Δὲ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐπορεύοντο
in the villages. But on-the next-day they-marched
διὰ τοῦ πεδίου, καὶ Τισσαφέρνας εἵπετο axpobo-
[σουρ the plain, and Tissaphernes followed throwing-
λιζόμενος. Ἔνϑα δὴ οἱ “Ἕλληνες ἔγνωσαν,
at-them-frvm-a-distance. Here indeed the Greeke perceived,
ὅτι πλαίσιον ἰσόπλευρον εἴη πονηρὰ τάξις,
that (a) cclumn ' of-equal-sides was (a) bad arrangement,
πολεμίων ἑπομένων. Tap ἦν μὲν τὰ κέρατα
the) enemy following. For if indeed the wings
Tov πλαισίου συγκύπτῃ, ἢ ὁδοῦ οὔσης
,or flanks) of-tho square close-together, or (the) road being
, Ἃ 39 ἢ 9 7 Ἃ ,
CTEWITEPAC, y ορξὼν ἀναγκαζόντων, 2] γεῴφυρας,
narrow, or mountains forcing, or (a) bridge
éotiy ἀνάγκη τοῦς ὁπλίτας
to be passed), it 8 a-necessity (that) the heavy-armed-men
ἐχϑλίθεσθαι, καὶ πορεύεσθαι πονήρως,
be-pushed-out-of-the. -places, and march with-difficulty,
ο \ / \ 4 σ
ἅμα μὲν’ πιεζομένους, δὲ καὶ ἅμα
at-the-same-time indee { (being) pressed-upon, and also at-the-same-time
ταραττομένους" ὥςτε ἐνάγκη εἶναι
tkrown-into-confusion, so-that (from) necessity (they were) to-be

δυςχρήστους, ὄντας ἀτάχτους. Δ’ ad ὅταν τὰ

useless, be ng =in-confusion. And again when _ the

κέρατα διασχή, ἀνάγκη τότε τοὺς ἐκχϑλι-
wings divide, it is-necessary then (that) -— (those) pushed

BOOK III. — CHAPTER IV. 219

δομένυυς διασπᾶσθαι, xai τὸ μέσον»

eut-of-their-places ‘be (now) ‘drawn-asunder, and the middle
τῶν χεράτων γίνεσθαι κενὸν, καὶ τοὺς

(between) the wings becomes empty, and --
ταῦτα πάσχοντας ἀϑυμεῖν, τῶν

(those) ‘being thus ‘affected must-become-dispirited, the
πολεμίων ἑπομένων. Καὶ ὁπότε δέοι
enemy following (them). And whenever it-might-be-necessary

διαθαίνειν γέφυραν ἢ τινὰ ἄλλην διάθασιν,
to-go-over (a) bridge or any other crossing-place,

ἔχαστος ἔσπευδε βουλόμενος φϑάσαι πρῶτος"

each-one hastened desiring to-have-arrived the-first ;

xai ἦν ἐνταῦῶα εὐεπίϑετον ols πολεμίοις.
and there-was here a-Sne-opportunity-of-attack for-the enemy.
A’ ἐπεὶ οἱ στρατηγοί ἔγνωσαν ταῦτα, ἐποίησαν
But when the generals knew this, they-formed
ἐξ λόχους ἀνὰ éxatov ἄνδρας, χαὶ ἐπέστησαν
six companies each-of a-hundred men, and they-appointed
λοχαγοὺς χαὶ ἄλλους πεντη-
captains (over these) and (they appointed) others command-

χοντῆρας, καὶ ἄλλους ἐνωμοτάρχας.
ing-fifty (men), and others commanding-five-and-twenty (men).

Οὗτοι λοχαγοί dé πορευόμενοι,
These captains indeed (with their companies) on-the-march,
ὁπότε μὲν τὰ χέρατα συγκύπτοι,
whenever indeed the wings (or flanks of the square) closed,
ὑπέμενον ὕστεροι, ὥςτε μὴ ἐνοχλεῖν τοὶς κέρασι,
remained behind, so-as not to-disturb the flanks,

ἢ ~ » - 4
δὲ τότε γον ἔξωϑεν τῶν χεράτων.
and then | they-led-on ([defiled] outside the flanks,

Δὲ ὁπότε at πλευραὶ τοῦ πλαισίου διάσχοιεν

But whenever the flanks of-the square might-open
ἀνεξεπίμπλασαν τὸ μέσον, εἰ μὲν τὸ διέχον εἴη
they-filled-up the middle, if indeed the separating was

στενώτερον κατὰ λόχους" δὲ εἶ πλατύτερον κατὰ
narrow by companies; but if somewhat-wide by

22( THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

πεντηχοστῦς, δὲ εἰ πάνυ πλατύ κατ᾽ ἐνωμοτίας

fifties, and if very wide by twenty-fives.
ὥςτε τὸ μέσον ἀεὶ εἶναι ἔχπλεων. Εἰ δὲ καὶ
80-86 (for) the middle always to-be full. If indeed alse
δέοι διαδαίνειν tia διάθασιν ἢ
it-might-be-necessary to-go-through any passage-or-crossing or (over a)
ἔφυραν, οὐχ ἐταράττοντο, GAA’ οἱ λοχαγο:
bridge, they-'were not 'thrown-into-confusion, but the captaina
διέδαινον ἐν τῷ μέρει" καὶ εἶ
(with their companies) πθῃϊ over in — succession; and if
τι δέοι που τῆς φάλαγγος, οὗτοι

any-thing was-wanted any-where (in) the

ἐπιπαρῆσαν. Τούτῳ τῷ παι leita
were-at-hand. In-this -- order they-proceeded

τέτταρας σταϑμοὺς. Δὲ nvixa, ἐπορεύοντο τὸν
four days’-march. But when they-were-proceeding on-the

πέμπτον, εἶδον τι βασίλειον, καὶ περὶ
fifth (day’s march), they-saw a-kind-of palace, and around

αὐτὸ πολλάς χώμας, δὲ τὴν ὁδὸν πρὸς

it (there were) many villages, and the
τὸ τοῦτο χωρίον γιγνομένην διὰ ὑψηλῶν γηλόρω
— this lying over high
οἱ ilies ἀπὸ ὄρους ὑφ᾽ ᾧ ἦν ἢ

which reached-down from (a) mountain at (the foot of) which was the

χώμη. Καὶ μὲν ot “Ἕλληνες ἄσμενοι εἶδον τοὺς

village. And indeed the Greeks rejoicing saw
ynrdgors, ὡς εἶχός, τῶν πολεμίων
ills, as (was) natural, (the forces) of-the enemy
ὄντων ἱππέων. ᾿Ἐπεὶ δὲ πορευόμενοι ἐχ τοῦ
being cavalry. When indeed proceeding from [ἴδ
πεδίου ἀνέθησαν ἐπὶ τὸν τρῶτον γήλοφον, καί

plain they-ascended on-to the first hill, and (then)
χατέθαινον ὡς ἀναδαίνειν ἐπὶ τὸν ἕτερον.
they-commenced-descending so-as to-ascend oon-to the next,
"Evtaisa of βάρδαροι ἐπίγιγνοντα, καὶ ἀπὸ

Here the barbarians came-upon (ttem), and from

BOOK III. — CHAPTER IV. 221

τοῦ ὑψηλοῦ ἔθαλλον εἰς τὸ TU ALVES,
the high (ground) they-threw to the places-below, (and)

ἐσφενδύνων ἐτόξευον ὑπὸ μαστίγων. Καὶ
used-their -slings (and) shot-their-arrows, πάθον (the) _ lash. And

ἐτίτρωσχον πολλοὺς xai ἐχράτησαν τῶν γυμ-
they-wounded many, and they-had-the-advantage of-the _light-

γήτων “Ἑλλήνων, καὶ κατέχλεισαν αὐτοὺς εἴσω

armed Greeks, and ‘shut them ‘up within
τῶν ὅπλων, ὥςτε ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ
the heavy-armed-men, so-that on-that — (same) day both
ot σφενδονῆται καὶ ot τοζόται ἦσαν παντάπασι
the slingers and the archers were entirely
ἄχρηστοι, ὄντες ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ. Δὲ
useless, being song the crowd (of camp-followers). But
ἐπεὶ οἱ “Ἕλληνες πιεζόμενοι ἐπεχείρησαν διώχειν
when the Greeks hard-pressed attempted to-pursue

ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον σχολῇ, ὄντες

indeed they -διτὶ νϑὰ at the summit (but) slowly, being

ὁπλῖται, δὲ οἱ πολέμιοι ταχὺ ἀπεπήδων. Δὲ
heavy-armed, but the enemy speedily sprang-down. And

πάλιν, ὁπότε I-tio“EV πρὸς TO ἄλλο στράτευμα,
again, when they-went-back to the rest (of the) armry,
ἔπασχον ταὐτὰ" καὶ ἐπὶ tod δευτέρου γηλόφου
they-suffered the-same; and δ᾽ the second

ταὐυτὰ ἐγίγνετο᾽' ὥςτε ἔδοξεν αὑτοὶς μὴ

the-same-things occurred, so-that it-seemed (proper) to-them no

κινεῖν τοὺς στρατιώτας ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίτου γηλόφου,
to-move the soldiers fromthe third

πρὶν ἀνήγαγον πελταστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς δεξιᾶς πλευρᾶς
before they-had-led-up _targeteers from the right flank

τοῦ πλαισίου πρὸς τὸ ὄρος. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ οὗτοι
of-the square on-to the mountain. When indeed these

ἐγένοντο ὑπὲρ τῶν ἑπομένων πολεμίων, οἱ πολέμιοι
oad-gut above the pursuing enemy, the enemy

OUXETL ETETISEVTO TOIC χαταθαίνωυσι, dedci-
so-longer attacked the (Greeks) descending, having

22% THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

χότες μὴ ἀποτμηϑείησαν, καὶ ot πολέμιοι
feared est they-might-be-cut-off, and the sisi [the Greeks}

γένοιντο αὐτῶν ἀμφοτέρωϑεν. Tlopew-

might-be-on them [the Persians} frum-both-sides. Marck-

ere οὕτω τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς ἡμέρας, ot
thus for-the rest of-the Leas — (some) indeed

τῇ ὁδῷ κατὰ τοὺς γηλόφους, ot δὲ

on-tue τοδὰ over — (others) however

ἐπιπαριόντες κατὰ τὸ ὄρος, ἀφίκοντο εἰς
marching-alung (them) over the mountain, they-arrived at

τ as χώμας, χαὶ χατ ἔστησαν ὀχτώ ἰατ ροὺς" γὰρ
the villages, and they-appointed eight surgeons;

ἦσαν πολλοὶ τετρωμένοι.

there-were many wounded.
Ἐνταῦϑα ἔμειναν τρεῖς ἡμέρας, καὶ ἕνεχα
Here they-remained three days, both on-account
τῶν τετρωμένων, καὶ εἶχον ἅ
of-the wounded, and (because) they-had at-the-same-time
πολλὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἄλευρα, οἶνον, καὶ πολλάς
much provisions, (namely) wheat-fluur, wine, and much

χριϑὰς ovubebAnuévas ἵπποις. Δὲ ταῦτα

ὭΣ having-been-laid-up for-horses. For this (barley)

ἦν συνενηνεγμένα TH σατραπεύοντι τῆς
was collected for-the (person) being-satrap of-the
χώρας. Δὲ teva ἀρτῃ ἡμέρᾳ xatabaivovow εἰς
country. But on-the- day they-went-down to
τὸ πεδίον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ Τισσαφέρνης χατέλαδεν
the plain. When however Tissaphernes overtoug
αὐτοὺς σὺν τῇ δυνάμει, ἡ ἀνάγχη ἐδίδαξεν
them with — (his) force, — necessity taught
αὐτοὺς χατασχηνῆσαι οὗ πρῶτον εἶδον κώμην,
them to-encamp where first they-suw (a) village,

xai μὴ πορεύεσϑαι ἔτι μαχομένους" yap ἦσαν
and not to-march-on still fighting ; for there-wore
πολλοὶ ἀπόμαχοι, ot τετρωμένοι, καὶ
many unfit-for-action, (namely) — (those) wounded, and

BUOK If]. — CHAPTER IV. 223

e 4 e
οἱ φέροντες ἐκείνους καὶ ob δεξά»
— (those) carrying those (wounded), and — (those) having-re-

μενοι τα ὅπλα τῶν φερόντων. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ

ceived the arms οἴ — (those) carrying. When indeed
χατεσχήνησαν, xai ot βάρδαροι προςιόντες πρὸς

they-encamped, and the barbarians coming-up

τὴν κώμην ἐπεχείρησαν ἀχροδολίζεσθαι αὐτοῖς,

the village attempted to-skirmish with-them,

οἱ Ἕλληνες πολὺ περιῆσαν γὰρ διέφερε
the Greeks ‘had greatly ‘the-advantage; for ‘t-differed
πολὺ ὁρμῶντες Ex χώρας ἀλέξασθαι,
much (that) rushing from (theirown) ground they-repelled

ἢ πορευόμενοι μάχεσθαι τοὶς πολε-
{an attack), οὗ (that) marching-along they-fought the ene-
μίοις ἐπιοῦσι. Ἡνίχα δ᾽ ν ἤδη διεί-
my coming-upon (them). When indeed it-was now late-in-the

An, ἦν ὥρα τοῖς πολεμίοις ἀπιέναι" γὰρ οἱ
afternoon, it-was time for-the enemy to-depart; for the

Bapbapo: οὔποτε ἀπεστρατοπεδεύοντο μεῖον
τα never encamped at-a-less (distance

τοῦ Ἑλληνιχοῦ ἑξήχοντα σταδίων, φοθδού-
from-the Grecian (camp) (than) sixty stadia, fear.

μενοι μὴ ob Ἕλληνες ἐπιϑῶνται αὐτοῖς τῆς
ing lest the Greeks might-attack them (8) the

γυχτὸς. Tap Περσικόν στρ τεῦθα ἐστι πονηρὸν

night. For (8) Persian is (3) miserable

vuxtés’ yap τε οἷ ἵπποι αὐτοὶς
(thing) at-night; for not-only ‘are — (their) horses --
δέδενται, καὶ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ πεποδισμένοι
‘tied, but-.lso (as) for the most (part) have-been-tied-by-
εἰσὶ ἔνεχκα τοῦ μὴ φεύγειν

the-feet | on-account the ποῖ to-run-away [to prevent them -unning

εἰ λυϑείησαν᾽ ἐάν τέ τις θόρυδος γίγηνται,

away] if they-were-let-loose, if also any alarm should-occur,

del Πέρσῃ ἀνδρί ἐπισάξαι
%-becomes-necessary ‘for (the) ‘Persian man to-put-the-bousings

224 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

τὸν izendy, καὶ δεὶ χαλινῶσαι, και

on-the horse, and _it-is-necessary to-bridle (him), ana
θωραχισϑέντα ἀναδῆναι ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον. Δὲ
having-put-on-armour to-mount on the horse. But
πάντα ταῦτα χαλεπὰ ποιεῖν νύχτ'

all these (things) (are) difficult to-perform by-nig ight,
καὶ ὄντος θορύδου. Ἕνεχα

jand there-being (an) alarm [when there isan alarm]. On-account
τούτου ἀπεσχήνουν πόῤῥω τῶν Ἑλλήνων.
of-this they-encamped-at-a-distance far-from the Greeks.
Δὲ ἐπεὶ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐγίγνωσκον αὐτοὺς
But when the Greeks knew (that) they

βουλομένους ἀπιέναι καὶ διαγγελλομένους,

were-desiring to-depart and announcing (the same),

ἐχήρυξε τοῖς Ἕλλησι συσχευάζεσϑαι, τῶν
ὙΠ τς ἐμῇ to-the Greeks to-collect-their-baggage, the

πολεμίων ἀχουόντων. Καὶ οἱ βάρδαροι μὲν

enemy hearing (it), And the barbarians indeed
τινα χρόνον ἐπέσχον τῆς πορείας: δὲ ἐπειδὴ
for-some retarded the march ; but when
ἐγίγνετο ὀψὲ ἀπήεσαν.υ Ta οὐ ἐδόκει
it-became late they-went-away. For it-‘did not *seom
λυσιτελεῖν avtolg πορεύεσθαι, καὶ χατάγεσϑαι
to-be-expedient to-them -march, and arrive
ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον νυχτὸς. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ot
at the camp by-night. When ἰἱπάοοα the
Ἕλληνες ἤδη ἑώρων σαφῶς ἀπιόντας, καὶ
Greeks now saw (them) evidently departing, alsc
αὐτοὶ ἀναζεύξαντες, καὶ διῆλδον ὅσο

they-themselves having-decamped, even passed-over as-much-aJ

ἑξήχοντα σταδίους. Καὶ γίγνεται τοσοῦτον

sixty stadia. And = there-became such (an)
αξύ τῶν στρατευμάτων, ὥςτε τῇ ὕστε:
terval between) the armies, that on-the next

pola 0; moAéuor οὐχ ἐφάνησαν, οὐδὲ TH
the enemy ‘did not ‘appear, nor on-the

BOOK Ili. — CHAPTER IV. 225

τρίτῃ δὲ τῇ τετάρτῃ of βάρδαροι προελϑόντες

third ; but en-the fourth the ea ἊΣ

vuxtos χαταλαμδάνουσι. χωρίον ὕπερδέξιον,
in-the-night occupied (a) place above-on-the-right,

? οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔμελλον παριέναι ἀχρωτυχίον
y

-which the Greeks had to-pass on-the-brow

ὄρους, ὑφ᾽ ἦν ἦν n κατάθδασις εἰς
‘of (the) ‘mountain, beneath which was the descent

τὸ πεδίον. Aé ἐπειδὴ Χειρίσοφος ἑώρα τὴν

the plain. But when Cheirisophus

ἀχρωνυχίαν προχατειλημμένην, καλεὶ Ἐενοφῶντα

eminence pre-occupied, he-calls-for Xenophon

ἀπὸ τῆς οὐρᾶς, καὶ κελεύει λαθόντα τοὺς
from the rear, and orders (bim that) taking the

πελταστὰς παραγενέσθαι εἰς TO πρόσϑεν. ὋὉ δὲ

targeteers to-advance to the front. — But

Ἐενοφῶν μὲν οὐχ ἦγε τοὺς πελταστάς, (γὰρ
Xenophon’ indeed ‘did not ‘bring the targeteers,

ἑώρα Τισσαφέρνην ἑπιφαινόμενον, καὶ πᾶν τὸ
he-saw Tissaphernes appearing, and all — (his)

στράτευμα.) αὐτὸς δὲ mpoceAdoag ἠρώτα" Τὶ
army,) he-himself indeed baving-ridden-up inquired: Why

xaAeis ; Δὲ ὁ λέγει αὐτῷ Ἔξεστιν
do-you-call (me)? But -“--- (Cheirisophus) said to-him: You-may

a yap ὁ λόφος ὑπὲρ τῆς καταθάσεως προχα:

for the eminence δῦοσγθ the descent has-been-

ae ἡμῖν, καὶ ἔστι ov ελϑεῖν,
pre-occupied against-us, and it-is not (possible) to-pass (Ὁ),
εἰ μὴ ἀποχόψομεν τούτους ᾿Αλλὰ τί

— unless we-cut-off those (on it). But why did-"yoa
οὐχ ἦγες τοὺς πελταστάς; Δὲ ὁ λέγει,
not ‘bring [Ἃδ6 targeteers ? But — (Xenophon) replies,
ὅτι οὐχ ἐδόχει αὐτῷ καταλιπεῖν τὰ ὄπισθεν
that it-‘did not ‘seem-right to-him to-leave the rear
ἔρημα, πολεμίων ἐπιφαινομένων. ᾿Αλλὰ

destitute (of defence), (the* enemy appesring. But

226 THE ANABASIS OF XENUPHUN.

μεν ἔφη ὥρα γε βουλεύεσθαι πῶς τις
indeed said-he (it is) time ΠΩΣ to-consider how some

ἀπελᾷ τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀπὸ τοῦ λόφου
(of 18) will-drive — (these) men from _ the hill.

5 ὦν ταῦϑα Ξενοφῶν ὁρᾷ τὴν κορυφὴν τοῦ

Xenophon perceives the summit of-the

ὡς οὖσαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ στ Par EVUAT 0S
mous.tain (as) being above the army (of the Per-

ἑαυτῶν, καὶ ἀπὸ ταύτης ἔφοδον
si es: themselves, and from this (place) (there was) (an) approach

ἐγὶ τὸν λόφον, ἔνϑα οἱ πολέμιοι ἦσαν, καὶ λέγει"
to the hill, where the enemy were, and he-says:

Κράτιστον, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, ἡμὶν ἴεσθαι ὡς
(It és) best, QO Cheirisophus, for-us to-go as
τάχιττα ἐπὶ TO ἄχρον᾽ γὰρ ἢν
qui-k-.s-possible on-to the summit (of the mountain); for if
λάδωμεν τοῦτο, οἱ ὑπὲρ τῆς ὁδοῦ οὐ
wo-take this, — (those) above the road ‘will not
δυνήσονται μένειν. ᾿Αλλά, εἰ βούλει, μένε Ertl
"be-sble to-remain. But, if you-wish, remain with
τῷ στρατεύματι, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐθέλω πορεύεσϑαι" εἰ

army, indeed wish to-go-forward; if
δ χρήζεις, πορεύου ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος, δὲ ἐγὼ

indeod you-want-it, proceed oon-to the mountain, and

μενῶ αὐτοῦ. ᾿Αλλὰ δίδωμι σοι, ἔφη ὁ Χειρί-

will-remain here. But I-allow you, said — Cheiri-

copys, ἑλέσϑαι ὁπότερον βούλει. Ὃ Ἐενοφῶν

sophus, to-choose which-of-the-two you-wish. -- Xenophon

εἰπών ὅτι ἐστιν νεώτερος αἱρεῖται πορεύεσϑαι,
replying that (as) he-is the-younger it-becomes (him) to-proceed,

3 ἢ σῷ
δὲ χελεύει συμπέμψαι οἱ ἄνδρας ἀπὸ τοῦ
and he-requests to-have-sent (with himself) — men from __ the

στόματος" yap ἦν μακρὸν Aabeiv ἀπὸ

frent; for it-was (a) long (way) to-take (them) from

τῆς οὐρᾶς. Καὶ ὁ Χειρίσοφος συμπέμπει τοὺς

real. And — Cheirisophus sends-with (him) the

BOOK ITY. — CHAPTER Iv. 227

πελταστάς ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος: ἔλαδε δὲ τοὺς

targeteers from front; he-took also the

χατὰ μέσον τοῦ mAaiciov. A’ ἐχέλευσε
({targeteers) in (the) middle of-the square. And _he-ordered

καὶ συνέπεσθαι αὐτῷ τοὺς τριαχοσίους, οὗς
also te-follow him the three hundred, (men) whom

αὐτὸς εἶχε τῶν ἐπιλέχτων ἐπὶ τῷ στόματι τοῦ
he-himself had of-the picked-men inthe front of-the

πλαισίου

square.

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο ὡς τάχιστα ἐδύναντο.
Hence they-marched-forward as speedily-as they-could.

A’ οἱ πολέμιοι ἐπὶ τοῦ λόφου, as ἐνόησαν τὴν
But the enemy on the eminence, when they-perceived the
πορείαν αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ ἄχρον, εὐθὺς καὶ αὐτοὶ
march of-these towards the summit, directly also they
ὥρμησαν ἁμιλλᾶσϑαι ἐπὶ τὸ ἄχρον. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα

rushed to-contend for the summit. And here

ἦν μὲν πολλὴ ἢ xpavyn τοῦ Ἑλληνιχοῦ στρατεύ-

was indeed (a) great shout from-the Grecian

ματος, διαχελευομένων τοὶς ἑαυτῶν, δὲ
my, cheering-on — (those) of-their-men, and

πολλὴ xpavyn τῶν ἀμφὶ Τισσαφέρνην

much shouting | from — (those) about Tissaphernes [from the

διαχελευομένων τοὶς ἑαυτῶν.
army of Tissaphernes} cheering-on — (those) of-their-men.

Δὲ Ἐενοφῶν παρελαύνων ἐπὶ tod ἵππου παρε-
But Xenophon riding-along on — (a) horse en-

XEAEVETO Νομίζετε, "Avdpes, viv

couraged (his men): Consider, Omen, (that) now (you are)

ἁμιλλᾶσϑαι ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα, viv πρὸς τοὺς

to-contend for — Greece, new or — (your}
παῖδας xal τὰς γυναῖχας, νῦν πονήσαντες
children and — (your) wives, now having-laboured

ὀλίγον πορευσόμεϑα τὴν λοιπὴν ἀμαχεὶ.
e- little we-shall-march the rest (of the way) without-fighting

228 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

Δὲ Σωτηρίδης ὁ Σικυώνιος εἶπεν. ᾿Ἐσμέν οὐχ ἐξ
Βαὶ Soterides the Sicyonian said : We-are not ee
loov, © Hevopiv: yap ov μὲν ovel ἐφ᾽
an-equality, Ὁ Xenophon; for you indeed are-carried on (a)
ἔσσιου, ἐγὼ δὲ κάμνω χαλεπῶς, φέρων τὴν
horse, I however ‘sbour grievously, carrying — (my)
ἀσπίδα. Καὶ ὅς, dxovoas ταῦτα, χαταπηδήσας
shield. And who, hearing this, having-leaped
ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου, ὠϑεῖται αὐτὸν Ex τῆς τάξεως,
from — (his) horse, pushed him from the ranks,
nai ἀφελόμενος τὴν ἀσπίδα, ἐπορεύετο ἔχων
and taking — (his) shield, he-proceeded, having (it),
ὡς τάχιστα ἐδύνατο. “Etbyyave δὲ καὶ ἔχων
88 speedily-as he-was-able. He-happened — also having (a)
θώραχα τὸν ἱππικόν. ὥςτε
corselst (on) (namely, that peculiar to) the cavalry; so-that
ἐπιέζετο. Καὶ μὲν παρεχελεύετο τοὶς
he-was-oppressed. Yet however he-continued-to-exhort — (those)
Eunpoodev ὑπάγειν, δὲ τοὶς ὄπισϑεν, ἐπο-
in-front to-lead-on-gently, and — (those) in-the-rear, fol.
μένοις μόλις παριέναι. A’ οἱ ἄλλοι στρατιῶται
lowing with-difficulty to-come-up. But the other soldiers
παίουσι, καὶ βάλλουσι καὶ λοιδοροῦσι τὸν Σωτη-
beat, and throw-at and revile -- Sote-
ρίδην, ἔστε ἡνάγχασαν = Aabdyvta τὴνἄ ἀσπίδα
rides, until they-obliged (him) taking — (his) shield
πορεύεσθαι. Δὲ ὁ ἁναθάς ἕως
to-march-forward. But --- (Xenophon) having-remounted as-long-as
v

ἦν βάσιμα ἥγεν ἐπὶ τοῦ innov,
indeed it-was passable (for ἃ horse) led-the-way on horse-back,
δὲ ἐπε ἦν ἄθατα, καταλιπὼν τὸν ἵσισον
but when it-was impassable, leaving — (his) horse
ἔσπευδε πεζῃ. Καὶ γενόμενοι ἐπὶ τῷ ἄχρῳ
he-hastened-along on-foot. And __shaving-got on tv-the summit
φθάνουσι τους πολεμίους.
they-occupy (it) (before) the enemy.

ΒΟΟΚ IIl.—CHAPTER V. 229

CHAPTER V.

Ἔνϑα δὴ μὲν οἱ βάρδαροι στραφέντες ἔφευγον

Tugn truly indeedthe barbarians having-turned

ἢ ἕχαστος ἐδύνατο, δ᾽ οἱ Ἕλληνες
(by the way) which each-one could, and the Greeka
εἶχον τὸ ἄχρον. Οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ Τισ-
held the summit. | — (Those) indeed about [the armies of} Tis-
σαφέρνην γα! ᾿Αρίαϊον ἀποτραπόμενοι ᾧχοντο

deed Arisous having-turned-aside went-of

ἄλλην δδὸν. Οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον κατα-

another way. — (Those) indeed ee vee de-

Gavtes ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο ἐν κχώμῃ
scending encamped in (a) village ai (with )

πολλῶν ἀγαϑῶν. Δὲ χαὶ ἦσαν ἄλλαι
many good (things). And _ also there-were other

χῶμαι, ἐν τούτῳ TH πεδίῳ παρὰ τὸν ποταμόν
villages in this -- plain along the river

Τίγρητα, πλήρεις πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν. A’ nvixa
f

Tigris, of-many good (things). But, when
ἦν delay ol πολέμιοι ἑξατίνης i

it-was late-in-the-afternoon, the enemy suddenly

γονται ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ, xal xatéxolay τινας τῶν
pear in the plain, and cut-off some of-the
Ἑλλήνων ἐσκεδασμένων ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ χαϑ᾽

Greeks dispersed in the plain for plan-
yyv' yap xai πολλαὶ νομαὶ βοσχημάτων
der ; for also many herds of-cattle

κατελήφθησαν διαδιδαζόμεναι εἰς τὸ
were-seized (that were about) to-have-been-transported to the

πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ. ᾿Ἐνταῦϑα Τισσαφέρνης

epposite-side of-the river. Here Tissapbernes

230 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

καὶ οἵ σὺν αὐτῷ ἐπεχείρησαν χαίειν τὰς
and — (those) with him attempted to-burn the
κώμας. Kai τινες τῶν Ἑλλήνων μάλα, ἡδύ.
villages. And some of-the Greeks ‘were much ‘dis

μῆσαν, ἐννοούμενοι μὴ, εἰ χαίοιεν
heartened, being-apprehensive lest, if they-burned (the villages) they.
οὐχ ἔχοιεν ὁπόϑεν λαμθάνοιν τὰ
‘would not ‘have (a place) whence they-might-procure —
ἐπιτήδεια. Καὶ of μὲν ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον
provisions. | And — (those) indeed about Cheirisophue
> a 9 « [2
ἀπῇσαν ἐχ τῆς βοηϑείας
(Cheirisopbhus and his men] returned from (giving) — assistance ;
ὁ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν, ἐπεὶ χατέθη, παρελαύνων τὰς
but Xenophon, when he-came-down, _—riding-past the
τάξεις, nvixa οἱ Ἕλληνες ἀπήντησαν ἀπὸ
ranks, when the Greeks came-back from (giving)
τῆς βοηθείας, ἔλεγεν" Ὁρᾶτε, ὦ Ἕλληνες ἄνδρες,
-- assistance, said: You-see, O Grecian men,
ε ,

ὑφιέντας τὴν χώραν εἶναι ἤδη
(the enemy) conceding (that) the country is now
nuetépay’ yap ἃ, ὅτε ἐσπένδοντο, διεπράτ-
ours; for that-which, when they-made-the-truce, they-stipu-
Tovto, μὴ xalew τὴν χώραν βασιλέως, νῦν
lated-for, ποὺ to-burn the country ‘of (the) ‘king. now
αὐτοὶ χκαίουσιν ὡς ἀλλοτρίαν.
they-themselves burn (it) as (if it belonged to) another.
"AAA ἐάν ye nov καταλίπωσι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια
But if at-least any-where _they-leave - provisions
αὐτοῖς ὄψονται καὶ ἡμᾶς πορευομένους ἐνταῦϑα.
for-themselves they-will-see even us proceeding thither
Αλλ᾽, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, ἔφη, δοκεῖ μοι
But O Cheirisophus, said-he, it-seems to-me (that we ought
‘ e ~
βοηϑεὶῖν ἐπὶ τοὺς καίοντας, ὡς ὑπὲρ τῆς
to-give-assistance against «--- (those) burning, 88 for - (our|
ἡμετέρας. ‘O δὲ Χειρίσοφος einer: Οὐχ οὗ»

2wn-country. — But Cheirisophus said. It-'does not therefore

BOOK Il. — CHAPTER V. 28)

doxe ἔμουγε᾽ ἀλλὰ, ἔφη, — nuell καίωμεν,,

seem (so) to-me-at-least ; but, said-he, dc us
καὶ οὕτω θᾶττον παύσονται.
and 80 they-'will the-sooner ‘cease.
Δὲ ἐπε ἀπῆλθον ἐπὶ tas σκηνὰς οἱ
But when they-went-away to — (their) tents the
ἄλλοι ἦσαν μὲν

rest (of the army, being the private soldiers,) were indeed (occupied)
περὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, δὲ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ
about the provisions, δαὶ ([6) generals and (the) captains
~ q y 9 [2

συνήἥλϑον. Καὶ ἦν πολλὴ ἀπορία
convened-together (in council). And there-was much perp.exity
éytaisa. Tap μὲν ἔνδϑεν ἦν ὄρη ὕὑπερύ-
here. For indeed from-here there-were mountains exceeding-
ψηλα, δὲ ἔνϑεν ὃ ποταμὸς τοσοῦτος τὸ͵

high, but from-there — (a) river (having) so-great — ” (a)

Bastos, ὡς μηδὲ τὰ i tei ὑπερέχειν

depth, δ8δο- ἰδὲ not-even the were-above (the water)

ὠμένοις τοῦ βάϑους. Δὲ τις ἀνὴρ
(to i ing-trial of-the depth. But a-certain man

Ῥύδιος προςελϑών αὐτοῖς ἀπορουμένοις εἵπεν᾽
(a) Roodian coming-to them (thus) perplexed said:

Ey ne é ἄνδρες, διαδιδάσαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ

men, have-'‘crossed you ‘aver ‘by

sacle Ma ὁπλίτας, ἂν ὑπηρετήσητε
four-thousand heavy-armed-men ‘at-a-time, if you-will-supply

ἐμοὶ ὧν δέομαι, καὶ πορίσητε τάλαντον

me with-what I-want, and _ will-furnish (me) (a) talent (as a)

αισϑὸν. Δὲ ἐρωτώμενος ὅτου δέοιτο᾽ Δεήσομαι,
recompense. But ing-asked what he-might-require: I-shall-want,

ἔφη, διςχιλίων ἀσχῶν᾽ δ᾽ ὁρῶ πολλὰ πρόδατα

said-he, ἀρ aoe hides-for-bags; and I-see many sheey-

καὶ αἶγας καὶ βοῦς καὶ ὄνους, ἃ, ἀποδαρέντα
διὰ gosts and oxen διὰ asses, which, having-been-skinned

καὶ φυσηϑέντα, ἂν ῥᾳδίως παρέχοι τὴν
and blown-out, might easily furnis the (means of:

282 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHUN

διάθασιν. Δὲ καὶ . δεήσομαι τῶν δεσμῶν, ok
crossing. And also I-shall-want the cords, which

χρῆσθε περὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια" τούτοις ζεύξας τοὺς
you-use about the baggage-cattle; with-these having-joined the

ἀσχοὺς πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ὁρμίσας ἕχαστον ἀσχὸν

bags one-another, having-stretched each bag,

λίϑους ἀρτήσας, χαὶ ἀφεὶς
stones (having-been-suspended (from it), and pees (them) ‘dows

ὥςπερ a ἀγκύρας εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ, διαγ

anchors into the water, περ a ἢ (the bags) ‘across

xai δήσας ἀμφοτέρωθεν, ἐπιδαλῶ
διὰ having-secured (them) to-both (banks), I-will-'put
ὕλην, χαὶ ἐπιφορή ω γῆν Ὅτι
wood ‘on (them), and will-' earth ἢ over (the wood). That
A

οὖν μὲν οὐ καταδύσισϑε,

therefore indeed you-'will not "be-sunk, | (as) you-'will much
αὐτίχα εἴσεσθε" γὰρ πᾶς

immediately 860; [as you will at once perceive ;] for every

doxds ἕξει δύο ἄνδρας τοῦ μὴ καταδῦναι"
skin | will-keep two men from-the not to-be-sunk; [will

δὲ ἡ ὕλη xal ἢ
keep two men from sinking;] and the wood and the earth

σχήσει ὥςτε μὴ ὀλισϑάνειν. Τοῖς στρατηγοῖς,
-keep (them) so-as not to-fall-off. To-the generals,

ἀχούσασι ταῦτα, τὸ ἐνθύμημα μὲν ἐδόχει εἶναι
having-heard this, the contrivance indeed seemed to-be

χάριεν, δὲ τὸ ἔργον adivatov’ yap ἦσαν née
ingenious, but the execution impossible; for there-were on-the.

vy πολλοὶ ἱππεὶς ot XWAVOOVTES,
other-side many horsemen — (those) would-be-disputing (their pasy

of εὐθὺς adv ἐπέτρεπον τοὶς πρώτοις

age), (and) who immediately would permit the first (oe
ποιεῖν οὐδὲν τούτων. Ἐνταῦθα μὲν
(foremost) to-do none of-these (things). Thence indeed

τὴν ὑστεραίαν ὑπανεχώρουν εἰς τοὔμπαλιν.
on-the next-day they-slowly-began-to-retreat — back-again

BOOK III. — CHAPTER V. 288

τῇ πρὸς Βαδυλῶνα, εἰς τὰς ἀκχαύστους
by-the (road) towards Babylon, to the unburnt
κώμας, καταχαύσαντες EvSev ἐξήεσαν" ὥςτε
villages, having-burnt (those) whence they-departed; so-that
οἱ πολέμιοι οὐ προςέλαυνον, ἀλλὰ Estee
the enemy ‘did not ‘come-up (to them), but continved-

ὥντο, χαὶ ἦσαν ὅμοιοι θαυμάζειν
observing (them),|and they-were like § to-wonder [ςδπὰ they won-

ὅποι ποτὲ οἱ Ἕλληνες πρέψονται, καὶ
dered] where at-any-time the Greeks § would-turn-themselves, and
τί ἔχοιν ἐν νῷ. ᾿Ενταῦϑα μὲν οἱ ἄλλοι
what they-might-have in (their) mind. There indeed the rest
στρατιῶται ἦσαν ἀμφὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια"
(of the) soldiers were (occupied) about — provisions;
δὲ οἵ στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ λοχαγοὶ πάλιν συνῆλθον,
but the generals and the captains again assembled
χαὶ συναγαγόντες τοὺς ἑαλωχότας,
(in council), and having-brought-together --- (those) taken-prisoners,
ἤλεγχον πᾶσαν τῆν χώραν χύχλῳ,
they-questioned (them about) all the country in-a-circle (round
τίς ἑχάστη εἴη. Δὲ οἱ ἔλεγον,
abont them) what each (part) might-be. And — (they) said,
ὅτι τὰ μὲν πρὸὸ μεσημόρίαν εἴη τῆς
that the (1. “ἰ5) indeed towards (the) south were — (those
ἐπὶ Bab: λῶνα xai Mydiay δι’ Aone

towards Bae slon and Media through which ‘they (the Greeks)
ἤχοιεν. Se ἢ πρὸς ἕω φέροι ἐπὶ Σοῦσὰ

‘had-come; «nd --- (that) towards (the) east led to Susa
τε xai “Ex6atava ἔνϑα βασιλεύς λέγεται
— and Ecbatana where (the) king is-said
θερίζειν χαὶ éapicerr’ δὲ ἢ διαθάντι τὸν

to-spend-the summer and spring; and the (road) going-acrogss the
ποταμὸν πρὸὸ ἕσπέραν φέροι ἐπὶ Λυδίαν καὶ
rivor towards (the) west led to Lydia and
Ἰωνίαν δὲ ὅτι ἢὴ διὰ τῶν ὀρέων καὶ τετραμμένη
Tonia ; and thatthe(road)ever the mountains and winding

234 THE ANABASIS UF XENOPHON.

πρὸς ἄρκτον ἄγοι εἰς Kapdovyous. Δὲ ἔφασαν
to (the) north might-lead to (the) Carduchi. And = they-saic
τούτους οἰχεὶν ἀνὰ τὰ ὄρη;
(that) these (people) dwell (scattered) over the mountains,
καὶ εἶναι πολεμικοὺς, καὶ οὐχ ἀχούειν
and - are warlike, and ‘do not ‘obey (the)
βασιλέως: ἀλλὰ χαὶ ποτε βασιλικὴν
king ; but (that) even once (a) royal
στρατιάν, δώδεχα μυριάδας, éubarety
army, (of) twelve ten-thousand [120,000] (men), attacked
3 3 A Ἔ 4 3 4 , 3 «
εἰς αὐτοὺς" δὲ οὐδένα τούτων ἀπονοστῆσαι
-- them ; but (that) not-one of-them returned
διὰ τὴν διυςχωρίαν. πότε μέντοι
on-account-of the difficulties-of-the-country. When however

A

σπείσαιντο πρὸς τὸν σατράπην τὸν ἐν
they-inude-a-treaty with the satrap — (he who dwelt) in
τῷ πεδίῳ, καὶ σφῶν ἐπιμιγνύ
the plain, (that) also some-of-those (of the plain) had-intercourse
TE πρὸς ἐχείνους χαὶ ἐχείνων
— with those (mountaineers) and some-of-these (mountaineers)
πρὸς ἑαυτούς.
with those (of the plain).
Οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα ἐχάϑισαν
The generals having-bcard these (things) placed
χωρὶς τοὺς φάσχοντας εἰδέναι
apart — (those) saying (that) they-knew (the road)
ς , , Px ~~ 9
ἑχασταχόσε, ποιήσαντες οὐδὲν δῆλον, ὅποι ἔμελλον

in-each. direction, making no-one certain, whither they-intended
πορεύεσθαι. ᾿Εδόχει δὲ τοὶς στρατηγοὶς εἶναι
to-proceed. It-seemed however to-the generals to-be
ἀναγκαῖον ἐμθάλλειν διὰ τῶν ὀρέων εἰς
Recessary to-force-their-way over the mountains into (the coun
’

Καρδούχους > γὰρ ἔφασαν διελθόντας

tryof the) Carduchi; for they-said (that) having-passed-through

τούτους ἥξειν εἰς "᾿Αρμενίαν πολλῆς
these (that) they-would-come into Armenia (it being) large

BOOK Il. -- vmarrss V. 286

καὶ εὐδαίμονος, ἧς ᾿Ορόντας ἦρχε. Δ᾽ ἐντεῦθεν

and rich, (and) which rontes governed. And whence

3 ¥ 4
ἔφασαν εἰναι εὔπορον πορεύεσϑαι
they-said (that it would) be an-easy-thing (for-them) to-proceed
tis ὅποι ἐθέλοι Ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐδυ-
any where they-might-wish. With-reference to-these (things) they-
σαντο, ὅπως ὁπηνίκα χαὶ δοχοίη τῆς
sacrificed, in-order-that when it-‘might even ‘seem (tobe) the

ποιοῖντο τὴν πορείαν (yap
time they-'might (begin to) *make the march (for
ἐδεδοίχεσαν μὴ τὴν ὑπερδολὴν τῶν ὀρέων
they-feared est the passage-over the mountaius

, 4 ,
αταλγφϑείη) χαὶ παρήγγειλαν
might-be-pre-occupied) (by theenemy); und they-annvuunced (that)

ἐπειδὴ δειπινήσαιεν πάντας συνεσχευ-
when (the soldiers) had-supped (that) all having-packed-
ασμένους ἀναπαύεσϑαι, καὶ ἕπεσϑαι

up-their-baggage are-to-go-to-rest, and to-fullow ‘their leaders)

ἡνίχα τις ἄν παραγγειλῃ.

when any ‘signal might be-given.

286 THR ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

BOOK IV.
CHAPTER lI.

Ὅσα μὲν δὴ ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ ἀναδάσεε

Wuart indeed really happened in the expedition-up-the-country
μέχρι τῆς μάχης, καὶ ὅσα μετὰ τὴν μάχην

the battle, and what (occurred) after the battle

ἐν ταὶς σπονδαῖς, ds βασιλεὺς καί οἱ “Ἕλληνες
during the truce, which (the) king and the Greeks

ἀναδάντες σὺν Κύρῳ ἐποιήσαντο, xai doa,
going-up with Cyrus made, and what, (the)

pees καὶ Τισσαφέρνους παραδάντος τὰς

and Tissaphernes having-broken the

sani ἐπολεμήϑη πρὸς τοὺς fe lt τοῦ

truce, war-was-waged against the

Περσικοῦ στρατεύματος ascii
Persian army pursuing (them),
δεδήλωται ἐν τῷ πρόσϑεν λόγῳ.

has-been-related ἢ the preceding discourse.

Δὲ ἐπεὶ ἀφίχοντο, ἔνϑα, μὲν ὁ ποταμὸς Τίγ es

But when they-arrived, where indeed the

ἦν παντάπασιν ἄπορος διὰ τὸ

is altogether impassable on-account-of — (its great) depth
καὶ μέγεϑος, δὲ ἦν οὐ πάροδος

and size, and there-was no passage (along the banks),
ἀλλὰ τὰ Καρδούχια ὄρη op ματὸ ἀπότομα
as-indeed the Carduchian mountains steep
ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἐδόκει δὴ τοὶς

ever this river, it-seemed truly (therefore) to-the

BOOK IV.— CHAPTER I. 237

στρατηγοὶς εἶναι πορευτέον διὰ τῶν ὁρέων.

generals to-be necessary-to-march over the mountaive.
Tap ἤχουον τῶν ἁλισχομένων, ὅτι, εἰ
For they-had-heard ---ὀ (from those) made-prisoners, that, ἱἰέ

διέλθοιεν τὰ Καρδούχια ὄρη, διαδήσονται τὰς

they-should-cross the eee mountains, they-might-ford the
πηγὰς τοῦ ποταμοῦ Τίγρητος ey τῇ ᾿Αρμενίᾳ,

sources of-the river Tigris Armenia,
ἦν μὲν βούλωνται, δὲ ἦν cia μὴ,
ἰπ3οὰ they-wished (to do so), but if they-wished not
περιίασι. Καὶ τε ἐλέγετο

(todoso), ‘they (might) ‘go-round (them). And also it-was-said

τὰς πηγὰς tod Εὐφράτου εἷναι ov πρόσω
(that) the sources of-the Euphrates were not faz

τοῦ Τίγρητος, χαὶ ἔστιν οὕτως ἔχον.
from-the ‘Tigris, | and it-is 80 having [and it is

Δὲ ποιοῦνται EuboAny εἰς τοὺς
really so]. And they-make (the) irruption into the (terri-

Kapdovyous ὧδε, πειρώμενοι ἅ
tory of the) arduchi in-this-manner, endeavouring at-the-same-time
μὲν λαϑεῖν δὲ Gua pra
indeed to-have-concealed (their march) and-also at-the-same-time to-anti-
σαι τοὺς πολεμίους πρὶν xatarabeiy τὰ
cipate the enemy before (that) they-have-occupied the
Gxpa. “Enei δ᾽ ἦν ἀμφὶ τὴν τελευταίαν
heights. When indeed it-was about the last
φυλακὴν, καὶ ἐλείπετο ὅσον τῆς νυχτὸς

watch, and _ there-was-left as-much of-the night (as)

διελϑεὶν τὸ πεδίον σχοταίους, τηνικαῦτα ἀναστά»-
eee ee the plain in-the-dark, then rising-

τες, ραγγέλσεως πορευόμενοι ἀφικ
up, (and) τι φρο δε -of-commaud marching-forth they

νοῦνται ἅμα TH ἡμέρᾳ πρὸς
arrived at-the-same-time with-the (break of) day at

> 6
ee

238 1ΠῈ ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

Ἔνϑα δὴ Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἡγεῖτο τοῦ
flere indeed Cheirisuphus — took-the-lead of-the
στρατεύματος, λαδὼν τὸ ἀμφ᾽ αὑτὸν
army, taking (with him) — (those) about him

καὶ πάντας τοὺς γυμνῆτας. δὲ ἘΞενοφῶν
and all the light-armed-men ; but Xenvuphon

εἵπετο σὺν τοὶς ὁπλίταις ὀπισϑοφύλαξιν, ἔχων
‘ollowed with the heavy-armed rear-guard, having
εὐδένα μνῆτα᾽ γὰρ ἐδόκει εἷναι οὐδεὶς
not-one _light-armed-man ; for there-seemed to-be ne
xivdures, μή τις ἐπισποιτο ἐχ τοῦ ὄπισϑεν,
fear, lest any-one wmight-pursue from — behind,
πορευομένων ἄνω. Καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν
(they) marching upwards. And Cheirisophus indeed
3 , 3 A \ ν a ow
ἀναδαίνει ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκχρον, πρίν τινα TOD
went-up on-to the summit, before (that) any-one of-the
πολεμίων αἰσϑέσϑαι. Δ’ ἔπειτα ὑφηγεῖτο"
enemy perceived (him). But then led-forward-slowly :
δὲ τὸ τοῦ στρατεύματος ἀεὶ ὑπε
and the (part) of-the ariny from-time-to-time passing-
θάλλον ἐφείπετο, εἰς τὰς χώμας
over (the summit) continued-following (him), into the villages
τὰς ἐν τοῖς ἄγχεσι τε καὶ μι ois
(namely)— (those) in the narrow-valleys and also "ἢ (the) ‘recesses
τῶν ὀρέων.
of-the mountains.

"EvSa δὴ μὲν οἱ Καρδοῦχοι, ἐχλιπόντες τὰς

Then truly indeed the Carduchi, having-left --

959 ν A » - ‘ -
οἰχίας, χαὶ ἔχοντες γυναίχας και παῖδας,
(their) dwellings, and having (their) wives and children,

ἔφευγον ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη. Ἦν δὲ πολλὰ τὰ

fied oz to the mountains. There-wasindeed muck --
\ τ᾿

ἐπιτήδεια λαμδάνειν" δὲ χαὶ αἱ οἷχίαι ἦσαν

provisions to-take ; and also — (their) dwellings were

κατεσχευασμέναι παμσιόλλοις χαλχώμασι, ὧν ob
furnished with-a-great-many brazen-utensils. of-whicb the

BOUK IV. — CHAPTER I. 23h

Ἕλληνες ἔφερον οὐδὲν, οὐδὲ ἐδίωχον τοὺς

touk-away none, nor did-they-pursue the
ἀνδιόπους, ὑπορειδόμενοι, εἶ οἱ
people, sparing (them), as-if (to try whether) the
Καρδοῦχοι ἐϑελήσειαν πῶς αὐτοὺς διιέναι
Carduchi ‘would by-any-means ‘let them pass-through
ὡς διὰ τῆς φιλίας χώρας ἐπείπερ ἦσαν
as through “--- (a) friendly country’ in-as-much-as they-were
πολέμιοι βασιλε. Μέντοι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια,
enemies ‘to (the) ‘king. However _ the provisiors,

ὅτῳ τις ἐπιτυγχάνοι,

|to-which any-one ee [which any one might obtain,]

ἐλάμδανον" yap ἀνάγκη. Δὲ ot
they-took ; for ee (a) necessity (todo so). But the
Καρδοῦχοι οὔτε ὑπήχουον, καλούντων, οὔτε éntol-
Carduchi neither _listened, being-called-on, nor did-they-
ovy οὐδὲν ἄλλο φιλικὸν. Δὲ ἐπεὶ oi

make any-one other friendly (demonstration). But when the

τελευταῖοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων κατέδαινον εἰς τὰς χώμας
rear of-the Greeks were-descending into the villages

ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄχρου ἤδη σχοταῖοι (γὰρ διὰ

from the eminence (it being) now somewhat-dark (for on-account-of

τὴν ὁδὸν TO εἶναι στενὴν ἡ ἀνάδασις καὶ κατάδασις

the road — being ποτόν, 6 ascent and descent
εἰς τὰς χώμας ἐγένετο αὕὑτοις

to the villages happened for-them (to be the occupation of )
τὴν ὅλην ἡμέραν)" τότε δὴ τινὲς τῶν Kapdodyav

the entire day), then indeed some of-the Carduchi
συλλεγέντες ἐπέϑεντο ols τελευταίοις, καὶ
collecting-together attacked the hindmost, and
ἀπέχτεινάν τινας, καὶ κατέτρωσαν λίϑοις
they-killed some, and worried (them with) stones
καὶ τοξεύμασι, ὄντες ὀλίγοι, γὰρ
and arrows, (they, the Carduchi,) being few,

τὸ Ἑλληνικόν ἐπέπεσε ἐξ ἀπροςδοχήτου.

the Grecian (army) had-come-on (them) — suddenlv

240 THE ANAB 6 JF XENOPHON.

Εἰ μέντοι τότε συνελέγησαν πλείους

If however then they-had-assembled more (numerousiy) (8)

πολὺ τοῦ στρατεύματος ἐχινδύνευσεν ἂν
great (part) of-the army would-have-been-in-danger —
διαφϑαρῆναι. Καὶ οὕτω μὲν τὴν νύχτα
to-have-been-destroyed And so indeed — (that) night

ηὐλίσθησαν ἐν ταὶς κώμαις᾽ δὲ of Kapdodyos
they -lodged in the villages ; and the Carduchi

ἔχαιον πολλὰ πυρὰ χύχλῳ ἐπὶ τῶν ὀρέων, καὶ
burned many in-a-circle on the mountains, and

συνεώ ἀλλήλους. "Aua δὲ
observe (the position οὗ) one-another. At-the-same-time indeed

τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἔδοξε τοῖς στρατηγοὶς καὶ
with-the (break of ) ἘΠΕ it-seemed (best) to-the gene and

λοχαγος τῶν Ἑλλήνων συνελϑοῦσι,

captains of-the Greeks having-assembled-in-council,

πορεύεσθαι ἔχοντα ας τε τὰ ἀναγχαῖα καὶ
ἐφ μὐνἐϑλμ also (only) the necessary and

δυνατώτατα τῶν a χαταλισπόντας τἄλλα,

strongest of-the baggage-cattle, leaving-behind the-reat,

καὶ ὁπόσα ἀνδράποδα. ἦν νεωστὶ αἰχμάλωτα

and as-many slaves (as) were recently captured,

ἀφεῖναι πάντα ἔν τῇ στρατιᾷ. Tap τὰ
to-dismiss all (these) in the army. For the

ὑποζύγια καὶ τὰ αἰχμάλωτα ὄντα πολλὰ
baggage-cattle and — (those) captured being many

ἐποίουν τὴν πορείαν σχολαίαν᾽ δὲ οἱ πολλοὶ

made the march slow; and the many (men)

ὄντες ἐπὶ τούτοις ἦσαν ἀπόμαχοι, ἔδει
being (in charge) over these were unfit-for-action, it-was-necessary

TE διπλάσια ἐπιτήδεια 70 πορίζεσθαι
alx (that) double (the quantity of) provisions -procured

καὶ φέρ EONAL, τοῦ ἀνθρώπων ὄντων πολλῶν. Δὲ

snd τ men being many. Ana

δόξαν fie ἐχήρυξαν ποιεῖν οὕτω.
they-approved these (things), (and) ἀμ eka to-do 8

BOOK IV. —CHAPTER l. 241

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀριστήσαντες ἐπορεύοντο,
When indeed having-breakfasted they-proceeded (on their mareh),

x στρατηγοὶ ὑποστάντες ἐν TH στενῷ,
the _~— generals standing-secretly in -— (a) narrow (part of the

εἰ εὑρίσχοιν τι τῶν el un
rod) if they-found any-thing of-the (things) mentioned not

ἀφειμένον, ἀφῃροῦντο" οἵ ὃ
left, they-'took (them) ‘away; the (men) indeed
ἐπείθοντο, πλὴν εἴ τις ἔχλεψε τι, οἷον ἡ
obeyed, unless if any-one was-smitten-with any-thing, as

ἐπιθυμήσας παιδὸς ἢ γυναιχὸς τῶν εὐτρεπῶν.
ἀδνυίης- ἀοεϊτοὰ (a) bey or woman of-the handsome-ones.

Kai μὲν ἐπορεύϑησαν οὕτω ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν,
And indeed they-proceeded thus day,

τὰ μὲν μαχόμενοι τι, hi χαὶ τὰ
-- (sometimes) indeed fighting somewhat, and also — (sometimes)

ἀναπαυόμενοι. Δὲ εἰς τὴν ὑστεραίαν πολύς

resting. But on the next-day (a) great
χειμὼν γίγνεται, δ Av ἀναγκαῖον πορεύεσθαι
storm happened, but (yet) it-was necessary to-proceed ;

A \
yap τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἦν ov ἱχανὰ Καὶ μὲν
for the provisions were not sufficient. And indeed

Χειρίσοφος ἡγεῖτο δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ὠπισθοφυλάκει.

Cheirisophus continued-to-lead and Xenophon brought-up-the-rear.

Kai of πολέμιοι ἐπετίϑεντο ἰσχυρῶς καὶ
Αὐὰ [0 enemy ‘pressed greatly ‘on (them) and
τῶν χωρίων ὄντων στενῶν, προςιόντες
the places being narrow, (the enemy) coming-up
ἐγγὺς ἐτόξευον καὶ éohervddvav’ ὥςτε ot “Ἕλληνες
near they-shot-arrows and slung-stones; so-that the Greeks
ἐπιδιώχοντες καὶ πάλιν ἀναχάζοντες ἠναγκάζοντο
pursuing and again retreating were-compelled
πορεύεσθαι σχολῇ καὶ θαμινὰ ὁ Hevopay
east slowly ; and frequently — Xenophon

ελλεν ὑπομένειν, ὅτε οἵ πολέμιοι ἐπιχέοιντο
passed-the-word to-halt, owhenthe enemy might-'prese

242 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHOR.

ἰσχυρῶς. Ἔνταῦϑα ὁ Χειρίσοφος ὅτε

hard ‘on (them). Then —- Cheirisophus whea
@to ἄλλοτε μὲν ὑπέμενε, δὲ τότε

the-word-was-passed at-other-times indeed halted, but once he-'did

οὐκ ὑπέμενεν, GAN ἦγε ταχέως, καὶ παρηγγύα

not *halt, but led-on rapidly, and ordered
éncoSa.’ ὥςτε ἦν δῆλον ὅτι εἴη τι

(them) _ to-follow; so-that it-was evident that there-was some

πρᾶγμα" δ᾽ ἦν οὐχ σχολὴ
thing (todo); but there-was not leisure ‘for (a person)
παρελδϑόντι ἰδὲν στὸ αἴτιον τὴς

moving-along (to the front) to-have-ascertained the cause of-the

σπουδῆς ὥςτε ἡ πορεία ἐγίγνετο ὁμοία 7
haste; so-that the march became like ‘to(a) ‘flight

τοῖς ὀπισθοφύλαξι. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἀγαϑὸς ἀνὴρ

for-the rear-guard. here (a) brave

Κλεώνυμος τ ΩΣ ἘΣ TOLEVSELS
Cleonymus (a) Lacedzmonian died, being-shot-with-an-arrow

διὰ τῆς ἀσπίδος xal τῆς στολάδος εἷς TAS
through the shield and the corselet on the
πλευράς, xai Βασίας ᾿Αρχάς διαμπερὲς εἰς

side, and-also Basias (an) eine (shot) right-through —

τὴν κεφαλήν. ᾿Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίχοντο ἐπὶ σταϑμόν,
the head. When indeed they-arrived at (the) station

ὁ Ἐενοφῶν εὐθὺς ἐλϑὼν ὥςπερ
(or place of encampment) — Xenophon immediately having-gone | as

εἶχε πρὸς τὸν Χειρίσοφον

he-had (himself) [just as he was] to Cheirisophus

3 ,
ἠτιᾶτο αὐτὸν, ὅτι οὐχ ὑπέμεινεν ἀλλ᾽
he-blamed him, that he-‘did not ‘halt but (that)

φεύγοντες ἠναγκάζοντο ἅμα μάχεσθαι.

fleeing they-were-compelled at-the-same-time wo-fight

Καὶ viv δύο καλώ τε κἀγαϑὼ ἄνδρε τέϑνατον,
And πο two honourable and also-brave men have-died,
4

καὶ ἐδυνάμεϑα οὔτε ἀνελέσϑαι οὔτε
and we-could neither sarry-away (their bodies) nar

BOOK IV. — CHAPTER 1. 248

Oar} ar. Ὁ Χειρίσοφος ἀποχρίνετα. πρὸς ταῦτα"

bury (them). — ie answered these

Βλέψον, ἔφη, προς τὰ ὄρη, καὶ ἴδι

(things), Look, said-he, r — (these) mountains, and se¢

ὡς ἄδατα πάντα ἐστί' δὲ αὕτη μία ὁδός,
how impassable (they) all are; and this one (only) road,
ἣν ὁρᾷς, ὀρϑία, καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ ἔξεστί σοι
which you-see, (is) steep, and on this it-is-allowed to-you

ὁρᾶν τοσοῦτον ὄχλον ἀνωρώπων οἱ χατει-
to-see how-great (a) multitude of-men (there are) who having-

ληφότες Ὁ σττοῦσι τὴν ἔχθασιν. Ταῦτ᾽

occupied the pass. For-these (reasons)

3 € ’
ἐγὼ loadin: χαὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐχ ὑπέμενον
Ι ᾿ hastened-on, and _ for this I-'did not ‘wait-for

σε, gt πὼς δυναίμην φθάσαι τὴν
you, (but strove) if by-chance I-could reach the
ὑπερό' ολήν πρὶν χατειλῆφϑαι"

passage-over (the mountain) before it-had-been-occupied (by the enemy) ;
δ᾽ of ἡγεμόνες ots ἔχομεν, φασιν εἶναι οὐκ
for the guides whom we-have, say (that) there-is no
ἄλλην ὁδόν. ‘O δὲ Ἐενοφῶν λέγει" *AAA’ ἐγὼ
other road. — But Xenophon says: But

ἔχω δύο ἄνδρας. Tap ἐπεὶ παρεῖχον

have two men. | For when (the enemy) presented

πράγματα ἡμὶν, ἐνηδ

things to-us, [for when the enemy annoyed us,} we-pluced-an-

σαμεν, (ὑπερ xa xal ἐποίησε ἡμᾶς ἀναπνεῦσαι.)
ambush, | (whic made us breathe, ) [and

καὶ ἀπεχτείναμέν τινας

which gave us time to breathe,] and we-killed some
αὐτῶν, καὶ προὐϑυμήϑημεν λαθεῖν ζῶντας,

of-them, and we-were-eager to-take (them) alive,

ἕνεχεν αὐτοῦ τούτου ὅπως χρησαίμεϑα

on-account-of this | very-same (thing) that |§ we-might-use (them as)

ἡγεμόσιν εἰδόσι τὴν χώραν.

guides knowing the country.

244 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

Kai εὐθὺς ἀγαγόντες τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, dura

And immediately leading-forward the men, having-
θόντες ἤλεγχον, εἰ εἰδεῖεν τινα
taken (them) ‘apart they-questioned (them), if they-knew any
GAAwy odd. ἢ τὴν φανεράν. Ὁ
other road thax the (one) apparent (before them). The (one)
μὲν οὖν ἔφη οὐχ ἕτερος, καὶ μάλα
indeed — said (that there was) not another, and very

πολλῶν φόδθων προςαγομένων᾽ δὲ ἐπεὶ ἔλεγεν

many fearful-threats were-brought-forward; but when he-said

3@\ 3 , » C Lf ce =~
οὐδὲν ὠφέλιμον, κατεσ , τοῦ ἑτέρου ὁρῶντος.
nothing useful he-was-put-to-death, the other-one seeing (it).

Δὲ ὁ λοιπὸς ἔλεξεν ὅτι οὗτος μὲν
But the (one) remaining said that this (other one) indeed ‘would
ov φαίη εἰδέναι διὰ ταῦτα
not ‘say (any thing about another road) | to-appear through this
ὅτι θυγάτηρ τυγχάνει αὐτῷ
[for the reason] that (a) daughter happens (to be) to-him
éxel παρ’ ἀνδρὶ ἐχδεδομένη᾽ δ᾽
there with (a) δὴ having-been-given (to him in marriage); but
αὐτὸς ἔφη ἡγήσεσθαι ὁδόν δυνατὴν
he said (that) he-would-lead (them) ‘by (a) ‘road possible
πορεύεσϑαι καὶ ὑποζυγίοις. A’ ἐρωτώμενος, εἰ
to-be-passed-through even by-beasts-of-burden. But being-asked, if
ein τι χωρίον ἐν αὐτῇ δυςπάριτον, ἔφη
there-were any place in it difficult-to-pass, he-said (that)

εἶναι ἄχρον, ὃ εἰ μή τις οχαταλήψοιτο
there-was (a) height, which — unless some-one should-'take-possession-of

ἔσεσθαι ἀδύνατοι παρελθεῖν *“Evtaisa.

(it) ‘beforehand it-would-be impossible —_to-pass-cver (it). Then

ἐδόχει συγχαλέσαντας λοχαγοὺς χαὶ

it-seemed-proper having-called-together (the) captains (being) also

πελταστὰς καὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, te λέγειν

targeteers, and (those) of-the heavy-armed-men, | and to-tell
TH VTA,

jthem) the (things) beinz-present, [and inform them : Υ the state of affairs, ]

BOOK IV. — CHAPTER I. 445

και ἐρωτᾶ» εἰ ἔστι τις αὐτῶν, ὅςτις ἂν ἐϑέλοι
διὰ to-inquire if there-is any-one of-them, who might wish

γενέσθαι ἀγαϑὸς ἀνὴρ, καὶ

(to prove himself ) to-be (8) courageous man,
ὑποστὰς πορεύεσϑαι

having-engaged (himself ) to-go-on (this expedition as a)
ἐδελοντῆς. Ἰῶν ὁπλιτῶν μὲν ᾿Αριστώνυμος
volunteer. Of-the heavy-armed-men indeed Aristonymus (of )

Μεθϑυδριεὺς ᾿Αρχάς ὑφίσταται, καὶ ᾿Αγασίας
Methydrium (an) ince offered-himeelf, and (also) Agasias

Στυμφάλιος ᾿Αρχάς" δὲ Καλλίμαχος Παῤ-
(of) Stymphalus (an) Arcadian; but Callimachus (of) Par

dows, ᾿Αρχάς, ἀντιστασιάζων αὑτοὶς,

rhasia, (δ) Arcadian, ‘contesting (the honour) ‘with them,

ἔφη οὗτος ἐδελεῖν πορεύεσθαι προςλαδὼν

said (that) he-himself wished to-go taking (with him)

ἐθελοντὰς éx παντὸς τοῦ ὀτράτει ματος: Tap
volunteers from all For

ἐγὼ, ἔφη, οἷδα ὅτι saad τῶν νέων ἕψονται,

said-he, know that many of-the young-men will-follow,

ἐμοῦ ἡγουμένου. “Ex τούτου ἐρωτῶσι, εἴ τις καὶ

leading. After this they-inquired, if any also
τῶν γυμνήτῶν ταξιαρχῶν ἐθέλοι συμπορεύεσθαι.
of-the light-armed taxiarcha might-wish to-go-with

᾿Αριστέας Χῖος ὑφίσταται,
(the volun ters). Aristeas (of) Chios offers-himself, (a man) whe

πολλαχοῦ ἐγένετο ἄξιος πολλοῦ τῇ area
often had-been worthy of-much in-the

εἰς τὰ τοιαῦτα.
om (occasions) --- _like-these.

246 THE ANABASIS OF XBNQPHON.

CHAPTER II.

Καὶ ἦν ἤδη μεν δείλη, “δ᾽ ci

ΑΝΡ it-was now indeed late-in-the-afternoon, and the (generals

ἐχέλευον αὐτοὺς ἐμφαγόντας
Cheirisophus and Xenophon,) ordered them having-eaten-something

πορεύεσθαι. Kai δήσαντες τὸν ἡγεμὸνα παρα;
ey-

to-march-forth. And having-bound the guide
διδόασιν αὐτοῖς, καὶ συντίϑενται ἣν
delivered (him) to-them, and they-arrange-with (them) if
λάθωσι τὸ ἄχρον, φυλάττειν τὸ
they-should-take (possession of) the summit, to-guard the
χωρίον μὲν τὴν νύχτα, δὲ ἅμα τῇ
place (during) indeed the night, but at-the-same-time with-the
ἡμέρᾳ σημαίνειν σάλσιγγι" καὶ
(dawn of) day to-give-the-signal ‘with (the) ‘trumpet; and (that,
μὲν τοὺς ὄντας ἄνω ἰέναι ἔπὶ τοὺς
indeed — (those) being above to-go against — (those)

χατέχοντας τὴν φανερὰν ἔχθασιν, δὲ αὐτοὶ
having-possession-of the apparent egress. and they (the

ἐχθαίνοντες συμδοηϑήσειν ὡς
generals) coming-forth (from below) altogether-to-assist (them) ‘as

τάχιστα δύνωνται. Συνϑέμενοι ταῦτα οἱ
Βροϑαὶ ‘as they-could. They-having-arranged these (things) the

μὲν ἐπορεύοντο πλῆθος ὡς (Ot
(detachment) indeed proceeded (being a) multitude-of about ἱπὸο-

χίλιοι’ xai ἦν πολὺ ὕδωρ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ.
thousand; | and there-was much ear. from heaven [and there

Δὲ Ἐενοφῶν, ἔχων τοὺς
was a heavy rain at the time}. And Xenophon, having

t
ὑπυσουθυλαχας, ἡγεὶ TO πρὸς τὴν φανερὰν

(them) the apparent

BOOM IV. — CHAPTER II. 241

ἔχθασιν, ὅπως of πολέμιοι προςέχοιεν τὸν νοῦν

egress, so-that the enemy might-direct — (their) mind
ταύτῃ TH ὁδῷ, καὶ ὡς οἱ περιιόντες
to-that — road, and so (that) — (those) going-round-about

μάλιστα λάϑοιεν. Aé ἐπεὶ ot ieee alle
‘might See ‘escape-notice. But when the

your ἐπὶ χαράδρᾳ, ἣν δἔδει δ

were at (the) ravine, ”| which it-was-necessary they-having-

6avr ¢ ἐχθαίνειν πρὸς τὸ ὄρϑιον,

passed through (it) to-come-out on the acclivity, [which they
τηνικαῦτα οἱ Bdpbapo

had to croas to ascend the acclivity, | then the τέμνε
ἐχυλίνδουν ὁλοιτρόχους. ἁμαξιαίους καὶ
[0110 (down) round-stones large-enough-to-load-a-wagon, and

μείζους καὶ ἔλάττους, of φερόμενοι
(othe stones also) greater and smaller, which being-borne-along

πταίοντες πρὸς τὰς πέτρας διεσφενδονῶντο᾽

(and) striking against the were-slung-about ;

χαὶ παντάπασιν ἦν οὐδὲ οἷόν TE πελόσαι
and altogether it-was not-even possible to-have-approuched

τῇ εἰσόδῳ. Ἔνιοι δὲ τῶν λοχαγῶν εἰ
the entrance (οὗ the pass). Some indeed of-the captains, as
un δύναιντο ταύτῃ ἐπειρῶντο
the -‘could not ‘effect (a passage) in-this (way) endeavoured
ἄλλῃ" καὶ ἐποίουν ταῦτα μέχρι
(to :pproach) in-another; and they-did these (things) until
> » a) 1 7» 9 8
ἐγ ‘veto σχότος᾽ δὲ ἐπεὶ ᾧοντο ἀπιόντες εἶναι
ic-) ecame dark ; but when they-thought (that) retiring to-be
ae aveis, τότε ἀπήῆλϑον ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον " καὶ
un bserved, then they-went-away to — (their) supper; for

δι ἐτύγχανον ὄντες ἀνάριστοι οἱ
in eed they-happened being dinnerless, — (those, namely,

α τῶν ὀπισϑοφυλαχήσαντες. Οἱ πολέμιοι μέντοι
of -them guarding-the-rear. The enemy however

δηλονότι φοδούμενοι, οὐδὲν ἐπαύσαντο

evidently fearing (something), ‘did not cease

248 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHUN.

dv τῆς ὅλης vuxros χυλινδυῦντες τοὺς ALDOUS
ἰδ ἢ the whole night rolling (down) — stones .

δ᾽ ἦν τεχμαίρεσϑαι τῷ ψόφῳ. A οἱ
as it-was (easy) to-be-conjectured by-the noise. Buc — (those,
ἔχοντες τὸν ἡγεμόνα περιιόντες χύχλῳ,

having the guide | going-around in-a-circle, [taking a
χαταλαμθάνουσι τοὺς φύλαχας xady
fircuitous route,} surprise the guard sit.
μένους ἀμφὶ nip’ καὶ μὲν κατακανόντες τοὺς,
ting round (a) fire; and indeed having-killed — (some),
δὲ χαταδιώξαντες τοὺς, αὐτοι
and having-followed-after -- (others) (in their flight), they
ἔμενον ἐνταῦϑ᾽ ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄχρον. Δ᾽ οἱ
remained there as-if occupying the summit. But —
οὐ xatelyor, ἀλλὰ μαστὸς ἦν

they-‘did not *occupy (the summit), but (a) knoll was
ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν, nap ὃν ἦν ἡ αὕτη στενὴ ὁδός,

above them, by which was the same narrow road,
ἐφ᾽ ἣ οἱ φύλαχες ExddSyvto. Μέντοι ἦν
at which the guard were-seated. However there-was (an)
ἔφοδος αὐτόϑεν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους, οἱ
approach thence to the enemy, — (those namely}
ἐχάϑηντο ἐπὶ τῇ φανερᾷ ὁδῷ.
stationed on the open way.
Kai ἐνταῦϑα μὲν διήγαγον τὴν νύχτα δὲ
And here indeed they-passed the night; but
ἐπεὶ ἡμέρα ὑπέφαινε συντεταγμέτοι

when (the) day was-beginning-to-dawn (they) | drawn-up-in-order
ἐπορεύοντο σιγῇ ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους" yap καὶ
proceeded in-silence against the enemy ; for --

ἐγένετο ὁμίχλη, ὥςτε προςελϑόντες ἐγγὺς
i noar

E
there-was (a) mist, so-that advancing

ἔλαϑον. Δὲ ἐπεὶ εἶδον ἀλλήλους, καὶ

they-escaped-observation. But when they.saw one-another, and

τε 9 σάλπιγξ ἐπεφϑέγξατο, καὶ ot “Ἕλληνες

the trumpet sounded-the-attack, and _ the Greeks

BOOK IV.— CHAPTER II. 24$

κλαλάξαντες ἴεντο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, δὲ οἱ

raising-the-shout-of-battle rushed against the men, put the

οὐχ ἀδέξαντο, ἀλλὰ λισόντες τὴν
(enemy) ‘did not ‘receive (them), but leaving the
ὁδόν, ὀλίγοι φεύγοντες ἀπέδγνησχον᾽ γὰρ
road, (a) ἴον (only) fleeing died ; | for
ἦσαν εὔξωνοι. Δὲ

they-were well-girt [for they were active in their movements]. But

οἱ ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον, ἀχούσαντες τῆς σάλπιγγος,
— (those) with ra ete Fa hearing trumpet,

evsvds ἰεντο ἄνω κατὰ τὴν φανερὰν ὁδόν᾽ ἄλλοι
immediatelyrushed up along’ the open road ; others

δὲ τῶν στρατηγῶν ἐπορεύοντο κατὰ
indeed of-the generals (with their men) proceeded by

ἀτριθεὶῖς ὁδοὺς 4 ἕχαστοι ἔτυχον ὄντες, καὶ

untrodden paths wherever cach happened (as) being, and

avabdvres ὡς ἐδύναντο, ἀνίμων ἀλλήλους
ascending as (well as) they-could, drew-up one-another
tolg δόρασι. Kai οὗτοι πρῶτοι συνέμιξαν

— (their) spears. And these __first-ones joined

τοὶς προχαταλαδοῦσι τὸ χω apie Δὲ Ἐενοφῶν
— (those) having-secured the But Xenophon

ἔχων τοὺς ἡμίσεις τῶν ὀπισθοφυλάχων, ἐπορεύετο

having the of-the rear-guard, proceeded
n ot ἔχοντες τὸν ἡγεμόνα"
(by the road) in-which — (those) having the guide (did);

ig ἦν εὐοδωτάτη τοὶς ὑποζυγίοις ) δὲ τοὺς
(for _——it-was the-most-practicable for-the sthal Go 3) but the

ἡμίσεις ἔταξε ὄπισθεν τῶν ὑὕὑπο-
(other) half he-ordered (to be stationed) behind the baggage-

ζυγίων. Δὲ πορευόμενοι ἐντυγχάνουσι λόφῳ

And proceeding-forward they-happened-to-find (a) _ hill

ὑπὲρ τὴς ὁδοῦ χατειλημμένῳ ὑπὸ τῶν
(hanging) over the road occupied by the

πολεμίων, os ἦν ἀνάγχη ἣν ἀποχόψαι ἢ

enemy, whom it-was (a) necessity either to-have-dislodged Ἵ

250 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

διεζεῦχϑαι ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων “Ελλήνων. Και
to-have-been-separated from the other Greeks. And
αὐτοὶ μὲν av ἐπορεύϑησαν

(the men) themselves indeed might have-proceeded (in the sam

οἱ ἄλλο, δὲ τὰ ὑποζύγια Hr οὐχ

road) in-which the others (did), but (for) the baggage-cattle it-wae nut

ἐχθῆναι ἄλλῃ ἢ TAVTH.

(possible) to-go-from (the valley) in-any-other (way) than this

"Evsa δὴ κελευσάμενοι ἀλλήλοις, προςθ ἀλλ»

Then indeed aving-encouraged one-another, they-make-an-
λουσι πρὸς Tov λόφον τοὶς ὀρϑίοις λόχοις,

attack against the hill |in-the straight companies, [in

οὐ κχύχλῳ, ἀλλὰ χαταλιπόντες

eolumns of companies, } not ‘in (a) ‘circle, but leaving

ἄφοδον ois πολεμίοις, εἰ βούλοιντο φεύγειν.

(a) way-of-escape for-the enemy, if they-wished to-flee.

Kai τέως μὲν, αὐτοὺς ἀναθαίνοντας ὅπη
And for-a-while indeed, they βάρδαρο in-whatever-manner

ἕκαστος ἐδύναντο, οἱ βάρθαρο ἐτόξευον καὶ
could, the arians shot-arrows and

’ > 2 ‘ 9 A
tee ὸ οὐ προςίεντο ἐγγὺς, ἀλλὰ
threw-stones, but they-'did not ‘let-them-come near, ut

λείπουσι τὸ χωρίον. Kai τε ot “Ἕλληνες
in-flight they-leave the place. And — the Greeks

παρεληλύϑεσαν τοῦτον, χαὶ ὁρῶσιν ἕτερον
having-passed-over this (hill) — they-see another

λόφον ἔμπροσθεν χατεχόμενον.

before (them) occupied (by the enemy)

EBen αὖϑις πορεύεσϑαι ἐπὶ τούτον.
{t-seemed (necessary) again to-proceed against this.
Δ’

π
λείποι τὸν ἡλωχότα λόφον ἔρημον, χαὶ

leave the captured hill estitute (of woops), and
οἱ πολέμωι πάλιν λαθόντες ἐπιθοῖντο τοὶς

the enemy again taming (it) might-attack the

ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἐννοήσας, μή, εἶ κατα:
— Xenophon having-been-apprehensive, lest, if he-shuuld.

s00K IV. — CHAPTER II. 251

ἐποζυγίοις παριοῦσι, (δὲ τὰ ὑποζύγια ἦν ἐπὶ πολὺ

buggage-cattle passing-by, (for the baggage-cattle|were on much

ἅτε πορευόμενα διὰ τῆς στενῆς

(formed a long train] as-when preceeding through the narrow
ὁδοῦ,) καταλείπει éni τοῦ λόφου

(defiles, ‘of (the) ‘road,) he-leaves on the hill (the)

λοχαγοὺς Κηφισόδωρον Κηφισοφῶντος,

captains Cephisodorus (theson) of-Cephisophon, an)

᾿Αϑηναῖον, καὶ ᾿Αμφιχράτην ᾿Αμφιδήμου,
Athenian, and Amphicrates (the son) of-Amphidemus, (an|
᾿Αϑηναῖον, καὶ ᾿Αρχαγόραν, φυγάδα ᾿Αργεῖον"
Athenian, and Archagoras, (an) exile (from) Argos;
αὐτὸς δὲ σὺν τοῖς λοιποὶς ἐπορεύετο ἐπὶ τὸν
himself indeed with the rest marched against the
δεύτερον λόφον, καὶ αἱροῦσι τοῦτον καὶ TO αὐτᾷ
second hill, and they-capture this-one evenin-the same
cpéng. Ἔτι δ᾽ ἦν τρίτος μαστὸς λοιπὸς
manner. Still however there-was (a) third hill remaining
αὐτοὶς, πολὺ ὀρϑθιώτατος, ὁ ὑπὲρ τὴς φυλακῆς
for-them, much the-steepest, that abuve (where) the guard
ἐπὶ τῷ πυρὶ καταληφϑείσης τῆς νυχτὸς
at the _ fire was-taken (by surprise) — at-night
e 4 ~ 9 ~ 3 ἢ 9 e σ

ὑπὸ τῶν ἐδελοντῶν.Ό Ἐπεὶ δ' οἱ Ἕλληνες
by the volunteers. When indeed the Greeks
ἐγένοντο ἐγγὺς ot Baphapor λείπουσι τὸν παστόν
got near the barbarians leave the hill

ἀμαχητὶ, ὥςτε γενέσθαι θαυμαστὸν πᾶσι, καὶ
without-fighting, so-as to-be wonderful to-all, and

ὑπώπτευον δείσαντες αὐτούς ἀπολισκεῖν,
they-suspected (that) having-been-in-fear (that) they left

μὴ κυχλωθέντες πολιορχοῖντο. A’ &
(the place), lest being-surrounded they-might-be-besieged. But indeed
of καϑορῶντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκχρου τὰ
«-- (they) looking-down from the height (upen) the (things)

252 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHUN.

vyvousva, ὄπισθεν, πάντες ἐχώρουν ἐπὶ τοὺς
ha Meta behind, Κα against the

ὀπισϑοφύλαχας.

ζθαγ- συδΓα.

Καὶ Ἐενοφῶν μὲν σὺν τοὶς νεωτάτοις ἀνέθαινεν
And Xenophon indeed with the yvungest-men ascended

ἐπὶ τὸ Gxpov, δὲ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐχέλευσεν ὑπάγειν,
on-to the summit, δὰ the rest he-ordered to-march-slowly,

ὅπως οἱ τελευταῖοι λόχοι προςμίξειαν χαὶ

so-that the rear companies might-come-up-with (them) and

εἶπε προελθόντας xata τὴν ὁδὸν θέσϑαι
he-told (them) having-advanced along the road to-halt

ta ὅπλα ἐν τῷ ὁμαλῷ. Καὶ ἐν τῷ τούτῳ
under-arms on the level (ground). And at the same

χρόνῳ ᾿Αρχαγόρας Ὁ ‘Apyelos ἦλθε πεφευγώς,

me having- fled,
χαὶ λέγει ὡς pale meme ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου λόφου,

and says that they-had-been-cut-off from the first hill,
χαὶ ὅτι Κηφισόδωρος χαὶ ᾿Αμφιχράτης TESVAOL,
and that rea δος and Amphicrates were-dead,
καὶ ὅσοι ἄλλοι μὴ ἁλλόμενοι χατὰ τῆς
and-also how-many others (who) ποὺ having-leaped down the
πέτρας ἀφίχοντο πρὸς τοὺς ὀπισϑοφύλακας
rocks (and) _ arrived at the rear-guard

Oi βάρδαροι δὲ διαπραξάμενοι ταῦτα

The barbarians indeed having-accomplished these (things,
z 2-8 ᾿
ἦχον ἐπὶ λόφον ἀντίπορον τῷ μαστῷ" καὶ

same on (a) hill opposite the knoll ; and
Hevopay διελέγετο autoig δι᾽ ἑρμηνέως

Xenophon commenced-treating with-them through (an) interpreter
περὶ σπονδῶν, καὶ ἀπήτει τοὺς vexpovs. Οἱ

about (a) truce, and demanded the dead. — (They)
δὲ ἔφασαν ἀποδώσειν ἐφ᾽ ᾧ
indeed said (that) they-would-give-them-up on — (this con-

μὴ καίειν τὰς χώμας. Ὃ
dition), (that) he-‘would not "burn the villages a3

BOOK IV. — HAPTER IL. 258
συνωμολόγει ταῦτα. Δὲ ἐν ᾧ
Xenophon agreed-to | But in which [but while}

ἐν τὸ ἄλλο per cee TAP NEL,

deed the remaining (part of the) army was-passing along,

δὲ οἱ διελέγοντο ταῦτα, πάντες οἵ
and — they-were-discussing these (things), all — (those)

ἐχ τούτου τοῦ τόπου συνεῤῥύησαν. "Ενταῦϑα
from that (partof) the country flocked-together. There

οἱ πολέμιοι ἴσταντο᾽ καὶ ἐπεὶ
the enemy made-astand; and when ‘they (the Greeks with
ἤρξαντο xatabaivey ἀπὸ τοῦ μαστοῦ

Xenophon) Le Seed to-descend from _ the knoll
τοὺς ἄλλους, ἔνϑα τὰ ὅπλα ἔχειντο,
towards the others, | where the arms lay, § [where

of πολέμιοι δὴ ἴεντο
the heavy armed men were drawn up,] the enemy truly hurried-on
MOAAG πλήϑει xal θορύθῳ. καὶ
in-great multitude and ‘with (much) ‘noise-and-tumult; and

ἐπεὶ ἐγένοντο ert τῆς χορυφῆς τοῦ μαστοῦ, ἀφ᾽
when they-got on vertex of-the knoll, from

οὗ Ἐενοφῶν 5 ἂν ἐχυλίνδουν πέτρας"
which Xenophon was-descending, they-commenced-rolling (down) atones ;
καὶ μὲν χατέαξαν τὸ σχέλος ἑνὸς, δὲ ὁ
and indeed broke the leg of-one (man), and the
ὑπασπιστής ἔχων τὴν ἀσπίδα ἀπέλισιε
shield-bearer having the shield (of Xenophon) deserted

Eevopavta’ δὲ Εὐρύλοχος ᾿Αρχὰς Λουσιεὺς

Xenophon ; but Eurylochus (an) Arcadian of-Lusia (8)

ὁπλίτης προςέδραμεν avrg, καὶ προδεδλημένος

heavy-armed-soldier σχϑδῃ-ἴο having-thrown
ἵν ἀπεχώρει, καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ἀπῆλθον
before both (his shield) they-departed, and the others went

πρὸς τοὺς συντεταγμένους.
to — (those) drawn-up (on the level ground).

Ἔχ τούτου δὲ τὸ πᾶν Ἑ). λληνιχόν ἐγένετο
Prom this indeed the entire Grecian (force) got

254 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

e A 2 a 9

ομοῦ, καὶ ἔσχήνησαν αὑτοῦ
slike-together (on the level ground), and they-encamped there
ἐν πολλαὶς χαὶ χαλαὶς οἰχίαις xai δαψιλέσι

among many and fine houses and abundant
ἐπιτηδείοις" yap καὶ ἦν πολὺς οἶνος, ὥςτε
provisions ; for also there-was much wine, so-that
εἶχον ἐν xomatois λάχχοις. ἘΞενοφῶν δὲ xal
they-kept (it) in plastered cisterns. Xenophon and also
Χειρίσοφος διεπράξαντο, ὥςτε λαθόντες τοὺς
Cheirisophus - effected (this), that having-taken the
νεχρους ἁπέδοσαν τὸν ἡγεμόνα"
d (from the enemy) they-would-deliver-ap the guide ;
xai ἐποίησαν πάντα ἐχ τῶν δυνατῶν
and they-performed all (things) in — (their) power

τοῖς ἀποθανοῦσιν, ὥςπερ νομίζεται ἀγαϑοὶς
for — (those) having-died, such-asis-usual-and-appropriate for-brave
ἀνδράσι. Δὲ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐπορεύοντο ἄνευ

men. And on-the next-day they-proceeded without (a)

ἡγεμόνος" δ᾽ of πολέμιοι μαχόμενοι, καὶ ὅπη

guide ; but the enemy fighting, and where
Ein στενὸν χωρίον προχαταλαμθάνοντες

there-might-be (a) narrow place pre-occupying (it)
ἐχώλυον tas παρόδους. ὍὉπότε οὖν μὲν χωλύ-
obstructed the passes. When therefore indeed they-im-
OE τοὺς OUG, Flevopav ἐχθαίνων
peded |— (those) first, | [the front,} Xenophon going-from
ὄπισθεν πρὸς τὰ ὄρη, ἔλυε τὴν ἀπόφραξιν τῆς
behind to the mountain, opened the obstructions of-the
παρόδου τοῖς πρῶτοις πειρώμενος γίγνεσθαι
passes for-the front endeavouring to-get
ἐνωτέ τῶν χωλυόντων᾽ δὲ ὁπότε ἐπι-
higher (than) — (those) obstructing ; but when they-
Soivto Tois ὄπισϑεν, Χειρίσοφος ἐχθαίνων
attacked — (those) behind, Cheirisophus departing

χαὶ πειρώμενος γίγνεσϑαι ἀνωτέ
(from his place) and endeavouring to-get highe ‘thea)

BOOK IV. -— CHAPTER II. 255
cov χωλυόντων, ἔλυε τὴν ἀπόφραξιν τῆς
— (those) obstructing, opened the obstruction of-the

παρόδου τοὶς ὄπισϑεν" xai οὕτως ἀεὶ ἐθοήϑουν
passes for — (those) behind; and thus always they-assisted

ἀλλήλοις, καὶ ἰσχυρῶς ἐπεμέλουτο ἀλλήλων. Δὲ

each-other, and strenuously took-care of-each-other. And
καὶ ὁπότε ἦν ot βάρθαροι παρεῖχον πολλὰ
also sometimes it-was (that) the barbarians | exhibited many
πράγματα τοὶς ἀναθᾶσι
things to — (those) [annoyed very much those] having-ascended

πάλιν xatabaivovor’ yap ἧσαν ἐλαφροὶ
(when) again descending ; for they-were nimble
ὥςτε ἀποφεύγειν καὶ φεύγοντες ἐγγύϑεν, γὰρ
80-88 to-escape even fleeing rom-near, for
εἶχον οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ τόξα καὶ σφενδόνας. Δὲ
they-had nothing else than bows and slings. And

χαὶ ἦσαν ἄριστοι τοξόται" εἶχον δὲ τόξα ἐγγὺς
also they-were the-best archers; they-had indeed bows nearly

τριπήχη;, δὲ τὰ τοξεύματα πλέον ἢ διπήχη᾽"

three-cubits (long), δηὰ the arrows more than two-cubits;

εἷλχον δὲ τὰς νευράς, ὁπότε τοξεύοιεν προθαί-
they-drew indeed the strings, when they-shot stepping-

γοντες τῷ ἀριστερῷ ποδὶ πρὸς τὸ χάτω τοῦ

forward with-the left foot against the lower (part) of-the
τόξου. Δὲ τὰ τοξεύματα ἐχώρει διὰ τῶν
bow And the arrows ‘ went threugh the
ἀσπίδων xai διὰ τῶν θωράχων. Δὲ οἱ Ἕλληνες,
shields and through the _ corselets. But the Greeks,
ἐπεὶ λάθοιεν, ἐχρῶντο αὐτοὶς ἀχοντίοις,
after they-took (them up), made-use-of them for-javelins,
ἐναγκυλῶντες. Ἐν τούτοις τοὶς

baving-fitted-a-poise-to-the-middle-like-a-javelin. In these ὡς
χωρίοις οἱ Κρῆτες ἐγένοντο χρησιμώτατοι. Δὲ
places the Cretans were the-most-useful. And
Στρατοχλῆς Κρής ἦρχε αὐτῶν.

@tratocles (a) Cretan eemmanded them.

256 TIE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

CHAPTER [11]

Δὲ ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν αὖ ηὐλίσθησαι
And -- day likewise (the Greeks) were-lodge

ἐν ταὶς χώμαις ταὶς ὑπερ τοῦ πεδίοι
in the villages (namely) — (those) above the plaia

tov χ τὸν ποταμόν Κεντρίτην,
— (that is situated) along the river Centrites, (the)

εὖρος ὡς δίπλεϑρον, ὃς ὁρίζει τὴν
preadth (thereof is) about two-hundred-feet, which (river) Daeae --

ila καὶ τὴν χώραν τῶν Καρδούχων. Καὶ
And

Armenia and the country of-the arduchi.
Ἕλληνες ἀνεπαύσαντο ἐνταῦθα ἄσμενοι
the Greeks rested here rejoiced at)
ἰδόντες mediov' δὲ ὁ ποταμὸς ἀπεῖχε τῶν
seeing (a) plain; and the river was-distant from-the
ὀρέων τῶν Καρδούχων ἐξ ἢ ἑπτὰ στάδια.
mountains of-the arduchi or seven stadia.

Tote μὲν οὗν ηὐλίσθησαν μάλα ἡδέως,
)Then indeed therefore they-were-lodged very pleasantly, (here

ἔχοντες καὶ TATU
they stayed with great pleasure,} having also (plenty of) = pro-
τήδεια καὶ μνημονεύοντες πολλὰ τῶν
visions and were-reflecting much -- (on their)
παρεληλυϑότων πόνων. Tap ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας
past labours. For (during) seven days
ὅσαςπερ ἐπορεύϑησαν διὰ τῶν Κα
however-many-that they-marched through (the country) of-the Car.

δούχων, μαχόμενοι διετέλεσαν πάσας, καὶ
duchi, fighting they-passed (them) all, and

ἔπαϑυον χαά ὅσα οὐδὲ τὰ σύμπαντα
suffered evils so-many-that not ‘all — (those) ‘tcgetner

BOOK IV. — CHAPTER III. 25”

ὑπὸ βασιλέως καὶ Τισσαφέριους.

1vecived) from , the) king and Tissaphernes (would
: οὖν ἀπηλλαγμένοι τούτων
equal them). So-that therefore freed from-these (dangers)

ἡδέως ἐχοιμήϑησαν.
‘they gladly ‘'were-made-to-take-repose.
“Ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ὁρῶσιν
At-the-same-time indeed with-the (break of) day they-perceive
ἐξωπλισμένους ἱππέας που πέραν τοῦ

completely-armed horsemen some-where on-the-other-side of-the

ποταμοῦ, ὡς χωλύσοντας διαθαί-
τίνοσ, 80-88 (that) they-would-be-hindering (the Grecks) _to-cross-

νειν, δὲ πεζοὺς παρατεταγμένους
over, and (also they perceived) foot-suldiers drawn-up-in-order-of-battle

ἐπὶ ταὶς ὄχϑαις ἄνω τῶν ἱππέων, ὡς χωλύ-
on the high-banks above the horsemen, so-as (that) they-

σοντας ἐχθαίνειν εἰς τὴν ᾿Αρμενίαν.
would-be-hindering (the Greeks) to-cross-over into — Armenia.

A’ οὗτοι ἦσαν ᾿Αρμένιοι καὶ Μάρδοι καὶ Χαλδαῖοι
And these were Armenians and pre tee and Chaldeans

μισθοφόροι ᾿Ορόντου καὶ * Αρτούχου. Δὲ οἱ Χαλ-

mercenaries Orontes and uchus And the’ Chal-

δαῖοι πε. εἶναι ἐλεύθεροί τε χαὶ ἄλκιμοι"
ἐδ δ were-said to-be (a) free and also (a) brave

δ᾽ εἶχον ὅπλα μαχρὰ γέῤῥα καὶ
(people); and they-had (for) arms long shields and

λόγχας. Aé αἱ αὗται ὄχϑαι, ἐφ᾽ ὧν οὗτοι
spears.

But the same elevated-banks, on which these

ἦσαν παρατεταγμένοι, ἀπεῖχον ἀπὸ
(foot-soldiers) were drawn-up-in-order-of-battle, were-distant from

toi ποταμοῦ τρία ἡ 7 τέτταρα MAES
the river plethra (the plethra

δ μία ὅδὸς ἡ ὁρωμένη
a about a hundred feet) ; and (the) one (only) road which was-visible

ἄχουσὰ ἄνω, ὦ ὥςπερ χειροποίητος " οἱ “Ἕλληνες
ἣν (one) leading upwards, as-if | made-by-hand; the Greeks

258 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἐπειρῶντο διαδαίνειν tavry. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ

endeavoured to-cross in-this (place). When indeed the
ο 2 , e A ~ ~ 4

te ὕδωρ ἐφαίνετο ὑπὲρ τῶν μαστῶν πειρωμένοις

- water appeared above the breasts to-those-making-tria]

nai ὁ ποταμὸς ἦν τραχὺς μεγάλοις

(to cross over) and the river rough with-large

καὶ ὀλισϑηροῖς λίϑοις, καὶ οὔτ᾽ ἔχειν
διὰ slippery rocks, and neither was-it (possible) to-have
τὰ ὄπλα ἐν τῷ ὕδατι" δὲ εἰ μή ὁ ποταμός
— (their) arms in the water; | but if not[orelse] the river
ἥρπαζεν" εἴ τις φέροι τὰ ὅπλα ἐπὶ

“swept (them) ‘away; if any-one carried -— (his) arms on

Vv

TE τῆς χεφαλῆς ἐγίγνοντο γυμνοὶ πρὸς τὰ
-- -- (his) head -became bare-and-exposed to the

τοξεύματα καὶ τἄλλα βέλη" οὖν

arrows and the-other missiles (of the enemy); therefore

ἀνεχώρησαν, καὶ ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο αὐτοῦ παρὰ

they-retreated, and encamped there along
τὸν ποταμόν. ἜἜνϑα dé αὐτοὶ ἦσαν
the river. There indeed (where) they-themselves had-beep
τὴν nmpdcseyv νύχτα, ἐπὶ tod ὄρους, ἑώρων τοὺς
on-the previous night, on the mountain, they-saw the
Καρδούχους συνειλεγμένους πολλοὺς ἐν τοῖς
Carduchi assembled-together (in) great-numbers in --

ὅπλοις. “Evtaisa δὴ ἦν πολλὴ ἀδϑυιμία τοὶς
arms. Here truly there-was great despondency to-the
Ἕλλησιν ὁρῶσι μὲν τὴν δυςπορίαν τοῦ
Greeks (as) they-perceive indeed the difficult-passage of-the
ποταμοῦ, δὲ ὁρῶσι τοὺς
river, and (as) they-perceive --- (those on the other side of the
χωλύσοντας διαθαίνειν, δὲ ὁρῶσι τοὺς
etver) opposed to-crossing-over, and (as) they-perceive the
Kapdovyous ἐπικεισομένους ὄπισϑεν τοὶς
Carduchi hanging-on (the) rear (of) — (those)
diabaivovow. Οὖν μὲν ταύτην τὴν ὑμέραν καὶ
day

@ossing-over. Therefore indeed on-that-same — and

BOOK ΙΝ. — CHAPTER III. 2459

τὴν vinta ἔμειναν ὄντες ἐν πολλῇ ἀπορίᾳ Δὲ
- night they-remained, being in great perplexity. | But

εἶδεν ὄναρ᾽ ἔδοξε
Xenophon saw (a) dream [but Xenophon had a dream]: he-seemed
dedéo Sau ἐν πέδαις, δὲ αὗται περιῤῥυ-
to-have-been-bound in fetters, but these (seemed) to-have-
- 3 ~ 3 ~
ἦναι αὑτῷ αὐτόμαται, ὥςτε λυϑῆ-
dropped-off from-him of-their-own-accord, so-that (he seemed) to-have.
VOL, καὶ διαθαίνειν, ὁπόσον ἐθδούλετο.

been-loosened, and (able) to-stride-about, as-much-as he-pleased.
Δὲ ἐπεὶ ἦν SpSpos, ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Χειρί-
But when it-was near-the-dawn-of-day, he-went to — Cheiri-

σοῷον, καὶ λέγει, ὅτι ἔχει ἐλπίδας ἔσεσϑαι
sophus, and says, that he-has hopes (that all) will-be

καλῶς, xai διηγεῖται αὐτῷ τὸ ὄναρ. Ὁ

well, and relates to-him — (his) dream. — (He)
δὲ ἥδετό τε, καὶ ὡς τάχιστα ἕως ὑπέ-

indeed was-delighted, — and, as speedily-as (the) dawn began-
gave πάντες οἱ στρατηγοί πορόντες ἐϑύοντο᾽
to-appear, all the generals being-present sacrificed ;
καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ ἦν χαλὰ Evdus ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου.
and the victims were ᾿δυουγδ]θ immediately from the first.
Kal of στρατηγοὶ xai λοχαγοὶ ἀπιόντες ἀπὸ τῶν
And the generals and captains going-away from the

ἱερῶν παρήγγελλον τῇ στρατιᾷ ἀριστο-

sacrifices gave-orders in-the army (for the troops) to-break-
ποιῖσϑαι. Καὶ δύο veavioxa προςέτρεχον τῷ
fast.

And two young-men came-running to —
Ἐενοφῶντι ἀριστῶντι᾽ γὰρ πάντες ἥδεσαν
Xenophon (while) breakfasting ; for all knew
ὅτι ἐξείη προςελϑεῖν αὐτῷ καὶ
that it-might-be-allowed (to them) to-approach him even
ἀριστῶντι καὶ δειπνοῦντι, καὶ εἰ χαϑεύδοι,
breakfasting and supping, and (alsc) if he-were-asleep,
ἐπεγείραντα εἰπεῖν, εἴ τις ἔχοι τι

having-been-swakened to-speak (to him), if any-one might-have any-thing

260 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

τῶν πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον.
of — (theese things) (relating) to the war (to say)

Kai τότε ἔλεγον, ὅτι τυγχάνοιεν συλλέγοντες
Διὰ then they-said, | that they-might-happen gathering

φρύγανα ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ,
sticks as for (the) fire, [that as they were gathering stick

χἄπειτα κατίδοιεν, ἐν TH πέραν
for the fire,] (and then) they-saw, on the other-side (of the river)

ἐν πέτραις χαϑιηχούσαις ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν

on (the) rocks reaching-down to river

αὐτὸν, γέροντά te καὶ yuvalxas καὶ παιδίσκας,
itself, an-old-man and also women and girls,

ὥςπερ κατατιϑεμένους μαρσίπους ἱματίων ἐν
as-if depositing bags of-clothes in (a) .

ἀντρώδει πέτρᾳ. Δὲ δόξαι adic. ἰδοῦσι
cavernous rock. And (that) it-appeared to-them seeing
εἶναι ἀσφαλὲς διαδῆναι" yap οὐδὲ εἶναι
(this) to-be safe to-cross-over; for (that) neither was-it
πρόςθατον τοὶς πολεμίοις ἱπιπεῦσι κατὰ τοῦτο.
accessible for-the _ hostile cavalry at dis (place)
A’ ἔφασαν ἐχδύντες ἔχοντες τὰ
And _ they-said, (that) having-undressed (and) having — (their)
ἐγχειρίδια διαθαίνειν γυμνοὶ ὡς νευσούμενοι, δὲ

daggers they-crussed-over naked as being-about-to-swim, ané

πορευόμενοι Sev διαθῆναι πρὶν

proceeding orwards (that) they-crossed-over before (that)

βρέξαι τὰ αἰδοῖα, καὶ διαθάντες καὶ λαθόντες
ile ead the middle, and crossing-over and taking

τὰ ἱμάτια ἥχειν πάλιν.
the clothes (that) they-came (back) again.

Ὃ Hevopdy αὐτός οὖν τε εὐδὺς

— Xenophon’ himself therefore not-only immediately

ἔσπενδε χαὶ ἐχέλευε τοὶς γεανίσχοις
‘made (a) ‘libation, but-also = ordered the young-men

ἐγχεῖν. xa

to-pour-ip (wine into the cups to make a libation themselves), and

BOOK IV.— CHAPTER III. 26)

εὔχεσθαι τοὶς θεοῖς ᾧφήνασι te τὰ ὀνείρατα
to-pray to-the gods having-shown not-only the dreams

xai τὸν πόρον, καὶ ἐπιτελέσαι τὰ dyastd
but-also the passage, even (that) they-would-complete the good-things

λοιπὰ Δὲ σπείσας εὐθὺς ἦγε τοὺς
remaining. And (the) libations-made ‘he immediately ‘led

νεανίσχους παρὰ τὸν Χειρίσοφον, καὶ rps
young-men -- Cheirisophus, and relates

ταῦτα. Δὲ καὶ ὁ Χειρίσοφος ἀχούσας
these-same (things). And also — Cheirisophus having-heard (them)

ἐποίι σπονδὰς. Δὲ μὲν σπείσαντες
made (84) _libation. And indeed having-made-the-libations

παρήγγελλον ἄλλοις σὐσχευάζεσϑαι"

they-ordered | the-others (the soldiers] to-collect-their-bazgage-together;

αὐτοὶ δὲ συγκαλέσαντες τοὺς στρατηγοὺς
they-themselves indeed calling-together the generale

ἐθουλεύοντο ὥπως ἂν διαθδαῖεν

sonsulted-with (them) how ‘they might ‘cross (the river)

κάλλιστα, xal τε νικῷεν τούς
to-the-best-advantage, and not-only (that) they-might-conquer -

ἔμπροσϑεν, χαὶ πάσχοιεν μηδὲν xaxdy

(those’ ἰπ-γοηϊ οὗ (them), but-also _— suffer no evil
ὑπὸ τῶν ὄπισϑεν. Καὶ ἔδοξεν αὐτοὶς
from — (those) ‘in (their) ‘rear. And it-seemed to-them

Xewpicopoy μὲν ἡγεῖσθαι, καὶ διαθαί-
‘good) (that) Cheirisophus indeed should-take-the-lead, and _to-crosas-

νειν ἔχοντα τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ στρατεύματος, δὲ
ever having the half = of-the army, and

ἔτι τὸ ἥμισυ ὑπομένειν σὺν Ἐενο-
moreover (that) the (other) half should-remain-behind with Xeno-

φώντι, δὲ ta ὑποζύγια καὶ τὸν ὄχλον

phon, and (that) the ΠΣ louis and the crowd (of camp-

διαθαίνειν ἐν μέσῳ τούτων.
(ollowers) to-cross-over in (the) middle of-these (two divisions).
"Enei δὲ ταῦτα εἶχε χαλῶς,

When indeed these things) had (themselves) well

262 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.
ἐπορεύοντο" δ᾽ οἱ »νεανίσχοι
(and in good order), they-proceeded-forward; and the young-mea

[ἡ ~ 4 9 9 >
ἡγοῦντο ἔχοντες TOV ποταμόν εν» αριστ EPG
guided (them) having the river on (the) left,

δὲ ὁδὸς ἐπὶ τὴν διάδθασιν ἦν ὡς τέτταρες

and (the) way to the ford was about four
στάδιοι. Δὲ, αὐτῶν πορευομένων, ai τάξεις τῶν
stadia. But, they proceeding, the lines of-the
iNNEwY ἀντιπαρήεσαν. Δὲ

cavalry passed-along-opposite (them, on the other side of the river). And
ἐπειδὴ ἦσαν κατὰ τὴν διάδθασιν καὶ τὰς ὄχϑας

when they-were at the ford and __—the shores

τοῦ ποταμοῦ, ἔϑεντο τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ Χειρίσοφος
of-the river, they-stacked — (their) arms, and Cheirisophus

αὐτὸς πρῶτος στεφανωσάμενος καὶ ἀποδὺς
bimveelf first having-crowned-himself and taking-off-his-clothes

ἐλάμδανε τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ παρήγγελλε πᾶσι
all

he-took — (his) arms, and he-ordered

τοὶς ἄλλοις, χαὶ ἐχέλευε τοὺς λοχαγοὺς

the rest (to do the same), and he-ordered the captains

ἄγειν τοὺς λόχους ὀρθίους, τοὺς μὲν

to-lead the companies drawn-up-in-columns, “--- (some) indeed
ἐν ἰριστερᾷ, δὲ τοὺς.

(οὗ these columns being) on (the) left-hand, and — (others)

ἐν δεξιᾷ ἑαυτοῦ. Καὶ οἱ μάντεις μὲν ἐσφα-
on (the) right-hand of-himself. And the augurs indeed sacri-

γιάζοντο εἰς Tov ποταμόν"
ee victims (so that the blood flowed) into the river ; tie
πολέμιοι δὲ érdkevdy te καὶ
enemy indeed (at the same time) kept-shooting-arrows and δ]80
ἐσφενδόνων. ἀλλ᾽ οὔτω ἐξικνοῦντο.

keypt-slinging-stones; but they-‘did (not) as-yet ‘reach (the Greeks).
Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ σφάγια ἦν καλὰ πάντες οἱ στρα-
When indeed the victims were favourable all the sol

τιῶται καὶ ἀνηλάλαζον, δὲ καὶ ἅπασι αἱ γυναῖκες

diers even raised-the-war-cry, and also all [ὁ womep

BOOK Iv. — CHAPTER III. 268

συνωλόλυζον. Tap ἦσαν πολλαὶ ἑταῖραι
eried-out-and-shouted-with (them). For there-were many mistresses
ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι. Kal Χειρίσοφος μὲν évébauve
in the army. And Cheirisophus indeed entered
χαὶ οἱ σὺν ἐχείνῷ᾽ δὲ ὁ Ἐενοφηῶν
(the river), and —(those) with him (also); but — Xenophon,
λαθὼν τοὺς εὐζωνοτάτους τῶν ὀπισϑθοφυλάχων,
taking the most-active of-the rear-guard,
ἔϑει ἀνὰ χράτος πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸν πό
ran at (the) utmost (speed) back to the ora,
TOV xata τὴν Exbacw τὴν εἰς τὰ
— (to that) opposite the outlet — (that led) to the
τῶν ᾿Αρμενίων, προςποιούμενος διαδὰς
mountains of — Armenia, making-a-feint (as) crossing
ταύτῃ ἀποχλείσειν τοὺς ἱππεῖς παρὰ τὸν
in-that (place) to-cut-off the cavalry along the
ποταμὸν. Δ᾽ οἵ πολέμιοι μὲν ὁρῶντες τοὺς
river. But the enemy indeed seeing — (those}
ἀμφὶ Xewpicopoy εὐπετῶς περῶντας τὸ ὕδωρ,
with Cheirisophus easily crossing-over the water,
ὁρῶντες δὲ τοὺς ἀμφὶ Ἐξενοφῶντα θέοντας
seeing likewise — (those) with Xenophon | running

εἰς τοὔμπαλιν, δείσαντες μὴ ἀποχλεισϑεί-
to the-contrary {running back,] fearing lest they-might-be-in-

ησαν, φεύγουσιν ἀνὰ χράτος ὡς πρὸς
tercepted, they-flee at (their utmost) power as-if to
τὴν ἔχθασιν ἀπὸ tod ποταμοῦ ἄνω. ᾿Ἐπεὶ δὲ
the outlet from the river upwards. When indeed
ἐγένοντο κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἔτεινον ἄνω πρὸς
they-got to the road (or outlet) they-stretched upwards te
τὸ ὄρος. ΔΛύχιος δὲ, ὁ ἔχων τὴν
the mountain. Lycius indeed, who having (the command of) the
τάξιν τῶν ἱσιπέων, καὶ Αἰσχίνης. ὁ ἔχων

body of— cavalry, and éschines, who having (the

τὴν τάξιν τῶν πελταστῶν τῶν
command of) the body of — targeteers (name'y) — (those)

264 THE ANABASIS OF XEN )PHON.

ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον ἐπεὶ ἑώρων, φεύγοντας
Cheirisophus, when they-saw (the enemy) fleeing

iva χράτος εἵποντο᾽ οἱ στρατιῶται
at (their utmost) power commenced-pursuing; the soldiers
δὲ ἐδόων μὴ ἀπολείπεσθαι, ἀλλὰ
also called-out (that they should) not be-left-behind, but
ouvexbaivew ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος. Δ᾽
to-go-through-with (the pursuing cavalry) to the mountain. But
αὖ Χειρίσοφος ἐπεὶ διέθη, οὐ μὲν

on-the-contrary ΤΣ when he-crossed-over, ‘did not indeed

ἐδίωχε τους ἱππέας, de εὐδὺς ἐξέθαινεν ἐπὶ
‘follow the cavalry, but immediately went-forth against

τοὺς πολεμίους ἄνω χατὰ τὰς ὄχϑας
the enemy above (stationed) along the Δ suena:

ηχούσας ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν. Aé ot ἄνω
ing-down to the river. But — (those) above (on these

ὁ ὥντες μὲν τοὺς ἱστπέας ἑαυτῶν φεύγοντας,
high banks) seeing indeed the cavalry of-themselves fleeing,

δ᾽ ὁρῶντες ὁπλίτας ἐπιόντας σφίσιν

and seeing (the) heavy-armed-soldiers advancing-against themselves

ἐχλείπουσι τὰ ae ὑπὲρ τοῦ ποταμοῦ.

they-abandon the hei se river.
Elevopay δὲ ἐπεὶ ἐώ τὰ πέραν yuyvd-
Xenophon indeed when he-saw (things) on-the other-side be-
μενα καλῶς ἀπεχώρει τὴν ταχίστην

coming prosperous-and-well departed (with) the greatest-speed

πρὸς τὸ διαθαῖνον στράτευμα" (γὰρ καὶ οἱ Kap

the crossing army ; (for also the Car-
δοῦχοι ἦσαν ἤδη φανεροὶ καταδαίνοντες εἰς τὸ

duchi were ΠΟῪ evidently descending to the

πεδίον ὡς ἐπιϑησόμενοι ols τελευταίσις.)
plain as-if about-attacking — (those) behind.)

Kai Χειρίσοφος μὲν χατεῖχε τὰ ἄνω,
And Cheirisopbus indeed (now) occupied the (place) above,

δὲ Λύχιος, σὺν ὀλίγοις ἐπιχειρήσας ἐπι-
end Lycius, with (his) few (men) having-undertaken to

BOOK IV. —CHAPTER III. 265

διῶξαι, ἔλαδε τὰ ὑπολειπόμενα τῶν OXEVO-
pursue, captured the (portions) left-behind of-the bag.

φόρων, χαὶ μετὰ τούτων TE καλὴν ἐσϑῆτα
gage, and among these not-only fine garments
καὶ exmduata. Καὶ μὲν τὰ σκευοφόρα τῶν
but-also drinking-oups. And — the baggage of-the
Ἕλλήνων χαὶ ὁ ὄχλος ἀχμὴν διέ
Greeks and the crowd (of camp-followers) ‘were yet ‘pass-

θαινε, δὲ Ἐενοφῶν στρέψας πρὸς τοὺς Kapdovyors,
ing, and Xenophon having-turned towards the Carduchi,

ἔϑετο ἀντία τὰ ὅπλα" xal παρήγγειλε
hulted over-against (them) under-arms; and he-ordered

τοὶς λοχαγοῖς ποιήσασθαι ἕκαστον τὸν λόχον

the captains to-form — company

ἑαυτοῦ κατ᾽ ἐνωμοτίας, παραγαγόντας
ef-thoirs into divisions-of-five-and-twenty-men, having-wheeled

τὴν ἐἔνωμοτίαν nap’ ἀσπίδας ἐπὶ φάλαγγος"
the selena νά ἐλευ ρα by the-left into

καὶ τοὺς λοχαγοὺς καὶ ἐνωμοτάρχας
and (he ordered) — the captains and (the) commanders-’of

ἰέναι πρὸς τῶν Kapdovywr, δὲ
(these) ‘divisions to-go against the Carduchi, and (the)

οὐραγοὺς χαταστήσασϑαι πρὸς τοῦ ποταμοῦ.

ecommanders-of-the-rear to-halt the river.

A’ οἱ Καρδοῦχοι, ὡς ἑώρων τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλαχας
But the arduchi, as they-perceived the rear-guard

τοῦ ὄχλου ψιλουμένους, καὶ ἤδη φαινου-

of-the crowd (of camp-followers) diminished, and now ap-

μελοὺς ὀλίγους, δὴ ἐπήεσαν θᾶττον ἄδοντες
few, ‘they indeed ‘advanced more-quickly singing

τ gdas. ὋὉ Χειρίσοφος δὲ, ἐπεὶ εἶχε τὰ
vertain songs. -- Cheirisophus indeed, when he-had the

παρ᾽ αὐτῷ ἀσφαλῶς, πέμπει τοὺς πελταστὰς
(things) about himself safe, sends _ the targeteers

καὶ εὐ ἐρειων; καὶ τοξότας παρὰ Ξενοφῶντα,
and and archers Xenophos

266 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

καὶ κελεύει ποιεῖν ὅτι ἂν παραγγέλλῃ

and he-commanded (them) to-do whatever ‘he might ‘order

A’ ὁ Ἐενοχῶν ἰδὼν αὐτοὺς duabaivorvtas πέμψας

But --- Xenophon having-seen them crossing having-sen:

ἄγγελον κελεύει μεῖναι αὑτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ

8) messenger to-request (them) to-remain _ there at the
τοταμοῦ, μὴ διαδάντας. Ὅταν δ᾽ αὐτοὶ

aiver, not having-crossed. When indeed they [Xenophon

ἄρξωνται duabaivery ἐμθαίνειν

and his men] begin to-cross (that they should) enter

ἐναντίους ἔνϑεν xai ἔνϑεν σφῶν ὡς
(the river) opposite on-this-side and on-that-side of-them as-if

διαδησομένους, τοὺς ἀχοντιστὰς ᾿ διηγχυλωμέ-
about-to-cross, the javelin-men erent Ube by-the-

vous, καὶ τοὺς τοξότας ἐπι εθλημένους᾽

poise, and the archers having-'placed (their) ‘arrows-on-

δὲ μὴ προδαίνειν πρόσω τοῦ ποταμοῦ.
ae but not to-advance far-into the river.

αρήγγειλε δὲ τοὶς map ἑαυτῷ
Hapryy. — (those) about himself [he ordered his
ἐπειδὰν σφενδόνη ἐξικνῆται,
own men] (that) when (a stone from a) sling shall-reach

χαὶ ἀσπὶς oon παιανίσαντας
(them), and (a) shield resounded (that) having-sung-the-pean

θεῖν εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους" δὲ ἐπειδὰν oi
they-should-rush on the enemy; and when the

πολέμιοι ἀναστρέψωσι, καὶ ὁ σαλπιγκχτὴς Onur
enemy should-turn-to-flee, andthe trumpeter should-sound-the-

νῇ TO πολεμιχόν éx τοῦ ποταμοῦ, τοὺς
signal the warlike-one (of attack) from the river, (that) the

οὐραγούς μὲν ἀναστρέψαντας ἐπὶ δόρυ
leaders-of-the-rear “-- ἀν turned to (the) rie

nyeiodou, δὲ πάντας θεῖν, καὶ διαθαίνειν ὅτι
to-take-the-lead, and all to-run, and to-cross-over as

τάχιστα, n ἕχαστος εἶχεν τὴν τάξιν,
fast-as-possible, where each-one (his) file,

BOOK IV. —CHAPTER Im. 267

ὡς μὴ ἐμποδίζειν ἀλλήλους" ὅτι οὗτος ἐσοιτο

so-as not to-impede one-another; (and) that that-one would-be

ἄριστος ὃς ἂν πρῶτος shea ἐν τῷ
eat (nan) who might 7 on
πέραν.
he Sa
A’ οἱ Καρδοῦχοι ὁρῶντες τοὺς λοισιούς
But the Carduchi seeing — (those) remaining
ἤδη ὀλίγους, (γὰρ χαὶ πολλοὶ τῶν τεταγμένων
now few, also many of — (those) ordered
μένειν ᾧχοντο ἐπιμελόμενοι, οἱ μὲν ὑποζυ-
to-remain departed taking-care, — (some indeed of-the-baggage-
γίων, ob δὲ σχευῶν, δ᾽ of

seattle, — (some) 8180 ‘of (their) ‘utensils (and baggage), and — (others)
EvaipGv,) ἐνταῦϑα δὴ ἐπέχειντο θρασέως,

of (their) ‘mistresses,) here indeed ‘pressed boldly ‘on,
καὶ ἤρχοντο σφενδονᾶν xal τοξεύειν.
διὰ rane to-'use (their) ‘slings and bows.

Δ’ οἱ Ἕλληνες παιανίσαντες ὥρμησαν δρόμῳ
But the Greeks having-sung-the-psan started-forward ‘in (a) ‘run

ἐπὶ αὐτούς ot δὲ οὐχ ἐδέξαντο"

ypon them ; — ‘they indeed ‘did not ‘receive (the sharge
ap καὶ ἦσαν ὡπλισμένοι, ὡς μὲν ἐν

wf the Greeks); for though they-were armed, as indeed in

τοὶς ὄρεσ ιν, ἱκανῶς πρὸς τὸ ἐπιδραμεῖν χαὶ
— (their) mountains, fit —_ attacking and

EW, δὲ πρὸς δέχεσϑαι τὸ εἰς χεὶ
gery : but ipo x x as

fleeing, receiving (any enemy) | the τὸ
οὐχ ixavds. Ἔν τούτῳ
[hand to hand] (they were) not fit. At this (time)

ὁ σαλπιγχτής σημαίνει" xal ob μὲν πολέμιοι
the trumpeter sounds ; and the -- enemy

ἔφευγον ἔτι πολὺ θάττον, δ᾽ ot Ἕλληνες στρέ-
fied yet much faster, but the Greeks having

ψαντες τἀναντία ἔφευγον ὅτι τάχιστα διὰ τοῦ
turned to-the-contrary ἈΡ fmst-as-possible over the

268 THE ANABASIS OF XSNOPHON.

ποταμοῖ: Oi τινες δὲ μὲν τῶν πολεμίων, σον

river. — Some _ however of-the enemy,
μενοι ἔδραμον πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν, καὶ
ceiving (this) ran back to _—i the river, and
τοξεύοντες ἔτρωσαν ὀλίγους,
‘using (their) ‘bows wounded (a) ew (of our men,
δ᾽ οἱ πολλοὶ, καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὄντων
but the greater (number οὗ them), even the Greeks being
πέραν, ἔτι ἦσαν φανεροὶ φεύγοντες A’ οἱ
on-the-other-side, yet were evidently eeing. But —
ὑπαντήσαντες, ἀνδριζό
(those who) had-come-to-meet (them), ΤΉ ἐς τι
EVOL καὶ προϊόντες προσωτέ τοῦ χαιροῦ,
τς wine and advancing farther Dre ψα αἰ ἰός
πάλιν διέθησαν ὕστερον τῶν μετὰ
again crossed (theriver) behind — (those) witk
ἘΞενοχῦντος" καὶ ἐτρώϑησαν χεχὶ
Xenophon ; and ‘they (the Carduchi) 'woundec\ even
τινες τούτων.
some of-those.

CHAPTER IV

"Enel δὲ διέθησαν, συνταξά,
Wauen indeed they-had-crossed, (and) having-drawn-themselves-up-

μενοι ἀμφὶ μέσον ἡμέρας, ἐπορεύϑησαν,

in-order about (the) middle ‘of (the) ‘day, i proceeded,
οὐ μεὶον ἢ πέντε παρασάγγας, διὰ τῆς “Apueviac,
act less than five parasangs, through — Armenia,

ἅπαν πεδίον χαὶ σγηλόφους λείους"
fit being) altogether (a) plain, and (having) hills of-gentle-ascent;

ἀρ ἦσαν οὐ χῶμαι ἐγγὺς τοῦ ποταμοῦ διὰ

there-were not villages near the river on-accouut-of

BOOK IV. — CHAPTER IV. «69

τοὺς πολέμους τοὺς πρὸς τοὺς Καρδούχους
the wars (namely) — (those) with the Carduchi.
Δὲ εἰς ἣν χώμην ἀφίκοντο ἦν τε μεγάλη.
But (the village) at which village they-arrived was not-only large,
καὶ εἶχε βασίλειον τῷ catpany, καὶ ἐπὶ ταὶς
but-also had (a) palace for-the satrap, and on the
κιλείσταις οἰχίαις ἐπῆσαν τύρσεις" ἐπιτήδεια δ᾽
most houses there-were towers ; provisions indeed
qv δαψιλῆ. Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύϑησαν δύο
were abundant. Thence ~ they-proceeded two
σταϑμὸς, δέχα παρασάγγας, μέχρι ὑπερῆλε
days’-march, (making) ten parasangs, until they-passed-
Sov τὰς πηγὰς τοῦ ποταμοῦ Τίγρητος. ᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν

beyond the sources of-the river Tigris. Thence

δ᾽ ἐπορεύϑησαν τρεῖς σταϑμοὺς πεντεχαίδεχα
-- they- proceeded ree days’-march (making) fifteen
παρασάγγας ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν Τηλεθόαν. Οὗτος
parasangs to the river Teleboas. This
δ᾽ ἦν μὲν καλὸς, δ᾽ οὔ μέγας" δ᾽ ἦσαν
(river) — was indeed beautiful, but not large; and there-were
πολλαὶ χῶμαι περὶ τὸν ποταμὸν. Δὲ ὁ οὗτος
many villages along — (this) river. And — this
τόπος ἐκαλεῖτο “Apevia n πρὸς
place was-called Armenia (that namely) which (was) towards (the)
e 4 9 ie] > αἂ( yz ,
EOTLEPQY. A ὕπαρχος αὐτῆς ἣν Τηρίδαζος,
west. And (the) lieutenant-governor of-it was Teribazus,
6 καὶ γενόμενος φίλος βασιλεὶ (καὶ ὁπότε

who even had-become (a) friend ‘to (the) ‘king (and when

παρείη οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἀνέθαλλε βασιλέα
he-might-be-present no-one else put (the) king
ἐπὶ τὸν ἱππον. Οὗτος προςήλασεν ἔχων
on — (his) horse. This (person) came-forward havin
6 lA 4 ἤ ε 4 τ

ἱσιπέας, καὶ προπέμψας ἑρμηνέα einer,

cavalry (with him), and naving-sent-forward (an) interpreter to-say,

ὅτι βούλοιτο διαλεχϑῆναι τοὶς ἄρχουσι. “Εδοξε

that he-wished tv-have-spoken-with the commanders. It-seemed

270 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

δὲ τοὶς στρατηγοὶς ἀχοῦσαι. Καὶ προς:
indeed (good) to-the all ᾳ to-hear (him). And ad.
ελϑόντες εἰς ἐπήχοον γρώτων τί θέλοι.

vancing within hearing (distance) they-inquired what he-might-wish.

Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὅτι βούλοιτο σπείσασϑαι,
Who— (then) said, that he-desired to-make-a-treaty (with them),

ἐφ᾽ ᾧ μήτε αὐτὸς ἀδικεῖν τοὺς
jon which [on the condition] (that) neither he-himself should-injure the
Ἕλληνας, μήτε ἐχείνους χαίειν τὰς
Greeks, nor (that) they (the Greeks) should-burn the
oixias, τε λαμδάνειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια
houses, also (that they might) take -- provisions
ὅσων δέοντος Ταῦτα ἔδοξε

(of )-as-much-as_ they-wanted. These (proposals) seemed (good)
tols στρατηγοῖς, καὶ ἐσπείσαντο ἐπὶ τούτοις.
to-the generals, and they-made-a-treaty on these (terms).

Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ πεδίου τρεὶς
Thence indeed they-proceeded through (the) plain three

σταδμοὺς πεντεκαίδεκα παρασάγγας" καὶ
days’-march (making) fifteen parasangs ; and

Τηρίδαζος παρηχολούϑει, ἔχων τὴν δύναμιν ἑαυποῦ,

Teribazus followed, | having the force = of-himself,
> 7 ε ,
ἀπέχων ὡς déxa σταδίους"

[having his own troops,] (and) being-distant about ten stadia ;

χαὶ ἀφίχοντο εἰς βασίλεια, χαὶ πολλὰς
and they-arrived δὲ (a) palace, (there being) also many

χώμας mépik& μεστάς πολλῶν τῶν ἐπιτηδείων.
villages round-about (it) filled-with much -- provisions.
Δ’ αὐτῶν στρατοπεδευομένων γίγνεται τῆς νυχτὸς
But they having-encamped there-happened in-the night
πολλή χιὼν" χαὶ ἕωθεν ἔδοξε διασχη:
much snow; and in-the-morning it-seemed-best to-distribute-in.
νῆσαι τας τάξεις καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς κατὰ τὰς
απδγίοθ the troops and_ the generals among —_ the
κώμας" γὰ οὐ ἑώρων οὐδένα πολέμιον,
villages; for they-'did not ‘see (no) (any) enemys

BOOK IV. — CHAPTER IV. 27)

καὶ ἐδόχει εἶναι ἀσφαλὲς διὰ τὸ πλῆδος τῆς
and it-seemed to-be safe on-account-of the quantity of —
χιόνος. Ἐνταῦθα εἶχον ta ἐπιτήδεια ὅσα ἐστὶν
snow. Here they-had — provisions such-as are
ἀγαθά, ἱερεῖα, σῖτον, εὐώδεις
good, (namely) | victims, [animals used for food,} corn, fragrant
παλαιοὺς οἴνους, ἀσταφίδας, παντοδαπά ὄσπρια.
old wines, dried-grapes, all-kinds (of) pulse.
Τινὲς δὲ τῶν ἀποσχεδαννυμένων ἀπὸ τοῦ
Some — of -—— (those) scattered-about from the
στρατοπέδου ἔλεγον, ὅτι κατίδοιεν στράτευμα,

camp said, that they-saw (an) army,

χαὶ πολλὰ πυρὰ φαίνοιτο νύχτωρ. ᾿Ἐδόχει
and (that) many fires appeared during-the-night. It-seemed

δὴ τοὶς στρατηγοὶς οὐχ εἶναι ἀσφαλὲς διασχη-
indeed to-the gone not _to-be safo to-quarter

νοῦν, ἀλλὰ συναγαγεῖν πάλιν τὸ

dispersed, but (that they ought) to-bring-together again the
ah aa Ἐντεῦθεν συνῆλθον" yap ἐδόκει καὶ

Thereupon they-assembled; for it-seemed even

sora ριάζειν. Δ’ αὐτῶν νυχτερευόντων ἐνταῦϑα
paar Ree But they passing-the-night here

ἄπλετος χιὼν ἐπιπίπτει, ὥςτε ἀπέχρυψε καὶ
(8) vast-quantity (οὗ) snow falls, so-that it-covered both

τὰ ὅπλα xai τοὺς ἀνϑρώπους καταχειμένους
the arms and the men lying

xai ἡ χιών ovvenddice τὰ ὑποζύγια"
(on the ground); διὰ the snow benumbed the baggage-cattle ;
xai ἦν πολὺς ὄχνος ἀνίστασϑαι᾽ yap ἡ χιὼν
end there-was much sluggishness to-rise-up; for the snow

ἐπισιεπιτωχυῖα χατακχειμένων ἦν ἀλεεινὸν,
having-fallen-on (them) lying -down was warm (to them),

ἢ παραῤῥο ὀῥουεῖν Btw. Ἐπεὶ δὲ

(provided) it-‘did “ἢ ‘fa from-them. When however

Ἐενοφῶν ἐτόλμησε ἀναστὰς γυμνὸς
Yenophon | dared having-risen-up naked fdared to rise ug

212 THER ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

σχίζεω ξύλα, τάχ᾽ ἂν και
livested of his outer garments] tv-split wood, speedily — also

τις ἄλλος ἀναστὰς ἀφελόμενος ἐχείνου

some other-one having-risen-up (and) having-taken (the wood) from-him

ἔγχιζεν.υ “Ex τούτου δὲ καὶ of ἄλλοι ἀναστάντες
split (it), After this «“5-- also the others having-rison-up

Exauv πῦρ καὶ ἐχρίοντο. Tap evpioxevo
lit (the) fire and anointed-themselves. For they-found
πολὺ χρίσμα ἐνταῦθα, ᾧ ἐχρῶντο ἀντ᾽ ἐλαίου,
much ointment there, which they-used in-place-of oil,

σύειον, καὶ σησάμινον, καὶ ἀμυγδάλινον
(it being made of ) hog’s-lard, and sesame, and almonds

éx στῶν πικχρῶν, χαὶ τερεδίνϑινον. Δὲ
of the bitter (kind), and turpentine. And
éx τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων καὶ μύρον
of the self same (substances) also an-odoriferous-unguent
εὑρίσκετο.

was-found.

Μετὰ ταῦτα ἐδόχει πάλιν εἶναι διασχν»-
After this it-seemed again to-be necessary-to-be-dis-

νητέον εἰς τὰς κώμας εἰς στέγας. Ἔνθα dy
persed-in-quarters in the villages under shelter. Here indeed
οἱ στρατιῶται ἤεσαν σὺν πολλῇ x υγῇ καὶ
the soldiers went with much outing and
ἡδονῇ ἐπὶ tas στέγας, καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια"
delight to the shelter-under-roofs, and (to) — provisions,
δὲ ὅσοι, ὅτε πρότερον anyecar,

but as-many-us, when before they-departed (from the villages),

ἐνέπρησαν τὰς οἰχίας ὑπὸ ἀτασθϑαλίας ἐδίδοσαν
t-fire- the houses through folly | gave

δίχην σχηνοῦντες χαχῶς.
justice [suffered punishment] (by) encamping uncomfortably (in the

Ἐντεῦθεν ἔπεμψαν νυχτὸς Δημοχράτην
epen air). Thence they-sent at-night | Democrater (ot)

Τεμενίτην, δόντες ἄνδρας. ἐπὶ τὰ
Temenos, giving (him a detachment of) men, to the

BOOK IV. — CHAPTER IV. 278

ὄρη, ἔνϑα οἵ ἀποσχεδαννύμετοι

mountains, where — (those) having-straggled ‘from the camp!
ἔφασαν καθορᾶν τὰ πυρά γὰρ οὗτος

said (that) they-saw the fires ; for this (man)
ἐδόχει xai ἤδη πρότερον ἀληθϑεῦσαι πολλὰ
seemed also already before to-have-truly-reported many

τοιαῦτα, τε τὰ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα, καὶ
such (things), not-only the (things) being as being, but-also

τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς οὐχ bvta. Δὲ πορευϑεὶς,
the (things) not being as not being. And having- gone-forth,
ἔ μὲν οὐχ ἰδεῖν τὰ πυρὰ, δὲ συλλαδὼν
Βα.-εδἰὰ (thathe) indeed‘did not ‘see the fires, but having-captured

ἄνδρα ἧχεν ἄγων, ἔχοντα Ile
(a) δὴ he-came bringing (him), (this man) having (a) Per-
σιχόν τόξον χαὶ φαρέτραν, καὶ σάγαριν
sian bow and quiver, and (a) kind-of-battle-axe
οἵανπερ ai ᾿Αμαζόνες ἔχουσιν. ᾿Ερωτώμενος δὲ
such-as the Amazons have. eing-asked -
ποδαπὸς εἴη, ἔφη μὲν εἶναι Πέρσης,

of-what-csountry he-might-be, he-said indeed (that) he-was (a) ersian,

δὲ πορεύεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ στρατεύματος Τηρι-
and (tha*; he-was-proceeding from the army of-Teri-
Galov, bug Adobo ἐπιτήδεια᾽ δ᾽ οἱ ἠρώτων
bazus, that he-might-procure provisions; and — they-asked
αὐτόν, τε ὁπόσον τὸ στράτευμα εἴη. καὶ
him, not-only how-great the army might-be, but-also
ἐπὶ τίνι συνειλεγμένον. Δὲ ὁ εἶπεν, ὅτι
for what it-had-been-assembled. And — (he) said, | that

Τηρίδαζος εἴη ἔχων τε τὴν δύναμιν ἑαυτοῦ
Teribazus might-be having not-only the force of-himself,

χαὶ XaAvbas καὶ
(that Teribazus had not only his own army,] but-also Chulybian and

Tadyoug μισθοφόρους" δὲ ἔφη αὐτὸν παρεσχεν.
Taochan mercenaries ; and he-snid (that) he Was-pre-
άσϑαι ἐπὶ τῇ ὑπερδολῇ τοῦ ὄρους, ἐν τοὶς στενοὶς,

pared at the crossing of-the mountain, in the Larrow

274 THE ANABASIS OF XENGPHON.

ἵἡσίερ μονα εἴη πορεία, ὡς ἐνταῦθα
(parts) by-which alone there-was(a) passage, that there
ἐπιϑησόμενον τοῖς Ἕλλησιν. *Edoke τοὶς
he-was-about-attacking the Greeks. It-seemed (good) to-the
στρατηγοὶς ἀχούσασι ταῦτα συναγαγεῖν τὸ
generals (after) having-heard this to-collect-together she
στράτευμα" καὶ εὗϑὺς χαταλισίόντες φύλαχας,
army; and immediately leaving sentirels,
χαὶ Σοφαίνετον Στυμφάλιον στρατηγὸν ἐπὼὶ
and Sophreenetus (the) Stymphalian (as) commander over
τοὶς μένουσι, ἐπορεύοντο, ἔχοντες
-- (those) remaining (behind), they-proceed, aving (a)
ἡγεμόνα τὸν ἁλόντα ἄνθρωπον. Ἐπειδὴ
guide (namely) the captured man. When

δὲ ὑπερέθαλλον τὰ ὄρη, οἱ πελτασταὶ προῖ-
however they-crossed-over the mountains, [09 targeteers going-

όντες χαὶ κατιδόντες τὸ στρατόπεδον
before and having-perceived the camp (of the enemy)

οὐχ ἔμειναν τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἀλλ᾽ avax
they-‘did ποὺ ‘wait-for the heavy-armed-men, but having-raised

γόντες ἔϑεον ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. A’ oi βάρδαροι

a-shout they-ran against the camp. But the barbanans
dxovoartes τὸν θόρυδον, οὐχ ὑπέμειναν, ἀλλ᾽
hearing the noise, ‘did not ‘remain, but

ἔφευγον" ὅμως δὲ καὶ ἀπέϑανόν tives τῶν Bap-
βοὰ; likewise — also they-killed some of-the bar.

δάρων᾽ καὶ ἵπποι ἥλωσαν εἷς εἴκοσι, χιχὲ
barians; and horses were-taken about twenty (in number), and
ἢ σχηνὴ ἢ Τηριδάζου ἐάλω, καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ
the tent — ‘that) of-Teribazus was-taken, and in it

εἶναι ἀργυρόποδες χλῖναι καὶ ἐχπώ-
(there were found) to-be silver-footed couches and drinking.

ματα, xaiot φάσχοντες dptoxd7tot,
cups, and — (those) saying (that they were) bakers,
καὶ Ol οἰνοχόοι. “Exedy de

aod — (those) (saying that they were) cup-bearerr When indeed

BOOK IV. — CHAPTER V. 275

oi στρατηγοί τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ἐπύθοντο ταῦτα,

the commanders of-the heavy-armed-men heard these

ἐδόχει αὐτοὶς ἀπιέναι τὴν ταχίστην
(things), it-seemed to-them (best) to-depart | the fastest

ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον, μὴ τις
(as fast as possible] to ο-- (their own) camp, lest any

ἐπίϑεσις γένοιτο τοὶς χαταλελειμμένοις. Καὶ
attack might-happen to — (those) having-been-left-behind. And

εὐθὺς ἀναχαλεσάμενοι τῇ σάλ-
immediately having-recalled (the men) by-the (sound of the) trum-

muyy. ἀπήεσαν, καὶ adixovto ἐπὶ Td

pet they-departed, and they-arrived at — (their)
ad αὐθημερὸν.
the-same-day.

CHAPTER V.

Δὲ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐδόχει εἶναι πορευτέον,
Bor on-the next-day it-was-thought to-be necessary-to-proceed,

ὄπη δύναιντο τάχιστα, πρὶν ἢ τὸ στράτευμα
in-what-way they-could most-speedily, before that the army

συλλεγῆναι πάλιν, καὶ xatarabeiy τὰ
‘of the enemy) was-collected again, δηὰ to-have-seized the

στενά. Δ᾽ εὐθὺς συσχευασάμενοι ἔπορεύ-
Jefiles. And immediately having-collected-their-baggage they-pro-
ovto διὰ πολλῆς χιόνος ἔχοντες πολλούς
ceeded through much snow having many
ἡγεμόνας xal αὐθημερὸν ὑπερδαλόντες τὸ dxpor,
guides; and on-the-same-day having-passed-over the height,

ἐφ᾿ ᾧὮ Τηρίθαξος ἔμελλεν ἐπιτίϑεσϑαι,

ean which Toribasus intended to-attack (thems

276 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

xateotpatonedevoarto. Ἐντεῦθεν ἐποριύϑησαι

they-encamped. Hence they- proceedeo
τρεῖς σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους πεντεχαίδεκα
three days’-march (in a) desert (making) fifteen

ayyas ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν Εὐφράτην, καὶ
parasangs to the river Euphrates, and
διέδαινον αὐτὸν βρεχόμενοι πρὸς τὸν ὀμφαλόν.
they-crossed-over it being-wet to the navel,

Δὲ ἐλέγοντο ai πηγαὶ αὐτοῦ ov εἷναι πρόσω.
And they-say the sources of-it not __to-be far
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο dia πολλῆς χιόνος καὶ
Hence they-advanced through much snow and

πεδίου τρεὶς σταϑμοὺς, πεντεχαίδεκα
(through a) plain three days’-march, (making) fifteen
παρασάγγας. ‘O δὲ τρίτος ἐγένετο
parasan ΡΒ. The — third (day’s march) was

χαλεπός χαὶ βοῤῥᾶς ἄνεμος ἔπνει ἔναν-
difficult-and-severe and (the) north wind blew against-them-

τίος, παντάπασιν ἀποχαίων πάντα, καὶ
in-their-faces, entirely parching-up _every-thing, and
πηγνὺς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. Ἔνθα δὴ τις τῶν
benumbing the men. Then indeed some-one of-the
μάντεω» εἶπε σφαγιάσασϑαι τῷ ἀνέμῳ, καὶ
augurs said (that) it-was-to-be-sacrificed to-the wind, and

σφαγιάζεται" καὶ δὴ ἔδοξε περιφανῶς πᾶσι

it-was-sacrificed; | and indeed it-seemed _ evidently to-all (that)

TO χαλεπὸν Tod πνεύματος λῆξαι. Δὲ τὸ βάϑος
the vivlence of-the wind ceased. And the depth

~ v 3 (aa σ A ἢ ~
τῆς χιόνος ἦν opyua’ ὥςτε καὶ πολλὰ τῶν
of-the snow was (a) fathom; so-that even many of-the

tav χαὶ τῶν ἀνδραπόδων ἀπώλετο, καὶ

baggage-cattle and of-the slaves perished, and
τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὡς τριάχοντα. Δὲ διεγένοντο
of-the soldiers about thirty. And they-passed

τὴν νύχτα xaiovtes mip’ δ᾽ ἦν πολλά ξύλα
the nigbé bkurning fire; for there-was much wood

BOOK IV. —CHAPTER V. 21

ἐν τῷΈὟ σταθμῷ οἵἱ δὲ προςιόντες ὀψὲ

in = che cies ee et ined — (those) indeed coming

εἶχον ov ξύλα. Οἱ οὖν ἤχοντες ae
had no wood. — (Those) therefore coming before
καὶ xalovtes TO 7 οὐ τοὺς ὀψίζοντας
διὰ burning the fire (would) ποὺ (let) -- (those) coming-late
προςίεσαν πρὸς τὸ πῦρ, εἰ μὴ μεταδοῖεν αὐτοὶς
approach pe the a unless they-shared with-them

πυροὺς, ἢ τι ἄλλο, εἴτι ἔχοιεν ϑρωτόν.
wheat, or any-thing else, if-any-thing they-might-have eatable.

Ἔνθα δὴ μετεδίδοσαν ἀλλήλοις ὧν ἕχαστοι

So-then indeed they-shared with-one-another what each
% x ἢ 4 ~ 3 , 4

εἶχον. Ἔνθα δὲ τὸ πῦρ ἐχαίετο, τὴς χιόνος
had. There-where indeed the fire was-burning, the anow

διατηχομένης, ἐγίγοντο μεγάλοι βόϑροι ἔςτε
(being) melted, there-became pits until

ἐπὶ τὸ δάπεδον: οὗ δὴ πα
ἴο the ground; where indeed there-was-present (an opportunity)

μετρεῖν τὸ βάϑος τῆς χιόνος.

to-measure the depth of-the snow.

~

᾿Εντεῦϑεν δὲ ἐπορεύοντο τὴν ὅλην ἐπιοῦσαν
Ilence — they-proceeded (during) the entire following
ἡμέραν διὰ χιόνος, καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνϑρώπων
through snow, and many of-the men

ἐδ ουλιμίασαν. Δὲ Ἐξενοφῶν ὀπισϑοφυλαχῶν, χαὶ
gvt-the-bulimy. But Xenophon commanding-the-rear, and
χαταλαμθάνων τοὺς πίπτοντας τῶν ἀνθρώπων
finding — (those) fallen-down of-the mer

ἠγνόει ὅ τι τὸ πάδος εἴη. Δὲ ἐπειδὴ τις
krew-not what the disease might-be. But when some-one
τῶν ἐμσιείρων εἶπε αὐτῷ ὅτι σαφῶς
of — (those) acquainted-with (it) told him that evidently

βουλιμιῶσι, χἄν φάγωσι τι, ἀναστήσονται,
they-had-the-bulimy, and-if Αἰ hae: something, oy ene eeene

περιιὼν περὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια, eb πού ὁρῴ, τι
going-abowt among the baggage-cattle, if any-where he-saw any thing

278 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

βρωτὸν ἢ ποτόν, διεδίδου, χαὶ διδόντας
ΠΡΟΣ or drinkable, he-distributed (it), and giving [it,

διέπεμπε τοὶς βουλιμιῶσι τοὺς δυναμένους
he. sent-about ἰο --- (those) having-the-bulimy — (those) being-able

παρατρέχειν. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἐμφάγοιεν τι.

to-run-about. -- RSET ἐν τὰς any-thing,

ἀνίσταντο xai ἐπορεύοντο. Δὲ πορευομένων
they-stood-up and _ proceeded-forth. But proceeding (o2

Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἀμφὶ χνέφας ἀφικνεῖται

their march) pietlestas indeed about arrives

π χώμην, χαὶ χαταλαμθάνει τῇ X
Ἤν (a) a and ΠΝ 71p0s TY ρήντ

Saat tod ἐρύματος γυναῖχας καὶ κόρας ἔχ

in-front of-the rampart women and = girls ~=from

τῆς χώμης ὑδροφορούσας. Αὗται ἤρώτων αὐτοὺς

the village carrying-water. These asked them

τίνες elev. Δ᾽ ὁ ἑρμηνεὺς eine Περσιστί,
who they-might-be. And the interpreter said ‘in (the)'Persian-language,

ὅτι πορεύονται παρὰ βασιλέως πρὸς TOR
that they-were-proceeding from (the) king the

outpanyv. Αἱ δὲ ἀπεχρίναντο, ὅτι εἴη οὐκ
satrap. — (they) — replied, that he-was not
évtaisa, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπέχει ὅσον παρασάγγην.
there, but was-distant as-much-as (a) parasahg.

A’ ot ἐπεὶ ἦν ὀψὲ συνειςέρχονται σὺν ταὶς
But — (they) because it-was late enter-together with the

vd is εἰς TO ἔρυμα πρὸς τὸν χωμά
Vopopopars into the ἔθ ᾧ the nae

"Entaisa οὖν μὲν Χειρίσοφος xai ὅσοι τοῦ

There therefore indeed Cheirisophus and as-many of-the

ττρατεύματος ἐδυνηϑήσαν ἐστρατοπεδεύ-

army (as) were-enabled (to come up) en-

6aito’ δ᾽ οἱ τῶν ἄλλων στρατιωτῶν
samped; and —(those)of-the other soldiers that-'were

μὴ δυνάμενοι διατελέσαι τὴν ὁδὸν ἐνυχτέρευσαν
γῇ ‘able to-have-eompleted the route passed-the-night

BOOK IV. ——CHAPTER V 279

ἄσιτοι xal ἄνευ πυρός" καὶ ἐνταῦϑά τινες τῶν

fasting and without fire; and there evme of-the
στρατιωτῶν ἀπώλοντο. Δὲ τινὲς τῶν πολεμίων
soldiers perished. And some of-the enemy
στνειλεγμένοι ἐφείποντο, xal ἥρπαζον τὰ
beizg-collected-together pursued (the rear), and wized

τῶν ὑποζυγίων μὴ δυνάμενα, καὶ

(those) of-the ihe fon not being-able (to proceed), and

ἐμάχοντο ἀλλήλοις περὶ αὐτῶν. Δὲ καὶ
fought with-one-another for thom. And also

ἐλείποντο τῶν στρατιωτῶν τε οὗ διεῷ
there-were-left-behind of-the soldiers both — (those) _having-

μένοι. τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς ὑπὸ τῆς χιόνος,

ruined (as respects) the eyes the snow,

τε ol ἀποσεσηπότες ἜΣ δαχτύλους
{and — (those) having-been-mortified (as respects) the fingers

τῶν ποδῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ ψύχους.

of-the feet by the cold [and those who had their toes
, Δὲ μὲν ἦν ἐπιχούρημα τοὶς

mortified by the cold]. But indeed it-was (a) defence to-the

ὑφ οαλμόις τῆς χιόνος, εἴ τις πορεύοιτο

from-the snow, if any-one (when) he-proceeded (on)

ἔχων τι μέλαν ty μὲ ad OPSAAUGY,

the march) (having) (had) nee black eyes,

A

TOV MOOV, εἴ THC pastes χαὶ
and (a defence) of-the feet, if any-one moved-about, asd
μηδέποτε ἔχοι ἧσυχίαν, καὶ εἴ τὴν νύχτα
never might-have rest, and if at— night

ε a A 3 ~ e
ὑπολύοιτο. Δὲ ὅσοι ἐχοιμῶντο ὑποδε-
they-loosened-their-sandals. But (as many) as slept having-their-

Seuévor, of ἱμάντες εἰςεδύοντο εἰς τοὺς πόδας
sandals-on, the straps penetrated into the feet

καὶ τὰ ὑποδήματα περιεπήγνυντο᾽
and the soles (of the sandals) were-frozen-about (the feet);

καὶ, ἐπειδὴ τὰ ἀρχαῖα ὑποδήματα ἐπήλισε,
indeed, when — (their) old sandals

280 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

πεποιημένοι ἦσαν xapbativas Ex τῶν
(them), they-had-made (for themselves) rough-sandals from tne

veodaptuv βοῶν. Διὰ τὰς ἀνάγκας οὖν

caw-hides of-oxen. Through — (such) necessity therefore
τοιαύτας τινες τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὑπελείποντο" κοι
as-these some of-the soldiers were-left-behind; s2n3
ἰδόντες τι μέλαν χωρίον, διὰ τὸ ἐχλελοιπέναι
seeing δ black place, |on-account-of the to-have disappsared
AUTOS τὴν χιόνα,

there (as respects) the snow, [on account of the disappear-

εἴχαζον τετηχέναι" καὶ
ance there of the snow,] they-conjectured (that it) had-melted; and

ἐτετήχει διὰ τινὰ χρήνην, ἢ ἦν ἀτμίζουσα

it-had-melted through some spring, which was smoking
πλησίον &y νάπῃ. Ἐνταῦθ ἐχτραπόμενοι
near in (a) woody-vale. There turning-aside
ἐχάϑηντο, xal ἔφασαν οὐ πορεύεσθαι.
they-sat-down, and said (that they would) not proceed,
Ὁ δὲ Ἐξενοφῶν ἔχων ὀπισϑοφύλαχας,
— But Xenophon having (the command of ) rear-guard,
ὡς ἤσϑετο ἐδεῖτο αὑτῶν πάσῃ τέχνῃ καὶ

88 he-perceived (this) begged of-them by-every art and

μηχανῇ μὴ ἀπολείπεσθαι, λέγων, ὅτι πολλοὶ
means not to-be-left-behind, saying, that many (of the)

πολέμιοι συνειλεγμένοι ἕπονται, xai τελευτῶν
eLemy being-assembled-together pursued (them), and finisning
ἐχαλέπαινε. Οἱ δὲ ἐχέλευον σχάζειν
he -grew-angry. — (They) indeed requested (him) to-kill

yap ἂν οὗ δύνασϑαι πορευϑῆναι.
{them); for (that) ‘they — ‘were not ‘able to-proceed.

᾿Ενταῦϑα ἔδοξε εἶναι χράτισον φοθῆσαι

Then it-seemed (to him) to-be the-best to-have-scared

τοὺς ἑπομένους πολεμίους, εἴ τις δύναιτο, μὴ
the pursuing enemy, if any-thing could-be-done, lest
ἐπιπέσοιν = TOI χάμνουσι. Καὶ μὲν ἦς
they should-fall-upon — (those) being-exhausted. And indeed it-was

BOOK IV. —CHAPTER V 281

ἤδη σκύτος; οἵἱ δὲ προςήεσαν πολλῷ θορύδᾳ

aow — ‘they indeed ‘advanced with-much noise
δαφερόμενοι ἃ ἀμφὶ ὧν εἴχον. Ἔνθα δὴ
disputing eh what they-had (of the booty). Then truly
ἐν ob ὀπισϑοφύλαχες ἅτε ὑγιαίνον-

indeed — (those οὗ the) _rear-guard as being-in-good-condition-

TES, ἐξαναστάντες ἔδραμον εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους"
and-able, starting-up to enemy ;

δ᾽ οἱ χάμνοντες, ἀναχραγόντες ὅσον μέγιστον
and the exhausted (men), | having-shouted as-much as-the-greatest

NOUVAYTO, ἔχρουσαν
they-could, [having shouted as loud as they possibly could,] struck

tas ἀσπίδας πρὸς τὰ δόρατα. Oi πολέμιοι δὲ
the shields against the spears. The enemy _ indeed

δείσαντες, ἦχαν ἑαυτοὺς χατὰ τῆς χιόνος
having-become-alarmed, threw themselves among __ the show

3 ‘ f A 3 4 y 3 A
εἰς τὴν νάπην, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἔτι ἐφθέγξατο
into the woody-vale, and no-one (of them) afterwards made-a-noise
3 ~
οὐδαμοῦ.
any-where.
Kai Ἐενοφῶν μὲν καὶ ot σὺν αὐτῷ, εἰπόντες
And Xenophon indeed and — (those) with him, telling

τοὶς ἀσϑενοῦσιν, ὅτι τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ τινες
— (those) being-weak-and-helpless, that on-the next-day some

ἤξουσί ἐπὶ αὐτούς, πορευόμενοι,
would-come to them, (then) proceeding (on their march, but)

iv διελθεῖν τέτταρα στάδια ἐτυγχάνουσιν
before (that) they-had-gone-over four stadia they-found

ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ τοῖς στρατιῶταις ἀναπανομένοις

en the τοδὰ -- soldiers resting

ἐπὶ τῆς χιόνος ἐγχεκαλυμμένοις, χαὶ οὐδὲ

Ὁ ἰδθ snow (and) having-been-covered (by it), and nenther

οὐδεμία φυλακὴ καϑειστήχει, καὶ
had (no) (any) guard ‘been-placed-over (them), «nd
ἀνίστασαν αὑτούς. A’ ot ἔλεγον ὅτι ot
they-'roused them ‘up. And — they-said that — (these)

283 THE ANABASIS OF KENOPHON.

ἔμπροσϑεν οὐχ ὑποχωροῖεν. ‘O όε
a ‘did not hae Soa sab — (Xenophca) indeed
παριών, καὶ παραπέμπων τοὺς ἰσχυροτάτους τῶν
going-past, and sending-on the strongest of-tne
πελταστῶν, EXEAEVE σχέψασθαι τί εἴη
targeteers, ordered (them) to-see-and-ascertain what might-be
τὸ χωλῦον. Οἱ δὲ ἀπήγγελλον, ὅτι τὰ
the hindrance. — ‘They indeed ‘announced that the
ὅλον στράτευμα οὕτως ἀναπαύοιτο.
whole army might-'be thus (ina manner) ‘taking-rest.
Kai ot ἀμφὶ Ἐενοφῶντα ἐνταῦϑα ηὐλίσθησαν
And — (those) with Xenophon then took-up-their-quarters
αὐτοῦ ἄνευ πυρὸς καὶ Adenvor, καταστησάμενοι
there without _fire and supperless, stationing

φυλακὰς οἵας ἐδύναντο. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἧἤἦν
πρὸ χοὰς as they-were-able. When indeed it-was

ἡμέραν, ὃ μὲν Ἐενοφῶν πέμψας τοὺς νεω-

Ae day, -- — Xenophon ted pee the young-

τάτους ὴς τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας
est (of hismen) to — (those) being-weak-and-sick

ἐχέλευεν ἀναστήσαντας ἀναγχάζειν

ordered (them) having-'roused (them) ‘up to-compel (them)
προϊένα. Ἔν δὲ τούτῳ Χειρίσοφος πέμσεε:
to-go-forward. At — this (time) Cheirisophus sends

τῶν ἐκ τῆς χώμης σχεψομένους πῶς ot
‘some) οἔ --- (those) from the village | about-seeing how the

peer ἔχοιεν. Δ’
might-have (themselves) [to see how the rear fared]. But

ΕἾ ἄσμενοι ἰδόντες
— (the young men sent by Xenophon) rejoiced (at) seeing (them)
παρέδοσαν τούτοις ἀσϑενοῦντας κομίζειν ἔπι
gave-over to-these (the) weak-and-sick to-conduct te
τὸ στρατόπεδον, αὐτοὶ δὲ ἐπορεύοντο, καὶ
the camp, they-themselves — proceeded-forward, and
iv διεληλυϑέναι εἴχοσι στάδια ἦσαν πρὸ

vefore (that) they-hai-completed twenty stadig thev-~ere at

BOOK IV. — CHAPTER V. 288

τῇ κώμῃ Evda Χειρίσοφος ηὐλίζετο. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ

che village where Cheirisophus was-quartered. When indeed

συνεγένοντο ἀλλήλοις, ἔδοξε εἶναι ἀσφαλές

they-got-together among-one-another, it-seemed to-be
σχηνοῦν τὰς τάξεις χατὰ τὰς χώμας. Καὶ

to-quarter the troops up-and-down the villages. And
Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἔμενεν αὐτοῦ, οἱ ἄλλοι
Cheirisophus indeed remained there (where he was), the others
δὲ διαλαχόντες κώμας ἃς ἑώρων, ih
indeed having-drawn-lots (for the) villages which they-saw,
to, ἕχαστοι ἔχοντες τοὺς ἑαυτῶν.
ceeded, | each having the (men) of-themselves [each hav-
ing their respective command).
Ἔνθα δὴ Πολυδώτης ᾿Αϑηναῖος λοχαγὸς
Here indeed Polybotes (an) Athenian captain
ἐχέλευσεν ἑαυτόν ἀφιέναι" καὶ

requested (that) they-would-’allow him ‘to-go-away; | and
λαδὼν τοὺς εὐζώνους,
taking the well-girt, {and taking with him the moat active

θέων ἐπὶ τὴν χώμην, ἣν Hevoparv
of his men], running ἴο the village, which Xenophon

eiAnye, κχαταλαμθάνει πάντας τοὺς χωμή-
obtained-by-lot, he-surprises the inhabitants-of-
TAS ἔνδον, καὶ τὸν xaudpyny, καὶ ἑπτακαίδεκα
the-village at-home, and the village-chief, and seventeen
πώλους τρεφομένους εἰς δασμὸν βλασιλεὶ, καὶ
colts for (a) tribute ‘to (the) king, and
τὴν θυγατέρα τοῦ xaudpyov γεγαμημένην

the daughter of-the _village-chief . married (the)
ἐνάτην ἡμέραν. 8 ὃ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς ᾧχετο
ainth day; and the husband of-her had-gone-ou*
θηράσων λαγῶς, καὶ οὐχ ἥλω ἐν ταὶς κώμαις.
hunting hares, and ‘was not ‘found in the villages

At δ᾽ οἰχίαι ἦσαν xatwyew, τὸ μὲν στό
άγ μὲ μα

The — houses were under-ground, the — mouth (ὦ

284 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

~

φρέατος, δὲ κάτω etipstou

eptrauce was) like (that) 'οῦ (a) ‘well, but below spacious.
Δὲ αἱ εἴςοδοι μὲν τοὶς ὑποζυγίοις ὀρυχταί͵
And tke entrances -- ἔἤἔογ- 89 cattle (were) dug,
δὲ of ἄνϑρωποι xatébavov ἐπὶ κλίμακος. “Ev δὲ
but the men descended on ladders. In —
ταὶς οἰχίαις ἦσαν ayes, oles, βόες, ὄρνιθες,
the houses there-were goats, sheep, cows, fowis,
xai τὰ Exyova τούτων᾽ δὲ πάντα τὰ κχτήτη
δὰ =_ the young of-these; and all the cattle
ἐτρέφοντο χιλῷ ἔνδον. Δὲ χαὶ ἦσαν

were-nourished on-hay within (the houses). And also there-was
mupoi, καὶ χριϑαΐ, καὶ ὄσπρια, καὶ κρίϑινος οἷνος
wheat, and barley, and legumes, and barley wine
ἐν χρατῆρσι᾽ δὲ καὶ at αὐταὶ χριϑαὶ ἐνῆσαν
in large-bowls; and also — (these) same barley-grains floated
ἰσοχειλεὶς, χαὶ κάλαμοι EVEXELYTC,

even-with-the-brims (of the vessels), and reeds lay-in (them),
ob μὲν μείζους, dé ot ἐλάττου, οὐκ
— (some! indeed larger, but — (others) smaller, (and) not

ἔχοντες γόνατα " 0 ἔδει ὁπότε τις διψῴη
having joints; and it-was-proper when any-one might-be-thirsty

λαθόντα τούτους εἰς τὸ στόμα μύζειν. Καὶ
having-taken these into — (his) mouth to-suck. And
ἣν πάνυ ἄχρατος, ei μή τις ἐπιχέοι
it-was very strong, | if not [unless] some-one poured-in
ὕδωρ᾽ καὶ τὸ χπόμα ἦν πάνυ ἡδὺ συμμα-
water; and the drink was very pleasant to-one-accus-

ϑόντι.

tomed-to (it).

Ὁ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἐποιήσατο τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς
— And Xenophon made-for-himself the ruler of —

raters xduns σύνδειπνον, καὶ ἐχέλευε αὐτὸν
this village his-guest-at-supper, and _ he-exhorted him.

θαῤῥεῖν, λέγων, ὅτι οὔτε στερήσοιτο
to-be-of-good-courage, saying, that he-‘should not ‘be-deprived

BOOK IV.—-CHAPTER V. 285

τῶν = Texvar, TE ἀπίασιν ἀντεμσπιλήσαντες τῆν»
οἵ --- (his) children, and (as) they-depart they-would-be-about-filling the

οἰχίαν αὐτοῦ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων, ἣν φαίνηται
house _ of-himself with — provisions, if he-show-himself (as)

ἐξηγησάμενος τι ἀγαθόν τῷ στρατεύματι,

Sat Ad atria (in) some good for-the army,

ἔστ᾽ ἂν γέγωνται ἐν ἄλλῳ ἔϑνει. Ὃ δὲ

until ‘they migh‘ ‘get with another tribe. -— And
ταῦτα ὑπισχνεῖτο, καὶ, φιλοφρονούμενος, ἔφρασεν

this he-promised, and, being-kindly-disposed, he-told
οἶνον ἔνϑα ἦν κατωρυγμένο. Οὗν

(them respecting) wine where it-was buried. Therefore

μὲν ταύτην τὴν γύχτα, πάντες Ob στρατιῶται
indeed _ this — (same) night, all the soldiers

διασκηνήσαντες οὕτως, ἐχοιμήϑησαν ἐν πᾶσιν
having-been-quartered-dispersedly thus, were-made-to-rest in great

ἀφϑόνοις, ἔχοντες τὸν κωμάρχην ἐν φυλαχῇ, καὶ

abundance, having the vvillage-chief under guard, and

τὰ τέχνα αὐτοὺ ὁμοῦ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς. Δὲ TY
the children of-him likewise under eye. And on-the

ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ Ξενοφῶν λαδὼν τὸν χωμάρχην
next day Xenophon taking the Village-chief

ἐπορεύετο πρὸς Χειρίσοφον" ὅπου δὲ παρίοι

proceeded Cheirisophus; wherever indeed he-might-puss-by

XOUNV, ἐτρέπετο πρὸς τοὺς ἐν ταὶς χώμαις.
(a) village, he-turned-aside to — (those) in the Villages,

~ / 3 , ᾿
χαὶ πανταχοὺυ χατελάμθανε ευωχουμένους XOU
and everywhore he-found (them) feasting and

εὐθυμουμένους, καὶ οὐδαμόϑεν ἀφίεσαν
enjoying-themselves, and nowhere did-they-'allow (them) ‘to-

iy παραϑεῖναι ἄριστον αὐτοὶς.
depart before (that) they-had-'placed dinner ‘before them.

Δ’ ἦν οὐκ ὅπου οὐ παρετίϑεσαν ἐ ἐπὶ
And there-was not anywhere (where) they-‘did not *place on

αὐτὴν τράπεζαν xpia ἄρνεια, pide
ΤῊ same γε! esh (of) Aceh, ἐδ ip oe

286 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

χοίρεια, μόσχεια, opridea, σὺν πολλοὶς ἄρτος,
pork, veal, fowl,

with much

roic μὲν πυρίνοις, δὲ τοὶς siiiecae
— (that) uamely (of) wheat, and — (that of) barley.

Ὁπότε δὲ τις φιλοφρονούμενος βούλοιτο προπιεῖν

Whenever — any-one sine Re τοὶ φκε | wished to-drink-before

τῷ εἷλχεν ἐπι τὸν x χρατήρα,
to-the [wished to drink to another] he-drew (him) Ὁ the arge-bowl,

ἔνϑεν ἔδει ἐπιχύψαντα ῥοφοῦντα πίνειν

there it-was-necessary having-stooped-down sucking to-drink

ὥςπερ βοῦν. Kai ἐδίδοσαν τῷ χωμάρχῃ λαμ-
like (an) ox. And _they-granted to-the village-chief

Gaver ὅ τι βούλοιτο. Ὃ δὲ ἐδέχετο οὐδὲν
take whatever he-might-wish, Who however accepted nothing

ἄλλο μὲν, ὅπου δὲ ἴδι τινα τῶν συγ-

else indeed, where however he-may-have-seen any of —(his) re-
ενῶν ἀεὶ EAR UB avEY πρὸς ἑαυτὸν.
tions ‘he always ‘took (them) with him.

"Exel δ᾽ YASOV πρὸς Χειρίσοφον, xate-

When however they-came Cheirisophus, they-

λάμθανον κχἀχείνους σχηνοῦντας,
found also-these (his men feasting) being-in-their-quarters,

ἐστεφανωμένους στεφάνοις τοῦ ξηροῦ χιλοῦ,

srowned with-crowns (made) of —

καὶ ᾿Αρμενίους παῖδας σὺν ταὶς Bapbapixais
wenian boys — (in) — (their) barbarian

ΘΙΡΈΩΝ διαχονοῦντας. Δὲ ἐδείχνυσαν toils παισὶν
dresses waiting-on-them. And they-showed the boys

ὥςπερ ᾿ἐνεοῖς ὅ τι δέοι ποιεῖν.
(by signs) as-if (they were) deaf-and-dumb what they-ought to-do.

᾿Επεὶ δὲ Χειρίσοφος καὶ Ἐενοφῶν ἐφιλοφρονήσαντ

When — Cheirisophus and Xenophon had-saluted
ἀλλήλους, κοινῇ δὴ ἀνηρώτων τὸν χωμάρχην,
one-another, in-common -- they-questioned the village-chief,

διὰ τοῦ ἑρμηνέως περσίζοντος, τίς ἡ χώρα
throug’ the interpreter b aii is eeu ΑΒΕ what the country

BOOK IV. —CHAPTER V. 281

ein. A’ ὁ ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ᾿Αρμενία. Και
might-Le. And who said, that (it was) Armenia. And
πάλιν ἠρώτων τίνι οἱ ἵπποι tpéporto. A’
again asking for-whom the horses might-be-bred. And

ὃ ἔλεγεν, ὅτι δασμός βασιλεῖ" ἔφη δὲ,

--- (he) said, as (a) tribute ‘to (the) ‘king; he-said also, (that)

τὴν πλησίον χώραν εἶναι Χάλυδας, καὶ

the neighbouring country was (thatof the) Chalybes, | and

ἔφραζεν τὴν odov H εἴη.

mentioned the road in-what it-might-be [and he told them the
Kal τότε μὲν Ξενοφῶν ᾧχετο

direction of the road]. And then indeed Xenophon departed

ἄγων αὐτὸν πρὸς τοὺς οἰχέτας ἑαυτοῦ,

conducting him to the family of-himself, {to his own family, |

καὶ δίδωσι ἵππον ὃν εἱλήφει παλαί-

and he-gave (the) horse which he-had-taken (and which was) rather-

τερον τῷ χωμάρχῃ ἀναϑρέψαντι χαταϑῦσαι,

old to-the village-chief (he) having-fattened (it) to-offer-it-in-sacrifice,

ὅτι ἤχουσεν αὐτὸν εἶναι ἱερὸν τοῦ Ἡλίου,
because he-had-heard (that) it was (a) victim of-the Sun,
δεδιὼς μὴ ἀποθάνῃ" yap ἐχεχάχωτο ὑπὸ τῆς
having-feared lest it-might-die; for it-had-been-injured by the
πορείας" αὐτὸς δὲ λαμθάνει τῶν πώλων,
journey ; ‘he indeed ‘himself takes (some) of-the colts,
καὶ ἑχάστῳ τῶν ἄλλων στρατηγῶν xal λοχαγῶν
and to-each of-the other generals and captains
ἔδωχε πῶλον. Οἱ δ᾽ inno ταύτῃ ἦσαν
he-gave (a) colt. The — horses’ in-this (country) were
μείονες μὲν τῶν Περσικῶν, δὲ πολύ
smaller indeed (than those) of-the Persians, but much
θυμοειδέστερο. Καὶ δὴ ἐνταῦϑα 6 κωμάρχης
more-spirited. And indeed here the villugu-chief
διδάσχει περιειλεῖν σαχία περὶ τοὺς πόδας
instructs (them) to-tie small-bags aboat the feet
- 9 3 “- ε 9 5 μι
τῶν ἵππων xal τῶν ὑποζυγίων" ὅταν ἄγωσι
ef-the horees and of-the cattle ; when they-drove (them!

288 THE AKABASIS OF XENOPHON.

διὰ δα την Salt γὰρ ἄνευ τῶν σαχίων χατεδύον το
snow ; for without the little-bags they-ouma

SS ρα

CHAPTER VI.

a > ’ A 4
"Enci δ᾽ ὀγδόη ἴα ἦν, μὲν ι
πεν — (the) eighth was, ‘he indeed ‘delivered-over
τὸν ἡγεμόνα Sessile, δὲ χαταλείπει τοὺς
guide to-Cheirisophus, but he-left the

νἰχέτας τῷ κχωμάρχῃ, πλὴν τοῦ
members-'of (his) ‘family to-the chief-of-the-village, except — (his)

υἱοῦ τοῦ ἄρτι ἡθάσχοντος. δὲ τοῦτον
son — (who was) just coming-to-age ; and him

παραδίδωσι Ἐπισθένει ᾿Αμφισπολίτῃ φυλάττειν
ec-gave-over ρῶν (of ) Amphipolis to-guard

"πῶς; el OLTO χαλῶς. ἀπίοι
if "he (the father) adie ἢ (them) fairly, he-might-return

ἔχων χαὶ τοῦτον. Καὶ εἰςεφόρησαν εἰς τοῖν
{home) having also _ this-one. And they-brought to

οἰχίαν αὐτοῦ ὡς πλεῖστα ἐδύναντο, xai ἀνα-
house of-him as many-things (as) they-could, and having

ζεύξαντες ἐπορεύοντο. Δ’ ὁ χωμάρ-
broken-up-their-camp they-proceeded-on-their-march. And the village-
NS λελυμένος ἡγεῖτο αὐτοὶς διὰ χιόνος"
chinf unbound guided them _ through (the) snow ;

xai ἤδη τε ἦν ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ σταϑμῷ, καὶ

and now. also ἱγτοθ in the third day’s-march, and

Χειρίσοφος ἐχαλεπάνϑη αὐτῷ ὅτι οὐχ
Mheirisophus became-angry with-him that he-‘did me

BOOK IV. — CHAPTER VI. 285

ἦγεν εἰς χώμας. A oO ὁ ἔλεγεν ὅτι εἶεν οὐχ
u

‘lead (them) to villages. that there-was uot

ἐν τῷ τούτῳ τόπῳ. Ὁ dé Χειρίσοφος ἔπαισε

(any)in “-- this region. — And ae aes struck
αὐτὸν μὲν, δ᾽ οὐχ ἔλησε. Δ’ ἐχ τούτου
him indeed, but ‘did not ‘bind (him). | And from this

Exelvos ἀποδρὰς ᾧχετο τῆς νυχτὸς,
Βο senna went-away (in) the night, [and on this se-

χαταλισιὼν τὸν υἱόν. ἸΤόδε
count he ran off at night,] leaving-behind — (his) son. i

| ἢ κάχωσις xal ἀμέλεια τοῦ
truly-indeed, (namely) the ill-treatment and neglect of-the

ἡγεμόνος, ἐγένετο μόνον διάφο Χειρι-

(the) only dissension (between) Cheiri-

nine xal Ἐενωφῶντι ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ. Δὲ Ἔπισ-

sophus and Xenophon on .he “oute. But Epis-

ϑένης te ἡράσϑη tod παιδὸς, καὶ κομίσας
thenes not-only became-fond of-the boy, but-also having-taker

oixade ἐχρῆτο πιστοτάτῳ.
(81...) home | made-use-of (him as) the-most-faithful [found him very

Meta τοῦτο ἐπορεύϑησαν ἑπτὰ

ταῦ ἢ attached to himself]. After this they-proceeded seven
σταθμοὺς, ἀνὰ πέντε παρασάγγας τὴς ἡμέρας,
Jaye’-march, always five parasangs day,
παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν Φᾶσιν, ev πλε-
to the river Phasia, ’(the) breadth (of which is) equal-
ιαῖον. “Evteisev énopevdyoav δύο σταϑμοὺς
to-a-plethrum. Hence they-proceeded two days’-march
déxa παρασάγγας" ἐπὶ δὲ τῇ ὑπερθολγ
(making) ten parasangs ; at — the pass-over

εἰς τὸ medioy XdAvbes xai Ταόχοι.
(the mountains) on-to the plain (the) Chalybes and (the) Taochi,

i

χαὶ Φασιανοί ἀπήντησαν ἀντοῖς. ΧΕειρί-
and (the) Phasiani had-come-to-oppose them. Cheiri-

aopos δ᾽, ἐπεὶ κατεῖδε τοὺς πολεμίους ἐπὶ τῇ

sophus indeed, when he-saw the enemy on

290 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

weeps OAY, ἐπαύσατο πορευόμενος, ἀπέχων»
ceased proceeding (on the march), being. distant

εἰς τριάχοντα σταδίους, ἵνα μὴ πλχσιάσ
about thirty stadia, that he-'might not ‘approac

τοῖς πολεμίοις ἄγων χατὰ χέρας" δὲ
enemy | leading by (a) wing; [incolumn;] and

καὶ παρήγγειλε τοὶς ἄλλοις παράγειν τοὺς
also announced to-the other (officers) to-bring-up the

λόχους, ὅπως τὸ στράτευμα γένοιτο ἐπὶ φάλαγγος.

sor panies, so-that the army might-get into

Δὲ ἐπεὶ oft ὀπισϑοφύλαχες FASOV, συνεχάλεσε

And when the rear-guard came, he-called-together

Tous στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγούς, xai ἔλεξεν ὧδε"
generals and captains, and spoke thus;

Οἱ μέν πολέμιοι ὡς ὁρᾶτε xaTEyovOL τὰς uu phonas

The — enemy 88 you-see possess

tod ὄρους, δὲ ὌΠ oe ὅπως

of-the mountain, (it is) indeed par to-consider, how

ἀγωνιούμεϑα ὡς χάλιστα. Δοχκει
we-may-encounter (them) to-the-best-advantage-possible. It-seems

οὖν μὲν ἐμοὶ παραγγεῖλαι μὲν τοῖς στρατιώταις

therefore indeed to-me to-direct soldiers

ἀριστοποιεῖσϑαι, dé ἡμᾶς ΣΝ εἴτε
to-take-their-dinners, and (that) we should-consult, whether

δοχεὶ ὑπερδάλλειν τὸ ὄρος εἴτε τήμερον εἴτε
it-seems (best) to-crose-over the mountaineither to-day or

αὔριον. “Euoi δὲ γε, ἔφη ὁ Κλεάνωρ, δοχεὶ,

to-morrow. To-me indeed at-least, said — Cleanor, it-seems

ἐπὰν ἀριστήσωμεν τάχιστα ἐξο.
(best), after we-have-dined as-speedily-as-possible (and) having-

πλισαμενους ὡς τάχιστα ἰέναι ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας.

ermed-ourselves as speedily-as-possible tc-go against the men,
Tap εἰ διατρίψομεν τὴν τήμερον ἡμέραν, τε
Vor if § we-shall-waste present day, not-only

οἱ πολέμιοι νῦν ὁρῶντες ἡμᾶς ἔσονται θαῤῥα-
will-ba

the eneny now seeing

BOOK IV. —CHAPTER VI. 29]

λεώτεροι, καὶ ἄλλους εἶχός, τοὐτῶν θαῤ-

sold, and (that) others as-is-natural, these besomirg-confi.
"οὔντων, προςγενέσϑαι πλείους.
dent-and-bold, will-join (them in) greater (numbers).
Μετὰ τοῦτον ἘΞενοφῶν εἶπεν. Ἐγὼ δὲ
After this-one Xenophon said: I indeed
he γνώσχω οὕτω" El μὲν ἐστὶ aod.yan μάχεσθαι,
thus: if indeed it-is to-fight.
φοῦτο del παρασχευσάσϑαι ὅπως ὃς ὡς οὐμεϑα
this ought to-be-arranged -- sel Gee θα
χράτιστα. Εἰ δὲ paren ὑπερθάλλειν
to-the-best (advantage). If indeed §we-wish to-crose-over

ag ῥᾷστα, τοῦτο doxel μοι εἶναι
(the mountain) as easily-as-possible, this seems to-me te-be

σχεπτέον ὅπως λάῤωμεν μὲν ἐλάχιστα

necessary-to-be-considered how-that we-may-receive — the-fewest

τραύματα, δὲ ὡς ἀποθάλωμεν ἐλάχιστα σώματα

wounds and so-that we-may-lose the-fewest (bodies)

ἀνδρῶν. Ody» μὲν τὸ ὄρος ἐστὶ τὸ
(of-) men. Therefore indeed the mountain is — (as far as,

ὁρώμενον πλέον ἢ ἐφ᾽ ἑξήχοντα στάδια,

is-to-be-seen more than (to) sixty stadia (in length),
δ᾽ ἄνδρες φανεροί εἷσιν φυλάττοντες ἡμᾶς
but (the) men manifestly are watching
3
οὐδαμοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν ὁδόν: οὖν
nowhere, except along this-same — road; therefore (it is)
πολὺ χρεῖττον, καὶ πειρᾶσθαι χλέψαι λαϑόντας
much better, both to-endeavour to-seize, being-concealed.
τι τοῦ ἐρήμου ὄρους, καὶ εἰ δυναίμεθα
some (part) of-the desert mountusin, δὰ if we-can
aoa PIACAVYTAS, μᾶλλον

to take-forcible-possession, having-occupied (it before the enemy), rather

ἢ μάχεσθαι πρὸς ἰσχυρὰ yupia καὶ ἄνδρας

thas. to-fight against strong places and men

παρεσχευασμένους. Γὰ πολὺ ῥᾷον

prepared (to resist) For = fit ἰσλ muar

292 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἰέναι ὄρϑιον ἀμαχὶ, ἦν ὅμαλες
to-go (upa) steep (place) without-fighting, than (along) level (roads

πολεμίων ὄντων ἔνϑεν χαὶ ἔνϑεν" χαὶ νύχτ'

‘the) enemy being here and there; and at-night
τις ἂν ὁρῴη τὰ ποδῶν μᾶλλον
eany-one may see — (things) before (his) feet more

4 Ἃ 3 ςό»,
χὶ, ἦ weds ἥμεραν

(distinctly when) not-fighting, than in (the) day (time) (while)

᾿ e - 3 / -
μαχόμενος" καὶ n τραχεῖα εὐμενεστέρα τοὶς
fighting ; διὰ the rough (road is) kinder to-the
ποσὶν ἰοῦσιν ἀμαχὶ, ἢ ἡ. ὁμαλὴ
feet to-those-marching without-fighting, than the smooth /‘one)
βαλλομένοις τὰς κεφαλὰς. Καὶ οἱ

to-those-being-struck on-the head (with stones). And it-‘does not

δοχεὶ μοι εἶναι ἀδύνατον χλέψαι ἐξὸν

‘seem to-me_ to-be impossible to-steal (a march) it-being-allowed
μὲν ἰέναι νυχτὸς, ὡς μὴ ὁρᾶσϑαι, δὲ

(us) indeed to-go by-night, so-as not to-be-seen, it-‘being also

2" \ 3 ~ ~ e A ,

ἐξὸν ἀπελϑεῖν τοσοῦτον ὡς μὴ παρέχειν

‘allowed (us) to-go-away so-far jas not to-suffer (a)

αἴσϑησιν. Δὲ

being-heard [as to allow no opportunity of being heard or perceived]. And
μοι ἂν δοχοῦμεν, προςποιούμενοι προςδάλλειν

to-me --- we-seem-likely, pretending to-attack
ταύτῃ ἂν χρῆσθαι τῷ ἄλλῳ ὄρει
in-this (manner) — to-have the rest (of the) mountain
Epyuotépw’ yap ol πολέμιοι μᾶλλον μένοιεν
more-deserted ; for the enemy ‘would rather ‘remain
αὐτοὺ ἀϑρόοι. ᾿Ατὰ ἐγὼ συμδάλλομαι
here collected-together. But-why ‘should I ‘conjecture

τί περὶ χλοπῆς: γὰρ ἔγωγε, ᾧ Χειρίσοφε,

any-thing about _ stealing? for JI-at-least, ©O Cheirisophus,
9 ἢ ε ow “- ,
ἀχούω ὑμᾶς, τοῦς Λαχεδαιμονίους, ὅσοι

hear, (that) you, the Lacedsmonians, as-many (of you as}
3 A e , 3 A 39

ἐστὲ ὁμοίων, εὐϑὺς ἐ2
are ‘of (the class οὗ) ‘equals (or bigher order). immediately frow

BOOK IV. — CHAPTER VI. 2938

χύκίδων μελετᾶν χλέπτειν, καὶ εἶκαι οὐχ
boys (commence) to-practice to-steal, and (that) it-is not

αἰσχρὸν, ἀλλὰ καλὸν κλέπτειν, ὅσα
shameful, but commendable to-steal, as-many-things-as (tho,

νόμος μὴ κωλύε. Δὲ ὅπως κχλέπτητε ὡς
law ‘does not ‘forbid. And so-that you-may-steal | as

χράτιστα, χαὶ πειρᾶσθε Aar
best-possible, [as adroitly as possible,] and have-exerted-yourselves ἰο-

Sdvev, ἄρα ἐστιν νόμιμον wiv, ἐὰν ληφϑῆτε
conceal (it), now-then _it-is lawful for-you, if you-are-caught

χλέπτοντες, μαστιγοῦσϑαι. Niv οὖν ἐστιν
stealing, to-be-scourged. Now therefore (this) is

μάλα χαιρός σοι ἐπιδείξασϑαι τὴν
(the) very (best) opportunity for-you to-show — (your)
παιδείαν, καὶ φυλάξασθαι μέντοι, un ληφϑῶμεν
education, and to-guard moreover, lest we-may-be-caught

κλέπτοντες TOU ὄρους, ὡς μὴ λάδωμεν

stealing the mountain, (and) so-that we-'may not ‘receive

«ληγὰς. ᾿Αλλὰ μέντοι, ἔφη ὁ Χειρίσοφος, χἀγὼ

stripes. But also, said — Cheirisophus, and-I

ἀχούω ὑμᾶς, τοὺς ᾿Αϑηναίους, εἶναι δεινοὺς
aave-heard (that) you, the Athenians, are clever

χλέπτειν τὰ δημόσια, καὶ μάλα δεινοῦ
(to-ateal) (at stealing) the public-money, and-though very great

κινδύνου ὄντος τῷ χλέπτοντι, καὶ τοὺς
danger being to — (him) stealing, and (that) — (your)

χρατίστους μέντοι μάλιστα, εἴπερ oi
(men) moreover (steal) the-most, if-indeed the

χράτιστοι ἀξιοῦνται ἄρχειν ὑμῖν" ὥςτε
best (men) are-thought-worthy to-rule you; so-that (it is)

xal σοὶ ἐπιδείχνυσϑαι τὴν παιδείαν.
time also for-you to-show — (your) education.
ϑ 4

Eyo μὲν τοίνυν, ἔφη ὃ Ἐξενοφῶν, εἶμι ἔτοιμος,
Ι indeed therefore, said — Xenophon, am ready,

ἔχων τοὺς ὀπισϑοφύλακας, ἐπειδὰν δεισινή»-
having the rear-guard (with me), after we-shall-have-

294 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

φωμεν, ἰέναι καταληψόμειος τὸ ὄρος. Δὲ καὶ
upped, to-go about-taking-pussession (sf) the mountain. And alse

ἔχω ἡγεμόνος" yap οἱ γυμνῆτες ἐνεδρεύσαντες
s-have =_ guides ; for the light-armed-men having-laid-in-ambush

ἔλαθόν τινας thr χλωπῶν ἐφεπομένων yuiv’ καὶ
wok some of-the marauders following us; and

πυνϑάνομαι τούτων, ὅτι TO ὄρος ἐστι οὐχ AbaTOY,

I-bear from-these, that the mountain is not impassable,
ἀλλὰ νέμεται aici καὶ βουσίν ὥςτε ἐάνπερ
but (that) it-is-grazed-on by-goats and oxen; so-that if
anak Adbuuéy τι τοῦ ὄρους ἔσται
once we-take-possession-of any (part) of-the mountain there-will-be
Bara xai tois ὑποζυγίοις. Δὲ ἐλπίζω

passable (places) even for-the cattle. And I-expect (that)
τοὺς πολεμίους οὐδὲ ἔτι μενεῖν ἐπειδὰ
the enemy ‘will not-indeed longer ‘remain after
ἰδωσιν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ὁμοίῳ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄχρων.

they-sce us on the level (with them) on __ the henghts,

Tap ἐθέλουσι οὐδὲ viv xatabaive εἰς τὸ ἰσον
For they-will not-indeed now come-down to (an) equality
ἡμὶν. Ὁ δὲ Χειρίσοφος eine’ Kai τί δεὶ σὲ
with-us. —And Cheirisophus said: And why is-it-proper (that) you

ἰέναι, καὶ λιπεὶν τὴν ὀπισϑοφυλαχίαν ; ἀλλὰ

(should) go, and_ leave the command-of-the-rear-guard ἢ but

πέμψον ἄλλους, μὴ ἂν τινες ἐϑελούσιοι φαίνωνται.

send others, unless that some volunteers may-'make

Ἔχ τούτου ᾿Αριστώνυμος Μεϑυ-
(their) ‘appearance. Upon this Aristonymus (they Metny-

δριεὺς ἔρχεται, ἔχων ὁπλίτας, καὶ ᾽Αρισ-

drian came-forward, having (his) heavy-armed-men, and Aris

τέας Χῖος, γυμνῆτας, καὶ Νικόμαχος
teas (the) Chian, (having his) light-armed-men, and Nicomachu

Oiraios, γυμνῆτας. καὶ σύνθημα

(the) £tean, (with his) light-armed-men; and (an) agreement

ἐποιήσαντο, ὁπότε ἔχοιεν τὰ ἄχ
was-made, (that) ‘when they-might-have-possession-of the heigbts

BOOK IV. — CHAPTER VI. 296

καίειν πολλὰ πυρὰς Ταῦτα συνϑϑέμενοι
to-burn many fires. These (things) being-agreed-op

ἠρίστων᾽ ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ἀρίστου ὁ Χειρίσοφος προ-
they-dined; after — the dinner — Cheirisophus led-

ἤγαγε τὸ πᾶν στράτευμα πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους

forward the whole Ξ army ugainst the enemy

ὡς déxa σταδίους, ὅπως doxoin ὡς μάλιστα
about ten stadia, so-that he-might-seem as-much-as-possible

ἄξειν ταύτῃ.
to-be-about-to-lead-against (them) in-that (direction).
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐδείπνησαν, καὶ ἐγένετο νὺξ
When indeed they-had-supped, and it-was night

οἱ μὲν ταχϑέντες ᾧχοντο, καὶ
— (those) indeed appointed (for this service) departed, and
καταλαμθάνουσι τὸ ὄρος: δὲ οἱ ἄλλοι

take-possession-of the mountain; and the other (troops)
ἀνεπαύοντο αὑτοῦ. Οἱ πολέμιοι δὲ,
reposed there (where they were). The enemy indeed,

ὡς NOSOVTO TO ὄρος ἐχόμενον, ἐγρηγόρεσαν, χαὶ

as they-perceived the mountain occupied, pt-watch, and

ἔχαιον πολλὰ πυρὰ διὰ νυχτός. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ
burned many fires during (the) night. When _ indeed

ἐγένετο ἡμέρα, Χειρίσοφος μὲν θυσάμενος ἦγε

it-was day, Cheirisophus — having-offered-sacrifice led

χατα τὴν ὁδόν οἱ δὲ κχαταλαθόντες
(thearmy) along the road; — (those)— having-taken-posscssion-of
τὸ ὄρος ἐπήεσαν xata τὰ ἄχρα. Δὲ τῶν
the mountain advanced along the heights. But of-the

πολεμίων τὸ πολὺ μὲν ἔμενεν ἐπὶ τῇ ὑπερδολῇ
enemy the great (jart) indeed remained at the pass

τοῦ ὄρους, δὲ μέρος αὐτῶν ἀπήντα τοὶς
ef-the mountain, but (a) part of-them went (against) — (those)

κατὰ τὰ Gxpa. Δὲ πρὶν τοὺς πολλοὺς,
along the heights. But before (that) | the many, {the

εἶναι ὁμοῦ, ot χατὰ τὰ
wain bodies of the armies,] were together, — (those) along the

284 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

-

φρέατος, δὲ κάτω εὐρμεῖαι.

eptrauce was) like (that) ‘of (ᾳ) ‘well, but below spacious.
Δὲ αἱ εἴςοδοι μὲν τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις ὀρυχταί͵
And tke entrances — for-the cattle (were) dug,
δὲ of ἄνθρωποι κατέθαινον ἐπὶ xAiuaxos. Ἔν δὲ
but the men descended on ladders. In —
ταῖς οἰχίαις ἦσαν αἷγες, oles, βόες, ὄρνιϑες,
the houses there-were goats, sheep, cows, fowls,
xai τὰ Exyova tovtov’ δὲ πάντα τὰ xT
and = the young of-these; and all the cattle
ἐτρέφοντο χιλῷ ἔνδον. Δὲ χαὶ ἦσαν

were-nourished on-hay within (the houses). πὰ also there-was
πυροί, καὶ χριϑαί, καὶ ὄσπρια, καὶ xpidivog οἷνος
wheat, and barley, and legumes, and barley wine
ἐν χρατῆρσι᾽ δὲ καὶ αἵ αὑταὶ xpidai ἐνῆσαν
in large-bowls; and also — (these) same barley-grains floated
ἰσοχειλεὶς, καὶ χάλαμοι ἐνέχειντο,

even-with-the-brims (of the vessels), and reeds lay-in (them),
ot μὲν μείζους, δὲ οἵ ἐλάττους, οὐχ
— (some! indeed larger, but — (others) smaller, (and) not

ἔχοντες γόνατα " 0 ἔδει ὁπότε τις διψῴη

having joints; and it-was-proper when any-one might-be-thirsty

λαθόντα τούτους εἰς TO στόμα μύζειν. Καὶ
having-taken these into — (his) mouth to-suck. And
ἦν πάνυ axpatos, εἶ μή τις ἐπιχέοι
it-was very strong, | if not [unless] some-one poured-in
ὕδωρ᾽ xai τὸ χπόμα ἦν πάνυ ἡδὺ συμμα-
water; und the drink was very pleasant to-one-accus-

ϑϑόντι.

tomed-to (it).
Ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν ἐποιήσατο τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς
— And Xenophon made-for-himself the ruler of —

ταύτης χώμης σύνδειπνον, καὶ ἐχέλευε αὐτὸ
this village his-guest-at-supper, and he-exhorted hin.

θαῤῥεῖν, λέγων, ὅτι οὔτε στερήσοιτο
to-be-of-good-courage, saying, that he-‘should not ‘be-deprived

BOOK IV.—-CHAPTER V. 285

τῶν στέχνων, TE ἀπίασιν ἀντεμπλήσαντες τήν
of —(his) children, and (as) they-depart they-would-be-about-filling thse
oixiay αὐτοῦ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων, ἣν φαίνηται

house of-himself with — provisions, if he-show-himself (as)
ἐξηγησάμενος τι ἀγαθόν τῷ στρατεύματι,
having-been-the-leader (in) some good for-the army,
ἔστ᾽ ἂν γέγωνται ἐν ἄλλῳ ἔϑνει. Ὃ δὲ
until ‘they migh: ‘get with another _ tribe. -— And

ταῦτα ὑπισχνεῖτο, καὶ, φιλοφρονούμενος, ἔφρασεν

this he-promised, and, being-kindly-disposed, he-told
οἶνον ἔνϑα ἦν χατω ὡρυγμένος. Ody

(them respecting) wine where it-was uried Therefore

μὲν ταύτην τὴν νύχτα, πάντες οἱ στρατιῶται
indeed this — (same) night, all the soldiers

διασκηνήσαντες οὕτως, ἐχοιμήϑησαν ἐν πᾶσιν
having-been-quartered-dispersedly thus, were-made-to-rest in great

ἀφθόνοις, ἔχοντες τὸν χωμάρχην ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ

abundance, having the village-chief under guard, and

τὰ τέχνα αὐτοὺ ὁμοῦ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς. Δὲ τῇ
the children of-him likewise under eye. And on-the

ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ Ἐενοφῶν λαδὼν τὸν κωμάρχην
next day Xenophon taking the Village-chief

ἐπορεύετο πρὸς Χειρίσοφον᾽ ὅπου δὲ παρίοι

proceeded Cheirisophus; wherever indeed he-might-puss-by

XOUNV, ἐτρέπετο πρὸς τοὺς ἐν Ταὶς χώμαις.
(a) village, he-turned-aside to — (those)in the villages,

χαὶ πανταχοῦ xateAdubave εὐωχουμένους καὶ
and every whore he-found (them) feasting and
EVSVUOVLEVOUS, καὶ οὐδαμόϑεν ἀφίεσαν
enjoying-themselves, and nowhere did-they-‘allow (them) ‘to.
iy παραϑεῖναι ἄριστον αὐτοὶς.
depart before (that) they-had-'placed dinner ‘before them.
Δ’ ἦν οὐχ ὅπου ov παρετίϑεσαν ἐπὶ
And there-was not anywhere (where) they-'did not ‘place on

τὴν αὐτὴν τράπεζαν xpéia oven, épide
the same ge esh (of ) ene oe ? ἘΠῚ

286 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

χοίρεια, μόσχεια, ὀρνίϑεια, σὺν πολλοὶς ἄρτοις,
pork, veal, fowl,

with much

roic μὲν πυρίνοις, δὲ ois χ ρος
-- (that) mamely (of) wheat, and — _ (that of) barley.

Ὁπότε δὲ τις φιλοφρονούμενος βούλοιτο προπιεῖν

Whenever — any-one a ee ea | wished to-drink-before

τῷ εἷλχεν ἐπι τὸν χρατῆρα,
to-the [wished to drink to another] he-drew (him) to the arge-bowl,

ἔνϑεν ἔδει ἐπικχύψαντα ῥοφοῦντα πίνειν
there it-was-necessary having-stooped-down sucking to-drink

ὥςπερ βοῦν. Καὶ ἐδίδοσαν τῷ χωμάρχῃ Aap-
like (an) ox.

And they-granted to-the village-chief to-

Cavey ὅ τι βούλοιτο. Ὃ δὲ ἐδέχετο οὐδὲν
take whatever he-might-wish. Who however accepted nothing

ἄλλο μὲν, ὅπου δὲ ἴδι τινα τῶν συγ-

else indeed, where however he-may-have-seen any of — (his)
γενῶν ἀεὶ ἐλάμθανεν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν.
.etions ‘he always "took (them) with him.

Ἐπε δ᾽ ἦλϑον πρὸς Χειρίσοφον, κατε:

When however they-came Cheirisophus, they-

Adubavoy χἀχείνους σχηνοῦντας,
found also-these (his men feasting) being-in-their-quarters,

ἐστεφανωμένους στεφάνοις τοῦ ηροῦ χιλοῦ,

srowned with-crowns (made) of — grass,
καὶ ᾿Αρμενίους παῖδας σὺν ταὶς βαρθαρικαὶς
and nian boys — (in) — (their) barbarian

oroAais διαχονοῦντας. Δὲ edeixvvcay toils παισὶν
dresses waiting-on-them. And they-showed the boys

ὥςπερ éveoig ὅ τι δέοι ποιεῖν.
(by signs) as-if (they were) deaf-and-dumb what they-ought to-do.

᾿Επεὶ δὲ Χειρίσοφος καὶ Ἐενοφῶν ἐφιλοφρονήσαντ

When “--- Cheirisophus and Xenophon had-saluted
ἀλλήλους, κοινῇ δὴ ἀνηρώτων τὸν κωμάρχην,
one-arother, in-common — they-questioned the are

διὰ τοῦ ἑρμηνέως περσίζοντος, τίς ἡ YG
throug’ the interpreter Pate ac pease ΕΣ what the country

BOOK IV.—CHAPTER V. 287

ein. Δ’ ὁ ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ᾿Αρμενία. Και
might-Le. And who said, that (it was) Armenia. And
πάλιν ἠρώτων τίνι ot ἵπποι τρέφοιντο. A’
again asking for-whom the horses might-be-bred. And

ὁ ἔλεγεν, ὅτι δασμός βασιλεῖ" ἔφη δὲ,

—- (he) said, as (a) tribute ‘to (the) ‘king; he-said also, (that)

τὴν πλησίον χώραν εἶναι Χάλυδας, καὶ

the neighbouring country was (thatof the) Chalybes, | and

ἔφραζεν τὴν ὁδὸν ἡ εἴη.

mentioned the road in-what it-might-be [and he told them the
Καὶ τότε μὲν Ἐξενοφῶν ᾧχετο

direction of the road]. And then indeed Xenophon departed

ἄγων αὐτὸν πρὸς τοὺς οἰχέτας ἑαυτοῦ,

conducting bim to the family of-himself, [to his own family, |

καὶ δίδωσι ἵππον ὃν εἷλήφει παλαί-

and he-gave (the) horse which he-had-taken (and which was) rather-

TEepoy τῷ χωμάρχῃ ἀναϑρέψαντι χαταϑῦσαι,
old to-the village-chief (he) having-fattened (it) to-offer-it-in-sacrifice,

ὅτι ἤκχουσεν αὐτὸν εἷναι ἱερὸν tod Ἡλίου,
because he-had-heard (that) it was (a) victim of-the Sun,

A A 3 a ‘ A > ’ ε ‘ ~
δεδιὼς μὴ toy γὰρ ἐχεχάχωτο ὑπὸ τῆς
having-feared lest it-might-die; for it-had-been-injured by the
πορείας" αὐτὸς δὲ λαμθάνι τῶν πώλων,
journey ; ‘he indeed ‘himself takes (some) of-the colts,
καὶ ἑχάστῳ τῶν ἄλλων στρατηγῶν καὶ λοχαγῶν
δὰ to-each of-the other generals and captains

ἔδωχε πῶλον. Οἱ δ᾽ ἵπποι ταύτῃ ἦσαν
he-gave (a) colt. The — horses in-this (country) were

μείονες μὲν τῶν Περσιχῶν, δὲ πολύ
smaller indeed (than those) of-the Persians, but much
Ovuoedéotep. Καὶ δὴ ἐνταῦϑα ὁ xuudpyns
more-spirited. And indeed here the villagu-chief
διδάσκει περιειλεῖν σαχία περὶ τοὺς πόδας
instructs (them) to-tie small-bags aboat the feet
~ ~ e °
τῶν ἵππων καὶ τῶν ὑποζυγίων" ὅταν ἄγωσι
ef-the horees and of-the cattle ; when they-drove (them!

288 THE ANABASIS ΟΕ XENOPHON.

διὰ τῆς χιόνος" yap ἄνευ τῶν σακίων κατεδύοντο

through the snow; for without the little-bags they-suna
MEXpL Tis yaorpds.
up-to

CHAPTER VI.

Ἐπεὶ 0 ὀγδόη ἡμέρα ἦν, μὲν παραδίδωσι
WHEN — (the) eighth day was, ‘he indeed ‘delivered-over

τὸν ἡγεμόνα Χειρισόφῳ, δὲ καταλείπει τοὺς
guide to-Cheirisophus, but he-left the

, 4 ~~
οἰχέτας τῷ κχωμάρχῃ, πλὴν τοῦ
members-'of (his) ‘family to-the chief-of-the-village, except — (his)
υἱοῦ τοῦ ἄρτι ἡδάσχοντος" δὲ τοῦτον
son — (who was) just coming-to-age ; and him

παραδίδωσι ᾿Ἐπισϑένει ᾿Αμφιπολίτῃ φυλάττειν
ae-gave-over to-Episthenes (of ) Amphipolis to-guard

ὅπως, εἰ ἡγήσοιτο χαλῶς. ἀπίοι
that, if ‘he (the father) ‘should-guide (them) fairly, he-might-return

ἔχων χαὶ τοῦτον. Kat εἰςεφόρησαν εἰς τὴν
(home) having also this-one. And they-brought to

οἰχίαν αὐτοῦ ὡς πλεῖστα ἐδύναντο, καὶ ἀνα-
house of-him as many-things (as) they-could, and having
ζεύξαντες ἐπορεύοντο. A’ ὁ χωμά

broken-up-their-camp they-proceeded-on-their-march. And the village-
NS λελυμένος ἡγεῖτο avtois διὰ χιόνος "
chinf unbound guided them _ through (the) snow ;
καὶ ἤδη te ἦν ἔν τῷ τρίτῳ σταϑμῷ, καὶ
and ΠΟῪ also it-was in the third day’s-march, and

Χειρίσοφος ἐχαλεπάνϑη αὐτῷ ὅτι οὐχ

Nheirisophus became-angry with-him that he-‘did net

BOOK IV. — CHAPTER VI. 285

ἦγεν εἰς χώμας. A’ ὁ ἔλεγεν ὅτι elev οὐχ
‘lead (them) to villages. But who said that there-was not

ἐν τῷ τούτῳ τόπῳ. Ὁ δὲ Χειρίσοφος ἔπαισε

(any)in — this region. — And ciate struck
αὐτὸν μὲν, δ᾽ οὐχ ἔλησε. A’ ἐχ τούτου
him indeed, but ‘did not *bind (him). | And from this

ἐχεῖνος ἀποδρὰς @YETO τῆς νυχτὸς,

Βο having-fied went-away (in) the night, [and on this μό-
χαταλισιὼν τὸν υἱόν. Ἐόδε

count he ran off at night,] leaving-behind -- (his) son. i

, ἢ κάχωσις καὶ ἀμέλεια τοῦ

truly-indeed, (namely) the ill-treatment and neglect of-tha

ἡγεμόνος, ἐγένετο μόνον διάφορον Χειρι-
guide, was (the) only dissension (between) Cheiri-
σόφῳ καὶ Ἐενωφῶντι ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ. Δὲ Ἔπισ-
sopius and Xenophon on he ~oute. But Epis-

ϑένης τε ἠράσϑη τοῦ παιδὸς, xai κομίσας
thenes not-only became-fond of-the boy, but-also having-taker

οἴκαδε ἐχρῆτο πιστοτάτῳ.
(85.}) home | made-use-of (him as) the-most-faithful [found him very

Meta τοῦτο ἐπορεύϑησαν ἑπτὰ

τοῦ ἢ attached to himself]. After this they-proceeded seven
σταθμοὺς, ἀνὰ πέντε παρασάγγας τῆς ἡμέρας,
Jaye’-march, always five parasangs day,
παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν Φᾶσιν, ed πλε-
to the river Phasis, ’(the) ἀπάτη (of which is) equal-
ιαῖον. Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύϑησαν δύο σταϑμοὺς
to-a-plethrum. Hence they-proceeded two days’-march
, ΄ . 32...) \ ~ ε «-

δέχα παρασάγγας" ἐπὶ δὲ τῇ vunepbory
(making) ten parasangs ; at — the pass-over

εἰς τὸ πεδίον Χάλυδες καὶ Tadyor,
(the mountains) on-to the plain (the) Chalybes and (the) Taochi,

A

χαὶ Φασιανοί ἀπήντησαν ἀντοῖς. ΧΕειρί-
and (the) Phasiani had-come-to-oppose them. Cheiri-

aopos δ᾽, ἐπεὶ xateide τοὺς πολεμίους ἐπὶ τῇ

sophus indeed, when he-saw the enemy on

290 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

3
hel oAn, ἐπαύσατο πορευόμενος, ἀπέχων
proceeding (on the march), being: distant

εἰς a em ied iva un πλγασιάσ
about thirty stadia, that he-'might not ‘approac

τοῖς πολεμίοις ἄγων χατὰ κέρας" δὲ

the enemy | leading by (a) wing; [in column;] and

καὶ παρήγγειλε τοῖς ἄλλοις παράγειν TOUS
(officers) to-

announced the other ng-up

shee ὅπως τὸ στράτευμα γένοιτο ἐπὶ φάλαγγος.

sowpanies, so-that the army might-get into

Δὲ ἐπεὶ οἱ OmiodSopvaAaxes HASOV, συνεχάλεσε

And when the rear-guard came, he-called-together

τοὺς στρατηγοὺς κα καὶ λοχαγούς, καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε "

genera captains, and ake thus :

Οἱ μέν πολέμιοι ὡς ὁρᾶτε κατέχουσι τὰς ὑπερθολὰς

The — enemy 88 you-see possess the passes

τοῦ ὄρους, δὲ ὥρα βουλεύεσϑαι, ὅπως

of-the αὐ υδι τα (it is) indeed ἊΣ to-consider, how

ἀγωνιούμεϑα, ὡς χάλιστα. Aoxet

we-may-encounter (them) to-the-best-advantage-possible. It-seems

οὖν μὲν ἐμοὶ παραγγεῖλαι μὲν τοῖς στρατιώταις

therefore indeed to-me soldiers

ἀριστοποιεῖσθαι, δὲ ἡμᾶς eee εἴτε
to-take-their-dinners, and (that) we should-consult, whether

doxel ὑπερδάλλειν τὸ ὄρος εἴτε τήμερον εἴτε
it-seems (best) to-crose-over the mountaineither to-day or

αὔριον. ᾿Ἐμοὶ δὲ ye, ἔφη ὁ Κλεάνωρ, doxet,

to-morrow. To-me indeed at-least, said — bias it eecine

ἐπὰν ἀριστήσωμεν τάχιστα ἐξο-
(best), after we-have-dined as-speedily-as-possible (and) having-

πλισαμενους ὡς τάχιστα ἰέναι ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας.

ermed-ourselves as speedily-as-possible tc-go against the men.
Tap εἰ διατρίψομεν τὴν τήμερον ἡμέραν, τε
For if we-shall-waste the present day, not-only

οἱ πολέμιοι νῦν opaness ἡμᾶς ἔσονται θαῤῥα-

the eneny now

BOOK IV. —CHAPTER VI. 29]
λεώτεροι. καὶ ἄλλους εἶχός, τοὐτῶν θαῤ-
Ὁ]ἀὰ, and (that) others as-is-natural, these besomirg-conf.

"οὕντων, προςγενέσϑαι πλείους.
dent-and-bold, will-join (them in) greater (numbers).

Μετὰ τοῦτον Ἐενοφῶν εἶπεν. “Eyo δὲ

After this-one Xenophon said : I indeed

he γνώσχω οὕτω" εἰ μὲν ἐστὶ ἀνάγχη μάχεσθαι,
thus: if indeed it-is necessary to-fight.

φοῦτο del παρασχευσάσϑαι ὅπως ὡς μαχούμεθα
this ought to-be-arranged -- we-may-fight
xpaT OTR. Εἰ δὲ iit ὑπερθάλλειν
to-the-best (advantage). If indeed we-wish to-cross-over

ὡς ῥᾷστα, τοῦτο doxel μοι εἶναι
(the mountain) as easily-as-possible, this seems to-me te-be

σχεπτέον ὅπως λάθωμεν μὲν ἐλάχιστα

necessary -to-be-considered how-that we-may-receive — the-fewest

τραύματα, δὲ ὡς ἀποδάλωμεν ἐλάχιστα σώματα

wounds and so-that we-may-lose the-fewest (bodies)

ἀνδρῶν. Οὖν μὲν τὸ ὄρος ἐστὶ τὸ
(of-) men. Therefore indeed the mountain ἰδ — (as far as,

ὁρώμενον πλέον ἢ ἐφ᾽ ἑξήχοντα στάδια,
is-to-be-seen more than (to) sixty stadia (in length),

δ᾽ ἄνδρες φανεροί εἷσιν φυλάττοντες ἡμᾶς

but (the) men manifestly are watching

οὐδαμοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν ὁδόν. οὖν

nowhere, except along this-same — road; therefore (it is)
πολὺ χρεῖττον, καὶ πειρᾶσθαι κλέψαι λαϑόντας
much better, both to-endeavour to-seize, being-concealed.
τι τοῦ ἐρήμου ὄρους, καὶ εἰ δυναίμεθα
some (part) of-the desert mountuin, δὰ if we-can
ἁρπάσαι φοάσαντας, μᾶλλον

to take-forcible-possession, having-occupied (it before the enemy), rather

ἢ μάχεσθαι πρὸς ἰσχυρὰ yupia καὶ ἄνδρας

thas. to-fight against strong places and men

παρεσχευασμένους. Γὰρ πολὺ ῥᾷον

orevared (to resist) For fit ie) Ῥνδυιδοδ'

292 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἰέναι ὄρϑιον ἀμαχὶ, ἢν O ς
to-go (upa) steep (place) without-fighting, than (along) level (roads

πολεμίων ὄντων ἔνϑεν xai ἔνϑεν" καὶ νύχτ

480) enemy being here and there; and at-night
τις ἂν ὁρῴη τὰ ποδῶν μᾶλλον
eany-one may see — (things) before (his) feet more

4 Ἃ ᾽ φ Ὅ
χὶ, wes πμέραν
(distinctly when) not-fighting, than in (the) day (time) (while)
4 e ~ 3 , -

μαχόμενος" χαὶ n τραχεῖα εὐμενεστέρα τοὶς
fighting; and the ough (road is) kinder to-the

3 9. “« 9 ἢ Ἃ e e A
ποσίν ἰοῦσιν ἀμαχί, ἡ ἢ ομαλῃ
feet to-those-marching without-fighting, than the smooth /one)
βαλλομένοις tas χεφαλὰς. Καὶ οἱ
to-those-being-struck on-the head (with stones). And it-‘does not
doxel μοι εἶναι ἀδύνατον χλέψαι ἐξὸν
‘seem to-me_ to-be impossible to-steal (a march) it-being-allowed

μὲν ἰέναι νυχτὸς, ὡς μὴ ὁρᾶσθαι, δὲ
(us) indeed to-go by-night, so-as ποὺ to-be-seen, it-"being also
9" 9 - ~ e 4 ,
ἐξὸν ἀπελϑεῖν τοσοῦτον ὡς μὴ παρέχειν
‘allowed (us) to-go-away so-far | as not to-suffer (8)

Ὺ ἢ
αἴσϑησιν. Δὲ
being-heard [as to allow no opportunity of being heard or perceived]. And

μοι ἂν δοχοῦμεν, προςποιούμενοι προςδάλλειν

to-me --- we-seem-likely, pretending to-attack
ταὐτῃ ἂν χρῆσθαι τῷ ἄλλῳ ὄρει
in-this (manner) — to-have the rest (of the) mountain
ἐρημοτέρῳ᾽ γὰρ ol πολέμιοι μᾶλλον μένοιεν
more-deserted ; for the enemy ‘would rather ‘remain
αὐτοὺ ἀδϑρόοι. ᾿Ατὰ ἐγὼ συμθδάλλομαι
here collected-together. But-why ‘should I *conjecture

τί περὶ κλοπῆς; yap ἔγωγε, ᾧ Xewpicope,

any-thiug about stealing ? for [I-at-least, O Cheirisophus,

9 [4 ε « ~ é

dxotw ὑὕὑμᾶς, τοῦς Λαχεδαιμονίους, ὅσοι

hear, (that) you, the Lacedwmonians, as-many (of you 88)
3 ‘ e é 3 4 9
ἐστὲ ὁμοίων, εὐθὺς ἐδ
are ‘of (the class of ) ‘equals (or bigher order). immediately frow

BOOK IV. --- CHAPTER VI. 293

τυτίδων μελετᾶν κλέπτειν, καὶ εἶχκαι οὐχ
boys (commence) to-practice to-steal, and (that) it-is not
αἰσχρὸν, ἀλλὰ χαλὸν κλέπτειν, ὅσα

shameful, but commendable to-steal, as-many-things-ae (the,

νόμος μὴ κωλύε. Δὲ ὅπως κχλέπτητε ὡς
law ‘does not ‘forbid. And so-that you-may-steal | as

χράτιστα, χαὶ πειρᾶσθε = Aa»
best-possible, [as adroitly as possible,}] and have-exerted-yourselves ἴο-

SAVED, ἄρα ἐστιν νόμιμον ὑμῖν, ἐὰν Anpdsnte

conceal (it), now-then it-is lawful for-you, if you-are-caught

χλέπτοντες, μαστιγοῦσϑθαι. Niv οὖν ἐστιν
stealing, to-be-scourged. Now therefore (this) is

μάλα χαιρός σοι ἐπιδείξασθαι τὴν
(the) very (best) opportunity for-you to-show — (your)
παιδείαν, καὶ φυλάξασϑαι μέντοι, un ληφϑῶμεν

education, and to-guard moreover, lest we-may-be-caught

κλέπτοντες τοῦ ὄρους, ὡς μὴ λάθωμεν

stealing the mountain, (and) so-that we-‘may not ‘receive

«πληγὰς. ae μέντοι, eon ὁ Χειρίσοφος, χἀγὼ

etripes. also, -- 7a ht μος and-I

ἀχούω ὑμᾶς, τ οὖς ᾿Αϑηναίους, εἶναι δεινοὺς
aave-heard (that) you, the Athenians, clever

κλέπτειν τὰ δημόσια, καὶ μάλα δεινοῦ
(to-eteal) (at stealing) the public-money, and-though very great

χινδύνου ὄντος τῷ χλέπτοντι, καὶ τοὺς
danger being to — (him) stealing, and (that) — (your)
Ὅ

κρατίστους μέντοι μάλιστα, εἴπερ ol
best (men) moreover (steal) the-most, if-indeed the

χράτιστοι ἀξιοῦνται ἄρχειν ὑμῖν" ὥςτε
best (men) are-thought-worthy tv-rule you; so-that (it is)

χαὶ σοὶ ἐπιδείχκνυσϑαι τὴν παιδείαν.
time also for-you to-show — (your) education.
8 ‘

Eyo μὲν τοίνυν, ἔφη ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν, εἶμι ἔτοιμος,

Ι indeed therefore, said -— Xenophon, ain ready,

ἔχων τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλακας, ἐπειδὰν δειπινή-
having the rear-guard (with me), after we-shall-have-

294 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

φωμεν, ἰέναι καταληψόμειος τὸ ὄρος. Δὲ καὶ
upped, to-go about-taking-pussession (vf) the mountain. Aud alse

ἔχω ἡγεμόνος" yap οἱ γυμνῆτες ἐνεδρεύσαντες

s-have guides; for the light-armed-men having-laid-in-ambush

ἔλαθόν τινας τῶν χλωπῶν ἐφεπομένων γμὶν" καὶ

wok some of-the marauders following us; and
πυνϑάνομαι τούτων, ὅτι TO ὄρος ἐστι Ox ἄθατον,
I-hear from-these, that the mountain is not impassable,
ἀλλὰ νέμεται αἰξὶ καὶ βουσίν" ὥςτε ἐάνπερ
but (that) it-is-grazed-on by-goats and oxen; so0-that if
ἅπαξ Adbwuévy τι τοῦ ὄρους ἔσται
once we-take-pussession-of any (part) of-the mountain there-will-be
‘ ς; e
Bara xai τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις. Δὲ EAnila
passable (places) even for-the cattle. And I-expect (that)
TOUS πολεμίους οὐδὲ ἔτι μενεῖν ἐπειδὰν
the enemy ‘will not-indeed longer ‘remain after
¢ 9 ~ e , 24 ΕΙΣ ¥
ἰδωσιν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ὁμοίῳ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄχρων.

they-sce us on the level (with them) on the heights,

[ap ἐθέλουσι οὐδὲ viv xatabaivew εἰς τὸ ἰσον
For they-will not-indeed now come-down to (an) equality
ἡμῖν. Ὁ δὲ Χειρίσοφος cine’ Kai τί δεὶ σὲ
with-us. —And Cheirisophus said: And why is-it-proper (that) you

ἰέναι, καὶ λιπεῖν τὴν ὀπισϑοφυλακίαν ; ἀλλὰ
(should) go, and leave the command-of-the-rear-guard ? bat

πέμψον ἄλλους, μὴ ἂν τινες ἐϑελούσιοι φαίνωνται.

send others, unless that some volunteers may-'make

Ἔχ τούτου ᾿Αριστώνυμος Μεϑν-
(their) ‘appearance. Upon this Aristonymus (they Metny-
δριεὺς ἔρχεται, ἔχων ὁπλίτας, καὶ Αρισ-
drian came-forward, having (his) heavy-armed-men, and Aris

vias Xios, γυμνῆτας, καὶ Νικόμαχος
teas (the) Chian, (having his) light-armed-men, and Nicomacha

Oiraios, γυμνῆτας. καὶ σύνθημα
(the) Etean, (with his) light-armed-men; and (an) agreement

ἐποιήσαντο, ὁπότε ἔχοιεν τὰ ἄχ
wae-made, (that) ‘when they-might-have-possession-of the heights

BOOK IV. — CIAPTER Vl. 296

καίειν πολλὰ πυρὰ Ταῦτα συνϑϑέμενοι
to-burn many fires. These (things) being-agreed-op

ἠρίστων᾽ ἐχ δὲ τοῦ ἀρίστου ὁ Χειρίσοφος προ-
they-dined; after — the dinner — Cheirisophus led-

yyaye τὸ πᾶν στράτευμα πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους
forward the whole army against the enemy
e

ὡς δέχα σταδίους, ὅπως δοχοί ὡς μάλιστα

about ten stadia, so-that he-might-seem as-much-as-possible
ἄξειν ταύτῃ.
to-be-about-to-lead-against (them) in-that (direction).
"Exedy δὲ ἐδείπνησαν, καὶ ἐγένετο νὺξ
When indeed they-had-supped, and it-was night
ot μὲν TAYSEVTES @yovTo, καὶ
— (those) indeed appointed (for this service) departed, and
χαταλαμθάνουσι τὸ ὄρος: δὲ οἱ ἄλλοι
take-possession-of the mountain; and the other (troops)
ἀνεπαύοντο αὐτοῦ. Οἱ πολέμιοι δὲ,
reposed there (where they were). The enemy indeed,

ὡς NOSoYTO TO ὄρος ἐχόμενον, ἐγρηχύρισαν, χαὶ

as they-perceived the mountain occupied, ept-watch, and

ἔχαιον πολλὰ πυρὰ διὰ νυχτός. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ
burned many fires during (the) night. When indeed

ἐγένετο ἡμέρα, Χειρίσοφος μὲν θυσάμενος ἦγε

it-was day, Cheirisophus — having-offered-sacrifice led

χατα τὴν ὁδόν οἱ δὲ χαταλαθόντες
(thearmy) along the road; — (those)— having-taken-posscssion-of
τὸ ὄρος ἐπήεσαν χατὰ ta dxpa. Δὲ τῶν
the mountain advanced along the heights. But of-the

πολεμίων τὸ πολὺ μὲν ἔμενεν ἐπὶ τῇ ὑπερθολῇ
enemy the great (art) indeed remained at the pass

τοῦ ὄρους, δὲ μέρος αὐτῶν ἀπήντα τοῖς
ef-the mountain, but (a) part of-them went (against) — (those)

κατὰ τὰ axpa. Δὲ πρὶν τοὺς πολλοὺς,
along the heights. But befure (that) | the many, {the

εἶναι ὁμοῦ, οἱ κατὰ τὰ
main bodies of the armies,] were together, — (those) along the

296 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

&xpa συμμιγνύασιν ἀλλήλοις, καὶ ot Ἕλληνες

heights met one-another, and_ the Greeke

νιχῶσι χαὶ διώχουσιν. Ἐν τούτῳ
conquered and drove-back (their opponents). At this (time)

δὲ χαὶ οἱ éx τοῦ πεδίου, μὲν ob πελτασταὶ
— also — (those) from the plain, namely the targeteer

τῶν Ἕλληνων ἔϑεον δρόμῳ πρὸς τοὺς

of-the Greeks ran «6‘in (a) ‘race against — (those)

παρατεταγμένους, δὲ Χειρίσοφος ἐφείπετο ταχὺ
drawn-up-against (them), and Cheirisophus followed quickly

βάδην σὺν τοὶς ὁπλίταις. A’ οἱ πολέμιοι
step-by-step with the heavy-armed-men. But the enemy (namely)
οἱ ἐπὶ τῇ ὁδῷ, ἐπειδὴ ἑώρων τὸ ἄνω
-- (those) on the road, when they-saw — (those) above
ἡττώμενον, φεύγουσι᾽ καὶ OV πολλοὶ μὲν αὐτῶν
defeated, flee-away ; and not many indeed of-them
anéSavov. Δὲ πάμπολλα γέῤῥα ἔλήφϑη, ἃ
died. But (a) great-many a i were-taken, which
Ἕλληνες χόπτοντες ταὶς μαχαίραις,
the Greeks cutting — (with their) swords,
ἐποίουν ἀχρεῖα. A’ ὡς avébyoar,
made useless. And as_ they-arrived-on (the heights),

θύσαντες, καὶ στησάμενοι τρόπαιον, κατέθησα,
having-sacrificed,and having-erected (a) trophy, they-descended

εἰς τὸ πεδίον, xal YASOY εἰς κώμας γεμούσας
Into the plain, and they-went to stored-wits
πολλῶν xa ἀγα ον:

many and (things).

BOOK IV.— UHAPTEK Vl. 297

CHAPTER VII

Ἔχ δὲ τούτων ἐπορεύθησαν πέντε TTA»
Frox — these (villages) they-proceeded five days’-
: τριάχοντα παρασάγγας, εἰς Ταόχους᾽
march, (making) thirty parasangs, to (the) Taochi;
καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐπέλισιε" γὰρ ot Ταόχοι
διὰ — provisions began-to-fail (them); for the Taochi
ᾧχουν ἰσ χυρὰ χωρία, χαὶ ἐν οἷς εἶχον πάντα
inhabited strong places, and in which they-had all
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἀνακεχομισμένοι.
— (their) provisions having-'carried (them) ‘up (and stored
Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἀφίχοντο εἰς χωρίον, ὃ
them there) When however they-arrived at (a) place, which

εἴχεν οὐ πόλιν οὐδ᾽ oixias, δ᾽ αὐτόσε καὶ
mdeed had no town nor houses, and there both

ἄνδρες χαὶ γυναῖχες καὶ πολλὰ κτήνη ἦσαν

men and women and many cattle were

OvVvEANAVSOTES, Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἤχων EVSUG

included, Cheirisophus indeed having-come immediately

πφροςέθαλλε πρὸς τοῦτο" ἐπειδὴ δὲ 1 πρώτη
made-an-attack against this (place) ; when — the first

τάξις ἀπέχαμεν, ἄλλη προςήει καὶ αὖϑις
division began-to-grow-tired, another succeeded and again
ἄλλη" yap ἦν ov ἀϑρόοις
auother ; for it-was not (possible for them) drawn-up-in-a-body
περιστῆνα, ἀλλὰ ἦν ποταμὸς κύχλῳ.
to-stand-around (it), as §there-was (a) river ‘in (a) _— ‘circle

Ἐπειδὴ δὲ Ξενοφῶν 7ASE σὺν τοὶς ὀπισϑο-

‘around it), When — Xenophon came with the rear.

φύλαξι καὶ πελτασταὶς καὶ ὁπλίταις, éevraidsa
guard and targeteers and heavy-armed-men, then
on Χειρίσοφος λέγει. “Hxete cic χαλὸν᾽ γὰρ

truly Cheirisophus says: You-have-come most-opportunely; ‘ar

292 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

τὸ χωρίον αἰρετέον" γὰρ ἔστι ov τὰ ἐπιτήδεια
-- (this) place must-be-taken; for there-is no — provisions

τῇ ἡ στρτῇ εἰ μὴ ληφόμεϑδα τὸ

‘fer the | if mot [unless] we-shall-take — (this)

χωρίον. Ἐνταῦϑα δὴ ἐδουλεύοντο χοινῇ καὶ
place. Then indeed they-deliberated in-common; and
τοῦ Ἐξενοφῶντος ἐρωτῶντος, τί εἴη tO xwAdor
-- Xenophon aving-asked, what might-be the hindrance

εἰςελϑεῖν, ὁ Χειρίσοφος εἶπεν" ᾿Αλλὰ αὕτη

to-enter (the place), --ὀ Cheirsophus said: But this

ἐστιν μία πάροδος ἣν ὁρᾷς: ὅταν δέ
is ‘the) one (only) passage which you-see; whenever indeed

τις πειρᾶται παριέναι ταύτῃ, κυλινδοῦσι
any-one should-attempt to-pass-alung __ this, they-roll (down)

Aisous ὑπὲρ ταύτης τὴς ὑπερεχούσης πέτρας.

stones over impending rock ;

δ᾽ ὃς ἂν peer οὕτω διατίϑεται.
(he) indeed who may have-been-struck, ‘is thus *disposed-of.
Δ᾽ ἅμα ἔδειξε ἀνθρώπους συντετριμμένους
And at-the-same-time he-showed men crushed
χαὶ σχέλη καὶ πλευράς. Δὲ ἢν ἀναλώσωσιν
both (as respects) legs and ribs. But if they-should-expend
τοὺς λίϑους, ἔφη ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν, τι ἢ οὐδὲν ἄλλο
-- (their) stones, said --- Xenophon, is-there nothing else

κωλύει παριέναι; yap δὴ οὐχ ὁρῶμεν
(that) prevents (us) to-advance? for indeed we-‘do not

ἐχ τοῦ ἐναντίου, εἶ μὴ τούτους ὀλίγοος
(any) of “- (those) opposed-to-us, unless these few

ἀνθρώπους, καὶ τούτων δύο ἢ τρεῖς ὡπλισμένους.

men, and of-these (only) two or three are-armed.,

Δὲ τὸ χωρίον, ὃ δεὶ διελϑεῖν BarAo-

And the space, which it-ise-necessary to-pass-through (while) being-
μένους ἐστιν, ὡς καὶ σὺ ὁρᾷς, σχεδὸν τρίο
thrown-at is, as even you see, about

ἡμυιλεῶρά. Δὲ τούτου ὅσοτ'

valf-piethra [about 150 feet]. And of-this (pace) as-much as (a)

BOOK IV.—CHAPTER VI. 299

< '

MAES POV δασὺ ἅλαις πίτυσι διαλεν
plethrum [aboat 100 fect] (is) thick with-great pine-trees standing-
πούσαις ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ἄνδρες ἑστηχότες ἄν
apart-from-one-another against which men standing -
τί πάσχοιν ἢ ὑπὸ τῶν φερομένων λίϑων ἢ
what will-they-suffer either from the thrown stones ΟΣ
ὑπὸ τῶν χυλινδουμένων; τὸ λοιπὸν

from the rolled (ones)? the rest (of the space)

» = a e e *

ἤδη οὖν γίγνεται ὡς nuintAedpor,

now therefore becomes about (a) half-plethrum [about δ0 feet), (over)
3

ὃ δεὶ, ὅταν ob λίϑοι λωφήσωσι, παρα-

which it-is-necessary, when the stones may-cease, to-run-
δραμεῖν. ᾿Αλλὰ, ἔφη ὁ Χειρίσοφος, EVSUG
past. But, said — Cheirisophus, immediately
ἐπειδὰν ἀρξῶμεϑα προςιέναι εἰς τὸ δασὺ,

when we-coummence to-advance to the (part) thick (with trees’
πολλοὶ οἱ λίϑοι φέρονται. Αὐτὸ, ἔφη,

many — stones are-thrown. That, said (Xenophon),

ἂν εἴη τὸ δέον yap θᾶττον ἀναλώσουσι
would be the thing-wanted, for the-mure-speedily will-they-expend

τοὺς λίϑους. ᾿Αλλὰ πορευώμεθα,

— (their) stones. But let-us-advance (to the place),
ἔνϑεν ἔσται τι μιχρόν ἡμῖν παραδραμεῖν,
whence tkcre-will-be some smull (place) for-us to-run-past,
ἣν δυνώμεϑα, καὶ ῥᾷδιον ἀπελϑεῖν,
if we-can, and (from which we may) easily depart,
ἣν βουλώμεδα.
if we-please.
᾿Εντεῦϑεν Χειρίσοφος καὶ Ἐενοφῶν, καὶ Karat
Thence Cheirisophus and Aenophon, and Calli.

9 ’᾽ , A e e 4
uayos Παῤῥάσιος λοχαγός, (yap ἡ ἡγεμονία
maches (the) Parrhasian (a) captain, (for the lead
τῶν λοχαγῶν τῶν ὀπισϑοφυλάχων

ef-the captains of-the reur-guard (was in possession)
τούτου ἐχείνῃ τῇ πμέρᾳ,) ἐπορεύοντο" δὲ οἱ αλλοι
f-this-one on-that ---.ὀ duy,) proceeded-torward; but the other

800 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

)οχαγοὶ ἔμενον ἐν τῷ ἀσφαλεῖ. Μετὰ τοῦτο

captains remained in — safety. After this

οὖν ὡς ἑδδομήχοντα ἄνθρωποι ἀπῆλθον ὑπὼ

therefore about seventy went-off undez

ta δένδρα, οὐχ ἀϑρόοι, ἀλλὰ καϑ' ἕνα,

the trees, not collected-in-a-body, but one-by-one,
ἔχαστος φυλαττόμενος ὡς ἐδύνατο. ᾿Αγασίας

each-one guarding-himself as (well as) he-could. Agasias

δὲ ὁ Στυμφάλιος καὶ ᾿Αριστώνυμος Μεϑυδριεύς
— the Stymphalian and ristonymus (the) Menbarke

καὶ οὗτοι ὄντες λοχαγοὶ τῶν ὀπισϑοφυλάχων, καὶ
δὰ these being captains of-the rear-guard, and

ἄλλοι δέ, ἐφέστασαν ἔξω τῶν ceva: γὰρ ἦν

others also, standing-near without the for it-was

οὐχ Goparés πλεῖον ἢ τὸν ἕνα λόχον ἐ ἐστάναι

not safe (for) more than — one company to-stand

ἐν τοὶς δένδροι. Καλλίμαχος ἦνϑα δὴ μηχανᾶ-

under the trees. Callimachus then indeed con-
ταί = Te" προέτρεχεν ἀπὸ tov δένδρου,
trived something (thus): he-ran-forward from the tree,
1 @ αὐτός ἦν, δύο ἢ τρία βήματα᾽ δὲ ἐπεὶ
under which he was, two or three times ; but when
οἱ Aidou φέροιντο, ἀνεχάζετο εὐπετῶς" ἐφ᾽ ἑχάστης
the stones were-hurled, he-retired expeditiously; at each

δὲ mpodpouns πλέον ἢ déxa ἅμαξαι σπετρῶ

- sally more than ten wagon (loads) of-stone
ἀνηλίσχοντο.ς Δὲ ὁ ᾿Αγασίας, ὡς ὁρᾷ τὸν
were-consumed. But — Agasias, as he-perceives —
Καλλίμαχον, ἃ ἐποίει, καὶ πᾶν τὸ στρατοθΣ
Callimachus, what he-was-doing, and all the

θεώμενον, deicas μὴ οὐ

beholding (it), fearing Jest (he might) not ia

δράμοι εἰς τὸ χωρίον, οὐδὲ δε τα ΕΑ ΠΝ τὸν
ning-by into the place, neither calling-to

᾿Αριστώνυμον ὄντα πλησίον, οὐδὲ Εὐρύλοχον
4ristonymus (he) being near, nor (to) Eurylochus

BOOK [V. — CHAPTER VII. 802

tov Λουσιέα ὄντας ἑταίρους, οὐδὲ οὐδένα
the Lusian (both) being (his) comrades, nor (to) no-one

ἄλλον, αὐτός χωρεὶ, χαὶ παρέρχεται

else, went-on (by himself), and passed -by

πάντας. ὋὉ δὲ Καλλίμαχος, ὡς ἑώρα αὐτὸν
all.

— But Callimachus, 88 he-saw him

παριόντα ἐτιλαμθάνεται τῆς ἵτυος αὐτοῦ"
passing -by seizes the rim (ofthe shield) of-him;
δ᾽ ἐν τούϊῳ ᾿Αριστώνυμος Medvd ῥριεύς παρέϑει
but at this (time) Aristonymus (the) Methy ran-by

αὐτοὺς, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Εὐρύλοχος Λουσιεύς.
them, and after this (one) Eurylochus (the) Lusian.

rap πάντες οὗτοι ἀντεποιοῦντο ἀρετῆς, καὶ
these claimed-for-themselves valour, and

Rill ΟΝ πρὸς ἀλλήλους" χαὶ οὕτως

sontended one-another (as respects it); and thus

ἐρίζοντες αἱροῦσι τὸ χωρίον. Tap ὡς ἅπαξ
i eee they-take the place. For as ‘they once

εἰξέδραμον, οὐδες πέτρος ἠνέχϑη ἄνωθεν.
‘had-run-in, not (a) stone was-thrown from-above.
"Evraisa oy ἦν δεινὸν θέαμα. Tap ai
Then indeed there-was (a) dreadful spectacle. For the

γυναῖχες pintovoa te παιδία,
women throwing — (their) children. (over the precipice),

χαὶ εἶτα ἐπικατεῤῥίσιτουν, χαὶ οἱ ἄνδρες
(and) then threw-themselves-down-upon (them), and the men

ὡςαύτως. Ἔνϑα δὴ xai Αἰνείας
in-like-manner (did the same). Then indeed also Aineas_ (the)

Στυμφάλιος, λοχαγὸς, ἰδών τινα, ἔχοντα

Stymphalian, (a) captain, seeing some-one (of them), having (a)

καλὴν στολὴν, θέοντα ὡς ῥίψοντα ἑαυτὸν
handsome _ dress, running as being-about-'throwing himself ‘over,

ἐπιλαμδάνεται ὡς κωλύσων. Δὲ
laid-hold (of him) as being-about-hindering (him). But

ὁ ἐπισπᾶται αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀμφότεροι ᾧχοντο
— (he) ‘drags him ‘along, and went (over

802 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPIION.

φερόμενοι κατὰ τῶν πετρῶν, καὶ ἀπέϑατον.
being-burne down the rochs, and diel.

Ἐντεῦθεν μὲν πάνυ ὀλίγοι ἄνϑρωποι ἔἐλήφϑησαν,

Therefure indeed very few . men were-captured,
δὲ καὶ πολλοὶ βόες καὶ ὄνοι καὶ πρόθατα.
bat — many oxen and asses and sheep.
᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἐπορεύδησαν διὰ Xa-
Thence they-proceeded through (the country) ‘of (the) *'Cha-
λύδθων ἕπτά σταϑμοὺς, πεντήχοντο, παρα»
lybians seven days’-march, (making) fifty pura-
σάγγας. Οὗτοι ἦσαν ἀλχιμώτατοι Oy
sang. These were the-bravest (of those people) whose

διῆλθον. καὶ ἥεσαν εἰς χεῖρας.

{country) they-passed-through, | and they-went to hands [and they

Εἶχον δὲ λινοῦς θώρακας
came to close combat]. They-had also linen cuirasses (reaching)

μέχρι τοῦ ἤτρου, δ᾽ ἀντί τῶν πτερύγων
just to-the groin, and in-place of — skirts (they nad)
πυχνὰ σπάρτα ἐστραμμένα. Εἶχον δὲ xal
thick cords twisted. They-had_ also --
κνημῖδας, χαὶ κράνη, καὶ μαχαίριον παρὰ
greaves, and helmets, and (a) knife at
τὴν ζώνην ὅσον Λακωνιχήν ξνήλην,
— (their) girdle as-long-as (a) Spartan (dagger) sickle-shaped,
ᾧ ἔσφαττον, ὧν δύναιντο χρατεῖν "
with-which they-cut-the-throats, of — (those) they-could master,
καὶ ἀποτέμνοντες TAS χεφαλὰς ἂν ἔχοντες
and cutting-off — (their) heads — (and) having
ἐπορεύοντο" χαὶ ἧδον, καὶ ἐχόρευον,
:them) they-proceeded (on their march); and they-sang, and danced,

ὁπότε ob πολέμιοι ἔμελλον ὄψεσθαι.
when (they thought) the enemy were-about to-see (them)

Kal εἶχον δὲ δόρυ ὡς nevtexaidexa πηχῶν,

And they-had also (a) spear about fifteen cubits (in leagth)
ἔχον μίαν λόγχην. Οὗτοι ἐτέμενο,

fbut) having ‘only) one spike. These {pecple) remained

BOOK IV. —CHAPTER VII. 808

ἐν τοὶς πολίσμασιν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ Ἕλληνες
in — their) towns. When however the Greeks
napéAsuev, εἵποντο ἀεὶ μαχόμενοι.

may-have-passed-by, they-tullowed continually fighting (with them).

ἴΩιχουν δὲ ἐν τοῖς ὀχυροῖς, καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια
They-dwelt — in - _ strunghulds, and — (their) provisions

ἀναχεχομισμένοι ἧσαν ἐν τούτοις, ὥςτε
were-brought-up in these (strongholds), so (thst)

τοις Ἕλληνας λαμθάνειν μηδὲν αὐτόθεν, ἀλλὰ

Greeks took nothing from-that-place, but

. τράφησαν τοῖς χτήνεσιν, ἃ ἔλαδον ἐκ τῶν
were-nuurished by-the cattle, which they-took from the

Ταόχων. Ἔχ τούτου οἱ Ἕλληνες ἀφίχοντο ἐπὶ
Taochi. After __ this the Greeks arrived

τὸν ποταμόν “Apnacay, et
the river Harpasus, (the) breadth (of which being)

τεττάρων πλέϑρων. ᾿Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύϑησαν διὰ
four plethra. Thence they-proceeded through

Σχυδϑινῶν τέτταρας σταϑμοὺς,
(the country of the) Scythini four fared ath (making)

εἴχοσι παρασάγγας, διὰ πεδίου εἰς κώμας,
twenty parasangs, oe (a) plain to villages,

4“ τ -
ἐν αἷς ἔμειναν τρεῖς ἡμέρας, καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο.
in which they-remained three days, and _ collected-provisions.

᾿Εντεῦθεν δὲ ἦλθον τέτταρας σταδμοὺς

Thence indeed they-went four days’ Ἥρη (making)

εἴχοσι παρασάγγας, πρὸς μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα,
twenty parasangs, (a) large and wealthy

χαὶ οἰχουμένην πόλιν, ἢ ἐχαλεῖτο Γυμνίας. "Ex
and populous city, which was-called Gymnias. Fre

ταύτης ὁ ἄρχων τῆς χώρας πέμπει ἡγεμόνα
this (place) the ruler of-the country sends (8) ᾿ guide

τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ὅπως ἄγοι αὐτούς διὰ τῆς
to-the Greeks, that he-might-conduct them through the

χώρας πολεμίας ἑαυτῶν. Δ᾽ ἐκχεῖνος
eeuntry inimical (to his peuple) themselves. And 84

B04 VHE ANABASiS UF XENOPHUN.

ἐλθὼν λέγει, ὅτι ἄξει αὐτοὺς πέντε cal ed

having-come says, that he-will- lead them (in) five
εἰς χωρίον, ὅϑεν ὄψονται θάλλατταν᾽ δὲ εἰ

to (a) place, whence they-would-see (the) sea ; and if
μή ἐπηγγέλλετο τεϑνάναι. Καὶ ἡ ἡγούμενος,
pot announced-himeelf (willing) to-die. leading

ἐπειδὴ ἐνέθαλεν εἰς τὴν πολεμίαν
(them), when he-entered into the (country) inimical
ἑαυτοὶς, παρεχελεύετο αἴϑειν καὶ φϑείρειν τὴν

to-themselves, he-exhorted (them) to-burn and lay-waste the

χώραν" καὶ ᾧ ἐγένετο δῆλον ὅτι ἔλϑοι
country; and by-which it-became evident that he-had-come (by)

EVEXH τούτου, οὐ τῆς εὐνοίας τῶν
reason of-this, (and) not — (from any) good-will (for) the
Ἑλλήνων. Kai ἀφιχνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος τῇ
Greeks. And they-arrived at the mountain on-the

mere ἡγέρᾳ" ὄνομα δὲ σῷ ὄρει ἦν Θήχης.

day; (the) name —/(of)the mountain was Theches.

Enis δὲ of πρῶτοι ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους,
When indeed the foremost got on the mountain,

χαὶ χατεῖδον τὴν θάλατταν, leh. κραυγὴ
and looked-down (on) the sea, (a) 10180

ἐγένετο. δὲ ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν καὶ ot τ ἐϑο ύλοις

occurred. But — Xenophon’ and _ the rear-guard

ἀχούσας ὠήϑησαν ἄλλους πολεμίους ἔμπροςϑεν
having-heard (it) thought (that) other enemies in-front

ἐπιτίϑεσϑαι" γὰρ εἴποντο ὄπισθεν ἐχ τὴς
were-assailing (them); they-followed behind from _ the

καιομένης χώρας, καὶ of ὀπισϑοφύλαχες ποιησάμενοι

vlaces, and the rear-guard by-forming

ἐνέδραν te ἀπέχτεινάν τινας xal ἐζώγρησαν.
(an) ambuscade not-only __ killed some, but-also “made

καὶ ἔλαδον ἀμφὶ τὰ eixoow γέῤ
(others) ‘prisoners; and they-took about -— twonty shields

ὠμοθόεια δασειῶν βοῶν.
‘made o, raw-hides of-thick-haired oxen.

BOOK IV. — CHAPTER VII. 805

Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἢ Bon τε ἐγίγνετο πλείων και
When indeed the noise not-only became greater but-also

εγγύτερον, καὶ ot ἀεὶ ἐἔπιοντες ἔθεον
nearer, an — (those) continually running-up kepv-running

9 ‘ 3 4 ~ \ e [4
δρόμῳ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀεὶ βοῶντας, καὶ n βοή
in-haste to — (those) continually shouting, and the noise
ἐγίγνετο πολλῷ μείζων, ὅσῳ δὴ σλείους
became much greater, by-how-much indeed more-numerous
ἐγίγνοντο, ἐδόχει τῷ Ἐξενοφῶντι δὴ εἶναι τι
taey-became, it-seemedto— Xenophon indeed to-be something
μεῖζον. Καὶ ἀναθὰς ἐφ᾽ ἵππον,
gzeater (thancommon). And (he) having-mounted on (his) horse,
καὶ avarabar Λύχιον καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας,
and having-taken-with (him) Lucius and the cavalry,

mapeboyse’ καὶ τάχα δὴ
yhe went forward, that) he-might-give-assistance; and quickly indeed

ἀχούουσι τῶν στρατιωντῶν βοώντων, Θάλαττα

they-hear the soldiors shouting, (The) sea !
Θάλαττα! καὶ παρεγγνώντων.

{the sea ! and cheering-on (those in the rear).

Ἔνθα δὴ ἅπαντες ἔϑεον καὶ οἱ ὀπισθοφύλαχες,

Then indeed all commenced-running and the rear-guard,

χαὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια ἠλαύνετο χαὶ οἱ

and the baggage-cattle were-excited (to their full speed) and (also) the
immo. Δὲ ἐπεὶ πάντες apixovto ἐπὶ τὸ ἄχρον,

horses. And when all arrived on the summit,
évtaisa δὴ περιέδαλλαν ἀλλήλους καὶ στρατη-
then indeed they-embraced one-another, also (the) gene-
yous xai λοχαγοὺς, daxpiorvtes. Kai ἐξαπίνης,
rals and captains, shedding-tears. And suddenly,
ὅτου δὴ παρεγγυήσαντος, οἵ
whoever indeed (it might be) aving-exhorted (them to it), the

στρατιώται φέρουσι Aidous, καὶ ποιοῦσι μέγαν
soldiers bring stones, and make (a) large

κολωνὸν. Ἐνταῦθα ἀνετίϑεσαν MANSOS

mound. Then they-placed-on (this mound a) muititads

806 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

᾿ δερμάτων» ὠμοδοείων, καὶ βακτηρίας, καὶ τὰ γέῤῥα
of-skins of-raw-ox-hides, and sta and the _ shields
αἰχμάλωτα, καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν TE AUTOS κατέτεμνε
captured (fromtheenemy),and the guide not-only himself cut-to-piecer
τὰ γέῤῥα, καὶ διεκελεύετο τοὶς ἄλλοις.

the shields, but-also exhorted the others (to do the same).
Μετὰ ταῦτα of “Ἕλληνες ἀποπέμπουσι τὸν ἡγεμόνα,
After thus the Greeks sent-away the guide,

δόντες δῶρα ἀπὸ χοινοῦ ἵσιπον,
giving (him) presenta from (the) common (stock, namely, 8) horse,

χαὶ ἀργυρᾶν φιάλην, καὶ ἹΠερσικήν σχευὴν,
and (a) silver cup, and (a) Persian robe,

nai déxa dapexovs' δ᾽ μάλιστα TEL τοὺς

and ten darics; but most-of-all he-asked-for the
δαχτυλίους, χαὶ ἔλαθε πολλοὺς παρὰ τῶν
finger-rings, and he-obtained many (of them) from the

~ \ ’ V4 3 τ
στρατιωτῶν. Δὲ δείξας χώμην αὐτοὶς οὗ
soldiers. And he-having-pointed-out (a) village to-them where
σχηνήσουσι, χαὶ

they-might-encamp (or take up their quarters), and (he also having showed
τὴν ὁδόν, ἥν πορεύσονται εἰς Μάχρωνας,
them) the road, on-which they-were-to-proceed to (the) Macrcnes,

ἔπεὶ ἐγένετο ἑσπέρα, ᾧχετο ἀπιών τῆς νυχτὰς.
when _it-was evening, he-departed, proceeding during-the night

CHAPTER VIII.

"Evtetsev δ᾽ of Ἕλληνες ἐπορεύϑησαν διὰ
HencE — the Greeks proceeded _ through

Μαχρώνων τρεῖς σταϑμοὺς,
(the country) ‘of (the) ἮΝ ὑπέρ days’ el at (making)

δέχα παρασάγγας. Δὲ τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ

parasangs. And an-the

BOOK IV. — CHAPTER VHI. 807

{φίχοντο ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν, ὃς ὥριζε τὴν
Mey-arrived at the river, which bounded-and-divided the
τῶν Maxpaver xal τὴν τῶν UX:
(territories) of-the Macrones — (from) — (those) of-the Scy-
ϑινῶν. Εἶχον δ᾽ ὑπερδέξιον χωρίον οἷον
thini. They-had — ‘ou (their) ‘right (a) place such-se
χαλεπώτατον, χαὶ ἐξ ἀριστερᾶς
(to be) the-most-difficult (of access), and on (their) left
ἄλλον ποταμόν, sis ὃν ὁ ὁρίζων, δ οὗ
another river, into which the bounding (river), through where
ἔδει διαθῆναι, ἐνέθαλλεν. Οὗτος
at-was-necessary to-cross, emptied (itself ). This (river,
δὲ ἦν δασὺς δένδροις οὔ μὲν παχέσι,
—— was thick-set (on its shores) with-trees ποῖ indeed thick (or large)
δὲ πυχνοῖὶς. Ταῦτα οἱ Ἕλληνες, ἐπεὶ
but (growing) close-together. These (trees) the Greeks, after
σιροςῆλθον, ἔχοπιτον, σπεύδοντες ἐξελϑεῖν ex τοὶ
they-arrived, cut-down, hastening to-go-out from the
χωρίου ὡς τάχιστα. Δ᾽ of Μάχρωνες, ἔχοντες
country as speedily-as-possible. But the Macrones, having
yéppa καὶ λόγχας καὶ τριχίνους χιτῶνας
ad hair

wicker-shields and spears an tunics,

παρατεταγμένοι ἦσαν καταντιπέρας τῆς διαδάσεως,
had-been-drawn-up on-the-opposite-side of-the crossing-place,

xai διεκελεύοντο ἀλλήλοις, καὶ ἔῤῥισιτον λίϑους
and encouraged one-another, and they-threw stones
εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν, δὲ οὗ ἐξικνοῦντο, οὐδ᾽

in the river, but ‘they-did not *reach (our men), (nor) (or)

ἔθλαπτον οὐδένα.
hurt | none (of-them).

"EvSa δὴ τις ἀνήρ τῶν πελταστῶν προςέρχεται

Then indeed some man of-the targeteers comes-up

τῷ Hevopdrt, φάσχων δεδουλευχέναι
ἴο -- Xenophon, affirming (that he) had-been-a-slave

"Adnrne, λέγων, ὅτι γιγνώσκοι τὴν φωνὴν
at-Athens, (and) sayiag, that e-knew the languase

808 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON,

τῶν ινϑϑρώπων. Kai οἶμαι, ἔφη, ταύτην εἶναι
of — (tric) men. And _ I-think, said-he, this to-be

ἐμὴν πατρίδα ᾿ καὶ εἶ μὴ τι κωλύει, ἐϑέλω

pee dey 3; and |if not(unless) something hinders, I-wisk

δαλεχϑῆναι αὐτοῖς. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐδὲν χωλύει, ἔφη"

with-them. But nothing hinders,

ἀλλὰ διαλέγου, καὶ μάϑε πρωτον

(Xenopho.-); δαὶ speak (with them), and ascertain first
τίνες εἰσίν. ᾿Ερωτήσαντος, οἵ δ᾽
what (people) they-may-be. He-inquiring, — (they) —
εἶπον, ὅτι Maxpoves. Ἐρώτα αὐτοὺς
said, that (they were) Macrones. them
toivur, ἔφη, τί ἀντιτετάχαται, καὶ
then, said (Xenophon), why drawn-up-against (us), and

χρήζοισιν εἶναι πολέμιοι ἡμῖν. Δ᾽ ob
to-be

enemies to-us. But — (they)

ἀπεχρίναντο" Ὅτι καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔρχεσθε ἐπὶ

answered : (Because) that even you come against

ἡμετέραν χώραν. Oi στρατηγοί ἐχέλευον
our (then)

country. The gene ordered (him!

λέγειν, ὅτι οὐ ποιήσοντες καχῶς
to-say, | that not making evil aes [that not in the

ἀλλὰ πολεμήσαντες

least intending to injure you,} but hbaving-been-making-war ‘with (the)

pases, ἀπερχόμεϑα εἷς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, καὶ

we-were-returning to Greece, and (that,

βουλόμεϑαι ἀφικέσθαι ἐπὶ θάλατταν. ἜἘχεῖνοι

we-desire to-arrive to (the) sea. They
Star, εἰ ἂν δοῖεν ta πίστά τούτων.

asked, if (they) would give — pledges of-these (things).

Δ’ οἵ ἔφασαν ἐθέλειν χαὶ δοῦνα:

And — (they} said (that they) wished _ both to-give

καὶ, λαθεὶν. ᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν οἱ Μάχρωνες ees

and to-receive (them). Then the Macrones

τοῖς Ἕλλησι βαρύ αρικὴν λόγχην, δὲ οἵ λληκες
Greens (a) arbarian lance, and the Greeks

BOOK IV.— CHAPTER VIII. 309

éxeivoig Ἑλληνιχήν᾽ yap Epacas
(gave) them (a) Grecian (oue); for they-said (that)
ταῦτα εἶναι πιστὰ" δὲ ἀμφότεροι
these were (their) pledges; and both (parties called on the)
θεοὺς ἐπεμαρτύραντο.
gods (that) they-might-witness (it).
Δὲ μετὰ τὰ πιστὰ, οἱ Μάχρωνες εὐολὺς
And after the pledges, the Macrones immediately

συνεξέχοπτον ta δένδρα, τε ὡδοποίουν
cut-down-with (them) the trees, not-only to-make-a-road (for

εφι) e , 3

ὁδὸν as diabibaoortes, ἀναμε:
them, fora) path as about-‘passing (them) ‘through min-
μιγμένοι ἐν μέσοις τοὶς “Ἕλλησι καὶ
gling (at the same time) among the Greeks; but-also
παρεῖχον ἀγορὰν οἷαν ἐδύναντο" καὶ
provided (a) market (fortbem) such-as they-were-able; and

ἤγαγον ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις, ἕως κατέ-
they-‘led (them) ‘along for three days, until they-set-
otnoay τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐπὶ ta ὅρια Κόλχων.
down the Greeks ou the borders (of the) Colchians.
Ἔνταῦϑα ἦν μέγα ὄρος, δὲ προςδατὸν" καὶ
Here was (a) large mountain, but accessible ; and
ot Κόλχοι παρατεταγμένοι ἦσαν ἐπὶ τούτου.
the Colchians had-been-drawn-up on this (mountain).
Kai οἱ “Ἕλληνες μὲν τὸ πρῶτον ἀντιπαρετάζαντο
ἀπὰ the Greeks indeed — (at) first drew-up-against

χατὰ φάλαγγα, ὡς οὕτως ἄξοντες ὁς
(them) in line, as thus about-leading (the men) against
τὸ ὄρος" δὲ ἔπειτα ἔδοξε toig στρατηγοὶς
the mountain; but when _it-seemed to-the generals (that)
συλλεγεῖσι. βουλεύσασθαι ὅπως ἀγωνιοῦνται
they-should-assemble to-deliberate how they-should-contend
ὡς κάλλιστα. Ξενοφῶν οὖν ἔλεξεν, ὅτι δοχεὶ,
to-the-grentest-advantage. Xenophon therefore said, that it-seemed

NAVOAVTAS τὴν φάλαγγα,
ito him), ceasing (to have the troops) — ‘in (a) line

810 THE ANABASIS Uw XENOPHON.

ποιῆσαι Opriovs λόχους"
to-form | straight companies; (columns of companies;} for indeed
ἢ φάλαγξ EVSUs διασπασϑήσεται" γὰρ μὲν
thy line ‘will immediately *be-broken ; for indeed
7 εὑρήσομεν ἄνοδον, δὲ τῇ
in — (some places) we-will-find (an) impassable-road, but in — (others)
evodov τὸ ὄρος" καὶ εὐθὺς τοῦτο ποιήσε!ι A
12) good-road to-the mountain ; and immediately this _will-cause despon-
μίαν, ὅταν τεταγμένοι εἰς φάλαγγα, ὁρῶσι
dercy (in the men), when drawn-up ἰἴἰη line, they-see
ταύτην διεσπασμένην. Ἔπειτα, ἢν μὲν προςάγωμε:
this (line) broken. Then, if indeed we-advance

τεταγμένοι EN πολλοὺς, OL πολέμιοι περιττεύσουϊι:
drawn-up many-deep, the enemy will-reach-beyond

ἡμῶν, χαὶ χρήσονται τοῖς περιττοὶς,
us (on the wings), and will-use the superfluous

τι ὅ ἂν βούλωνται. Δὲ ἐὰν
(men), (in) any (manner) which ‘they may ‘desire. And if
ἴωμεν τεταγμένοι ἐπ᾽ ὀλίγων, ἂν εἴη οὐδὲν
we-go (forward) drawn-up few-deep, iit-would be nothing
θαυμαστόν, εἰ ἢ φάλαγξ ὑμῶν διακοπείνγ,
wonderful, | if the line of-us [if our line] be-cut-through
ὑπὸ xai ἀδρόων βελῶν καὶ πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων
by both collected missiles and many men
ἐμπεσόντων" εἰ δ πῃ τοῦτο ἔσται, ἔσται
falling-upon (it); if indeed by-any-means this shouid-be, it-will-be
xaxdv τῇ ὅλῃ φάλαγγι. ᾿Αλλὰ δοχεὶ μοι,
bad for-the whole line. But it-seetss to-me, (that)
ποιησαμένος τοὺς λόχους ὀρϑίους, κατασχεῖν

having-formed the companies (in) columns, to-separate

τοῖς λόχοις διαλιπόντας τοσοῦτον χωρίον,
the companies, being-d¥stant (from one another), so-much space,
ὅσον τοὺς ἐσχάτους λόχους γενέσϑαι
as-that the extreme companies (on the right and left) will-be
ἔξω κεράτων τῶν πολεμίων. Καὶ οὕτως ο
beyond (the) wings of-tha enemy. And thus ‘wa th

BOOK IV.— 3HAPTER VI. 81)

ἔσχατοι λόχοι ἐσόμεθα te ἔξω τῆς φάλαγγος

extreme compunies, ‘will-be not-only beyond the line
τῶν πολεμίων, χαὶ ἄγοντες ὀρϑίους οἱ
of-the enemy, but-also leading (forward) in-column the
ld e ~ / ~
χράτιστοι ἡμῶν προςίασι πρῶτον, TE ἢ
αὶ Ἀρίαι of-us Bees first, and (in toe place) in-whi
ἂν ἡ etodov ταὐτῃ ὁ ἕχαστος λόχος
there may ‘be (a) good-road, in-that — each company
ἄξει. Kai οὐ τε ἔσται ῥᾷδιον τοὶς πολεμίοις
will-lead. And it-‘will not indeed ‘be easy for-the enemy
εἰςελϑεὶν εἴς τὸ διαλεῖπον
to-penetrate into the (space) left (vacant between the cum-

ὄντων λόχων EvSev xai Evsev, τε
panies in column) there-being companies here and __ there, and-indeed

od gota fadiov διαχόψαι λόχον ὄρϑιον
it-‘will not "be easy to-break-through (a) company in-column
pos ivr a. Te ἐάν τις τῶν λόχων ππιέζηται
vancing-forward. And if any of-the companies be-hard-pressed
ὁ πλησίον PoySyon. Te ἦν πῃ εἷς τῶν
the nearest will-give-assistance. And if by-any-means one of-the
λόχων δυνηϑῇ ἀναθῆναι ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον οὐδεὶς τῶν
companies may-be-able to-ascend on the height none of-the
πολεμίων μηκέτι μείνῃ. Ταῦτα ἔδοξε καὶ
enemy after-this may-remain. This seemed-good, ana
ἐποίουν τοὺς λόχους ὀρϑίου. Δὲ Hevopar
they-formed the companies (in) columns. And Xenophon
ἀπιὼν ἀπὸ τοῦ δεξιοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ εὐώνυμον»
departing from the right (wing of the enemy) to the left
ἔλεγε τοὶς στρατιώταις" Οὗτοι εἶσιν, οὗς ὁρᾶτε,
said to-the soldiers : These are, whom you-see, (the)
μόνοι ἄνδρες ἔτι ἐμποδὼν ἡμῖν τὸ μὴ ἤδη
only men yet in-the-way (to prevent) us — not soon
εἶναι, ἔνϑα πάλαι ἐσπεύδομεν"
to-be, there (where) we-‘have long ‘desired-and-hastened (to be):

812 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

tobtous, ἦν πως δυνώμεϑα, del χαὶ κατα
these, if in-any-way we-can, it-becomes (us) even | to
φαγεῖν ὠμοὺς.
eat-up raw {to exterminate].
᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἕχαστοι ἐγένοντο ἕν ταὶς χώραις,
When indeed each had-got in — (their\ places,
καὶ τοὺς λόχους ἐποιήσαντο ὀρϑίους, ἐγένοντο
and the companies § were-formed (in) columns, there-were
μὲν λόχοι τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ἀμφὶ τοὺς
-- companies of-the heavy-armed-men (to) about the (number of )
ὀγδοήκοντα, δ᾽ ὁ ἕχαστος λόχος σχεδὸν
eighty, and — each company (amounted) nearly
εἰς τοὺς ἑχατόν᾽ δ᾽ ἐποιήσαντο τοὺς πελ-
to — (a) hundred (men); and _ they-formed the tar-
ταστὰς καὶ TOUS τοξότας τριχῇ τοὺς
geteers and _ the archers | threefold [in three divisions] —
ἐν ἔξω τοῦ εὐωνύμου δὲ τοὺς τοῦ
(one) indeed beyond the left-wing and the (other beyond) the

δεξιοῦ δὲ τοὺς κατὰ μέσον, ἑχάστους
right-wing and the (third) in (the) centre, each (divi.

σχεδὸν ἑξακοσίους. Ἔχ τούτου οἱ
sion being) nearly six-hundred (men). After this the

στρατηγοὶ παρηγγύησαν εὔχεσϑαι"
μὰ et 7 had (the soldiers) _to-‘make (their:

εὐξάμενοι δὲ xai παιανίσαντες
‘vows; having-'made (their) ‘vows, and also having-sung-the-pwan,

ἐπορεύοντο. Καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν καὶ Ἐξενοφῶν
they-proceeded (forward). And Cheirisophus indeed and Xenophon

χαὶ οἱ πελτασταὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς, γενόμενοι ἔξω τῆς

διὰ the targeteers with them, being beyond the

φάλαγγος τῶν πολεμίων ἐπορεύοντο.

line of-the enemy, proceeded (on their march).

Οἱ πολέμιοι δὲ, ὡς εἶδον αὐτούς, ἀντιπαραϑέοντες.

The enemy indeed, 88 they-saw them, running-against
οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ te δεξιόν, δὲ οἱ ἐπὶ τὸ

‘them),—(seme)indeed to the rigkt, but -ο- (others) to the

BOOK IV. —- CHAPTER VIII. 818

εὐώνυμον, διεσπάσθησαν, καὶ ἐποιησαν πολὺ
left, were-drawn-asunder, and they-made (a) great

κενὸν ἐν TH μέσῳ τῆς φάλαγγος ἑαυτῶν. Δὲ οἱ

“οἷά in the middle of-the of-them. But the
πελτασταί κατὰ τὸ “Apxadixdr,

targeteers in the Arcadian (division in the centre),
ὧν Αἰσχίνης ό ᾿Αχαρνάν ἦρχεν ἰδόντες αὑτοὺς
whom Xschines the Acarnanian commanded seeing them
διαχάζοντας, νομίσαντες φεύγειν, Sov
separating, having-thought (them) to-be-fleeing, ran (forward)
ἀνὰ χράτος, καὶ οὗτοι πρῶτοι ἀναθαίνουσι
ith (411 their) might, and these first ascended

ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος" δὲ καὶ τὸ *Apxadixdy ὁπλιτικόν,
on the mountain; and also the Arcadian heavy-armed (troops),

ὧν Κλεάνωρ ὁ ᾿Ορχομένιος ἦρχε, συνεφείπετο.

whom Cleanor the Orchomenian commanded, followed-together (after).

A’ οἱ πολέμιοι, ὡς ἤρξαντο θεὶν οὐχέτι
But the enemy, as (the Greeks) poe to-run no-longer

oe ἀλλὰ φυγῇ ἄλλος ἄλλῃ ἐτράπετο.

but AG [ other in-other turned [some

A’ ot Ἕλληνες ἀνα-

going one way and some another]. But the Greeks de-
θάντες ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο ἐν
scending (from the mountain) encamped among
πολλαὶς χώμαις ἐχούσαις πολλὰ τάἀπιτήδεια.
many villages having much (of) provisions.

Kai τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ἣν
[Απὰ the indeed other (things) [and as respects other things] there-was

οὖδὲν, OT xai éSatuacav' δὲ ἦν πολλὰ
nothing, that even they-were-surprised-at; but there-were many

tT σμήνη αὑτόϑι, καὶ ὅσοι τῶν στρατιωτῶν
-- tee-hives there, and as-’many of-the soldiers ‘as

ἔφαγον τῶν κηρίων, πάντες τε ἐγίγνοντο ἄφρονες,
of-the combs, all not-only became delirious

καὶ ἤμουν, καὶ διεχώρει αὐτοῖς κάτω,
but-also vomited, | and it-passed-through them downwards, [and they

814 THE ANABASIS OF XZNOPHON.

χαὶ οὐδεὶς ἠδύνατο ἴστασϑαι ὀρθὸς,
were purged,] and no-one was-able to-stand A

ἀλλ᾽ οἱ μὲν ἐδηδοχότες ὀλίγον σφόδρα ἐῴκεσαν
but — (those) asa having-eaten a very-mmuch resembled

μεϑύουσι, δ᾽ ot πολὺ
(persons) being-drunk, but --- (those having eaten) much (resembled

μαινομένοις, δὲ καὶ οἱ ἀποϑνήσχουσι.
those) being-mad, and also (resembled) — (those) dying
Πολλοί δὲ ἔχειντο οὕτω, ὥςπερ τροπῆς
Many indeed lay (onthe ground) so, as-though (a) rout
vey ενημένης, καὶ ἡ ἀϑυμία ἦν πολλὴ. Δὲ τῇ

ad-taken-place, and the dejection was great. But on-the
3
VOT ἐεραίᾳ οὐδείς μὲν ἀπέϑανε, ὃ ἀνεφρόνουν

next-day no-one indeed had-died, but they-‘recovered (their)
ἀμφὶ που τὴν αὕτήν ὥραν" δὲ

‘senses about perhaps the same hour (they lost them); and
τρίτῃ καὶ τετάρτῃ ἀνίσταντο, ὥςπερ ἐκ

‘on (the) ‘third and fourth (days) they-got-up, as-if from

φαρμαχοποσίας.

taking-physic.

Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύϑησαν δύο σταϑμούς,
Hence’ indeed they-proceeded two days’-march, (making)

ἑπτὰ παρασάγγας, καὶ yASov ἔπὶ θάλατταν
sea

seven parasangs, and came to (the)
εἰς Τραπεζοῦντα, “Ἑλληνίδα πόλιν, οἰχουμένην,
Trapezus, (a) Greek city, populous,
ἐν τῷ Εὐξείνῳ Πόντῳ, ἀποιχίαν
(and situated) on the Euxine Sea, (being a) colony
Σινωπέων, ἐν TH χώρᾳ Κόλχων.
‘of (the) ‘Sinopians, in the _ territory ‘of (the) ‘Colchians.

Ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἀμφὶ τὰς τριάκοντα ἡμέρας
thirty

There they-remained about --

ἐν ταὶς χώμαις τῶν Κόλχων. Κἀντεῦθεν ὁρμώ-
in the villages of-the Colchians. And-hence making-

νοι ἐληίζοντο τὴν Κολχίδα. Δὲ Τρασεζούντιοι
cursi “4 {ἰΠογ-Ὀ]απάἀοτοὰ --- Colchis. And (the) Trapezians

BOOK IV. —CHAPTER VIII. 815

παρεῖχον ay γορὰν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ, καὶ τε ἐδέξαντο

abide (a) mar for-the camp, and not-only received

τοὺς Ἕλληνας xai ἔδοσαν
Greeks (hospitably in their city), but-also gave (thom)

ζένια βοῦς καὶ ἄλφιτα
gifts-of-hospitality-and-friendship, (namely) oxen and barley-meal

e 3

καὶ οἶνον. Δὲ καὶ συνδιεπράτ TOVTO VILE
and wine. And also they-negotiated (with them) for

τῶν πλησίον Κόλχων, μάλιστα τῶν
(and in behalf) of-the neighbouring Colchians, especially — (those)

οἰχούντων ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ: xai ζένια καὶ ἦλθον
dwelling in the plain; and gifts-of-hospitality also came

σιαρ᾽ ἐχείνων βόες. Μετὰ τοῦτο δὲ παρεσ-
from them (namely) oxen. After this indeed they-pre-.

χευάξοντο τὴν θυσίαν, ἣν εὔξαντο δ᾽ ixavoi
pared the sacrifice, which they-had-vowed; and sufficient

Goes ἦλθον αὐτοῖς ἀποϑῦσαι σῷ Au τῷ σωτῆρι,

oxen came to-them _ to-sacrifice — Jupiter the Preserver,

καὶ τᾷ Ἡραχλεὶ nyeudovva, καὶ τοὶς ἄλλοις θεοὶς
and to— Hercules for-safe-conduct, and to-the other gods

ἃ εὔξαντο. Δὲ xai ἐποίῆσαν γυμνικὸν
(that) which they-had-vowed. And also they-made (a) gymnastic

ἀγῶνα, ἐν τῷ ὄρει, ἔνϑαπε ep ἐσχήνουν. A’ εἵλοντο
contest, on the hill, where they-were-encamped. And they-chose

Δραχόντιν Σπαρτιάτην (ὃς ἔφυγε οἶχοϑεν

Dracontius (the) Spartan (who became-an-exile from-home
ὧν παὶς, ἄχων χαταχτανώῴν παῖδα,
being (a) boy, (he) unwillingly killing (a) boy,
πατάξας ξυήλῃ) τ᾽ ἐπιμεληθῆναι

having-struck (him) ‘with (a) ‘dagger) not-only to-take-‘care (to prow
δρόμου, xai προστατῆσαι τοῦ ἀγῶνος.

vide) ‘for (a) ‘race, but-also to-preside-over the contest
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἢ θυσία ἐγένετο,
(and games). When indeed the aacrifice was (performed),

ἔδοσαν τὰ δέρματα τῷ Apaxortin, καὶ ἐχέλευον
chey-gave the skins to—- Dracontius, and they -requested

316 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

nyeloSa. ὅπου πεποιηχὼς cir, oo
(him) to-lead (to the place) where he-may-have-made the

δρόμον. ὭὍ δὲ δείξας, “πε

course. — But (he) having-pointed (to the place), where

ἐτύγχανον ἑστηχότες, ἔφη, ὃ οὗτος λόφος
they-happened (to be) standing, said, — this hill (is)

κάλλιστος τρέχειν ὅπου σις ἂν βού.

most-excellent for-running (in) whatever-direction any-one may de-

ληται. Πῶς οὖν, ἔφασαν, δυνήσονται πα-
sire. (But) how then, said-they, will-they-be-able _—to-
λαίειν ἐν οὕτως σχληρῷ καὶ δασεῖ;

wrestle in (aplace) 80 hard and_ bushy (and rough)?

ὁ ὃ, εἶπε, ὁ καταπεσών, ἀνιάσεται τι
— but (he), said-he, who having-fallen, will-be-distressed some (what)

μᾶλλόν. Δὲ παῖδες μὲν, of πλεῖστοι τῶν

the-more. And boys indeed, the most (of them) —

αἰχμαλώτων, ἠγωνίζοντο στάδιον,

(from those) taken-prisoners, contended (in the) sta lium
δὲ δόλιχον πλείους ἢ

(or short course), and (in the) dolichon (or long course) more thar
ἑξήχοντα Κρῆτες ESeov, de ἕτεροι σιίάλην
sixty Cretans ran, and others (contended in) wres ling

καὶ πυγμὴν καὶ παγκχράτιον. Kai ἐγένετι
and boxing and (the) pancratium. And it-was (a)
καλὴ θέα" yap πολλοὶ κατέδησαν,
fine sight; | for many went-down, _[-.atered the lists,}
xai, ἅτε τῶν ἑταίρων θεωμένω;', ἐγίγνετο
and, as — (their) companions were-looking-vun, there- was
πολλὴ φιλονεικία. Δὲ xai ἵπποι ἔϑεον" xai
much emulation. And also _shorses ran ; and
ἔδει αὐτούς, ἐλάσαντας κατὰ τοῦ πρακοῦς,
it-was-necessary for-them, having-galloped along-down tbe steep,
ἀναστρέψαντας ἐν tH θαλάττῃ, πάλιν
(and) having-turned-round in the sea, again
ἄγεν ἄνω πρὸς τὸν βωμὸν. Καὶ μὲν
-~-lead-back upwarda to the altar. And indoed ‘going!

BOOK IV.-—CHAPTER VIII. 817

κάτω οἱ πολλοὶ EXVALVOODTO * δ᾽
dowowards ——- many (of the horses) rolled (down); bu.
ἄνω πρὸς τὸ ἰσχυρῶς ὄρϑιον, οἱ
(going) upwards against the exceedingly steep (ground), the
ἵσστοι μόλις ἐπορεύοντο βάδην' ἔνϑα
horses scarcely aaa step-by-step (walking) ; thea
ἐγίγνετο πολλή χραυγή υγὴ, καὶ γέλως, καὶ παρακέ:
there-was much shouting, and laughter, and
re αὑτῶν.

from-them.

5138 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON

BOOK ΚΓ.

CHAPTER 1

Ὅσα μὲν δὴ ob Ἕλληνες ἔπραξαν ἐν τῇ

Wat indeed ---Ἤ the Greeks did in the
3 J ~ ‘ , , @
ἀναδάσει τῇ μετὰ Κύρου, xai ὅσα
march-upwards, in — (that, namely,) with Cyrus, and what/they did)
ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ TY μέχρι ἐπὶ θάλωτταν
in the journey, — (that, namely,) just to (the) sea

τὴν ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ Εὐξείνῳ, χαὶ
{the in the Pontus Exinus, (namely, the Euxine Sea,) and
ὡς ἀφίχοντο εἰς Τραπεζοῦντα Ἑλληνίδα πόλιν,
how they-arrived at Trebisond (a) Greek city,
xal ὡς ἀπέϑυσαν ἃ εὔξαντο θύσειν
and how they-oifered-the-sacrifice which they-had-vowed to-sacrifice ‘for
σωτήρια, ἔνϑα πρῶτον ἀφίχοιντο εἰς φιλίαν
{thoir) ‘safety, when first they-should-arrive at (a) friendly
ἦν, δεδήλωται ἐν τῷ πρόσϑεν λόγῳ.

country, (all this) has-been-declared in the preceding discuurse.

Ἔχ τούτο δὲ Evveaddvtes ἐδουλεύοντο περὶ

Upon this indeed coming-together they-deliberated concerning
τῆς λοιπῆς πορείας. δὲ ᾿Αντιλέων'
the remaining (part of the) journey; and Antileon 1186)
Θούριος ἀνέστη πρῶτος, καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε" ᾿Εγὼ μὲν
Thurian stood-up first, and spoke thus: I indeed
τοίνυν, ἔφη, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἤδη ἀπείρηκα
therefore, said-he, O men, have-'become now ‘tired

ξ 4 3 OL 3 ’ 4
ξυσχευαζόμενος, καὶ βαδίζων, καὶ τρέχων, καὶ
packing-up, and walkizg, and running, and

BOOK V.— CHAPTER I. 819

Φέρων τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ ἰών ἐν τάζει, χαὶ
sarrying — (my) arms, and going(drawn-up)in order, and
φυλάττων φυλαχάς, καὶ μαχόμενος"
{ guarding guard, {standing guard,] and fighting;

ἔπιδυμω ἤδη δὲ, ἐπεὶ ἔχομεν θάλατταν,

I-desiro now indeed, since we-have (attained the) sea,

παυσάμενος τούτων TOY πόνων, πλεῖν τὸ
having-rested from-these — (our) toils, to-sail the

λοιτὸν, καὶ ἐχταδεὶς, ὥςπερ ᾿Οδυσσεύς,
remainder (of the way), and _stretched-out, like Ulysses,

καϑεύδων ἀφικέσθαι Eis τὴν “Ἑλλάδα. Οἱ στρα-

sleeping to-arrive in Greece. The sol-

σιῶται ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα ἀνεϑορύθησαν

diers hearing these (things) loudly-applauded (him)

ὃ λέγοι εὖ" καὶ ἄλλος ἔλεγε ταὐτὰ,

as (one who) spuke well; and another = said these (same
καὶ πάντες οἱ ντες.

things), and all — (those) being-present (said the same).

Ἔπειτα δὲ Χειρίσοφος ἀνέστη xai εἶπεν ὧδε"
Then indeed cas rose-up and _ spoke thus:

2 ἄνδρες, ᾿Αναξίδιος ἔστιν φίλος μοι,

men, Anaxibius | is (a) friend to-me, [is my friend,]}

δὲ χαὶ τυγχάνει ναυαρχῶν. Ἢν οὖν πέωψητέ
and also happened-to-be commandinug-a-fleet. If therefore you-will-send

με, οἴομαι ἄν ἐλϑεὶν ἔχων χαὶ τριήρεις καὶ
me, I-think — to-come (back) buving both gulleys and
πλοῖα τὰ ἄξοντα ἡμᾶς"

transports | (for) the (hereafter) carrying us; [to transport us home ;}

δὲ ὑμεῖς, εἴπερ βούλεσθε πλεῖν, περιμένετε, ἔστ᾽
and γου, since you-desire to-sail, stay-here, unti)

éyo ἂν ἔλϑω" Row δὲ ταχέως. Οἱ
may come (back); I-will-come indeed speedily. The

στρατιῶται ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα ἤσϑησάν TE
soldiers hearing these (tbings) were-delighted —

καὶ ἐψηφίσαντο αὐτὸν πλεῖν ὡς τάχιστα.
and voted (for) him to-sail as speedily-as-possible

820 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

Μετὰ τοῦτον Ξενοφῶν ἀνέστη καὶ ἔλεξεν
Aftes this (one) Xenophon’ stood-up and spoke

ds Χειρίσοφος μὲν δὴ στέλλεται ἐπὶ πλοῖα,
thus: frie Aaa indeed is-sent after ships,

δὲ ἡμεῖς ἀναμενοῦμεν. Ὅσα οὖν δοχεὶ μοι εἶναι

διὰ we will-remain-here. What therefore it-seems to-me to-be

κε ρς ποιεῖν ἐν τῇ μονῇ, ταῦτα ἐρῶ.
to-do in — (our) stay, that [-will-tell (you).

Πρῶτον μὲν δὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια πορίζεσθαι

indeed it-is-neceesary — (for) provisions procured
ἐχ τῆς πολεμίας " γὰρ ἔστιν οὔτε ἱκανή

from the enemy ; for there-is neither (a) sufficiently-abundant
ἀγορὰ, οὔτε εὐπορία ὠνησόμεϑϑα
market, nor (have we the) means (with which) we-shall-buy
ὅτου, εἰ μὴ τισίν ὀλίγοις" ἢ χώρα δὲ

anything, unless some few ; the country indeed (around us is)
πολεμία" οὖν κίνδυνος πολλοὺς
hostile (to us); therefore (there is) danger (that) many
ἀπόλλυσθαι, ἢν πορεύησθε ἐπὶ ta ἐπιτήδεια
may-perish, if you-proceed-out for -- provisions
ἀμελῶς te καὶ apvadxtas. "AAA doxei μοι
carelessly — and unguardedly. But it-seems to-me

λαμθάνειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια σὺν προνομαὶς,
(that we ought) sea — provisions with foraging-parties,

δὲ μὴ πλανᾶσϑαι ἄλλως, ὡς σώζησϑε,

and not to-wander-about at-random, in-order-that you-may-preserve (ycar

δ nua ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τούτων.
Aves), and (that) we (your officers) should-regulate these (things),
"Εδοξε ταῦτα. τί

{t-seemed-well (respecting) these (things, and they were adopted). And-now
τοίνυν ἀχούσατε καὶ τάδε. Tap τινες ὑμῶν

therefore listen also _—to-this. For-as some of-you
ἐχπορεύσονται ἐπὶ λείαν" οἴομαι οὖν εἶναι
will-proceed-out to pluuder; I-think therefore (it) to-be

βέλτιστον εἰπεῖν quly τὸν μέλλοντα ἐξιέναι,
to-tell us (of) the intending to-go-out

BOOK V — CHAPTER I. 82)

δὲ καὶ φράζειν ὅποι, ἵνα καὶ εἰδῶμεν
and also ‘o-mention where (orin what direction), that even we-may-know
TO πλήϑος τῶν ἐξιόντων χαὶ τῶν μενόντων,
che multitude of — (those) going-out and of — (those) remaining,
χαὶ ξυμπαρασχευάζωμεν ἐάν τι δέῃ,
and (that) we-may-prepare-together if anything should-be-required,
xiv ἢ καιρὸς βοηϑῆσαι τισι, εἰδῶμεν

and-if there-be occasion (that we) may-help any, (and) know

ὅποι δεήσει βοηθεῖν, καὶ ἐάν τις τῶν ἀπει-
where it-will-be-necessary to-help, and if any-oneof-the more-

(pad cote ἐγχειρῇ ποι, ξυμδουλεύω-

Xperienced may- -undertake (anything) anywhere, da ety oa
24?

μεν πειρώμενοι εἰδέναι τὴν δύναμιν ἐφ
gether endeavouring to-know the strength (of the enemy) against

οὗς ἄν ἴωσι. Καὶ ταῦτα ἔδοξε.

whom ‘they may ‘go. And these (things) seemed-good, (and
Δὲ xai ἐννοεῖτε τόδε, ἔφη.

were agreed to). And also consider this, said-he, (Thera is)

Σ χολὴ Tois πολεμίοις ληΐζεσϑαι, χαὶ δικαίως

leisure to-the enemy to-rob (us), and jr stly

ἐπιδουλεύουσιν ὑμῖν, yao ἔχομεν τὰ ἐχείνων"
do-they-conspire-against us, |for we-have the (things) of-them;

δ᾽ ὑπερχάϑην-
{for we have their property ;] and (moreover) they-are-placed-on-heights-
ται ἡμῶν. An doxet μοι δεῖν εἶναι φύλακας

above us. Indeed it-seems to-me there-ought to-be sentinels

περὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον" ἐὰν οὖν μερισϑέντες κατὰ
round the camp ; if therefore being-divided inte

μέρος eh a καὶ σχοπῶμεν, ἧττον ἂν ot
we-guard and keep-a-look-out, the-less may — (our)

alia δύναιντο θηρᾶν ἡμᾶς. Ἔτι τοίνυν

enemies be-able to-hunt us (down). Moreover therefore

ὁρᾶτε τάδε. Ei μὲν ἡπιστάμεϑα σαφῶς, ὅτι

eonsiler this. If indeed we-knew certainly, that

Χειρίσοφος ἥξει ἄγων -ἷχκανά πλοῖα,

Sis ΑΜ ΊΡΝ will-eome (back) bringing (a) sufficient (number of) ships.

B22 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἂν οὐδὲν ἔδει ὧν μέλλω λέγειν" Fé νῦν
‘there would ‘be πο ‘need of-what I-am-about to-say; ut now

ἐπεὶ tutto ἄδηλον, δοκεὶ μοι πει-

since this (is) uncertain, it-seems to-me (that we ought) to-en-

ἄσϑαι συμπαρασχευάζειν πλοῖα xai αὐτόθεν.

ἀθᾶνου to-provide-and-bring-together ships even here.
e

Tap ἦν μὲν EAS 4, ὑπαρχόντων

For if indeed he-should-come (back with ships, vessels) Ὀοΐῃ ρ- ργουϊ δὰ
ἐνθάδε, πλευσούμεϑα ἐν ἀφϑονωτέροις.

here, we-shall-sail in (a) greater-abundance (of ships).

"Kav δὲ μὴ ayn, χρησόμεϑα τοὶς

If indeed he-'should not ‘bring (any), we-will-make-use of — (those)
ἐνθάδε. ᾿Εγὼ δὲ ὁρῶ πλοῖα πολλάκις παραπλέ-
here. I indeed see vessels frequently sailing

᾿ 9 - 3 ’ Q ,

ονγτα εἰ οὖν αἰτησάμενοι παρα Τραπεζουντίων
by; if therefore we-should-be-asking from the-people-of-Trebisond
uaxpa πλοῖα, χατάγοιμεν

| long ships, [ships of war,] we-might-bring-into-port (those vessels

Xai φυλάττοιμεν αὑτά παραλυόμενοι τὰ
sailing by), and might-guard them | loosening the

πηδάλια, ἕως ἱχανὰ ἄν
rudders, [unshipping the rudders,] until (a) sufficient (number) may

ἕνηται τὰ ἄξοντα, ἂν ἴσως
e-got (for) the ‘carrying (of us) ‘hereafter, ‘we may probably

οὐχ ἀπορήσαιμεν κομιδῆς οἷας deduesa. Καὶ

not "have-failed ‘of (a) ‘conveyance such-as we-seek. And

ταῦτα ἔδοξε. Ἔννοήσατε δ᾽, ἔφη,
these (suggestions) were-approved. Think also, said-he,
ei εἰχὸς xal τρέφειν ἀπὸ τοῦ κοινοῦ,

if (twill not be) proper even to-support from the common (stock),

οὗς ἂν κατάγωμεν, ὅδον χρόνον ἂν
those-whom ‘we may ‘briug-in, so-‘long (a) time ‘as ‘they may

ἔνωσι ἕνεχεν ἡμῶν, καὶ ἔξυνϑέσϑαι

main on-account of-us, and to-muake-an-agreement (with them

ναῦλον, ὅπως ὠφελοῦντες
about the) passage-money, so-that benefitting (us) they-(mav

300K V.—CHAPTER I. 823

καὶ ὠφελῶνται. Καὶ ταῦτα ἔδοξε.
ak'o ‘benefit (themselves). And these (things) secmed-good

Δοχεῖ μοι ποίνυν, ἔφη. ἢν ἄρα καὶ ταῦτα
It-seems to-me therefore, said-he, if perhaps even these (things)

un ἐχπεραίνηται, ὥςτε πλοῖα ἀρκεῖν,

‘do not ‘result, so-that vessels be-sufficient (fcr us),

ἐντείλασθαι ταὶς πόλεσιν οἰχουμέναις παρὰ
(it is) to-be-enjoined to-the cities situated along (the)
θάλατταν ὁδοποιεῖν τὰς ὁδοὺς, ἃς ἀχούομεν εἶναι
sea to-repair the roads, which we-hear to-be
δυςπόρους᾽" γὰρ πείσονται, καὶ διὰ τὸ
difficult-to-pass-through ; for they-will-obey, both|through the
pobcicSar, xai διὰ τὸ βούλεσϑαι

<o-fear, (through fear,] and through the _—to-desire [and througk

ἀπαλλαγῆναι ἡμῶν.

the desire] to-get-rid of-us.
"Evtaisa δὲ dvéxpayor, as δέοι οὐ
Then indeed they-exclaimed, that there-ought not
δδοισπορεῖν. Δὲ ὁ ὡς ἔγνω τὴν
so-be-travelling-by-land. But --- (Xenophon) 88 he-perceived the
ἀφροσύνην αὐτῶν, οὐδέν μὲν ἐπε-
want-of-reason of-them, ‘put nothing indeed (respecting roads) ‘to-

ψήφισε, δὲ ἔπεισε τὰς πόλεις ὁδοποιεῖν
vote, but he-persuaded the towns _to-make-the-roads

ἐχούσας, λέγων ὅτι θᾶττον ἀπαλλάξον.-
of-their-own-free-will, saying that the-more-speedily they-would.be-

ται; ἢν at odot γένωνται εὔποροι.
freed-from (the Greeks), if the roads became passable,
Aé xai ἔλαθον πεντηχόντορον παρὰ τῶν Τραπε-
And also they-obtained (a) fifty-oared-galley from the people-of-

ζουντίων, 1 ἐπέστησαν Aékinnoy Λάχωνα
Trebisond, over-which they-placed Dexippus (a) Lacedemonian

περίοικον. Οὗτος, ἀμελήσας τοῦ ζυλλέγειν
provincial. This (person), having-neglected (the) to-coullect
πλοῖα, ἀποδρὰς ᾧχετο ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου, ἔχων
vessels, having-fled he-departed out of-the (Euxine) Sea, having

824 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

τὴ; ναῦν. Οὗτος μὲν οὖν ὕστερον ἔπαθε
the vessel, This (person) indeed therefore afterwards suffered

δίχαια" ap ἔν Opdxn παρὰ
just (punishment) ; Vor in A ae a (the court of )

’ - 9 ’ ε a
LEVIN, πολυπραγμονῶν τι, ἀπέϑανεν υπὸ
Beuthes, meddling-with something, _he-died by (the

Nixavdpov τοῦ Λάχωνος. Δὲ χαὶὲ
nands of; Nicander the Lacedsmonian. And (the Greeks) also

ἔλαθον τριαχόντορο, δ Πολυχράτης
received (a) thirty-oared-galley, over-which Polycrates (the)

Αϑηναῖος ἐπεστάϑη, ὃς κατῆγε πλοῖα ὁπόσα

Athenian was-placed, who brought-in (the) vessels as-many-as
λαμθάνοι ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. Καὶ
he-could-capture (to the shore) before the camp. And
μὲν ἐξαιρούμενοι τὰ ἀγώγιμα, εἰ ἦγον τι,
indeed taking-out the cargoes, if they-brought any,
χαϑίστασαν φύλακας, ὅπως εἴη σῶα,
they-'placed guards ‘over (them), so-that they-might-be safe,
δὲ χρήσαιντο τοῖς πλοίοις εἰς παραγωγῆν.
and they-used the veszels for (their) conveyance.
Ἐν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτα ἦν, ob Ἕλληνες
During (the time) that — these (things) were, the Greeks
ἐξήεσαν ἐπὶ λείαν" καὶ μὲν ob ἐἔλάμθανον,
went-out after plunder; and indeed — (some) took (plunder),
δὲ xai oi ob. Δὲ Κλεαίνετος ἐξαγαγὼν
but also --- (others did) not. But Clesenetus leadin,-out
χαὶ τὸν λόχον ἑαυτοῦ xal ἄλλον πρὸς
both the company of-himself and another (one) against (a)
χαλεπὸν χωρίον, te αὐτός ἀπέϑανε καὶ πολλοὶ
difficult place, not-only himself lost-his-life, but-aleo many
ἄλλοι τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ.

whers οἴ — (those) with him.

BOOK V. — CHAPTER It. 825

CHAPTER [11

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦν οὐχέτι λαμθάνειν τὰ ἐπι-
Waen indeed it-was no-longer (possible) to-take — plo

τήδεια, ὥςτε ἀπαυϑημερίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον.

visions, so-as to-return-the-same-day to camy,

Ex τούτου Ἐενοφῶν, λαδὼν aonb
,on this [then] Xenophon, having-taken (as) guides (some)

τῶν Τραπεζουντίων, ἐξάγει τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ
of-the peuple-of-Trebisond, led-out the of-the
στρατεύματος εἰς Δρίλας, δὲ τὸ ἥμισυ
army against (the) rile, but the (other) half

χαπέλιπε φυλάττειν τὸ στρατόπεδον. γὰρ ot
he-left to-guard the camp ; the

Κόλχοι ἅτε ἐχπεπτωχότες τῶν οἰκιῶν, ἦσαν
Colchians as having-been-driven-out from — (their) houses, were

ἀδρόοι πολλοὶ, χαὶ ὑπερεκάϑηντο ἐπὶ

sailvctadl-<opeihe (in) great (numbers), and were-posted on

τῶν ἄχρων. Δὲ οἱ Τραπεζούντιι οὐχ ἦγον
the heights. But the people-of-Trebisond ‘did not ‘lead

ὁπόϑεν μὲν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἦν pa diov

(them to places) whence -- — _ provisions were easy
λαθεῖν" yap ἦσαν φίλοι avtois'
to-take ; for (the people inhabiting them) were friends to-themselves ;
δὲ προϑύμως ἦγον εἰς τοὺς Δρίλας, up ” ὧν
bat eagerly ed (them) to rile, | from whom
ἔπασχον καχῶς, εἰς χωρία τε

they-suffered evil, [who had injured them,] into (a) country not-only

ὀρεινὰἃ, καὶ δύςθατα, καὶ πολεμικωτάτους
mountainous, but-also difficult-of-access, ἀπ ἃ (among) —_ the-most-warlike

ἀνθρώπους τῶν ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ.
people of — (those) on the Pontus (Euxinus).

"Enel δὲ of Ἕλληνες ἦσαν ἄνω ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ,
When indeed the Greeks were up in the country,

814 THE ANABASIS OF X4NOPHON.

χαὶ οὐδεὶς ἡδύνατο ἵστασθαι ὀρθὸς,
were purged,] and no-one was-able to-stand oar

ἀλλ᾽ ot μὲν ἐδηδοχότες ὀλίγον σφόδρα ἐῴκεσαν
but «-“-- (those) Lae having-eaten _iittle Rede κὴ resembled

μεϑύουσι, δ᾽ οἱ πολὺ
(persons) ne but — (those having eaten) much (resembled

μαινομένοις, δὲ καὶ οἱ ἀποϑνήσχουσι.
those) being-mad, and also (resembled) — (those) dyiag
Πολλοί δὲ ἔχειντο οὕτω, ὥςπερ τροτοῆς
Many indeed lay (onthe ground) so, as-though (a) rout
γεγενημένης, καὶ ἢ advuia ἦν πολλὴ. Δὲ τῇ
ad-taken-place, and the dejection was great. But on-the

ὑστεραίᾳ οὐδείς μὲν ἀπέϑανε, δ᾽ ἀνεφρόνουν
next-day no-one indeed had-died, but they-‘recovered (their)

ἀμφὶ που τὴν αὕτήν ὥραν" δὲ
‘senses about perhaps the same hour (they lost them); and
τρίτῃ καὶ τετάρτῃ ἀνίσταντο, ὥςπερ Ex
‘on (the) ‘third and fourth (days) they-got-up, as-if from
φαρμαχοποσίας.
taking-physic.

Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύϑησαν δύο σταϑμούς,
Hence indeed they-proceeded two days’-march, (making)

ἑπτὰ παρασάγγας, καὶ ἦλθον ἐπὶ θάλατταν
sea

seven parasangs, and came to (the)

εἰς Τραπεζοῦντα, Ἑλληνίδα πόλιν, οἰχουμένην,

at Trapezus, (a) Greek city, populous,
ἐν τῷ Εὐξείνῳ Πόντῳ, ἀποιχίαν

(and situated) on the Euxine Sea, (being a) colony
Σινωπέων, ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ Κόλχων.

‘of (the) ‘Sinopians, in the _ territory ‘of (the) ‘Colchians
᾿Ενταῦϑα ἔμειναν ἀμφὶ tas ἐριαχόν τα ἡμέρας
There they-remained, about — days
ἐν ταὶς xduai τῶν Κόλχων. Κἀντεῦϑεν ὁρμώ-
in the villages of-the Colchians. And-hence making-

vor ἐληίζοντο τὴν Κολχίδα. Δὲ Τραπεζούντιοι
cursi ~«they-vlundered --- Colchis. And (the) Trapezians

BOOK IV. —CHAPTER VIII. 815

ἴχον ἀγορὰν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ, καὶ τε ἐδέξαντο
provide (a) market for-the camp, and not-only received
τοὺς Ἕλληνας χαὶ ἔδοσαν
the Greeks (hospitably in their city), but-also gave (thom)
ζένια βοῦς καὶ ἄλφιτα
gifts-of-hospitality-and-friendship, (namely) oxen and barley-meal

e ᾿

χαὶ οἷνον. Δὲ χαὶ συνδιεπράττοντο UNE
and wine. And also they-negotiated (with them) for

τῶν πλησίον Κόλχων, μάλιστα τῶν
(and in behalf) of-the neighbouring Colchians, especially “- (those)
οἰχούντων ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ: χαὶ ζένια καὶ ἦλθον
dwelling in the plain; and gifts-of-hospitality also came
παρ᾽ ἐχείνων βόες. Μετὰ τοῦτο δὲ παρεσ-
from them (namely) oxen. After this indeed they-pre-
χευάξοντο τὴν θυσίαν, ἣν εὔξαντο᾽ δ᾽ ἵχανοὶ
pared the sacrifice, which they-had-vowed; and sufficient
Θόες ἤλδον αὐτοῖς ἀποϑῦσαι τῷ Aud τῷ σωτῆρι;
oxen came to-them to-sacrifice ἰὼ --- Jupiter the Preserver,
καὶ τῷ Ἡρακχλεὶ ἡγεμόσυνα, καὶ toils ἄλλοις θεοὶς
and to— Hercules for-safe-conduct, and to-the other gods
ἃ evfavto. Δὲ xai ἐποίησαν γυμνικὸν
(that) which they-had-vowed. And also they-made (a) gymnastic
ἀγῶνα, ἐν τῷ ὄρει, ἔνθαπερ ἐσχήνουν. Δ᾽ εἵλοντο
contest, on the hill, where they-were-encamped. And they-chose

Δραχόντιον Σπαρτιάτην (ὃς ἔφυγε οἴἶχοϑεν

Dracontius (the) Spartan (who became-an-exile from-home
ὧν παὶς, ἄχων xataxtavdy παῖδα,
being (a) boy, (he) unwillingly killing (a) boy,
πατάξας ξυήλῃ) τ᾽ ἐπιμεληϑῆναι

having-struck (him) ‘with(a)'dagger) not-only to-take-‘care (to pro-
δρόμου, καὶ προστατῆσαι τοῦ ἀγῶνος.

vide) ‘for (a) ‘race, but-also to-preside-over the contest
"Exedy δὲ ἢ θυσία ἐγένετο,
(and games). When indeed (6 aacrifice was (performed),

παρέδοσαν τὰ δέρματα τῷ Δρακοντίω, καὶ ἐχέλευον
chey-gave the skins to— Dracontius, and they requested

316 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἡγεῖσϑα. ὅπου πεποιηχὼς ely, τὸ»
(him) to-lead (to the place) where he-may-have-made the
δρόμον. Ὃ δὲ δείξας, πε
eourse. — But (he) having-pointed (to the place), whers

ἐτύγχανον ἑστηχότες, ἔφη, ὁ οὗτος λόφος
they-happened (to be) standing, said, — this hill (is)
κάλλιστος τρέχειν ὅπου τις ἂν βού.
most-excellent for-running (in) whatever-direction any-one may de-
ληται. Πῶς οὖν, ἔφασαν, δυνήσονται πί-
sire. (But) how then, said-they, will-they-be-able ἴο-
Aaiew ἐν οὕτως σχληρῷ καὶ dacet;
wrestle in (aplace) so hard and _ bushy (and rough)?
ὁ δ᾽, εἶπε, O καταπεσών, ἀνιάσεται τι
— but (he), said-he, who baving-fallen, will-be-distressed some (what)
μᾶλλόν. Δὲ παῖδες μὲν, οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν
the-more. And boys indeed, the most (of them) —
αἰχμαλώτων, ἠγωνίζοντο στάδιον,
(from those) taken-prisoners, contended (in the) sta lium
δὲ δόλιχον πλείους ἢ
(or short course), and (in the) dolichon (or long course) more thar
ἑξήχοντα Korres ἔϑεον, δὲ ἕτεροι πάλην
sixty Cretans ran, and others (contended in) wres ling
καὶ πυγμὴν χαὶ παγχράτιον. Καὶ ἐγένετο
and boxing and (the) pancratium. And it-was (a)
καλὴ θέα" yap πολλοὶ κατέθησαν,
fine sight; | for many went-down, _[.ntered the lista,]
καὶ, ἅτε τῶν ἑταίρων θεωμένω;", ἐγίγνετο
and, as — (their) companions were-looking-un, there- was
πολλὴ idoverxia. Δὲ xal ἵπποι ἔϑεον" xai
much emulation. And also horses ran ; and
ἔδει αὐτούς, ἔλάσαντας χατὰ τοῦ nparods,
it-was-necessary for-them, having-galloped along-down thy steep,
ἀναστρέψαντας ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ, πάλι
[88ἃ) having-turned-round in the sea, again
ἄγεν ἄνω πρὸς τὸν βωμὸν. Καὶ μὲν
-~lead-back upwards to the altar. And indoed ‘going!

BOOK IV.-—CHAPTEB VIII. 817

κάτω οἱ πολλοὶ ἐχυλινδοῦτο᾽ δ᾽
dowuwards — many (of the horses) rolled (down); bus
ἄνω πρὸς τὸ ἰσχυρῶς ὄρϑιον, ot
(going) upwards against the exceedingly steep (ground), the
ἵπποι μόλις ἐπορεύοντο βάδην᾽ ἔνϑα
horses scarcely proceeded oo (walking) ; thes
ἐγίγνετο πολλὴ κραυγὴ καὶ γέλως, καὶ παραχέ:
there-was much ante Al and laughter, and
λευσις αὐτῶν.

me from-them.

818 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON

BOOK ΚΓ.

CHAPTER 1

Ὅσα μὲν δὴ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔπραξαν ἐν τῇ

Waat indeed ---ὀ the Greeks did in the
ἀναθάσει τῇ μετὰ Κύρου, καὶ ὅσα
march-upwards, in — (that, namely,) with Cyrus, and what/tbey did)
ἐν TY πορείᾳ τῇ μέχρι ἐπὶ θάλωτταν
in the journey, “--- (that, namely,) just to (the) 868

τὴν ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ Εὐξείνῳ, χαὶ
|the in the Pontus Exinus, (namely, the Euxine Sea,] and
Gs ἀφίκοντο εἰς Τραπεζοῦντα Ἑλληνίδα πόλιν,
how they-arrived at Trebisond (a) Greek city,
xal ὡς ἀπέϑυσαν ἃ εὔξαντο θύσειν
and how they-oifered-the-sacrifice which they-had-vowed to-sacrifice ‘for
σωτήρια, ἔνϑα πρῶτον ἀφίχοιντο εἰς φιλίαν
{thoir) ‘safety, when first they-should-arrive at (a) friendly
ἦν, δεδήλωται ἐν τῷ πρόσϑεν λόγῳ.

country, (all this) has-been-declared in the precoding discuurse.

Ἐχ τούτο δὲ ξυνελϑόντες ebovAevovto περὶ

Upon this indeed coming-together they-deliberated concerning
τῆς λοιπῆς πορείας. δὲ ᾿Αντιλέωϊ
the remaining (part of the) journey; and Antileon = (the)
Θούριος ἀνέστη πρῶτος, καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε" ᾿Εγὼ μὲ»
Thurian stood-up first, and spoke thus: I indeed

τοίνυν, ἔφη, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἤδη ἀπείρηκα

therefore, said-he, 0 men, have-'become naw ‘tired

ἕ 4 δί ‘ A ‘
& 9
υσχευαζόμενος, καὶ βαδίζων, καὶ τρέχων, καὶ
packing-up, and walkizg, and running, and

BOOK V. — CHAPTER I. 819

Φέρων τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ ἰών ἐν τάξει, xal
sarrying — (my) arms, and going(drawn-up)in order, and
φυλάττων φυλαχάς, χαὶ μαχόμενος"
{ guarding guard, (standing guard,} and fighting;
ἐπιδυμω ἤδη δὲ, ἐπεὶ ἔχομεν θάλατταν,

I-desiro now indeed, since we-have (attained the) sea,

παυσάμενος τούτων τῶν πόνων, πλεῖν τὸ
having-rested from-these — (our) toils, to-sail the

λοιτὸν, xal ἐχταϑεὶς, ὥςπερ ᾿Οδυσσεύς,

remainder (of the way), and __stretched-out, like Ulysses,

xadevday ἀφιχέσθαι eis τὴν Ἑλλάδα. Οἱ στρα-

sleeping to-arrive in Greece. The sol-

TOTAL ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα ἀνεϑορύθησαν

diers hearing these (things) loudly-applauded (him)

ὡς λέγοι εὖ" xai ἄλλος ἔλεγε ταὐτὰ,

as (one who) spuke well; and another said these (same
χαὶ πάντες οἱ ντες.

things), and all — (those) being-present (said the same).

Ἔπειτα δὲ Χειρίσοφος ἀνέστη καὶ εἶπεν ὧδε᾽
Then indeed Cheirisophus rose-up and _ spoke thus:

2 ἄνδρες, ᾿Αναξίδιος ἔστιν φίλος μοι,

men, Anaxibius | is (a) friend to-me, [is my friend,]

δὲ χαὶ T υγχάνει ναυαρχῶν. Ἢν οὖν πέμψητέ
and also happeued-to-be commanding-a-fleet. If therefore you-will-send

με, οἴομαι ἂν ἐλϑεὶν ἔχων χαὶ τριήρεις καὶ
me, I-think — to-come (back) huving both gulleys and
πλοῖα TH ἄξοντα ἡμᾶς"

transports | (for) the (hereafter) carrying us; [to transport us home ;]
δὲ ὑμεὶς, εἴπερ βούλεσϑε πλεῖν, περιμένετε, ἔστ᾽

and = you, since you-desire to-sail, stay-here, uti)

ἐγὸ ἂν ἔλϑω᾽ ζξω δὲ ταχέως. Oi

may come (back); I-will-come indeed speedily. The

στρατιῶται ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα ἤσϑησάν TE
soldiers hearing these (things) were-delighted —

καὶ ἐψηφίσαντο αὐτὸν πλεῖν ὡς τάχιστα.
and voted (for) him to-sail as speedily-as-possible

820 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

Μετὰ τοῦτον Ξενοφῶν ἀνέστη καὶ ἔλεξεν
After this (one) Xenophon’ stood-up and spoke
ὧδε" Χειρίσοφος μὲν δὴ στέλλεται ἐπὶ πλοῖα,
thus: Cheirisophus indeed — is-sent after ships,
δὲ ἡμεῖς ἀναμενοῦμεν. Ὅσα οὖν δοχεὶ μοι εἶναι
and we will-remain-here. What therefore it-seems to-me to-be

καιρὸς ποιεῖν ἐν TY μονῇ, ταῦτα Epa.
proper to-do in —/(our) = atay, that I-will-tell (you).

Πρῶτον μν = Sel τὰ ἐπιτήδεια πορίζεσθαι
First indeed it-is-necessary — (for) provisions to-be-procured
ἐκ τῆς πολεμίας " γὰρ ἔστιν οὔτε ἱχανή
from the enemy ; for there-is neither (a) sufficiently-abundant
ἀγορὰ, οὔτε εὐπορία ὠνησόμεϑα
market, nor (have we the) means (with which) we-shall-buy
ὅτου, εἶ μὴ τισίν ὀλίγοις) ἢ χώρα dé

anything, unless some few ; the country indeed (around us is)

πολεμία" οὖν κίνδυνος πολλοὺς
hostile (to us); therefore (there is) danger (that) many
ἀπόλλυσθαι, ἦν πορεύησϑε ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια
may-perish, if | you-proceed-out for -- provisions
ἀμελῶς τε καὶ apvadxtws. Αλλά δοχεὶ μοι
carelessly — and unguardedly. But it-seems to-me

λαμθάνειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια σὺν προνομαὶς,
(that we ought) ἰο-ἴακο — ‘provisions with foraging-parties,

δὲ μὴ πλανᾶσϑαι ἄλλως, ὡς σώζησϑε,

and not to-wander-about at-random, in-order-that you-may-preserve (ycar

δ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τούτων.
Aves), and (that) we (your officers) should-regulate these (things).
"Εδοξε ταῦτα. "Eri

[t-seemed-well (respecting) these (things, and they were adopted). And-now
τοίνυν dxovoate καὶ τάδε. Tap tives ὑμῶν

therefore listen also _—to-this. For-as some of-you
9 , 9. “ Ξ ¥ zy g

ἐχπορεύσονται ἔπὶ λείαν᾽ OlouaL οὗν εἰναι
will-proceed-out to plunder; I-think therefore (it) to-be

βέλτιστον εἰπεῖν μὲν τὸν μέλλοντα ἐξιέναι,
bes to-tell us (of) the intending to-go-out

BOOK V — CHAPTER I. 82)

δὲ καὶ φράζειν ὅποι, ἵνα χαὶ εἰδῶμεν
and also sora where (or in what direction), that even we-may-know
τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἐξιόντων χαὶ τῶν μενόντων,
the multitude of — (those) going-out and of — (those) remaining,
καὶ ἔξυμπαρασκχευάζωμεν ἐάν τι δέῃ,
and (that) we-may-prepare-together if anything should-be-required,
χἂν =f καιρὸς βοηθῆσαι τισι, εἰδῶμεν

and-if there-be occasion (that we) may-help any, (and) know

ὅποι δεήσει βοηϑεὶῖν, καὶ ἐάν τις TOY ἀπει-
where it-will-be-necessary to-help, and if any-one of-the more-
porepay ἐγχειρῇ σοι, ξυμδουλεύω-
experienced may-undertake (anything) anywhere, we-may-coneult-to-

249

μεν πειρώμενοι εἰδέναι THY δύναμιν ἐφ

gether endeavouring to-know the strength (of the enemy) against

ots ἂν ἴωσι. Καὶ ταῦτα ἔδοξε.

whom ‘they may ‘go. And these (things) seemed-good, (and
Δὲ καὶ ἐννοεῖτε πόδε, ἔφη.

were agreed to). And also consider this, said-he. (Thera is)

Σ χολὴ τοὶς πολεμίοις ληίζεσϑαι, χαὶ δικαίως

leisure to-the enemy te-rob (us), and jratly

ἐπιδουλεύουσιν ἡμὶν, yao ἔχομεν τὰ ἐχείνον"

do-they-conspire-against us, |for we-have the (things) of-them;
? e /

ὃ ὑπερχάϑην-

{for we have their property ;] and (moreover) they-are-placed-on-heights-

ται ἡμῶν. An δοκεῖ μοι δεῖν εἶναι φύλακας

above us. Indeed it-seems to-me there-ought to-be sentinels
περὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον" ἐὰν οὖν μερισϑέντες κατὰ
round the camp ; if therefore being-divided inte

μέρος φυλάττομεν χαὶ σχοπῶμεν, ἧττον ἂν οἱ
e-guard

and keep-a-look-out, the-less may — (our)

re δύναιντο Oy θηρᾶν ἡμᾶς. "Ett τοίνυν
enemies be-able us (down). Moreover therefore
ὁρᾶτε τάδε. Ei μὲν ἡπιστάμεθα σαφῶς, ὅτι
eonsiler this. If indeed we-knew certainly, tbat
Χειρίσοφος ἥξει ἄγων ixava πλοῖα,

cial will-eome (back) bringing (a) sufficient (number of ) stipe

B22 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἂν οὐδὲν ἔδει ὧν μέλλω λέγειν δὲ νῦν
‘there would ‘be πο ‘need of-what I-am-about to-say; ut now

ἐπεὶ tutto ἄδηλον, δοχεὶ μοι TEL

since this (is) uncertain, it-seems to-me (that we ought) to-en-

ρᾶσϑαι συμπαρασχευάζειν πλοῖα καὶ αὐτόθεν.

deavour to-provide-and-bring-together ships even here.
e

Tap ἤν μὲν EAS 4, ὑπαρχόντων

For if indeed he-should-come (back with ships, vessels) being- provided
ἐνθάδε, πλευσούμεϑα ἐν ἀφϑονωτέροις.

here, we-shall-sail in (a) greater-abundance (of ships).

3 ‘ ὃ A ‘( » ᾽ ~

Ἐὰν δὲ un ayn, χρησόμεθα τοὶς
If indeed he-'should not ‘bring (any), we-will-make-use of — (those)
ἐνθάδε. “Eya δὲ ὁρῶ πλοῖα πολλάκις παραπλέ-
here. I indeed see vessels frequently sailing
οντα εἶ οὖν αἰτησάμενοι παρὰ Τραπεζουντίων
by ; if therefore we-should-be-asking from the-peoplo-of-Trebisond

xa πλοῖα; χατάγοιμεν
| long ships, [ships of war,}] we-might-bring-into-port (those vessels

xai φυλάττοιμεν αὑτά παραλυόμενοι τὰ

sailing by), and might-guard them | loosening the
πηδάλια, ἕως ἱχανὰ ἄν
rudders, {unshipping the rudders,] until (a) sufficient (number) may

EVNTOL τὰ ἄξοντα, ἂν ἴσως

-got (for) the ‘carrying (of us) ‘hereafter, 'we may probably
οὐχ ἀπορήσαιμεν κομιδῆς οἵας δεόμεϑα. Kai
not "have-failed ‘of (a) ‘conveyance such-as we-seek. And
ταῦτα ἔδοξε. Ἐννοήσατε δ᾽, ἔφη,
these (suggestions) were-approved. Think also, said-he,
ei εἰχὸς καὶ τρέφειν ἀπὸ τοῦ κοινοῦ,
if (it will not be) proper even to-support from the common (stock),
οὗς ἂν χατάγωμεν, ὅσον χρόνον ἂν
those-whom ‘we may ‘briug-in, so-‘long (a) time ‘as ‘they may
μένωσι ἕνεκεν ἡμῶν, χαὶ ἔξυνϑέσϑαι

main on-account of-us, and to-muke-an-agreemont (with them

ναῦλον, ὅπως ὠφελούντες
about the) passage-money, so-that benefitting (us) they-(mav

300K V.—CHAPTER I. 823

maul ὠφελῶνται. Kai ταῦτα ἔδοξε.
ak'o ‘benefit (themselves). And these (things) sec med-good

Δοχεῖ μοι ποίνυν, ἔφη, ἢν ἄρα xal ταῦτα
It-seems to-me therefore, said-he, if perhaps even these (things)

un ἐχπεραίνηται, ὥςτε πλοῖα, ἀρχεῖν,

‘do not ‘result, so-that vessels be-sufficient (fcr us),

ἐντείλασθαι ταὶς πόλεσιν οἰκουμέναις παρὰ
(it is) to-be-enjoined to-the cities situated along (the)
θάλατταν ὁδοποιεῖν τὰς ὁδοὺς, ἃς ἀχούομεν εἶναι
868 to-repair the roads, which we-hear to-be
δυςπόρους᾽ γὰρ πείσονται, χαὶ διὰ τὸ
difficult-to-pass-through ; for they-will-obey, both |through the
ob cioSat, xai διὰ τὸ βούλεσϑαι

~0-fear, (through fear,] and through the _—to-desire [and througk

ἀπαλλαγῆναι ἡμῶν.

the desire] to-get-rid of-us.
᾿Ἐνταῦϑα δὲ ἀνέχραγον, ὡς δέοι οὐ
Then indeed they-exclaimed, that there-ought not
δδοισπορεὶν. Δὲ ὁ ὡς ἔγνω τὴν
so-be-travelling-by-land. But - (Xenophon) 88 he-perceived the
ἀφροσύνην αὐτῶν, οὐδέν μὲν ἐπε-
want-of-reason of-them, ‘put nothing indeed (respecting roads) ‘to-

ψήφισε, δὲ ἔπεισε τὰς πόλεις ὁδοποιεῖν
vote, but he-persuaded the towns _to-make-the-roads

ἐχούσας, λέγων ὅτι θᾶττον ἀπαλλάξον.-
of-their-own-free-will, saying that the-more-speedily they-would-be-

ται, ἣν at odot γένωνται εὔποροι.
freed-from (the Greeks), if the roads became passable,

Δέ καὶ ἔλαθον πεντηχόντορον napa τῶν Τρασε-
And also they-obtained (a) fifty-oared-galley from the people-of-

ζουντίων, énéotroav Δέξιππον Adxuava
Trebisond, over-which they-placed Dexippus (a) Lacedemonian

3 ~
περίοικον. Οὗτος, ἀμελήσας τοῦ ζυλλέγειν
provincial. This (person), having-neglected (the) to-cullect
πλοῖα, ἀποδρὰς @yeto Ew τοῦ Πόντου, ἔχων
vessels, having-fled he-departed out of-the (Euxine) Sea, having

824 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

τὴ, ναῦν. Οὗτος μὲν οὖν ὕστερον ἔπαϑε
the vessel, This (person) indeed therefore afterwards suffered

δίχαια " ap ἐν Θρᾷάχῃ παρὰ
just (punishment) ; Vor in daly 2 ἤπ (the court of )

, « 9 lA € a
LEVIN, πολυπραγμονῶν τι, ἀπέϑανεν υπὸ
Seuthes, meddling-with something, he-died by (the

Nixdvdpov τοῦ Λάχωνος. Δὲ χαὶ
nands of; Nicander the Lacedemonian. And (the Greeks) also

FAabov τριαχόντορον, 9 ἘΠολυχράτης

received (a) thirty-oared-galley, over-which Polycrates (the)

ASnvalos ἐπεστάϑη, ὃς κατῆγε πλοῖα ὁπόσα

Athenian was-placed, who brought-in (the) vessels as-many-as

λαμθάνοι ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. Καὶ
he-could-capture (to the shore) before the camp. And

μὲν ἐξαιρούμενοι τὰ ἀγώγιμα, si ἦγον τι,
indeed takiag-out the cargoes, if they-brought any,
χαϑίστασαν φύλακας, ὅπως εἴη σῶα,
they-'placed guards ‘over (them), so-that they-might-be safe,
δὲ χρήσαιντο τοῖς πλοίοις εἰς γωγήν.
and = they-used the vesgels for (their) conveyance.
Ἐν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτα ἣν, οἱ Ἕλληνες
During (the time) that — these (things) were, the Greeks
ἐξήεσαν ἐπὶ λείαν" καὶ μὲν ot ἐἔλάμθανον,
went-out after plunder; and indeed — (some) took (plunder),
δὲ χαὶ οἱ οὔ. Δὲ Κλεαίνετος ἐξαγωγὼν
but also --- (others did) not. But Clesonetus leadin, -out
χαὶ τὸν λόχον ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἄλλον ὁς
both the company of-himself and another (one) against (a)
χαλεπὸν χωρίον, τε αὐτός ἀπέϑανε καὶ πολλοὶ
difficult place, not-only himself lost-his-life, but-also many
ἄλλοι τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ.

others of — (those) with hin-

BOOK V. — CHAPTER It. 825

CHAPTER {I

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦν ovxeti λαμϑάνειν τὰ ἐπι-
Waen indeed it-was no-longer (possible) to-take — plo

τήδεια, ὥςτε ἀπαυϑημερίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον.

visions, 80-85 pases cal lap cd to cay,

Ex τούτου Ἐενοφῶν, λαθὼν ΕΓ
jon this [then] Xenophon, having-taken (as) guides (some)

τῶν Τραπεζουντίων, ἐξάγει τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ
of-the pevuple-of-Trebisond, led-out the half of-the
στρατεύματος εἰς Δρίλας, δὲ τὸ ἥμισυ

against (the) rile, but the (other) half

a φυλάττειν τὸ στρατόπεδον' γὰρ οἱ
he-left to-guard the camp; for

Κόλχοι ἅτε éxnentuxdtes τῶν οἰκιῶν, ἦσαν
Colchians as having-beon-driven-out from — (their) houses, were

G.S)d00 πολλοὶ, καὶ ὑπερεκάϑηντο ἐπὶ
sali ied ase (in) great (numbers), and were-posted on

τῶν ἄχρων. Δὲ οἱ Τραπεζούντιοι οὐχ ἦγον
the heights. But the people-of-Trebisond ‘did not ‘lead

ὁπόωεν μὲν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἦν ῥᾷδιον

(them to places) whence --- - provisions were easy
λαδεῖν" yap ἦσαν φίλοι αὑτοῖς"
(ο-ἰακο; for (the people inhabiting them) were friends to-themselves ;
δὲ προθύμως ἦγον εἰς τοὺς Δρίλας, ὑφ᾽ ὧν
but eagerly ed (them) to rile, | from whom
ἔπασχον xaxiss, εἰς χωρία τε

they-suffered evil, [who had injured them,] into (a) country not-only
Spevva, καὶ δύςθατα, χαὶ πολεμικωτάτους

mountainous, but-also difficult-of-access, and (among) e-most-warlike
ἀνθρώπους τῶν ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ.
people of — (those) on the Pontus (Euxinus).

Ἐπεὶ δὲ of Ἕλληνες ἦσαν ἄνω ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ,
When indeed the Greeks were up in the country,

826 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ὁποῖα τῶν χωρίον ἐδόκει tolg Δρίλαις elias
‘such of the places ‘as it-seemed to-the rilze to-be
ἁλώσιμα, ἐμπιπράντες ἀπήεσαν᾽ καὶ

easy-to-be-taken, having-set-tire (to such places) they-retreated; and

nv οὐδὲν λαμθάνειν, ei un bs, ἢ Bots, ἢ τι

thore-was nothing to-take, unless swine, or oxen, or any
ἀλλο κτῆνος διαπεφευγός τὸ πῦρ. Δὲ ἦν ἕν
other cattle having-escaped-from the fire. | But there-was one

χωρίον μητρόπολις αὐτῶν᾽

place (the) metrupolis of-them; [but there was one place that
εἰς τοῦτο πάντες Evveppunxecar.
was their metropolis;] to this all ucked-together.
Δὲ περὶ τοῦτο ἦν ἰσχυρῶς βαϑεῖα
And round this (place) there-was (an) exceedingly deep
χαράδρα, καὶ πρόσοδοι πρὸς τὸ χωρίον
ravine, and (the) accesses to the country (were)
χαλεπαὶ. Οἱ πελτασταὶ δὲ, προδραμόντες τῶν
difficult. The _targeteers however, having-run-before the
ὁπλιτῶν πέντε ἢ ἕξ στάδια, διαθάντες τὴν

heavy-armed-men five or six stadia, having-crossed the

χαράδραν, ὁρῶντες πολλὰ πρόθατα καὶ ἄλλα

ravine, (and) seeing many sheep and other
χρήματα προςέθαλλον πρὸς τὸ χωρίον" δὲ καὶ
things, made-an-attack on the _— place; and alse
πολλοί δορυφόροι, οἱ ἐξωρμημένοι ἐπὶ τὰ ἔπι-
many epear-men, —(those) having-gone-out for -—— pro-
THOELA ξυνείποντο" ὥςτε ob διαθάντες

visions fullowed-with (them); so-that — (those) crossing (che

ἐγένοντο πλείους ἢ διςχιλίους ἀνδρώποις.
ravine) happened-to-be more than two-tpousand ΞΘ
Δὲ ἐπεὶ μαχόμενοι οὐκ ἐδύναντο λαθεὶν
But when fi, bting they-'were not ‘able to. taiie
TO χωρίον (yap καὶ ἦν εὐρεῖα τάφρος
the place (for also there-was (a) broad trench, (it)
ἀναδεθλημένη περὶ αὐτὸ, χαὶ ἐπὶ
having-been-thrown-up around this (place), and (there-were) ““

BOOK V.——CHAPTER IL. 827

τῆς ἀναθολῆς σχόλοπες, χαὶ ξύλιναι τύρσεις
the rampart palisades, and (also) wooden towers
πυχιαὶ πεποιημέναι), δὴ ἐπε-
slose-together having-been-mude) (on the mound or rampart), indced they-
χείρου ἀπιέναι" δὲ οἱ ἐπέχειντο αὐτοὶς.
attempted to-depart; but the (Drile) pressed-upon them.

Δὲ ὡς οὐχ ἐδύναντο ἀποτρέχειν
But (the Greeks), δ they-'were not ‘able to-retreat

(γὰρ ρ n κατάθδασις éx τοῦ χωρίου εἰς τὴν χαράδραν
(for

the passage-down from the place ravine

ἦν ἐφ᾽ ἑνὸς), πέμπουσι πρὸς Ἐενοφῶντα, ὃς
was for one) (only), sent Xenophon, who
ἡγεῖτο τος ὁπλίταις. A’ ὁ ἐλθὼν
led the heavy-armed-men. And the (messenger) having-gone
λέγει, ὅτι χωρίον ἔστι μεστόν πολλὼν
said, that (the) place is full of-many
χρημάτων" οὔτε δυνάμεθα λαδεῖν τοῦτο᾽
things ; nor were-we-able _to-take this (place);
Ὑ 9 - ’ ‘
γὰρ ἔστιν ἰσχυρὸν" οὔτε ἀπελϑεῖν ῥᾷδιον᾽ γὰρ
it-is strong ; or to-retreat easily ;
ἐπεξεληλυϑότες μάχονται, καὶ ἡ ἄφοδος
(the enemy) having-marched-out fight (us), and the way-from
αλεπή.
(it is) © difficult.
᾿Αχούσας ταῦτα ἘΞενοφῶν, προςαγαγὼν
Having-heard these (things) — Xenophon, leading-forward
πρὸς τὴν χαράδραν, ἐχέλευσε μὲν τοὺς
(his men) to the ravine, ordered the
ὑπλίτας θέσϑαι τα ὅπλα. αὐτὸς δὲ,
heavy-armwed-men to-stand — (under) aris; he indeed,
διαθὰς σὺν τοῖς λοχαγοῖς, ἐσχοπεῖτο πότεροι
having-crossed-over with the exptains, considered whethe.

εἴη κρεῖττον ἀπάγειν καὶ τοὺς
it-might-be better to-lend-back also --- (those) ‘having (aJready)

διαθεθγχότας, ἢ καὶ diabibdley τος ὁπλίτας,

erossed-over, or even to-lead-over the heavy-urmed-.men.

828 THE ANABASIS OF XBNOPHON.
ὡς ἄν τοῦ χωρίου ἁλόντος. Tap ἐδόχει μὲν
86 46~—(Eoping) the place being-taken. For it-seemed indeed

τὸ ἀπάγειν οὐχ εἶναι ἄνευ πολλῶν
(the) to-‘lead (the men) ‘back ποὺ to-be (possible) without many

vexoav, 0 ἂν οἵ λοχαγοὶ xai ᾧοντο ἑλεῖν
flea {and — the captains even were-of-opinion to-take

τὸ χωρίον.
the place {and the captains were of the opinion that the place could

Kai ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ξυνεχώρησε, πιστεύσας

be taken}. And — Xenophon yielded, having-confided
e Pee

τοὶς ἱεροῖς" yap οἵ μάντεις ἀποδεδειγμένοι ἦσαν,

in-the sacrifices; for the augurs had-shown,

ὅτι μὲν gota μάχη, δὲ τὸ τέλος τῆς
that indeed there-would-be (a) battle, and (that) the termination of-the

ἐξόδου χαλὸν. Καὶ μὲν ἔπεμπε τοὺς
excursion (would be) favourable. And - he-sent

λοχαγοὺς diab 6 doovras τοὺς
captains | being-about-bringing-over [to bring over] the

ὁπλίτας, δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἔμενεν ἀναχωρίσας ἄπαντας

heavy-armed-men, but he-himself remained having-kept-back

τοὺς πελταστάς, καὶ εἴα οὗδένα Sauk ο-
the targeteers, and allowed none (of them) to-skir-
λίζεσθαι. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ οἱ ὁπλῖται = Fxor,
mish (with the enemy). When indeed the heavy-armed-men came,

ἐχέλευσε ἕχαστον τῶν λοχαγῶν ποιῆσαι τὸν
he-ordered each of-the captains to-form — (his)

λόχον ὡς ἂν οἴηται χράτιστα ἀγωνιεῖσθαι"
company as ‘he might ‘think the-best to-fight (with);

yap οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἦσαν πλησίον ἀλλήλων, al
or

captains were to-one-another, whe

πάντα τὸν χρόνον ἀντεποιοῦντο ἀλλήλοις περὶ
at-all -- times contended = with-one-another aboal
ἀνδραγαϑίας. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐποίουν ταῦτα"

deeds-of-valour. And — (they) indeed did these (things
δ᾽ ὁ παρήγγειλε πᾶσι τοὶς πελτασταὶς ἰέναι
end -- he-ordered all the targeteers 4o-ge

BOOK V.— CHAPTER Il. 82υ

λωμένους, ὡς δεῆσον ἀχοντίζει»

holding -their-javelins-by-the-thong, as it-would-be-necessary to-hur}
ὁπόταν σημήνῃ, χαὶ τοὺς τοξότας ἔπιθε.

whenever he-might-give-the-signal, and the archers to-have.

6AxoSat ἐπὶ ταὶς vevpais, ὡς δεῆσον
placed (the arrows) on the string, 88 it-would-be-necessary

τοξεύειν ὁπόταν σημήνῃ, καὶ τοὺς γυμνῆτα,,
to-shoot whenever he-might-give-the-signal,and the light-armed

ἔχειν τὰς διφϑέρας μεστὰς λίϑων᾽
fallagers) to-have --- (their) bags-made-of-skins full of-stones ;

καὶ ἔπεμψε τοὺς ἐπιτηδείους τούτων
διὰ he-sent — (those) fit to-‘have these (things)

ἐπιμεληϑῆναι. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πάντα παρεσκεύαστο,
*taken-care-of. When indeed all had-been- prepared, _
καὶ οἵ λοχαγοὶ καὶ οἱ ὑπολοχαγοὶ, καὶ oi

and the captains and the lieutenants, and — (those)
ἀξιοῦντες μὴ εἶναι χείρους τούτων, πάντες
esteeming (themselves) not to-be inferior (to) these, all

ἤ y ‘ A 4 ,
παρατ ETAYMEVOL YOAV, XAL μεν δὴ ξυνεώρων
were-drawn-up-in-order, and indeed truly they-beheld
ἀλλήλους" (yap ἡ τάξις διὰ

one-another ; (for the order (in which they were drawn up), from

τὸ χωρίον ἦν μηνοειδὴς). ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽

(the nature of) the place, was (a) crescent). When indeed
ἐπαιάνισαν, χαὶ ἢ σάλπιγξ ἐφϑέγξατο,
they-had-sung-the-pwan, and the trumpet had-sounded,
ἅμα τε ἡλάλαξαν τῷ ᾿Ἐνναλίῳ, καὶ
at-the-same-time also they-raised-the-war-cry to — Enyalius, and
οἱ ὁπλῖται ἔϑεον δρόμῳ᾽ χαὶ τὰ
the heavy-armed-men ran, (as) ‘in (a) ‘race, (fast); and the
βέλη ἐφέρετο ὁμοῦ λόγχαι, τοξεύματα
missiles were-thrown together, (namely,) lances, arrows,
σφενδόναι, δὲ πλεῖστοι λίϑοι ἐχ τῶν
balls-and-stones-from-slings, and many stones from the

χεϊρῶν - δὲ ἦσαν οἱ καὶ προςέφερον πῦρ.

and there-were (some) who even

880 THE ANABASIS OF ΧΕΝΌΡΗΟΝ.

Ὑπὸ δὲ πλέϑους τῶ; BEAD?
(at the place). On-account therefore ‘of (the) ‘multitude of-the missiles
of πολέμιοι ἔλιπον τε τὰ σταυρώματα καὶ τὰς
the enemy deserted not-only the palisades but-also the
τύρσεις᾽ ὥςτε ᾿Αγασίας Στυμφάλιος καὶ Φι-
towers ; so-that Agasias (the) Stymphalian and Phi-
λόξενος ἘΠελληνεύς, χαταϑέμενοι ra ὅπλα

loxenus ‘the) Pellenian, having-put-down — (their) arms,

ἀνεύησαν ἐν χιτῶνι μόνον, καὶ ἄλλος
moupted (the rampart) in (their) tunics only, and one
εἷλχε ἄλλον, χαὶ ἄλλος dvabebyxer, χαὶ, ὡς
drew-up another, and another climbed-up, and, as
297 \ , ξ , ‘ \ ε ‘
ἐδόχει, τὸ χωρίον nAdxe. Kai μὲν οἱ πελτασταὶ
it-appears the place was-taken. And — the targeteers
καὶ οἱ ψιλοὶ εἰςδραλόντες ἥρπαζον 6 τι ἕχαστος
and the light-armed-men running-in took whatever each-one
ἐδύνατο᾽ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν δὲ στὰς κατὰ τὰς πύλας
could ; — Xenophon indeed standing at the gates
χατεχώλευε ἔξω ὁπόσους ἐδύνατο τῶν ὁπλιτῶν"
detained without as-many-as he-could of-the heavy-armed-men ;
yap ἄλλοι πολέμιοι ἐφαίνοντο ἐπὶ τισὶν ἰσχυροὶς
for other enemies appeared on some strong
ἄχροις. Μεταξὺ δὲ οὐ πολλοῦ χρόνου
heights. In-the-mean-while, indeed no long time
’ 9 4 » 3 e
foe EYLYVETO TE xPavy7y ἔνδον, χαι οἱ
ving-occurred, there-was — (a) noise within, and the
ἔφευγον ot μὲν καὶ ἔχοντες ἃ ἔλαθον,
,men) fled, —(some)indeed even having what they-had-taken,
τάχα δὲ τις καὶ τετρωμένος" χαὶ ἦν πολὺς
presently also some even wounded ; and there-was mueb
ὠϑισμὸς ἀμφὶ τὰ θύρετρα. Καὶ οἱ
crowding-and-pressing about the gates. And — (these)
ἐχπίπιτοντες ἐρωτώμενοι ἔλεγον, ὅτι ἄχρα τέ
ushing-out being-questioned said, that a) citadel indeed

BOOK V.— CHAPTER ND. 881

ἐστιν ἔνδον, xai πολλοί οἱ πολέμιοι, Ob ἐχδεδρα.

is within, and many (of) the enemy, who _ sallying-
μηχότες, παίουσι τοὺς avSpdnous ἔνδον.
forth, fell-on the men within.
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐχέλευσε Τολμίδην τὸν κήρυχα
Then (Xenophon) ordered Tolmides the crier

ἀνειπῖὶν τὸν βουλόμενόν Aaubdvev τι
to-proclaim (that) — (those) desiring to-take anything

ἰέναι εἴσω. Kai πολλοὶ ἵεντο εἴσω, xai of
might-go within. And many rushed within, and — (those)

ὠθούμενοι εἴσω νικῶσι τοὺς EXTUMTOVTAL,
pushing (to get) within overcome — (those) pressing-out,

καὶ πάλιν καταχλείουσι τοὺς πολεμίους εἰς
and ‘they again ‘shut-up the enemy in

τὴν ἄχραν. Καὶ μὲν πάντα ἔξω τῆς ἄχρας
the citudel, And indeed all (things) without the citade
δυγρπάσϑη, καὶ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐξεχομίσαντο"

were-seized, and the Greeks ‘curried (them) ‘ous;

δὲ οἱ ὁπλῖται EXevto τὰ ὅπλα, οἵ
and the beavy-armed-men stood — (under) arms, — (some) indeed
περὶ τὰ σταυρώματα, δὲ of κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν
about the palisades, and —/(others) along the road
THY φέρουσαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄχραν. Ὁ Bevo
— (that, namely,) leading to the citadel. -- sJeno-
φῶν δὲ καὶ of λοχαγοὶ ἐσχόπουν, εἰ εἴη
phon indeed and the cuptains began-to-consider, if it-might-be
οἷόν te λαθεῖν τὴν ἄχραν" ya, ἣν οὕτω
possible to-take the citadel ; for (if) it-were 80
σωτηρία ἀσπαλής" ἄλλως δὲ ἐδόχει
(their) safety (would be) sure ; otherwise indeed it-seemed
elvou πάνυ χαλεπὸν dzeASeiv' δὲ τὸ χωρίον
to-be extremely difficult to-retire ; and the place

ἔδοξε αὐτοὶς σχοπουμένοις εἶναι παντάπασιν
scemed to-them (after) having-explored (it) to-be altogether
ἀνάλωτον. *EvtaidSa παρεσχευάζοντο τὴν
unpregnable. Then they-beyan-to-prepare (for) the

882 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἄφοδον, xal ἕχαστοι μὲν διήρουν τυῦς
retreat, and each (of the men) indeed ΜΕ rate the
σταυροὺς τοὺς xad αὑτοὺς, χαὶ ἐξεπέμε
pelisades — (those namely) near themeelves, and they-sent
πολ ΤῸ τους ἀχρείους χαὶ ἔχοντας
out (of the piace) the useless (persons) and (those) having

poptia, καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ὁπλιτῶν: δὲ of

ὑθ μδα also the multitude of-the heavy-armed-men; but the

λοχαγοί κατέλισιον οἷς ἕκαστος
eaptains left (remaining those) in-whom
ἐπίστευεν.
sonfided.

᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἤρξαντο ἀποχωρεῖν, πολλοί

After indeed Pd gsnihdoe to-retreat, many (of the enemy)
emcEéSeov ἔνδοθεν, ἔχοντες γέῤ

sallied-forth from-within (the citadel), having (Persian) shields
καὶ Ady yas, καὶ κνημῖδας καὶ Παφλαγονικά κράνη"

and lances, and greaves and Paphlagonian helmeta ;

καὶ ἄλλοι ἀνέθαινον ἔπὶ τὰς oixias τὰς

διὰ others went-up on the houses — (namely those)

ἔνϑεν καὶ ἔνϑεν τῆς ὁδοῦ φερούσης εἰς

on-this-side and (those) on-that-side of-the way leading

τὴν ἄκραν. “Octe ἦν οὐδὲ ἀσφαλὲς διώχειν

the citadel. So-that it-was not-even safe to-pursue (them)

κατὰ τὰς πύλας τὰς φερούσας εἰς τὴν
the gates — (those namely) leading to

bes Kai yap ἐπεῤῥίπτουν ἄνωθεν μεγάλα

citadel. And indeed they-threw-on (them) from-above

ξύλα, Octe ἦν καὶ χαλεπὸν μένειν καὶ
(logs of) wood, so-that it-was both dangerous to-remain and

ἀπιέναι" xal ἡ νὺξ ἐπιοῦσα ἦν Φούερα. Δὲ
ul Ὸ But

to-retreat ; and the night coming-on it-was
αὐτῶν μαχομένων καὶ ἀπορουμένων τις θεῶν
-hey aghting and perplexed some-one ‘of (the) ‘gods

δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς μηχανὴν σωτηρίας: Γὰρ ἐξαπίνης

gave them (the means of-safe For saddenls

BOOK V.— CHAPTER II. 888
οἰχία τῶν ἐν δεξιᾷ ἀνέλαμψεν, ὅτου
18) house of — (those) on (the) right having-burst-out-in-flames, whoever

ἐνάψαντος. Ὡς δ᾽ αὕτη ξυνέ-
truly (it may be) having-set-fire-to (it), As indeed this (house) fell-

TUNTEY, ἔφευγον οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰχιῶν
wn, (the enemy) fied, — (those namely) from the houses
ἔξ δεξιᾷ. Ὡς δὲ ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν ἔμαϑε τοῦτο
on (the) right. As indeed — Xenophon learned

παρὰ τῆς τύχης, ἐχέλευε χαὶ ἐνάπτειν τὰς
-- fortune, he-ordered(them)also to-set-fire (to) the

οἰχίας ἔν ἀριστερᾷ, al ἦσαν ξύλιναι,

houses on (the) left, which (as) they-were wooden, ‘were
ὥςτε χαι ταχὺ éxaiovto. Οἱ ἔφευγον οὖν καὶ
also even immediately ‘on-fire. - 2 el ἐς therefore even
ἀπὸ τούτων tay οἰχιῶν. Οἱ δὲ μόνοι
from these — (same) houses. — (Those) indeed alone
κατὰ τὸ στόμα δὴ ἔτι ἐλύπουν,

along the front (or direction of the army)trulyany-more annoyed

xai ἧσαν δῆλοι ὅτι ἐπικείσονται ἐν TY
(them), and ἱϊ-πδὲ evident that they-would-fall-on(them)on —

ἐξόδῳ τε καὶ χαταθάσει.

(their) departure and also (on their) descent (from the plain).

Ἐνταῦθα παραγγέλλει φέρειν ξύλα,

Then ‘he (Xenophon) ordered (them) to- Sing wood,

ὅσοι ἐτύγχανον ὄντες ἔξω
(namely) ‘such (men) ‘as happened being without (the reach)

τῶν βελῶν, εἰς τὸ μέσον ἑαυτῶν χαὶ τῶν
of-the missiles, into the middle (between) themselves and the

πολεμίων. Δὲ ἐπεὲ ἦν ἤδη ἱχανὰ

enemy. And when there-was now (a) sufficient (quantity)
evyplay: δὲ xai ἐνῆἥπιτον τὰς οἰχία,,
they-‘set (it) ‘on-fire; and also they-set-fire-to the houses

παρὰ τὸ αὐτὸ ie ὅπως οἱ πολέμιοι ἔχοιεν

along the very palisading, so-that the enemy might-have
φὶ ταῦτα. Οὕτω μόλως

(their mind. wceupied) a these (things). Thus with-difficult

884 THE ANABASIS OF XENOYHON.

ἀπῆλδον ἀπὸ τοῦ χωρίου, ποιχσάμενοι 7p
they-departed frum the place, huving-made (a) fire
9 a e - ‘ - a
ἐν μέσῳ ἑαυτῶν χαὶ τῶν πολεμίων. Kas
im (the) middle (between) themeelves and the enemy. And
πᾶσα ἢ πόλις χατεχαύδη, καὶ αἱ οἰχίαι, καὶ as
8}: the town was-burnt, aud the hvouzes, and the
τύρσεις, καὶ τὰ σταυρώματα, καὶ πάντα
towers, and the palisading, and all (things)
τἄλλα, πλὴν τῆς ἄχρας.
else, except the citadel.
Δὲ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ οἱ “Ἕλληνες ἀπύήεσαν, ἔχοντες
And on-the next-day the Greeks departed, having
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. Δὲ ἐπεὶ ἐφοθοῦντο τὴν κατάθασιν
-- provisions. But 88 they-feared the descent
4 3 ~ 3 vy 4
τὴν εἰς Τραπεζοῦντα, (γὰρ ἦν πρανὴς
--ὀ (namely that) to Trebisond, (for it-was steep
χαὶ στενή,) ἐποιήσαντο γψευδενέδραν. Kai
and narrow, ) they-made (a) false-ambuscade. And (a)
ἀνὴρ Μυσὸς τὸ γένος, καὶ ἔχων τοῦτο τοὔνομα,
man (a) Mysian --- by-birth, and having this same-name
λαθὼν déxa Κρητῶν, ἔμενεν ἐν Aaoio
(Mysus), taking ten retans, he-remained in (a) bushy
χωρίῳ, xai προςεποιεῖτο πειρᾶσθαι Aavddvew
place, and did-as-if to-attempt to-conceal
τοὺς πολεμίους" δ᾽ αἱ πέλται αὐτῶν,
(himself from) the enemy ; and the shields of-them,
οὖσαι yarxai, διεφαίνοντο
being brass, ‘appeared (glittering) ‘through (the bushes)
ἄλλοτε καὶ ἄλλοτε. Ody μὲν οἱ πολέμιοι
from-time — to-time. Therefore indeed the enemy
διορῶντες ταῦτα ἐφοθοῦτο ὡς οὖσαν
perceiving these (things) feared (it) as being (areal,
> 2 1 e 1 5 , ’
ἐνέδραν" δὲ ἡ στρατιὰ ἐν τούτῳ χατέθαινεν
ambuscade; and the army during this (time) descended.
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐδόχει τῷ Μυσῷ ἤ
When indeed it-seemed to-~ Mysus (that the Greeks) now

BOOK V. — CHAPTER II. 835

ὑπεληλυϑεναι ἱχανὸν, ἐσήμηνε φεύγειν ἀνὰ
had-advanoed sufficiently (far), he-gave-the-signal tou-flee with
χράτος ᾿ χαὶ ὃς ἐξαναστὰς φεύγει, καὶ
‘a (their) ‘might; and who getting-up flees, as-also
ut σὺν αὐτῷ. Καὶ μὲν οἱ ἄλλοι Κρῆτες,
— (those) with him. And indeed the other Cretang,
ἐχπεσόντες ἐχ τῆς ὁδοῦ (yap ἔφασαν

departing from the road (for they-said (that they)
dAitxeosa, τῷ δρόμῳ) ἐσώθησαν χυλι»-

were-getting-caught in-the race) saved (themselves) roll-

δούμενοι εἰς ὕλην xata τὰς νάπας. Δὲ
ing-down into (the) woods among the bushy-hulluws. But
ὁ Muods φεύγων κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν, ἐδόα

Mysus fleeing along the road, he-called-out (for them)

βοηϑεῖν" χαὶ ἐδοήϑησαν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀϊέλαθον
to-help (him); and they-helped him, and ‘took

τετρωμένον. Kai ot αὐτοὶ βοηϑήσαντες
(him) ‘off wounded. And — those having-helped (him)

ἀνεχώρουν ἐπὶ πόδα, βαλλόμενοι,

| retreated on foot [retreated slowly step by step] being-thrown-at
καὶ τινες τῶν Κρητῶν ἀντιτοξεύοντες.

(by theenemy), and some of-the Cretans ‘shot
Οὕτως ἀφίχοντο ἐπὶ τὸ ot paténedor.
(their) ‘arrows-in-return. Thus they-arrived at the camp

mares ὄντες σῶοι
εἰ} being safe.

THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHOR.

CHAPTER III.

"Enel δὲ ὁ Χειρίσοφος οὔτε ἧχεν, οὔτε ἦ,
Wuen indeed— Chairisophus neither came, nor were-there
ἱχανὰ πλοῖα, οὔτε ἦν ἔτι Daub de

sufficient vessels, nor was-there any-more (any place where) to-pro-

νειν TH ἐπιτήδεια, ἐδόχει εἷναι ἀπιτέον. Καὶ
cure the provisions, it-seemed to-be necessary-to-depart. And

ἐν évebibacay sis τὰ πλοῖα TE τούς
deed they-'placed on ‘board the vessels not-only — (those)

doSevotyvtas, καὶ τοὺς ὑπὲρ τετταράχοντα
oeing-infirm, but-also — (those) above forty

ἔτη, καὶ παῖδας καὶ γυναῖχας, καὶ

(years οὗ) age, and (the) children and women, and

τῶν σχευῶν ὅσα ἦν μὴ ἀνάγκη ἔχειν"
of-the baggage such-as it-was not necessary to-have (witb them),

καὶ Φιλήσιον καὶ Σοφαίνετον τοὺς πρεσδυτάτους
the

and Philesius and Sopheenetus oldest
τῶν στρατηγῶν εἰςδιδάσαντες, ἐκέλευον ἐπν
of-the gene going-on-board, they-ordered (them) te-

μελεῖσθαι tobtwav’ δὲ of ἄλλοι ἐπορεύοντο ἢ
take-charge of-them; but the others marched-forth; the
ὁδὸς δὲ ὡὁδοπεποιημένη ἦν. Kai πορευόμενοι
road indced having-been-made. And _ proceeding-forts
ἀφιχνοῦνται τριταῖοι εἰς Κερασοῦντα, Ἑλληνίδα

they-arrived (in) three-days at Cerasus, (a) Grecian

πόλιν ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ, ἄποικον Σιωωπέων,
city on (the) sea (coast), (a) oolony ‘of (the) ‘Sinopians,

ἐν τῇ Κολχίδι χώρᾳφ. “Evtaida ἔμειναν déxa

in the Colchian country. Here they-remained ten
ἡμέρας᾽ καὶ ἐγιγνετο ἐξέτασις ἐν «οὶς
days; and there-was (a) review (of those) under --

ὅπλοις xai ἀριϑμός, καὶ ἐγένοντο ὀχταχις χίλιοι

erms and-also (an) enumeration, δὰ there-were eight-thcusand

BOOK V. — CHAPTER [IL 837

«αἱ ἑξαχόσιοι. Οὗτοι ἐσώϑησαν ἐχ τῶν
and = six-hundred. These §_ were-saved out-of — (those at first)

ἀμφὶ τοὺς uv υρίους᾽ δὲ οἱ ἄλλοι ἀπώλοντο τε

about — ten-thousand; and the others had-been-destroyed not-only
ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων, καὶ χιόνος, καὶ εἴ, τις
by the enemy, but-also (by the) snow, and if any
νόσῳ.
by-sickness.
Kai évtaidsa διαλαμδάνουσι τὸ ἀργύριον
And here they-distribute the money
γενόμενον ἀπὸ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων. Καὶ τὴν
got from (the sale) of-the prisoners. And the
δεχάτην, ἣν ἐξεῖλον ᾿Απόλλωνι
tenth (part), which they-took-out (and set apart) for-Apollo

καὶ τῇ ᾿Εφεσίᾳ ᾿Αρτέμιδι, of στρατηγοί διέλα-

and the LEphesian pace the generals took-among-them-

$01, ἕχαστος TO μέρος, φυλάττειν τοὶς
selves, each-one --- (his) part, to-keep (it) for — (these)

Yeoic' δὲ Νέων ὁ ᾿Ασιναΐος ἔλαθε ἀντὶ
godu; and Neon the Asinsian took (the part) in- place

Χειρισόφουι Ἐξενοφῶν οὖν ποιησάμενος

ΗΕ aL Xenophon therefore having-made (and set aside

ἀνάϑημα τὸ μὲν τοῦ ᾿Απόλλωνος,

out of his partan) offering [«- (that) indeed for — Apollo,

dvutisnow εἰς τὸν et τῶν ᾿Αϑηναίων
deposits (it) in the of-the Athenians

ἐν Δελφοῖς, καὶ ἐπέγραψε “al τε ὄνομα αὑτοῦ

in Delphis, and Leilae (on it)the — name of-himeelf

καὶ TO Προξένου, ὃ ὃς ἀπέθανε σὺν Κλεάρχῳ"

ana “--- (that) of-Proxenus, who died with Clearchus ;

yap ἦν ξένος αὐτοῦ. Δὲ τὸ
(Proxenus) was (the) guest-friend of-himself. But the (part)

τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος τῆς ᾿Εφεσίας, ὅτε ἀπήει συν
of — Ephesus, when he-departed with

ἩΒΒΕ ἐχ τῆς ᾿Ασίας εἰς τὴν ὁδόν Βοιωτοὺς,
Agesilaus from -— iato the road (to) Beotia

838 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

καταλείπει παρὰ Μεγαθδύζῳ τῷ vewxdp@ τ
he-left with ἐεγαθυζῳ τῷ ma ον τῆς (temple

᾿Αρτέμιδος, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐδόχει ἰέναι κινδυνεύσων,
of- as he seemed to-go about-incurring-dangor,
4

χαὶ ἐπέστειλεν, ἣν μὲν αὐτὸς σωθῇ, ἀπο-
and enjoined-on (him), if indeed he should-be-saved, te
δοῦναι αὐτῷ" δὲ ἢν πάδῃ τι

return (the money) to-himself; |but if he-suffered any-thing [bus

ἀναϑεῖναι, ποιησάμενοι
if he lost his life] to-dedicate (it), having-made (and set it apart)

τῇ ᾿Ἀρτεμθο ὅτι οἷοιτο χαριεῖσθαι τῇ

for — whatever he-might-think to-be-agreeable to-the
θεῷ. Δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἔφευγε αὐτοῦ
goddess. But when — Xenophon was-in-banishment (and) he

ἤδη χατοιχοῦντος ἐν Σχιλλοῦντι, οἰκισϑέντος
now dwelling in Scillus, having-been-settled near

τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν ὑπὸ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων, Μεγάδ υζος
- Olympia by the Lacedsmonians, egabyzus
ἀφιχνεῖται εἰς “OAvuniay θεωρήσων,
came to Olympia | about-seeing-the-public-games, [for the
καὶ ἀποδίδωσι
purpose of being present at the Olympian games,] and he-returned
ΤῊν παρακαταϑήκην αὐτῷ. Δὲ Ἐενοφῶν λαθών
the deposit to-him. And Xenophon taking (it)
ὠνεϊται χωρίν tH θεῷ, ὅπου ὁ θεός
buys (a) piece-of-land for-the goddess, where the god
ἀνεῖλε. Δὲ ποταμὸς Σελινοῦς
had-‘directed (him) ‘by-a-response. And (the) river Selinus
ἔτυχε ῥέων διὰ μέσου τοῦ χωρίου.
|happened running [ran] through (the) middle of — (this) piece-of-land.
Kai ἐν Ἐφέσῳ δὲ ποταμὸς Σελινοῦς παραῤῥεὶ

Aud in Ephesus also (a) river Selinus rans-by

παρὰ τὸν νεὼν τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος, καὶ δὲ é ἐν ἀμφοτέροι

along the temple of — Diana, and al

ἔνεισι ἰχϑύες καὶ κόγχαι" ἐν δὲ τῷ χωρίῳ
there-are fish δὰ shell-fish; in indeed — (this) piece-o

BOOK V.—.:.HAPTER III. 888
ἐν Σχιλλοῦτι χαὶ θῆραι πάντων,
in Scillus (there are) also hunts of-all (kind., espe-

ὁπόσα ἐστὶν ἀγρευόμενα θηρία. Δὲ καὶ
eially of ) such-as are hunted wild-beasts. And also

ἐποιῆσε βωμὸν καὶ ναὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἀργιρίου,

he-made (an) altar δπά (4) temple with the sacred money,
καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν δὲ ἀεὶ δεχατεύων τὰ
and (for) the rest (of time) also always taking-the-tenth (of ) the
ὡραϊα ἐχ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐποίει θυσίαν τῇ θεῷ"
season’s (produce) from the nd he-made (a) sacrifice to-the goddess;
καὶ πάντες οἱ πολῖται καὶ οἱ πρόςχωροι ἄνδρες
and all the citizens and the neighbouring men

καὶ γυναῖχες μετεῖχον τῆς ἑορτῆς.
and women participated (in) the _ festival (following the saori-
Δὲ ἡ θεὸς παρεῖχε tois σχηνῶσιν
fice), And the goddess supplied — (those who) might-be-encampej
ἄλφιτα, ἄρτους, οἷνον, τραγήματα, καὶ
{with) barley-meal, bread, wine, sweatmeats, and (a)
λάχος τῶν θυομένων and τῆς ἱερᾶς νομῆς, καὶ
share of-the victims from the sacred pastures, and
τῶν θερευομένων δὲ Tap καὶ τε ot παῖδες
of — (those) hunted also. For 8180 not-only the sons
Ἑξενοφῶντος ἐποιοῦντο θήραν εἰς τὴν ἑορτὴν,
οὖ- Xenophon made (a) hunt for the festival,
καὶ οἱ τῶν ἄλλων πολιτῶν οἱ ἄνδρες
but-also — (those) of-the other citizens ; — <those) mer

δὲ βουλόμενοι καὶ ξυνεϑήρων᾽ χαὶ ἧλίσ-
namely desiring (it) also hunted-with (them); and there

KETO τὰ μέν ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἱεροῦ
were-caught — (partly) indeed from this the (same) sacred
χώρου, δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐχ τῆς Φολόης, σύες χαὶ
plaze, ana also — (partly) from — Pholoé, boars and
δορχάδες χαὶ ἔλαφοι. Δὲ ἢ χώρα
antelopes and deer. And —(this sacred) piece-of-land
ἔστιν ἡ πορεύονται ἐκ Λαχεδαίμονος εἷς

ls (on the road) by-which they-go from Lacedsmoa te

340 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

‘OAvuniav, ὡς εἴχοσι στάδιοι ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ

Olympia, about thirty stadia from the ssi ef. Jupiter
ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ. Ἔνι δ᾽ ἐν τῷ ᾧ χώρῳ
in Olympia. There-are-within also in — (this) heft

χαι λειμὼν καὶ ἄλση καὶ ὄρη μεστά δένδρων,
alse meadows and groves and ἢ of- trees,

ἱκανὰ τ τρέφειν καὶ σῦς καὶ αἷγας καὶ βοῦς καὶ

adapted to-breeding as-well swine as goats and oxen and
ἵππους, ὥςτε καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια, τῶν ἰόντων
horses, so-that also the cattle, —(of rose) going
εἰς THY ἑορτὴν, εὐωχεῖσθαι. Ae περὶ τὸ

ἴο the festival, are-well-supplied-with-food. And round

ναὸν αὐτὸν ἔφυτεύϑη ἄλσος ἡμέρων stg
temple itself is-planted (a) grove of-cultivated

ὅσα ἐστὶ τρωχτὰ apaia. δ᾽ ὁ
(bearing) ‘such (fruits) ‘as are eatable in-different-seasons. And the
vads εἴχασται τῷ ἐν "Edéog ὡς ικρὶ

temple is-like to— (that) in Ephesus (in) as (far as δ) ie eed

μεγάλῳ, καὶ τὸ ξόανον
large (one), διὰ the statue
e

ἔοικεν τῷ ἐν Ἐφέσῳ, ὡς χυπία»
is-like ἰο -- (that) in Ephesus, (in) as (much as) ‘one (being) ᾿οἵ-

(one may be compared) ‘with (a)

ρίττινον ὄντι χρυσθῷΏ Καὶ στήλη
cypress (is like to one) being of-gold. And (a, pillar
ἔστ παρὰ τὸν ναό υσ T
ce near Aug βαδία vas (this) ypaqquaro.:
0 ΧΩΡΟΣ ΙΕΡῸΣ ΤΗΣ APTEMIAOS.
— (This) ground (is) sacred (to) Diana.
AE TON EXONTA KAI KAPITOTYMENON
And — (he) possessing (it) and ‘gathering
KATAOTEIN EKASTOYT ante
the) ‘fruit (thereof ) is-to-offer-in-sacrifice each
ΤΗΝ MEN AEKATHN. AE EK
tenth (part of this produce). And from

ΤΟΥ ΠΕΡΙΤΤΟΥ͂ ΕΠΙΣΚΕΥΑΖΕΙΝ TON N AON.

residue to-keep-in-repair

BOOK V.— CHAPTER IV. 841

AN ΤΙΣ AE ΜῊ ΠΟΙΗ͂Ι TAYTA

If any-one indeed ‘should not ‘perform

MEAHSEI THI OEQI.

(esnditions) it-will-be-a-care to-the goddess (to ren ember it)

CHAPTER IV.

Ἔχ Κερασοῦντος δὲ οἵ καὶ πρόσϑεν

From — those-who (had) even

ἐχομίζοντο μὲν κατὰ θάλατταν,
(been on board) ‘were (again) ‘carried — »by sea,

δὲ of ἄλλοι ἐπορεύοντο κατὰ γῆν. Δὲ ἐπεὶ ἦσαν

but the rest proceeded by land. But when they-were

ἐπὶ τοὶς ὁρίοις Μοσσυνοίχων, πέμπουσιν εἰς
on the confines ‘of (the) *Mossynesci, they-send to

αὐτοὺς Τιμησίϑεον τὸν Τραπεζούντιον, ὄντα
them Timesitheus the Trapesian, being (the)

πρόξενον τῶν Μοσσυνοίχων, ἐρωτῶντες
public-friend-and-entertainer of-the Mossyneeci, inquiring

πότερον εύσονται τῆς χώρας ὡς διὰ
whether they-might-proceed-through — (their) country as through

φιλίας, ἢ ὡς διὰ πολεμίας Δὲ οἱ
(a) friendly (one), or δὲ through (an) inimical (one), And —

εἶπον ὅτι οὐ διήσοιεν, ὰ
they-said that they-‘would not tallow (them) ‘to-pass-through, for
ἐπίστευον τοῖς χωρίοι. Ἐντεῦθεν ὁ Try:
they-trusted — (their) strong-places. Then — Time.
σίϑεος ΤΙΝ ὅτι οἱ ἐχ Tot
sitheus says, that — (those of the Mossyneci) from -
ἐπέχειν α εἶσιν πολέμιοι αὐτοις.. Καὶ ἐδόχει
beyond (them) were enemies to-them. And it-seemed-beast
χαλέσαι ExEiVvOUG, ei βούλοιντο ποιήσασθαι

“ -call-on them (to knew), if they-micht-wish to-make

842 TILE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ξυμμαχίαν" xai ὁ Τιμησίϑεος πεμφθεὶς
(an) alliance (with the Greeks); and — Timesitheus having-been-sent
ἧἦχεν ἄγων τούς ἄρχοντας. Ἔπει

(to them) came bringing --- (their) rulers (or chiefs). When
δὲ ἀφίχοντο, τε ol ἄρχοντες THY Νοσσυνοίχων,
indeed they-arrived, not-only the _— chiefs of-the Mossyneci,
χαὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ τῶν Ἕλληνων, συνῆλθον"
but-also the generals of-the Greeks, came-together ;
χαὶ μὲν Ἐενοφῶν ἔλεξε, δὲ Τιμησίϑεος ἡρμήνευε"
and indeed Aenophon spoke, and Timesitheus interpreted "
Ὦ Μοσσύνοιχοι ἄνδρες, ἡμεῖς βουλόμεθα δια-

0 Mossyneean men, desire | to-
σωδϑῆναι πρὸς τὴν Ἑλλάδα πεζῇ"
‘save (ourselves) ‘through into the Greece on-foot ,

¥ 3 iin ς \

ἔχομεν ov πλοῖα" δὲ
[to go safely into Greece on foot;] for owe-have no ships; and
οὗτοι χωλύουσι ἡμᾶς, οὗς ἀχούμεν εἶναι
those (people) oppose us, whom we-hear to-be
πολεμίους ὑμῖν. Εἰ οὖν βούλεσϑε, ἔξεστιν ὑμὶν»
enemies to-you. If therefore you-wish, it-is-allowed you

λαθεῖν ὑμᾶς , Suma yous, καὶ τιμωρήσασθαι,
to-take us (as d

allies, an to-avenge-yourselves,

εἴ ποτε ey ἠδικήχασιν ὑμᾶς σι, καὶ
if at-any-time these (people) may-have-injured you (in) any-thing, and

τούτους εἶναι ὑπηχόους ὑμῶν

(you may have) these (people) (80 as) to-be subject (to) yor
A 4 A 9 9 , e ~ [4

τὸ λοιπὸν. Δὲ εἰ ἀφήσετε ἡμᾶς, σχέψασϑε

(for) the rest (oftime). But if you-will-reject us, consider

πόῶεν av αὖϑις λάδοιτε τοσαύτην δύναμιν»

whence ‘you may again “procure such (a) force

τύμμα χὸν: Πρὸς ταῦτα ὁ ἄρχων

‘as an) this tne ruler (or head chief)

τῶν alias ἀπεχρίνατο, ὅτι καὶ βούλοιντο
of-the Mossyneci replied, that ‘they both ‘desired

ταῦτα, xai δέχοιντο τὴν ξυμμαχίαν. ἼΑγετε
this, and accepted |B

BOOK V. — CHAPTER IV. 8438

δή, ἔφη 6 Eevopar, τί δεήσεσϑε χρή:
then, [well then,] said — XAenopbun, in-what do-you-wan‘

σασϑαι ὑμῶν, ἂν γεγώμεϑα ξύμμαχοι ἐμῶν;

make-use of-us, we-become allies of-you?

xa. τί ἔσεσθε οἷοί te ὑμεῖς ξυμπρᾶξαι ἡμῖν

and in-what will-it-be possible for-you to-assist

περὶ τῆς διόδου" Δὲ οἱ εἷπον ὅτι
as-respects the juurney-through (the country)? And --- they-said thaz
ἐσμεν ἱκανοί εἰςδάλλειν ἐχ τοῦ ἐπὶ
we-are sufficient (and able) to-make-an-irruption |from the (side) om

θάτερα εἰς τὴν χώραν τὴν
side (from the farther side] into the country — (namely that)

τῶν πολεμίων ὑμὶν te καὶ ἡμῖν, καὶ πέμψαι
of-the enemies of-you as also of-us, and to-send

δεῦρο ὑμῖν ναῦς τε καὶ ἄνδρας, oltives Evp-
hither ffor-you ships 8.8. also men, who are-to-

μαχοῦνται ὑμῖν, τε xal ἡγήσονται τὴϊ
-auxiliaries for-you, as also they-will-guide (you) on-the
ὁδὸν.
road.

Ἐπὶ τούτοις δόντες καὶ λαθόντες πιστὰ
ὕρου these (things) giving and _ taking pledges-of-good-faith

ῴᾧχοντο. Kai ἦχον τῇ ὁστεραίᾳ ἄγοντες τρια-
they-departed. And they-came on-the next-day bringing ree.

χόσια πλοῖα μονόξυλα, καὶ τρεὶς ἄνδρας

hundred boats (made out of ) Practice and three men

ἐν ἑχάστῳ, ὧν ot δύο μὲν,
(being) in each, of-whom — two indeed (from each bcat),

ἐχθάντες, ESevto εἰς τάξιν τὰ ὅπλα, δὲ

having-disembarked, placed-themselves in _line under-arms, and

ὁ εἷς ἔμενε. Καὶ οἱ μὲν λαθόντες
the one (in each boat) remained. And — (these last) indeed taking
τὰ πλοῖα ἀπέπλευσαν. δὲ ob μένοντες
-- (their, boats sailed-away ; but — those’ remaining

ἐξετάξαντο Ode. "Eotycay ἀνὰ μάλιστα
were drawn up thus. They-stord -- very (nearly’

844 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

EXATOV, ὥςπερ χοροί, ἀντιστοιχοῦντες
(a) hundred (in each line), like troops-of-duncers, §drawn-up-opposite
ἀλλήλοις, πάντες ἔχοντες γέῤῥα λευχῶν

one-another. having shields (made of) white (hides)

βοῶν are εἰχασμένα πετάλῳ
of-oxen (and the) hair-on, (the shield) being-like ‘to (a) ‘leaf

~ A 3 ~ ~ 4 e e
κιττοῦ, δὲ EV TH δεξιᾷ παλτὸν as ἑξάτπογχη
of-ivy, and oa the right (hand was 8) javelin about six-cubit-long

ἔχον μὲν sev λόγχην, δὲ ὄπισθεν

having ase ‘at act top (a) spear, but ‘at (the) ‘lower

σφαιροειδές τοῦ ξύλου αὐτοῦ. Δὲ ἐνεδε-
(end a) ball-like-form (made) of-the wood itself. And __they-

ε

δύχεσαν σχιυτωνίσχους ὑπὲ γονάτων,
were-dressed (in) tunics (reaching) to (the) knees,
πάχος ὡς λινοῦ
(and the) thickness (of these tunics was the same) as (that) ‘of (α) ‘linen
στρωματοδέσμου, δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ κεφαλῇ σχύτινα
bed-sack, and (they having) on Δι head leathern
χράνη, olanep τὰ Παφλαγονικχά, ἔχοντα
helmets, such-as the Paphlagonian (helmet), having (a)

ἡθυλον κατὰ μέσον, ἐγγύττα τίαρο-
ee aria along (the) middle (of the helmet), very-nearly

εἰδῇ δὲ xal εἴχον σιδηρᾶς σαγάρεις. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν

a and also they-had iron battle-axes. Then
εἷς αὐτῶν ἐξῆρχε, δὲ πάντες οἱ ἄλλοι ἐπορεύ-
deed one of-them went-out, and the others proceeded

ovto ἄδοντες ἐν ῥυθμῷ, καὶ διελθόντες διὰ
forth singing in rhythmic-modulation, and passing through

τῶν τάξεων xal διὰ τῶν ὅπλων τῶν Ἑλλήνων,

the lines and through the heavy-armed-men of-the Greeks,
ἐπορεύοντο εὐϑὺς πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους, ἐπὶ
they-proceeded directly towards the enemy, on (a)
yaopiov ὃ ἐδόκει εἶναι ἐπιμαχώτατον. Δὲ
fortified-place which seemed to-be most-assailable. And
τοῦτο @XELTO πρὸ τὶ τῆς πόλεως καλουμένης
this (place) was-situated be city

BOOK V.— CHAPTER IV. 845

αὐτοὶς τῇ ροπόλεως, καὶ ἑ οὔσης τὸ ἀχρότατον
ae, Aig ΠΕ ; and ae the el shen

τῶν Mocovroixwv. Kal ὃ
(of any place in thecountry) of-the Mossyneeci. And the

πόλεμος ἦν περὶ τούτου" γὰρ οἵ
was about this-same (place); for — (those wko)

det ἔχοντες τοῦτ᾽ ἐδόχουν εἶναι ἐγκχρατεὶς
at-any-time having this (place) seemed to-be the-most-powerful

xai πάντων Μοσσυνοίχων, καὶ ἔφασαν τούτους

even οἵ-8}} (the) Mossyneci, and = they-say (that) these
οὔ ἔχειν τοῦτο δικαίως,

(their opponents) ‘had ποῖ ‘obtained this (place) justiy,

ἀλλὰ χαταλαθόντας, ὃν χοινὸν
having-seized (it), (it) being common (property, that thus}

aed.
they-got-the-ascendency.

Δ᾽ tives τῶν Ἑλλήνων xai εἵποντο αὐτοῖς,

And some of-the Greeks even followed them,
od ταχϑέντες ὑπὸ τῶν στρατηγῶν, ἀλλὰ
not having-been-ordered by the generals, but

Evexev ἁρπαγῆς. Δ᾽ οἵ πολέμιοι, προςίοντων,
for-the. sake of-plunder. But the enemy, (they) advancing,
τέως μὲν, novyalov’ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἐγένοντο
so-long-as (they did) indeed, kept-quiet; but when they-got
ἐγγὺς τοῦ χωρίον, δ ὁ στλς Ν αὐτοί ς wpe
near the place, ing-out '‘ ‘to-

πονται, καὶ ἀπέχτειναν συχνοὺς τῶν 7 ba.par,
flight, and they-killed many of-the arbarians,

καὶ τινάς τῶν ξυναναθάντων Ἑ) λλήνων, καὶ

and some of-the accompanying Greeks, and

ἐδίωχον μέχρι οὗ εἶδον τοὺς Ἕλληνας Bon
they-pursued just-to where they-saw the Greeks coming-

δοῦντας. Δὲ εἶτα ἀποτραπόμενοι ᾧχοντο,
to-help (thedefeated). And then having-turned-back they-fled,

χαὶ ἀποτεμόντες τὰς χεφαλὰς τῶν »εχρῶν,

end eutting-off tie of-the

346 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἐπεδείχνυσαν τε τοὶς Ἕλλησι xai τοὶς
they-exhibited (them) not-only to-the Greeks but-also to-the

e ’ e ~ ry ο
πολεμίοις ἑαυτῶν, καὶ ἅμα ἐχόρευον ἄδοντες
enemies of-themselves, and at-the-same-time they-danced singing

τινὶ νόμῳ. Δὲ ot Ἕλληνες μάλα ἤχϑοντο

to-some tune. Aud the Greeks ‘were very-much ‘disturbed

ὅτι ἐπεποιήχεσαν τε τούς πολεμίους θρασυτέρους,
that they-had-made not-only the enemy more-bold-and-daring,

χαὶ ὅτι οἱ Ἕλληνες ekeASsvres σὺν αὐτοῖς

but-also that 2 Greeks having-gone-out with
ἐπεφεύγεσαν, ὄντες μάλα συχνοί" ὃ οὔπω
fled, (they) being very numerous; which ‘had never
ἐπεποιήχεσαν πρόσθεν ἐν τῇ στρατείᾳ. Δὲ
‘been-done before during the expedition. But
Ξενοφῶν, ξυγκαλέσας τοὺς Ἕλληνας, εἶπεν"
Xenophon, calling-together the Greeks, said :
“Avdpes στρατιῶται, μηδὲν ἀϑυμήσητε ἕνεχα
Men soldiers, ‘do *be-cast-down on-account
τῶν γεγενημένων" γὰρ ἴστε ὅτι καὶ

of-the (things) having-happened (thus); for know that even (a)
ayasov ov μεῖον τοῦ xaxod γεγένηται. Tap
For

good not less (than) the evil has-occurrec.
πρῶτον μὲν ἐπίστασϑε, ὅτι οἱ μέλλοντες
first indesd know, that — (those) being-about
ἡγεῖσθαι ἡμῖν εἶσιν πολέμιοι τῷ ὄντι

tc-cunduct us are enemies to— (those) being (really
οἷἵςπερ καὶ ἀνάγχη ἡμᾶς"

enemies to themselves) to-whom also it-is-necessary for-us (also to be

χαὶ ἔπειτα δὲ Ob τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἄφρον.
enemies) ; and next indeed — (those) of-tne Greeks
τιστήσαντες τῆς τάξεως ξὺν ἡμῖν, καὶ
glecting the order-and-discipline (prevalent) with us, and
ἡγησάμενοι εἶναι ἱχανοὶ πράττει; ξὺν
thinking (themselres) to-be able to-perform with
τοῖς Bapbdpog ταὐτὰ, ane ξὺν ἡμῖν,
the barbarians the-same, which (they do) with

500K V.—CHAFIER IV. 841

δεδώχασιν δίχην᾽ ὥςτε αὖϑις

j bave-given justice; [have suffered justly] ; sn-that hereafter (it will be
ἧττον ἀπολείψονται ἡμετέρας

considered) worse ‘should (the men) ‘desart our

τάξεως. “AAW dct ὑμᾶς Tripacxevdlersas,
ranks. But it-is-proper (that) you prepare. yourselves,

ὅπως xai τοὶς φίλοις οὖσι τῶν Bapbdpwr
so-that both |(to)-the friends being of-the barbarians (to the

δόξητε εἶναι xpittovg αὐτῶν,
barbarians your allies] you-may-appear to-be etter (than) they

καὶ δηλώσητε τοῖς πολι"ίοις, ὅτι
(in courage), and show — (your) enondies, that they-‘dc
ov μαχοῦνται ὁμοίοις ἀνδράσι νυν τε καὶ ὅτε
not ‘fight ‘with (the) ‘same men aow as when
ἐμάχοντο τοὶς ἀτάκτοις.
they-fought with-the undisciplined.

Οὕτως μὲν ἔμειναν οὖν ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν
So indeed they-remained therefore _ that -- day

A’ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ θύσαντες, ἐπεὶ ἐχαλλιερή
Buton-the next-day having-sacrificed, when [80γ-}:ὼὰ ubtained-favour
σαντο, ἀριστήσαντες, ποιησάμενοι τοὺς λόχους

able-omens, they-breakfasted, having-formed the companies
ὀρϑίους, χαὶ ταξάμενοι τοὺς βαρθδάρους
| straight, [in columns,) and drawing-up the barbarians
ἐπὶ τὸ εὐώνυμον ατὰ ταὐτὰ, ἐπορεύοντο,

on the left according (to) the-same (way) they-marched-forth,
ἔχοντες τοὺς τοξότας μεταξὺ τῶν λόχων, ὑπολει-

having the archers between the companies, having.
πομένους δὲ μικρὸν τοῦ στόμαχος τῶν
left indeed (a) little (space from) the front of-the
ὁπλιτῶν. Tap ἦσαν of εὔζωνοι τῶν
heavy-armed-men. For there-were the active (men) of-the
πολεμίων, κατατρέχοντες ἔθαλλον τοὶς λίϑοις᾽
enemy, (who) running-down threw -- stones;

of τοξόται χαὶ πελτασταί ἀνέστελλον τούτους
δι archers and targeteers kept-back theaa.

84d THK ANABASIS OF XENOPHON

Δ’ ot ἄλλοι ἐπορεύοντο Bader.

But the others (of the Greeks) proceeded (slowly; step-by-step

πρῶτον μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ σχωρίον ἀφ᾽ ov ot βάρθαροι

first indeed against the (strong) place at which the

ἐτρέφϑησαν καὶ οἱ ξὺν αὐτοὶς
(allies οὗ the Greeks) were-repulsed and the (Greeks) with them -

ap ἐνταῦθα οἱ πολέμιοι ἦσαν ἀντιτεταγμένοι.

or there the enemy were drawn-up-against (them).
Oi βάρθαρο apo. μὲν οὖν ἐδέξαντο πελταστὰς,
The arians indeed therefore received (the) targeteers,
καὶ ἐμάχοντο" δὲ ἐπειδὴ οἱ ὁπλῖται
and fought (with them); but when the heavy-armed-men
ἦσαν ἐγγὺς ἐτράποντο. Kai μὲν ot πελτασταὶ
were near they-took-to-flight. And indeed the targeteers
εὐθὺς εἵποντο διώχοντες ἄνω πρὸς τὴν μητρό-

directly followed driving (them) upwards towards the metro-

πολιν, οἱ ὁὅπλῖται δὲ εἵποντο ἐν τάξει.
polis, the heavy-armed-men indeed followed in order

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἄνω πρὸς ταὶς οἰχίαις τῆς μετρο-

When indeed they-were above y the houses of-the metro-
πόλεως, evtaidsa δὴ οἱ πολέμιοι δὴ
polis, here indeed _ the enemy ‘having —
πάντες γενόμενοι ὁμοῦ ἐμάχοντο, καὶ
‘got together fought (with them), and
ἘᾺΝ τοὶς παλτοὶς" καὶ ἔχοντες ἄλλα
they -hurled — (their) darts; aving other
παχέα δόρατα ὅσα ἀνὴρ ἂν
ee oe ͵ Pompe, so-that (a) ae could μόλις
φέροι, τούτοις ἐπειρῶντο ἀμυνεσϑαι

carry (them), with-tnese they-endeavoured to-defend-themselves

ἐχ χειρός. Δὲ ἐπεὶ ob “Ἕλληνες οὐχ ὑφίεντ

hand-to-hand. But when the Greeks ‘did not a aa
ἀλλ᾽ ἐχώρουν ὁμόσε, οἱ
| but went to-the-same-place, [but engaged in close combat,] the

άρθαροι ἔφευγον καὶ ἐντεῦδεν ἅπαντες ἔλιπο;
Papoapo ‘ and thereupon ‘they peta, "left

BOOK V. — CHAPTER IV. $49

τὸ pier: Δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς αὐτῶν ὁ ἐν
the x But the β king : of-them — (he living) in
τῷ ΕΟ τῷ φχοδομημένῳ ἐπ ἄκρου,

the wooden-tower --- (that namely) having-been-built on (the) height,
Sy μένοντα αὐτοῦ πάντες τρέφουσι καὶ
whom remaining these all supported and

φυλάττουσιν χοινῇ, οὐχ ἔϑελεν ἐξελϑεὶν,
guarded (him) in-common, ‘did not ‘wish to-leave (it),

οὐδὲ οἱ ἐν τῷ χωρίῳ πρότερον αἷἵρεθεντι,

nor — (those) in the Po tga taken,

ἀλλ᾽ χατεχαύϑησαν αὑτοῦ σὺν τοὶς μοσσύνοις.
but were-burnt these with the | wooden-towers

Δὲ οἱ Ἕλληνες, a τὰ χωρία, εὕρισχον

But the Greeks, ransacking the found

ἐν ταὶς οἰχίαις θησαυροὺς “av νεγνημένων
in the houses of-bread heaped-together

πατρίους, ὡς οἱ Μοσσύοιχοι
g-to-the-custom-of-their-forefathers, δὲ the Mossynaci

ἔφιισαν, δὲ τὸν νέον σῖτον ἀποχείμενον Evy τῇ
say, also the new corn put-up (with) (in) the
καιάμῃ" δ' αἱ πλεῖσται ἦσαν eal. Kai
stra v; and the most was spelter. And

εἰ αριχευμένα τεμάχη δελφίνων εὑρισχετο ἐν

hay of-dolphins were-found in

popebor, χαὶ χαὶ στέαρ τῶν δελφίνων ἐν τεύχεσι
ate and (the) a of — dolphins in ace

ot Μοσσύνοιχοι é parse χαϑάπερ οἱ Ἕλλην.
δ᾽ the Mossynosci x ‘ as Ρ the ibe
τῷ ἐλαίῳ. Δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνωγαίων
de) — And in the upper-parts-of-the-houses there-were
πολλὰ ea τὰ πλατέα, οὐχ ἔχοντα

many nuts (chestnuts) the broad-ones, not having

οὐδεμίαν διααφυὴν. Τούτῳ ral ἐχρῶντο

("ο) (any) fissure. This ‘they even

πλείστῳ σίτῳ, ἕψοντες καὶ ὀπτῶντες ἄρτους
most for-food, boiling (them) and baking breag

850 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

Δὲ οἶνος εὑρίσχετο, ὃς μὲν ἄχρατος
(of them). Also wine was-found, which indeeed (when) pure

ἐφαίνετο εἶναι ὀξὺς ὑπὸ τῆς αὐστγρότητος,
seemed to-be sour from — (its) very-great-roughness,

δὲ χερασϑεὶς εὔώδης τε καὶ
but being-mixed (with water) (it becomes) fragrant and also

NOUG.

pleasant.

Oi Ἕλληνες μὲν δὴ, ἀριστήσαντες ἐνταῦϑα,
The Greeks indeed —, having-breakfasted there,

ἐπορεύοντο εἷς τὸ πρόσω, παραδόντες
proceeded on — (their) forward (march), giving-up
τὸ χωρίον Tols ξυμμαχήσασι τῶν Μοσσυνοίχων.
the place to — (their) allies of-the Mossyneeci.
Δὲ καὶ ὁπόσα ἄλλα yopia παρήεσαν, τῶν

And also δ8- ἸΏΔΩΥ other places ‘as they-arrived-at, — (those)
ὄντων Evy τοὶς πολεμίοις, τὰ εὐπροςο-
heing with the enemy, — (some of the places) being-most-
δώντατα ot μὲν ἔλειπον, δὲ οἱ

accessible the (barbarians) indeed deserted (them), but the (inhabit-

ἐχόντες προςεχώρουν. Δὲ τὰ πλεῖστα
ants of other places) willingly surre udered. And the most
τῶν χωρίων ἦν τοιάδε. Al πόλεις ἀπεῖχον
of-the plaves were (situated) thus. The towns were-distant
an’ ἀλλήλων ὀγδοήχοντα στάδια, αἱ δὲ
from one-another (about) eighty stadia, — (some) indeed
πλεῖον, at δὲ μεῖον᾽ δὲ ἀναβοώντῶν
more, — (others) indeed _less; and ealling-aloud (te)
ἀλλήλων ξυνήχουον Ex τῆς ἑτέρας πόλεως
ene-another they-heard-each-other from the (other) (one) city

εἰς THY ἑτέραν" ἢ χώρα ἦν οὕτως ulnar

to the other ; (for) ὦ country was elevated
te καὶ κοίλη. ᾿Ἐπεὶ δὲ ‘aul ἦσαν

and so hollow. When indeed having-proceeded-forwards they-were

ἐν τοὶς φίλοις, ἐπεδείκνυσαν αὐτοὶς παῖδας
among — friends, they-showed them boys (the sons of}

BOOK V.— CHAPTER IV. 851

γῶν εὐδαιμόνων, ἁπαλοὺς καὶ σφόδρα λευχοὺς,

of-the rich, soft and exceedingly white,

» 3
σιτευτούς, τεϑραμμένους ἑφϑοὶς καρύοις, καὶ οὐ
being-made-fat, having-been-fed with-boiled chestnuts, and τοὶ

δέοντας πολλοῦ εἶναι ἴσους TO μῆχος καὶ τὸ
wanting much to-be equal —/(in) length and — (in)

πλάτος, δὲ ποικίλους τὰ νῶτα, καὶ πάντα
breadth, and painted-with-various-colours on-the back, and on-al

\ 2? 2 , 3 , 8
τὰ ἔμπροσθεν ἐστιγμένους ἀνϑέμιον. Δὲ
the forepart pricked (in the form of) flowers. And

xai ἐζήτουν ξυγγίγνεσθαι ἐμφανῶς ταὶς ἑταὶραις

also they-desired to-have-intercourse publicly with-the mistresses

aig ot Ἕλληνες ἦγον, γὰρ οὗτος νόμος
which the Greeks brought (with them), for this oustum

ἦν σφισι. Δὲ πάντες οἵ ἄνδρες καὶ at yuvaixes

was to-them. And all the men and the women
λευχοὶ. Οἱ στρατευσάμενοι

were very) white. — (Those) having-'served-in (this) ‘expediticn

ἔλεγον διελθεῖν βαρθαρωτάτους,

| said (that) they-passed-through the-most-barbarous, [that these were

χαὶ πλεῖστον

the most barbarous people they had passed through,] and the-most
κεχωρισμένους τῶν “Ελληνιχῶν νόμων. Γὰρ
removed from-the Grecian manners (and customs). For
te ἐποίουν ὄντες ἐν ὄχλῳ ἅπερ ἄνϑρωποι ἂν
indeed they-do being in (a) crowd what men would
ποιήσειαν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄλλως δὲ ἂν οὐ
(only) do in private, otherwise indeed might not

τολμῷεν" τε ὄντες μόνοι ἔπραττον
dure (todo); and being alone _— they-did-thuse-thinga

σ σ

ἅπε ἂν ὅμοια ὄντες

which (they) might (do) (the) same (88 17) being (in company,
μετ᾽ ἄλλων" διελέγοντό τε ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγέλων
with others; talked — to-themselves, and laughed

ὃ 2 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς, χαὶ ἐφιστάμενοι ὠρχοῦντο ὅτσεου
to themselves, and stopping they-danced whereves
τύχοιεν, ὥςπερ ἐπιδειχνύμενοι ἄλλοις.
they-might-happen (to be), as-if exhibiting-themselves to-others

CHAPTER V.

Διὰ ταύτης τῆς χώρας, τε διὰ τῆς
Torovenr these — countries, — (namely) through — (those}
πολεμίας καὶ τῆς φιλίας, οἱ Ἕλληνες é7e0-
inimical and — (those) friendly, the Greeks pro-
U 9 A U 93 ~ 9
ρεύϑησαν ὀχτὼ σταϑμούς, καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς
ceeded eight days’-march, and arrived among (the)
Χάλυδϑας. Οὗτοι ἦσαν ὀλίγοι χαὶ
Chalybes. These (people) were few (in number) and ( rere)
ὑπήχοοι τῶν Μοσσυνοίχων, καὶ ὁ βίος -τοὶς
subjects of-the Mossyneeci, and — (their) living fc r-the
πλείστοις αὐτῶν ἀπο σιδηρείας. “Evret Sev
most of-them (wasobtained) from iron-works. Ti ence
ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς Τιδαρηνούς. ἫἪ χώρα δὲ
they-arrived among (the) Tibareni. The country —
τῶν Tibapyvav ἦν πολὺ πεδινωτέρα, χαὶ εἶ γεῖ
of-the Tibareni was much more-level, and they-had
ia ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ ἧττον ἔρυμνα. Καὶ
stations on (the) sea (coast) but-weakly fortified. And

οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἔχρηζον προςθάλλειν πρὸς τὸ χωρία,

the gene wanted to-make-an-attack
καὶ ἀνηϑῆναίι τ τὴν στρατιὰν xa.
διὰ to-have-‘conferred some ‘benefit on-the army and
οὐχ ἐδέχοντο ta ζένια ἃ ἧἦχε παρὰ
ᾧὧογ-᾿ αἰὰ not receive the gifts-of-hospital ty which came from
Τιδαρηνῶν, ἀλλ᾽ κελεύσαντες ἐπιμεῖναι

the) Tibareni, but having-ordered (the messengers) ἰρ-

BOOK V.— CHAPTER V. 35!

ἔστε βουλεύσαιντο, ἐθύοντοι Kal πολλὰ
till they-might-deliberate, they-sacrificed. And many (victims

χαταθυσάντων, τέλος πάντες of μάντεις ane
having-been-sacrificed, at-last all the augurs of

dcikavto γνώμην, ὅτι ot θεοὶ οὐδαμῇ προςίοιντι

fered (their) opinion, thatthe gods in-no-wise approved-of

τὸν πόλεμον. Ἔντευθεν δὴ ἐδέξαντο ta ξέ

the war Then indeed they-accepted the gifts-of
vid, καὶ πορευόμενοι δύο ἡμέρας, ὡς
hospitality, and proceeding-on (their march) two days, as
διὰ ιλίας, ἀφίχοντο εἰς Κοτύ

through (a) friendly (country), they-arrived at Cotyora (a)

"EAAnvida πόλιν, ἀποιχίαν Σινωπέων, δ᾽ ὄντας
Groek city, (a) colony from-Sinope, and being

ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ Τιδαρηνῶν.
in the xe ‘of (the) ‘Tibureni.
Ἢ στρατιά ἐπέζευσε μέχρι ἐνταῦϑα. Πλῆϑος
The army proceeded-by-land just-to here. (The) length
τῆς χαταθάσεως τῆς ὁδοῦ ἀπὸ
of-the descent (down the country along) the road from

τῆς μάχης ἐν Βαδυλῶνι ἄχρι εἰς Κοτύω
the battle (ground) in Babylon just to Cotyora (was)

ἑχατὸν εἴχοσι δύο σταϑμοὶ, ἑξαχόσιοι
a-hundred (and) twenty two stations, (making) six-hundred

καὶ εἴχοσι παρασάγγαι, μύριοι καὶ ὀχταχις χίλιοι
and twenty parasangs, (or) ten-thousand and eight-thousand

xai ἑξακόσιοι στάδιοι" πλῆθος χρόνοι

and six-hundred (18,600) stadia ; the-amount of-time (was)

ὀχτὼ μῆνες. Ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν τετταράχοντα

eight months. There they-remained forty
πέντε ἡμέρας. Ἔν δὲ ταύταις πρῶτον
five days. During — these (days) ‘they first

A

μὲν ἔϑυσαν ois θεοῖς, καὶ ἐποίησαν πομπὰς
deed ‘sacrificed to-the gods, and they-made _ processions

ἔχαστοι κατὰ ἔϑινος τῶ. Ἕλληνων,
3

sach according-to (the) nation (or tribe) of-the reek

854 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

καὶ γυμνικούς ἀγῶνας. Δὲ τὰ
(to which he belonged), and gymnastic games, And —(shee,

ἐπιτήδεια ἔλαμδανον τὰ μὲν ἐκ τῆς Παφλα
provisions they-took — (partly) indeed fron — Paphla

yovias, δὲ τὰ ἐχ τῶν χωρίων τῶν Κοτυωριτῶν᾽
gonia, and —(partly)from the lands of-the Cotyorites;

ὰ οὐ παρεῖχον ἀγοράν, οὐδ᾽ ἐδέχοντο
for (δογ-᾿ ἀἰὰ not ‘provide (a) market, nor did-they-roceive

τοὺς doSevodvtas εἰς TO τεῖχος.
the feeble-and-sick within the walls.

Ἐν τούτῳ πρέσύεις ἔρχονται ἐκ Σιιώπης,

During this assadors come from Sinope,

φοδούμενοι περὶ τῶν Κοτυωριτῶν τε TNS
shey-being-in-fear about the Cotyores namely (those) of-the

πόλεως, ( ap ἦν ἐχείνῶν, χαὶ
city, τ it-was of-them, [for it was theirs,] and (the in-

toe, ov φόρους ἐχείνοις,) καὶ
habitants) Belt tribute to-them,) and (they were also in fear)

περὶ τὴς χώρας, ὅτι ἤχουον δηου-
about the territories, as they-had-heard (that they were) being-

μένην. Καὶ ἐλθόντες εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον, ἔλεγον
ravaged, And going to the camp, they-said

(δὲ Εχατώνυμος προηγόρει, νομιζόμενος εἶναι δεινὸς

(and Hecatonymus spoke-for-them, he-being-considered to-be able

reve)’ “H πόλις τῶν Σινωπέων ἔπεμψεν ἡμᾶς,
to-speak): The city of-the Sinopians has-sent

ὦ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, ἐπαινέσοντάς τε ὑμᾶς, Sri

0 men soldiers, ᾿ς about-praising indeed you, that
ὄντες “RAAnves νιχᾶτε βαρθάρους, δὲ καὶ
being Greeks you-have-conquered (the) barbarians, and also
ἔπειτα ξυνησϑησομένους, ὅτι πάρεστε

then congratulating (you), that you-are-preseut (here)
σεσωσμένοι, ὡς ἡμεὶς ἀχούμεν, διὰ πολλῶν τε
having-been-saved, as we hear, through many and

καὶ δεινῶν πραγμάτων. Δὲ ἀξιοῦμεν, ὄντες καὶ
wlso grievous ings. But we-think-it-righr, being alse

BOOK V.— CHAPTER Υ. B55

αὐτοὶ Ἕλληννες, μὲν πάσχειν τι
ourselves Greeks, (that we ought) indeed _to-suffer somvthing
ἀγαϑὸν, δὲ μηδέν καχὸν ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν, ὄντων Ελλήνων"
good, but nothing evil from _ you, being Greeks ;
γὰρ οὐδὲ πώποτε ὑπήρξαμεν ποιοῦντες οὐδὲν

for neither ‘have-we ever ‘commenced doing (no) (any)

~ e ~ τ - 4 9.» | 8

καχῶς ὑμᾶς. Οὗτοι Κοτνυωρῖται δὲ εἰσὶ μὲν
evil to-you. These Cotyoritans — are indeed
ἡμέτεροι ἄποικοι, καὶ ἡμεὶς παραδεδώχαμεν αὐτοῖς
our colonists, and we have-given them
ταύτην THY χώραν, ἀφελόμενοι βαρ-
this — (same) land, having-taken (it) ‘from (the) ‘bar-
Gdpovs καὶ διὸ οὗτοι φέρουσιν ἡμὶν

barians ; and therefore these (people) ring us (an)

τεταγμένον δασμὸν, καὶ ὡςξαύτως ἹΚερασούντιοι καὶ
appointed tribute, and _ likewise (the) Cerasuntians and

Τραπεζούντιοι" ὥςτε ὅ τι χαχὸν ἂν ποιήσητε
Trapezuntians ; so-that whatever evil ‘you may ‘do

, € 4 ’ [4
τουτους, N πόλις Σινωπέων νομίζει
them, the city ‘of (the) ‘Sinopians considers (itself )
πάσχειν. Δὲ νῦν ἀχούθμν ὑμᾶς τε
tu-suffer (fromit). But now we-hear (that) you not-only
παρεληλυδόντας εἴς τὴν πόλιν βίᾳ, ἐνίους
having-enterod into the town by-force, sume (of you}

~ 3 - > ἢ \
σχηνοῦν ἐν ταὶς οἰχίαις, καὶ λαμθάνειν
lodge in the houses, but-also (that you) take

a 3 ~ ’᾽ τ 4
Bia, & τῶν χωρίων ὧν ἄἂᾶν δέησϑε,
by-force, from the (neighbouring) places what ‘you may ‘want

ov πείϑοντας. Ov οὐχ ἀξιοῦμεν

(the owners) not consenting. Therefore we-‘do not ‘approve
ταῦτα᾽ δὲ εἰ ποιήσετε ταῦτα

these (things); and if you-will-do these (things) there-'will-

ἀνάγκχη ἡμῖν ποιεῖσθαι φίλον xai Κορύλαν

be (a‘ ‘necessity for-us to-make friends both (of) Corylas

356 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

xai Παφλαγόνας, καὶ ἄλλον, ὅντιτα

and (uf the) Paphlagonians, and (any; other, whomscever ‘ee

ἂν δυνώμεϑα.
may *be-able.
Πρὸς ταῦτα Ξενοφῶν ἀναστὰς εἶπεν

In-respect to-these (things) Xenophon rising-up spoke
inép τῶ; στρατιωτῶν. Ἡμεῖς δὲ, ὦ ἄνδρες
for the army : We _ indeed, O θὰ (of)
Σινωπεῖς, ἥχομεν ἀγαπῶντες, ὅτι διεσωσάμεϑα
Sinope, nave-come being-content, that we-have-saved
τὰ σώματα καὶ τὰ ὅπλα᾽ yap ἦν οὐ
— (our) bodies and — (our) arms; for it-was not
δυνατὸν ἅμα ἄγειν καὶ φέρειν χρήματα,
possible at-the-same-time to-drive and bring (away) things,
καὶ μάχεσθαι τοῖς πολεμίοις. Kai viv ἐπεὶ
and to-fight the enemy. And now when
ἤλθομεν εἰς τὰς "Ἑλληνίδας πόλεις, μὲν ἐν
we-have-cometo — Greek cities, (as) indeed among (the)
Τραπεζοῦντι (yap παρεῖχον ἡμὶν ἀγοράν) ὠνού-
Trebisondians (for they-provided us (a) market) buy-
μενοι εἴχομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, καὶ a ὧν
ing we-had — (our) provisions, and _ in-return for-what
ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς, καὶ ξένια ἔδωχαν
they-bonoured 8, and (the) gifts-of-hospitality (which) they-gave
τῇ στρατιᾷ, ἀντετιμῶμεν αὐτούς, χαὶ εἶ
to-the army we-‘honoured them ‘in-return, and if
τις τῶν βαρθάρων ἦν φίλος αὐτοῖς, ἀπει-

any-one of-the barbarians was (a) friend to-them, we-sab-

χόμεϑα τούτων: δὲ στοὺς πολεμίους
stained (from injuring) them; but (to) the enemies
αὐτῶν & οὕς αὐτοὶ nyolvto ἐποιοῦμεν χκαχῶς
of-them δραϊηβὶ whom they may-have-led (us) we-did evil
ὅσον ἐδυνάμεϑθα. Δὲ ἐρωτᾶτε αὐτούς ὁποίων
as-much-nas = we-could. But ask them what-sort

lard | 2
τινῶν ἔτυχον ἡμῶν' γὰρ πάρεισι ἐνϑάδε,
ef-persons they-may-have-found us; for they-are-oresent here.

BOOK V.—— CHAPTER V 857

ads ἢ πόλις ξυνέπεμψεν ὑμὶν ἡγεμόνας διὰ
whom the city sent-with us (as) guides tLrough
φιλίαν. A’ ὅποι ἂν ἐλϑόντες μὴ ἔχωμεν
friendship. But wherever 'we may ‘have-been-coming (and) not having

ἀγορὰν, ἂν τε εἰς βάρθαρον γὴν τε
(a) market, (it) may (be) as-well to (a) eis country as (δ

ἂν Ἑλληνίδα, λαμδάνομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια
may (be) ‘to(a) ‘Grecian, we-take provisions
οὐχ ὕδρει, ἀλλὰ ἀν ἀνῇ: Καὶ
not (through) insolence, but _ (through) necessity. And

ἐχτήσάμεϑα, πολεμίους fe Καρδούχ χους καὶ

we-made enemies arduchi and (of the)

Ταόχους καὶ Χαλδαίους, καίπερ οὐχ ὄντας
Taochi and (of the) Chaldsans, althoug not being

ὑπηκχόους βασιλέως, καὶ ὅμως ὄντας μάλα
subjects ‘of (the) ‘king, and yet being very
pobepovs, διὰ τὸ εἶναι ἀνάγκην
formidable, | through the to-be [from being] (in) necessity
λαμθάνειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἐπεὶ οὐ παρεῖχον

to-take — provisions, when they-‘did not ‘furnish (us)

ἀγορὰν. Δὲ Μάχρωνας, καί περ ὄντας βαρ-

(a) market. ‘But (the) Macrones, ans being bar-

θάρους, ἐπεὶ παρεῖχον ἀγορὰν, οἷαν ἐδύναντο,
barians, when they-provided (usa) market, as-much-as_ they-could,

évouifouey τὲ εἰναι φίλους, καὶ éAaubdvouev
we-ccnsidered indeed to-be friends, and we-took
οὐδὲν τῶν ἐχείνων Bia. Δὲ ΚΑαοτυωρίτας,
nothing of-the (things) of-them by-force. But (the) Cotyorites

ots φατὲ εἶναι ὑμετέρους, εἰ εἰλήφαμεν τι
whom you-say to-be yours, if we-have-taken any-thing

αὐτῶν, αὐτοὶ εἶσιν αἴτιοι" γὰρ
from-them, they-themselves are (the) authors (thereof); for

ov προςεφέροντο ὡς φίλοι ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ

fhey-‘did not ‘carry-themselves as friends of-us, but

κλείσαντες τὰς πύλας, οὔτε ἐδέχοντο
havinz-closed — (their) gates, ‘would neither ‘receive (us)

A

$58 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

εἴσω, οὔτε ἔπεμπον ἀγορὰν ἔξω"

within (the walls), nor did-they-send (us a) market without (the walls),
δὲ ἠτιῶντο τὸν ἁρμοστὴν παρ᾽ ὑμῶν εἶναι
and they-alleged (that) the governor (sent) by you was

b 4 [4 ᾳ A [4
αἴτιον τούτων. O δὲ λέγεις
the-author of-these (things). (As to) what indeed you-gay (that)

παρελϑόντας βίᾳ σκηνοῦν, ἡμεὶς ἠξιοῦμεν,
entering by-force we-quartered (in the place), we requested,
δέξασϑαι τοὺς κάμνοντας eis τὰς
(that) they-would-receive— (those) being-sick — (under) — (their)
στέγας" δὲ ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἀνέῳγον τὰς πύλας,
roofs ; but when they-’would not ‘open the gates,
A ᾽ > 4 98) C ww
τὸ χωρίον αὐτὸ ἐδέχετο ἡμᾶς
jin-which (way) the _ place itself received us [where the
TAVTH εἰςελθϑόντες,
nature of the place admitted our entrance] in-the-same (place) entering,
ἄλλο ἐποιήσαμεν μὲν οὐδὲν βίαιον" δ᾽ οἱ
(but) we-committed indeed no violent (act); but — (these)
κάμνοντες σχηνοῦσι ἐν ταὶς στέγαις, δαπανῶντες
beiug-sick they-quarter — (under) the roofs, | consuming
τὰ ἑαυτῶν᾽ χαὶ φρου-
the (things) of-themselves; [living on their own means]; and we-

ροῦμεν τὰς πύλας, ὅπως of ὑμῶν χάμνοντες
guard the gates, so-that — (those) of-us being-sich

4 - ε -Ψ

μὴ ὦσιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἁρμοστῇ,

‘may not "be in the (power of) your governor,
ἀλλ᾽ χομίσασϑαι n ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν,

| but to-remove (them) may-be to us, {but that it may

ὅταν βουλώμεϑα. Δὲ of

be iz. our power to remove them,] when we-wish. But the

“ἢν ὦ [
ἄλλοι, ὡς ὁρᾶτε, σχηνοῦμεν ὑυπαίϑριοι,
rest (of us) as you-see, we-are-encamped (in the) open-air.

ἐν τῇ τάξει, παρεσκευασμένοι, ἂν τις
in “-- (proper) order, prepared, (that) should any-one

Α - νἾ 3 - ὃ \ ὰἂ
μὲν ποιῃ Ev, ἀντευποιεὶν, Ἑ 1
indeed act well (to us), to-act-well-in-return (to them). but (if he) shoul

BOOK V.—CHAPTER V. 8539

καχῶς, ἀλέξασϑαι. Δὲ ἃ
{act) ill, to-defend (ourselves), And (as respects) what

ἡπειλησας, ὡς, ἦν δοχῇ ὕὑμῖν, ποιήσεσθε
you-have-threatened, that, if peace ce to-you, you-would-make

Κορύλαν xai Παφλαγόν υμμάχο ἕ
το and (the) sn Αμενας --- πον Ὃ πὰ

ἡμᾶς, δὲ ἡμεῖς, ἦν μὲ ἣ ἁνάγκη,

88, but we (on our part), if indeed it-may-be necessary,
πολεμήσομεν καὶ ἀμφοτέροις" (yap ἤδη καὶ ἐπολε-

will-fight even with-you-both; (for already even we-have
μήσαμεν ἄλλοις πολλαπλασίος ὑμῶν) dé

fought with-others more-numerous (than) you;) and (if) ‘it

ἂν δοχῇ; ποιήσομεν τὸν Παφλαγόνα

may seem-proper (to us), we-will-make the Papblagonian (a)
φίλον ἡμῖν. Δὲ ἀχούομεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπιθυμεῖν

friend _to-us. And we-have-heard (that) he even covets
τῆς ὑμετέρας πόλεως καὶ τῶν ἐπιϑαλαττίων Xoplay.
your city and the maritime

Οὖν Εἰ βαρύ μεσαι συμπράττοντες ὧν

We-'shall therefore helping (him in) what
ἐπιϑυμεὶ stantial ᾿ς φίλοι.
he-desires to-become (his) friends.

Ἔχ τούτου οἱ ξυμπρέσδεις ἦσαν μὲν μάλα

After this (speech) the joint-ambassadors were indeec very

δήλοι χαλεπαίνοντες τῷ Ἑχατωνύμῳ τοὶς

evident nora displeased at — Hecatonymus in— (what

εἰργμένος" δ᾽ ἄλλος αὐτῶν napeAdav εἶπεν,
he-had-been-saying; but others of-them coming-forward said,

ὅτι οὐ ἤχοιεν ποιησόμενοι πόλεμον, ἀλλὰ

that they-‘did not ‘come making war, bat

ἐπιδείξοντες ὅτι εἰσί φίλοι. Ἢν μὲν ἔλε

showing-and-declaring that they-were friends. If indeed γοῦ should.
INTE πρὸς τὴν πόλιν Σινωπέων, ἔχεὶ δεξόμεϑιι

come the city of-the-Sinopeans, there ae recei ὁ (you)

\

καὶ ζενίοις, δὲ νῦν χελεύσομεν τοὺς
even with. gifts-of-hospitality, and now we-will-order — (thoan)

86U THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἐνθάδε διδόναι ἃ δύνανται" yap ὁρῶμεν πάντα
here to-give what they-can ; for we-perceive

ὄντα ἀληϑῆ ἃ λέγετε. “Ex τούτου τε οἱ ἜΝ
being true that you-say. After this indeedthe Cotyo-

pita. ἔπεμπον ξένια, χαὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ

ritans sent gifts-of-hospitality, and the sell Se

τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐξένιζον τοὺς πρέσδεις τῶν Σινωπέων,
of-the Greeks entertained the ambassadors of-the Sinopeans,
καὶ διελέγοντο πρὸς ἀλλήλους TE πολλά,

and they-conversed with one-another not-only (about) many (things)

καὶ φιλιχὰ, τὰ
but-also (about) friendly (things, that concerned one anothe-), among-the
ἄλλα τε ἐπυνθάνοντο καὶ περὶ τῆς

other (things) indeed they-inquired and(inparticular) about the

Aowtys πορείας, ὧν ἑκάτεροι ἐδέοντο.
remaining route, what (party) desired (tb know).

CHAPTER VI.

Tovto ἐγένετο τὸ τέλος μὲν ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ

δυοη was the end sfaeed to-that —
Δὲ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ οἵ στρατηγοὶ ξυνέλεξαν τοὺς

But on-the next-day the generals assembled

στρατιώτας, καὶ ἐδόχει αὐτοῖς περὶ τῆς
soldiers, and it-seemed (best) to-them as-respects the

λοιπῆς πορείας παραχαλέσαντας τοὺς Σινωπέας
remaining route (that) aving-called-in the Sinopeans

’

βουλεύεσθαι. Tap εἴτε δέοι πορεύ-
to-consult (with them). For if it-might-be-necessary [ἰὁ-

εσθαι πεζῇ, οἱ Σινωπεὶς ἂν ἐδόχουν εἶναι χρήσιμοι"

proceed by-land, the Sinopeans would seem useful:

yap ἦσαν ἔμπειροι τὴς πὴ ie ein
they-were well-acquainted (with) — Paphlagonia ;

BOOK V. — CHAPTER VI. 861

κατὰ θάλατταν ἐδόκει προςδεὶν
by sea it-eeems (that they would) require (the aid)
Σινωπέων, yap ἂν ἐδόχουν μόνοι εἶναι

‘of (they Sinopeans, for ‘they would ‘seem alone to-be
¢€ \ - 9 ~

ixavor παρασχεῖν πλοῖα ἀρχοῦντα

competent to-furnish ships ‘being (in number) ‘sufficient
τῇ στρατιᾷ. Ody παλέσαντες τοὺς πρέσθδεις

for-the army. Therefore calling (in) the ambassadors

ξυνεθουλεύοντο, καὶ ἡξίουν ὄντας “EAAnvas

they-consulted-together, and requested being (as) Greeks

Ἕλλησι τούτῳ πρῶτον δέχεσϑαι

40- τοῖν (that) in-this (relation) they-'would first ‘receive

χαλῶς τε εἶναι εὔνους. τῷ χαὶ
(them) well, not-only to-be friendly-and-kind to — (them), but-also

ξυμθουλεύειν τὰ χάλλιστα.
to-advise (them) for-the best.
Δὲ Ἑχατώνυμος ἀναστὰς, πρῶτον μὲν ἀπελογή-
But Hecatonymus having-risen-up, first indeed he-stated-in-
σατο περὶ οὗ εἷπεν, ὡς ποιήσοιντο τὸν Παφλαγόνα
defence about what he-said, that they-would-make the Paphlagoniar
φίλον, ὅτι οὐχ εἴποι, ὡς σφῶν
a) friend, that he-’might not ‘have-said (this), as-that themselves

πολεμησόντων τοῖς Ἕλλησι, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι
were-about-making-war against-the Greeks, but that (though)

ἐξόν εἶναι φίλους τοὶς βαρθάροις aipy-

it-being-allowed (them) to-be friends to-the barbarians they-

σονται τοὺς Ἕλληνα. Ἐπεὶ δὲ
would-take (in preference) the Greeks. When indeed

ἐχέλειον ξυμθουλεύοιμι, ἐπευ-
shey-called-in (him) that-he-might-'give (his) opinion-and-advice, calling.

ἕάμενος εἶπεν Ode’ Εἰ μὲν ξυμδουλεύοιμι,
imprecations (on himself) he-spoke thus: If indeed I-advise

ἃ doxel μοι εἶναι βέλτιστά, πολλά, κἀγαθὰ
(you), what seems to-me to-be best, ‘may much even-good
γένοιτο μοι" δὲ εἰ μή, τἀναντία. Tap αὕτη
happen to-me; but if ποῖ, the-contrary. For that

862 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.
ξυμδοιλή ἢ λεγομένη εἶναι ἱερὰ δοχεὶῖ perm
counsel which is-snid to-be sacred scems to-sre

παρεῖναι" γὰρ viv μὲν δή, ἂν μὲν φανῶ
to-be-present; for now indeed —, if indeed I-shall-appear (asa)

EvubovAevoas εὖ, ἔσεσϑε πολλοὶ οἱ ἐπαι-
having-advised (you) well, you-will-be many -- ap-
voovtég με δὲ ἂν xaxis, ἔσεσϑε πολλοὶ οἱ κατα,
plauding me; but if ill, you-will-be many — exe

ρώμενοι. Ody μὲν old ὅτι ἕξομεν πολὺ

crating (me). Therefore indeed I-know that we-shall-have much

πλείω πράγματα, ἐὰν κομίζησϑε κατὰ θάλαττα"

more trouble, if you-are-conveyed by 808 ᾿
ὰρ δεήσει ἡμᾶς πορίζειν τὰ πλοῖα"
for _it-will-be-necessary (that) we furnish the ships ;
δὲ ἣν στέλλησϑε κατὰ γῆν, δεήσαι ὑμᾶς

but if §you-are-sent by land, it-will-be-necessary (that) you
εἶναι TOUS μαχομένους. “Ὅμως δὲ

be — (those) fighting. However indeed (the things)

ἃ γιχγνώσχω Aextéa’ γὰρ εἶμι ἔμπειρος και
which I-know are-to-be-spoken; for I-am well-acquainted both

τῆς χώρας τῶν Παφλαγόνων καὶ τῆς δυνάμεως.

with-the country of-the Paphlagonians and — (their) power.
Tap ἔχει ἀμφότερα, καὶ κάλλιστα πεδία καὶ
For it-has both, as-well most-beautiful plains as
ὑψηλότατα ὄρη. Καὶ πρῶτον μὲν olda εὐθὺς
most-high mountains. For first indved I-know exactly
τὴν εἰςολὴν ἢ ἀνάγκη ποιεῖσθαι"
the entrance by-which (it will be a) necessity (for you) to- make

\ y 9 y
yap ἔστιν ov ἄλλῃ
(your entrance); for there-is not by-another than (that) by which
τὰ xipata τοῦ ὄρους καθ᾿ ἑχάτερα τῆς ὁδοῦ
he peaks of-the mountain on each (side) of-the road
ἐστιν ὑψηλά, κατέχοντες ἃ χαὶ πάνυ ὀλέγοι
are high, possessing which even (a) very few

ἂν δύναιντο xpateiy δὲ χατεχομένων τούτων,
m'ght be-able to-be-superior (to you); but having-pre-occupied this

BOOK V.—CHAPTER VI. 868

οὐδέ πάντες οἱ ἄνϑρωτοι ἂν δύναιντ᾽
got-even 48)]] the men (in the world) might be-able

ἂν duaseiv' δὲ καὶ ἂν δείξαιμι ταῦτα.
(that they) might pass-through; and also ‘I could ‘show this,

ei βούλοισϑε ξυμπέμψαι μοί twa. "Ἔπειτα δὲ

if you- desire to-send-with me any-one. Then indeed

oda και πεδία ὄντα, καὶ ἱππείαν, ἣν οἱ βάρ-
I-know even (of) plains being, and cavalry, which the _ bar-

Capo. αὐτοὶ νομίζουσι εἶναι xpsittTa ἁπάσης τῆς

barians themselves consider to-be superior (to) all the

ἱππείας βασιλέως. Καὶ νῦν οὗτοι

cavalry ‘of (the) *king. And now (lately) these (Paphla-
ov παρεγένοντο βασιλεὶ xa-

gonians) ‘did not ‘present (themselves) ‘to (the) ‘king call-

λοῦντι, ἀλλὰ ὁ ἄρχων αὐτῶν φρονεὶ μεῖζον.

ing-on (others), but the ruler of-them thinks greater

Δὲ εἰ xai δυνηϑεῖτε τε χλέψαι
(οὗ himself,thantoobey). And if also you-were-able indeed to-steal

ta ὄρη, ἢ λαθόντες φϑάσαι,

(over) the mountains, or having-taken-possession to-have-anticipated (the

καὶ ἐν TH πεδίῳ μαχόμενοι κρατῆσαι TE

enemy), and in the plain fighting to-have-conquered —
τούς ἱππεὶς τούτων χαὶ πλεῖον ἢ δώδεχα
the cavalry of-these (people) and more than twelve
μυριάδες πεζῶν ἤξετε ἐπὶ τοὺς
ten-thousands [120,000] of-infantry, you-will-come to the
ποταμούς, πρῶτον μὲν τὸν Θερμώδοντα, εὖ
vivers, first indeed to-the hermodon, (the) breadth
τριῶν πλέϑρων, ὃν οἶμαι χαλεπὸν
(being) three plethra, [800 feet,] which I-think difficult
διαθαίνειν, ἄλλως τε χαὶ ὄντων μὲν πολλῶν
to-cross, especially ~—- also there-being indeed (a) numerous
πολεμίων ἔμπροσθεν, δὲ πολλῶν ἐπομένωϊν"
enemy before (you), and many following

7

ὄπισϑεν. δεύτερον δ᾽

ε ’ 4
pis QOAUTUG =F βε
venInd ; second — (the) three-

18, likewise

864 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.
nAES pov ° δὲ τρίτον “ἽΑλυν, ov μεῖον
plethra ; [300 feet;] and third (the) Halys, not less (thma)

δυοὶν σταδίοιν, ὃν ἂν οὐ δύναισθε διαδῆναι
two stadia, which ‘you may not *be-able to-pasa

ἄνευ πλοῖων" δὲ τίς ἔσται ὁ παρέχων πλοῖα;
without boats; but what-one will-there-be — providing boats!

ὡς δ᾽ αὔτως καὶ ὁ Παρϑένιος ἄθδατος, ἐφ’ ὃ»
as indeed likewise even the Parthenius (is) impassable, at which

ἂν ἔλϑοιτε, ci διαδαίητε τὸν “AAvy. Ἐγὼ

‘you msy ‘arrive, if you-cross-over the Halys. I
οὖν μὲν νομίζω τὴν πορείαν εἶναι οὐ χαλεπὴν
therefore indeed consider the route to-be not difficult

ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ παντάπασιν ἐδύνατον. Δὲ ἂν
(only) for-you, but altogether impassable. But iif
πλέητε, ἔστιν ἐνθένδε μὲν παραπλεῦσαι

you-sail, it-is (in your power) from -hence indeed to-coast-along
εἰς Σινώπην, ἐκ Σινώπης δὲ εἰς “HpdxdAciav’ ἐξ

ἴο Sinope, from Sinope indeed to Heracleia; from
‘Hpaxagiag δὲ ἀπορία οὔτε πεζῇ οὔτε
Heracleia indeed (the) passage (may be) either by-land or
xata θάλατταν᾽ yap ἐστιν xal πολλὰ πλοῖα ἐν
by sea ; for there-are even many vessels ip
Ἡραχλείᾳ.
Heracleia.
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔλεξε ταῦτα, οἵ ὑπώσιτευον
When indeed he-had-said this, — (some) suspected (thas)

λέγειν Evexa φιλίας τῆς Κορύλα, (γὰρ ἦν

ne-said (it) by-reason of-friendship for— Corylas, Vo he-was

χαὶ πρόξενος αὐτῷ, δὲ καὶ οἱ
even {Ὁ} public-guest-friend to-bim,) and also --- (others) (suspected

ὡς ληψόμενον δῶρα διὰ ταύτην τὴν ξυμθου.

re as ΓΞ (a) ra ὰρ on-account-of this coun-

Any: δὲ οἱ xai ὑπώπτευον λέγειν ἕνεχα
[6]; and —(others)again suspected (that) he-said (so) by-reascn

τούτον. ὡς μὴ ἰόντες πεζῇ ἐργάζοιντο τι καχὸκ

of-thesd, that lest guing on-foot y-might-do some evi

BOOK V.-——CHAPTER VI. 365

ny χώραν Σινωπέων. A’ οὖν of Ἕλληνες
to-tme country οἵ (the) Sinupeans, But -- the Greeks

ἔψγανσαντο ποιεῖσθαι τὴν πορείαν κατὰ θάλατταν.
voted to-make the journey’ by 20a.

Μετὰ ταῦτα Ξενοφῶν εἶπεν" “OQ Σινωπεῖς,
After these (things) Xenophon said: ο Sinopeans,
οἱ ἄνδρες μὲν ὕρηνται πορείαν, ἣν ὑμεῖς Evulov-
the men adeed have-chosen (the) route, which you ad-
λεύεσε" δὲ ἔχει οὕτω"

vise ; | aad it-has (itself) thus; [and we will sail on these con-

ei μὲν μέλλει ἔσεσϑαι πλοῖα ἱκανὰ
ditions ;] if indeed it-is-intended (that) there-will-be ships sufficient

dpisug@, ὡς un ἕνα καταλείπεσθαι ἐνϑάδε,
in-number, so-as (that) not one be-left here,
ἡμεῖς ἂν πλέοιμεν' εἰ δὲ μέλλοιμεν οἱ

we may sail; if indeed we-intend (that) — (some)
μὲν καταλείψεσθαι, δὲ ot πλεύσεσϑθαι, ἂν
indeed are-to-be-left, but — (others) to-sail, “we may
οὐχ éubainuer εἰς τὰ πλοῖα. Tap γιγνώσχομεν,
not ‘embark on (board) the = ships. For we-know,
ὅτι, ὅπου μὲν ἂν χρατῶμεν dy δυναίμεθα

that, where indeed 'we may ‘be-the-strongest ‘we may ὁ be-able

χαὶ σώζεσθαι καὶ ἔχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια"
both to-save (ourselves), and to-have — provisions ;

dé εἴ που ληφϑησόμεθα ἥττους
but if any-where | we-shall-be-taken | worse (shall be found weaker]

TOV πολεμίων, εὔδηλον δὴ, ὅτι
(than) — (our) enemies, (it is) very-evident indeed, that
ἐσόμεῶα ἐν χώρᾳ ἀνδραπόδων. Οἱ πρέσθδεις
we-will-be in (the) place of-slaves. The ambassadors
ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα ἐχέλευον πέμπειν
heav-iag these (things) requested (them) to-sond
mpéabers. Καὶ πέμπουσι Καλλίμαχον

ambassadors (to Sinope). And they-sent Callimachus (the)

366 THE ANABASIS OF XENUPHON.

᾿Αρχάδα, καὶ *Apiotava ᾿Αϑηναῖον, xo Yaud
Arcadian, and Ariston (the) Athenian, and Samo-
Aav ᾿Αχαιόν. Καὶ ot μὲν ᾧχοντο.
as (the) Achesan. And — (they) indeed departed.
Ἔν δὲ τούϊῳ τῷ χρόνῳ Ξενοφῶντι,
During indeed this (same)— time (it seemed) to-Xenophonr,
ὁρῶντι μὲν πολλοὺς ὁπλίτας τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων,
seeing indeed ‘tne) many heavy-armed-men of-the Greeks,
δὲ χαὶ ὁρῶντι πολλούς πελταστὰς, καὶ τοξότας
and also seeing many targeteers, and archers
A 4 . e ’ VA A A e ,
xa σφενδονήτας, χαι ππεξας δὲ, χαι μᾶλα ἐχανοῦυς
and slingers, and cavalry also, and very efficient

ἤδη διὰ τὴν tpibyv, ὄντας δ᾽' ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ,

now through — exercise, being indeed in — Pontus,

ἔνϑα τοσαύτη δύναμις ἂν οὐχ παρεσκευάσθη ae

where such (a) force could not have-been-prepared from

ὀλίγων χρημάτων, ἐδόκει εἶναι καλὸν
small things-aud-means, ‘it (therefore) ’seemed _ to-be good

αὐτῷ προςκτήσασϑαι καὶ χώραν xai δύναμιν τῇ
to-him to-have-added-yet-more both territory and power to—

Ἑλλάδι, χατοιχίσαντας πόλιν. Καὶ ἐδόχει
Greece, having-provided (a) city (there). And it-seemed

LUTE ἂν yeviosau μεγάλη; χαταλογιζομένῳ

to-him (that it) might become grea considering

TE TO πλῆωος αὐτῶν, xal τοὺς περιου-
not-only the multitude of-themselves, but-also — (those) inhabiting-

χοῦντας τὸν Πόντον. Καὶ ἐτὶ τούτοις
around the Pontus (unskilled in war), And about this

ESVETO, πρὶν εἰπεῖν τινι τῶν στρατιωτῶν,
he-sacrificed, (and) before he-spoke tv-any of-the soldiers,
καλέσας Σιλανὸν τὸν ᾿Αμθραχιώτην, τὸν

having-called-in Silanus the Ambracian, -— (who)

γενόμενον tov μάντιν Κύρου. ὋὉ δὲ Σιλανός,

the augur of-Cyrus. — But Silanus

δεδιὼς μὴ ταῦτα γένηται, καὶ n στρατιά
having-feared lest this might-happen, and the army

BOOK V.— CHAPTER VI. 80Ί

καταμείνῃ που, ἐχφέρει λόγον εἰς τὸ
might-remain some-where (here), Se word to the

στράτευμα, ὅτι Ἐενοφῶν βούλεται τὴν στρατιὰν

that Xenophon desired army

καταμεῖναι, καὶ οἰχίσαι πόλιν, καὶ πε
to-rewain, and to-build (a) city, and (thereby) ac-

ποιζσασϑαι ὄνομα καὶ δύναμιν ἑαυτῷ. A’ ὃ
quire (8) name and power for-himeelf. But —

Σιλανος αὐτὸς ἐδούλετο ἀφιχέσθαι εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα

Bilapus himself desired to-arrive in

ὅτι τάχιστα" γὰρ διεσεσώκει τρις-
as quick ‘as-possible ; for he-had-saved (the)

χιλίους dapewxous, ods ἔλαθε napa Κύρου, ὅτε
thousand which he-received from Cyrus, when

θυόμενος ἠλήϑευσε τὰς δέχα ἡμέρας
sacrificing he-‘told (the) ‘truth (respecting) the ten days

Κύρῳ. Δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ἐπεὶ ἤχουσαν,
to-Cyrus. But (as respects) the soldiers, when they-heard

éddxe μὲν τος εἶναι βέλτιστον καταμεῖναι,
(this), it-seemed indeed to—(some) to-be —_— the-best to-remain,
δὲ τοὶς πολλοὶς οὔ. Δὲ Τιμασίω»
but — (others) the-most (numerous) not (toremain). But Timasius

ὁ Aapdaveds καὶ Θώραξ ὃ Βοιώτιος λέγουσι
the Dardanean and sti the Beotian told

τινὰς ἐμπόρους παρόντας τῶν Ἡραχλεωτῶν

some merchants being-present-there of-the Heracleans
καὶ Σινωπέων, ὅτι, ei μὴ ἐκχποριοῦσι
and ‘of (the) ‘Sinopeans, that, if they-‘do not procure

μισθόν τῇ στρατιᾷ, ὥςτε ἔχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια
pay fcr-the army, so-as to-have — _ provisions (while;

ὀχπλέοντας, ὅτι τοσαύτη δύναμις χιν-
sailing-out (on their voyage), | that so-large (a) force will-be

δυνεύσει μεῖναι ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ.
in-danger toremain in --- Pontus {there will be danger cf se

[a Ἐξενοφῶν Bow
targe a torce remaining in Pontus}. For (said they) Xenophon ὼ

868 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

Aveta, καὶ παρακαλεὶ ἡμᾶς, ἐπειδὰν τὰ πλοῖα

planning (thus), and requests when the vessels

ἔλθῃ, εἰπεῖν «τε ἐξαίφνης τῇ στρατιᾷ" Ανδρες,
en,

may-come, to-say then suddenly to-the army ;

viv μὲν ὁρῶμεν ὑμᾶς ὄντας ἀπόρους xO
‘we now ‘esd ‘perceive you being at-a-loss (how) eves

ἐν τῷ ἀπόπλῳ ἔχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, καὶ ὡς

in the voyage-homeward to-have — provisions, and how

ἀπελθόντας oixade ὀνῆσαι τι τοῦς οἴχοι"
Laving-departed home to-have-benefitted any (of) — (those) at-home;

ei δὲ βούλεσϑε ἐκλεξάμενοι τῆς οἰχουμένης
if indeed you-desire (it), having-selected — (an) inhabited
χώρας, κχύχλῳ περὶ τὸν Πόντον ὅπη ἂν

place, ‘in (a) ‘circle round the Pontus whenever ‘you may

βούλεσϑε, κατασχεῖν, καὶ τὸν μὲν ἐθέλοντα,
‘wish, to-take-possession-of (it), and — (those) indeed wishing
ἀπιέναι οἴχαδε, δὲ τν éeSéAoYTA μένειν
(it), to-depart home, but — (those) wishing (it) to-remain
αὐτοῦ, πλοῖα δὲ πάρεσιν ὑμὶν, ὥςτε, ὅπη
here, ships indeed are-ready (here) for-you, so-that, when ‘you

ἂν βούλησθε, ἂν ἐξαίφνης ἐπισπεέσοιτε.
may ‘wish, ‘you may suddenly ‘fall-on (such place),

Οἱ ἔμποροι ἀκούσαντες ταῦτα ἀπήγγελλον
The merchants hearing these (things), annotnoed

ταὶς πόλεσι. δὲ Τιμασίων ὁ Δα αρδανεὺς

(them) to-the cities ; and Timasion ardanean

ξυνέπεμψε αὐτοῖς Εὐρύμαχόν τε τὸν Aa αρδανέα

sent-with Eurymachus also — (a) ardanean
καὶ Odpaxa τὸν Βοιώτιον, ἐροῦντας τὰ αὑτὰ
and Thorax the Beeotian, saying the self
ταῦτο Σινωπεῖς δὲ αὶ Ἡρακλεῶται,
same (things). (The) Sinopeans and also (the) Heracleans,
ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα, πέμσουσ. πρὸς τὸ τὸν Τιμα-
having-heard these (things), sent Tima-
σίωνα καὶ κελεύουσι, λαθόντα χρὴματα,

ϑυ» and reauested (bim), having-received movey.

BOOK V.— CHAPTER VI. 869

τατεῦσαι, ὅπως ἢ στρατιά
to-place- himself-at-the-head (of bringing it about), that the

ἐχπλεύσῃ. Ὁ δὲ ἄσμενος ἀχούσας,
would-sail-out (οὗ the Euxine). — (He) indeed willingly listening

ἔν = Ev Q, ὄντων τῶν στρατιωτῶν,
(to this), | (and) ἰπ (an) assembly, being ἰδθ soldiers,

λέγει τάδε: Lei

{and in an assembly of the soldiers.) spoke thus: It-becomes (us)

οὐ, ὦ ἄνδρες, προςέχειν τῇ μονῇ, οὐδὲ
not, 0 men, to-bend (our minds) on — remaining, nor
σιοιεῖσθαι οὐδὲν περὶ πλείονος τῆς
to-make (no) (any) (country) o more-value (than) —
Ελλάδος. ᾿Αχούω δὲ τινας θύεσϑα ἐπὶ τούνῳ,
Greece. I-hear indeed (that) some are-sacrificing about this

οὐδὲ λέγοντας ὑμῖν. Δὲ ὑπισχνοῦμαι viv
(and) not-even mentioning (it) to-you. And I-promise you,

ἂν ἐχπλέητε, παρέξειν ἑχάστῳ κυζιχητὸν

if you-set-sail, to-furnish¢dereafter to-each-of-you (a) eysicene

μισθοφορὰν τοῦ μηνός, ἀπὸ

(about five dollars) as-pay — (per) month, (counting) from

νουμηνίας" χαὶ ἄξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν
(the) beginning-of-the-month; and I-will-lead you to

Τρῳάδα, ἔνϑεν xal εἶμι φυγάς, καὶ n ἐμὴ
and

Troas, whence even I-am (an) exile,

πόλις ὑπάρξει ὑμῖν " ya | ie
eity will-aid you; for ‘they (my countrymen) ‘will willingly

δέξονται we. Δὲ ἐγώ αὐτὸς ἡγήσομαι,
‘receive me. And 1 myself will-conduct (you to places),

Eydev λήψεσθε πολλὰ χρήματα. Kime δὲ ἔμ-

where you-will-get |§ much riches. I-am indeed well-

πειρος τῆς Αἰολίδος καὶ τῆς ᾧ υγίας, καὶ τῆς
acquuinted-with — olia asd — hrygia, and

Τρῳάδος, καὶ πάσης τῆς ἀρχῆς τῆς Pap-
Troas, the government [satrapy] (of) — Phar-

ναδάζοι; τὰ μὲν διὰ τὸ εἶναι ἐκεῖθεν,

| the indeed through the ἰο-Ὀθ nunce, [partly as be

870 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

δὲ τὰ δια τὸ Evvectpa
ing a native of that place], and --- (partly) through |the to-make-cam-
τεῦσϑαι ἐν αὐτῇ σὺν Κλεάρχῳ

paign3-with [having served with] ἢ that (place) with Clearchus

τε καὶ Δερχυλλίδᾳ.
and also Dercyllidas.
Αὖθις δὲ Θώραξ ὁ Βοιώτιος, ὃς ἀεὶ ἐμάχετο
Afterwardsindeed Thorax the Beeotian, whoalways contended
Eevopart: περὶ στρατηγίας, ἀναστὰς, ἔφη,
with-Xenophon about (the) command-of-the-army, having-stuod-up, said,
ei ἐξέλδοιεν ἐχ τοῦ Πόντου, Χεῤῥόνησον
if they-should-depart from the Pontus, (that the) Chersonese

ἔσεσϑαι αὐτοὶς, χώραν καλὴν καὶ
will-be § (the place) for-them, (for that the) country (is) fine and

3 4 σ ~ [4
εὐδαίμονα, ὥςτε τῷ βουλομένῳ
rich, so-that (it will be) to— (him) wishing-it (in his power)
évoixeiv, δὲ TO un βουλομένῳ
wo-dwell-therein, but to— (him) not — wishing-it (it will be in his

ἀπιέναι οἴκαδε. Δὲ εἷναι γελοῖον, οὔσης
power) to-depart home. And (that) it-was ridiculous, there-being

ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι πολλῆς καὶ ἀφϑόνου χώρας,

-- Greece much and excellent land,

μαστεύειν EV τῇ βαρθάρων. A’ ἔςτε, ἔφη,
to-seek-for-it in the (country) of-barbarians. But until, said-he

ἂν yévnose ἐχεῖ, κἀγὼ, xadanep Τιμασίων,
‘you may ‘get there, both-I, as-well-as Timasion
e ~ -
ὑπισχνοῦμαι ὑμὶν τὴν μισϑοφορίαν. Δὲ ἔλεγε
promise you -- pay. And __he-said
ταῦτα, εἰδὼς Τιμασίωνι ἃ ot Ἡρακλεῶται καὶ
this, having-heard from-Timasion what the eracleans and

ε - ε ~ σ 9 - 4 6
οι Σινωπεῖς υπισχνοῦντοὸ ὠςτξε ἐχσιλεὶν. Δὲ ὁ
the Sinopeans had-promised (it) provided (that) they-set-sail, But —

Ἐενοφῶν ἐν τούτῳ ἐσίγα. Δὲ Φιλήσιος xa
Xenophon during this was-silent. But Philesius and
Δύχων οἱ ᾿Αχαιοὶ ἀναστὰς ἔλεγον, ὡς εἴη δεινὸν
ὕγοο the Achseans having-stood-up sad, that it-was insufferable

BOOK V.— CHAPTER (3. 371

ἐν Ξενοφῶντα ἰδίᾳ. τε πείθειν
indce! that) Xenophon ἰῃ-Ργίνδίθ ‘should rot-only ‘persuade (poople)
καταμένειν, καὶ θύεσθαι ὑπὲρ τῆς μονῆς, μὴ
to-remuin, but-also to-sacrifice about — (their) stay, not
χοινούμενον στῇ στρατιᾷ, δὲ εἰς τὸ κοινὸν
haviug-cemmunicated to-the army, and in the publie
ἀγορεύειν μεδὲν περὶ τούτων. "Oste ὁ Hew
to-declare nothing about these (things). So-that — Xeno. -
φῶν ἡναγχάσϑη ἀναστῆναι καὶ εἰπεῖν τάδε"
phon was-obliged to-stand-up and to-speak thus:
3

, =z »Y U ς 4 ς » e :
γώ, ὦ ἄνδρες, θύομαι, ὡς μὲν ὁρᾶτε, ὅποσα
Ι,

0 men, sacrifice, as indeed you-see, as-well-as
ἢ ~ e ~
δύναμαι, καὶ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ,
I-can, both for you and ἔογ myself, | in-order-that
τυγχάνω χαὶ λέγων καὶ νοῶν καὶ πραττων
I-happen both speaking and thinking and doing {in order
ταῦτα ὁποῖα μέλε
that I may speak, and think and do] those (things) such-as it-may-be.
λει ἔσεσϑαι κάλλιστα καὶ ἄριστα τε ὑμῖν καὶ
ebout to-be the-most-honourable and best not-only for-you but-also
ἐμοί. Καὶ νῦν éSvdunv περὶ αὐτοῦ τούτου,
for-me. And now I-was-sacrificing about this same (thing>
εἰ εἴη ἄμεινον ἄρχεσθαι λέγειν εἰς
(namely) whether it-would-be better to-begin to-speak to
ὑμᾶς καὶ πράττειν περὶ τούτων, ἢ παντάπασι
you and to-act respecting these (things), or altogether
μηδὲ ἅπτεσθαι τοῦ πράγματος. Δὲ Σιλανὸς 6
not to-touch the affair. And Silanus the
μάντις anexpivato μοὶ τὸ μέγιστον
augur determined for-me — (what was of the) greatort
ἕν, τὰ ἱερὰ εἷναι καλὰ (γὰρ
(importance) indeed, (that) the vicums were favcurable; (for
v \ 3 A ¥ 9 »
ἤδει καὶ ἐμὲ ὄντα οὐχ ἄπειρον
he-knew also (that) I was not unskilled (in such things)
διὰ τὸ ἀεὶ παρεῖναι tots ἱεροῖς") δὲ
by-reagop of — (my) always »eing-present at-the sacrifices;) and

$72 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἔλεξε ὅτι φαίνοιτο ἐν τοὶς ἱεροὶς τις δόλος
said that there-appeared in the victims (as if) s»me fraud

a 595 A 9 a [4 ν ’
καὶ ἐπιθουλὴ ἐμοί, ὡς ἄρα γιγνώσχων,
and plotting (τγ88 agitating) against-me, as in-truth knowing,
ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐπεδούλευε διαθάλλειν μὲ πρὸς ὑμᾶς.

that he was-plotting to-calumniate me to you.

Tap ἐξήνεγχε τὸν λόγον, as ἐγὼ ἤδη διαγοοίμεν
for he-brought-out the report, that already intended

πράττειν ταῦτα, οὐ πείσας ὑμᾶς.
to-do these (things), not having-persuaded you (to give
Δὲ ἐγὼ, εἰ μὲν ἑώρων ὑμᾶς ἀποροῦντας,
yourconsent). And I, if indeed [-ν you destitute
: τοῦ ἂν ἐσχόπουν ἀφ᾽ οὗ
(and in perplexity), for-that ‘I would ‘have-looked-out from which ‘i
ἂν γένοιτο, ὥςτε ὑμᾶς λαδόντας πόλιν, τὸν

might ‘happen, that you having-taken (a) city, — (those)
μὲν βουλόμενον, ἀποπλεῖν ἤδη, τὸν

indeed desiring (it), (might) set-sail now, — (those)
δὲ μὴ βουλόμενον, ἐπεὶ χτή-

indeed not desiring (it), (might do so) when _ they-might-have-

σαιτο ἱκανὰ, ὥςτε ὠφελῆσαί τι στοὺς οἰχείους
acquired sufficient, 850-88 to-assist somewhat the families
éavtov. Δὲ ἐπεὶ op Ἡραχλεώτας καὶ =D
of-themselves. But when I-see (the) Heracleans und (the) Sino
πεὶς πέμποντας τὰ πλοῖα καὶ ὑμῖν, ὥςτε
peans sending — vessels even to-you, so-as (that)
9 - » ε ’ e ow
ἐχσιλεῖν, καὶ ἄνδρας ὑπισχνουμένους ὑμὶν μισϑὸν
you-may-set-sail, and men promising you pay

> 4

ἀπὸ νουμηνίας, δοχεῖ μοι εἷναι χαλόν
from (the) beginning-of-the-month, it-seems to-me to-be (an) excellent
σωζομένους ἔνϑα βουλόμεϑα λαμθάνειν

(thing that) we-being-saved to-where πο- 18 (to be) to-receive

μισϑὸν τῆς πορείας" καὶ te αὑτός παύ-
pay ‘for (making) ‘the journey; and not-only myself do-

quae ἐχείνης τῆς διανοίας, καὶ ὁπόσοι προς-

ἐθεὶαϊ from-this — (same) intention. but-also such-aa have

BOOK V.—CHAPTEB VI. 818

ἤεσαν πρὸς ἐμὲ, λέγοντες, ὡς χρὴ πράττει

some-focward tc me, saying, that it-is-necessary

ταῦτα, φημι χρῆναι ava
these (things), I-say (to them also) ae it-is-necessary

παύσασϑαι. Γὰρ ο γιγνώσκω" be

desist (from them). For ibis I-know:

πολλοὶ ὁμοῦ, Ων νυνί, ἂν δοχεῖτε μοι ὅπ

many together, as how, ‘you may seem to-me even

εἶναι ἔντιμοι, καὶ ἔχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια" (yap ἐστιν
to-be honoured, and ἐλ ave --- provisions; | (for it-is

ἐν τῷ χρατεῖν χαὶ τὸ
in the to-have-power [for it belongs to those having power] even “--

λαμθάνειν τὰ τῶν ἡττόνων") δ᾽ ἂν διασπασ-
to-take the (things) of-the weaker;) but — being-torn-

Sevres, καὶ τῆς δυνάμεως γενομένης
into-pieces, and — (your) force having-become (divided into}

κατὰ μικχρὰ, ἂν οὔτε δύναισϑε λαμθδάνειν
-~ small (parties), ‘you might neither ‘be-able to-procure

τ nv, οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἀπαλλάξαιτε χαί ντες. Loxel

noe, nor might you-depart rejoicing. It-seems
οὖν μοι ἅπε ὑμῖν, éx7to-
therefore to-me(good) which (is good) for-you, (that) ‘we (ought) ‘to-
ρεύεσθαι εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα" xal ἐάν τις μείνῃ
depart for - Greece ; and if any-one remains
ἤ ληφϑῇ ἀπολιπῶν τινα, iv τὸ πᾶ»
ΟΡ be-caught ‘leaving any-one ‘behind, before (that) the whole

ed eae εἶναι ἐν ἀσφαλεὶ αὐτὸν χρίνεσθαι
is in safety (that) he is-to-be-judged

ὡς ἀδικοῦντα. Καὶ ὅτῳ, ἔφη ταῦτα δοχεὶ
as committing-a-crime. And to-whom, said-he these (things) seem

ἀράτω τὴν χεῖρα Ss "Antares
(good) ‘let (him) ‘hold-up — (his) oa All

ἀνέτειναν.
beld-ap (their hands).

Ὃ Σιλανὸς δὲ eda, καὶ ἐπεχείρει sed fd

— SBilanus indeed eried.oul and attempted

874 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHUP.

εἴη δίκαιον τὸν βουλόμενοι

{in order to show), that it-might-be lawful for — (those) desiring
ἀπιέναι. Ot στρατιῶται δὲ οὐχ ἠνείχοντο.
(it) to-depart. The soldiers however ‘did not ‘tolcrate

ἀλλ᾽ ἠπείλουν αὐτῷ, ὅτι εἰ λήψονται ἀποδε.
(it) but threatened him, that if they-caught (him) ranning-
δράσχοντα, ἐπιϑήσοιεν τὴν dixny.

away, | they-would-‘put the law ‘on (him), [they would
᾿Εντεῦθεν, ἐπεὶ ot ΗἩραχλεῶται ἔγνωσαν,
punish him]. Thereupon, when the Heracleans knew,

ὅτι δεδογμένον εἴη exrdeiv, και Ξενοφῶν
that it-had-been-determined to-set-zail, and (that) Xenophon
> 4 3 A L 4 a A A
αὐτὸς ἐπεψηφικὼς εἴη, πέμπουσι μὲν τὰ πλοῖα;
himself had-put-it-to-vote, sent indeed the ships,
δὲ τὰ χρήματα ἃ ὑπέσχοντο Τιμασίωνι
but (as respects) the money which they-promised to-Timasion
καὶ Θώραχι τὴς μισϑοφορίας ἐψευσμέ-
and Thorax (as) the pay (of the soldiers) they-had.
VOL ἦσαν. ᾿Ενταῦϑα δὲ of ὑπεσχημένοι
falsified (their word). Then indeed — (those) having-promised
τῆς μισϑοφορίαν ἐχπεπληγμένοι ἦσαν καὶ
the pay

were-astounded and

ἐδεδοίχεσαν τὴν στρατιὰν. Οὗτοι οὖν πα

feared the army. These therefore taking-with
6évres καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους στρατηγούς, οἷς ἀνεχοι-
(them) also’ the other generals, to-whom they-com-
νοῦντο, ἃ SEV ἔπραττον, (δὲ
municated, what ‘they before (this) ‘attempted-to-bring-about, and
ἦσαν πάντες, πλὴν Νέωνος τοῦ ᾿Ασιναίου,
‘hey-were all (οὗ them), except Neon the Asinian,

ὃς ὑπεστρατήγει Χειρισόφῳ, δὲ Χειρίσοφος οὔτι
who commanded-under Cheirisophus, but Cheirisophus ‘was not-ye

παρῆν,) ἔρχονται πρὸς Ἐενοφῶντα, καὶ λέγουσιν

‘present, ) they-went to Xenophon, and said,

ὅτι μεταμέλοι αὐτοῖς, χαὶ δδοχοιη
that it-repented them (for what had been done), and it-might-seem

BOOK V.—CHAPTER VII. 876

εἶναι κράτιστον πλεῖν εἰς Φᾶσιν, ἐπεὶ ἔστι

to-be the-best to-sail to (the) Phasis, § when there-were
πλοῖα, καὶ κατασχεῖν τὴν χώραν Φασιαγῶν

vessela, δηὰ to-have-taken the cvuntry ‘of (the) *Phasians
(dé υἱιδοῦς Αἰήτου ἐτύγχανε βασιλεύων αὐτῶν).
Sfor (a) giundson of-Aetes happened to-be-reigning-over them).
Δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἀπεχρίνατο, ὅτι ἂν εἴποι οὐδὲν
But Xenophon replied, that ‘he would ‘say nothing
τούτων εἰς τὴν στρατιάν᾽ δὲ ὑμεῖς ξυλλέξαντες,
ef-this to the arny; but you assembling
ἔφη, εἰ βούλεσϑε, Aéyete.
‘them), snid-he, if you-wish, tell (them about the affair )

"Evtaisa Τιμασίων ὁ Δαρδανεὺς ἀποδείκνυται
Then Timesion the Dardanian offered (the)

γνώμην, οὐχ ἐχχλῃσιάζειν, ἀλλὰ
opinivn, (that) they-‘ought not ‘to-call-a-council (of all), but

πρῶτον τοὺς λοχαγοὺς πειρᾶσθαι πείθειν
first the captains (ought) to-endeavour to-persuade

ἕχαστον αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἀπελϑόντες
| each (of the men) of-himself [his own men]. and departing

ἐποίουν ταῦτα.
they-did these (things).

CHAPTER VII.

Ot στρατιῶται οὖν ἀνεπύϑοντο ταῦτα

THE soldiers therefore heard (that) these (things'
πραττόμενα. Καὶ o Νέων λέχει, ὡς Ἐενοφῶν
were-doing. And — Neon tells (them), that | Xenophon,
ἀναπεπειχὼς τοὺς ἄλλους στρατηγοὺς, διανοεῖται,
having-persuaded the other generals, was-deliberating.
ἐξαπατήσας, ἄγειν πάλιν τοὺς στρατιώτας

deceiving (them), to-lead back-again the soidiers

876 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

εἰς Φᾶσιν. Δὲ οἱ στρατιῶται ἀχούσαττες
to (the) Phasis. But the suldiers hearing (this,

χαλεπῶς Epepov καὶ ἐγίγνοντο ξύλλογοιε,

Were greatly ‘excited . and there- were assemblages,

καὶ κύχλοι ξυνίσταντο, xai ἦσαν μάλα φοθεροὶ,
and circles were-formed, and they-were much _ to-be-feared,

μὴ ποιήσειαν, οἷα καὶ ἐποίησαν τοὺς κήρυκας
est they-might-do, as ‘they even ‘had-done to-the heralds

Κόλχων καὶ τοὺς ἀγορανόμους"
‘of (the) ‘Colchians and the superintendents-of-the-markets; for

ὅσοι μὴ κατέφυγον εἰς τὴν θάλατταν, κατε-
as-many-as ‘did not ‘take-refuge in the sea, were-

λεύσϑησαν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ Ἐξενοφῶν ἡἠσϑάνετο,

destroyed. When however Xenophon perceived (these

ἔδοξεν αὐτῳ ὡς τάχιστα ξυνα-
things), it-seemed (best) to-him ‘as speedily ‘as-possible to-call-

γαγεῖν ἀγοράν αὐτῶν, καὶ μὴ ἐᾶσι
together (an) assembly of-them (the soldiers), and not to-have-permitted

ξυλλεγῆναι αὐτομάτους" καὶ ἐχέλευσε τὸν
(them) to-assemble of-their-own-accord; and _ he-ordered the

χήρυχα EvAréyerw ἀγοράν. Δ᾽ οἱ ἐπεὶ

nerald to-collect-together (8) meeting. But — (they) when
ἤχουσαν τοῦ χήρυχος, ξυνέδραμον καὶ
they-heard (the proclamation) of-the herald, ran-together even
μάλα ἑτοίμως. ᾿Ενταῦϑα Hevopay οὐ

very speedily. Then Xenophon ‘did not indeed
κατηγόρει τῶν στρατηγῶν, ὅτι ἤλῶον ΩΝ αὐτῶν
‘accuse the generals, that they-came

δὲ λέγει ὧδε"

but speaks thus:

᾿Αχούω, ὦ ἄνδρες, τινὰ διαδάλλειν ἐμὲ ὡς

I-hear, 0 men, ee gome-one accuses me thai
ἐγὼ dpa ἐξαπατήσας ὑμᾶς μέλλω ἄγειν εἰς
I nameiy deceiving you intend to-lead (you) to (the)
Φᾶσιν. ᾿Αχούσατε μου οὖν πρὸς θεῶν"

Phasis. Hear me therefore for (the sake) of. the-gods,

BOOK V.— CHAPTER VII. S77

tai ἐὰν μὲν ἐγὼ φαίνωμαι ἀδικεῖν, od
and if indeed [ may-appear to-do-wrong, it-'is not ‘proper
ἀπελθεῖν ἐνθένδε, πρν dv δῶ δίχην
(that) I should-depart hence, | before ‘I may ‘give justice;
δ᾽ of διαθάλλοντες ἐμὲ
[before I suffer punishment ;] but (if)— (those) calumniating me

ἂν φαίνωνται ὑμῖν ἀδικεῖν, χρῆσϑε αὐτοὶς οὕτως
may appear a to-do-wrong, treat them

ὥςπερ ἄξιον. Ὑμεῖς δὲ δήπου ἴστε, ἔφη, ὅϑεν

is-fitting. ou indeed certainly know, said-he, whence

ἥλιος ἀνίσχει, καὶ ὅπου δύεται, xai ὅτι,
(the) sun rises, and where it-sets, and to-whom,

ἐὰν μὲν μέλλῃ ἰέναι εἰς τὴν “Ελλάδα, del

if indeed he-intends to-go to — Greece, (to him) it-is-necessary

πορεύεσθαι πρὸὲ ἑσπέραν" ἢν δέ τις βούληται

to-proceed to (the) west ; if indeed any-one might-wish

εἰς τοὺς βαρβάρους, τοὔμπαλιν π
(to go) to the barbarians, (on) the-contrary (he must go) to (the)

ἕω. Ἔστιν οὖν ὅςτις ἄν δύναιτο ἐξαπα-
east. Is-there therefore any-one (that) might be-able 20-to-
THOU ὑμᾶς τοῦτο, ὡς ἥλιος,
deceive you in-this, as (to make you believe that the) sun,

ἔνϑεν μὲν ἀνέσχει, δὲ δύεται ἐνταῦθα, δὲ
there-where indeed it-was, ‘it also ‘sets there, and

ἔνϑα δύεται, δ᾽ ἀνισχει ἐντεῦθεν; ᾿Αλλὰ μὲν

where it-sets, ‘it also ‘rises there ? But indeed

χαὶ τοῦτό Ε ,ἐπίστασϑε, ὅτι βορέας μὲν
even this at-le know, that (the) north-wind ‘will indeed

φέρει ἔξω a Πόντου εἷς τὴν Ἑλλάδα,

carry (us) out-of the Pontus (Euxinus) towards — Greece,

δὲ νότος εἴσω εἰς Φᾶσιν, καὶ λέγετε,
eu. (the) south-wind inwards towards (the) Phasis, and you-say,

ὅταν βοῤῥᾶς πνέη, ὡς εἰσιν καλοὶ πλοὶ εἰς

when (the) north-wind may-blow, that _ it-is fair ssailics for

τὴν Ἑλλάδα. Τοῦτο οὖν ὅπως ἔστιν, τις

- Greece, In-this therefore how __ is-it (p ssi! le), anv-ane

873 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἂν ἐξαπατήσαι ὑμᾶς, ὥςτε ἐμθαίνειν, ὁπόταν

could deceive you, 80-28 to-embark, when (the
νύτος πνέῃ; ᾿Αλλὰ γάρ éu66G
south-wind may-blow? But perhaps (you will say that I shall-'put

ὁπόταν ἢ γαλήνη. ᾿Εγὼ
{you) ‘on-board when there-may-be (a) calm. Will I

“ e --
οὐχοῦν μὲν πλεύσομαι ἐν Evi πλοίῳ, δὲ ὑμεὶς ἐν

not-therefore indeed ‘sail in one ship, but you in

éxatév τοὐλάχιστον; Πῶς οὖν ἂν ἐγὼ καὶ
(a) hundred (at) the-least ? How therefore could I either
Biacaiuny ὑμᾶς πλεῖν Evy ἐμοὶ, μὴ Bovdo-

force you to-sail with $$ me, (you) not be:ng:-

μένους, ἢ ἐξαπατήσας ἄγοιμι. Δὲ ποιῶ
willing, or deceiving lead (you away). But |I-make

ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατηϑέντας καὶ κατα-
{I will suppose] (that) you having-been-deceived and having-

γονητευϑέντας un ἐμοῦ ἥχειν εἰς Φᾶσιν" χαὶ
been-tricked by me to-come to (the) Phasis; «nd

677 ἀἁποθαίνομεν εἰς τὴν χώραν'
indeed (that) we-descend (from the vessels) to the land

δήπου γνώσεσϑε, ὅτι ἐστέ οὐχ ἐν TH Ἑλλάδι.
you-'willcertainly ‘know, that you-are not in — Greece.
Kai ἐγὼ μὲν ὁ ἐξηπατηχὼς ἔσομαι εἷς, δὲ
And T indeed who have-been-deceiving (you) will-be (but) one, but

ἱμεὶς of ἐξηπατημένοι ἔχοντες ἐγγὺς μυρίων

you — (who) have-been-deceived a 12g near tan.thawennd

ὅπλα. Πῶς οὖν ἂν εἷς ἀνὴρ μαληνς

(men under) arms. | How therefore could one man

δοίη δίχην,

given justice, [how could one man more effectually have brcught punish-

rd βουλευόμενος οὕτω τε “περὶ
ment on himself,} than (for) planning thus not-only about
ty ~ € ~
ουτοῖ χαὶ wav; “AAXN οὗτοι εἶσιν ot ise bis
oimself but-also (about) you? But these are tie

ἀνδρῶν καὶ ἡλιϑίων χἀμοὶ φϑονούντων, ὅτι ἐγὼ
οὗ. το ο even foolish ‘and envying ‘ma heza»y,

ΔΟΟΚ V.—CHAPTER VII. sty

τιμῶμαι ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν. Καίτοι οὐ δικαίως γ᾽ ἂν
am-hon ured by you. Although not justly at-least —

φϑοιοῖεν μοι yao ἐγὼ ἢ κχωλύω τίνα λέγειν,
do-they-annoy me; for ‘do I either ‘prevent any-one to-speak,

3 ’ 9 4 ϑ ε
εἰ τις δύναται τι ἀγαϑὸν ἐν ὑμὶν,
if any-one is-able (tosay) any-thing good (or advantageous) for you,

ἢ μάχεσϑαι, εἴ τις ESCA, TE ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν καὶ
or to-fight, if any-one wishes, not-only for you but-also

ἑαυτοῦ, ἢ ἐγρηγορέναι περὶ τῆς ὑμετέρας
for --

(for) himself, or to-watch your
ἀσφαλείας ἐπιμελόμενον; Γὰρ τί, ὑμῶν
safety (if) caring (to do so)? For (in) what, you

αἱρουμένων ἄρχοντας, εἶμι ἐγώ ἐμποδών τινι;
choosing officers, am I (a) hindrance to-any-one?
>

, , ,
παρίημι, ἀρχέτω" μόνον φαινέσϑω
[-yield (to him), ‘let (him) ‘command; alone ‘let (him) "appear
~ 3 cw 9 J \
ποιῶν τι ayasdov υμᾶς. ᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ
doing something good (and advantageous) for-you. But howe
μὲν τὰ εἱργμένα περὶ τούτων ἀρχεῖ ἐμοὶ"
indeed the (things) said about this are-sufficient for-me;
ei δὲ Tig ἱμῶν οἴεται ἢ αὐτὸς ἂν éanary
if indeed any-one of-you thinks that he-himself could have-boen-

ϑϑῆναι ταῦτα, 7 ἄλλον ἐξαπα-
deceived (as respects) these (things), or (that) another (could) have

THOU ταῦτα, λέγων διδα-
deceived (him) (as respects) these (things), speaking ‘let (him) ‘in-

σχέτω. Δὲ ὅταν ἔχητε ἅλις τούτων,
form (us). But when you-may-have enough of-these (things),
un anéAdnte, πρὶν axovonte οἷον πρᾶγμα
‘do not ‘depart, before you-may-have-heard what thing
ὁρῶ ἀρχόμενον ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ ὃ εἰ ἔπεισι καὶ
L-see reigning in the army; which if it-go-on and
e ~
ἔστω. οἷον ὑποδείκνυσι, ὥρα ἡμὶν
will-be, as it-‘shows (itself) ‘gradually, (itis) time for-us
e Π ~~ ~
ιϑουλεύεσϑαι ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, μὴ ἀποφαινώμεϑα
vo-deliberate abeut us ourselves, lest we-appea'

88C THE .zNABASIS OF XENOPHON.

τε χάχιστοι καὶ αἴσχιστοι ἄνδρες, καὶ πρὸς
not-only the-worst but-also the-most-infamous ren, both before
θεῶν καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων καὶ φίλων καὶ
(the) gods δηὰ _ before men (and) both (before) friends and
πολεμίων.
foes.
Ot στρατιῶται δὲ ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα ἐθαύ.-
The soldiers indeed hearing these (things) won-

wacdy te ὅ τι εἴη, καὶ ἐκέλευον λέγειν
dered not-only what it-might-be, but-also requested (him) to-say

Ἔχ τούτου ἄρχεται nad’ ᾿Επίστασθϑέ
(what it was), On this he-begins again: You-know

που, ὅτι ἦν χωρία ἐν τοὶς ὄρεσι
perhaps, that there-are places in the mountains (belonging to the)

Bapbapixd, φίλια toig Κερασουντίοις, ὅϑεν τινὲς

barbarians, friendly to-the Ceraguntians, whence some
χατιόντες ἐπῶλουν ἡμὶν καὶ ἱερεῖα καὶ ἄλλα
eoming-down sold us both (cattle for) victims and others

e ~ -
ὧν εἶχον, δέ καὶ τινες ὑμῶν δοχοῦσι μοι
‘things) which they-had, and also some _ οἶ-ςγοῦ seem to-me

ἐλθόντες ἐγγυτάτω χωρίον τούτων,
having-gone _to-the-nearest places of-these (people), (and)

ἀγοράσαντές τι, ἀπελϑεὶν πάλιν. Κλεάρετος

having-purchased something, to-have-gone-away again. Clearetus
ὁ Aoyayds, καταμαϑὼν τοῦτο, ὅτι εἴη

the captain, having-learned this, that (this place) was
χαὶ μικρὸν καὶ ἀφύλακτον, διὰ τὸ φίλιον

both = small and unguarded, on-account-of the friendshir.
νομίζειν εἶναι, ἔρχεται Ex’ αὑτοὺς

(that they) supposed to-be (between us), went against them
~ \ e VA 9 ἢ > 6 =~
φῆς νυχτὸς ὡς πορϑήσων, εἰπών οὐδενὶ ἡμῶν.
εὶ -- night as about-plundering, telling none of-us.

Auevevénto δὲ, εἰ λάδοι τὸ χωρίον «όδε,
He-had-proposed however, if he-should-take --- (this) place here,

μηχέτι μὲν ἐλϑεῖν εἰς τὸ στράτευμα, δὲ εἰςθὰς
never-more indeed _ to-go to the army, but embarking

BOOK V. — CHAPTER VIL. 881

εἰς πλοῖον, ἐν ᾧ οἱ ξύσχηνοι αὐτοῦ ετύγ-
(board a) vessel, in which the companions of-himself hap-

χανον παρασιλέοντες, χαὶ ἐνθέμενος
pened-to-be sailing-along (the coast), and. putting-on (board)

εἰ τι λάδοι ᾿ ἀποπλέων οἴχεσθαι
}if any [whatever] he-might-take, (and then) sailing-away to-depart

ἔξω τοὺ Πόντου. Καὶ ξυνωμολόγησαν ταῦτα
out-of the Pontus, And _ they-concerted these (things)

αὐτῷ οἱ σύσκηνοι EX τοῦ πλοίου, ὡς
with-him, (namely) --- (those his) companions from the vessel, as
ἐγὼ viv αἰσϑάνομι. Οὖν παραχαλέσας, ὁπόσους
Ι now perceive. Therefore having-called-tegether, as-many-as
ἔπειϑεν, ἦγεν ἐπὶ τὸ χωρίον. A’ ἡμέ
he-had-persuaded, he-led (them) against the lace. But Jy
γενομένη φϑάνει αὐτὸν πορευόμενον,

ave-become overtakes him proceeding (on his march),
καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι ξυστάντες βάλλοντες
and the men (of the place) having-come-together hurling
καὶ παίοντες ἀπο ἰσχυρῶν τόπων, ἀποχτείνουαι
and striking from (the) strung places, they-kil]

te τὸν Κλεάρετον χαὶ συχνούς τῶν ἄλλων"
not-only — Clearetus but-also many of-the other (men);

δ᾽ οἱ τινες αὐτῶν καὶ ἀποχωροῦσι εἰς Κερασοῦντα.
but — some of-them also go-away to Verasus,
Taira δ ἦν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἡ ἡμεὶς
These (things) indeed were on _ the day on-which we
ἐξωρμῶμεν δεῦρο πεζῇ" τινὲς δὲ τῶν

set-out hither on-foot; (while) some indeed of — (those whe

πλεόντων ἦσάν ἔτι ἐν ἹΚερασοῦντι, οὔτω
were) sailing were still in Cerasus, ‘having not-yet

ἀνγγμένοι. Μετὰ τοῦτο, ὡς οἱ Κερασούντιοι
*brought-up (the anchors). After this, as the Cerasuntians

λέγουσιν, ἀφικνοῦνται τῶν — ἐχ τοῦ χωρίου
say, there-arrived of-the (people) from the place .
[4

τρεῖς ἄνδρες τῶν γεραιτέρων, χρύζοντες ἐλθεῖν
three ν» ς.

men σέο older-clasa, desiring

882 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

πρὸς τὸ κοινὸν. Δὲ ἐπεὶ ot
to the publio-council (of officers), But whken they-‘did not
’ Cw ‘ 4 ,
χατέλαδον ἡμᾶς, ἔλεγον πρὸς τοὺς Κερασουντίους,
‘find us, they-told to the Cerasuntians,
ὅτι θαυμάζοιεν τί δόξειεν ἡμῖν éAdciv ἐπὶ
that they-wondered why it-seemed to-us (proper) to-go against
αὐτούς. Ἔφασαν ἐπεὶ μέντοι
them. "They (the Cerasuntians) ‘said (that) when however
σφεῖς λέγειν, ὅτι τὸ πρᾶγμα οὐ γένοιτο ἀπὸ
they told (them), that the thing ‘did not ‘happen ἔτοι
XOLVOD, αὐτοὺς τε ἥδεσθαι
common (or public authority), (that) they ‘were not-only ‘delighted
xai μέλλειν πλεῖν ἐνθάδε, ὡς λέξαι τὰ
but-also (that they) were-about ‘o-sail hither, so-as to-relate the

ενόμενα ἡμὶν, καὶ κελεύειν τοὺς
(things) having-happened to-us, and (that) they-requested — (those)

δεομένους tovrov λαδόντας τοὺς νεχροὺς θάπτειν
desiring this (that) taking the dead to-bury
αὐτοὺς. Δὲ τινὲς Ἑλλήνων, τῶν

them. But some (of the) Greeks, — (those namely)
ἀποφυγόντων, ἔτυχον ἔτι ὄντες ἐν Κερασοῦντι᾽
having-fled-away, happened still (being) (to be) in Cerasus;
δ᾽ αἰσϑόμενοι τοὺς βαρθάρους, ὅποι ἴοιεν,
and having-perceived the barbarians, (and) whither they-were-going,

αὐτοί te ἐτόλμησαν βάλλειν toils λίϑοις, χαὶ
they not-only dared to-throw - stones, but-also

παρεχελεύοντο τοῖς ἄλλοις. Καὶ οἱ ἄνδρες

encouraged -- others (todoso). And the men

ἀποϑνήσχουσι, ὄντες of τρεῖς πρέσδεις, χαταλευσ-
die, being the three ambassadors, stoned-to-
Sévres. “Enel δὲ τοῦτο ἐγένετο, of Κερασούντιοι
death. When indeed this happened, the Cerasuntians
ἔρχονται πρὸς ἡμᾶς, καὶ λέγουσι τὸ πρᾶγμα" καὶ
sume to us, and relate the affair ; and
ἡμεὶς οἵ στρατηγοὶ ἀκούσαντες ἠχϑόμεθϑά

we the generale hearing (it) were-greatly-excited-againg

BOOK V.— CHAPTER VII. 888

te Tots γεγενημένοις, καὶ ἐθουλευόμεϑθα ξὺν
not -umy the (things) having-happened, but-also reset re with

τοὶς Κερασουντίοις, ὅπως οἱ νεχροί τῶν Ἑλλήνων

the Cerasuntians, how the dead of-the Greeks

dv ταφείησαν. Δὲ συγκαϑήμενοι ἔξωϑεν τῶν
might _ be-buried. And _sitting-together pataide of-the

ὅπλον, ἐξαίφνης ἀχούομεν πολλοῦ Oopibov,

place-of-arms, suddenly we-hear much noise-and-vutory,

Παὶε, male, βάλλε, βάλλε, καὶ τάχα δὴ ὁρῶμεν

Strike, strike, throw, throw, and immediately indeed
πολλοὺς προςϑέοντας ἔχοντας λίϑους ἐν ταῖς

many (men) running-together having stones in
ί, δὲ καὶ ἀναιρουμένους. Καὶ
(their) Stk and also ‘picking (them) ‘up. And indeed
οἱ ἈΚερασούντιοι ὡς ἂν καὶ ἑωραχότες τὸ
the erasuntians as (they) may even have-perceived the
μα παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς, δείσαντες ἀπο-
affair (‘hat happened) among themselves, fearing 10.

χώρουσι πρὸς τὰ πλοῖα. Ἦσαν δὲ, νὴὶ Δία,
— (their) vessels, There-was indeed, by Jupiter,
e€

καὶ of ὑμῶν ἔδεισαν. ἜἜγωγε μὴν ἠλθο»

even --- (some) of-us (who) feared. T-at-least a went
πρὸς αὐτοὺς, καὶ TOOT QY, ὅτ ι τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐστὶ.

them, and inquired, what the affair is.
Δὲ ἦσαν τῶν μὲν οἱ ἤδεσαν οὐδὲν. δὲ

And there-were (some) of —(them) indeed who knew nothing, and

ὅμιος εἶχον λίϑους ἐν ταὶς χερσίν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ

yet had stones in — (their) hands. When indeed
ἐπέτυχον τινὶ εἰδότι, λέγει μοι ὅτι OL ἀγορα-

I-found s¢me-one knowing (it), be-tells me that the superinterdents-
νόμοι ποιοῦσι τὸ στράτευμα, δεινότατα. “Kr
of-the-market _ treat the army most-shamefully. As
τούτῳ τις ὁρᾷ τὸν ἀγορανόμον Ly
this (time) some-one saw the superintendent-of-markets Ze-

λαρχον ἀποχωροῦντα πρὸς τὴν θάλατταν, καὶ
tarc

retreating the 808. and

884 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.
ἀνέχραγε" δὲ ot ὡς ἤχουσαν ἵενται ἐπὶ αὖ ds
ealled-out; and —(those)that heard (it) rushed towards sim

ὥσπερ ἢ ἀγρίου συὸς ἢ ἐλάφου φανέν" og.
as-if either(a) wild boar or (a) stag were-appea ing.

A’ οἱ Κερασούντιοι αὖ, ὡς εἶδον ὁρμῶντας καϑ'
But the Cerasuntians also, as they-saw (them) hurrying towards
αὑτούς, σαφῶς νομίζοντες teoda. ἐπὶ

them, evidently thinking (that they were) about-to-rush against
σφᾶς, φεύγουσι δρόμῳ, καὶ ἐμπίπτουσιν

themselves, 8660 in-haste, and throw (themselves)
εἷς τὴν θάλατταν. Δὲ xal τινες ὑμῶν αὐτῶν
int the sea. And also some of-us rurselves
ξυνειςέπεσον, καὶ ὅςτις ἐτύγχανε
‘threw (themselves) ‘together-in (the sea), and whoever happened

un ἐπιστάμενος νεῖν enviyeto. Καὶ τί δοκεῖτε
not being-skilled to-swim was-drowned. And what do-you-think

τούτους: Μὲν οὐδέν ἡδίχου:,
of-these (persons fleeing thus)? They-'did indeed no ‘wrong,

δὲ ἔδεισαν μὴ τις λύττα ὥςπερ κυσὶ» ἐμ-
but they-feared lest some madness like (thatof) dogs might

nentoxor ἡμῖν. Εἰ οὖν ταῦτα ἔσται τοιαῦτα,
have-fallen-on us. If then these (things) are-to-be even-thus,

θεάσασϑε, ola ἡ κατάστασις τῆς στρατιᾶς ἔσται

see, what the constitution of-the army will-be
ἡμῖν. Ὑμεῖς μὲν ot πάντες οὐκ ἔσεσϑε
Ww-us. You indeed the whole (army) ‘will not "be
τ
χύριοι οὔτε ἀνελέσθαι πόλεμον ᾧ ἂν
masters either to-undertake (any) war which ‘you may
, ~ Δ] 5
βούλησθε, οὔτε καταλῦσαι, δὲ ἰδίᾳ
‘wish, or to-'put-an-end-to (it) ‘by-making-peace, but in-private

5 βουλόμενος ἄξει στράτευμα ἐφ᾽ 6 τι
—(he) desiring (it) will-lead (an) army against what ‘they
ἂν θέλῃ. Καὶ τινες πρέσδεις ἴωσι ὑμᾶς, ἡ

may ‘wish. And (if) any ambussadors might-come to-you, either

δεόμενοι εἰρήνης ἢ τινός ἄλλου, οἱ βουλόμελοι,
asking for-peace oranything else, —(those) wishing (it)

sv0K V. —CHA?TER VIL. 885

καταχτείναντες τούτους ποιήσουσιν
aaving-killed these (ambassadors) will-make (that)

ὑμᾶς μὴ ἀχοῦσαι τῶν λόγων Tov ἰόντων
you ‘will not ‘hear the words of — (those) coming

πρὸς ὑμᾶς. "ἔπειτα δὲ. οὗς μὲν ὑμεὶς ἅπαντες
you. Then also, (those) whom indeed you

ἄν ἔλησϑε οντας, ἔσονται ἐν οὐδεμιᾷ
nase ἄρχοντας, ἔσονται ἐν οὐδεμ χώρᾳ"

may have-chosen rulers, | will

δ᾽ ὅςτις ἂν ᾿ΕΝ ἑαυτὸν
[will be οἱ ac authority;] but whoever may take-upon himself

στρατηγόν, καὶ ἐθέλῃ λέγειν, Βάλλε,

(the office .4) general, and wishes to-say, Strike,
βάλλε, οὗτος ἔσται ἱχανὸς χαταχανεὶν, καὶ
strike, dhis (person) will-be able to-kill, both
ἄρχοντο. χαὶ ἰδιώτην, ὃν ὑμῶν ἂν ἐϑέλῃ,
commande, and private, whom of-us ‘he may

axpitov. ἦν Gow ot πεισόμενοι αὑτῷ, ὥςπερ
without-tria, if there-may-be --- (those) obeying them,

καὶ νῦν ἐγένετο. Δὲ σχεψασθε οἷα χαὶ

even now Ὁ885-ὨΔρροπθα. Also consider what-sort-of (things) even
οἱ ovTOL αὐθϑαίρετοι στρα parnyot διαπεπράχασιν

— these (same) self-chosen gene effected
ὑμῖν. Tap μὲν Ζήλαρχος ὁ ἀγορανόμος,
for-you. For indeed Zelarchus the superintendent-of-the-market.
ei μὲν ἀδικεὶ ὑμᾶς, ἄποπλέων οἴχεται, ov
if indeed he-has-‘done you ‘wrong, sailing-away he-has- departed, not
‘ ε , ἕ ϑ \ ) 9
δοὺς ὑμὶν δίχην" εἰ δὲ μὴ ἀδικεὶ,

rendering you justice; if indeed he-'has not ‘done (you) ‘wrong,

φεύγει ἐκ τοῦ στρατεύματος, δείσας μὴ ἀποθάνῃ

he-flees from the camp, fearing lest he-may-die

ἀδίχως ἄχριτος. Οἱ δὲ χαταλεύσαντες τοὺς
unjustly without-trial. — (Those) indeed having-stoned the

πρέσδεις, διεπράξαντο ὑμῖν μόνοις μὲν τῶν

ambassadors, have-effected for-you alone indeed of-the

Ἕλληνων μὴ ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι εἰς Bs ach di
Greeks (that it is) ah safe to-be in

686 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

un ἄν ἀφιχνεῖσϑαι σὺν ἰσχύϊ δὲ
anless ‘it may ‘have-been-gone-there with (a) strong-force; but (as respects,

τοὺς νεχρούς, οὗς πρόσϑεν αὐτοὶ OL χαταχανόντες
the

dead, whom previously those — having-killed
ἐχέλευον θάπτειν, διεπράξαντο μηδὲ εἷναι
(them) requested (you) to-bury, they-have-rendered (it) Lei to-be
ἀσφαλὲς ἔτι ἀνελέσδαι τούτους ξὺν
safe now (for you) to-‘carry these (dead) ‘off (even) with
χγρυχίῳ. Tap τίς ἐθελήσει ἰέναι κῆρυξ,

(the) herald’s-staff. For who will-desire to-go (asa) herald,
ἀπεχτονώς κήρυχας; “AAA ἡμεῖς ἐδεήθημεν

having-killed heralds? But we requested (the
Κερασουνίων ϑάψαι αὐτοὺς. Ei μὲν οὖν ταῦτα
Cerasuntians to-bury them. | If indeed therefore these

ἔχει καλῶς,

(things) bhuve handsomely, [if these proceedings be right,) ‘let (them)
δοζάτω ὑμῖν, ἵνα,

‘appeur (good) to-you (and be sanctioned by you), in-order-that, as

’ 3 2 ἢ , A

TOLOVTWV ἐσομένων, TIS χαὶ ποιήσῃ φυλαχὴν
these-same (things) are-about-to-be, one'may both ‘set (a) guard
ἰδίᾳ, καὶ πειρᾶται σχηνοῦν ἔχων τὰ ἐρυμνὰ
so and endeavour to-lodge, having the strong-places

ὑπερδέξια. Ei μέντοι τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα doxel

‘over (his) right. If however — these-same deeds seem

3
wid εἶναι θηρίων, ἀλλὰ μὴ AVS pau,
to-you to-bke (those) of-wild-beasts, but not (those) of-men.

σχοπεῖτε τινα παῦλαν αὐτῶν εἰ δὲ μὴ, πρὸς
look -for some cessation of-them; if indeed not, -
Διός, πῶς ἢ θύσομεν θεοὶς

(in the name οὔ) Jupiter, how either shall-we-sacrifice ‘to (the) ‘gods
ἡδέως, ποιοῦντες ἀσεθὴ ἔ ἔργα, ἢ πῶς μαχούμεϑα
cheerfully, (while) performing impious deeds, or how shall-we-fight
πολεμίους, ἦν χατακαίνωμεν ἀλλήλους; Δὲ

‘our, enemies, if we-kill one-another ? And

Tis φιλία πόλις δέξεται ὑμᾶς, Fr ἂν

what friendly city will-recaive us, which may see

e

BOOK V.——CHAPTER VI. 887

τοσαύτην ἀνομίαν ἐν ὑμῖν. δὲ tis θαῤῥῶν
such lawlessness suis us? and what-one confiding

ἄξει ἀγορὰν, ἦν φαινώμεθα ἐξαμαρ-

will-bring (provisions for a) market, if we-appear offend

τάνοντες περί τὰ τοιαῦτα μέγιστα; δὲ
ing as-respects — these the-greatest (of things)? and

, οὗ οἰόμεθα τεύξεσϑαι ἐπαίνου πάντων,
truly (there) where we-think to-find (the) praise of-all,

tis ἂν ἐπαινέσειεν ἡμᾶς ὄντας τοιούτους; γὰρ

what-one might praise us being such ?

μὲν ἡμεῖς, ὅτι O10, ἂν φαίημεν τους εἶναι

indeed πο, as ‘ney. would pronounce — (those) to-be

πονηροὺς ποιοῦντας τὰ τοιαῦτα.
bad (men) doing — these-same (things).

Ἔχ τούτου πάντες ἀνιστάμενοι ἔλεγον τοὺς
On this rising-up said (that) =

μὲν ἄ ἜΣ ΞΩΣ τούτων δοῦναι
(those) indeed τ ρ eet acts of-these (things) | (ought) to-give

δίχην, δὲ Tod λοιποῦ un-
justice, [ought to be punished,] and (for) the future (it should) no-
κέτι ἐξεῖνα ἄρξαι ἀνομίας" ἐὰν δὲ
more be-allowed to-begin (any) lawlessness (οὗ the kiud); if indeed

τις ἄρχῃ, αὑτοὺς ἄγεσϑαι
any-one should-command (these things), (that) they were-to-be-led

ἐπὶ θανάτῳ, δὲ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καταστῆσαι
to death, and (that) the generals should-’put

πάντας εἰς δίχας" δὲ εἶναι δίχας, καὶ εἰ

on __ trial; and there were) to-be trials, even if

τις ἡδίχητο τι ἄλλο ἐξ οὗ Κῦρος
any-one had-done-wrong (in) any-thing 6]80 since Cyrus
3 4 ‘ > 4

dméSave’ δὲ ἐποιήσαντο τοὺς λοχαγοὺς
ἀϊοὶ; and they-made the captuins (the)

Sixactas. Δὲ Ἐξενοφῶντος παραινοῦντος, καὶ τῶϊ
judges And Xenophon recommending, ani the

b Seto} THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

μάντων συμθουλευόντων, xai ἔδοξε κχαϑδῆρω

augurs agreeing-thereto. ‘it even ‘seemed (good) to-purify
τὸ στράτευμα. Kai xadapuds ἐγένετο.
the army. And (the) purification took-place.

CHAPTER VIII.

Δὲ καὶ ἔδοξε τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ὑποσχεῖν

Anp also it-seemed (good that) the generals should-underge

δίχην τοῦ χρόνον παρεληλυθότος.
(8) trial (for their conduct) during-the time having-gone-by.
Kai διδόντων Φιλήσιος μὲν ὦφλε
And giving (it) Philesius indeed was-condemned (to pay)
xat Ἐανϑιχλῆς τῆς φυλαχῆς tov yav
and-also Xanthicles (for) the (careless) guarding of-the merchant-
λιχῶν τὸ μείωνα χρημάτων εἴχοσι μνᾶς.
vessels the deficiency of-things (of their cargoes) twenty ming.
Δὲ Σοφαίνετος δέχα μνᾶς, ὅτι αἱρεθεὶς

And Sophenetus (was fined) ten ming, because having-been-chosen

ἄρχων κχατημέλει. Δὲ τινες κατηγόρησαν

commander he-neglected (his duty). And some accused

Hevoparcos, φάσχοντες παίεσθαι ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ,
Xenophon, saying (that) they-were-struck by him,
καὶ ἐποιοῦντο τὴν κατηγορίαν ὡς ὑδρί
and they-made the accusation (against him) as being.
ζοντος. Καὶ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἀναστὰς ἐκχέ-
insolent (and overbearing). And — Xenophon § standing-up re-
λευσε τὸν λέζαντα πρῶτον εἰπεῖν, ποῦ καὶ
quested the (one) having-spoken first to-say, where alse

q

enAnyn. Δὲ 6 ἀποχρίνεται" Ὅπου καὶ
ne-might-have-been-beaten. And — he-replied : Where even
ἀπωλλύμεϑδα τῷ ῥίγει, καὶ ἦν πλείστη

we-were-perishing with-the cold, and (where) there-was the- moet

BOOK V.—CHAPTER VII. 889

yun. Δὲ ὁ εἶπεν" ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν καὶ χειμῶνος
mow. And — (Xenophon) said: But indeed even (the) cold
ὄντος ye οἵου λέγεις, δὲ σίτου ἐπιλελοιπότος,
Seing at-least as-great-as you-say, and provisions hai-become-deficient,
δὲ παρόν οἴνου μηδ᾽ ὀσφραίνεσϑαι, δὲ
and there-was-present of-wine not-even (enough) to-smell-to, and
πολλῶν ἀπαγορευόντων ὑπὸ πόνων, δὲ
many (of us) being-exhausted with fatigue, and (the)
στολεμίων ἑπομένῶν, εἰ BO oor
enemy following, if (then) I-acted-insolently (and overbear-
ἐν τοιούτῳ καιρῷ, ὁμολογῶ εἶναι καὶ
ingly) on such (an) occusion, I-acknowledge (myself) to-be even
ὑδριστότερος τῶν ὄνων, οἷς φασὶν, ὑπὸ
more-spiteful (than) — asses, which it-is-said, (that) from
τῆς ὕθρεως, κόπον οὐχ ἐγγίγνεσθαι. Δὲ καὶ
-- spite, fatigue ‘is not ‘engendered. And also
ὅμως λέξον, ἔφη, ἐκ τίνος ἐπλήγης. Πότερον
likewise tell (us), said-he, for what you-were-beaten. Whether
ἤἥτουν σέ τι, καὶ, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἐδίδως
did-I-ask you for-any-thing, and, when you-‘did not ‘give (it)
μοὶ ἔπαιον; ἀλλ᾽ ἀπήτουν; ἀλλὰ
to-me I-struck (you)? but did-I-'demand (anything) ‘back? or
μαχόμενος περὶ παιδικῶν, ἀλλὰ μεθύων ἐτα-
was-fighting about(a) beloved (object), or being-in-liquor, did-
a P 9 A \
ῴνησα; Exel δὲ ἔφησεν
-act-turbulently-like-a-drunken-man (to you)? When indeed _he-said
οὐδὲν τούτων, ἐπήρετο αὐτόν,
(that 10 was) nothing of-these (things), (Xenophon) asked him,
ei ONALTELOL; Οὐχ, ἔφη. Πάλιν, ei
if he-served-as-a-heavy-armed-soldier? ΝῸ, said-he. Again, if
πελτάζοι. Οὐδὲ τοῦτ᾽, ἔφη, ἀλλ ταχϑεὶῖς ὑπὸ

as-a-targeteer. Not-even this, said-he, but having-been-appointed by

τῶν συσχήνων ἐλαύνειν ἡμίονον ὧν
— (his) comrades to-drive (a) mule (he himself) being

ἐλεύθερος. ᾿Ενταῦϑα δὴ ἀναγιγνώσχει αὐτόν,

(a) freemat Then indeed he-recognised him,

390 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON

XL ἤρετο᾽ "H εἰ σὺ ὁ ana) αγώο
διὰ asked (bim): Whether — (are) γοὺ the (min) carrying-away
τὸν χάμνοντα; Ναὶ μὰ Δί᾽, ἔφη" γὰρ σὺ
the (person) being-sick? Yes —by-Jupiter, said-he; for yon
ἠνάγκαζες" δὲ διέῤῥιψας τὰ σχεύη τῶν
compelled (me to do so); and you-threw-about the baggage of —
ἐμῶν συσχήνων. ᾿Αλλ’ ἡ διάῤῥιψις, ἔφη ὁ Bevo
my comrades. But the throwing-about, said — Xeno

Oar, ἐγένετο τις τοιαύτη. Διέδωκα ἄλλοις

phcn, happened sumething like-this. I-distributed (it) to-others

ἄγειν, καὶ ἐχέλευσα ἀπαγαγεὶν
te-curry, and ordered (them) to-‘carry (such baggage) ‘away

πρὸς ἐμὲ, καὶ ἀπολαδὼν ἄπαντα σῶα, ἀπέδωκά,

for me, and having-received all safe, I-delivered (it)
σοι, ἐπεὶ xai σὺ ἀπέδειξας τὸν ἄνδρα ἐμοὶ.
to-you, when also you produced the msn to-me.
"Axovoate, ἔφη, οἷον δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐγένετο"
Hear, said-he, how indeed the thing ppened ;
a καὶ ἄξιον.

for (it is) even worth (your while).
᾿Ανὴρ κατελείπετο, διὰ τὸ μηχέτι

(A) man was-left-behind, on-account (that) — he-‘was no-longer

δύνασϑαι πορεύεσϑαι. Kai ἐγὼ μὲν ἐγίγνοσχον

able to-proceed. And I indeed knew
tov ἄνδρα τοσοῦτον, ὅτι εἴη εἷς ἡμῶν δὲ
the man so-much (only) (as) that he-was one of-us; and
ἠνάγκασα σὲ ἄγειν τοῦτον, μὴ
I obliged you to-carry this (man), that he-'might noé
9 P \ ‘ e 2 \ SI ,

ἀπόλοιτο᾽ καὶ γὰρ, ὡς ἐγὼ οἶμαι, πολέμιοι
‘perish ; and also, as I think, (the) enemy
ἐφείποντο ἡμῖν. Ὃ ἄνωρωπος συνέφη τοῦτο
were-pursuing us. The man acknowledged this.

Odv, ἔφη ὃ Ἐενοφῶν, ἐπεὶ προὔπεμψά, σε,
ΤὨοτοΐοσο, δαϊὰ — Xenophon, after I-had-'sont you ‘before

uy σὺν Tolg δπισϑοφύλαξι οὐχ ats
@wiuz-up with the rear-guard did-'I not bkewice

BOOK V.— CHAPTER VIII. 89]

καταλαμθάνω ὀρύττοντα βόθρον, ὡς κατο
‘overtake (you) digging (a) pit, as about.

δ ον τὰ τὸ tov ἄνϑρωπον᾽ καὶ ἐπιστὰς ἐπήνουν
urying man ; and stopping did-'I ‘not) ‘praise

σε; Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡμῶν παρεστηχότων, ὁ ἀνήρ
you? When indeed we having-stood-by, the nan

συνέχαμψε τὸ σχέλος, οἱ παρόντες AvExpay or,
drew-together — (his) legs, “-- (those) present exclaimed,

ὅτι ὁ ἀνήρ ζῇ σὺ δ᾽ Einac: ‘Ondoa

that the man Saag {58Ὲ you indeed said: (He maylive) as-'much

9 » + ae |
γε βούλεται" ὡς ἔγωγε οὐχ ἔξω αὐτὸν.
at-least ‘as he-pleases ; as I-at-least ‘will not ‘carry him.
Ἐνταῦθα ἔπαισά σε λέγεις ἀληϑῆ᾽ γὰρ
Then I-struck you; you-speak (the) truth; for
ἔδοξας μοι ἐοικέναι εἰδότι, ὅτι ἔζη.
you-seemed to-me to-have-been-like (one) knowing, that he-was-alive,
Ti ovv’ ἔφη, τι ἧττον ἀπέθανεν, ἔπεὶ ἐγὼ
What then? said-he, did-‘he any the-less ‘die, ufter ]
ἀπέδειξα αὑτόν σοι; Καὶ yap, ἔφη ὁ Bevo
showed him to-you? Certainly, not for, said — Xeno.

Pav, Hues πάντες ἀποθανούμεθα. οὖν ἔνεκα

phon, we all éhall-die ; therefore on-account

τούτου si ἡμᾶς χατορυχϑῆναι ζῶντας:
of-this is-it-necessary (that) we are-to-be-buried alive ?

Πάντες μὲν ἀνέχραγον ὡς παίσειεν τοῦτον
ΑΙΙ indeed cried-out that he-had-struck this (man ἰυ0)

ὀλίγας" δ᾽ ἐχέλειε ἄλλους λέγειν,
few (blows) ; and ‘he (then) ‘called-up (the) others to-say,
διὰ τί ἔχαστος ἐπλήγη. Lé ἐπεὶ

for what each (of them) had-been-struck. But when they-'did
οὐχ ἀνίσταντο, αὐτὸς ἔλεγεν. Ἐγώ, ὦ ἄνδρες,
act ‘stand-forward, he said : 4 men,
δὴ ὁμολογῶ παῖσαι ἄνδρας ἕνεχεν

indeed acknowledge to-have-beaten men by-reason of-undisciplined-

3 ee \
ἀταξίας ὅσοις μὲν
and-disorderly-conduct-in-‘leaving (their) ‘ranks; to-as-'many indeed aa

κυ THE ΑΝΑΒΑΒΙΒ OF XENOPHON.

ἤρχει σώζεσθαι δι’ ὑμᾶς, te ἰόντων ἐν τάξει
were-content to-be-saved by us, not-only marching in ranks
χαὶ μαχομένων, ὅπου δέοι" δὲ αὐτοὶ
but-also fighting, where it-might-be-necessary; but those

λιπόντες τὰς τάξεις, προϑέοντες, ἤϑελον ἁρπάζειν,
leaving the ranks, hurrying-on-before, they-desired to-plunder,

καὶ πλεονεχτεῖν ὑμῶν. Ei δὲ πάντες éror
and 'o-have-an-advantage-over us. If indeed ‘we all *had-

οὔμεν τοῦτο, ἄπαντες ἂν ἀπωλόμεϑα. Δὲ xal
acted so, ‘we all might ‘have-perished. And also

yon Tia μαλακιζόμενον καὶ οὐχ ἐθέλοντα
already some giving-way-to-slothful-feelings, and not willing
fiviotacsat, ἀλλὰ προϊέμενον αὑτὸν τοὶς πολεμίοις,
to-stand-up, but abandoning themselves to-the enemy,

χαὶ ἔπαισα, καὶ ἐδιασάμεν πορεύεσθαι. Tap ἐν
I also ‘struck, and forced to-proceed. For in
τῷ ἰσχυρῷ χειμῶνι καὶ αὐτός ποτε ἀναμένων
the vehement cold even myself once waiting

τινὰς συσχευαζομένους, χαϑϑεζόμενγος

for-some having-packed-up (their baggage), (and) having-sat-down

συχνὸν χρόνον, κατέμαϑον ἀναστὰς μόλις
‘for (a) ‘considerable time, I-found standing-up difficult

xai ἐχτείνας τὰ σχέλη. Οὖν λαθών
and-also stretching-out the legs. *Having therefore taken
πεῖραν ἐν ἐμαυτῷ, ἐκ τούτου καὶ ὁπότε ἴδοιμι

experience in myself, after this also when I-saw (one)
χαϑήμενον xal βλαχεύοντα ἤλαυνον" γαρ
sitting-down and indulging-in-sloth I-‘drove (him) ‘on; for
τὸ χινεῖσϑαι καὶ ἀνδρίζεσϑθαι παρεῖχε τινὰ
— to-be-moved (about) and to-act-manfully produce (a) certain
θερμασίαν καὶ vypdtnta’ δὲ τὸ χαϑῆσθαι καὶ
warmth and suppleness; but — to-sit-down and
ἔχειν ἡσυχίαν ἑώρων ὄν ὑὕὑπουργὸν τῷ
(to-have) idleness I-perceive (as) being the-assisting-means by-which
τε τὸ αἷμα ἀποπήγνυσϑαι, καὶ τοὺς
rot-only (that) the blood is-congealed, but-also (that) the

sOOK V.— CHAPTER VIII. 895

δαχτύλους τῶν ποδῶν ἀποσήπεσϑαι" καὶ ἅπερ
fingers of-the feet are-mortified ; and (with) whic
ὑμεὶς ἴστε πολλοὺς παϑόντας. ἼΑλλον δὲ γε
γου know many are-suffering. Another indeed at-least

4

e
ἴσως ὑπολειπόμενόν nov, διὰ ῥᾳστώνην, καὶ
likewise being-left-behind somewhere, through insolence, and
χωλύοντα xai ὑμᾶς τοὺς πρόσϑεν καὶ ἡμᾶς
hindering both you (in) the front and ue = (in)

τοὺς ὄπισϑεν πορεύεσθαι ἔπαισα MVE, ὅπως
the rear to-proceed-forward J-struck ‘with (the) ‘fist, so-that

un παίοιτο λόγχῃ ὑπὸ THY πολεμίων.
he-'might not ‘be-struck ‘with (the) ‘spear by the cnem;.

Kai γὰρ οὖν viv ἔξεστιν αὐτοῖς σωθϑεῖσιν, εἰ
For indeed therefore now it-is-allowed to-those having-been-saved, if

ἔπαϑόν τι ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον,
they-have-suffered any-thing by me contrary-to — justice,
Aabeiv δίχην. A’ εἰ ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ τοὶς

to-obtain justice. but if they-had-got into (the power of) the
πολεμίοις, τί οὕτω μέγα ἂν ἔπαϑον,

enemy, what (evil) however great ‘they may ‘have-sufferei, (for)

ὅτου ἄν ἠξίουν Aapbdvew δίχην; ὁ “λόγος
which ‘they might ‘claim to-obtain justice? the case (1b)

ἁπλοῦς, ἔφη, μοι. Ei μέν ἐχόλασά τινα ἐπ
plain, said-he, to-me. If indeed JI-have-punished any-one tor
~ ε

ἀγαθῷ, ἀξιῶ ὑπέρχειν δίκην, οἷαν
(bis) good, I-claim to-undergo justice (and punishment), such-as
καὶ γονεῖς υἱοὶς καὶ διδάσκαλοι παισί.
even parents (receive for) sons and teachers (for) boys.
Kai yap οἱ ἰατροὶ καίουσι καὶ τέμνουσιν ἐπ᾽ ἀγαθῷ.
And also the surgeons cauterize and cut for good.

Δὲ ei νομίζετέ με πράττειν ταῦτα
But if you-think me ‘tn (have) ‘acted thus (through)

BG pet, ἐνθυμήϑητε, ὅτι νῦν σὺν

Wwesolence (and tyranny) consider, that now with (the assistance
τοὶς θεοῖς ἐγὼ μᾶλλον θαρσῶ ἢ τότε, καὶ

of ) the gods I ‘have much-more spirit than then, and

ὃ δά THE ANABASIS OF XEN( PHON.

εἶμι θρασύτερος νῦν ἢ τότε, καὶ πίνω πλεὶω οἷνον»
bolder now than then, and I-drink more wine ;

ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως παίω οὐδένα" yap ὁρῶ ὑμᾶςΣ ἐν

but yet-however I-strike no-one; for I-see you (now) in (a)

εὐδίᾳ. Δὲ ὅταν χειμὼν h, καὶ payee

salm. But when (a) storm may-be, and (a)
θάλαττα ἐπιφέρηται, οὐχ X ὁρᾶτε,
may-be-'bearing (itself) ‘onward, do-'you not
ὅτι πρῳρεὺς χαλεπαίνει μὲν τοὶς >

that the-commander-in-the-prow becomes-angry indeed with — (those) in

πρῴ i ἕνεχα γσΜεύματος μόνου. δὲ xai
ρῴρᾳ xai Eve evuatos μόνου, δὲ κα

(the) prow even by-reason-of (a) nod only, and also (the)
xvbepyntns τοὶς ἐν πρύμνῃ; γὰρ ἐν τῷ
steersman with — (those) in (the) stern? in --
τοιούτῳ καὶ μικρὰ ἁμαρτηϑέντα ἱκανὰ
sach (circumstances) even mistakes (are) sufficien
συνεπιτρῖψαι πάντα. “Ὅτι δὲ ἔπαιον αὐτοὺς

to-ruin all That indeed I-struck this (man)
δικαίως, καὶ ὑμεῖς κατεδικάσατε᾽" ἔχοντες
justly, even you have-'given (your) ‘judgment; having

ξίφη, ov ψήφους, παρέστητε, καὶ ἐξῆν ὑμὶν
swords, not voling-pebblcs, you-stood-by, and it-was-allowed you

ἐπικουρεῖν αὐτοὶς, εἰ ἐδούλεσθε" ἀλλὰ, μὰ Δία,
do-asyist them, if you-wished; but, by Jupiter,

οὔτε ἐπεχουρεῖτε τούτοις, οὔτε σὺν ἐμοὶ
‘you neither ‘assisted these (men), nor with -me

ἐπαίετε τὸν ἀταχτοῦντα. Τοιγαροὺν ἐποιήσατε
struck the disorderly. Therefore | you-have-made

ἐξουσίαν τοὶς χαχοὶς αὐτῶν, ἐῶντες
licence [you gave elie to-the bad (ones) of-them, permitting

αὐτούς ὑδρίζειν γὰρ οἶμαι, εἰ ἐϑέλετε
them Pik te a audacious); for I-think, if you-wish
.

σχοπεῖν, εὑρήσετε τοὺς αὐτοὺς καὶ
to-examine, you-will-find (that) -—~ (those) same (who) ever

TOTE κακίστους, καὶ νῦν ὑδριστοτάτους.
ther (were the-worst, are) even now the-most-audasious.

BOOK V.— CHAPTER VIII. 895

Γοῦν Boioxos, ὃ Θετταλὸς πύχτης, τότε μὲν
Also Boiscus, the Thessalian boxer, then indeed

διεμάχετο, μὴ φέρεν ἀσπίδα, ὡς
fought-hard, (that he might) not carry (his) shield, as
κάμνων, νῦν δ᾽ ὡς ἀχούω, ἤδη ἀποδέδυχε
being-sick, now indeed as I-hear, ‘has already ‘despoiled
πολλοὺς Κοτυωριτῶν. Ἢν οὖν σωφονῆτε,
many ‘of (the) Cotyorians. If therefore you-are-wise,
ποιήσετε τούτῳ TAVAYTIA, ἢ ποιοῦσι τοὺς
you-will-do _to-this (one) the-reverse, ἴἰο (δ᾽) they-do (to) the
χύνας᾽ yap μὲν διδέασι xvas τοὺς χαλεποὺς,
dogs ; for indeed they-have-tied-up dogs the cross-ones,
τὰς ἡμέρας μὲν, δὲ TAS νύχτας
(namely) during-the day indeed, but by— night have-'‘let (them)
ἀφιᾶσι" δὲ τοῦτον ἢν σωφρονῆτε δήσετε μὲν τὴν

‘loose ; but this-one if | you-are-wise you-will-tie indeed by —
νύχτα, δὲ ἀφήσετε τὴν ἡμέραν. ᾿Αλλὰ yap,
night, but _let-loose by — day. But also,

ἔφη, θαυμάζω, ὅτι, εἰ μὲν ἀπηχϑόμεν τινι
said-he, I-am-surprised, that, | if indeed I-become-hateful tv-any-2one
« ~ ,

ὑμῶν, μέμνεσϑε,
of-you, [if I did anything to incur your displeasure,] you-remember (it),
καὶ οὐ σιωπᾶτε, εἰ δὲ ἐπεχούρησα τῷ

and ‘did not ‘remain-silent, if indeed I-assisted ς--- (any-one)
ἢ χειμῶνα, ἢ ἀπήρυξα πολέμιον,

(or) ‘against(a) ‘storm, or repelled (the) enemy (from him),
ἢ συνεξεπόρισά τι ἄσϑενουντι ἢ ἀποροῦντι,
or aided-in-procuring any-thing ‘for (one) ‘being-sick or being-destitute,

οὐδεὶς μέμνηται τούτων, οὐδ᾽ εἰ ἐπήνεσα
no-one remembers these (things), nor if I-have-praised

τινα ποιοῦντα τι κχαλώς, οὐδ᾽ ef ἐτίμησα,

any-one doing something good, or if I-have-honoured,
ὡς ἐδυνάμην, τιν’ ἄνδρα ὄντα ἀγαδὸν,
as (much as) I-could, any man being brave,
οὐδὲ μέμνεσϑε τούτων. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν τε

seithe do-you-remember these (things). But indeed (it is) not-only

896 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

χαλόν, καὶ δίκαιον, καὶ ὅσιον καὶ ἥδίον μεμνῆσϑα:ι

beautiful, but-also just, and pious and pleasing pai atest

τῶν ἀγαον μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν χαχῶν.
rather than — evil.

Re τούτου μὲν δὴ ἀνίσταντο καὶ ἀτεμίμνησχον.
On this indeed truly they-rose-up and recolected

Kal περιεγένετο ὥςτε ἔχειν xo
(past events), And it-remained 80-28 to-have haad

eomely (and in che end everything turned out well).

BOOK VI —CHAPTER I. 891

BOOK VI.

CHAPTER 1

"Ex τούτου οἱ μὲν ἐν τῇ
From this (time) (some of) the (Greeks) indeed during — (their,
διατριδῇ ἔζων ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγορᾶς,

stay lived (on what they procured) from the market,

δὲ χαὶ οἱ ληιζόμενοι ἐχ τῆς Παφλαγονίας.
and also — (others by) plundering (/rom) the Paphlagonians.
Δὲ xai ot Παφλαγόνες ἐκλώπευον μάλα. εὖ τοὺς
And also the Paphlagonians stole-away very adroitly —

ἀποσκχεδαννυμένους, καὶ τῆς νυχτὸς ἐπειρῶντο
(those) scattered-about, and at— night attempted

xaxoupyely τοὺς σχηνοῦντας πρόσω καὶ Ex
to-injure-and-annoy --- (those) quartering ar-off ; and from

τούτων εἶχον πολεμιχώτατα πρὸς ἀλλήλους.
these (things) they-had the-greatest-hostility to one-another.

Ὁ δὲ Κορύλας ὃς τότε ἐτύγχανε ἄρχων

-- But τα τς who _ then happened (to be) ruler

Παφλαγονίας, πέμπει πρέσθδεις, ἔχοντας
of-Paphlagonia, sends ambassadors, having (as presents)

ἵππους χαὶ καλάς στολὰς, παρὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας,
horses and beautiful robes, the Greeks,

λέγοντας, ὅτι Κορύλας ein ἕτοιμος μήτε ἀδικεῖν

saying, that Corylas was ready neither _to-injure

τοὺς Ἕλληνας μήτε ἀδικεῖσθαι. Οἱ στρατηγοὶ
Greeks nor to-be-injured (by them). The generals

δ ἀπεχρίναντο, ὅτι βουλεύσοιντο σὺν τῇ
however replied, that they-would-consult with the

$98 THE ANABASiS OF XENOPHON.

στρατιᾷ περὶ μὲν τούτων, ἐδέχοντο αὐτούς δε

ΓῺ about indeed these (things), they-received them however
ἐπὶ ξενίᾳ" δὲ καὶ παρεκάλεσαν τῶν ἄλλων
at (a) hospitable (table); and also they-invited the other
ἀνδρῶν obs ἐδόχουν εἶναι διχαιοτάτους. Δὲ
men whom they-considered to-be the-most-worthy. And
θύσαντες βοῦς τῶν αἰχμαλώτων καὶ
having-sacrificed oxen — (those namely) captured and
ἄλλα ἱερεῖα ἀρχοῦσαν εἰωχίαν
other cattle-killed-for-sacrifice-and-for-eating (an) abundant feast

παρεῖχον, δὲ κατακείμενοι ἔν σχίμποσιν ἐδείπνουν,
was-provided, and reclining on couches they-supped,
καὶ ἔπινον ἐχ χερατίναν ποτηρίων, οἷς ἐντύγ yavor
and they-drank out-of horn cups, which they-found
> ~ 4

ἐν TY χώρᾳ.

in the country.

Ἐπεὶ 68 te σπονδαί ἐγένοντο καὶ
When however not-only (the) libations had-taken-place, but-alse

ἐπαιάνισαν, πρῶτον μὲν Opaxes ἀνέστησαν, καὶ
they-had-sung-the-pzan, at-first indeed Thracians stood-up, and
ὠρχήσαντο σὺν τοὶς ὅπλοις πρὸ
danced with — (their) arms to (the sound of the)
αὐλὸν, καὶ ἥλλοντο ὑψηλά ve χαὶ χούφως, καὶ
pipe, and they-jumped high and also with-agility, and
éypurto ταῖς μαχαίραις" δὲ τέλος ὁ ἕτερος
they-made-use of — (their) swords ; and at-length the one
παίει τὸν ἕτερον, ὡς ἐδόκει πᾶσι πεπληγέναι
struck the other, so-that it-seemed to-all to-have-wounded
τὸν ἄνδρα" δ᾽ ὁ ἔπεσε τεχνικῶς πῶς. Καὶ οἱ
the man; and — he-fell artfully in-some-way. And the
Παφλαγόνες ἀνέχραγον. Καὶ ὁ μὲν oxvdrevoas
Paphlagonians cried-out. And — ‘he indeed ‘having-despoiled
tod ἑτέρυ τὰ ὅπλα, ἐξήει adwy τὸν
the other (one) of — (his) arms, departed singing the ‘song’
Σιτάλχαν᾽ ἄλλοι δὲ τῶν Opaxdy ἐξέφερον Tor
the

Bitalor< ; others indeed of-the Thracians carried-vff

BOOK Vl. — CHAPTER I. 899

ἕτερον ὡς τεθνηχότα' ἦν δὲ
other (one) as-if having-been-dead; he-was however (in the state of )

πετιονϑώς οὐδὲν. Μετὰ τοῦτο Αἰνιᾶνες
baving-suffered no (injury). After this (some) Anians
καὶ Μάγνητες ἀνέστησαν, οἱ ὠρχοῦντο τὴν

and Magresians stood-up, who danced the (dance)
καλουμένην χκαρπαίαν ἐν τοὶς ὅπλοις. Ὃ τρόπος
ealled carpsean in — arms. The nature
δὲ τῆς ὀρχήσεως ἦν ὅδε" ὁ μὲν, παγα-

indeed of-the dance was thus: — (one of them) indeed, having-
Séuevog τὰ ὅπλα, σπείρει καὶ ζευγηλατεὶ,

laid-aside --- (his) arms, sows and drives-a-yoke-of-oxen,

πυχνὰ μεταστρεφόμενος, ὡς φοθούμενος᾽

often turning-around, as-if fearing (something) ;
Anotns δὲ προςέρχεται᾽ δ᾽ ἐπειδὰν ὁ προΐδηται,

(a) robber indeed approaches; but when — _ he-perceives

ἁρπάσας τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ μάχεται πρὸ τοῦ
(him), snatching-up — (his) arms, ‘he even ‘fights for _ the

ζεύγους" (xai οὗτοι ἐποίουν ταῦτ᾽
yoke (of oxen); (and these (men) performed these (things)

ἐν ῥυϑμῷ πρὸς τὸν αὐλόν)
jin rhythm to the pipe ;) [keeping time to the pipe;]
xai τέλος ὁ λῃστής δήσας τὸν ἄνδρα ἀπάγει
and at-last the robber having-tied the man ‘leads (him) ‘off
καὶ τὸ ζεῦγος" δὲ χαὶ ἐνίοτε ὁ ζευγηλάτης
nd-also the yoke (of oxen); but also sometimes the driver-of-the-oxen
τὸν λῃστὴν" εἶτα ζεύξας παρὰ τοὺς
overcomes) the robber; then having-fastened (him) to the
βοῦς ἔλαύνει δεδεμένον τὸ γεῖρε ὀπίσω.
oxen he-'drives (him) ‘off bound with — (his) hands behind.
Meta τοῦτο Μυσὸς εἰςῆλϑθεν Eyov πέλτην ἐν
After this (a) Mysian entered having (a) light-shield in
ἑχατέρᾳ TH χειρὶ᾿ χαὶ τοτὲ μὲν ὠρχεῖτο μιμούμενος
each — hand; and at-one-time he-danced mimicking
ὡς δύο ἀντιταττομένων, δὲ τοτὲ ἐχρῆτα
as (if) two were-attacking (him), but at-another-time he-used

«00 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ν A 9g

ταὶς πέλταις ὡς πρὸς ἕνα, δὲ το
the shields as (if engaged) with one (only), and-also another
τὲ ἐδινεῖτο xal ékexvbiota, ἔχων τὰς πέλτας.
time he-whirled-about and threw-summersets, having the shields

ὥςτε καλὴν ὄψιν φαίνεσϑαι. Δὲ
at the same time), so-that (a) fine sight appeared And
τέλος ὠρχεῖτο τὸ ἸΠερσιχὸν, χρούων τὰς
at last he-danced the Persian (dance), striking the
πέλτας" καὶ ὥκλαζε, χαὶ ἐξανίστατο"

shields (together); and he-‘sank-on (his) ‘knees, and _—rose-up-again ;

χαὶ ἐποίει πάντα ταῦτα ἐν Pvdu@ πρὸς τὸν
the

and he-performed all this in rhythm to
αὐλόν. Δὲ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ol Map-
(sound of the) pipe. And after this (one) —(some) Man-

Tivelg ἐπιόντες, καὶ τινὲς ἄλλοι τῶν ᾿Αρχάδων
tineans coming-forward, and some others of-the Arcadians

ἀναστάντες, ἐξοπλισάμενοι ὡς κάλλιστα ἐδύναντο.

standing-up, armed as handsomely (as) they-could
y ~

γεσάν τε ἐν Pvdua, αὐλούμενοι

| went -- in rbythm, (marched in time,] playing-on-the-pipe (tuned,
πρὸς τὸν ἐνόπλιον ῥυϑμὸν, χαὶ ἐπαιάνισαν
for the armed-war rhythm (or movement), and they-sang-the-pman
καὶ ὠρχήσαντο, ὥςπερ ἐν ταῖς προςόδοις πρὸς
and danced, procession

tous θεοὺς. Δὲ ot OE ee ὁρῶντες
the gods. And the Paphlagonians seeing (these thinge)

ἐποιοῦντο δεινὰ πάσας τὰς ὀρχήσεις
made (a) great-thing-of-it (that) all

εἶναι ἐν ὅπλοις. Ὃ Μυσὸς ἐπὶ ὁρων τούτοις
were in arms. The Mysian after seeing these (things)

avTous ἐχπεπιληγμένους, πείσας
(that) they were-struck (with surprise), (and) eee

τιά τῶν ᾿Αρχάδ v, πεπαμένον ὀρχηστ ῥίδα,
ancer

a-certain-one of-the Arcadians, “havin gsinicpoasossion (a) clits

εἰσάγει σχευάσας ὡς χάλλιστα ἐδύνατο
Βο- brings (her) ‘in having-equipped (her) as handsomely (as) he-could

BOOK VI. — CHAPTER I. 401

καὶ δοὺς αὐτῇ κούφην ἀσπίδα. Δὲ ἡ ὠρχήσατο
and giving her (a) light shield, And — — she-danced
πυῤῥίχην ἐλαφρῶς. Ἐνταῦθα ἦν
(the) yrric (dance) with-great-agility. Then _there-was
πολύς χρότος᾽" καὶ οἱ Παφλαγόνες ἤροντο,
much appiause-and-clapping; and the Paphlagonians asked,
εἰ xal γυναῖχες συνεμαχόντο αὐτοῖς. Oi δ᾽
if also women fought-together with-them. —(They) —
ἔλεγον, ὅτι εἶεν καὶ αὗται αἱ σρεψάμεναι
said, that it-waseven these (women) — (that) had-been-driving
βασιλέα éx tod στρατοπέδου. Ody μὲν τοῦτο
(the) king from the camp. Therefore indeed such
ἐγένετο τὸ τέλος τῇ ταύτῃ νυχτὶ.
was the end (of) — that night.
Δὲ τῇ votepaig προςῆγον αὐτοὺς εἰς
And on-the next-day they-led them {the ambassadors] to

τὸ στράτευμα, καὶ ἔδοξε τοὶς στρατιώταις
the army, J and it-seemed (good) to-the soldiers

μήτε ἀδικεῖν Παφλαγόνας μήτε

[and the soldiers resolved] neither to-injure (the) Paphlagonians nor

adixeio dau. Meta τοῦτο μὲν οἱ πρέσθδεις
to-be-injured (by them). After this indeed the ambassadors

@yovto’ οἱ Ἕλληνες δὲ, ἐπειδὴ ἱχανὰ
departed ; the Greeks also, as (a) sufficient (number of)

πλοῖα ἐδόκει παρεῖναι, ἀναθάντες ἔπλεον

ships seemed to-be-present, going-on-board they-sailed that)
ἡμέραν καὶ νύχτα, πνεύματι καλῷ, ἔχοντες
day and night, (the) wind (being) fair, having
τὴν Παφλαγονίαν ἐν ἀριστερᾷε:: Δὲ τῇ ἄλλῃ
-- Paphlagonia on (the) left, And on-the next

ἀφικνοῦντα εἰς Σινώπην, καὶ Spuicarto εἰς
(day) they-arrived at Sinope, and anchored at

“Apununy τῆς Σινώπης. Σινωπεὶς δὲ
Harmene (the harbour) of — Sinope. (The) Sinopears —
μὲν oixovo. ἐν τῇ Παφλαγονιχῇ, δὲ εἰσιν
Indeed dwell nu -- Paphlagonian (terntery), and they-are

40. THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἄποικοι Μιλησίων. Οὗτοι δὲ πέμσοουο
(a) colony of-the-Milesians. These (Sinopeans) indeed senu

ξένια τοῖς Ἕλλησι μὲν τριςχιλίους
gifts-of-hospitality to-the Greeks (namely) — -thousand

μεδίμνους ἀλφίτω», δὲ

medimni {each medimni being about twelve gallons} of-flour, alse

χίλια καὶ πενταχόσια κεράμια

a-thousand and five-hundred ceramia [the ceramia being about

oivov. Kai ἐνταῦθα Χειρίσοφος ἦλϑε
six gallons] of-wine. And then Cheirisophus came
ἔχων τριήρη. Καὶ μὲν οἱ στρατιῶται προςεδόχων
having galleys. And indeed the soldiers expected

yxew ἄγοντά τί σφισι" δ᾽' ὁ ἦγε
(that) he-came bringing something for-them; but — he-brought indeed
οὐδὲν, δὲ ἀπήγγελλε, ὅτι καὶ ᾿Αναξίδιος ὁ ναύ-
nothing, however he-announced, that both Anaxibius the naval-
apyos καὶ ob ἄλλοι ἐπαινοίη avtoic, καὶ ὅτι
commander and [86 others praised them, and _ that
᾿Αναξίθιος ὑπισχνεῖτο, εἰ ἀφικνοῖντο ἔξω
Anaxibius promised, if they-would-come-to (him) out-of
tov Πόντου, ἔσεσθαι μισϑοφορίαν αὐτοὶς.
the Pontus, (that) there-would-be pay to-them.
Kai οἱ στρατιῶται ἔμειναν πέντε ἡμέρας &
And the soldiers remained five days ia
ταύτῃ τῇ ᾿Δρμήνῃ. Ὡς δὲ ἐδόχουν γί
this -- urmene. As indeed they-considered (that) *hey-
A ~ e ¥ ~
versa: ἐγγὺς τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἤδη μᾶλλον καὶ
were-getting near -- Greece it now more thar
πρόσϑεν εἰςήει αὑτοὺς ὅπως ἂν χαὶ ἀφίχωνται
before ‘occurred to-them how ‘they might even ‘arrive

oixade ἔχοντές τι. Οὖν ἡγήσαντο εἰ
at-home having something. Therefore they-thought (that) if

ἕλοιντο ἕνα ἄρχοντα, ἄν μᾶλλον ἤ
they-should-choose one commander, (it) would (be) beter than

οὔσης moAvapyias, τὸν ἕνα δύνασϑα.

there. being many-commanders, (that) the one (commander) woulj-be-ahle

sUOK VIL — CHAPTER I. 408

χρῆσθαι τῷ στρατευμαϊει καὶ νὐχτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας,

to-use both by-night and by-day
xai εἰ ‘Mor ee τι ἂν
διὰ if it-should-be-necessary to-conceal any-thing (that it) would (be)
ν χρύπτεσϑαι; καὶ εἰ δέοι ad φθάνειν
mush-better concealed, and if it-were-necessary again to-anticipate
Ὄ, ἂν ἧττον ὑστερίζειν" ᾿

any-thing (there) would (be) less ΚΑΙ: μος δ (and delay) ;
ἂν οἱ δεῖν λόγων πρὸς ἐν κοι

(that) ‘there would ‘be no ‘need of-conferences with one-another,
ἀλλὰ τὸ δόξαν τῷ ἕνὶ
{ but (that) the to-seem (good) to-the one [but that the determination

ἂν περαίνεσϑαι" δὲ τὸν χρόνον
of the one commander] would be-carried-out; but (in) the time

ἔμσιροσϑεν οἱ στρατηγοί ἔτιραττον πάντα ἐχ

oeretofore the generals every (thing) from

τῆς νικώσης. Ὡς δὲ διενοοῦντο ταῦτα

the prevailing (opinion). As indeed they-were-‘revolving these (things)
ἐτράποντο ἐπὶ τὸν Ἐενοφῶντα" xai

‘in (their) ‘minds, they-turned-themselves to — Xenophon ; and

of λοχαγοὶ προςιόντες αὐτῷ, ἔλεγον, ὅτι ἡ στρατιὰ
the captains going to-him, said, that the army

LY VOOXEL οὕτω" καὶ ἕχαστος ἐνδεικνύμενος
think-and-determine thus; and each showing (his)

e ~
εὔνοιαν Eneidey αὐτὸν ὑποστῆναι τὴν ἀρχήν.
good-will persuaded him to-undertake the command.

Ὃ δὲ Ἐξενοφῶν πῇ μὲν ἐδούλετο ταῦτα,

— And Xenophon in-some-measure indeed desired this,

νομίζων καὶ τὴν τιμὴν γίγνεσθαι αὕτως
acknowledging (that) even the honour would-become thus

μείζω ἑαυτῷ πρὸς Tos φίλους, xai τοὔνομα
greater to-himself before — (his) friends, and the-name

αὑτοῦ ἀφίξεσθαι μεῖζον εἰς τὴν πόλιν, τυχὸν

of-himself would-become greater in — (hisown) city, perhaps

δὲ καὶ ἂν γενέσϑαι τινος αἴτιος ἀγαϑοῦ

likewise 8150 ([ 81) ‘he might ‘become some cansea of-a00d

404 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

τῇ στρατιᾷ. Μὲν δὴ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐνθυμήματα
o-the army. Indeed truly — these-same considerations

ἐπῆρεν αἵ αὐτὸν ἐπιϑυμεὶν γενέσθαι ἄρχοντα αὐτο-

ἀμ to-desire to-become | commander withb-full.

χράτορα. A’ ὁπότε αὖ évSvuoito,
power [commander-in-chief]. But as again he-reflected,
ὅτι ἄδηλον μὲν παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ, ὅπῃ τὸ
that (it was) uncertain indeed to-every man, | how

μέλλον ἕξει, δὲ χαὶ δὰ
future will-hold, [what the future will produce,] and also through

τοῦτο εἴη καί χίνδυνος ἀποθαλεῖν τὴν
this (that) there-might-be even danger . to-lose — (his)

προειργασμένην δόξαν, ἡπορεῖτο. Δὲ αὐτῷ διαζιο-
previously -earned reputation, he-was-perplexed. And he hesi-

υμένῳ διακρῖναι ἔδοξε εἶναι χράτιστον ἀναχοι-
tating to-decide it-seemed to-be the-best to-con-

vaca. τοῖς Beols* καὶ παραστησάμενος δύο
sult the gods; and having-placed-by (the altar) two

ἱερεῖα, ἐθύετο τῷ Ari τῷ βασιλεῖ, ὅσπερ ἦν
victims, he-sacrifices to — Jupiter the king, who

μαντευτὸς éx Δελφῶν atta: καὶ δὴ ab
pointed-out- by-the-oracle at Delphos to-him; and indeed he-ss-
μιζεν ἕωραχέναι τὸ ὄναρ ἀπὸ τούτου
knowledged |to-have-seen [to have had] the dream trom _ the-same

τοῦ θεοῦ, ὃ εἶδεν, ὅτε ἤρχετο καϑίστασϑαι τὸ
-- god, which he-had, when he-began to-set-himself --

συνεπιμελεῖσθαι τῆς στρατιᾶς. Καὶ ὅτε ὡρμᾶτο
to-take-charge-with-others of-the army. And when he-departed

ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου, συσταϑησόμενος Κύρῳ, ἀνεμιμνήσκετο
from Ephesus, about-meeting Cyrus, __he-recalled-to-mind

ἀετὸν φθεγγόμενον δεξιὸν ἑαυτῷ,
(an) eagle crying-out ‘on (the) ‘right (hand of) himself,

EVTOL καθήμενον, ὥςπερ ὁ μάντις ὁ προ:

owever sitting, (which) as the augur —

πέμπων αὐτὸν ἔλεγειν, ὅτι ein μὲν μέγας οἰωνὸς,
eompanying him said, that it-was indeed (a) great omen.

BOOK VI.-— CHAPTER I. 40E

καὶ οὐχ ἰδιωτιχός, καὶ ἔνδοξος μέντοι
and ποὶ _belonging-to-a-private-individual, and honourable however

ἐπίπονος" yap τὰ ὄρνεα μάλιστα ἐπιτίϑεσθαι τῷ

“ilsome; for the irds most-of-all attack the

- , . ’ ᾿ y 2
ἀετῷ χαϑημένῳ᾽ μέντοι τὸν σίωνον εἶναι οὐ
eagle sitting ; however (that) the omen is not
κρηματιστικὸν, γὰρ τὸν ἀετὸν μᾶλλον λαμθάνειν
sndicative-of-gain, for (that) the eagle rather took
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια πετόμενον. Οὕτω δὴ αὐτῷ
— (his) provisions flying-about. As __ indeed he
θυομένῳ ὃ θεὸς διαφανῶς σημαίνει μήτε προς:
was-sacrificing the god evidently signified neither to
δεῖσθαι τῆς ἀρχῆς, μήτε, εἰ aipotyto, ἀπο:
desire the command, nor, if he-should-be-chosen, to.
δέχεσθαι. Todto δὴ μὲν ἐγένετο οὕτως. ‘H
accept (it). This truly indeed happened thus. The
στρατιὰ δὲ συνῆλθε, καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον ἕνα
army indeed assembled, and all said (that) one

αἱρεῖσθαι" καὶ ἐπεὶ τοῦτο ἔδοξε,
(commander) was-to-be-chosen;|and when this § seemed (good),
προεθάλλοντο αὐτόν.
{and when this was resolved on by the army,} they-proposed him
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐδόχει εἶναι δῆλον, ὅτι
[Xenophon). When indeed it-seemed to-be evident, that
αἵρήσονται αὐτόν, εἴ τις ἐπιψηφίζοι,
they-would-choose him, if any-one should-‘put (it) ‘to-the-vote,
ἀνέστη καὶ ἔλεξε τάδε"
he-rose-up and spoke thus:
Ἐγώ, ὦ ἄνδρες, μὲν ἥδομαι ὑπὸ τιμώμενος
Ι, QO mean, ‘am indeed ‘delighted at being-honoured
[2 « bd 3 » A
ὑμῶν, εἴπερ εἶμι ἄνωρωπος, καὶ ἔχω χάριν,
by-you, as-indeed I-am (a) man, and have _— gratitude

χαὶ εὔχομαι τούς θεοὺς δοῦναί μοι
(for what you intend), and I-pray the gods to-grant me

γενέσθαι αἴτιόν τινος ἀγαϑοῦ ὑμῖν" μέντοι TO
become (the) author of-some good to-you; | however the

£06 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

- 9 8 e 1 ε e
προχριϑῆναι ἐμὲ υπὸ υμῶν
to-have-preferred me [but the preferring me; ὃν you (as yout)

ἄρχοντα, Aaxedaimoviov ἀνδρὸς παρόντος, doxel

commander, (8) Lacedsemonian m being-present, it-seema

ι οὔτε εἶναι. συμφέρον ὑμῖν, ἀλλ᾽, εἰ
to-me(would) neither be (an) advantage ἰο-γοῦ, but, if
δέοισϑε τι παρ᾽ αὐτῶν, ἂν ἧττον
yeu-should-desire any-thing from them, (that you) would the-less
διὰ τοῦτο τυγχάνειν, τὲ νομίζω τοῦτο
on-account-of this obtain (it), and I-think (that) this
at οὐ πάᾶδνυν τι εἶναι ἀσφαλὲς ἐμοί.
again (would) not at-all in-any-manner be safe for-me.
Tap ὁρῶ ὅτι καὶ δὲν οὗ

For ἴ-δο0 that even ‘they [the Lacedsemonians] heretofore ‘did not
ἐπαύσαντο πολεμοῦντες TH πατρίδι μου,
‘cease making-war against-the |country of-me, [my country,]

iy ἐποησαν πᾶσαν τὴν πόλιν ὁμολογεῖν
before they-had-made (the) whole — _ state to-acknowledge (the)

Λακεδαιμονίους εἶναι καὶ ἡγεμόνας αὐτῶν. Ἐπεὶ
Lacedsomonians to-be even masters of-them. When
δὲ ὡμολόγησαν τοῦτο, εὐθὺς ἐπαύσαντο
indeed they-acknowledged this, ‘they directly ‘ceased
πολεμοῦντες, καὶ οὐχέτι πέρα ἐπολιόρχησαν τὴν
making-war, and no-longer more did-they-besiege the
πόλιν. Ei οὖν, ὁρῶν ταῦτα, ἐγὼ δοχοίην
city. If therefore, seeing these (things), I snould-seem
ἐνταῦθ᾽ ὅπου δυναίμην ποιεῖν ἄχυρον τὸ

(tc be) there where I-might-be-able to-make null the
3s 3 , 9 -« 9 4 4d ‘
ἀξίωμα ἐχείνων, EVVOW ἐχεῖγμο LN ἂν λίαν Ζαχυ
authority of-them, I-consider this lest ‘I might very speedily
σωφρονισθείην. “O δὲ ὑμεῖς ἐννοεῖτε, ὅτι
‘be-taught-discretion. Whatindeed you consider-in-your-minds, that
ἑνὸς ἄρχοντος ἂν εἴη ἧττον στάσις

(there being) one commander ‘there would ‘be less faction
ἤ πολλῶν, ἴστε εὖ, ὅτι ἑλόμενοι μὲν
than (there being) many, you-know well, that having-chosen indeed

BOOK Ἴ.--- CHAPTER I. 407
ἄλλον οὐχ εὑρήσετε ἐμὲ στασιάζοντα. γὰρ
another ycu-‘will not ‘find me exciting-faction ; for

νομίζω ὅςτις ὧν ἐν πολέμῳ στασιάζει πρὸς
I-acknowledge (41) he-who being in ΜΓ excites-faction against

ἄργοντα, τοῦτον στασιάζειν πρὸς τὴν
‘his) cummander, (that) this (one) contends against the

σωτηρίαν ἑαυτοῦ" δὲ ἐὰν ἕλησθε ἐμὲ ἂν οὐχ

safety of-himself; but if you-should-choose me ‘I would not
θαυμάσαιμι εἰ εὕροιτε τινα ἀχϑόμενον καὶ ὑμὶν
wonder if you-found some discontented both with-you

καὶ ἐμοὶ.
and myself.

Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶπε ταῦτα, πολὺ πλείονες

When indeed he-had-said these (things), many more
ἐξανίσταντο, λέγοντες, ὡς αὐτὸν δέοι ἄρχειν.
stood-up, saying, that he ought to-command,
᾿Αγασίας δὲ Στυμφάλιος εἶπεν ὅτι εἴη
Agasias indeed (the) Stymphalian said that it-would-ba
γελοῖον, ei ἔχοι οὕτως"

ridiculous, | if it-have (itself) thus; [if things be in such a state ;}

Λακεδαιμόνιοι ὀργιοῦνται, καὶ ἐὰν
(since) that (the) Lacedsmonians might-be-enraged, even if (a party)

συνελϑόντες σύνδεισινοι μὴ αἱρῶνται Λαχε-
having-met to-sup-together (and) ‘do not choose (8) ‘Lace-
δαιμόνιον συμποσίαρχον. Εἰ ἐπεὶ οὕτω γε
dsmonian (as) president-of-the-banquet. [1 when thus at-least
τοῦτο ἔχει, ἔφη, οὐδὲ
it has (itself), [if such be the case,] said-he, it-'would neither
ἔξεστιν ἡμὶν λοχαγεῖν, ὡς ἔοικεν, ὅτι

‘be-proper for-us to-lead-companies (as captains), as it-seems, that
ἐσμέν “Apxddes. “Evtaisa δὴ aveSopisyoay ὡς
we-are Arcadians. Then truly they-murmured as

amd

tov ᾿Αγασίου εἰπόντος ed. Καὶ 6 Hevo-
(signifying) — Agasias having-spoken well. And — Xeno
φῶν ἐπεὶ ἑώ ἐνδέον πλείονος,
phon when he-saw (that) there-was-need of-more (speaking)

408 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ePSav elnev’ ᾿Αλλ᾽, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἔφη, ὡς

coming-forward he-said : But, 0 men, said-he, ὡς you-'may

πάνυ εἰδῆτε, ὄμνύω ὑμὶν πάντας θεοὺς καὶ
fully ‘know, I-swear to-you by-all (the) gods and

πάσας, ἢ μὴν ἐπεὶ ἐγώ YyoSsarduny
ee (the goddesses), (that) truly indeed when perceived

ὑμενίραν γνώμην, ἐϑυόμεν, εἰ εἴῃ

your intention, I-sacriticed, (to ascertain) if it-might-be
βέληιον ὑμῖν τε ἐπιτρέψαι ταύτην τὴν

better for-you not-only to-have- hee this — (same)

ἀρχὴν ἐμοὶ, καὶ ἐμοί ὑποστῆναι: καὶ ot θεοι
command to-me, but-also for-me to-have-undertaken (it); and the gods

οὕτως ἐσήμηναν ἐν τοὶς ἱεροὶς ὥςτε καὶ ἰδιώτην

50 signified in the sacrifices that even (a) private-person

ἂν γνῶναι, ὅτι δεὶ με ἀπέχεσϑαι
{notan augur] might know, that it-was-proper | (that) I should-hold-off

τῆς μοναρχίας.
from-the single-rule {that I should not accept the sole command].

Οὕτω δὴ αἱροῦνται Χειρίσοφον. Δὲ Χει-
Thus indeed ‘they (then) *chose Cheirisophus. And Chei-
ρίσοφος ἐπεὶ ἠρέϑη παρελθὼν einev’ “AAA,
risophus when he- τ Τὰ coming-forward said : But,

ὦ ἄνδρες, ἴστε μὲν τοῦτο, ὅτι ἔγωγε ἂν ἐστασίαζον
0 men, know indeed this, that I-at-least would have-‘excited

οὐδ᾽, εἰ εἴλεσδθε ἄλλον: μέντοι, ἔφη,
no ‘factions, if you-had-elected another; however, said-he,
ὠνήσατε Ξενοφῶντα oby ἑλόμενοι" ὧς

you-have-done-a-service-to Xenophon (by) not having-elected (8.1); as
xai viv Δέξισισος ἤδη διέθαλεν αὐτὸν πρὸς
even now Dexippus ‘has already ‘accused him before

᾿Αναξίδιον, ὅ τι ἐδύνατο, καὶ ἐμοῦ μάλα
Anaxibius, as-much-as_ he-could, even I (trying) much

σιγάζοντος αὐτὸν. ‘0 δ᾽ ἔφη
to-silence — (Dexippus) also said (that he)
νομίζειν, eee ἐθελῆσαι μᾶλλον

thought, (that) he (Xenophon) desired

BOOK VI.—CHAPTER I. 409

χειν Τιμασίωνι, ὄντι Δαρδανεὶ
to-be-joined-in-command-with Timasion, (he) being (a) Naas

στρατεύματος τὸν Κλεάρχου, ἢ ἑαυτῷ
‘of (the) a oes -- Ἄξαργο : na with-himself

ia ina ᾿Επεὶ μέντοι, ἔφη,
(Cheirisophus) being (a) Lacedsmonian. Since however, snid-he,
εἵλεσθε ἐμὲ, ἐγὼ καὶ πειράσομαι ποιεῖν
(as) you-have-elected me, I ‘will even ‘endeavour to-do
ἱμᾶςξ ἀγαϑὸν, ὅτι ἄἂν δύνωμαι. Kai οὔτω
you (allthe) good, as-much-as*I may 06-80 90. And thus
χευάζεσϑε, ὡς αὔριον ὑμεῖς ἀναξόμενοι,
prepare-yourselves, as to-morrow you will-be-ordered (to depart),
ἐὰν ἧ πλοῦς" δὲ ὁ
if there-may-be (a) sailing (permitted by the weather); and the
πλοῦς ἔσται εἰς Ἣράχλειαν' οὖν del

sailing will-be to Heraclea ; therefore it-is-proper (that)

ἅπαντας πει ειρᾶσϑει κατασχεὶν ἐχεῖσε᾽ 0& ta
all vour to-arrive there; and (abcut) —

ἄλλα βουλευσόμεθα, ἐπειδὰν ἔλδωμεν ἐκεῖσε.

other (things) we-will-consult, when we-arrive there

CHAPTER Il.

Ἐντεῦθεν τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἄνα όμενοι, ἔπλεον
ἩΒΝΟΙ on-the next-day lifting (the anchors), they-sailed

χαλῷ πνεύματι δύο ἡμέ
‘with (a) ‘fair wind two days fem (the) land.

Kai παραπλέοντες ἐϑεώρουν te *lacoviay ἀχτὴν,
And sailing-along they-saw not-only (the) Jasonian beach,

ἔνθα ἢ ᾿Αργὼ λέγεται ὁρμίσασϑαι, xal τὰ

where the Argo ig-said to-have-been-moored, but-also the

στόματα τῶν ποταμῶν Ἄρτον μὲν τοῦ Θερμώ-

mouths of-the rivers, indeed of-the Thermo

410 fHE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

δοντος, ἔπειτα δὲ τοῦ Ἴριος, ἔπειτα δὲ τοῦ Αλνος,
don, afterwards also of-the ris, afterwards also tLe Halyus,
μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον τοῦ TlapSeviov' δὲ napanAev-
after indeed that of-the Parthenius ; and having-sailed-

σαντες τοῦτον ἀφίχοντο εἰς “Ηράχλειαν,
by this (last river) they-arrived at Heraclea, (a)

Ἑλληνίδα πόλιν, ἄποικον Μεγαρέων, δ'

Gree« city, (a) colony ‘of (the) ‘Megarians, and

οὖσαν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ Μαριανδυνῶν. Καὶ
ocing in the territory ‘of (the) ‘Mariandyrians.

ὡρμίσαντο παρὰ τῇ ᾿Αχ χερουσιάδι Χε εῤῥονήσῳ, ἔνϑα

they-anchored near the rusian eninsula, where

ὁ ὁ Ἡρακλῆς λέγεται καταθῆναι ἐπὶ τὸν κύνα
ercules is-said to-have-descended for the dog
Κέρδ ἐρον 7 νῦν δειχνῦσι τὰ σημεῖα τῆς
Cerberus, where (indeed) ΠΟῪ they-show the marks of —
χαταθάσεως, τὸ βάϑος ἐπὶ πλέον ἢ δύο
(his) descent, to— (a) depth for more than two
στάδια. Ἐνταῦθα of Ἡδαχλεῶται πέμπουσι

stadia. There the Heracleans send

ξένια φριςχιλίους μεδίμνους
gifts-of-hospitality (namely) three-thousand medimni [the medimni

ἀλφίτων, καὶ διςχίλια κεράμια

being about twelve gallons] of-barley-meal, and two-thousand ceramia

οἴνου, καὶ εἴχοσι βοῦς,
{the ceramia being about six gallons] of-wine, and ‘twenty oxen,

χαὶ ἑχατόν ois. Ἐνταῦθα ποταμός, Avxos
and (a) hundred _ sheep. Here (a) river, Lycus (by)
ὄνομα, pet διὰ τοῦ πεδίου, εὖ ὡς
pame, flows through the plain, (the) breadth (thereof being) abcut
δύο πλέθρων.
two plethra § (or about two hundred feet).
Οἱ στρατιῶται δὲ συλλεγέντες ἐδουλεύοντο
The soldiers indeed assembling deliberated

τὴν λοιπὴν πορείαν, πότερον χρή
fabe at) the rest ‘of (the) Bie it-might-be-

ε

ΒΟΟΚ VI. —-CHAPTER II. 411

πορευθῆναι éx tod Πόντου ατὰ

for them) to-have-proceeded from the Pontus (KEuxinus) by
ἢ χατὰ θάλατταν. Δὲ Λύχων. ᾿Αχαιός

d or by sea. But Lycon (an) Achsan
ἀναστὰς, eine’ Θαυμάζω μὲν, ὦ ἄνδρες, τῶν
rising-uj, said: I-wonder indeed, Ὁ men, (at) the
στρατηγῶν, ὅτι οὐ πειρῶνται ἐχπορίζειν
generals, that they-'do not ‘endeavour to-procure
σιτηρέσιον «= quiiv' γὰρ μὲν τὰ ξένα οὐ μη
money-for. provisions for-us; for indeed the presents'willnot —
γένηται σῖτα τῇ στρατιᾷ τριῶν ἡμερῶν"
be (sufficient) food for-the army for-three days:

δ᾽ ἔστιν οὐχ, ἔφη, ἐπισιτισά-
and there-is no (place), said-he, having-provided-ourselves-with-pre

μενοι, ὁπόθεν πορευσόμεϑα. Οὖν δοχεὶ
visione, whence we-will-set-forth (on our journcy). Therefore it-seems
ἐμοὶ αἰτεῖν τοὺς Ἣ ραχλεώτας μὴ
to-me (that we ought) [0-88Κ the Heracleans (for) not
ἔλαττον ἢ τριςχιλίους κυζικηνούς.

less than three-thousand cyzices {about 15,000 dollars).
Δ’ ἄλλος εἷπὲ μὴ ἔλαττον ἢ μυρίους" καὶ
But another said not less than ten-thousand; and
mpéabers ἑλομένους, πέμπειν μάλα αὐτίκα
deputies being-chosen, to-send (them) (more) immediately

πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, ἡμῶν καϑημένων, καὶ εἰδέναι 6 τι

to the city, we being-in-session, even to-know what

ἂν ἀπαγγέλλωσι, καὶ βουλεύεσθαι πρὸς

report-‘they might ‘bring, and to-deliberate about

ταῦτα. ᾿Εντεῦθεν προὐδάλλοντο πρέσδεις,

these (things). Then they-proposed (for) deputies,
ω σ

πρῶτον μὲν Χειρίσοφον, ὅτι npnto ἄρχων"

Grat indeed Cheirisophus, because he-had-been-chosen commander;

δ᾽ ἔστι καὶ οἱ Ξενοφῶντα. Δὲ
and it-is also (that) — (others proposed) Xenophon. But
οἷ ἰσχυρῷ ἀπεμάχοντο᾽ γὰρ ταὐτὰ

— ‘they vehemently ‘set-themselves-against (it); or this

41% fHE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἐδόκει ἀμφοὶν μὴ ἀναγκάζειν

seemed to-both (of them), (that) ‘they (ought) not *to-compel
Ἑλληνίδα πόλιν καὶ φιλίων διδοῖεν

(a, Greek city and (one) friendly (tothem) to-give
ὅ τι avtol μὴ ἐθέλοντες. Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ οὗτοι
what they ‘were not ‘willing (to give). When indeed these

ἐδόχουν ἀπρόϑυμοι εἶναι, πέμπουσι Λύχωνα
showed (themselves) no-ways-inclined to-go, they-send Lycon

᾿Αχαιόν, καὶ Καλλίμαχον Tlappacior, καὶ

(the) Achsan, and Callimachus (the) Parrhasian, an
᾿Αγασίαν Στυμφάλιον. Οὗτοι ἔλϑόντες

Agasias (the) Stymphalian. These going (to the town)
ἔλεγον τὰ δεδογμένα. Ἔφασαν δὲ

informed (them of) the resolutions. They-said indeed (that)
tov Avxova καὶ ἐπαπειλεὶν, εἶ μὴ ποιήσοιεν
- Lycon even _ threatened, if they-‘did not *do
ταῦτα. A’ οἱ ἩἫἩραχλεῶται ἀχούσαντες

these (things). And the leracleans hearing (this)

ἔφασαν BovdevocoSar’ καὶ εὐθὺς συνῆγον
said (that) they-would-consult-about-it; and immediately they-collected

τε τά χρήματα ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν, καὶ ἀνεσκεύ-
not-only — (their) property from ‘he fields, but-also packed-
acay εἴσω τὴν

up (and carried) within (the city) the (things exposed for sale in the
ἀγορὰν, καὶ al πύλαι ἐχέκλειντο, καὶ ὅπλα
market, and the gates were-closed, and armed (mes,
ἐφαίνετο ἐπὶ τῶν τειχῶν.

appeared on _— the walls.

Ἔχ τούτο οἱ παράξαντες TAVTA = ἠτιῶντο

Upon this —(those)having-promoted these (things) accused
τοὺς στρατηγοὺς διαφϑείρειν τὴν πρᾶξιν.
the generals (that they) spoile the affair.
Kai ot ᾿Αρχάδες καὶ of ᾿Αχαιοί συνίσταντο" δὲ
Ana the Arcadians and the Achgwans joined-together; and
te Καλλίμαχος ὁ Παῤῥάσιος xal Λύχων ὁ
wot-only Callimachus the Parrbasian, but-also Lyoon the

BOOK V1. — CHAPTER II. | 418

A yaids προειστήκει μάλιστα αὐτῶν.

Achwan most ‘over them [were the

Δὲ of λόγοι ἦσαν αὐτοὶς,
aead leaders]. | And the words were to-them, [and the con-

ὡς εἴη αἷσχρον ᾿Αϑη»-

versation among them was,] that it-was disgraceful (thatan) Athe-

ναῖον ἄρχειν Πελοποννησίων καὶ Λαχεδαιμο-
nian (should) rule Peloponnesians and Lacedzemo-

via, παρεχόμενον μηδεμίαν δύναμιν εἰς τὴν
nians, (and he) contributing force to

στρατιάν, και σφᾶς ἔχειν τοὺς snes
army, and (that) they-themselves had the trouble

μὲν, δὲ ἄλλους τὰ xépdy, καὶ ταῦτα
indeed, but others the profits, and these (things taking place,

σφῶν κατειργασμένων τὴν σωτηρίαν"
they-themselves having-effected the safety (of all),

ya τοὺς κατειργασμένους εἴναι ᾿Αρχάδας
(that) — (those) accomplishing (this) were Arcadians

καὶ ᾿Αχαιούς, dé τὸ ἄλλο στράτευμα εἶναι

and Acheans, and (that) the rest (ofthe) army was (as)
οὐδὲν: (xai ἦν δὲ τῇ ἀληϑείᾳ ὑπὲρ ἥμισυ
nothing; (and there-was indeed in — above haif

τοῦ ὅλου στράτει μάτος ᾿Αρχάδες καὶ

“[.«ἰ89 whole (who were) pussnre and

᾿Αχαιοὶ). Ovv εἰ σωφρονοῖεν, αὐτοὶ
Achwans). Therefore if they-were-wise, these (the Achzans

συστάντες, καὶ ἑλόμενοι στρατηγοὺς

and Arcadians) having-united, and choosing commanders

ἑαυτῶν, ἂν ποιοῖντο τὴν πορείαν καθ᾽
of-themselves, ‘they might ‘make the journey by

ἑαυτοὺς, χαὶ πειρῷντο Aaubdvey τι ἀγαϑόν.
themselves, and endeavour to-procure something good *

Ταῦτ᾽ ἔδοξε" χαὶ
‘for tnemselves). This seemed (good and was adopted); and (the)

Apxddes ἢ ᾿Αχαιοί ἀπολιπόντες Χειρίσοφον, εἶ
Arcadians or Achwans leaving Cheirisophus,

414 THE ANABASIS ΟΕ XENOPHON.

TIVES ἦσαν Nap’ αὐτῷ, καὶ Ἐενοφῶντα, συνέστησαν"
any were wi him, as-also Xenophon, joined-together

καὶ αἱροῦνται déxa στρατηγοὺς ἑαυτῶν"
(with the rest); and choose ten commanders of-themsel ves ;

\ , 9 , 3 ‘ ,
δὲ τούτους ἐφηφίσαντο ἐχ τὴς νικώσης
and (that) these (when) they-had-decided by the majority

» ~ iv] 4 4 e
ποιεῖν Fovto 6 τι doxoin. Odv μὲν 7
weru-to-do that whatever might-be-decided-on. Therefore indeed the

ἀρχὴ παντὸς τοῦ Χειρισόφῳ EVTATIG
ermmand of.-all the (army) by-Cheirisophus ‘was then
κατελύθη ἔχτῃ ἢ ἐδδρόμῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀφ᾽ ἧς
‘dissolved ‘on (the) ‘sixth or seventh day after which
"ped.
he-was-chosen.

Ξενοφῶν μέντοι ἐδούλετο ποιεῖσολαι τὴν πορείαν

Xenophon however wished to-make the journey

κοινῇ μετ᾽ αὐτῶν, νομίζων οὕτως εἷναι
in-common with them, thinking (that) thus ‘it(would) ‘be

ἀσφαλεστέραν, ἢ ἔχαστον OTEAAEO SOs
safer, than (that) each (should) ge
ἰδίᾳ " ἀλλὰ Νέων ἔπειϑεν αὐτὸν πορεύεσθαι
his-own (way); but Neon _—iopereaaded him to-proceed
χαϑ' αὑτὸν, ἀχούσας τοῦ Χειρισόφου, ὅτι Κλέαν

by himself, having-heard from— Cheirisophus, that Cleander

ὁ ἁρμοστὴς ἔν Βυζαντιῳ ain ἥξειν εἰς

the governor in Byzantium said (that he would) come to
λιμένα Κάλπης ἔχων τριήρεις. Οὖν συνεδού.

(the) harbour of-Calpe having galleys, Therefore he-ad.
Aeve διὰ ταῦτα ὅπως μηδεὶς μετάσχοι

vise? (him) for this (purpose) that no-one might-participave
9 3 -«- [2 9 3 ϑ A 3 e ~
ἐπὶ τῶν τριήρων, GAA αὑτοι καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται
to be) on = the galleys, but they and the soldiers
χὐτῶν. Καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲᾶ ἅμα ἀδυ.
of-themselves. θὰ Cheirisophus ‘being indeed at-the-samoe-time ‘dis-

ὧν τοὶς εγενημένοις, δὲ ἅ .
ache with-the (things) oe ail te and ‘being a ie

BOOK vi.-——-CITAPTER I. 410

σῶν ἐχ σούτου τὸ στράτευμα,
gusie2 on-account of-these (things) (with) the army,
ἐπιτρέπει αὐτῷ ποιεῖν ὅ τι βούλεται. ἘΞενοφῶν
he-permits him to-do what he-wishes. Xenophon
δὲ ἔτι μὲν ἐπεχείρησεν ἀπαλλαγεὶς

also moreover indeed (for some time) attempted (after) having-left
τῆς στρατιᾶς ἐχπλεῦσαι' δὲ αὐτῷ θυομένῳ

the army to-sail-away; and he sacrificing (to)
Ἡρακχλεὶ τῷ ἡγεμόνι, καὶ κοινουμένῳ Ἰοτιρα
Hercules the conductor, and consulting (with him) whether
εἴη λῷον καὶ ἄμεινον στρατεύεσθαι, ἔχοντι
it-would-be better and more-desirable to-march, having
τ οὺς παραμείναντας τῶν στ PATIOT OV,
— (those) remaining (with him) of-the soldiers,

ἢ ἀπαλλάττεσθαι, ὁ θεὸς ἐσήμηνε τοῖς iepois
or to-take-leave-of (them), the god signified by-the victims

συστρατεύεσθαι. Ovtw τὸ στράτευμα
(that he ought) to-march-with (them). Thus the army

γίγνεται τριχῇ ᾿Αρχάδες καὶ μὲν
ame (divided into) three-parts; (the) Arcadians and indeed (the)

᾿Αχαιοί, πλείους ἢ TE i ipl Sr πάντες ὁπλῖται"

Achgeans, more than thousand all heavy-armed-men;

dé Χειρισόφῳ μὲν εἰς τετρακοσίους
but econ eee (there were) indeed in (number) four-hundred

καὶ χιλίους ὁπλῖται, δὲ πελτασταὶ εἰς
and = a-thousand heavy-armed-men, and targeteers in (number)

ἑπταχοσίους, ot Θρᾷκες Κλεάρχου" δὲ ἘΞενο-
seven-hundred, (being) the Thracians of-Clearchus; and with-Xeno-

φῶντι μὲν εἰς ἑπταχοσίους καὶ
phon indeed (there were) in (number) seven-hundred and

χιλίους ὁπλῖται, δὲ πελτασταὶ εἰς τρια-
a-thousand heavy-armed-men, and targeteers in (number) three-
xocious' δὲ αὗτος μόνος εἶχεν ἱππικὸν ἀμφι
bundrea ; and he alone had cavelry about

TETT apaxovTa (MEAS.
forty horsemen.

416 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

Kai μὲν οἱ ᾿Αρχάδες διαπραξάμενοι πλοῖα παρὰ

And indeed the Arcadians having-procured ships from
~ ~ ~ fed 3
τῶν ἫἩραχλεωτῶν, πρῶτοι πλέουσιν, ὅπως, ἐξαίφνης

the eracleans, first set-sail, that-is, suidenly
ἐπιπεσόντες τοὶς Βιϑυνοὶς, Adbouey
naking-an-irruption-against the Bithynians, (that) they-might-take
- 9
ὅ τι πλεῖστα" xal ἀπο-
jwhat most (they could); [88 much as they could;] and de-
θαίνουσιν εἰς λιμένα Κάλπης,
scending (from their vessels) at (the) harbour of-Calpe,
πως κχατὰ μέσον τῆς Opaxns. Δὲ Χειρίσοφος
somewhere about (the) middle — of-Thrace. And Cheirisuphus
εὐθὺς ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως
‘having immediately ‘commenced (the journey) from the city

τῶν ἫἩρακλεωντῶν ἐπορεύετο πεζῇ διὰ τῆς χώρας"
of-the Heracleans _proceeded-forth on-foot through the territories
δὲ ἐπεὶ ἀνέθαλε εἰς τὴν Θρᾷχην
(of the Heracleans); but when he-entered (into) — Thrace
ye παρὰ τὴν θάλατταν' καὶ yap ἠσϑένει.
he-went along the 808 ; for indeed he-was-sick.
Ξενοφῶν δὲ Aabdy πλοῖα, dnobaiver ἐπὶ τὰ
Xenophon indeed having-taken vessels, disembarks on _—ithe
~ , ~
ὅρια τῆς Θρᾷ xns καὶ τῆς Ἡραχλεώτιδος, καὶ
confines of — hrace and - Heraclea, avd
ἐπορεύετο διὰ μεσογαίας.
proceeded § through (the) inland (parta.)

200K VI. — CHAPTER III. 41.

CHAPTER III.

‘a
ιν τρόπον μὲν ον te n ἀρχὴ Χειρι-
,L"-WHaT manner indeed therefore not-only the command ¢f-Cheiri-

ϑόφου τοῦ παντὸς XATEAVSN, καὶ τὸ
sophus (over) the entire (army) was-dissolved, but-also (how) the
στράτευμα τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐσχίσθη ἐν τοὶς
army of-the Greeks was-divided into the (three parts)
εἴρηται ἐΟ 1 Ἕχαστοι δ᾽ αὐτῶν
has-been-related above. Each indeed of-these (three divisions)
ἔπραξαν τάδε. Οἱ ᾿Αρχάδες μὲν, ὡς ἀπέθησαν
fared thus. The Arcadians indeed, as they-had-disembarked

νυχτὸς εἰς λιμένα Κάλπης, πορεύονται εἰς τὰς
by-night at (the) port of-Calpe, proceeded to the

πρώτας χώμας ὡς τριάκοντα στάδια
first (or nearest) villages (being) about thirty stadia
ἀπὸ θαλάττης Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐγένετο φῶς
from (the) sen. When indeed it-was (day) light
ἔχαστος στρατηγὸς ἦγεν ἐπὶ κώμην τὸν Adyxor
each commander led against (a) village the cempany
ἑαυτοῦ" δὲ ὁποία ἐδόχει εἶναι μείζων

of-himself; but whatever (village) seemed to-be greater (than the rest)
ol στρατηγοί ἦγον σύνδυο λόχους.

the commanders led ‘two companies ‘together (against it).

Δὲ συνεθάλοντο χαὶ λόφων, εἰς ὃν δέοι
And they-agreed also ‘about (a) ‘hill, on which it-might-ve-

πάντας ἁλίζεσθαι᾽ καὶ, ἅτε ἐπιπεσόντες
proper for-all to-re-ussemble; and, 88 falling-on

ἐξαίφνης, ἔλαθον τε πολλὰ ἀνδράποδα,
(these people) suddenly, they-took not-only many slaves,

καὶ περιεθάλοντο πολλὰ πρόθατα.
but-also = surrounded many (flocks of ) sheep (and other cattle).
A’ ot Θρᾷκες ot διαφεύγοντες nSpot-

But the Thracians — (those namely) fieceing-away collected.

4) THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ζοντο δὲ πολλοὶ διέφευγον, ὄντες πελτασταὶ,
together; and many escaped, being targeteers,
ὁπλίτας ἐξ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν
(from the) heavy-armed-men (even) from the hands of-them.
᾿Επεὶ de συνελέγησαν, πρῶτον
When indeed ‘they (the Thracians) ‘had-collected-together, ‘they first
μὲν ἐπιτίθενται τῷ λόχῳ Σμίχρητος, ἑνὸς τῶν
deed ‘attacked the company of-Smicretes, one of-the
στρατηγῶν ᾿Αρχάδων, ἤδη ἀπιόντι εἰς τὸ
‘-Ammanders ‘of (the) ‘Arcadians, now departing to the
συγκείμενον καὶ ἄγοντι πολλὰ χρήματα.
place-agreed-on and leading (with him) much booty.
Kai τέως μὲν οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐμάχοντο ἅμα
And for-a-while indeed the Greeks fought while
πορευόμενοι. Δὲ διαδάσει ἐπὶ
marching-forward. But ‘they [the Greeks] ‘being-about-to-cross over (a)
χαράδρας τρέπονται αὐτούς, καὶ τε ἀποχτιν-
ravine they-routed them, and ‘they not-only "killed
νύασι τὸν Σμίχρητα αὐτόν, καὶ πάντας τοὺς
-- Smicres himself, but-also all the
ἄλλους" ἄλλου λόχου δὲ τῶν δέκα στρα-
vthers (with him); of-another company indeed of-the ten com-
τηγῶν, TOD ‘Hynodvdpov, κατέλισον
manders, — (that namely) of-Hegesander, they-left
μόνους ὀκτὼ" καὶ Ἡ γησάνδρος αὐτὸς ἐσώϑη. Καὶ
only eight; and egesander himself was-saved. And
δὲ οἱ ἄλλοι λοχαγοὶ συνῆλϑον, οἱ μὲν σὺν
also the other captains came-together, —(some)indeed with
, ε Ὁ » , . . oe
πράγμασιν, οἱ δὲ ἄνευ πραγμάτων δὲ oi
things, — (others) indeed without things; but the
Θρᾷκες, ἐπεὶ εὐτύχησαν τοῦτο τὸ εὐτί χημα,
Thracians, when they-had-luckily-met (with) this — g0od-luck,
te συνεθόων ἀλλήλους, καὶ συνελέγοντο
not-only cried-out (encouragingly) to-one-another, but-also assembled
ἐῤῥωμένως τῆς νυχτός. Καὶ ἅμα ὑἧμέ
itrongly during-the night. And at-the-time (of) day lighbs

p0OOK V1.—- CHAPTER (M1. 419

ma πολλοὶ Ἱσιπεῖς καὶ πελτασταί ἐτάττοντο

1th many horsemen and targeteers arranged-themselves ‘im

χύχλῳ περὶ τὸν λόφον, EvSa οἵ Ἕλληνες ἐστρα:
ι8) ‘circle round ‘he hill, where the Greeks were.
τοσιεδεύοντο, xai del πλείονες
encamped, and continually more (of these Thracians)
συνέῤῥεον. Καὶ ἀσφαλῶς προςέδαλλον
kept-flocking-together. And ‘they safely ‘rushed against
τοὺς ὁπλίτας: yap μὲν ot Ἕλληνες εἶχον
the heavy-armed-men ; for indeed the Greeks had
y » 2 μ ¥ ς ἢ)
οὔτε τοξότην, οὔτε ἀχοντιστήν οὔτε ἱππέα.
ne*ther (an) archer, or (a) javelin-man or (a) horseman.
LA’ ot προςϑέοντες καὶ προςελαύνοντες
And the (Thracians) running-up and riding-forwards
ἡχόντιζον" δὲ ὁπότε
‘threw (their) ‘darts (among them); and when ‘they (the
ἐπίοιεν αὐτοῖς, ῥᾳδίως ἀπέφευγον. "AAA
Greeks] advanced-against them, easily fled-away. | Others
δὲ ἐπετίϑεντο ἄλλῃ.
indeed attacked other (part) [some of the Thravians attacked
Kai μὲν τῶν πολλοὶ
one part, others another part]. And indeed of-the (Greeks) many
étitpGoxovto, δὲ τῶν οὐδείς" ὥςτε
were- wounded, but of-the (Thracians) none; so-that (the Greeks)
οὐχ ἐδύναντο κινηϑῆναι ἐκ τοῦ χωρίου, ἀλλὰ
‘were not ‘able to-move from the place, but
οἱ Opaxes τελευτῶντες xal εἶργον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ
the Thracians | finishing even prohibited them from
τοῦ ὕδατος. Δὲ ἐπεὶ
the water [finally even cut them off from water]. But when (the)
ἀπορία ἦν πολλὴ, διελέγοντο περὶ onovddy'
distress was much, they-began-to-speak about terms;
καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὡμολόγητο αὐτοῖς, δὲ οἱ
aod indeed the other (terms) had-been-agreed-on by-them, but tle

Opaxes οὐχ ἐδίδοσαν ὁμήρους, τῶν Ἑλλήνων
Thracians ‘would not ‘give hostages, the Greeks

‘

420 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

αἰτούντων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τούτῳ ἴσχετο᾽
requesting (them), but on this (the affair) was-in-oheck ;
μὲν δὴ τὰ τῶν ᾿Αρχάδων εἶχε
indeed truly the (affairs) of-the ians had (themselves)
OUTOs.
“0.

Δὲ Χειρίσοφος πορευόμενος ἀσφαλῶς παρὰ

But Cheirisophus proceeding safely along (the.
θάλατταν, ἀφικνεῖται εἰς λιμένα Κάλπης.
ven (coast), arrived at (the) harbour of-Calpe.
Ξενοφῶντι δὲ πορευομένῳ διὰ τῆς μεσογαίας,
Xenophon however proceeding through the interior,
οἵ ἱσυπεὶς προχαταϑέοντες ἐντυγχάνουσι
— (his) horsemen astening-on-before fall-in-with (some)
πρεσόύταις πορευομένοις ποι. Καὶ ἐπεὶ ἤχϑη-
ambassadors proceeding some-where. And when they-had.

‘ μ»-καῇ ~ 3 - 3 A ν

σαν παρὰ Ἐενοφῶντα, ἔρωτᾳ αὕτους εἰ
conducted (them) to Xenophon, he-asked them if
που ἤσϑηνται ἄλλου στρατεύματος, ὄντος
any-where they-might-have-scen another army, being
“Ἑλληνικοῦ. Δὲ οἱ ἔλεγον πάντα τὰ
Grecian. And — _ they-told (him) all the (things
γεγενημένα, καὶ ὅτι νῦν πολιορχοῦνται
aving-occurred, and that now ‘they [the Grecks] “were- besieged
ἐπὶ λόφου, δὲ πάντες οἵ Θρᾷκες elev σερι-
on (a) hill, and (that) all the Thracians were sur-
χεχυχλωμένοι αὐτούς. ᾿Ενταῦϑα. μὲν ἰσχυρῶς
rounding them. Then indeed ‘he strictly
ἐφίλαττε τούτους τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὅπως εἶεν
‘guaided these-same — men, so-that they-might-be
e 4 δέ . δὲ ,
NYEUOVES ὁπου EOL καταστήσας
guides when it-might-be-required; and having-stationed
σχοποὺς, συνέλεξε τοὺς στρατιώτας xai ἔλεξεν"
scouts, he-assembled _the soldiers and said :
“Avdpes στρατιῶται, ot μὲν τῶν *Apxddar
Ven soldiers, — (some) indeed of-the Arcadian<

ΡΌΟΚ VI. —CHAPTER III. 421

TESraow, δὲ οἱ λοιποὶ πολιορχοῦνται ἐπὶ τινὺς
have-died, but — (those) remaining are-bezieged on some

9 ’ 9 3 ~ 9 ~
λόφου. A’ ἔγωγε νομίζω, εἰ ἐχεῖνοι ἀπολοῦνται,
hill. And I-at-least think, if these are-destroyed,

9) 3 3 ‘ , e
οὐδ᾽ εἶναι οὐδεμίαν σωτηρίαν ἡμὶν,
(that there will) neither be any salvation fur-us,

πολεμίων ὄντων μὲν οὕτω πολλῶν, δὲ οὕτω
(the) enemy being indeed 80 numerous, and 80
redappyxdtwv. Οὖν χράτιστον ἡμὶν βοηϑεῖν
eonfident-and-daring. (It is) therefore best for-us to-assist
τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ὡς τάχιστα, ὅπως εἰ ἔτι
the men ‘as speedily ‘as-possible, so-that if as-yet
3. ον = , 4 ; ’»
εἰσὶ σῷοι, μαχώμεθα, χαὶ μὴ, Δλειφϑέντες
they-are safe, we-may-fight (together), and ποῖ, being-left

μόνοι, καὶ κινδυνεύωμεν μόνοι. Νῦν μὲν οὗν
alone, even encounter-danger alone. Now indeed therefore

στρατοπεδευώμεϑα προελϑόντες ὅσον

"1οἱ (us) ‘encamp (after) having-marched-forward as-much

ἂν doxy εἷναι καιρὸς εἰς τὸ δειπινοποιεῖσϑαι"
may seem to-be (the) proper (time) to the tuking-of-supper ;

δ᾽ ἕως ἂν πορευώμεϑα, Τιμασίων ἔχων τους

and while ‘we may ‘be-marching-forward ‘let Timasion having the

ἱσιπεὶς προελαυνέτο ἐφορῶν ἡμᾶς,

cavalry (with him) ‘ride-on-before ‘keeping us ‘in-view,
καὶ σχοπείτω τὰ ἔμπροσϑεν, ὡς μηδὲν
and ‘let (him) ‘reconnoitre the (country) in-front, that nothing
λάϑῃ ἡμᾶς. (Δὲ καὶ παρέπεμψε
may-be-concealed from-us. (And ‘he [Xenophon] also ‘sent-about
εὐζώνους avSpanovg τῶν γυμνήτων εἰς τὰ
active men of-the light-armed (troops) to the

la καὶ εἰς τὰ ἄχρα, ὅπως, EL που καϑορῷεν
flanks and to the hills, so-that, if any-where they-might-see

τί ποϑεν, σημαίνοιεν" ἐχέλευε δὲ
any-thing thence, they-might-signify (it); he-ordered (them) moreover

καίειν ἅπαντα ὅτῳ ἐντυγχάνοιεν xavoiug.) Tap
to-burn every-thing that they-might-meet-with combustible.) For

422 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHoN.

ἱμεῖς ἂν ἀποδραίημεν ἐνθένδε οὐδαμοῦ" γάρ μεν»

no- where; for indeea

ἔφη, πολλὴ ἀπιέναι πάλιν εἰς
said-he, | (itis) much [it is ἃ long way] to-go-hence back te

Ἡράχλειαν, δὲ πολλὴ διελθεῖν εἰς Χρυσόπολιν"
Heruclea, and much to-go to Chrysopolis ;

δὲ of πολέμιιν πλησίον" εἰς λιμένα KaArens
andthe enemy (being) near; to (the) Larbour of-Calpe

δὲ, ἔνϑα εἰκάζομεν Χειρίσοφον εἶναι. εἰ σέσωσται,
indeed, where we-suppose Cheirisophus to-be, if he-is-safe,

ὁδός ἐλαχίστη. ᾿Αλλὰ δὴ ἐχεὶ μὲν ἔστιν

(the) way (is) very-short. But truly there indeed tbhere-are
οὔτε πλοῖα, οἷς ἀποπλευσούμεϑα, TE μένουσι
neither ships, in-which we-may-set-sail, but (we) remaining
αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ ἔστι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια μιᾶς ἡμέρας.
there _ neither is-there — = provisions (enough) for-one day.
Δὲ τῶν πολιορχουμένων ἀπολομένων, σὺν TOTS
Rut — (those) besieged perishing, with the

μόνοις Χειρισόφου ἐστι χάχιον διαχινδυνεύει;,
(men) alone of-Cheirisophus it-is worse to-face-danger,

ἢ τῶνδε σωθέντων, πάντας ἐλθόντας εἰς
than — (these) being-saved, all coming to

ταὐτὸν ἔχεσϑαι χοινῇ τῆς σωτηρίας.
that (place) to-take-hold in-common of — (our) safety

᾿Αλλὰ χρὴ παρασχευασαμένους τὴν γνώμην
But it-is-necessary having-prepared-and-made-up — (our) minds

πορεύεσθαι, ὡς νῦν ἔστιν ἢ τελευτῆσαι
to-proceed-forward, 88 (17) now it-is either to-have-ended (our lives)

εὐχλεῶς, ἢ ἐργάσασθαι κάλλιστον ἔργον,
ork,

gloriously, or to-have-performed (a) most-honourable

τοσούτους “Ἕλληνας σώσαντας. Καὶ tows ὃ

s0-many Greeks being-saved. And perhaps — (some)
θεὸς ἄγει οὕτως, ὃς βούλεται ταπεινῶσοι
god leads (the affair) thus, who wishes to-hum.‘s

TOUS μεγαληγορήσαντας, ὡς πλεῶν φρονου Ταῦ.
« (those) having-spoken-boastfully, as ‘being more

BOOK VI.— CHAPTER III. 493

! ἣν ’
δὲ καταστῆσαι, ἡμᾶς, τοὺς ἀρχομένους
(than we are), and to-render, us, -- beginning

9 A

ἀπὸ θεῶν, ἐντιμοτέρους
,every thing) from (consulting the) gods, more-honoured (than)
ἐχείνων. ᾿Αλλ χρή ἔπεσϑαι, καὶ
they. But it-is-necessary to-follow (your leaders), and
προςζέχειν τὸν νοῦν, ὡς ἂν δύνησϑε ποιεῖν
apply — (your) minds, that ‘you may ‘be-able to-perform
τὸ παραγγελλόμενον.
the (thing) orclered.
Εἰπὼν ταῦτ᾽ ἡγεῖτο. Δὲ οἱ
Having-said [816 he-led (his men forward). And _ the
ἱσυσιεὶς διασπειρόμενοι ἐφ᾽ ὅσον εἶχε
savalry spreading-themeelves over as-‘much (ground) ‘as had (itself )
χαλῶς, Exauv ἡ ἐθάδιζον, καὶ
safe-and-proper, (and) they-set-fire in-whatever (place) they-went, and

οἱ πελτασταί, ἐπιπαριόντες χατὰ τὰ ἄχρα,
the targeteers, moving-abreast-of (them) along the heights,

ἔχαιον πάντα ὅσα ἑἕώρων καύσιμα, καὶ δὲ ἡ
burned all what they-saw combustible, and also the
στρατιὰ, εἰ ἐντυγχάνοιεν τινι πα

stl μα (did the same), if they-found any-thing "5
λειπομένῳ" ὥςτε πᾶσα n χώρα ἐδόχει
left (unhurt); so-that all the place seemed

αἴϑεσθαι, καὶ τὸ στράτευμα εἶναι πολὺ. Ἐπεὶ
to-be-on-fire, and the army to-be large. When

δὲ nv ὥρα, κατεστρατοπεδεύσαντο ἐχθάττες
indeed it-was_ time, they-encamped having-gone
ἐπὶ λόφον, καὶ ἑώρων TE τὰ πυρὰ τῶν πολεμίων,
en (a) hill, und they-saw also the fires of-the enemy,

(δὲ ἀπεῖχον ὡς tertapdxorvta σταδίους,) καὶ
(for they-were-distant about orty stadia,) and

αὑτοὶ ἔχαιον πλεῖστα ὡς ἐδύναντο ᾿Ἐπε
they [the Greeks] burned as-much as_ they-could. Wher

δὲ ἐδείπνησαν τάχιστα, παρηγγέλϑη xatacber
powever they-had-supped very-speedily, it-was-ordered to-extin

424 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

νύναι πάντα ta πυρὰ. Καὶ μὲν ποιησάμενοι

guish all the fires. And _ indeed having-stationed
φιλαχὰς τὴν νύχτα éxarevdor’ ἅμα δὲ

sentinels for-the night they-went-to-sleep; at-the-time indeed
TH ὑμέρᾳ προςευξάμενοι τοὶς θεοῖς, καὶ συν-
-- (of) day (light) having-prayed w-the gods, and putung-
ταξάμενοι ὡς εἰς μάχην, ἐπορεύοντο τάχιστα ἢ
themselves-in-order as for battle, they-marched-forth as-speedily as

ἐδύναντο. Τιμασίων δὲ καὶ οἱ ἱππεὶς, ἔχοντες τοὺς
they-could. Timasion and also the horsemen, having the

γγεμόνας καὶ προελαύνοντες, γενόμενοι ἐλάνϑατον

guides and riding-on-before, having-got concealed

αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῷ λόφῳ, ἔνϑα οἱ “Ἕλληνες

(and unknown to) themselves on the hill, σου the Greeks

énodiopxovyto. Καὶ ὁρῶσιν οὐχ οὔτε φίλιον
were-besieged. And see not either (a) friendly

στράτευμα, οὔτε πολέμιον, (καὶ ἀπαγγέλλουσι

army, nor (an) inimical (one), (and they-announce

ταῦτα πρὸς τὸν Ἐενοφῶντα καὶ τὸ στράτευμα,)

these (things) to -- Xenophon and the army,)
δὲ καὶ γραΐ a γερόντια καὶ ὀλίγα πρόβατα
but only old-women (and) old-men and(a) few sheegx
καὶ Bods καταλελειμμένους. Kai μὲν τὸ πρῶτον
and oxen left-behind. And indeed (at) the first
ἦν θαῦμα, τί εἴη τὸ γεγενημένον"
there-was wonder-and-surprise, what might-be the (thing) having-happened;
ἔπειτα δὲ xal ἐπυνϑάνοντο τῶν χαταλελειμ-
afterwards indeed also they-learned from — (those) Yeft-

Evuv, ὅτι οἱ Θρᾷκες μὲν εὐθὺς ἀφ᾽ ἑσπέρας
ehind, that the Thracians indeed immediately after night-fall
ῳὠχοντο ἀπιόντες" δὲ καὶ ἔφασαν τοὺς ”

departed gving-away; and also they-said (that) the Greeks
OLYECSAL ἕωϑεν" δὲ ὅπου οὐχ
departed early-in-the-morning; but whither (that they did’ ent
εἰδέναι.

know

BOOK VI. — CHAPTER III. 425
Οἱ ἀμφὶ Ἐενοφῶντα ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα,
— (Those) with Xenophon hearing these (things)

wel ἡρίστησαν, συσκευασάμενοι ἐπορεύοντο,
after they-had-breakfasted, having-packed-up proceeded (on their

βουλόμενοι ὡς τάχιστα συμμῖξαι ols

march), desiring as soon-as-possible to-have-joined the
ἄλλοις εἰς λιμένα Κάλπης. Kai πορευόμενοι
others at (the) harbour _ of-Calpe. And proceeding
ἑώρων τὸν στίθον τῶν ᾿Αρχάδων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν

they-perceived the track of-the Arcadians and Achwans
χατὰ τὴν ὁδόν ἐπὶ Κάλπης. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἀφίχοντο
cn the road to Calpe. When indeed they-had-arrived

εἰς τὸ αὐτό, Te ἄσμενοί εἶδον
at the same (spot), (they were) not-only pleased (when) they-saw

ἀλλήλους, καὶ ἠσπάζοντο ὥςπερ ἀδελφούς. Kat

one-another, but-also embraced like brothers. And
οἱ ᾿Αρχάδες ἐπυνθάνοντο τῶν περὶ Ἐξεενοφῶντα,
the Arcadians inquired of — (those) with Xenophon,

τί χατασθέσειαν τὰ TPA’ yap μὲν ἡμεῖς, ἔφασαν,
why they-had-put-out the fires; for indeed we, said-thoy,

φόμεϑα μὲν τὸ πρῶτον ὑμᾶς, ἐπειδὴ οὐχ

thought indeed αἱ -- first (that) you, when we-'did not
ἑωρῶμεν τὰ πυρὰ, ἥξειν τῆς νυχτὸς ἐπὶ τοὺς
‘see e fires, were-coming at— night against the
πολεμίους" (καὶ of πολέμιοι δὲ, ὥς ye ἐδόχουν
enemy ; (and the enemy also, as at-least it-appeared
ἡμῖν, δείσαντες τοῦτο ἀπῆλθον γὰρ σχεδὸν ἀμφὶ
to-us, fearing this departed ; for neal'y about
τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον ἀπήεσαν). Δὲ ἐπεὶ οὐχ
that -- time they-disappeared). But when you-‘did not
~ e
ἀφίχεσϑε, δὲ ὁ χρόνος ἐξῆχεν, ὠόμεθϑΘα ὑμᾶς,
‘arrive, andthe time passed-by, we-thought (that) you,
πυϑομένους τὰ παρ᾽ ὑμὶν, φοθηϑέντας
hearing the (things) relating to-us, (that) being-alarmed

οἴχεσθαι ἀποδράντας ἐπὶ θάλατταν" καὶ ἐδόχει
5 ou-departed fleeing to (the) 868: and _it-seemed

«δ THE ANABASIS ΟΕ ΧΕΝΌΡΗΟΝ.

ἡμὶν μὴ ἀπολείπεσθαι ὑμῶν. Οὕτω.

to-us (that) we-‘ought not ‘to-be-left-behind you.

Dy D> δεῦρο.
ο καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐπορεύϑημεν. Ὅς

therefore also we proceeded in-thi

CHAPTER IV.

Oty μὲν ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν ηὐλίζοντο
THEREFORE indeed that — (same) day they-encamped
αὑτοῦ ἐπὶ TOV αἰγιαλοῦ πρὸς τῷ λιμένι. Τὸ τοῦτο
there on the shore near the port. -- Lhis

χωρίον δὲ, ὃ χαλεῖται λιμήν Κάλπης, ἔστι
indeed, which is-called (the) harbour of-Calpe,

μὲν ἐν TY Θράχῃ τῇ ἐν τῇ vere
indeed in — the (Thrace namely) in — Asia;
δὲ αὕτη n Θ pata ἐστὶν ἀρξαμένη ἀπὸ τοῖ
and = this is (inextent) beginning from _ the
στόματος τοῦ εν: μέχρι “HpaxAciac,
mouth of-the Pontus (Euxinus) just-to Hereclea,
ἐπὶ δεξιὰ εἰςπλέοντι εἰς τὸν Πόντον. Kai
on (the) right (of one) sailing to the Pontus. And
μὲν ἐστι τριήρει χώπαις ἐκ Βυζαντίου εἰς
indeed it-is ‘for(a) ‘galley with-oars from Byzantium to
Ἡράκλειαν pene μακρᾶς ἡμέρας πλοῦς" δὲ ἐν
Heraclea (a) long day’s sail ; and ip
τῷ μέσῳ μὲν οὐδεμία ἄλλη
the middle (between these towns there is) indeed no other

πόλις οὔτε φιλία οὔτε Ἑλληνίς, ἀλλὰ Βιϑυνοί

town either friendly or Grecian, but Bithynias

BOOK VI. — CHAPTER IV. 431

vb pile τοὺς Ἕλληνας δεινὰ. Δὲ ὁ λιμὴν
to- Le eee the Greeks dreadfully. But the harbouz
Κάλπης κεῖται ἐν μέσῳ μὲν ἑχατέρωδεν
of-Calpe lies in mid (way) indeed from-botk-sides (for those}
πλεόντων ἐξ ᾿Ηραχλείας χαὶ Βυζαντίου, δὲ ἐν τῇ
sailing from Ieraclea and Byzantium, and in the
θαλάττῃ ἐστι χωρίον προκείμενον, τὸ
sea there-is a-piece-of-land (there) projecting-forward, the (part)

μὲν αὐτοῦ xadyxov εἰς τὴν θάλατταν ἀποῤῥώξ
indeed of-it reaching-down to the sea (as a) steep

πέτρα, ὕψος ὅπῃ ἐλάχιστον ov μεῖον εἴχοσιν
rock, (the) height where (it is) the-least not less (than) tr-enty

ὀργυιῶν: δὲ ὃ αὐχὴν, ὁ ἀνήχων εἰς τὴν
fathoms; andthe neck, — (that namely) extending into the
ἣν τοῦ χωρίου, TO εὖρος μάλιστα
and of-the country, the breadth (of this neck is) at-most
τεττάρων πλέϑρων᾽ δὲ τὸ χωρίον
four plethra (or about four bundred feet), and the place
ἐντὸς τοῦ αὐχένος ἱκανὸν μυρίοις ἀνϑρώζοις
within the neck is-sufficient for-ten-thousand men
> i) ᾽ ε 3 3 ~ ~
οἰχῆσαι. Λιμὴν ὃ ὑπ’ αὐτῇ τῇ

to-inhabit (or quarteron). (The) harbour indeed (is) under this --
πέτρᾳ ἔχων τὸ αἰγιαλὸν mpdg ἑσπέραν.
f‘same) rock having — (its) shore towards (the) west,

Δὲ χρήνη ἡδέος ὕδατος καὶ apSovos ῥέουσα ἐπὶ

And (a) spring of-sweet water and = copiously flowing neat

τῇ θαλάττῃ αὐτῇ, ὑπὸ τῇ ἐπιχρατείᾳ τοῦ

sea itself, (is) under the command of — (this)
Aopiov. Δὲ μὲν πολλὰ ξύλα καὶ ἄλλα,
τὴ indeed (there is) much wood and (of) different

δὲ πάνυ πολλὰ καὶ καλὰ ναυπηγήσιμα
(kinds), but especially much and fine (wood) fit-for-shir -brilding
ἐτί αὐτῇ τῇ θαλάττῃ. Δὲ τὸ ὄρος, τὸ
en — (same) sea (coast), And the mountain, —

ἐν τῷ λιμένι, ἀνήχει μὲν εἰς μεσόγαιαν
‘that aamely) at the harbour, extends indeed to (the) in‘erior

426 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ὅσον ἐπὶ εἴχοσι σταδίους, καὶ τοῦτο γεῶδες
as-much-.as to twenty stadia, and this (partis) earthy
xal GAidov' dé TO παρὰ ϑάλατταν, πλέον
and clear-of-stones ; and the (part) along (the) sea, more
ἢ ἐπὶ εἴκοσι σταδίους, δασὺ πολλοὶς xai παντο-
than about twenty stadia, thick with-many and vari-
δαποὶς καὶ μεγάλοις ξύλοις. Δὲ ἡ ἄλλη
ous and large trees. And the other (parts of the)
χαλὴ καὶ πολλή" χαὶ εἶσι πολλαὶ
country (were) beautiful and much (in extent); and there-were many
καὶ OixOLUEVaL κώμαι ἐν αὐτῇ" γὰρ 7
and populous villages in this (country); for the land
φέρει καὶ χριϑάς, καὶ πυρούς, καὶ πάντα
produces — arley, and wheat, and all (kinds οὗ"
ὄσπρια, καὶ μελίνας, καὶ σήσαμα, καὶ ἀρχοῦτα
legumes, and millet, and sesame, and abundance (of)

A

σῦχα, xal πολλὰς ἀμπέλους καὶ ἧδυοίνους, καὶ

figs, and many vines even producing-sweet-wine, and
πάντα τἄλλα πλὴν ἐλαιῶν. Τοιαύτη
all else except (trees) of-oil [the olive tree]. Such
μὲν ἦν Nn χώρα. ᾿Ἐσχήνωυν δὲ

indeed was the country. (The Greeks) ‘pitched (their) ‘tents indeed
ἐν τῷ αἰγιαλῷ πρὸς τῇ θαλάττῃ" δὲ εἰς τὸ
on the shore y the sea; but into the

πόλισμα ἄν γενόμενον οὐκ ἐθδούλοντο
city (that) might have-been they-'did not *wish

4

στρατοπεδεύεσϑθαι, ἀλλὰ ἐδόχει χαὲ
(to march and) encamp, but _it-seemed (that) even
TO ἐλϑεὶν ἐνταῦϑα εἷναι ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς,
jthe ἴο go there [going there] was from design, (as if)

τινῶν βουλομένων κατοιχίσαι πόλιν. Tap οἱ
some (persons) were-wishing to-build (4) city. For the

πλεῖστοι τῶν στρατιωτῶν οὐχ ἐχπεπλευχότες ἦσαν

most of-the soldiers ‘had not ‘sailed
σπάνει (βίου ἐπὶ τουτὴην τὴν

(from home) for-want of-subsistence on this — (same;

BOOK VI. — CHAPTER IV. 429

μισϑοφοράν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀχούοντες τὴν ἀρετὴν Κύρου,

service, hearing-of the virtue of-Cy rus,

ot μὲν καὶ pets ἄνδρας, οἱ χαὶ δὲ

—(some)indeed even i bringing men. — (othors) also indeed

ςανηλωχότες χρήματα, καὶ ἔτεροι τούτων
haviny-in-addition-spent money, (in the cause), and others of-these

ἀποδεδραχότες πατέρας καὶ μετέρας, δὲ

(soldiers) having-fied-from (their) fathers and mothers, and

xal οἱ χαταλιπόντες τέχνα, WS κχτησαμενοι
also — (some) leaving-behind (their) children, that they-might-acquire

χρήματ᾽ avtois, ἥξοντες πάλιν, ἀχούντες καὶ

money for-them, (then) coming back, hearing also
τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς παρὰ Κύρῳ πράτ-
(that) — others — (those namely) ma δι | were-

τειν πολλὰ καὶ ἀγαϑὰ.
doing many and good (things) [were acquiring wealth].

Ὄντες τοιοῦτοι ἐπόϑουν σώζεσθαι εἰς τὴν
Being such (men) they-desired | to-be-saved to

Ἑλλάδα.

Greece (to return in safety to Greece].

Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὑστέρα ἡμέρα τῆς συνόδου

When indeed (the) next day of — (their) coming-together

εἰς ταὐτὸν ἐγένετο, Ἐενοφῶν ἐθύετο ἐπὶ
in that (place) was, Xenophon sacrificed about (an)

ἐξόδῳ. γὰρ ἦν ἀνάγκη ἐξάγειν ἐπὶ τὰ

expedition; for it-was necessary to-lead-out (the soldiers) for --

3 ’ ῷ A A 9 7 Q
ἐπιτήδεια: δὲ καὶ ἐπενόει θάπτειν τοὺς
provisions ; and also he-was-thinking (about) burying the

vexpous. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ta ἱερὰ ἐγένετο καὶ
dead. When indeed the victims happened (favourably) alse

, ig
οἵ ᾿Αρχάδες εἵποντο, xai μὲν ἔδαψαν ἑχάστους
the Arcadians accompanied (him), and indeed they-buried each-of

τοὺς eh a τοὺς πλείστους, ἔνϑαπερ ἔπεσον"
dead the

most, where they-had-fallen,
(yap p ἤδη ἦσαν πεμπταῖοι, xO
already | they-were five days’-ones, [they were five days dead,] ane

430 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἦν ἔτι οὐχ οἷόν τε ἅἁναιρεῖν) de
%-was now not possible to-'take (them) ‘away); and
ϑυνενεγχόντες ἐνίους τοὺς ἐχ τῶν ὁδῶν,
baving-gathered-together some of — (those) from _ the road,
ἔϑαψαν ὡς χάλλιστα ἐδύναντο éx τῶν

tLey-buried (them) as becomingly (as) they-could from — (their)
ὑπαρχόντων᾽ δὲ οὗς μὴ εὗρισχον
existing (means); but (those) that they-'did not “find

ἐποίησαν μέγα κενοτάφιον αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐπέϑεσαν
they-made (a, large cenotaph for-them, and placed-on (it?

στεφάνους. Δὲ ποιήσαντες ταῦτα ἀνεχώργσαν
garlands. And having-performed these (things) they-returned

ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. Kai μὲν τότε δεισινήσαντες
to the camp. And indeed then having-supped

ἐχοιμήϑησαν. Τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ δὲ πάντες οἵ στρα.
they-went-to-sleep. On-the next-day indeed all the

τιῶται συνῆλθον" (δὲ μάλιστα ᾿Αγασίας τε
diers assembled-together ; (but chiefly Agasias indeed (the,

Στυμφάλιος λοχαγὸς συνῆγε" καὶ Ἱερώνυ

Stymphalian captain assembled (them); and Hieronymus (the)
Ἠλεῖος λοχαγὸς, καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ot πρεσόύτατοι τῶν
Elian captain, and — others the oldest of-the

᾿Αρκάδων). Kai ἐποιήσαντο δόγμα, ἐάν τις
Arcadians). And they-made (a) decree, if any (one)

τοὺ λοισοῦ μνησϑ ποιεὶν τὸ στράτευμα
for-the rest (of the time) might-mention to-make the army

δίχα αὐτὸν ζημιοῦσϑαι θανάτῳ, καὶ
diviljed-into-two (that) he should-be-punished with-death, and (that)

τὸ στράτευμα ἀπιέναι ατὰ χώραν, ἧπερ
the army (should) depart to (the) place-and-order whic
εἶχε πρόσϑεν, καὶ τοὺς πρόσοεν στρατηγούς
t-had before, and (that) the ormer gonerals

ἄρχειν. Καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἤδη
(should) command. And it fered ας indeed ‘had already
τετελευτήχει πιών φάρμαχον, πυρέττων"

diec having-drunk (a) medicine, being-in -a-fever

BOOK VI.— CHAPTER IV. 431

δὲ Νέων ὁ ᾿Ασιναῖος παρέλαδε τὰ ἐχεί.

and Neon the Αδἰπθδ | received the (things) οὗ

VOU.
aim [took his place].

Meta ταῦτα δὲ Ἐξενοφῶν ἀναστὰς eine’

After this indeed Xenophon standing-up said:
ὥ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, ὡς ἔοιχε, δῆλον μὲν ὅτι
men soldiers, as it-seems, evident indeed that

τὴν πορείαν ποιητέον πεζῇ" yap ἔστι οὐ πλοῖα"
the journey is-to-be-performed on-foot; for there-are not ships ;

dvayxn ἤδη πορεύεσθαι" yap ἔστι ov τὰ
{it is) necessary now to-depart ; for there-is not —
ἐπιτήδεια μένουσ. Οὖν μὲν, ἔφη, ἡμεῖς

food (for us) remaining. Therefore La suid-he,

θυσόμεϑα" δὲ ὑμᾶς del παρασκευάζεσϑαι

will-sacrifice; but you ‘it (now) ‘becomes to-prepare
ὡς μαχουμένους, εἴ ποτε καὶ ἄλλοτε"
as-for fighting, if ever even at-any-other-time (it was

yap οἱ πολέμιοι dvatesappyxaciv. Ἔχ
necessary); for the enemy ce ae After

τούτου ol στρατηγοί ἐδδύοντο, δὲ ᾿Αρηξίων *Apxds
this the generals sacrificed, and rexion (the) ae

παρῆν μάντις" δὲ ὁ Σιλανὸς ὁ ᾿Αμδρακιώτης

was-present (as) augur; for -- Silanus the Ambraciap

ἤδη ἀποδεδράχει μισθωσάμενος πλοῖον ἐξ
‘had already ‘fled having-hired (a) vessel from

Ἡραχλείας. Δὲ θνομένοις ἐπὶ τῇ ἀφόδῳ τὰ
Heraclea. And sacrificing about — (their) departure the
ἱερά οὐκ ἐγίγνετο. Οὖν μὲν ταύτην
victims ‘did not ‘become (favourable). Therefore indeed o03.tkat
τὴν ἡμέραν ἐπαύσαντο.

--- (same) day they-desisted (from their intended departure).
Kai tives ἐτόλμων λέγειν ὡς ὁ Ἐξνοφῶν,
And some having-been-bold-enough said that — Xenophon,

βουλόμενος οἰχίσαι TO χωρίον, πέπεικε TOY μάντιν
desiring to-colonise the country, had-persuaded the aug

432 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

λέγειν ὡς τὰ ἱερὰ γίγνεται οὐ ἐπὰ
to-say that the victims were not (favourable) to (ἃ
ἀφόδῳ. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν Ἐενοφῶν χηρύξας
departure. Then Xenophon having-made-proclamation (that,
τὸν βουλόμενον παρεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν θυσίαν
--+ (86) wishing (it) might-be-present at the sacrifice
TY aipiov, καὶ παραγγείλας εἰ eign τις μάντις
en-the next-day, and having-notified if there-were any augurs
παρεῖναι ὡς συνϑεασόμενον τὰ ἱερὰ,
(among them) to-be-present as inspecting-with (him) the victims,
ἔϑυε᾽ xai évtaisa πολλοί
‘he (Xenophon) ‘sacrificed; and then many (persons)
παρῆσαν. Δὲ θνομένων πάλιν εἰς τρὶς
were-present. And sacrificing again to (the) third (time)
ἐπὶ στῇ ἀφόδῳ τὰ ἱερά ἐγίγνετο οὐχ.
in-respect to-the departure the victims were not (favourable).

‘Ex τούτου of στρατιῶται εἶχον γαλεπῶς"

{On this the soldiers had (it) uneasily; [the sol-
yap καὶ τὰ ἐπιτή-

diers in consequence of this were distressed ;] for even the provi-

δεια, ἃ ἔχοντες ἦλϑον,

sions, | which having they-came, [which they had when they came,}

ἐπέλισεν, καὶ οὐδεμία ἀγορὰ παρῆν.

failed, and no market | was-present [provided for them].

"Ex τούτου ξυνελϑόντων, Ἐξενοφῶν πάλιν

Ou this (the soldiers) assembling, Xenophon aguin
eine’ *Q ἄνδρες, ὡς ὁρᾶτε μὲν, τὰ ἱερὰ γίγνεται
said: 0 men, as you-see indeed, the victims are

~ 9 .- Cw
οὔπω τῇ πορείᾳ δ᾽ ὁρῶ ὑμᾶς δεομένους
aot-yet (favourable) for — (our) journey; and I-see you wanting

τῶν ἐπιτηδείων: οὖν doxel μοι εἶναι ἀνάγκχη
-- provisions ; therefore it-seems to-me to-be necessary

θύεσϑαι περὶ οὐτοῦ τούτου. Τις δ᾽
to-sacrifice respecting _ this same (thing). Some (one) however
3 a

ἀναστὰς cine’ Kai εἰχότως ἄρα τὰ ἱερά γίγνεται
standing-up said: And with-reason therefore the victims ere

BOOK VI.—CHAPTER IV. 488

p ἡμῖν" καὶ yap ἐγώ ἤχουσά τινος
Ι

not (favourable) for-us; and as have-heard from-some (oue,

ADES ἀπὸ πλοίου ἥχοντος τοῦ αὐτομάτου,
yesterday (who was) from (a) vessel coming (in) — of-itself

ὅτι Κλέανδρος ὁ ἁρμοστὴς éx Βυζαντίοι

(accidentally), that | Cleander the governor of Byzantium

μέλλει ἥξειν, ἔχων πλοῖα καὶ τριήρεις. “Ex τούτοι

is-about coming, having vessels and _ galleys. On this
δὲ ἐδόχει μὲν πᾶσιν ἀναμένειν" Som

(6 scount) then it-seemed indeed to-all (proper) to-remain; δαὶ it-was

9 lA 3 [4 5. y ‘ 3 ’ A 3 \ ’

ἀνάγκη ἐξιέναι ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. Kai ἐπὶ τούτῳ

necessary to-go-out for — provisions. And about this

πάλιν ἐϑύετο εἰς τρίς, χαὶ τὰ le
ἱε τὰ again ‘sacrificed to three (times), however the victims
ἐγίγνετο ov. Kai ἤδη καὶ ἰόντες
were not (favourable). And now even (the soldiers) going
ἐπὶ τὴν σχηνὴν Ἐενοφῶντος, ἔλεγον ὅτι ἔχοιεν
to the tent of- Xenophon, said that they-had
οὐ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. A’ ὁ ἔφη ἂν οὐχ
no -- provisions. And — he-said (that) ‘he could not
ἐξαγαγεῖν, τῶν ἱερῶν μὴ γιγνομένων.

‘lead (them) ‘out, the victims not being (favourable).
Kai πάλιν τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐθύετο, καὶ σχεδόν
And again on-the next-day it-was-sacrificed, and nearly

τι πᾶσα ἡ στρατιὰ διὰ τὸ μέλειν

in-some (manner) all the army on-account-of --- it-being-a-solicituie
ἅπασιν, ἐχυχλοῦντο περὶ τὰ ἱερά" δὲ τὰ
to-every (one), were-crowded-in-a-circle round the victims; but the
θύματα ἐπιλελοίπει. Δὲ οἱ στρατηγοὶ μὲν οὐχ
victims were-deficient, But the generals indeed ‘did not

ἐξῆγον, δὲ συνεχάλεσαν Ἐξενοφῶν
‘lead-out (the troops), but ‘called (them) ‘together. | Xenophon

οὖν εἶπεν" Ἴσως οἱ πολέμιοι συνειλεγμένοι εἰσί.
therefore said : Perhaps the enemy Lave-been-asse-ubled-together.

καὶ ἀνάγχη μάχεσθαι ef οὖν καταλιπόντες

and (it is) necessary (that, we-fight; if therefore leaving- behind

484 THE ANABASIS UF XENOPHON.

Ta σκχεύη ἐν τῷ ἐρυμνῷ χωρίῳ ὡς ἴοιμεν
— (our) baggage in the strong places so-that we-may-ge
παρεσχενασμένοι εἰς μάχην, ἴσως ta ἱερὰ ἃ»
prepared for battle, perhaps the victims may
προχωροίη ἡμῖν. A’ οἱ στρατιῶται ἀχούσαντες
become-favourable to-us. But the soldiers hearing (this°
9 » e , 291 ν 3 \ ,
ἀτέχραγον ὡς δέοι οὐδὲν ἄγειν εἰς τὸ χωρίον,
οὐ κὶ-ουΐ ‘that it-ought not to-lead to the place,
ἀλλὰ θύεσθαι

{that he ought not to lead them to such strong place,} but to-sacrifice
ὡς τάχιστα. Καὶ μὲν ἦν οὐχέτι πρόθατα,
as speedily (as possible). And indeed there-was no-longer sheep,

ἣ ͵ ~ e ἢ 6 , 9 4 Ζ ἢ
δὲ πριάμενοι βοῦς ὑπὸ ἁμάξης ἐθϑύοντο᾽ καὶ
but buying (an) ox from (a) wagon they-sacrificed; and
Ἐξενοφῶν ἐδεήϑη Κλεάνορος τοῦ “Apxados 7-p0-
Xenophon besought Cleanor the Arcadian t-be-

δυμεῖσθαι, εἰ εἴη τι ἐν
prompt-of-mind (to act), if there-might-be any-thing (encouraging) in
τούτῳ: ᾿Αλλ ὡς ἐγένετο οὐδὲ.

this (sacrifice). But even-thus there-was neither (anything favourable)

Δὲ Νέων μὲν ἦν στρατηγὸς τὸ μέ

But Neon indeed was (now) general in-the place
Χειρισόφου. δὲ ἐπεὶ ἑώρα τοὺς ἀνϑρώπουσ, ὡς
of-Cheirisophus; and when he-saw_ the men, | that
εἶχον δεινῶς τῇ ἐνδείᾳ,

they-had (it) grievously in — (their) want, [that the men were suffer-

‘ 4 3 -
βουλόμενος χαρίζεσθαι αὐτοὶς,
ing much from want of food,] wishing to-relieve-and-gratify them,
εὑρὼν τινα ἄνδρωπον “Hpaxredryy, ὃς
(and) having-found (a) certain man (a) Heraclean, who

ἔφη εἰδέναι κώμας ἐγγὺς, ὅδεν εἴη
anid (that) he-knew (of) villages near, whence it-might-be (possible)

Aabeiv τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἐχήρυξε τὸν

to-procure — provisions, he-proclaimed (bya herald that) — (any one}
βουλόμενωι ἰέναι ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, OS ἡγεμόνος
vof-thuse-wishing to-go for — provisions, that (a) guide

BOOK VI. —CHAPIER IV. «485

,
;ouévov. ᾿Εξέρχονται δὴ εἰς
would-be (for them). (Then) they- A td indeed to (the number of)

διςχιλίους ἀνθρώπους σὺν δορατίοις, καὶ ἀσχοὶς καὶ

two-thousand men with spears, and leathor-bags and
ϑυλάχοις, καὶ ἄλλοις ἀγγεὶοις. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἧσαν
sacks, and other receptacles. When indeed they-were

ἐν ταὶς κώμαις, καὶ διεσπείροντο, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ
in the villages, and were-dispersed, as for the

λαμθάνειν, οἱ ἱππεὶς Φαρναθαζου

taking (of what they wanted), the cuvalry of- Pharnabazus

πρῶτοι ἐπιπίπτουσιν αὐτοὶς (yap ἦσαν βεθοη-
first ‘ell-upon them Von they-were (come) _help-

ϑηχότες tois Bidvvois) βουλόμενοι σὺν τοῖς Bidv-
ing the Bithynians) desiring with the Bithy-

vois, εἰ δύναιντο, ἀποχωλῦσαι Tots “Ἕλληνας
aians, if they-could, to-prevent the Greeks (thas
μὴ ἐλϑεῖν εἰς τὴν Φρυγίαν" οὗτοι οἵ
they might not enter into — hrygia; these — (same)
ἱσιπεὶς ἀποχτείνουσι ov μεῖον πενταχοσίους τῶν
savalry killed not less (than) five-hundred _ of-the
avopGv* οἱ λοιποὶ δὲ ἀνέφυγον ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος. “Ex
men ; the rest indeed fied-away to the mountain. Or

τούτου τις τῶν ἀποφυγόντων ἀπαγγέλλει
this some (one) of — (those) having-fled announced

TAVTA εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον. Kai ὁ Ἐενοφῶν,
these (things) at the cump. And — Xenophon,
ἐπεὶ TH ἱερὰ οὐχ ἐγεγένητο ταύτῃ τῇ
when the victims ‘had not been (favourable) that --

ἡμέρᾳ, λαβὼν βοῦν ὑπὸ ἁμάξης, (γὰρ ἦν οὐχ

day, taking (an) ox from(a) wagon, (for there-were no

ἄλλα ἱερεῖα,) σφαγιασάμενος ἐδοηϑει, καὶ οἱ

othar ἍΝ having-sacrificed he-went-to-give-help, and the

ἄλλοι ot μέχρι τριάχοντα ἐτῶν ἄπαντες
ahers — (those namely) just-to thirty years-of-age all

Kai ἀναλαδόντες τοὺς ἄνδρας

wert with him). And bringing-off — ‘theee) men

£356 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

λοιποὺς, ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον. Kau
left, they-returned to the camp. And
ἦν ἤδη μὲν ἀμφὶ ἡλίου δυσμὰς καὶ οἱ “Ἕλληνες
it-was now indeed about sun set ; and the Greeks
ἔχοντες μάλ᾽ ἀϑύμως ἐδεισινοποιοῦντο,

being much dejected were-'taking (their) ‘supper, (when)

καὶ ἐξαπίνης tives τῶν Βιϑυνῶν ἐπιγενόμενοι τοὶς
even suddenly some of-the Bithynians fell-upon the

προφύλαξι dia τῶν λασίων, μὲν χατέχανον
advanced-guards through the thickets, (and) indeed they-killed

τοὺς, δὲ τοὺς ἐδίωξαν μέχρι εἰς
-- (some of the Greeks), and “--- (others) they-pursued just to

τὸ στρατόπεδον. Kai χραυγῆς γενομένης πάντες

the camp. And (a) great-noise arising

οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔδραμον εἰς τὰ ὅπλα" καὶ ieee

the Greeks to -- arms; and _ to-pursue

μὲν, xai κινεῖν τὸ στρατόπεδον νυχτὸς οὐχ
indeed, and to-move_ the camp at-night ‘did not

ἐδόχει εἶναι ἀσφαλὲς" γὰρ τὰ χωρία ἦν δασέα"

‘seem to-be safe ; for the country was full-of-thickete;

δὲ ἐνυχτέρευον ἐν Tois ὅπλοις, sa aed
and they-passed-the-night under —

ἱχανοὶς φύλαξι

by-sufficient sentinels.

BOOK VI. — CHAPTER V. 487

CHAPTER V.

Οὕτω μὲν διήγαγον τὴν vixta. Δὲ ἅμα τη
Tavs indeed they-passed the night. But at-the.¢ime-of --

épq οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἡγοῦντο εἰς TO ἐρυμνὸν»
day (break) the gene went to the strong
tov, δὲ ob εἵποντο, ἀναλαθόντες τὰ

place, and the (men) followed, bringing-with (them) — (their)
ὅπλα καὶ τὰ σχεύη. Πρὶν δὲ εἶναι ὥραν

arms and — (their) baggage. Before indeed it-was time (for)
ἀρίστου ἀπετάφρευσαν εἰς τὸ χωρίον ὦ ἢ
dinner they-had-completed-a-trench at the place at-which the

εἴσοδος ἦν, καὶ ἄπαν ἀπεσταύ-
entrance (to it) was, and had-fenced-'off (the) whole (place) ‘with-pali-

ρωσαν, XATAAINGYTES τρεῖς mvaos. Καὶ πλοῖον

58.498, leaving gates. And (a) __ vessel

yxev ἐκ Ἣ ραχλείας ἄγον ἄλφιτα, καὶ ἱερεῖα,

came from eraclea bringing barley-meal, and catile,
καὶ οἶνον. Δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἀναστὰς πρωὶ ἐθύετο
ana wine. And Xenophon having-risen early he-sacrificed
9 4 4‘ e ‘ a 3 ‘
ἐπεξόδια, χαὶ τὰ ἱερὰ γίγνεται ἐπὶ

for-a-successful-expedition, and the victims were (favourable) on

τοῦ πρώτου ἱερείου. Καὶ ἤδη ἐχόντων

the first victim. And already having (made an)
τέλος τῶν ἱερῶν, ὁ μάντις ᾿Αρηξίων Παῤῥάσιος
end of-the sacrifices, the augur rexion (the) arrpasis.b
δρᾷ αἴσιον ἀετὸν, καὶ κελεύει τὸν Ἐξενοφῶντα
saw (a) lucky eagle, and requested — Xenophon
ἡγεῖσθαι. Καὶ διαθάντες τὴν τάφρον
to-lead (forth). And (the men) crossing the trench
τίδλενται τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ ἐχήρυξαν
ranged-themselves (under) — arms, and it-was-proclaimed-by-the-

τοὺς στρατιώτας ἀριστήσαντας ἐξιένα:
heralde (that) the soldiers having-dined would-march-out

488 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

σὺν τοὶς ὅπλοις, δὲ καταλιπεῖν τὸν ὄχλον
with — (their) arms, but to-leave the crowd

4 A > , 3 ~

xai τὰ ἀνδράποδα αὑτοῦ.
ἰοῦ camp-followers) and the slaves there (in the camp).
Mev δὴ of ἄλλοι πάντες ἐξήεσαν, δὲ ob Νέων᾽
“ndeed truly the others all marched-out, out not Necn:

γὰρ ἐδόκει κάλλιστον καταλιπεῖν τοῦτον
for it-seemed the-best to-leave this-one (namely Nec u)
φύλαχα τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ στρατοπέδου. ᾿Ἐπεὶ
(asa) guard of —(whatwas)in the . camp. When
δ᾽ οἱ λοχαγοὶ καὶ of στρατιῶται ἀπέλιπον
indeed the captains and the soldiers had-left
αὐτούς, αἰσχυνόμενοι μὴ ἐφέπεσθαι τῶν ἄλλων
them, being-ashamed not to-follow the others
3 , 3 ~ ‘ e A
ἐξιόντων, χατέλιπον αὐτοῦ τους UNE
going-out, ‘they (then) ‘left there — (those) above
πέντε καὶ τετταράχοντα ἕτη. Καὶ οὗτοι μὲν
five and forty years-of-age. And these indeed
ἔμενον, δ᾽ ot ἄλλοι ἐπορεύοντο. Πρὶν δὲ διεληλιν»
remained, but the others proceeded-forth. Before indeed they-had.
ϑέναι πεντεχαίδεχα στάδια ἤδη ἐνέτυχον
gone fifteen stadia ‘they already ‘met-with
γεχροῖς᾽ καὶ ποιησάμενοὶ τὴν οὐρὰν τοῦ χέρατος
dead-budies; and having-placed the rear of-the wing

κατὰ τοὺς πρώτους νεχρούς φανέντας, ἔϑαπτον
by the first dead-bodies seen, they-buried

πάντας, ὁπόσους TO κέρας ἐπελάμθανε.

(them) all, as-many-as the wing took-in (or covered).

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔϑαψαν τοὺς πρώτους, προ-

When indeed they-had-buried --- (those) first (found) prv-

αγαγόντες, καὶ αὖϑις ποιησάμενοι τὴν οὐρὰ»

eeeding-forward, and again having-placed the reas

χατὰ TOUS πρώτους τῶν ἀτάφων,

along the first of-the unburied (they now mot with),
3 νυ e ,

ἔϑαπτον τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, ὁπόσους ἢ στρατιά

whey-buried (in) the same manner. as-many-as the army

BOOK VI. — CHAPTER V. 489

ἐπελάμθανεν.Ό: Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἧχον εἰς τὴν ὁδὸν
eovered. When indeed they-came to the road
τὴν ἐχ τῶν χωμῶν, Sa δὲ
— ‘that namely leading) frum the villages, where indeed

ἔχειντο ἀδρόοι, συνενεγκόντες
‘the dead) lay close-together, ‘carrying (them) ‘together

ἔϑαψαν αὐτοὺς.

they-buried them.
Ἤδη δὲ πέρα μεσούσης τῆς ἡμέρας
| Now indeed beyond having-been-in-the-middle (of) the day

γαγόντες τὸ στράτευμα
{it was now past mid-day] having-led-forward the army

ἔξω τῶν χωμῶν, ἐλάμδθανον τὰ ἐπιτήδεια,
beyond the _ villages, (the men) took - provisions,
8 τι τις ὁρῴη, ἐντὸς τῆς φάλαγγος. Kai
whatever any-one saw, within the line. And
ἐξαίφνης ὁρῶσι τοὺς πολεμίους unephdAAovras
suddenly they-saw the enemy passing-over cand)
κατὰ τινὰς λόφους ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου,

down some hills from the opposite (side before them),
τεταγμένους ἐπὶ φάλαγγος, TE πολλοὺς
drawn-up in line, (there being) not-only many
ἱπιπέας καὶ πεζούς: γὰρ καὶ Σπιϑριδάτης καὶ
horsemen but-also foot-soldiers; for also Spithridates and
‘Pasiong ἦχον παρὰ Φαρναθδάζου ἔχοντες τὴν
Rhathines had-come from Pharnabazus having — (their)

δύναμιν. “Enel δὲ οἱ πολέμιοι κατεῖδον τοὺς
forces. When indeed the enemy saw the

“λληνας, ἔστησαν ἀπέχοντες αὐτῶν ὅσον πεντε-
Greeks, they-halted being-distant from-them about fif-
’ ’ 9 ’ 9 , e 4
καίδεχα σταδίους. Εχ τούτου Αρηξίων O μάντις
teen stadia. On this Arexion the augur

~ e a

τῶν Ελλήνων εὐϑὺς σφαγιάζεται, xai τὰ σφάγια
of-the Greeks immediately sacrificed, and the victims
ἐγένετο καλὰ ἐπὶ tod πρώτου. Ἔνϑα δὴ Hevo-
were favourable from the first. Then indeed Xero

440 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

φῶν λέγει" Aoxei μοι, ὦ ἄνδρες στρα

phon said: It-seems to-me, O men comman fies (tha...

ἐπιτάξασϑαι τῇ φάλαγγι λόχους
we-ought-to-station-behind the (principal) line companies (as)
Φυλάκαξ, ἵνα mov ἄν δέῃ, ὦσιν ot

that where ‘it might ‘be-necessary, there-may-be —
arr οηϑήσοντες τῇ φάλαγγι, χαὶ οἱ πολέμιοι

‘those) supporting and the enemy

τεταραγμένοι ἐμπίπτωσιν εἰς τεταγμένους χαὶ
thrown-into-disorder may-fall-upon — (those) drawn-up-in-order and

ἀκεραίους. Ταῦτα συνεδόχε πᾶσι. ὝΜμεϊς μὲν
This was-approved by-all. You indeed

ἢ a
τοίνυν, ἔφη, προηγεῖσωε τὴν πρὸς τοὺς
therefore, said-he [Xenophon], advance on-the (road) to the

ἐναντίους, ὡς μὴ ἐστήχωμεν, ἐπεὶ
(enemy) in-front (of us), that we-'may not *stand-still, since

εἴδομεν καὶ ὥφϑημεν τοὺς πολεμίους" ἐγὼ δὲ

we-have-seen and μά μί ἈνΑϊ (by) the enemy ; indeed

REQ XATA χωρίσ ας T OUG TEAEVT αἴους λό χοῦς,
will-come (after) having-stationed — (those) hindmost companies,

7 doxei ὑμὶν.
in-the-manner-which it-seemed (good) to-you.

"Ex τούτου μὲν οἵ ἥσυχοι ὃ
On this indeed — (they) na
δὲ ἀφελὼν
(Xenophon) indeed having-taken-from (and detached from tle main bods
τὰς τρεῖς τελευταίας τάξεις, ἁνὰ δια-

the hindmost ranks (or companies), about two

χοσίους ἄνδρας ἐπέτρεψε τὴν μὲ
hundred (each) pe ae the (one of them) indeed

ἐφέπεσθαι ἐπὶ τὸ δεξιὸν, ἀπολιπόντας ὡς πλέϑρον.

to-follow on the right, being-distant about (a) plet

Saporag ᾿Αχαιὸς ἦρχε τῆς Tavis
(100 feet. Samolas (the) Achwan commanded —

τάξεως᾽ τὴν 0 ἐχώρισεν ἕπεσϑαι ἐπὶ τῷ
arvision : the (other) indeed he- detached to follow at the

BOOK VI. —CHAPTER ¥V. 44)

x ,
μέσῳ᾽ Πυῤῥίας Αρχάς ἦρχε ταύτης δὲ
eentre ; Pyrrhias (the) Arcadian commanded this (division); und
τὴν μίαν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμω᾽ Φρασίας
the (third) one (was stationed) on the left ; Phrasias (the,
᾿Αϑηναῖος ἐφεστῆσει ταύτῃ. Δὲ προϊόντες, ἐπεὶ
Athenian commanded it. But proceeding-forward when
οἱ ἡγούμενοι ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ μεγάλῳ
— (those) leading (in advance) got to (a) large
vanes καὶ δυςπόρῳ, ἔστησαν, ἀγνοοῦντες εἰ
woody-revine and difficult-to-pass, they-halted, not-knowing if
TO VATS εἴη διαδατέον. Kai παρεγγυῶσι
the woody-ravine might-be passable. And requested

στρατηγοὺς xal λοχαγοὺς παριέναι ἐπὶ τὸ
(the) generals and captains to-come-forward to the
ἡγούμενον. Καὶ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, θαυμάσας ὅ τι
leading (division), And --- Xenophon, having-wondered what
εἴη ἴσχον τὴν πορείαν, καὶ ταχὺ ἀκούων τὴ»
it-might-be detaining the progress, and speedily hearing [89
παρεγγυήν, ἔλαύνει τάχιστα YY ἐδύνατο.
announcement, pushes-on (his horse) _as-fast as he-could.

Ἐπεὶ δὲ συνῆλῶον Σοφαίνετος ὧν πρεσῦ ύ-

When indeed they-came-together Sophsnetus being e-oldest

τατος THY στρατηγῶν λέγει, ὅτι εἴη οὐχ ἄξιον
of-the generals says, that it-was not worthy

βουλῆς, εἰ ὃν τοιοῦτον τὸ νάπος ἐστι
of-consideration, whether being such — (a) woody-ravine _ it-is

διαθατέον.
necessary-to-pass (it).
Καὶ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν anovdy ὑπολαθὼν ἔλεξεν"
And — Xenophon speedily seizing (an opportunity) said
"AAA μὲν ἴστε με, ὦ ἄνδρες, σίω ἐδελούσιον
But indeed you-know me, Ὁ men, (that) ‘I never voluntarily
ξενήσαντα οὐδένα κίνδυνον ὑμῖν ya ὁρῶ
‘brougnt any danger on-you; for I-see

ὑμᾶς οὐ δεομένους δόξης εἰς ἀνδρειότητα, ἀλλὰ

γου not wanting reputation for valour, bat

442 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

σωτηρίας. Δὲ viv ἔχει οὕτως ἔστιν οἱ
οἵ-βεΐοιγ. But now [1-ὴ88 (itself) 80; it-is not
μὲν ἀπελϑεῖν ἐνθένδε duayi’ yap ἦν ἡμεῖς
indeed (for us) to-depart hence without-fighting; for if

un ἴωμεν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους, οὗτοι, ὁπόταν
do not ‘advance against the enemy, these, when
ἀπίωμὲέν, ἔψονται καὶ ἐπιπεσοῦνται ἡμῖν. Ὁρᾶτε
we-retreat, will-follow and attack 18. Consider

δή πότερον χρεῖττον ἰέναι ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας,
indeed whether (itis) better to-go against the men

προθαλλομένους τὰ ὅπλα, ἢ μεταθαλ

‘throwing (our) — arms ‘before (us), or *hurl-
λομένους, θεάσασϑαι τοὺς πολεμίους ἔπι
ing (them) ‘back, to-perceive the enemy fol-
όντας ὄπισϑεν ἡμῶν. Ἴστε μέντοι ὅτι μὲν τὸ
lowing behind us, Know however that indeed the
ἀπιέναι ἀπὸ πολεμίων Foxe οὐδενὶ χαλῷ, δὲ
fleeing from (an) enemy looks-like nothing honourable, but
τὸ ἐφέπεσϑαι ἐμποιεῖ θάρσος xai πτοὶς
-- to-follow ‘puts confidence (and courage) even ‘into the
χαχίοσι. Ἔγωγ᾽ οὖν ἂν ἥδιον
cowardly. I-at-least therefore would (asa) more-pleasant (thing)
ἑποίμην σὺν ἡμίσεσιν ἢ ἀπο-
pursue with half § (the number of men) (rather) than το-
χωροίην σὺν δισιλασίοις. Καὶ τούτους
treat with double (the number). And (as respects) these
oid ὅτι, ὑμῶν μὲν ἐπιόντων, ὑμεῖς οὐδ᾽
(men) I-know that, we indeed attacking, you ‘do not
ἐλπίζετε αὐτοὺς δέξασθαι ἡμᾶς" δὲ ἀπιόντων,
‘expect (that) they will-receive us; but retreating,

πάντες ἐπιστάμεϑα ὅτι τολμήσουσιν ἐφέπεσϑαι.

‘we all "believe that they-will-dare to-follow -after
Δὲ ποιήσασϑαι χαλεπὸν νάπος τὸ ὄπισϑεν
(as). But to-have-placed (a) difficult ravine in — (our) rear

διαθάντας, μέλλοντας μάχεσϑαι, ἄρ᾽ οὐχὶ

after) having-crossed (it), being-about to-fight, -not-thas

BOOK VI.— CHAPTER V. 44%

και ἄξιον ἁρπάσαι; γὰρ μὲν ἐγὼ
sven {an advantage) worth to-have-seized-on? for indeed Ι,
τοὶς πολεμίοις βουλοίμην κῖντα

(as respects) the enemy, wish (that) all (places)
ἂν φαίνεσϑαι εὔπορα, ὥςτε ἀποχωρεῖν" δὲ
may appear easy-to-pass-through, so-that they-may-retreat; bat
καὶ δεὶ ὑμᾶς διδάσχεσϑθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ
even it-is-proper for-us to-learn from (the nature) of-the
χωρίου, ὅτι ἔστι OV σωτηρία μὴ γιχῶσι.
place, that there-is no safety unless (our men) conquer.
A’ ἔγωγε θαυμάζω εἴ τις νομίζει καὶ τὸ τοῦτο
But I-at-least wonder if any-one thinks even — this
νάπος εἶναι μᾶλλον φοδερὸν τῶν ἄλλων χωρίων
ravine to-be more formidable (than) the other places
ὧν διαπεπορεύμεϑα. Πῶς μὲν ya τὸ πεδίον
which we-have-passed-through. How indeed therefore (is) the plain
διαδατὸν, εἰ μὴ νικήσομεν τοὺς ἱππέας
to-be-passable, if we-'do not ‘conquer the cavalry .
Πῶς δὲ ὄρη, ἃ διεληλύϑα»-
How indeed (will tLe) mountains (be passable) which we-bave-crossed-
μεν, ἦν τοσοίδεξ. πελτασταὶ ἐφέπωνται;

ever, if so-great-a-number-of ἰδγροίθογα pursue (us) *
Δ’ ἣν δὴ χαὶ σωθῶμεν ἐπὶ θάλατταν,
But if indeed we-‘are even ‘saved (so far as) to (the) 868,
πόσον τι νάπος ὁ Πόντος: ἔνϑα οὔτε
how-greata ravine (will) the Pontus (Euxinus be)? where neither

ἔστι πλοῖα τὰ ἀπάξοντα, οὔτε σῖτος ᾧ

are vessels — for-‘carrying (us) ‘away, nor provisions by- which
θρεψόμεϑα μένοντες" δὲ δεήσει, ἢν
we-may-be-nourished (while) remaining; and it-will-be-necessary, if
γενωμέϑα ἐχεὶ θᾶττον, θᾶττον ἐξιέ-
we-get there more-speedily, the-more- speedily (will we have) to-go-

vou ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. Οὐχ οὖν χρεῖττον
out for -- provisions. (Is it) not therefore better
μάχεσθαι viv ἡριστηχότας, ἢ αὔριον ἀναρίστους,
to-fight now having-breakfasted, than to-morrow without-breakfast!

444 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON

"Avdpes, τὰ Le τε καλά, ἡμῖν, οἵ CUM
en, the sacrifices indeed (are) favourable to-us, the omens

TE αἴσιοι, τε τὰ σφάγια κάλλιστα" ἴωμεν
likewise auspicious, and [86 victims most-favourable; let us-go

ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας. Οὐχ ἔτι δεὶ
against the men (our enemies). It-'is not moreovor ‘proper (that)
τούτους, ἐπεὶ πάντως εἶδον :

those, since ‘they certainly ‘have-seen us, (should be allowed)

δειπνῆσαι ἡδέως, οὐδὲ σχηνῆσαι ὅπου ἂν
to-sup comfortably, or to-encamp where ‘they might

θέλωσι.

wish.

᾿Εντεῦϑεν ot λοχαγοὶ éxéAevov ἡγεῖσθαι, καὶ
Then the captains ere (him) to-lead-on, and

οὐδεὶς ἀντέλεγε. Kai ὃς ἡγεῖτο, παραγ-
no-one objected. And —(he) led-on (the troops), having

γείλας διαθαίνειν, ἢ ἕχαστος
ier (them) to-cross-over, (in the place) in-which each-one

ἐτύγχανε bv τοῦ νάπους" γὰρ ἐδόχει
found (himself) being (at) the ravine; for he-thought (that)

τὸ στράτευμα ἂν οὕτω γενέσθαι πέραν ad
the army might thus get over together

θᾶττον, ἢ εἰ ἐξεμηρύοντο κατὰ τὴν γεφυραν,
more speedily, than if they-defiled over the bridge,

ἢ ἦν ἐπὶ τῷ var. Ἐπεὶ δὲ διέθησαν,

which was on the ravine. When indeed they-had-crossed-over,

παριὼν παρὰ τὴν φάλαγγα ἔλεγεν" ~Avdpes,

going-on along he-said

ἀναμιμνήσκχεσϑε Boas μάχας, σὺν
remember how-many battles, with (the assistance of)

τοὶς θεοὶς, νενιχήχατα ἰόντες
the gods, (you have fought and) conquered (by) coming-te

ὁμόσε, καὶ οἷα οἵ φεύγοντες πολεμίους
close-quarters, and what — (those) fleeing (from the) enemy

πάσχουσι᾽ καὶ ἐννοήσατε τοῦτο, ὅτι ἔσμεν ἐπὶ
saffer ; and you-will-reflect-on -“ this, that we-are -»

BOOK VI.—CHAPTER V. 445

ταὶς θύραις τῆς “EAAddos. “AAA ἕπεσθε τῷ
the gates of — Greece. But follow -
Ἥραχλεξ ἡγεμόνι, καὶ παραχαλεῖτε ἀλληλους

Hercules (your) conductor, and exhort one-another

3 ‘4 e ’ os >
ὀνοματί. Ηδύ τοι νῦν εἰπόντα
by-name, (ΤῸ ἷ8) pleasing indeed (to think, that he) now saying

καὶ ποιήσαντά τι ἀνδρεῖον καὶ καλὸν,

and doing any-thing brave and honourable, (that he will)
παρέχειν μνήμην ἑαυτοῦ ἐν οἷς ἐθέλει.
furnish (a) remembrance of-himself among (those) whom he-wishes

Ἔλεγε ταῦτα παρελαύνων, καὶ
(to remember him), He-said these (things) riding-along, and
ἅμα vonyeto ἐπὶ φάλαγγος, καὶ
at-the-same-time he-led-on in line, and (the generals)
ποιησάμενοι τοὺς πελταστὰς ἑχατέρωθεν
having-formed the targeteers on-each (flank)
ἐπορεύοντο ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους. TlapyyyéAAeto
they-marched-forth against the enemy. He-ordered
δὲ ἔχειν μὲν τὰ δόρατα ἐπὶ τὸν δεξιὸν
(them) however to-have indeed the spears on the right
ὦμον, ἕως σημαίνοι τῇ σάλπιγγι" ἔπειτα
shoulder, until a-signal-should-be-given with-the trumpet; then
δὲ xadévTas εἰς MpoboAyy ἕπεσθαι
indeed having-lowered (them) for (a) charge to-follow (theiz

βάδην καὶ μηδένα διώχειν
leaders in a regular) step and (that) no-one (was) to-advance

δρόμῳ. Ἔχ τούτου σύνϑημα παρήει ZETS
‘in (a) ‘run. On this (the) watch-word came JUPITER

ΣΏΤΗΡ, HPAKAH> HTEMQON. Οἱ

(THE) PRESERVER, HERCULES (THE) LEADER. The

πολέμιοι δὲ ὑπέμενον, νομίζοντες ἔχειν
enemy however remained-in-place, thinking (that) they-had (a

καλὸν χωρίον. A’ Enel ot “Ἕλληνες ἐπλησίαζον,

ine position. But when the Greeks approached,

πελτασταὶ ἀλαλάξαντες ἔϑεον ἐπὶ Tore
‘and their) targeteers having-shouted ran against the

~

446 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

πολεμίους πριν τινα xedeverv’ 0 of πολέμιοι
enemy before (that) any-one ordered (them); but the enemy

ἀντίοι ὥρμησαν, te ot ἱππεῖς xal τὸ στῖφος
Opposite rushed-on, not-only the cavalry but-alsc the mas

τῶν Biduvév' χαὶ τρέπονται τοὺς πελταστάς
of-the Bithynians; and put-to-flight the targeteera
"AAW ἐπεὶ ἡ φάλαγξ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ὑπηντίαζε
But when the line of-the heavy-armed-men came-uf
πορευομένη ταχὺ, καὶ ἅμα n σάλπιγξ
advancing quickly, and at-the-same-time the trumpet

ἐφθέγξατο καὶ ἐπαιάνιζον, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα
jounded and they-sang-the-pwan, and after this

ἠλάλαζον, αὶ ἅμα καϑίεσαν τὰ δόρατα,
they-shouted, and at-the-same-time they-couched — (their) spears,
ἐνταῦθα of πολέμιι οὐχέτι ἐδέξαντο,
then the enemy ‘did no-longer (stand or) “receive
ἀλλὰ ἔφευγον. Kai Τιμασίων μὲν ἔχων
(their attack), ut fled. And Timasion indeed having
~ e Ψ 9 “ η 93 a
τοῦς ἱππεὶς ἐφείπετο, καὶ ἀπεχτίννυσαν ὅσους
the cavalry pursued (them), and killed as-nany-
περ ἐδύναντο, ὡς ὄντες ὀλίγοι. Δὲ
as he-could, (au) (they) being (but) few. And indeed
τὸ εὐώνυμν TOY πολεμίων xa.’ ὃ of
the left § (wing) of-the enemy against (that) which the
Ἕλληνες ἱππεῖς ἦσαν evsvs διεσπάρη,
Greek cavalry were (opposed to) ‘was immediately ‘dispersed,
δὲ τὸ δεζιὸν, ἅτε οὐ διωχόμενον σφόδρα,
but the right (wing), as not being-iollowed closely,

συνέστη ἐπὶ λόφου. ᾿Ἐπεὶ dé οἱ Ἕλληνες εἶδον
stood-collected on (a) Β8Β1}}. When indeed the Greeks eaw

ς ᾿

αὐτούς ὑπομένοντας, ἐδόχει εἶναι πε
them making-a-stand, it-seemed (to them) to-be not-only
ῥᾷστόν καὶ ἀκινδυνότατον ἰέναι ἐπ αὐτούς.
the-easiest but-also the-safest to-go against them.

Παιανίσαντες οὖν EVILS ἐπεχειντο" δ᾽
Singing the-peean therefore ‘they immediately ‘attacked (them); but

BCOK VI. — CHAPTER V. 447

οἱ οὐχ ὑπέμειναν. Καὶ ἐνταῦϑα oi
-— they-‘did not “sustain (an attack). And then the

πελτασταὶ ἐδίωχον, μέχ χρι τὸ τὸ δεξιὸν διεσπάρη"
targeteers pursued, unti right (wing) was-dispersed ;

δὲ ὀλίγοι ἀπέϑανον᾽ yap τὸ ἱππικὸν φόθον παρεῖχε,
but ae died : for the cavalry fear was-present-to

τὸ τῶν πολεμίων ὄν πολὺ. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ
(them), the (cavalry) of-the enemy being numerous. When however
οἱ Ἕλληνες εἶδον ve τὸ ἱππιχὸν Φαρναύάζου ἔτι ἔτι

the Greeks saw not-only the cavalry cf-Pharnabazus

συνεστηχός, καὶ τοὺς Βιϑυνοὺς ἱππέας συναϑροιζο-
standing-together, and _ the Bithynian cavalry flock-

pervs πρὸς τοῦτο, καὶ ἀπὸ τινὸς λόφου χαταϑεω-
to these, and from (a)certain hill looking-

μένους τὰ γιγνόμενα, ἀπειρηχεσαν μὲν,
down-on the (things) going-on, (though) they-were-tired indeed,

ὅμως δὲ ἐδόχει καὶ εἷναι ἱτέον ἐπὶ
yot however it-seemed even to-be (bestand) necessary — (to attack)

τούτους οὕτως ὅπως δύναιντο, ὡς
them in-as-much as they-might-be-able, that after-'they [the enemy]

ἀναπαύσαιντο μὴ τεϑαῤῥηχότες.
had-‘rested (they might) not become-confident-and-bold.
Συνταξάμενοι δὴ πορεύονται.

Being-drawn-up-in-close-order ‘they [the Greeks] indeed ‘advanced,
Ἐντεῦθεν of πολέμιοι ἱσιπεὶς φεύγουσι κατὰ

Then the _ hostile cavalry flee down (the hill)

τοῦ πρανοῦς, ὁμοίως ὥςπερ οἱ διωχόμενοι

-- precipitately, in-the-same-manner as-if — (they) were-being-pursued
, e

ὑπὸ innéav' yap νάπος ὑπεδέχετο αὐτοὺς, ὃ

by cavalry ; for (a) ravine received them, which

of Ἕλληνες οὐχ ἤδεσαν, ἀλλὰ προαπετρά
the Greeks ‘did not ‘know (of), as they-had-turtea

ποντο διώχοντες" γὰρ ἦν ὀψὲ. Δὲ ἐπανελε
hack (from) pursuing ; for it-was_ late. But return-
όντες ἔνϑα ἢ πρώτη συμθολη ἐγένετο,

ing (to the place) where the encounter happened.

-

418 THE ANABASIS SF XENOPHON.

στησάμενοι τ ιον, ἀπήεσαν ἐπὶ θάλαττα»
με ’ 0

having-erected (a) trophy, they-went-off towards (the) sea
περὶ nAiov δυσμάς" δ᾽ ἦσαν ὡς ἑξήχοντα σταδιοι
about sun set; and it-was about sixty stadia
ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον.

Ὁ 83's the camp.

CHAPTER VI

A

Ἐντεῦθεν μὲν οἱ πολέμιοι εἶχον ἀμφὶ τὰ
THEN indeed the enemy had (todo) about the

ἑαυτῶν, καὶ ἀπήγοντο καὶ τοὺς οἰχέτας
(affairs) of-themselves, and removed both — (their) families

καὶ τὰ χρήματα ὅποι προσωτάτω ἐδύναντο᾽ οἵ
and “- effects far-off ‘as they-could; the

Ἕλληνες δὲ προςέμενον μὲν Κλέανδρον καὶ

Greeks however “waited indeed ‘for Fi and

τὰς τριήρεις καὶ τὰ πλοῖα ὡς ἤξοντα᾽"
the galleys and the (transport) vessel that were-about-coming,

δ᾽ ἐξιόντες ἑχάςτης ἡμέρας σὺν τοὶς ὑποζυγίοις

and going-out with the baggage-cattle
xal τοὶς ἀνδραπόδοις ἐφέροντο ἀδεῶς πυρούς,
and —_—ithe slaves they-brought (in) safely rae
χριϑάς, οἶνον, ὄσπρια, μελίνας, σῦχα" γὰρ nN χ

barley, wine, legumes, millet, figs; for the i
εἶχεν ἅπαντα ἀγαϑὰ σιλὴν ἐλαίου.

had abundance (of) good (things) except (the olive) oil (tree).
Kai ὁπότε τὸ στράτευμα καταμένοι ἀναπαυόμενον

And while the army remained resting
ἐξῆν ἰέναι ἐπὶ λείαν, καὶ ἐξιόντες
it-was-allowed (the men) to-go after plunder, and going-out
ἐλάμδανον" δὲ ὁπότε τὸ πᾶν στρατεῦμα

they -touk (what they could); but when the whole

BOOK VI. —CHAPTER VI. 449
ἐξίοι, εἴ τις ἀπελϑὼν χωρὶς λάδοι τι
wept-out, if any-one going-away aside (alone) might-take any-thing

ἔδοξεν εἶναι δημόσιον. Δὲ ἦν ἤδη ἀφϑονία

it-judged (it) to-be public-property. And there-was now abundance
πάντων yao καὶ ἀφικοῦντο ἐκ τῶν Ἑλληνίδων

of-all (things); for even there-arrived from the Greek
πόλεων πάντοθεν ἀγοραὶ, καὶ ot
cities every-where (provisions for) markets, and — (those)
παραπλέοντες ἄσμενοι κατῆγον, ἀχούοντες
sailing-by-there-along (the coast) willingly put-in-there, hearing
ὡς πόλις οἰχίζοιτο, χαὶ λιμὴν εἴη Δὲ
that (a) city would-be-built, and (a) harbour δ (formed). And
% » ς ’ e » ,
xai ἤδη ob πολέμιοι, οἱ @xovy πλησίον,
also already the enemy, — (those namely) dwelling near,
ἔπεμπον πρὸς Ἐενοφῶντα, ἀχούοντες ὅτι οὗτος
sent to Xenophon, hearing that he
, 4 , 9 - S
πολίζει τὸ χωρίον, ἐρωτῶντες, ὅ τι δέοι

is-‘forming the place, ‘to-a-city, inquiring, what it-was-neccssary
ποιοῦντας εἶναι φίλους. A’ ὁ ἐπεδείχνυεν

(for them) to-be-doing ἰο-Ὅοὸ friends. And — _he-introduced
αὐτοὺς Tols στρατιώταις.
them to-the soldiers.
Kai ἐν τούτῳ Κλέανδρος ἀφικνεῖται, ἔχων δύο
And on this Cleander arrived, having two
τριήρεις, δ᾽ οὐδέν πλοῖον. Δὲ τὸ στράτευμα
galleys, but no (transport) vessels. But the army
ἐτύγχανε ὃν ἔξω, ὅτε ἀφίχετο, καὶ τινὲς οἱ χόμενο
happened being out, when he-came, and some were-going
ἐπὶ λείαν ἄλλοι ἄλλῃ εἰς τὸ

for plunder | others in-another [some one way, some another,] to the

ὄρος, καὶ εἴλήφεσαν πολλά npdbata’ ὀκχνοῦντες

mountain, δὰ had-captured many sheep; fearing
ἢ A 9 ’ ᾿

δὲ μὴ ἀφαιρεϑεῖεν, λέγουσι Δεξίσισῳ,

oowever lest they-might-be-taken-from (them), they-told Dexippus,

ὃς ἀπέδρα ἐκ Τραπεζοῦντος ἔχων τὴν
(he) who fled from Trebisond having the fifty-oared

£50 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHCN.

κόνοτρον, καὶ κελεύουσι τα πρόδατα
galley, and = they-request (that) the sheep (might be,

διασώσαντα avtois, αὐτὸν μν λαθεῖν»
preserved for-themselves, (and that) he indeei(was) to-take

‘

τὰ, δὲ ἀποδοῦνα τα σφίσιν.
— (a part of them for himself), but to-return the (rest) to-themselves

A’ éxeivos εὐϑὺς ἀπελαύνει τοὺς περι-
And [6 ([Dexippus} immediately drives-off — (those) stand-

εστῶτας τῶν στρατιωτῶν, καὶ λέγοντας ὅτι Ely
ing-round of-the soldiers, and saying that it-was

δημόσια, xal éASav τῷ Κλεάνδρῳ λέγει, ὅτι

public-property, and going to Cleander he-says, that
~ e
ἐπιχειροῦσιν ἁρπάζειν. 0
they-endeavour to-‘seize (them) ‘and-take (them) ‘away. —_
δὲ χελεύι ἄγειν πρὸς αὑτόν τὸν
(Cleander) however ordered (him) to-bring before him the (one)
ἁρπάζοντα, xai ὁ μὲν λαβὴν τινα
seizing (the sheep), and — (he) indeed Jaying-hold-on some-one
: 4.9 , \
ἦγε" δ᾽ ᾿Αγασίας περιτυχὼν
was-leading (him away); but Agasias | happening-about [meeting him)
ἀφαρειται" καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἀγόμενος ἦν
takes-away (the man); for-indecd — (he) being-led-away | was (4)
λοχίτης αὐτῷ. Δ᾽ ot
member to-him [was a private soldier in his company]. And the
ἄλλοι οἱ παρόντες τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἔπι:
others -- (those namely) being-present of-the soldiers at.

χειροῦσι βάλλειν τὸν Δέξισσσιον, ἀνακαλοῦντες
tempted to-throw (stones at) — Dexippus, vociferating

, ‘ 4 , ~ ~
tov προδότην. Δὲ xal πολλοί τῶν τριηριτῶν
the traitor. And also many of-the galley-men

ἔδεισαν καὶ ἔφευγον εἰς τὴν θάλατταν. καὶ Κλέ-
got-frightened 2nd fled towards the sea, and Cle.
avdpos δ᾽ ἔφευγε. Ἐξενοφῶν δὲ xai ot ἄλλο.
ander _ likewise fled. Xenophon and also. the other

στρατηγοὶ τε κατεχώλῦυον, καὶ ἔλεγον
generals not-only endearoured-to-stop (their flight), but-alao told

BOOK VI. — CHAPTER VI. 45]

τῷ Κλεάνδρῳ ὅτι εἴη οὐδὲν πρᾶγμα,

Cleander | that there-was no thing, [that nothing was
ἀλλὰ στὸ δόγμα τοῦ στρατεύματος

the matter, ] but (that) the decree of-the army
εἴη αἴτιον ταῦτα γενέσθαι. Δὲ ὁ Κλέ-
was (the) cause (that) these (things) occurred. And — _ Cle-
ανδρος τε ἀνερεϑιζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Δεξίππου,
ander ‘being not-only instigated by — Dexippus,
χαὶ αὐτὸς aySeodeis, ὅτι ἐφοδηϑη, ἔφη
but-also he-himself being-vexed, that he-had-been-put-in-fear, said

ἀποπλευσεῖσθαι, καὶ κηρύξειν μηδεμίαν
(that) he-would-sail-off, and proclaim (that) no
πόλιν δέχεσθαι αὐτούς, ὡς πολεμίους.

city should-receive them, as (they were public) enemies,

Δὲ τότε of Λακεδαιμόνιοι ἦρχον πάντων τῶν

For at-that-time the Lacedemonians governed --

Ἑλλήνων. Ἐνταῦθα τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐδόκει πονηρὸν

Greece. Then — (this) affair appeared serious
τοῖς Ἕλλησι, xai ἐδέοντο
(and unfortunate) to-the Greeks, and they-entreated (Cleander)

ς »

μὴ ποιεῖν ταῦτα. A’ ὁ ἔφη, ἂν ov
not to-do these (things). But — he-said, (that it) could not

γενέσθαι ἄλλως, εἶ μή τις ἔχδώσει τὸν
otherwise, (ἡ not) (unless) some-one should-give-up the
ἄρξαντα βάλλειν χαὶ τὸν ἀφελό-

(person) having-commenced to-throw (stones) and the (one) having-

μενον. Δὲ ὃν elytra ἦν ᾿Αγασίας,
released (him). But (he) whom he-wanted was Agasias, | the
φίλος τῷ Ἐξνοφῶντι διὰ τέλους"

(sand (of) — Xenophon through (out) (tothe) end; {the cum

ἐξ ov χαὶ ὁ Δέξισστιος διέθαλεν
stant friend of Xenophon;) for which even — Dexippus _had-accused

atrév. Kal ἐντεῦδεν ἐπειδὴ ἦν ἀπορία,
him. And then after (this) there-was perplexity

ἱ ἄρχοντες συνήγαγον τὸ στράτευμα"

| therefore) re colamanders assembled army

452 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

χαὶ ἔνιοι μὲν αὐτῶν ἐποιοῦντο παρ᾽ ὀλέγον
and some indeed of-them made -- little
τὸν Κλέανδρον, δὲ τῷ Hevoparrs
(of the threats οὔ) — Cleander, but to— Xenophor
τὸ πρᾶγμα οὐχ ἐδόχει εἶναι φαῦλον, GAA’
the affair ‘did not ‘appear to-be trifling, but
ἀναστὰς ἔλεξεν"
rising-up he-said :
.: Ω » ὃ ee u ~ 9 4
ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, τὸ πρῶγμα οὐ δὲ
ο og aed the affair ‘does not indeed
δοχεὶ ἐμοὶ εἶναι φαῦλον, εἰ KAéavdpos ἔχων τὴν
‘seem to-me to-be trifling, if | Cleander having — (his)
γνώμην οὕτως ἡμῖν ἄπεισιν ὥςπερ λέγει.
mind thus (disposed) to-us he-goes-away as he-says.
Tap μὲν at Ἑλληνίδες πόλεις εἰσὶ ἐγγὺς "
For indeed the Greek cities are near; (the)

Λακεδαιμόνιοι δὲ προεστήχασι τὴς Ἑλλάδος δέ

Lacedsemonians indeed at-the-head of — Greece ; and

τ
εἰσι ἱκανοὶ καὶ ἕχαστος εἷς Λακεδαιμονίων
it-is competent even (for a) single one ‘of (the) *Lacedsemonians

διαπράττεσθαι ὅ τι ββθύλονται ἐν ταὶς πόλεσιν.
to-accomplish whatever (he) wished in -thoge) cities,

Ei οὖν οὗτος πρῶτον μὲν ἀπόκλεισει ἡμᾶς
If therefore this (Cleander) first indeed bn us
Βυζαντίου, δ᾽ ἔπειτα παραγγελεὶ τοὶς ἄλλοις

‘out-of Byzantium, and then should-announce to-the other

ἁρμοσταὶς μὴ δέχεσθαι εἰς τὰς πόλεις, ὡς ὄντας

governors not to-receive (us)into the cities, as being

ἀπιστοῦντας Λακεδαιμονίοις, καὶ ὄντας ἀνόμους,
Aisobeying ‘to (the) ‘Lacedwmonians, and being lawless,
δ᾽ ἔτι οὗτος ὁ λόγος περὶ ἡμῶν ἥξει πρὸς
and moreover-if this — report about us come to
᾿Αναξίδιον τὸν ναΐαρχον, ἔσται χαλεπον

Anaxibius the commander-of-the-flect, it-will-be difficult (for us)
καὶ μένειν καὶ ἀποπλεῖν" καὶ yap τὸν νὺν
both to-remain and to-sail-away; for indeed (at) — (this) presen

BOOK VI. — CHAPTER VI. 45%

χρόνον Λακεδαιμόνιοι ἄρχουσι χαὶ ἐν τῇ γῇ

time (the) Lacedemonians rule both by — land

χα. ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ. Odv οὐχ δεὶ οὔτε
and by — Therefore it-‘is not ‘proper, (that) either

ἔνεχα ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς οὔτε δυοὶν ἡμᾶς τοὺς
for-the-sake-of one or of-two a we the

ἄλλους ἀπέχεσθαι τῆς Ἑλλάδος, ἀλλὰ πειστέ-

rert be-held-back from — Greece, but it-is-mecessary-to-

ον ὅτι ἂν χελεύωσι καὶ yap at πόλεις
obey-to whatever ‘they may ‘command; for indeed the cities
ὑμῶν, ὅϑεν ἐσμὲν, NeiSovTa αὐτοὶς. Ἐγὼ μὲν
of-us, whence we-are, obey them. indeed

3 ᾿ \ 3 ,
οὖν (καὶ yap axove Ackinnov λέγειν πρὸς
therefore (for indeed I-hear (that) Dexippus said

Κλέανδρον, ὡς ᾿Αγασίας ἂν οὐχ ἐποίησε ταῦτα,
Cleander, that Agasias would not have-done _ these (things),
al ἐγὼ μὴ ἐκχέλευσα αὐτὸν), ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν

I ‘had not ‘requested bim), I indeed therefore (say)
hess χαὶ ὑμᾶς τῆς αἰτίας, καὶ ᾿Αγασίαν,
T-clear both you of-the blame, and (also) Agasias,

ἂν ᾿Αγασίας αὐτὸς φήσῃ ἐμέ εἷναι τι αἴτιον
should Agasias himself say (that) I was any cause

τούτων, χαὶ καταδιχάζω ἐμαυτοῦ, εἰ ἐγὼ
of-these ’ (things), and I-will-condemn myself, if

ἐξάρχω πετροδολίας ἢ τινὸς ἄλλου βιαίου,

-beginner of-stone-throwing or any other violence,

εἶναι ἄξιος τῆς ἐσχάτης δίχης, xai ὑφέξω

(thatI) am worthy of— extreme punishment, and I-will-submit

a o A A 4 9 3 ~
τὴν δίχην. Δὲ φημὶ καὶ, εἰ αἰτιᾶται τινα
to-the punishment. And I-say also, if (Dexippus) accuses any

ἄλλον, ἑαυτὸν χρῆναι παρασχεῖν

other (person), (that) he ought to-surrender (himself)

Κλεάνδρῳ κρῖναι" γὰρ οὕτω ὑμεῖς ἂν εἴητε
to- cine to-try (him); for thus you may

ἀπολελυμένοι τῆς αἰτίας. ‘Os dé vin
mleas~t from — censure. As indeed (the affair) now

154 THE ANABASIS OF XENUPHON.

ἔχει χαλεπόν εἶ οἰόμενοι καὶ ἐπαίνου
hos (8017), (itis) hard if thinking (that) both applause
καὶ τιμῆς τεύξεσθαι ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι,

and honour would-be-prepared (ῸΣ us) in — Greece, (that)
ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων, οὐδ' ἐσόμεϑα ὅμοιοι τοὶς
in-place indeed of-these, we-‘will not ‘be equal _to-the

ἄλλοις, ἀλλ᾽ εἰρξόμεϑα ἐκ τῶν Ἑλληνίδων

ather (Greeks), but sii sea from the

πόλεων.

cities.
Meta ταῦτα ᾿Αγασίας ἀναστας εἷπεν. Ἐγώ,
After this gasias rising-up said : L

ὦ ἄνδμες, ὄμνυμι θεους χαὶ θεάς ἢ μὴν
men, swear (by all the) gods and goddesses that truly

μήτε Ἐξενοφῶντα κελεῦσαι με ἀφελέσϑαι τὸν ἄνδρα,

neither Xenophon requested me to-rescue the man,

μήτε μηδένα ἄλλον ὑμῶν" δὲ μοι ἰδόντι ἀγα-

(nor) (or) no-one else of-you; but I seeing (a) good-

δὸς ἄνδρα τῶν ἐμῶν λοχιτῶν ἀγόμενον νὴ

and-brave man of— my company led-off

Askinnov, ὃν ὑμεὶς ἐπίστασθε προδόντα,
Dexippus, whom you know (as) betraying (yon),
ἔδοξεν εἶναι δεινὸν" καὶ ὁμολογῶ ἀφειλόμην.
it-seemed (to me) to-be intolerable; and I-confess (that) I-"tovk
Kai ὑμεὶς μὲν μὴ ἐχδῶτέ με, δὲ ἐ ἐγῶ
,him) ‘away. And you indeed ‘do ποῦ ‘deliver me ‘up, for
ἐμαυτόν, ὥςπερ Ξενοφῶν λέγει, παρασχήσω
myself, Xenophon recommends, will-surrender (myself)

Kredvip@ κρίναντι, ἂν ποιῆσαι ὅ τι
to-Cleander (that) baving-tried (me),‘hemay ‘do (with me) whatever

βούληται" ἕνεκα τούτου μήτε πολεμεῖτε
he thay-please; on-account of-this ‘do not ‘contend ‘with (the)

Aaxedaimovios, σώζοισθέ τε ἀσ

~acedemonians, may-you-unharmed indeed (return) safely (to)

ὅποι ἕχαστος θέλει. Μέντοι ἑλόμενοι αὐτῶν

whoravar eash-one wishes. ‘Having indeed ‘chosen thon

BOOK VI.— CHAPTER VI. 255

ὑμῶν συμπέμψατε μοι πρὰς Κλέανδρον,

of-yourselves ‘send (them) ‘with πῷ Cleander,
οἵτινες, ἂν é ἐγὼ παραλείπω τι; καὶ λέξουσιν
who, if should-omit any-thing, (might, both speak
καὶ πράξουσιν ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ. Ἔχ τούτου ἡ στρατιὰ
and for me. On this the army

ἔδωχεν, προσελόμενον οὕςτινας βούλοιτο ἰέναι.
allowed (him), having-chosen whomsevever he-might-wish to-go

‘0 δὲ προσείλετο τοὺς “τρατηγούς.

(with him) — ‘He indeed hose generals.
Meta ταυτὰ ᾿Αγασίας xai οἱ στρατηγοὶ, καὶ ὃ
After gasias and the generals, and the

ἀνὴρ dct ὑπὸ ᾿Αγασίου, ses alata πρὸς

taken-away by Agasias,

Κλέανδρον. Καὶ ot si lt aie ἔλεγ

Cleander. And the
Ἡ στρατιὰ ἔπεμψεν ἡμᾶς πρὸς σε, “ἢ Κλέανδρε,
The army has-sent us to you, Ὁ Cleander,

καὶ ἐχέλευσέ σε, εἴτε αἰτιᾷ πάντας, σεαυτὸν
and request you, if you-accuse all, you- yourself

ίναντα yoda ὅ τι
having-tried (all) (are) to-treat (them) (in) whatever (manner) ‘you

ἂν βούλῃ, εἴτε αἰτιᾷ τινὰ ἕνα, ἢ δύο, ἢ καὶ
may ‘wish, if you-accuse some one, or twc, or even
πλείους, ἀξιοῦσι τούτους παρασχεὶν
more, they-'think (it) ‘right (that) these ‘deliver

ἑαυτοὺς σοι εἰς xpiow. Εἶτε οὖν αἰτιᾷ τινα
themselves ‘up to-you for judgment. If therefore you-accuse any-one

nusis πάρεσμέν σοι᾿ εἴτε καὶ τινά ἄλλον,

we are-present (before) you; if even any other,

φράσον. γὰρ οὐδεὶς ἀπέσται ις
say (80); ΩΣ no-one shall-be-distant-from (obeying you) who

ἂν ἐθέλῃ πείϑεσθαι ὑμῖν. Μετὰ ταῦτα ὁ
may wish to-obey us. After these (things) —

᾿Αγασίας παρελϑὼν einer’ Ey6, ὦ Κλέανδρε, εἶμι

Agasias having-comne-forward said: © Cleander,

456 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHCN.

ὁ ἀφελόμενος τὸν ἄνδρα Δεξίππου ἄγοντος
(he) who having-taken-away the man from-Dexippus leading

τοῦτον, καὶ χελεύσας παίειν Δέξισε
him (away), and (also) having-exhorted (the men) to-strike Dexip-

πον. Γὰμ μὲν olda ἄνδρα ὄντα ἀγαϑὸν᾽
pus. For indeed I-know (the) man (as) being good-and-brave

δὲ οἷα δΔέξισσον aipedévta ὑπὸ τῆς στρατιᾶς

and I-know (that) Dexippus having-been-chosen by the army
ἄρχειν τῆς πεντηκοντόρου, ἧς ἠτησάμεϑα παρὰ
to-command the fifty-oar-galley, which we-begged from
Τραπεζουντίων ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε συλλέγειν πλοῖα

,the) Trebisondians |on which to-collect vessels [for the

ὡς σωζοίμεϑα, καὶ Δέξισισιον
purpose of collecting vessels] that we-might-be-saved, and Dexippus
ἀποδράντα καὶ προδόντα τοὺς στρατιώτας, ued
running-away and betraying the soldiers, with

τ δ , ‘ 3 a
ὧν ἐσώϑη. Καὶ τὲ ἀπεστερήχαμεν Τρασε-
whom he-had-been-saved. And not-only we-have-deprived (the) people-of-

ζουντίους τὴν πεντηκόντορον, χαὶ δοχοῦμεν εἶναι
Trebisond (of) the fifty-oared-galley, but-also we-seem to-be

A \ ~ ; 3 , 9 ᾽
χαχοὶ διὰ τοῦτον αὐτοί τε ἀπολώλαμεν
dishonest through this (man); ‘we ourselves indeed “were-ruined
TO ἐπὶ τούτῳ. Γὰρ ὄἤχουε,

jthe on this [ae far as depended on this man}. For he-had-heard,
ὥςπερ ἡμεῖς, ὡς εἴη ἄπορον ἀπιόντας πεζῇ

as-well-as we, that it-would-be impracticable having-departed cn-foot

τὲ διαθῆναι τοὺς ποταμούς, χαὶ σωθῆναι

not-only to-cross the rivers, but-also | to-be-saved [to get

εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα. Τοῦτον οὖν ὄντα
safe) to — Greece. (From) this (one) therefore being
τοιοῦτον ἀφειλόμην. Εἰ δὲ od ἤγες,

vach (a person) I-rescued (the man). If indeed you were-leading
ἢ τις ἄλλος τῶν παρὰ σοῦ, καὶ μὴ

‘him away), or any-one else of—(those) with γοῦ, and not (one)

τῶν ἀποδράντων παρ᾽ ὑμῶν, ἴσθι εὖ ὅτι ἂν

if — (taose) deserting from 8, know well that 'T would

BUOK VI. —CHAPTER VI. 457

environ σὺδὲν τούτων. Νόμιζε 8, ἐὰν = vin
*have-done nothing of-these (things). Consider then, if ‘you ncw

ἀποχτείνης ἐμὲ, ἀποχτείνων ἀγαϑὸν
“kill me, (you) are-putting-to-death (a) brave- ποτα ιᾳ

ἄνδρα δ ἄνδρα τε δειλόν καὶ πονηρὸν.

man for (a) man _ not-only (a) coward but-also (a) villain.

Ὅ Κλέανδρος ἀχούσας ταῦτα εἶπεν ὅτι

-- Cleander having-heard __ this said that indeed

οὐχ ἐπαινοίη Δέξισιπον, εἴη
he-‘could not ‘approve (of the conduct of) Dexippus, if (he)
πεποιηκὼς ταῦτα" ov μέντοι, ἔφη, νομίζειν,
has-been-doing these (things); | not indeed, said-he, to-consider,
si Aékinnos ἦν παμπόνηρος
[but consider, said he,] (that) if Dexippus were (the) worst-of-villains
οὐδὲ χρῆναι αὐτόν πάσχειν βίαν, ἀλλὰ
(that) neither ought he to-suffer violence, but

χριϑέντα, (ὥςπερ καὶ viv ὑμεὶς ἀξιοῦτε) τυχεῖν
having-been-tried, (a8 even now you require, ) to-have-met-with

τὴς dixns. Niv οὖν μὲν ἄπιτε, καταλιπόντες

-- justice. Now therefore indeed __ retire, leaving-behind
τόνδε τὸν ἄνδρα" ὅταν δ᾽ ἐγὼ κελεύσω,
this -- man (Agasias); when indeed Ζ shall-call (you)-

πάρεστε πρὸς τὴν χρίσιν. Οὔτε δὲ αἰτιῶμαι
be-present at the ‘I neither indeed ‘accuse

τὴν στρατιάν, οὔτε οὐδένα ἄλλον ἔτι, ἐπεὶ
the army, nor (no-one) (any one) else besides, since

αὐτὸς οὗτος ὁμολογεὶ ἀφελεσθαι τὸν ἄνδρα. Δὲ
he himself confesses to-have-released the man. But
e

ὃ ἀφαιρεθεὶς εἷπεν" Eyd, ὦ Κλέανδρε,

— (the man) having-been-taken-away said: ae

ei χαὶ οἴει ue ἄγεσϑαι τι
if even you-suppose (that) I was-led-away (for) ‘dcing something
ἀδικοῦντα, οὔτε ἔπαιον οὐδένα, οὔτε
“wrong, (I indced) neither struck (no-one) (anyone), nor

ἔθαλλον, ἀλλ᾽ εἶπον ὅτι τὰ πρόθατα εἴν
brew (stones), but said that the sheep were

458 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

δημόσια. yap ἦν δόγμα τῶν στρατιωτω;, el

anette 4 ee it-was (a) decree of-the army,

T,, ὁπότε ἡ στρατιὰ ἐξίοι, ἰδίᾳ ea
any-o7-s, when the army went-out, ‘should privately ‘make-any-
το, τὰ λήφϑέντα εἶναι δημόσια. Ταῦτα

eapture che (things ac) captured to-be public-property. These
εἶπον" καὶ ἐκ τούτου λαθὼν με οὗτος

(things) I-said; and on this seizing me this

- σ , \

NYEV, iva, μηδείς μὴ
(Dexippus) was-leading 89 away), in-order-that no-one ‘might —
φϑέγγοιτο, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς λαθὼν τὸ μέρος
‘utter (any thing), but he taking — (a) part
διασώσειε τὰ χρήματα τοῖς λῃσταῖς παρὰ τὴν
might-preserve the things for-the plunderers contrary-to the
ῥήτραν. Πρὸς ταῦτα ὁ Κλέανδρος εἶπεν" ᾿Επεὶ
agreement. this - Cleander said: Since

τοίνυν εἰ τοιοῦτος, κατάμενε, ἵνα καὶ βουλευσώ-
therefore you-are such-a-person, remain-here, that even I-may-delibe
μεϑα περὶ σοῦ.
rate about you.

"Ex τούτου ot μὲν ἀμφὶ Κλέανδρον rpiotay
After this — (those) not about Cleander went-to-supper;

δὲ Ἐενοφῶν συνήγαγε τὴν στρατιὰν, καὶ ovvebov-

and Xenophon assembled _ the army, and coun-

AEVE πέμψαι ἄνδρας πρὸς Κλέανδρον παραιτηκ

selled (them) to-send men Cleander inter-

σομένους περὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν. “Ex τούτου ἔδοξεν
ceding for the men. On this it-seemed (good)

αὐτοῖς, πέμψαντας στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς καὶ

to-them, having-sent (the) generals and captains, and

Δραλόντιον τὸν Σπαρτιάτην, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων

Dracontius the Spartan, and (those) of-the otLers

of ἐδόχουν εἶναι ἐπιτήδειοι, δεῖσθαι
who seemed to-be fit (for the occasion), to-entreat

Κλεάνδρευ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἀφεῖναι τὼ ἄνδρε.
“lear der by all means to-set-tree the-two

BOOK VI. — CHAPTER VI. 459

Εἰενυφῶν οὖν ἔλθῶν λέγει" Ἔχεις μὲν, ὦ KAéavdoe,
Xenophon therefore going says: You-have indeed, 0 Cleander,
‘ 8 ¢ -Ἁ ~
τοὺς ἄνδρας, καὶ ἢ στρατιά υφεῖτο σοι ποιῆσαι ὅ σι
the men, andthe army allowed you to-do what
9 ᾿ ’ A 4 4 \ \ 9 V4
ἐθούλου, χαὶ περὶ τούτων xal περὶ ἁπάντων
you-wished, both (as) respects = these and (as) respects all
ἑαυτῶν: viv δὲ αἰτοῦνται καὶ δέονται σε

(of) themselves; now indeed they-entreat and request you
A

δοῦναί σφισι τὼ ἄνδρε, καὶ μὴ χαταχαίνειν"
to-give to-themselves the-two men, and not ‘put(them) ‘to-death;

γὰρ ἐμοχϑησάτην πολλὰ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ ἔμπροσϑεν
time past

for they-laboured much in the
περὶ τὴν στρατιαν. Δὲ τυχόντες
as-respects (being of service to) the army. And having-vobtained

ταῦτα σου, ὑπισχνοῦνταί σοι ἀντὶ τούτων,
this from-you, they-promise you in-return-for these (things),

ἦν βούλῃ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτῶν, καὶ ἤν ot θεοὶ ὦσιν
if you-wish to-lead them, and if the gods may-be

ἵλεῳ, ἐπιδείξειν σοι, καὶ ὡς χόσμιοι
propitious, (that they) will-show you, both how orderly-and-well-dis-

3 A [4 e ,
εἶσι καὶ ὡς ἱκανοί πειϑόμενο.
ciplined they-are and how competent (they are when) obeying

τῷ ἄρχοντι, σὺν τοὶς θεοὶς μὴ
— (their) commanders, (and) with (the assistance of) the gods not

gobeiada: τοὺς πολεμίους. Δὲ xat δέονται σου

to-fear the enemy. And also they-entreat of-you
καὶ τοῦτο, παραγενόμενον καὶ ἄρξαντα
even this, (that) aving-come and having-taken-command

αὐτῶν, λαδεῖν πεῖραν καὶ
of-them, (and that) | to-have-taken experience [to make trial of] beth

Askinnov καὶ τῶν ἄλλων σφῶν, οἷος ἔχαστος ἔστι,
Dexippus and of-the rest of-them, what each is,

καὶ νεῖμαι ἕχάστοις τὴν ἀξίαν.

and to-distribute to-each-one — (his) merit [and give each one his
Ὁ Kiréardpos ἀχούσας ταῦτα, ἔφν"

deserts). “-- Cleander having-heard these (things) said

480 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

Αλλὰ ναὶ τὼ OW, ταχύ τοι ἀποχρινοῦμα.
But by the twin-gods, I-‘will speedily — ‘answet
ὑμῖν. Kai τὲ δίδωμι τώ ἄνδρε ὑμῖν, και
ou. And not-only I-give the-two men to-you, but-alse
αὐτὸς παρέσομαι᾽ xai ἦν ot θεοὶ παραδιδῶσιν,
i-myself __will-come (to you); and if the gods grant,
ἐξηγήσομαι εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα. Καὶ οἱ οὗτοι

ill-lead (you) to — Greece. And — those
λόγοι εἰσὶν πολὺ ἀντίοι, ἢ

words sk yours) are much opposed, than [are very different from

ἐγὼ ἤχουν περὶ ἐνίων ὑμῶν,
those] mens I heard about some _ of-you, (namely) that

ἀφίστατε τὸ στράτευμα ἀπὸ Λακεδαιμονίων.

you-were-alienating the army from (the) Lacedsemonians,

Ἔχ τούτου μὲν οἱ ἐπαινοῦντες ἀπήλϑον
Un this indeed — _ they-applauding (him) departed
ἔχοντες τὼ ἄνδρε. Δὲ Κλέανδρος ἐθύετο ἐπὶ
having the-two men. And Cleander sacrificed about

τῇ πορείᾳ, καὶ Evvyv φιλικῶς Ἐξενοφῶντι, καὶ

the journey, and he-associated friendly with-Xenophun, and
ξυνεθάλοντο ξενίαν. Δὲ καὶ ἐπεὶ
they-joined (intimately in the) bonds-of-hospitality. And also when
ἐώρα αὐτοὺς ποιοῦντας εὐτάχτως τὸ παραγγελε
he-saw them doing in-good-order the (things) com-

λόμενον, καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπεϑύμει γενέσϑαι

manded, and yet more he-desired to-becume (the)

nyeuov αὐτῶν. Ἐπεὶ μέντοι αὐτῷ θυομένῳ ἐπεὶ

leader of-them. When however he sacrificing for
3 > ἢ

τρεὶς ἡμέ , τὰ be οὐχ ἐγίγνετο,

(δ μὰ εὐ μαι the ie ‘did not *become ee

συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς eine’ Ta te
calling-together the ails he-said: The victims 'were

οὐχ ἐτελέσθαι ἐξάγειν"
aot ‘brought-to-an-end (so as to be favourable for me) to-‘lead (you) ‘away,

μὴ ἀϑυμεῖτε μέντοι ἕνεχα τούτου" γὰρ mul,

he a, ‘you discouraged however on-account of-this;

BOOK VI. —CHAPTER VI. 461

ὡς boxe, δέδοται ἐχχομίσαι τοὺς ἄν

as it-is-proper, ae to-lead-out the men (home);
ἀλλὰ πορεύεσθε" ἡμεῖς δὲ, ἐπειδὰν ἤχητε ἐκεῖσε,
but proceed ; we indeed, when you-arrive there

δεζόμεϑδα ὑμᾶς ὡς κάλλιστα de

‘at Byzantium), will-receive you ‘as handsomely ‘as ‘we may
δυνώμεϑα.
‘he-able.

Ἔχ τούτου ἔδοξε τοὶς στρατιώταις δοῦναι
On this it-seemed (good) to-the soldiers to-give

αὐτῷ τὰ npdbata δημόσια" ὁ δὲ
aim the sheep (being) public-property; — (he) indeed

δεξάμενος, πάλιν ἀπέδωχε αὐτοῖς. Καὶ

having-received (them), again returns (the sheep) to-them. And
οὗτος μὲν ἀπέπλει. Οἱ στρατιῶται δὲ διαϑέμενοι
he indeed _set-sail. The soldiers however having-sold

τὸν σῖτον, ὃν ἦσαν si bait io le xal τἄλλα
he corn, which they-had-collected and __— the-other

ἃ εἰλήφεσαν, ἐξεπορεύοντο διὰ τῶν Br
(things) which they-had-captured, departed through — Bi.

ϑυνῶν. Δὲ ἐπεὶ πορευόμενοι τὴν ὀρθὴν ὁδόν ἔνέ-

thynia. But when pursuing aight road they-
τυχον οὐδενὶ, ὥςτε ἔχοντες τι ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὴν

met-with nothing, so-that having something to-go to -- (a)
φιλίαν, ἔδοξεν αὐτοὶς ὑποστρέψαντες
friendly (country), it-seemed (good) to-them having-marched

τοὔμπαλιν ἐλθεῖν μίαν epee καὶ νύχτα. Ae

back-again to-go one and night. And

ποιήσαντες τοῦτο, ἔλαθον καὶ πολλὰ ἀνδράσιοδα
doing this, they-took both many slaves
xai πρόθατα" xal ἀφίχοντο ἔχταϊοι εἰς
and sheep (or cattle); and arrived (in) six (days) at

Χρυσόπολιν τῆς Kadryndovias, καὶ ἐχεῖ ἔμειναν
Chrysvupolis of-the Calchedonians, and _ there they-remained

ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας ἀμ... rao

peven days

462 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

BOOK VII.

CHAPTER I.

Ὅσα μὲν δὴ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔπραξαν ἐν τῇ
Waar indeed truly the Greeks in the

uvabdace μετὰ Κύρου μέχρι τῆς μά 176;
march-up (the country) with Cyrus

καὶ ὅσα ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ ἐπεὶ Κῦρος
and what (they did and experienced) in the journey after Cyrus

ἐτελεύτησε μέχρι ἀφίχοντο sig τὸν Πόντον, καὶ
died unti they-arrived at the Euxine-Sea, and
ὅσα ἐποίουν ἔχ τοῦ Πόντου, ἐξιόντες πεζῇ,

what they-did from the Euxine, departing on-foot, and

ExTAEOVTES, μέχρι ἐγένοντο ἔξω τοῦ στόματος
sailing-off, unti they-got beyond the mouth (thereof)

ἐν Χρυσοπόλει τῆς ᾿Ασίας, δεδήλωται ἐν τῷ

hrysopolis — (in) Asia, has-been-related in the
σϑεν λόγῳ. Ἔχ τούτου δὲ Φαρνάθαζος Φούού-

preceding discourse. On this indeed Pharnabazus

μενος τὸ στράτευμα, μὴ στρατεύηται ἐπὶ

ing the (Grecian) army, lest _it-might-invade

τὴν χώρον αὐτοῦ, πέμψας πρὸς ᾿Αναξίθιον τὸν

the country of-himself, having-sent Anaxibius the

ναύαρχον, (ὁ δ᾽ ἔτυχεν ὧν ἐν Βυζαντίῳ,)
(Spartan) admiral, (who indeed happened being in Byzantium,}

ἐδεῖτο τὸ στράτευμα διαδιθδάσαι ἐκ
he-requested (him) to-‘have the army ‘transported from

τῆς Ασίας, καὶ ὑπισχνεῖτο ποιήσειν αὐτῷ πάντα,
- Asia, and promised to-do for-him all,

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER I. 468

Soa δέοι. Kai ᾿Αναξίδιος μετεπέμψατο τοὺς

what he-might-require. And Anaxibius sent-for
στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς τῶν στρατιωτῶν nm
generals and captains of-the soldiers (to come) to

Βυζάντιον, καὶ ὑπισχνεῖτο, εἰ διαθαὶεν,
Byzantium, and promised, if they-should-come-over (to him),

ἔσεσθαι μισϑοφοριὰν τοῖς στρατιώταις. Οἱ

that) there-would-be pay for-the soldiers. The
ἄλλοι μὲν δὴ ἔφασαν βουλευσάμενοι
rest (of the officers) indeed truly said (that) after-having-consulted

παγγελεῖν Δὲ Ξενο-

(together) they-would-anunounce (to him their determination). But Xeno-

φῶν εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ὅτι, ἤδη ἀπαλλάξοιτο ἀπὸ τῆς
phon said to-him, that, already about-to-depart from

στρατιᾶς καὶ βούλοιτο ἀποπλεῖν. Δὲ ὁ ‘avaét

army, ‘he even ‘wished “ to-set-sail. But — Anaxi-
θιος ἐχέλευσεν αὐτὸν, ἔπειτα συνδιαθάντα
bius requested him, (that) after having-crossed-over-with
οὕτως ἀπαλλάττεσϑαι. Οὖν ἔφη
(the others) then to-depart. ‘He therefore ‘said (that he)
ποιήσειν ταῦτα.
would-do these (things).
Δὲ Σεύϑης ὁ Θρᾷξ πέμπει Μηνδοσάδην, καὶ
But Seuthes the Thracian sends Mendosades, and
κελεύει Ἐξενοφῶντα συμπροϑυμεῖσϑαι ὅπως τὸ
requests Xenophon to-join-in-the-effort-with (him) that the

στρα τεῦμα διαδῃ, κχαὶ ἔφη αὐτῷ συμπροϑυμη-
might-cross-over, and he-said ἰο- bim actively-taking-part-

ϑέντι ὅτι οὐ μεταμελήσει. Δ᾽ ὁ
in-the-effort that he-"would not ‘repent (it), And — (Xenophon)

einev’ ᾿Αλλὰ μὲν τὸ iad olde διαδήσεται"
said: But indeed the will-cross-over}

Evexa, τούτου τελείτω μηδὲν μήτε ἐμοί, μήτε μηδενί
oy-reason of-this let-him-pay no-one neither me, nor (no-one)
ἄλλῳ᾽ ἐπειδὰν dé bab, ἐγὼ μὲν

any one) else; when indeed it-may-have-crossed-over, I indeed

464 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἀπαλλάξομι, ςφερέσθω πρὸς τοὺς δὲ
shall-leave (i) let- Laat — (those) indeed

διαμένοντας, καὶ ὄντας ἐπικαιρίους, ὡς ἂν δοκῇ
having-remained, and being opportune, (80) as may seem

αὐτῷ ἀσφαλές.
safe (and not calculated to fail).

"i τούτου πάντες of στρατιῶται διαδαίνουσι
After this all the soldiers cross-over

sig τὸ Βυζαντιον. Kai ὁ ᾿Αναξίδιος μὲν οὐκ
to “-- Byzantium. And — Anaxibius indeed ‘did not
ἐδίδου μισθὸν, δὲ ἐχήρυξε τοὺς στρα-
‘give (them) pay, but made-proclamation (that) the sol-
τιώτας λαθόντας τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τὰ σχεύη
diors taking — (their) arms and — (their) baggage
ἐξιέναι, ὡς τε ἀποπέμψων

(should) go-out (of the city), as (if) not-only ‘sending (them) ‘away

καὶ ἅμα ποιήσων dpi
(home), but-also at-the-same-time (as if) (making) (taking) (their) num-

μὸν. ᾿Ενταῦϑα οἱ στρατιῶται ἤχϑοντο, ὅτι

Then the soldiers § were-distressed, (because) that

εἶχον οὐχ ἀργύριον ἐπισιτίζεσϑαι εἴς τὴν πορείαν,
they-had no mouey to-get-provisiuns on the ourney,
e

xal ὀχνηρῶς συνεσχευάζοντο. Καὶ ὁ
and ‘they reluctantly *packed-up (their) ‘baggage. And —

Ἐενοφῶν, γεγενημένος ξένος Κλεάνδρῳ τε

Xenophon, having-become (the) guest-friend to-Cleander

ἁρμοστῇ, προςελϑὼν ἠσπάζετο αὐτὸν

governor, going-to (him) he-kindly-‘saluted him ‘taking-leave

ὡς ἤδη ἀποπλευσούμενος. ὋὉ δὲ

now about-sailing-away. parece indeed said
αὐτῷ: My ποιήσῃς ταῦτα᾽ εἰ δὲ μή,
to-him: ‘Do not ‘do this: | if indeed not, [for otherwise)
ἔφη, ἕξεις αἰτίαν, ὃπεὶ καὶ νῦν τινες
said-he, you-will-have (the) blame, since even now some

ἤδη αἰτιῶνται σὲ ὅτι τὸ στράτευμα οὐ ταχὺ
already blame you that the army ‘does not quickly

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER I. 465
ἐξέρπει. Δ’ ὁ einev’ ᾿Αλλ’ ἔγωγε εἰμὶ
creep-out. And — (Xenophon) said: But T-at-least am
οὐ μὲν αἴτιος τούτου, δ᾽ ob στρατιῶται αὐτοί
not indeed (the) cause of-this, but the soldiers themselves

δεόμενοι ἐπισιτισμοῦ, διὰ τούτο ἀϑυμοῦσι πρὸς

ene: provisions, through this eniehpaee a a

τὴν ἔξοδον. “AAA ὅμως, ἔφη, ἐγώ συμδουλεύω

ile departure. But however, said-he,

σοι μὲν ἐξελθεῖν ὡς πορευσόμενον,
you indeed to-go-out (with them) as (if) about-accompanying (them).

δ᾽ ἐπειδὰν τὸ στράτευμα γένηται ἔζω, τότε
and when ἴδο army has-got without (the city), then

ἀπαλλάττεσθαι. Τοίνυν, ἔφη ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν,

to-leave (it). (We) therefore, said — Xenophon,

ἐλθόντες πρὸς ᾿Αναξίθιον διαπραξώμεϑα ταῦτα.

going Anaxibius will-settle these (things).

Οὕτως ἐλθόντες ἔλεγον ταῦτα. Δὲ ὁ
Thus going (to him) they-told (him) these (things). And —- (he)

EXEAEVOE ποιεῖν οὕτω, καὶ συνεσχεῦ.
requested (them) to-do so, and (that the soldiers) having-
ασμένους ἐξιέναι τὴν ταχίστην,

*packed-up (their) ‘baggage should-go-out in-the quickest (time),

καὶ προςανειπεῖν, ὃς ἂν μὴ παρῇ
and moreover-to-declare-publicly, (that he) who might not be-present

εἰς τὴν ἐξέτασιν καὶ εἷς τὸν ἀριϑμόν, ὅτι αὐτὸς

οἱ the review and at the numbering, that he

αἰτιάσεται αὑτὸν. ᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν of τε στρατηγοὶ
(would) blame himself. Then the — generals

ἐξήεσαν πρῶτοι, καὶ ot ἄλλοι. Καὶ ἄρδην
went-out first, and the others (after them). And ake

navres ἦσαν ἔξω πλὴν ὀλίγων, καὶ "Eredvixos

all were out except (some) ἴον, and Eteonicus

εἰστήχει παρὰ τὰς πύλας, ὡς, ὁπότε πάντες
by the gates, that, when

γεϊοῦπα ἔξω συγχλείσων τὰς πύλας,
-got out (ready for) shutting the gates, and

466 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἐμθαλῶν τὸν μοχλὸν. Δὲ ὁ ᾿Αναξίδιος συγκαλέσας
thruwing-in the bar. And — Anaxibius having-called-together
σοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ τοὺς λοχαγούς ἔλεξε"
the gener and the captains said:
Λαμθάνετε, ἔφη, μὲν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐκ τῶν Θρᾳχίων
You-may.take, said-he,indeed — provisions from the Thracian
χωμῶν᾽ (δὲ εἰσὶ αὐτόθι πολλαὶ χριϑαὶ καὶ πυροί,
villagus; (and there-is there much arley and wheat,
xal τἄλλα τὰ ἐπιτήδεια) δὲ AabdvTEs

and other --- provisions;) and taking (these things)
πορεύεσθε sig Χεῤ ῥονήσον, éxet δὲ Κυνίσχος
proceed to (the) Chersonesus, where indeed Cyniscus

μισϑοδοτήσει ὑμῖν. Δὲ τινες τῶν στρατιωτῶν
will-'give you ‘pay. But some of-the soldiers

ἢ χαὶ τις στῶν λοχαγῶν ἐπαχούσαντες ταῦτο,
or even some (one) of-the captains having-overheard these
διαγγέλλει εἰς τὸ στράτευμα. Kai οἱ
(things), communicated (them) to the army. And the
στρατηγοὶ uévy ἐπυνθάνοντο περὶ τοῦ Σεύϑου,
generals indeed (also) inquired about — Seuthes,
πότερα εἴη πολέμιος ἢ φίλος, χαὶ πότε
whether he-might-be inimical or friendly, and whether
δέοι πορεύεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ὄρους, ἢ
it-was-necessary to-march over the sacred mountaiz, or ‘in (a)
κίχλῳ διὰ μέσης τῆς Θρά χης. Δὲ ἐν
‘circuit through (the) middle of — hrace. But during (the time)
A διελέγοντο ταῦτα οἱ στρατιῶται
w-which they-were-conversing-about these (things) the soldiers

ἀναρπάσαντες τὰ ὅπλα θέουσι δρόμῳ πρὸς
having-snatched-up «--- (their) arms run in-full-speed [7

τὰς πύλας, ὡς πάλιν εἰςιόντες εἰς τὸ
the gates, so-that again (they were about) entering within the
getyos. Δὲ ὁ ᾿Ετεόνικος xal ol σὺν AUTO,
walls. And — Eteonicus and — (those) with hima,
ὡς εἶδον τοὺς ὁπλίτας προςϑέοντας συγχλείουσι

ws they-saw the Leavy-armed-men running-towards (them) shat

BOOK VII.— CHAPTER I. 467

τὰς πύλας καὶ ἐμδθάλλουσι τὸν μοχλὸν. Δὲ ol
the gates and thrust-in the bar. But the

στρατιῶται ἐχοπτόν te τὰς πύλας, καὶ ἔλεγον
soldiers knocked indeed at-the gates, and said,

, 9 , 9 4 9 4
ὅτι πάσχοιεν ἀδιχκώτατα ἐχθδαλλόμενοι εἰς τοὺς
that they-suffered most-unjustly, being-thrown-out [Ἃο the
MoAeuiovs* καὶ ἔφασαν χατασχίσειν τὰς
enemy ; and they-said (that they would) cut-down the
σύλας, εἰ μὴ ἑχόντες ἀνοίζουσιν. ” AAAot
gates, if they-'did not voluntarily ‘open (them). Others
δὲ ἔϑεον ἐπὶ θάλατταν, καὶ ὑπερδαίνουσιν εἰς
indeed ran to (the) sea, and went-over into
τὴν πόλιν παρὰ τὴν χηλὴν τοῦ τείχους" δὲ ἄλλοι
the city along the pier of-the wall; but others
τῶν στρατιωτῶν οἱ ἐτύγχανον ὄντες
of-the soldiers (those namely) who happened being
ἔνδον, ὡς ὁρῶσι τὰ πράγματα ἐπὶ
within (the walls), as they-perceived the things (going on) at
ταὶς πύλαις, διαχόπτοντες τὰ κλεῖϑρα ταὶς
the gates, cutting-through the bars with — (their)
3) 9 , i) , 9 e
ἀξίναις, ἀναπεταννύουσι tas πύλας" δ᾽ ob
axes, they-opened-wide the gates ; and — (they all)
εἰςπισίιτουσιν.
rusb-in.

Ὁ Hevopiy δὲ ὡς εἶδε τὰ γιγνόμενα
— aenophon indeed as he-saw the (things) going-on,
δείσας μὴ TO στράτευμα τράποιτο ἐφ᾽ ἁρπαγὴν,
maving-feared lest the army might-turn to plunder,
καὶ ἀνήχεστα χαχὰ γένοιτο TH πόλει, καὶ ἑαυτῷ,
and irreparable evil might-happen to-the city, and to-himself,

καὶ τοὶς στρατιώταις, ἔϑει, καὶ συνειςπίπιττει σὺν
and = to-the army, ran, and rushes-in-together with

τῷ ὄχλω εἴσω τῶν πυλῶν. Οἱ Buartion λὲ, ὡς
the crowd within the gates. The Byzantians indeed, as

εἶδον τὸ στράτευμα sisnintoy βίᾳ φεύγουσιν ἐκ

they «ΔῈ the army rushed-in by-force fled from

468 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

τὴς ἀγορᾶς, ot μὲν εἰς τὰ πλοῖα, I δέ
the market, —(some) indeed to the ships, —(some) mésed
oixade’ ὅσοι δὲ ἐτύγχανον ὄντες ἔνδον
home; such indeed (who) happened being within (dcors)
ἔϑεον ἔξω, ot δὲ χαϑεῖλκον τὰς τριήρεις,
“an out, — (some) indeed hauled-down the galleys (56
σώζοιντο ἐν ταὶς τριήρεσι δὲ πάντες
cho water), that they-might-be-savedin the galleys; but al)
@OVTO ἀπολωλέναι, ὡς τὴς πολ εὸς

thought (themselves) to-have-been-lost, as (believing) the
ἑαλωχυίας. Δὲ 6 Ἔ τεόνιχος ἀποφεύγει εἰς τὴν

having-been-captured. But -- ἘΕἸἰθοπίσαβ flees-away to

ἄχραν. Ὃ “Avakibiog δὲ καταδραμὼν ἐπὶ

citadel. -- Anaxibius indeed running-down to (the)

θάλατταν περιέπλει εἰς τὴν ἀχρόπολιν ἐν ἁλιευ-

sailed-round ὁ the citadel in (a) fish-

τικῷ πλοίῳ, καὶ εὐθὺς μεταπέμπεται ἐχ
ing boat, and immediately he-sends-for (men) from (the)

φρουρούς Καλχηδόνος" yap ol ἐν τῇ ἀχροπόλει

δα of-Calchedon ; for — (those) in the citadel

ovx ἐδόχουν εἷναι ἱχανοὶ σχεῖν τοὺς ἄνδρας.
‘did not ‘appear to-be sufficient to-restrain the

Οἱ στρατιῶται δὲ ὡς εἶδον τὸν Ἐενοφῶντα,
The soldiers however as they-saw — Xenophon,

ςπίπτουσιν αὐτῷ, πολλοί, καὶ λέγουσι"
rushed-up to-him, (they being) many, and

Νῦν ἔξεστι σοι, ὦ Ἐξενοφῶν, γενέσϑαι ἀνδρὶ
Now it-is-allowed you, Ὁ Xenophon, to-become (a great) man.

Ἔχεις πόλιν, ἔχεις τριήρεις, ἔχεις χρήματα,

You-have (the) city, you-have galleys, you-have money,

ἔχες στοσούτους ἄνδρας. Νῦν, ef βούλοιυ,

yuu-have such-a-great-number (of) men. Now, if you-wish

σύ ἄν τε ὀὄνήσιαις ἡμᾶς, καὶ ὑμεὶς ποιήσαιμεν

you may not-only profit us, but-also we

σὲ μέγαν. Δ’ ὁ ἀπεχρίνατο" ᾿ΑΔλλ᾽
you (a) great (man). And — (Xenophon) replied : Bu

BOOK VII. —CHAPTER I. 46%

TE λέγετε εὖ, χαὶ ποιήσω ταῦτα᾽ εἰ
‘you not-only ‘say well, but-also I-will-do these (thiags); if

δὲ ἐπιϑυμεῖτε τούτων, θέσθε τὰ ὅπλα
indeed you-desire these (things), place-yourselves — (under) arms
ἐν τάξει ὡς τάχιστα" βουλόμενος
(and) in ογάθογῦ as speedily (as possible); (he) wishing
κατηρεμίσαι αὑτοὺς xai τε αὐτός πα
to-have-tranquillized them; and not-only he-himself ordered

ταῦτα, καὶ ἐχέλευε τοὺς ἄλλους

these (things), but-also he-requested the other (officers)
παρεγγυᾶν τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα. Δὲ
to-order (the men) to-place-themselves — (under) arms. And
οἱ αὐτοὶ ταττόμενοι ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, τε

-- they arranging (themselves) on themselves, not-only ‘did
οἱ ὁπλῖται ἐγένοντο εἰς ὀχτὼ ἐν
the heavy-armed-men become in (number) eight (deep) in (a)
ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ, καὶ οἱ πελτασταὶ napadedpayyxecar
short time, and the targeteers had-ran-on-the-side
ἐπὶ τὸ ἑχάτερον χέρας. Δὲ TO χωρίον ἐστι
ἴο -- each wing. And the place, (which) is

οἷον κάλλιστον ἐχτάξασϑαι καλούμενον
such (as is) most-beautiful to-draw-up-in-order (an army), is-called

τὸ Opdxior, ἔρημον οἰκιῶν xai πεδινόν. ᾿Ἐπεὶ

the Thracian, clear of-houses and level. When
δὲ Ta ὅπλα ἔκειτο, χαὶ χαάτηρε-
indeed the arms lay (in place), and (the men) were-some-

μίσϑησαν, Ἐξενοφῶν συγκαλεὶ τὴν στρατιάν, καὶ

what-tranquillized, Xenophon assembled the army, and
λέγει τάδε"
speaks thus:
Ὅτι μὲν ὀργίζεσθε, ὦ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, και
That indeed you-are-angry, O men soldiers, | and
γομίζετε, ἐπαπατώμενοι, πάσχειν δεινὰ,
think, being-deceived, to-suffer greatly, [and think, that
ot θαυμάζω.

pea bave been badly treated, in being thus deceived,} I-‘am not ‘surprised

170 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

Δὲ ἦν χαριζώμεϑα te θυμῷ, καὶ τιμωρησώμεϑα

we-gratify — (our) anger, punish

τε Λακεδαιμονίους τοὺς παρόντας,
not-only (the) Lacedsmonians, — (those namely) being-present,
τὴς ἐξαπάτης, καὶ διαρπάσωμεν τὴν πόλιν
(for) the deceit, but-also plunder the city
οὐδὲν τὴν αἰτίαν, évSuuciose ἃ ἔσται
| not the cause, [not to blame,] |consider what will-be
ἐντεῦθεν. ᾿Ἐσόμεϑα

from-this [consider what will be the consequences]. We-will- be

4

μὲν ἀποδεδειγμένοι πολέμιι Λακεδαιμονίοις

indeed (the) declared enemies (of the) Lacedsmonians
xal τος συμμάχοις. Οἷος & ὁ πόλεμος ἂν
and 4 — (their) allies. What indeed the war may

γένοιτο πάρεστιν δὴ εἰχάζειν, ἑωρακότας καὶ
it-is-possible indeed to-conjecture, having-seen and

ἀναμνησθέντας τὰ νῦν ἤδη γεγενημένα.
remembered (the (things) now recently having-occurred

Tap nusis οἵ ᾿Αϑεναῖοι

[the things that have but recently occurred]. For we — Athenians

4

ἤλθομεν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον τὸν πρὸς τοὺς
went into the war — (that namely) with the

Λαχεδαιμονίους καὶ τοὺς συμμά χους, ἔχοντες
Lacedssmonians and <— (their) having

τριήρεις, τὰς μὲν ἐν βλάστῃ, δὲ τὰς ἐν
galleys, — (some) indeed at and — (some) iu

Τοῖς νεωρίοις, οὐκ ΒΕ τριαχοσίων,
the docks, (together) not less (than) three-hundred,

ὑπαρχ χόντων δὲ πολλῶν χρημάτων ἐν τῇ πόλει,
there-

ing also much money in the city

καὶ προςόδου οὔσης κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν τε
| Acropolis}, and (the) income being yearly not-only
ἀπό τῶν ἐνδήμων xai ἐκ τῆς ὑπερορίας
from the home (revenues) but-also from — (our) foreign

ov μεῖον χιλίων ταλάντων, ἄρχοντες
‘territories) net less (than) a-thousand talents. ruling

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER I. 471

$$ ἀπασῶν τῶν νήσων, xai te ἔχοντες πολλας
also all the islunds, and also having many

πόλεις ἐν τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ, xai TE πολλὰς ἄλλας ἐν τῇ

towns in — Asia, and also many others in

Er ρώπῃ, χαὶ ἔχοντες αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ Βυζάντιον,
Europe, and having this very-same — Byzantium,

ὅπου ἐσμὲν viv, κατεπολεμήϑημεν

where we-are now, (yet) | we-were-warred-against [the war was car-

ὡς ὑμεῖς πάντες ἐπίστασϑε. Δὲ viv
ried on against us} 86 γοῦ all know. But now

δὴ ἂν oiduesa τί παϑεῖν, Λακχεδαυι-

truly ‘we may ‘think what (we may have) to-suffer, (the) Lacedsa-

μονίων χαὶ μὲν τῶν ᾿Αχαιῶν ὑπαρχόντων oe
monians and indeed the Acheeans being

μάχων, δὲ ᾿Αϑηναίων, χαὶ ὅσοι ἧσαν τότε
lies, and (the) Athenians, and such (as) were then

σύμμαχοι ἐκείνοις, πάντων πιροςγεγενημένων᾽
allies (of) them, all having-become-joined-to (them):

δὲ Τισσαφέρνους καὶ τῶν ἄλλων βαρθάρων ἐπὶ

and Tissaphernes (88) also the other barbarians on (the)

θλάττῃ πάντων ὄντων πολεμίων nuiv, δὲ
808 (coast) being enemies to-us, but (the)

πολεμιωτάτου αὐτοῦ τοῦ βασιλέως ἄνω"

most-inimical (being) this-same — king ὋΡ (in the
ὃν ἤλθομεν ἀφαιρησό-

country); whom we-went (against for the purpose of) taking-

μενοι te τὴν ἀρχήν χαὶ ἀἄποχτε
away not-only -— (his) rule [throne] but-also (of) kill.

VOUTES, εἰ δυναίμεϑα. Πάντων τούτων δὴ
ing (him), if we-could. All these _ truly

ὄντων ὁμοῦ, ἔστι τις οὕτως Eppa, ὅςτις
being alike (against us), is-there any-one 80 who
οἴεται ἡμᾶς ἂν περιγενέσθαι; Μή, πρὸς
thinks (that) we might get-the-superiority? Let-‘us not, -

θεῶν, μαινώμεϑα μηδ᾽ ἀπολώμεϑα

fin the name of the) gods, ‘act-like-madmen nor perish

472 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

αἰσχρῶς, ὄντες πολέμιοι χαὶ ταὶ. πατρίσι, και
disgracefully, being |= enemies both to— (our) country, and
τοῖς ἡμετέροις φίλοις αὐτῶν τε καὶ οἰκείοις.

friends (of-ourselves) and also ‘to (our) relations.

[ap εἰσι πάντες ἐν ταὶς πόλεσι ταὶς
For they-are all in the cities — (those namely .hat)

στρατευσομέναις ἐφ᾽’ ἡμᾶς, καὶ δικαίως, εἰ μὲν
will-be-marching against us, and justly, if indeed

ἠθελήσαμεν κατασχεῖν οὐδεμίαν βάρδαρον πόλιν,
we- wished to-take-possession-of no barbarian city,
καὶ χρατοῦντες ταῦτα᾽ δὲ πρώτην “Ἑλληνίδα
and (we) being-superior-in-force to-these; but (the) first Greek
πόλιν sis ἣν ἤλθομεν, ταύτην ἐξαλαπάζομεν.

city to which we-came, that (namely) we-plundered.

Ἐγὼ μὲν τοίνυν εὔχομαι ἐπιδεῖν ταῦτα

iy
I indeed therefore pray (that) ΠΣ I-behold such
γενόμενα vp ὑμῶν, ἐμέ γε γενέσϑα
(things) brought-to-pass by you, (that) I at-least (may)
μυρίας ἀργυιὰς xata γῆς. Kai συμῦ᾽ ουλεύω ὑμῖν,
a-thousand fathoms under ground. And I-advise you,

ὄντας Ἕλληνας, πειϑομένους τοὶς προεστη-
being Greeks, (that) yielding-obedience to —- (those) standing-at-

χοσι τῶν Ἑλλήνων πειρᾶσϑαι τυγχάνειν τῶν

the-head of-the Greeks to-endeavour ‘to-obtain

δικαίων. "Eav δὲ μὴ δύνησθε πα τὰ,
justice. If indeed you-‘are not ‘able (to obtain) this,

dei nud ἀδιχουμένους μὴ γοῦν
it-is-proper (that) you (though) wronged ‘should not therefore

στέρεσϑαι Ἑλλάδος. Kai viv doxei μοι

‘deprive-yourselves of-Greece. And now it-seems to-me (that)

πέμπψαντας ᾿Αναξιδίῳ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ἡμεὶς παρεληλύ-

having-sent to-Anaxibius to-say, that we have-en-

Sapev εἰς τὴς πόλιν ποιήσαντες οὐδὲν βίαιον, GAN’

tered into the city about-committing no violence, but

ἦν μὲν δυνώμεθα εὐρίσχεσϑαι τι dyaddy nap’

indeed we-could to-obtain something good frox

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER I. 473

ὑμῶν" δὲ εἰ μὴ, ἀλλὰ δηλώσοντες, ὅτι
you; but if not, yet (however) showing, that
eLepyduesa οὐχ ἐξαπατώμενοι, ἀλλὰ πειῶό-
we-go-out not (as) being-deceived, but (as) obey.
μενοι.
ing (you).

Kai ~aiva ἔδοξε"

| And these (things) seemed (good); [and these propositions were
καὶ πέμπουσιν ᾿ἱερώνυμόν te λεῖον,
adopted ;] and they-sent Hieronymus — (the) Elean,
ἐροῦντα ταῦτα, καὶ Εὐρύλοχον ᾿Αρχάδα,
saying these (things), and-likewise urylochus (the) Arcadian,
καὶ Φιλήσιον ᾿Αχαιόν. Οἱ μὲν ᾧχοντο
and Philesius (the) Achsan. — | (They) indeed went
ἐροῦντες ταῦτα.
saying these (things) [they went carrying this message].
Δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἔτι χαϑημένων Κοιρα-
But tbe soldiers *being still ‘seated Coera-
τάδης Onbaios προςέρχεται, ὃς οὐ
tades (a) Theban came-up (to them), who (though) not
φεύγων περιήει τὴν Ἑλλάδα, ἀλλὰ oTpatn-
(a) fugitive, went-about — Greece, but wishing-to-be-
γιῶν, καὶ ἐπαγγελλόμενος, εἰ ἡ
a-general,jand announced-himeelf, [and offering his services,] if either
σις πόλις ἢ ESvos δέοιτο στρατηγοῦ" χαὶ τότε
ary city or nation might-require (a) general; and then
προςελϑὼν ἔλεγεν, ὅτι εἴη ἕτοιμος ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὶς
coming-forward he-zaid, that he-was prepared to-conduct them
εἰς τὸ Δέλτα καλούμενον τῆς Θρᾷχης, ἔνϑα
to the Delta, (80) called of — hrace, where
πολλὰ καὶ ἀγαθὰ λήψοιντο᾽ δ᾽ ἔστε
many and good (things) might-be-obtained; and until ‘the
ἂν μόλωσιν, ἔφη παρέξειν καὶ σῖτα καὶ
should ‘arrive, he-said (that) bhe-would-supply both meat and
ποτά εἰς ἀφθονίαν. Οἱ στρατιῶται ἀχούουσι
drink in abundance. The soldiers listen-te

474 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ταῦτα, καὶ ἅμα τὰ ἀπαγγελλόμενα
these (things), and at-the-same-time the (things) announced
napa “Avakibiov’ yap ἀπεχρίνατο, ὅτι πειϑομένοις
from Anaxibius ; for he-replied, that being-obedient
αὐτοὶς οὐ μεταμελήσει, ἀλλ᾿ ana

to-him it-'would not (be) ‘repented, but (that) he-would-
γελεῖ ταῦτα τοῖς πτέλεσιει τε οἴχοι, καὶ
axnounce these (things) to-the highest-authorities — (at) home, and
autos βουλεύσοιτο περὶ αὐτῶν ἀγαϑόν,
he-himself would-consult-and-plan about them (all the) good,

6 τι δύναιτο. Ἔχ τούτου of στρατιῶται
whatever he-might-be-able. On this the soldiers

δέχοντα te τὸν Κοιρατάδην στρατηγὸν, καὶ
receive indeed — Coeratades (as their) general, and

ἀπῆλθον ἔξω τοῦ τείχους. Ὃ Κοιρατάδης δὲ
they-departed without the walls. - Ceeratades indeed

συντίϑεται αὐτοῖς παρέσεσϑαι ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα
agreeing with-them to-be-present at the army (the)
e - ,
votepaiay, ἔχων χαὶ ἱερεῖα χαὶ μάντιν, καὶ
next-day, having both victims and (an) augur, and
σῖτα καὶ ποτὰ τῇ στρατιᾷ. Δὲ ἐπεὶ ἐξήλϑον,
meat and drink for-the army. But when they-had-gone-out,
ὁ ᾿Αναξίθιος ἔχλεισε τὰς πύλας, καὶ ἐκήρυξεν
-- Anaxibius δμυῖ the gates, and made-proclamation
ὃς ἂν ἁλῷ ἔνδον, ὧν τῶν στ
(that he) who might be-caught within (the walls), being of-the ar-
τιωτῶν, ὅτι πεπράσεται. Δὲ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ὁ Kor
my, that he-would-be-sold. Buton-the next-day — Co-
ρατάδης μὲν axe, ἔχων τὰ ἱερεῖα καὶ τὸν μάντιν,
ratades indeed came, having the victims and _ the augur,
xai εἴκοσιν ἄνδρες εἵποντο αὐτῷ φέροντες ἄλφιτα,
and twenty men followed him carrying barley meal,
και ἄλλοι εἴχοσι οἶνον, καὶ τρεὶς
and another twenty (carrying) wine, and three (carrying loads)
ἐλαιῶν, καὶ εἷς ἀνὴρ μέγιστον Φορτίον ὅσον
nf.ouves, and one man (carrying) the-greatest oad thar

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER I. 475

ἐδύνατο σκορόδων, xal ἄλλος χρομμύων. Δὲ

he-could of-garlic, and another of-onions, And
χαταϑέμενος ταῦτα, ὡς ἐπὶ δάσμευσιν,
they-having-laid-down these (things), as (if) for distribution,
2 [4
EDVETO.
be-sacrificed.
Δὲ Hevopdy μεταπεμψάμενος Κλέανδρον éxé-
Bat Xenophon having-sent-for Cleander
Aceves διαπρᾶξαι ὅπως TE εἰκέλϑοι
quested (him) ae Ha (permission for him) that — he-might-enter

εἰς τὸ τεϊχός, καὶ ἀποπλεύσαι ἐκ Βυζαντίου. Ὁ
within the walls, δηθὰ to-sail-away from Byzantium. -

Κλέανδρος δ᾽ ἐλθὼν, ἔφη" “Hxw διαπραξάμενος

Cleander indeed having-arrived, said: I-come having-obtained

μάλα μόλις" yap ᾿Αναξίθιον λέγειν,
(permission with) great difficulty; for (that) Anaxibius says,

ὅτι εἴη οὐχ ἐπιτήδειον τοὺς στρατιώτας μὲν
that it-is not proper (that) the soldiers indeed

q , ~ 4 ~
εἶναι πλησίον τοῦ τείχους, Ἐενοφῶντα δὲ
(should) be near the walls, Xenophon also (beirg)

ἔνδον " δὲ τοὺς Βυζαντίους στασιάζειν καὶ
within; and (that) the Byzantians were-divided-in-factions and

εἶναι πονηροὺς ἀλλήλους. ὅμως δὲ,
(that) they-were evil-disposed to-vne-another; yet-however indeed,

ἔφη, ἐχέλευεν εἰςιέναι, εἰ μέλλοις ἐχπλεῖν σὺν
he-said, he-requests (you) to-enter, if you-intend to-sail-away with

αὐτῷ: O Ἐξνοφῶν μὲν δὴ donacduerus τους

him. — Xenophon indeed truly | baving-embraced the
στρατιώτας ἀπήει εἴσω τοῦ
soldiers {having taken leave of the soldiers] departed within the
τείχους σὺν wea Ὁ Κοιρατάδης δὲ τῇ
walls with Cleander. -- Coeratades indeed on-the
μὲν πρώτῃ οὐχ ἐχαλλιέρει, οὐδὲ Ace-
first ee ‘had no ‘favourable-sacrifice, r0either did-
μέτρησεν οὐδὲν τοῖς στρατιώταις. Τῇ
istribute (nothing) (any thing) to-the soldiers. On-the

476 THE ANABASIS (F XENOPHUN.

ὑστεραίᾳ δ᾽ εἱστήχει παρὰ τὸν βωμόν, και
next-day indeed he-stood by the altar, and
Κοιρατάδης, ἐστεφανωμένος, ὡς θύσων. δὲ Te
Coratades, being-crowned, as about-sacrificing; but Ti-
μασίων ὁ Aapdavets, xai Νέων ὁ ᾿Ασιναῖος xox
masion the Dardanian, and Neon the Asinean, and
Κλεάνωρ ὁ ᾿ρχομένιος, ἔλεγον ἡ Ko.par
Cleanor the Orchomenian, said (that it was) not for-Cora-
τάδῃ θύειν, ὡς οὐχ ἡγησόμενον τῇ στρατιᾷ,
tades to-sacrifice, as (he was) ποὺ to-be-leading the army,
ei μὴ δώσει τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. Δὲ ὁ κελεύει
unless he-should-give the provisions. And — he-ordered (them)
διαμετρεῖσϑαι. "Emel δὲ ἐνέδει αὐτῷ πολλῶν,
to-be-distributed. When indeed it-was-wanting to-him many
ὥςτε σῖτον γενέσθαι ἑχάστῳ τῶν OF
(things), so-that food should-be to-each _— of-the sol-
« e A 9 A 4 e » > a
τιωτῶν ἡμέρας, ἀναλαθὼν τὰ ἱερεῖα ἀπῇει,
diers ‘for (the) ‘day, taking-away the ctims he-departei,
καὶ ἀπειπών THY στρατηγίαν.
and renouncing’ the generalsbhip.

CHAPTER ITI.

Δὲ Νέων ὁ ᾿Ασιναῖος, καὶ Φρυνίσχος ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς,

Bur Neon the Αβίθθϑβοδη, and bryniscus the Achssan,
καὶ Φιλήσιος ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς, καὶ Ἐανϑικλῆς ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς,
and Philesius the Achzan, and Xanthicles the Acheean,

4 ἤ e 4 9 ’ 39 4 bd ~
καὶ Τιμασίων ὁ Δαρδανεὺς, ἐπέμενον ἐπὶ τῇ στρατιᾷ,
ana = Timasion the Dardanian, remained with the army,
καὶ προελϑόντες εἰς χώμας τῶν Θρᾳχῶν, τὰς
and proceeding to (some) villages of-the Thracians, --

κατὰ Βυζάντιον, ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο. Καὶ
those namely) opposite Byzantium, they-encamped. And

800K VII. — CHAPTER 11. 417}

οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἐστασίαζον, Κλεάνωρ μὲν καὶ ᾧ

the generals formed-parties, Cleanor indeed and Phry-

vioxos βουλόμενοι ἄγειν πρὸς Σευϑην᾽ (yd
Discus β ie a (the army) to Seuthes ; (γὰρ
ἔπειδδε αὐτούς, καὶ τῷ

he-persuaded (and gained) them (over to his interest) and to-the (one)
μὲν ἔδωχε ἵπσον, δὲ τῷ yuvaixa’) δὲ Νέων
indeed he-gave (a) horse, but to-the (othera) woman;) and Νοοῦ

εἰς Χεῤῥόνησον" οἰόμενος, εἶ γένοιντο ὑπὸ
to (the) Chersonesus ; thinking, (that) if | they-got under(the)

Λακεδαιμονίοις ἂν προεστάναι παντὸς τοῖ
1,Δοθά οι οὗ 8}8 (that) ‘he might ‘stand-at-the-head of-all the
a 4 , 3 -ὦὠ ~
στρατεύματος δὲ Τιμασίων προὐθυμεῖτο διαθῆναι
army; but Timasion wanted-much to-cross
πέραν πάλιν εἷς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν, οἱόμενος ἂν
over again into — Asia, thinking (that) he might (thus)
χατελϑεῖν οἴχαδε. Kai of στρατιῶται ἐδούλοντο
‘return home. And the soldiers desired
ταῦτα. Δὲ τοῦ χρόνου διατριδομένου, πολλοὶ
this-same. But the time ‘being (thus) ‘consumed, man)
τῶν στρατιωτῶν, oi μὲν ἀποδιδόμενοι τὰ
of-the soldiers, — (some) indeed selling — (their
ὅπλα κατὰ Tos χώρους, ἀπέπλεον ὡς
arme up-and-down the places, sailed-away as (well as)
ἐδύναντο" δὲ οἱ καὶ χκατεμιγνύοντο εἴς

they-could; δαὶ — (others) also mingled-with (the peop.e) in

τὰς πόλεις. ᾿Αναξίθιος δ᾽ ἔχαιρε ἀχούων ταῦτα,

the towns. Anaxibius however rejoiced hearing these
τὸ στράτευμα διαφϑειρόμενον "

(things), (that) the army (was about) being-broken-up (and.

ap, τούϊτω γιγνομένων, ᾧετο μάλιστα

dispersed); for, these (things) happening, he-thought most-of-al

χαρίζεσθαι Φαρναδάζῳ.

to-gratify Pharnabazus.
Δὲ ᾿Αρίσταρχος διάδοχος Κλεάνδρῳ ἁρμοστης

Bet Aristarc (tne) successor of-Cleander (the) governo

478 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

Βυζαντίου συναντᾷ “Arvakibig ἀποπλέοντι éx

of-Byzantium met Anaxibius sailing-away from
Βυζαντίου ἐν Κυζίκῳ - dé ἐλέγετο, ὅτι καὶ ΠΠῶλος
Byzantium at Cyzicus; and _~he-said, that even Polus

ναύαρχος διάδοχος ὅσον οὐ ἤδη

jthe) admiral, (the) successor (of Anaxibius), | as-much-as not already

παρείη εἰς ὋἋἙλλήςποντον.
was-present in (the) Hellespont [was expected every instant to

Kai ᾿Αναξίθιος ἐπιστέλλει μὲν τῷ
enter the Hellespont}. And Anaxibius enjoined-on

᾿Αριστάρχῳ ἀποδόσϑαι ὁπόσους dv etpo τῶν

Aristarchus to-sell as-many-as ‘he might ‘find of-the
στρατιωτῶν Κύρου ὑπολελειμένους ἐν Βυζαντίῳ.
army of-Cyrus remaining-behind in Byzantium.
(0 Κλέανδρος δὲ ἐπεπράχει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ καὶ
-- Cleander ᾿ἱἰηδοοὰ had-sold none, but even
ἐθεράπευε τοὺς κάμνοντας, oixtel
nursed-and-took-care-of --- (those) being-sick, commiserating (them),
καὶ ἀναγκάζων δέχεσθαι οἰχίᾳ.

διὰ obliging (the inhabitants) ar (them) ‘in (their) Thowsed,
Δ’ ᾽Αρ ρίσταρχος, ἐπεὶ ASE τάχιστα, ἀπέδοτο οὐκ

But Aristarchus, when he-came _ speedily, sold not
ἐλάττους τετραχοσίων. ᾿Αναξίδιος δ᾽ παρα-
less (than) four-bundred. Anaxibius indeed sail-
πλεύσας εἰς Πάριον πέμπει παρὰ Φαρνάδαζον

ing-along (the coast) to Parium sends harnabazus

xata τὰ συγκείμενα. A’ ὁ ἐπεὶ ἤσϑετο
according-to — ayreement. But —(Pharnabazus) when he-heard

᾿Αρίσταρχόν te ἤχοντα εἰς Βυζάντιον
(that) ristarchus — had-come_ to Byzantium (as)

e ’ A 9 ci6 > 9 ~
ἁρμοστὴν, xat Avacibioy οὔχετι ναυαρχοῦντα,
governor and Anaxibius no-longer commanded-the-feet,

ἠμέλησε᾽ Αναξιθίον πρὸς ᾿Αρίσταρχον, δὲ δὲ διεπράττετο
he-neglected Anaxibius Aristarchus, Fractined

BOOK VII.— CHAPTER II. 479

τὰ αὐτὰ περὶ τοῦ στρατειατο, τοῦ Κυρείου
the same (things) about the Cyrus
ἅπε καὶ avai Lov.

which (he had) even (done) with Anaxibiur

"Ex τούτου ὁ ᾿Αναξίθιος, χαλέσας Ἐξενοφῶντα,
On this — Anaxibius, having-called Xenophon
κελεύει πάσῃ τέχνῃ καὶ μηχανῇ πλεῦσαι

(to him), requests(him) by-every means and contrivance

ἐπὶ τὸ ϑτράτευμα ὡς τάχιστα, χαὶ τε
to the as speedily (as possible), and not-only

συνέχειν atch xai συναϑροίζειν τῶν διε-
to-'keep it ‘together, but-also ee ὅπνν: of-the dis.

σπαρμένων ὡς πλείστους ἂν δύνηται,
rse

(soldiers) as many (as) ‘he might ‘be-able

καὶ αγόντα εἰς τὴν Πέρινθον δια
and aving-‘led (them)‘along to — Perinthus or

διθάζειν εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν ὅτι τάχιστα᾽
‘transport (them) ‘acrossinto — as speedily (as

χαὶ δίδωσιν αὐτῷ ιαχόντορον, καὶ
possible); and he-gave to-him (a) x -oared-galley, and (a)

ἐπιστολήν, καὶ συμπέμσιει ἄνδρα, χελεύσοντα τοὺς
letter, and he-sends (a) man, requesting the

Περινϑίους προπέμψαι Ἐξενοφῶντα τοὶς ἵσιποις
Perinthians to-send-awuy Xenophon on— horse (back)
ὃς τάχιστα ἐπὶ τὸ στράτειμα. Καὶ ἡ
ΝῚ speedily (82 possible) to the army And

Ξενοφῶν μὲν διαπλεύσας ἀφιχνεῖται ἐπι τὸ
Xenophon indeed having-sailed-across arrived at _—_—the

atpatevua οἱ στρατιῶται δὲ ἐδέξαντο ἡδέως,
army; the soldiers also received (him) with-pleasure,

καὶ ἄσμένοι εὐδὺς εἵποντο, ὡς διαδησόμενοι
and ‘they willingly immediately ‘followed (him), as crossing-over
&x τῆς Opa xno εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν.

from — hrace into — Asia.

Ὁ Σεύϑης δὲ, ἀχούσας ἤχοντα πάλιν,
-- Beutbes hewever, having-heard (οὗ Εἰπι) coming beek, (aad

480 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

πέμψας Μηδοσάδην πρὸς αὐτὸν κατα θάλατταν,

having-sent Medosades pea,

ἐδεῖτο ἄγειν τὴν σε ταν πρὸς ἑάυτον;
he-begged (him) a bd the Ἀμὰ

ὑπισχνούμενος αὐτῷ, ὅ τι ὟΣ λέγων
promising him, whatever he-thought mentioning (it) (be

πείσειν. Δ᾽ ὁ ἀπεχρίνατο,
mig ot be able) to-persuade (him). But — (Xenophon) answered (him),
ὅτι εἴη οἷόν Te οὐδὲν τούτων γενέσθαι.
|that it-was possible for-none of-these (things) to-happen ‘that
Καὶ ὁ
it was impossible for any thing of the kind to take place]. And — (he)
ἐν ἀχούσας ταῦτα @yeto. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ol
deed having-heard these (things) departed. When however the
Ἕλληνες ἀφίχοντο εἰς Πέρινϑον, Νέων μὲν
Greeks arrived at Perinthus, Neon indeed

ἀποσπάσας, ἐστρατοπεδεύσατο
having-drawn-‘off (his troops) ‘from (the rest), encamped

ίς, ἔχων ὀχταχοσίους ἀνθρώπους" δὲ πᾶν
χὰ is τὐθ κα Ὡς Pee men ; oe and all

τὸ ΗΕ, στράτευμα ἦν ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ
tne other (troops of the) army were in the same (place)

παρὰ τὸ 0 τεῖχος. τὸ Περινθίων.

ae ad -- cus ae of-Perinthus.

Sed ταῦτα Hevopay μὲν ττε περὶ πλοίων,
After this Xenophon μὴ was-bargaining Ai ships,

ὅπως ὅτι διαθαὶεν τάχιστα. "Es

#0 that he-might-cross-over (as) speedily (as possible). At

τούτῳ δὲ “A ἰσταρ χος, ὃ ἁρμοστής ἐκ
this (time) however ristarchus, the governor from

Βυζαντίου, ἀφικόμενος, ἔχων δύο τριήρεις, πεπεισ-
Bysantium, arriving, having two galleys, having-been.
μένος ὑπὸ Φαρναδάζου, ἀπεῖπε Te τοῖς ναυχλή-
persuaded by Pharnabasus, he-forbade indeed the masters-of-the-

pols μὴ διάγειν, ἐλθών τε ἐπὶ «τὸ
κοὶρο — to-carry-over (the Greeks), (and) having-gove also to the

BOOK VIL —CHAPTER II. 481

ili τευμα εἶπε τοὶς στρατιώταις μὴ περαιοῦσθαι
he-told the soldiers not to. go-across

εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν. Δὲ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ᾿Αναξί.

into --- Asia. But — Xenophon said, that Anaxi-

Gog ἐχέλευσε καὶ ἔπεμψεν ἐμὲ ἐνθάδε πρὸς ToUTO.

bius had-ordered (it) and sent me hither about this

A’ *Ap ρίσταρχος πάλιν ἔλεξεν: ᾿Αναξίθιος un

But Aristars again said : Anaxibius indeed

τοίνυν οὐχέτι ναύαρχος, ἐγὼ δὲ — apuooTys
therefore no-longer (is) admiral, I indeed (am) governor

τῇδε" δὲ εἰ λήψομαι τινα ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ,

here ; and if I-shall-take any of-you on sea,

χαταδύσω. Εἰπὼν ταῦτ᾽ ᾧχετο εἰς τὸ
I-will-sink (you). Saying these (things) he-departed within the

τεῖχος. A’ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ μεταπέμπεται τοὺς
walls, But on-the next-day he-sent-for the

στρατηγοὺς xai λοχαγοὺς τοῦ στρατεύματος.
generals and captains of-the army

Δὲ ὄντων ἤδη πρὸς τᾷ τείχει, τις ἐξαγγέλλει
But being already before the walls, some-one informs

Ξενοφῶντι, ὅτι, ei εἴςεισι συλληφϑήσεται, xai ἢ
Xenophon, that, if he-entered he-would-be-apprehended, and either

πείσεται τι αὑτοῦ, ἢ καὶ παραδοθήσεται
would-suffer something there, or even be-delivered.-ap

Φαρναθάζῳ. Ὁ δὲ ἀχούσας ταῦτα,

Pharnabazus. — (Xenophon) however hearing these (things),

μὲν προπέμπεται TOUS, δὲ αὐτὸς εἶπεν, ὅτι
indeed sent-on-before the (rest), but himself said, that

βούλοιτο θῦσαι τι. Καὶ ἀπελϑὼν ἐϑύετο,
he-wished to-sacrifice (about) something. And going-away he-sacrificed,

ei of θεοὶ παρεῖεν αὐτῷ πειρᾶσθαι ἄγειν τὸ

if the gods permitted him to-attempt to-lead the

στράτευμα πρὸς Σεύϑην. Γὰρ ἑώρα οὔτε ὃν
στρα Seuth Fort Ae (it) neither boing

ἀσφαλὲς διαδθαίνειν τοῦ κωλύσοντος

wo-cross-over (into Asia), --- (be) hindering ‘vhem)

162 4HE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.
ἔχοντος τριήρεις, οὔτ᾽ ἐδούλετο ἐλθῶν ἐπὶ Kep-
having galleys, nor did-he-wish having-gone to (the) Cher-

ῥόνησον καταχλεισθῆήγαι, χαὶ τὸ στράτευμα
Βοτιοδὺ» to-be-shut-up (there), and the army

γενέσθαι ἐν πολλῇ σπάνει πάντων, ἔνϑα μεν
be in great want of-every-thing, where indeed

ἀνάγχη πείϑεσθαι TH ἁρμοστῇ Exel,
(there would be a) necessity to-obey the governor there,

δὲ τὸ στράτευμα ἔμελλεν ἕξειν οὐδὲν τῶν
army

and the would-hereafter have nothing of —
ἐπιτηδείων.
provisions.

Καὶ ὃ ~—s_ wee εἶχεν ἀμφὶ ταῦτε᾽᾽

| And — (he)indeed had (himself) about these (things);
e 3 4 δ]
οἱ στρατηγοὶ δὲ xai λοχαγοὶ
[while he was thus engaged ;] the μὰ indeed and nc he
ἥχοντες παρὰ τοῦ ᾿Αριστάρχου ἀπήγγελλον
sxoming (back) from - δή (6 announ ‘ad.
ὅτι μὲν κελεύει σφᾶς νῦν μὲν ἀπιέναι, δὲ
that ‘he indeed ‘requests them now indeed to-go-away, but
Fxew τῆς δείλης" ἔνϑα καὶ ἢ ἐπιθουλή
to-come (in) the evening; whereby even — (his) design-against (them)
ἐδόχει μᾶλλον δήλη. Ody ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἑπεὶ ἐδόχει
appeared more manifest. Therefore— Xenophon when it-seemed
τὰ ἱερὰ εἶναι καλὰ αὐτῷ xal τῷ στράτεύματι,
(that) the victims were favourable for-him and the army,
9 9 ~~ ‘ 4 4
ἰέναι ἀσφαλῶς πρὸς Σεύϑην, naparabov Πολυ-
to-go safely to Seuthes, : taking Poly.
κράτην τὸν ᾿Αϑηναῖον, λοχαγόν, καὶ παρὰ τῶν
erates the Athenian, (a) captain, and from the
στρατηγῶν (πλὴν παρὰ Néwvos) ἄνδρα ἑχάστου
ie κρῖ (except from Neon) ys ae of-each,
ᾧ ἕχαστος ἐπίστευεν, ᾧχετο τῆς νυχτὸς
in-whom each-one confided, he-departed ‘in) the night
ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα Σεύϑου ἑξήχοντα στάδια.
Ὺ tbe army of-Seuthes (distant) sixty stadia

SOOK VII. — CHAPTER II. 488

Δ’ ἐπεὶ ἦσαν ἐγγὺς oe ἐπιτυγχάνει πυροὶς

But when he-was near he-falis-in Anti pe

ἐρήμοις. Καὶ uty τὸ πρῶτον ᾧετο
destitute (of sentinels). And indeed at-the first he-thought (that)

τὸν Σεύϑην μεταχεχωρηχένα ποι ἐπεὶ δ

Seuthes had-gone-off somewhere; when indewd

ἤσϑετο τε θορύδου, καὶ, τῶν περὶ Σεύϑην
he-heard not-only (a) noise, but-also, --- (those) about Seu bes

σημαινόντων ἄλληλοις, xatéuarey ὅτι τὰ πυρὰ
res

making-signals §_to-one-another, he-understood that the

χεχαυμένα cin TH DEVIN πρὸ Ὁ eae γυχτοφυλάχων
had-been-kindled by— Seuthes bofo the night-watches
ἕνεχα τούτου, ὅπως ot sis μὴ Op@rTo,

by-reason of-this, that the sentinels ‘might not *be-seen,
ὄντες ἐν τῷ σχότει, μήτε ὁπόσοι μήτε ὅπου εἶεν,

οοΐρ ip “—" neither how-many nor where they-might-be,
torre: μὴ λανϑάνοιεν, ἁλλὰ
«4. — (those) approaching ‘ight not ‘be-concealed, but

elev xatapavelc διὰ τὸ us. “Enel δὲ ἤσθϑετο,
might-be conspicuous in the light. | When indeed he-perceived

προπέμπει τὸν ἑρμηνέα ὃ. ἐτυγχανεν ἔχων,

(this), διο-δοη δ the interpreter whom he-happened having

χαὶ κελεύει εἰπεῖν Levy, ὅτι Ἐξενοφῶν
(with him), and requests (him) to-tell Seuthes, that Xenophon

πάρεστι βούλθτενος συγγενέσϑαι αὐτῷ. Aé οἱ

is-present to-have-an-interview with- him. But —
ἤροντο, el ὁ ᾿Αϑηναῖος, ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ
they-inquired, if (it was) the Athenian, the (one) from the
στρατεύματος. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἔφη εἶναι οὗτος,
army. When indeed he-said (that) it-was he-himeelf,
ἀναπηδήσαντες ἐδίωχον.: καὶ λίγον
jamping-on (their horses) they-departed; and (a) little

ὕστερον πελτασταὶ ὅσον διαχόσιοι παρῆσαν, καὶ

after targeteers as-many-as two-hundred were-present, and

όντες Ἐξενοφῶντα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ
having-received Xenophon and -- (those) with him

484 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἦγον πρὸς Σεύϑην. Ὁ δ᾽ ἦν ἐ»
they-conductad (them) to Seuthes. — (Seuthes) indeed was in

τύρσει μάλα φυλαττόμενος, καὶ inno ἐγχεχαλι-
(a) tower well guarded, and horses having-been-
νωμένοι περὶ αὐτὴν χύχλῳ᾽ γὰρ διὰ τὸν

already-bridled (stood) round it ‘in (a) ‘circle; for through

Φόδον μὲν ἐχίλου τοὺς ἵππους τὰς μὲν ἡμέρας
3
fear ‘he indeed ‘fed the horses το εν τὰ days,

δὲ τὰς νύχτας ἐφυλάττετο, ἐγχεχαλινωμένων.
but during-the nights he-kept-guard, they-being-bridled,

Tap xal ἐλέγετο πρόσθεν Τήρης, ὁ πρόγονος

For indeed ἡ42ὲ Alle (that) erly Teres, the

τούτου, ἔχων πολὺ στράτευμα ἔν TE
of-this (Seuthes), having (a) numerous army

TAVTY χώρᾳ, παλλοὺς ἐπόδέσο ὕπο
this (same) country, ‘had many (men) ‘destroyed by
τῶν τοὐτῶν ἀνδρῶν, χαὶ ἀφαιρεθῆναι
-- these men (of this country), and had-been-deprived-of

τὰ oxevopdpa’ δ᾽ οὗτοι ἦσαν Θυνοΐ,
-- (bis) baggage; and these were (the) Thynians,

λεγόμενοι εἶναι πολεμικώτατοι πάντων, μάλωστα
sai to-be (the) most-warlike of-all, especially
νυχτὸς.
by-night.
Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἧσαν ἐγγὺς, ἐχέλευσε Ἐξενο-
When indeed they-were near, (Seuthes) requested Xeno-

φῶντα εἰςελϑεῖν ἔχοντα δύο οὗς βούλοιτο.
phon to-enter having two (with him) whom he-might-wish.

"Exedy δὲ ἦσαν ἔνδον, πρώτον μὲν ἠσπάζοντο
When indeed they-were within, ‘they first indeed ‘embraced
ἀλλήλους, καὶ χατὰ τὸν Θρᾷλ χιον νόμον προὔτζει-
one-another, and according-to the racian custom they drank.
vov κέρατα οἴνου" (δὲ xai Mydooddys
to-one-another (in) horns of-wine; (and also Medosades
παρῆν τῷ Devsy, ὅςπερ ἐπρέσθευε τῷ αὐτῷ
was-present with -- Seuthes, who was-the-ambassador for — him

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER fl. 485

πάτοσε). Ἔπειτα δὲ Ἐξενοφῶν ἤρχετο λέγειν"

to-all-places}. Afterwards indeed Xenophon gan to-speak ;

Ὧ Σεύϑη, ἔπεμψας πρὸς ἐμὲ, εἰς Καλχηδόνα,

‘You, O Seuthes, ‘having-sent to me, at Calchedon,

TOV Μηδοσάδην τουτονί, δεόμενος
(the) first (time) Medosades _ ἰ[ι18.68116-086 (here), entreating
ov συμπροϑθυμηϑῆναι TO στράτευ
fe Aaa ti alt (you) (that) the pave π΄
διαδῆναι ἐκ τὴς ᾿Ασίας, χαὶ ὑπισχνούμενός μοι,
be-crossed-over from — Asia, and promising me,
ei πράξαιμι ταῦτα, ποιήσειν
if I-should-effect these (things), (that) you-would-do (something)

εὖ, ὡς Μηδοσάδης οὗτοσι ἔφη.
good (for me), as Medosades the-same (here present) said.
Εἰπὼν ταῦτα, ἐπήρετο τὸν Νηδοσάδην ei
Saying these (things), he-inquired-of — Medosades if
ταῦτ᾽ εἴη ἁἀληϑῆ. Ὅ δ᾽ ἔφη.

these (things) were true. — 'He indeed ‘said (that they were).
Οὗτος Mydooddys αὖϑις ἦλθε ἐπεὶ ἐγὼ διέθην
This Medosades again came(tome)when I went-over
πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα ἐκ Παρίου, ὑπισχνούμενος,
back to the army from Parium, promising,
ei ἄγοίμι τὸ στράτευμα πρός oé τἄλλα
if I-should-lead the army to you, in-other-respecta

τέ χρήσεσϑαι μοι φίλῳ καὶ

you-'would not-only me ‘as (a) ‘friend but-also (a)
ἀδελφῷ, καὶ τὰ χωρία παρὰ τὰ θαλάττη,

brother, and (that) the places along the sea,
ὧν σὺ χρατεῖς, ἔσεσθαι παρὰ σοῦ μοι.
of-which you are-master, would-be (a present) from you to-me,
"Em τούτοις πάλιν ἐπήρετο τὸν Mndooddny,
About these (things) he again ‘inquired-of — Medosades,
εἰ ἔλεγε ταῦτα. Ὃ δδὲ συνέφη

if he-said these (things). --- ‘Heindeed agreed (that he said)
καὶ ταῦτα. ἼΘι viv, ἔφη, ἀφήγησαι

even these (things). Go-on now, said (Xenophon) to-relate

#56 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

τούτῳ ti ἀπεκρινάμην πρῶτον ἐν Καλχηδόνι.
to-this (Seuthes) whet I-answered first in Calchedon.
᾿Απεχρίνω ὅτι τὸ στράτευμα διαδήσοιτο εἰς Βυζάν-

You-answered that the army would-cross-over to Byzan-

τιον, xai &vexa τούτου δέοι οὔτε σοὶ
tium, and on-account-of this there-would-be-need neither for-you

οὔτε ἄλλῳ τελεῖν. αὐτὸς δὲ ἔφησθα ἐστεὶ
or for-another to-pay; yourself indeed said (that) when
d:abains, ἀπιέναι" καὶ
you-had-crossed-over, (that) you-would-depart (from the army); and
οὕτως ἐγένετο ὥςπερ σὺ ἔλεγες. Ti yap ἔλεγον,
thus it-happened as you have-said. What — (then) did-I-say,
ἔφη, ὅτε adixov xata Σηλυδ ρίαν; Ἔφησϑα

said-he, when you-came ‘to Selybria ἢ You-said (that)
εἶναι οὐκ οἷόν TE, GAA’ ἐλδόντας εἰς
it-was not possible, but (that) (the army) having-gone to

Πέρινθον διαδαίνειν εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν. Nov
Perinteus (was) to-cross-over into — Asia. Ne

τοίνυν, ἔφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, καὶ ἐγὼ xai οὗτος Φρυ-
therefore, said — Xenophon, and 1 and-also this Phry-
vioxos, εἷς τῶν στρατηγῶν, καὶ οὗτος Πολυχράτες,
niscus, one of-the generals, and this Polycrates,
εἷς τῶν λοχαγῶν, καὶ ἔξω εἰσὶν πιστότατος

one of-the captains, and without are (the) most-confidential (friends)
ἀπὸ ἑχάστῳ τῶν στρατηγῶν, πλὴν Néwvos τοῦ
from each of-the generals, except Neon the
Aaxamxod. Εἰ οὖν βούλει τὴν πρᾶξιν εἷναι
Lacedemonian. If therefore you-wish the business to-be
πιστοτέραν, καὶ κάλεσαι ἐκείνους. Δὲ σὺ,
more-trustworthy, even call them (in. And ‘do you,
ὦ Πολύχρατες, ἐλθὼν, εἶπέ ὅτι ἐγὼ κελεύω

0 Polycrates, going, tell (them) that I request (them)

καταλιπεῖν τὰ ὅπλα" χαὶ αὐτὸς καταλιπὼν
to-leave-behind — (their) arms; and you-yourself, leaving-behind

éxel τὴν aipay εἴςιϑι.
there = (your) μαχαιρὰ come-in

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER IL 483

Ὃ Σεύϑη: ἀχούσας ταῦτα εἶπεν, ὅτι ἀπν
— Seuthes hearing these (things) said, that he-

στήσειεν οὐδενὶ ᾿Αϑηναίων᾽ γὰρ καὶ ὅτι
would distrust no-one ‘of (the) ‘Athenians; for truly-'ndeed that (he)

εἰδέναι elev συγγενεῖς, καὶ ἔφη νομίζειν
knew they-were relatives, and said (that) he-considered (them as)

εὐ νοῦς φίλους. Δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπεὶ εἰς-
friends. But after these (things) when (those) ea-

as οὗς ἔδει, Ἐξενοφῶν πρῶτον μὲν ἐπήρετο

tered whom he-wanted, Xenophon first indeed inquired-of

Σεύϑην 6% δέοιτο. χρῆσϑαι τῇ ἀτράτις: :

Seuthes in-what he-might-require

‘O δὲ εἶπεν ὧδε" Μαισάδες ἦν πατήρ μοι,
— (Seuthes) indeed spoke thus: Mesades was father to-me,
δὲ ἐχείνου ἦν a

jand of-him was (the) government [and under his government were}

MeAavditar, καὶ Ovvoi, καὶ Τρανίψαι. "Exel
᾿ Melanditsx, and Thynians, and Tranipsians. W

πράγμα ματα Ὅδρυσῶν ἐνόσησεν, ὁ πατὴ
i ‘of (the) ‘'Odryss had-declined, — (my) father

ἐχπεσὼν οὖν ἐκ τῆς ταύτης χώρας, αὐτὸς μὲν

being-driven therefore from “--- these-same countries, he indeed

ἀποδνήσχει νόσῳ δ᾽ ἐγὼ ὀρφανὸς ἐξετράφηι

‘of (a) disease; and χ (an) orphan koh af sh ld

παρὰ Μηδόκῳ τῷ viv βασιλεὶ. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἐγενόμην
under Medocus the present king. When indeed I- sitet

veavioxos, ἐδυνάμην ov ζῆν ἀποθλέπων εἰς
(a> young-man, I-could not live looking-for (support) to

ἀλλοτρίαν τράπεζαν" xai ἐχοϑεζόμην ἐνδίφριος

another's table ; and I-sat on-the-same- seat

avr@ ἕἵἥχετης, δοῦναί μοι ὁπόσους ἄνδ
with-him (a) suppliant, to-give me as-'mauny men ‘as

εἴη δυνατὸς, ὅπως ποιοίην καχὸν, εἴ τι
he-might-be able, in-order-that I-might-do evil, if any

δυναίμην, χαὶ τοὺς ἐχθαλόντας ἡμᾶς, καὶ ζῴην,

even on — (those) expelling us, and might-live

488 THE ANABASIS OF ΧΕΝΟΡΗΟΝ.

μὴ ἀποθλέπων εἰς τὴν τράπεζαν ἐκείνου ὥςπερ

aot looking at table of-him

χύων. Ἔχ τούτου τ λοι μοι τοὺς ἄνδρας καὶ
(a) dog. On this he-gave me _ the men and

τοὺς ἵππους, οὗς ὑμεὶς ὄψεσθε ἐπειδὰν γένηται
the eavalry, which you will-see after it- becomes
et Kai ἐγὼ viv ζῶ, ἔχων τούτους,

And I now live, having these (under my command)

ληϊζόμενος τὴν πατρῴαν χώραν ἐμαυτοῦ.
(by) LN τρλθβις the paternal country of-myself.

Εἰ δὲ ὑμεὶς παραγένοισθε μοι, οἶμαι ἂν

If indeed you join me, I-think (that I) may

σὺν τοὶς θεοὶς ῥᾳδίως ἀπολαδεὶν
with (the assistance of) the gods recover

τὴν ἀρχήν. Ταῦτ᾽ ἐστίν ἃ ἐγὼ δέομαι
the government. These are (the things) which I

ὑμῶν.

ef-you.

Ti οὖν ἂν δύναιο, ἔφη ὁ ἘΞενοφῶν, a

What therefore might you-be-able, said — Xenophon, if

ἔλθοιμεν, diddvar τε TH στρατιᾷ καὶ τοὶς
we-come, to-give not-only to-the army but-also to-the

Aoyayois καὶ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς; λέξον, ἵνα οὗτοι

captains and the generals ? tell-us, in-order-that these

Ἱπαγγέλλωσ. A’ ὁ ὑπέσχετο μὲν τῷ

(persons) may-announce (it), And — he-promised indeed to-the

σ i sa ; Κυζιχηνόν, δὲ τῷ λοχαγῷ διμοιρίαν,

sol Cyzicene, and to-the captain twice-as-much,

δὲ τῷ στρατηγῷ τετραμοιρίαν, καὶ γῆν, ὁπόσην

and to-the general four-times-as-much, and land, as-much-as

ἂν βούλωνται, και ζεύγη, Xopior
‘they migh* ‘desire, and yokes (of oxen), ἘΠ (a)

ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ τετειχισμένον. ᾿Ἐὰν δὲ, ton ὃ
near (the) 808 having-been-fortified. If indeed, said --

Ξενοφῶν, πειρώμενοι ταῦτα

Xenophon, attempting these (things) we-‘sheuld not ‘ome

A

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER III. 489

QA AL , 9 A
τις φόθος ἀπὸ Λαχε.
but Ὁ ἀεὶ there-may-be some fear about (the) Lace
sae ἐάν τις βούληται ἀπιέναι παρὰ σέ,
demonians, if any (of us) may-wish to-depart to you,
δέξῃ εἰς τὴν σεαυτοῦ; Ὃὧ δ᾽
would-you-receive (them) into — (your) country? — ‘He indeed
εἶπε, Kai γε ποιήσομαι ἀδελφούς, καὶ
said, Even ‘I at-least ‘will-make (them) brothers, and
ἐνδιφρίους, καὶ κοινωνοὺς ἀπάντων, ὧν ἂν
table-companions, and sharers of-all, which ‘we may
duniuecsa κτᾶσϑαι. Δὲ σοὶ, ὦ Ξενοφῶν, δώσω
‘be-able to-acquire. And to-you, Ὁ Xenophon, I-will-give

καὶ θυγατέρα, καὶ εἰ ἔστι τις θυγάτηρ σοὶ
even (my) daughter, and if there-is any daughter to-you

ὠνήσομαι Θρᾳκίῳ νόμῳ" καὶ δώσω
I-will-buy (her according) ‘to (the) ‘Thracian eustom; and I-will-give

Βισάνϑην οἴχησιν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ ἐμοὶ κάλλιστον
(you) Bisanthe (688 8) γοδίάθῃοο, which ἰδ to-me the-most-beautiful

χωρίον τῶν ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ.
place of — (those) on (the) sea.

πραζομεν, ae

-- -- “ὦν... -

CHAPTER ΤΙ].

᾿Αχούσαντες ταῦτα, χαὶ δόντες καὶ λαθόντες
HEARING these (things), and giving and taking
δεξιὰς ἀπήλαυνον" καὶ πρὸ ὑμέ ἐγένοντο
right-hands they-rode-off; and before day (break) they-got

ἐπὶ τῷ στρατοπέδῳ, καὶ ἕἔσαστοι ἀπήγγειλαν
to the camp, and each reportea

τοὶς πέμψασι. Δὲ ἐπεὶ ἐγένετο ἡμέρα

to --- (those) having-sent (them). And when _it-was day (light)

5 "Αρίσε ἐν πάλιν ἐχάλει τοὺς στρατῆγο
f ain Cay Ase again called-for οὺς ia nyove

190 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHOR.

καὶ υχάγους. O cOvee bULy chu. μὲ! 7»
and captains; but it-seemed (best) to — (them) to-omit indeed the

ὁδὸν πρὸς ᾿Αρίσταρχον, δὲ συγκαλέσαι «τὸ

road ristarchus, and to-call-together the

στράτευμα. Kai πάντες συνῆλθον, πλὴν ot

army. And. all assembled, except ths(soldiers!

Néwvog' οὗτοι δὲ ἀπεῖχον ὡς déxa στάδια
of-Neon ; these indeed were-distant about ten stadia.

Ἐπεὶ δὲ συνῆλθον, Ἐενοφῶν ἀναστὰς εἶτεε
When indeed they-had-assembled, Xenophon rising-up spoke

τάδε" ἔΑνδρες, ᾿Αρίσταρχος ἔχων τριήρεις κωλύει

Men, Aristarchus having galleys prevents (us)

addi ἔνϑα μὲν βουλόμεθα" ὥςτε οὐχ

to-sail (there) where indced we-wish ; so-that (it is) mot

ἀσφαλὲς ἐμδαίνειν εἰς πλοῖα" δὲ οὗτος ὁ αὑτὸς

to-embark on vessels; but this — (same) —

κελεύει πορεύεσθαι βίᾳ dua τοῦ ἱεροῦ ὄρους

(man) orders (us) to-proceed by-force over the sacred mountain

εἰς = Xeppornoov’ ἢν δὲ, κρατήσαντες τούτου

into (the) Chersonesus ; if indeed, having-overcome this
ἔλθωμεν ἐχεῖσε, φησιν οὔτε πωλήσειν
we-should-arrive there, he-says (that) he-'would neither *sell
e ~

ὑμᾶς ἔτι ὥςπερ ἐν Βυζαντίῳ, οὔτε ἔτι
you hereafter as (hedid) at Byzantium, nor Sereaftes
ἐξαπατήσεσϑαι ὑμᾶς, ἀλλὰ λήψεσθαι μισϑόν,
deceive you, but (that you) shall-receive pay,
οὔτε ἔτι περιόψεσϑαι, ὥςπερ νυνί

(νου) (and) hereafter en ee that-as now you-'will (not)

δεομένος τῶν ἐπιτηδείων. Οὗτος

a

‘be-wanting - provisions. This (Aristarchus) indeed
λέγει ταῦτα. Δὲ Σεύϑης φησιν, ἂν ἴγγχτε
says these (things). But §Seuthes says, if you-go
πρὸς ἐχεῖνον, ποιήσειν ὑμᾶς εὖ.

him, Ἰ (that) he-will-make you well [that he will bene.

Νῦν οὖν σχέψασϑε, πότε ον μένοντες
tt you], Now therefore consider, whe remaining

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER III. 491

ἐνδάδε Bovrciocade τοῦτο, ἢ ἐπανελϑόντες
here you-will-deliberate (about) this, or (after) having-gune-back
εἰς τὰ ἐπιτήδεα. Ody μὲν doxel Euoi ἐπεὶ
1or provision. Therefore indeed it-seems to-me (that) since
ἐνθάδε ἔχομεν οὔτε ἀργύριον, ὥςτε ἀγοράζειν,
here we-have neither money, that (we may) buy-provisions,
οὔτε ἄνευ ἀργυρίου ἐἔῶσι λαμθάνειν τὰ
nor, without money, will-they-allow (us) to-take ἘΒΣ
ἐπιτήδεια, ἐπανελθόντες εἰς τὰς χώιιας, ὅϑεν ot
provisions, having-returned to the villages, where the
ἥττους ἐῶσι λαμθάνειν,
(inhabitants being) weaker (than we) will-permit (us) to-take
éxel, ἔχοντας τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἀχούοντας
(provisions), there, having — provisions, (and) hearing
ὅ τι τις δεῖται ὑμῶν, αἱρεῖσθαι ὅ τι ἂν δοχῇ
what any-one asks of-you, to-choose what may seem
εἶναι χράτιστον ὑμῖν. Καὶ ἔφη ὅτῳ ταῦτα
to-be the-best to-you. And he-said to-whomsocve1 thoge
doxet ἀράτω τὴν χεῖρα. “Anavtes
(things) seem (good) ‘let (him) ‘hold-up — (his) hand. All
ἀνέτειναν. ᾿Απιόντες τοίνυν, ἔφη, συσχεὺ-
extended (them) upwards. Going-away therefore, said-he, pack
ἄζεσϑε, καὶ ἐπειδὰν τις παραγγέλλῃ,
‘up (νοῦν) ‘baggage, and when any-one may-annuunce (it,
Encode τῷ ἡγουμένῳ.
follow — (your) leader.
Meta ταῦτα Ἐενωφῶν μὲν ἡγεῖτυ, δ᾽
After these (things) Xenuphon indeed ej-on and

οἱ εἵποντο. Δὲ Νέων χαὶ ἄλλοι
the (soldiers) followed. And Neon and _— others about
"Αριστάρχου ἔπειδον ἀποτρέπεσθαι᾽ δ᾽ οἵ

Aristarchus persuaded (them) to-turn-back ; but — (they)

οὐχ ὑπήχουον. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ προεληλύϑεσαν
‘would not ‘mind (them). When indeed they-had-advanced

ὅσον τριάχοντα σταδίους, Σεύϑης ἀπαντᾷ.
es-much-as thirty stadia. Seuthes meets (them)

492 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

Kai ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν ἰδὼν αὐτόν ἐκέλευσε προςελάσα..
And — Xenophon seeing him requested (him) 0-ride-up.

ὅπως OTL εἴποι αὐτῷ πλείστων
80 that he-might-speak to-him (while) the-greatest-number (were)

ἀχονόντων ἃ ἐλδόχει συμφέρειν.
listening, (about) what might-seem to-be-'for (their) ‘advantage.

Ἐπεὶ δὲ npocyjAdse, Ἐξενοφῶν eine: Ἡμεῖς πορεῦ-

When indeed he-came-forward, Xenophon said: are-pro-

ὄμεϑα, ὅπου TO στράτευμα μέλλει ἕξειν Tpogmy *

ceecizg, where the army will-be-about to-have

δ᾽ éxei ἀχούοντες καὶ σοῦ xai τοῦ
81} where hearing both (the propositions) of-you and — (those)

τῶν Λαχωνιχοῦ, αἱρησόμεϑα ἃ dv δοχῇ εἶναι
of-the Lacedwemonians, we-shall-determine what may seem to-be

κράτιστα. “Hy οὖν nynog ὕμῖν, ὅπου
the-best. If therefore you-should-conduct us, where

ἐπιτήδεια ἐστιν πλεῖστά, γνομιοῦμεν
provisions are most (abundant), we-shall-consider (ourselves)

Eevileosau ὑπὸ ood. Kai ὁ Σεύϑης ἔφ"
to-be-hospitably-entertained by you. And — Seuthes —

Αλλὰ olda πολλὰς κώμας ἀϑρόας, καὶ
But I-know (of) many villages (being) close-together, and
ἐχούσας πάντα TH ἐπιτήδεια, ἀπεχούσας
having all (kinds of) — provisions, being-distant
ἡμῶν ὅσον διελϑόντες ἄν ἀριστῴγητε
from-us as-much-as having-gone-over (to them) ‘you may ‘dine
ἡδέως. Hyod τοίνυν, ἔφη 6 Ἐινοφῶν. *Ezeei
pleasantly. Conduct (us) therefore, said — Xenophon. When

δ᾽ ἀφίχοντο εἰς αὐτὰς τῆς δείλης, οἱ στρα,
indeed they-arrived to them towards-the evening, the

τιῶται συνῆλϑον, καὶ Devdys εἶπε τοιάδε" aye

iiers assembled, and Seuthes spoke thus:

ὦ dvdpes, δέομαι ὑμῶν στρατεύεσϑαι σὺν ἐμσὸ

0 men, want you to-serve-as-soldiers with

καὶ ὑπισχνοῦμαι ὑμῖν δώσειν τοῖς στρατιώταις
and I-promise you to-give to-the soldiers ‘a

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER III. 498

κυζιχηνόν, δὲ καὶ λοχαγοῖς στρα-
cyzicene (each month), and also ‘to (the) ‘captains (and) gene-
τηγοῖς τὰ νομιζόμενα. ἔξω δὲ τούτων

— (that) be er ea besides indeed these

τιμήσω τὸν ἄξιν. Ἕξετε σῖτα καὶ δὲ
(things) I-will-honour the deserving. You-shall-have meat and also

nord ὥςπερ καὶ viv, λαμθάνοντες ἐχ τῆς
as even now, taking (them) from _ the
ie A’ ὁπόσα ἂν ἀλίσχηται, αὐτὸς
eountry. But whatever (spoils) may be-taken, I-myrelf
ἀξιώσω ἔχιν a διατιϑέμενος ταῦτα

shall claim to-have (it) in-order-that Monier imi: of these (things)

πορίζω τὸν μισθὸν ὑμῖν. Καὶ τὰ :
‘T (may) a ἐξὰ -- pay ἔἕογσγιγοα. And — (those) indeed

φεύγοντα καὶ anodidpdoxorta ἡμεῖς ἐσόμεϑα ixavol

fleeing and concealing-themselves we will-be able

διώχειν καὶ μαστεῦειν. “Ay δέ τις ἀνϑιστῆται,
to-pursue and ἰἰο-δοοϊκ- ουΐ, If indeed any-one resists,

σὺν ὑμὶν πειρασόμεϑα χειροῦσθαι. ‘O Ξενοφῶν

with you we-shall-endeavour to-overcome (him). — Xenophon

ἐπήρετο" Πόσον δὲ and θαλάττης ἀξιώσεις
in quired : How (far) indeed from (the) sea will-you-require

τὸ στράτευμα συνέπεσθαι σοι; ὁ δ᾽ ἁπεχρίνατο,
the army to-accompany you? —‘he indeed ‘replied,

Οὐδαμῇ πλεῖον Ἑπτὰ ἥμερων, δὲ πολλαχῇ

Never more (than) seven days’ (march), but often
μεῖον.
less.
Meta ταῦτα ἐδίδοτο τῴ βδου-
After these (things) (permission) was-given to — (those) wish-
λομένῳ λέγειν" καὶ πολλοὶ ἔλεγον κατὰ

ing (it) to-speak; and many spoke respecting (and con-

TATE, ὅτι Σεύϑης λέγοι παντὸς
eurring in) these (things), that Seuthes spoke (words) aV
ἄξια" γὰρ εἴη χειμῶν,

worthy-of-esteem (and advantageoas to them) ; it-war

494 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

καὶ οὔτε εἴη δυνατὸν τῷ βουλομένῳ τοῦτο
and neither was-it possible for — (those) desiring

ἀποπλεῖν oixade, τε εἴη οὐχ οἷόν τε Siesta
to-sail-away home, and it-was not possible to-stay
ἐν φιλίᾳ, εἶ δέοι ζῆν ὡνουμένους,
in (a) friendly (country), if it-might-be-neccssary to-live baying

δὲ ἀσφαλέστερον διατρίδειν
(their provisions), but (it would be) safest to-remain

καὶ τρέφεσθαι Ev τῇ πολεμίᾳ μετὰ Σεύδου,
διὰ ὦ ἀρ ρεξ το in —/(a) hostile (country) with Seuthes,

μόνους, ὄντων τοσούτων a ἀγαδῶν᾽ εἶ δὲ

than alone, there-being so-many vantages; if moreover

προςλήψοιντο μισϑὸν ἐδόχει εἷναι
uae gaat δι in-addition pay it-would-seem to-be (an unexpected)
εὕρημα. “Emi τούτοις Ξενοφῶν eine’
good-fortune. | On these (things) Xenophon’ said: ([Xeno-
Εἴ τις ἀντιλέγει,
phon then said:] If any-one (have anything) to-say-against (this), ‘let
λεγέτω" εἰ δὲ μή, ἐπιψηφιζέτω ταῦτα.

(him) ‘speak: if however not, ‘let (him) ‘vote-for

"Enei δὲ οὐδεὶς ἀντέλεγεν,
(things). When indeed no-one ‘said (anything) ‘against,

ἐπεψήφισε, xai ἔδοξε ταῦτα.
he-‘put (it) to-vote, | and it-seemed (that) these (things were good)
Δὲ EVSUS εἶπε ταῦτα
{ana it was carried]. And(Xenophon) immediately told these (things)

Σεύϑῃ, ὅτι συστρατεύσοιντο αὐτῷ.
to-Seuthes, (and) that they- would-fight-and-join with-him (in the expedition }.

Μετὰ τοῦτο of ἄλλοι μὲν ἐσχήνησα
After this the other (soldiers) indeed encamped
κατὰ τάξεις, Σεύϑης ἔχων

according-to (their) ranks-and-divisions, Seuthes (having) (being in)

πλησίον χώμην, ἐχάλεσε στρατηγοὺς δὲ καὶ
(a) near village, invited (the) generals and-alse

λοχαγοὺς ἐπὶ δεῖπνον. A’ ἐπεὶ ἦσαν ἐπὶ
9) captains supper. And when they-were at (the!

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER III. 498

θύραις, ὡς παριόντες ἐπὶ δεῖπνον, ἦν τις Hoa-

doors, as gving to supper, there-was a-certain Lera-
κλείδης Μαρωνείτης " οὗτος προςιὼν ἑχάσσῳᾳ
clides (a) Maronean; this (person) going-to ach
ἑνὶ, otctivag @eto ἔχειν τι δοῦναι Levdy,
one, whom he-thought to-have any-thing to-give to-Seuthes,

πρῶτον μὲν πρὸς τινας Παριανούς, οἵ παρῆσαν
[

Grat indeed some arians, — (who) were-present

διαπραξόμενοι φιλίαν πρὸς Mydoxorv, τὸν βασιλέα

about-to-obtain friendship with Medocus, the king

"Odpv0dy, καὶ ἄγοντες δῶρα αὐτῷ τε καὶ
‘of (the) ‘Odrysia, and bringing presents to-him und-also

TH γγυναιχί, ἔλεγεν, ὅτι Mydoxog μὲν εἴη ἄνω

ἴο -- (his) wife, he-said, that Medocus indeed was up
δώδεχα ἡμερῶν ὁδόν ἀπὸ θαλάττης,

(in the country) twelve days’ journey from (the) sea,

δὲ Σεύϑης, ἐπεὶ εἴληφε τὸ τοῦτο στράτευμα,

out Seuthes, since he-has-taken— this army (into his

ἔσοιτο ἄρχων ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ. "Oy οὖν
service), would-be master on (the) sea (coast). Being therefore

γείτων, ἔσται ἱχανώτατος ποιεῖν ὑμᾶς xai εὖ

neighbours, he-will-be most-able to-treat you both well
καὶ xaxds. Ἢν οὖν σωφρονῆτε, δώσετε τούτῳ
διὰ ill. If therefore you-are-wise, give to-this

ὅτι ἂν αἰτῆται, χαὶ διαχείσεται
(Seuthes to obtain) what ‘you may ‘ask-for, and it-will-be-disposed-of

ἄμεινον ὑμῖν, ἢ ἐὰν δῶτε Myddx@ τῷ οἰχοῦντι

better for-you, than if you-give (it) to-Medocus — dwelling
σ \ 4 , Ἢ

πρόσω. Οὕτως μὲν ἔπειθε τούτους. Αὖϑις δὲ
far-off. Thus indeed he-persuaded them. Afterwards irdeed
προςελϑών Τιμασίωνι τῷ Aapdavel, ἐπεὶ ἤχουσεν
going-to Timasion the Dardanian, since he-had-heard
εἶναι αὐτῷ χαὶ ἐχπώματα καὶ

|(that there) were to-him [that he had] both cups and
αρθαρικάς ταπίδας, ἔλεγεν ὅτι νομίζοιτο
baric (or Persian! carpets, he-said = that it-was-eustomary

496 IHE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ὁπότε Σεύϑης καλέσαιτο δεῖπνον τοὺς χλ᾿)

whenever Seuthes invited to-supper (for) — (those) having.
δλέντας δωρεῖσθαι αὐτῷ. Δ᾽ οὗτος

been-invited to-give (presents) to-him. And this (Seuthes:
ἦν ἔνηται μέγας ἐνθάδε, ἔσται ἱχανὸς, καὶ

e-becomes great here, will-be able, both
καταγαγεῖν σε οἴχαδε, xai ποιῆσαι πλούσιον
to-have-restored you to-home, and to-make (you) rich
9 ld ~
ἐνθάδε. Τοιαῦτα ὑμνᾶτο,
here. (In) such (a manner) he-kept-suing (for Seuthes),
uy ἑχάστῳ. Δὲ καὶ προςελϑὼν Hevo-

ing-to each (of the guests). And also advancing to-Xeno-

φῶντι ἔλεγε" Σὺ el καὶ μεγίστης πόλεως,
phon he-suid: You are also (froma) very-great city,

i)

καὶ τὸ σὸν ὄνομα ἐστι μέγιστον παρὰ LEVIN,
and — your name is very-great Seuthes,

καὶ ἐν τῇδε χώρᾳ ἴσως ἀξιώσεις καὶ λαμ-
and in this country you-‘will perhaps ‘claim even to-re-

Gave τεῖϊχη, ὥςπερ xai ἄλλοι τῶν ὑβξτιρον

ceive walled-places, as even others of —

ἔλαθον, xal χώραν᾽ οὖν

(countrymen) have-received, and-likewise land; (it will) therefore (be)
ἄξιον σοι τιμῆσαι Σεύϑην καὶ μεγαλοπρεπέστατα.

proper for-you to-honour Seuthes even most-magnificently
Δὲ παραινῶ σοι ὧν εὔνους " γὰ εὖ οἶδα,
And J-advise you being (your) well-wisher; ‘I well ‘know
ὅτι ὅσῳ μεῖζω ἂν δωρήσῃ τούτῳ
that how-much the-greater may (be the presents) you-give

τοσούτῳ μείξω πείσῃ ὕὑπὸ τούτου

80 -much the-greater you-may-persuade of this (person)
dyasa. Ἐξενοφῶν ἀχούων ταῦτα
(to grant you) benefits. Xenophon hearing these (things),

ὑπώρει᾽ γὰρ δὴ διαδεθήχει ἐχ Παρίου οὐ ἔχων.

var -prvp)exed ; vor eae he-had-come-over from Parium not having

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER M1. 497

εἰ μη maida χαὶ ὅσον
‘any thing), | if not, [except] (a) servant and as-much-as (enough
ἐφόδιον.

money) ‘for (the) ‘journey.
"Enel δὲ εἰςῆλθον ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπινον
When indeed they-went-in to the supper (the guests consist

τὲ τῶν Θρᾳχῶν, ot χράτιστο
ing οὗ) ἱπάοοὰ the Thracians, ---- (those namely being) the-best

τῶν παρόντων, xal οἱ στρατηγοὶ
(and most considerable) of — (those) present, and the genera.
καὶ οἱ λοχαγοὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, καὶ εἰ τις πρεσδεία
and the captains of-the Greeks, and if any ambassador
παρῆν ἀπὸ πόλεως, τὸ δεῖπνον μὲν ἦν
was-present from (a) town, |the supper indeed was (for them!

KOLINUEVOUG χύχλῳ᾽

sitting ‘in (a) ‘circle; (they took their supper sitting in a circle J
ἔπειτα δὲ τρίποδες εἰτηνέχϑησαν πᾶσιν
afterwards indeed tables-with-three-feet | were-brought-in for-all,

οὗτοι δ᾽ ἦσαν μεστοὶ χρεῶν νενεμημέ-
these (tables) indeed were full (of pieces of) meat heaped.
των, χαὶ μεγάλοι ζυμῖται ἄρτοι ἦσαν προς:
up, and large leavened (loaves of) bread were at-
πεπερονημένοι πρὸς τοὶς χρέασι. A’ αἱ
tached to the (pieces of) meat. And the
τράπεζαι ἀεὶ μάλιστα ἐτίϑεντο κατὰ τοὺς
tables ‘were always in-preference = ‘placed near the
Eévous’ yap ἦν νόμος. Kai Σεύϑης πρῶτος
guests ; for (this) was (their) custom. And Seuthes first

ἐποίει τοῦτο᾽ ἀνελόμενος TOUS ἄρτους παρα-
acted thus: taking-up the (loaves of) bread lying-

κειμένους ἑαυτῷ διέκλα κατὰ μικρόν, καὶ
near him he-broke (them) into small (pieces), and
9 td τ 20s 3 - , \ Ἁ 4 e
διεῤῥίπιτειν, οἷς ἐδόκει αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ χρέα ὡς-
distributed, to-whom it-pleased bm; and the meat in-like.

αὐτως καταλισιών ἑαυτῷ μόνον ὅσον γεύσασϑαι.
manner, leaving for-himself only as-much-as to-tasta

408 THB ANABASIS ΟΕ XENOPHON.

Kai of ἄλλοι δὲ, καϑ' ods ai τράπεζαι ἔχειντο,
And the others indeed, before whom the tables were-placed,
ἐποίουν χατὰ ταὐτὰ. Δέ τις ᾿Αρχὰς
asted according to-this-same (manner). But a-certain Arcadian,

Fea kei ὄνομα, δεινός φαγεῖν, εἴα
by-name, | terrible _to-eat, [a very great ϑαῦοσ,) | permitted

χαίρειν μὲν τὸ διαῤῥίπτειν,
(himself to say) good-by [took no care of] indeed the distributing,

δέ λαδὼν εἰς τὴν χεὶῖ ἄρτον ὅσον
but having-taken ἢ — (his) hand (a loaf οὔ) bread (of) as-much-as
τριχοίνιχον, καὶ κρέα, θέμενος ἐπὶ τὰ
three-choenix, and-also meat, having-placed (them)on — (his)
όνατα, ἐδείπνει. Δὲ περιέφερον χέρατα
<nees, he-‘ate (his) ‘supper. And they-carried-about horns
xvov, xal πάντες ἐδέχοντο. Δ’ ὁ ᾿Αρύστας,
of-wine, and all received (some). But — Arystas,

ἐπεὶ ὁ οἰνοχόος ἧχεν παρ᾽ αὑτὸν φέρων τὸ χέρας,

when the cup-bearer came him bearing the horn,

εἶπεν, ἰδὼν τὸν Ξενοφῶντα οὐχέτι δειπνοῦντα,
he-said, seeing — Xenophon no-longer supping,

ἔφη, éxeiva’ yap ἤδη σχολάζει, δὲ ἐγὼ
I

give “tit), said-he, to-him; for now he-is-at-leisure, but

οὐδέπω. Σεύϑης ἀχούσας τὴν φωνὴν ἠρώτα τὸν
aot- yet. Seuthes nearing the voice asked the
οἰνοχόον ti Aéyo. Aé ὁ oiroydos einer’
sup-bearer what he-might-say. And the cup-bearer told (him);
yap ἠπίστατο ἑλληνίζειν. ᾿Ενταῦϑα μὲν

for he-knew (how) to-speak-Greek. Then indeed truly
ἐγένετο γέλεις.

there-was laughter

᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ὁ πότος προὐχώρει, ἀνὴρ, Θρᾷξ,

When indeed the drinking was-going-on, (a) man, (a) Thracian,
eisjaser ἔχων λευχόν innov’ καὶ λαθὼν χέρας

entered having (a) white horse; and taking (a) hors

ov εἶπε" Προπίνω σοι, ὦ Σεύϑη, καὶ

fall (of wine) said> sink to-you, Ὁ Seuthes, ane

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER ΠῚ. 499
τὸν τοῦτον innor, ἐφ᾽ od χαὶ διώχων»
present (youn) — this-same borse, on which both following

ὃν ἂν θέλης, αἱρήσ ρήσεις, καὶ ἀποχωρῶν
whom ‘you may ' you-will-take (him), and retreating you-‘will

ov μὴ δείσῃς τὸν πολέμιον. "“AAAos εἰςαγαγὼν
not — ‘fear the enemy. Another leading-in (a)

παῖδα, οὕτως προπίνων ἐδωρήσατο, rut
boy, in-like-manner drinking-to (him) presented (the boy), and

ἄλλος ἱμάτια τῇ γυναιχί. Καὶ Τιμασίων Tipo

another vestments for— (his) wife. And Timasion
πίνων ἐδωρήσατο te ἀργυρᾶν φιάλην και
ing-to (him) presented not-only (a) silver cup but-also

ταπίδα ἀξίαν déxa μνῶν. Δὲ Γνήσισιπος, τις
(a) carpet worth ten ming. But Gnesippus, a-certain
᾿Αϑηναῖος, ἀναστὰς εἶπεν, ὅτι ἀρχαῖος νόμος
Athenian, rising-up said, that (the) ancient custom

εἴη χάλλιστος TOUS μὲν ἔχοντας διδόναι τῷ
was most-beautiful for — (those) indeed having to-give to-the

βασιλεὶ ἕνεχα τιμῆς, δὲ τὸν
king | by-reason-of honour, [in order to honour him,] but (that) the

βασιλέα διδόναι Tois δὲ μὴ ἔχουσι, ἵνα καὶ
king should-give to — (those) indeed not having, therefore even

ἐγώ, ἔφη, σοι ἔχω δωρεῖσθαι
Ι, said-he, (beg of) you (that) I-may-have (s-mething) to-present
καὶ τιμᾶν. Ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν δὲ ἠπορεῖτο

διὰ to-honour (you). “-- Xenophon indeed was-perplexed (to know)

ὅ τι ποιήσοι." yap καὶ ἐτύγχανεν καϑήμενος ὧς
what he-might-do; for even he-happened Ὀδοϊηῃρ-δοδῖϑθαἪ as

τιμώμενος ἐν δίφρῳ πλησιαιτάτῳ Σεύϑῃ.

(one) honoured in (the) seat the-nearest § to-Seuthes,

Ὁ Ἡρακλείδης δὲ ἐχέλευεν τὸν οἰνοχόον ὀρέξαι
lides indeed requests the cup-bearer .o-present
«ὸ χέρας avtd. Ὃ Hevopdy δὲ (yap ἤδη
the cup to-him. — Xenophon however ( ha pri
ἐτύγχανεν ὑὕποπεπωχὼς) ἀνέστη, θαῤῥα
he-happened being-somewhat-exhilarated-by-wine) stood-up, (and) ar

500 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHONR.

λέως δεξάμενος τὸ χέρας, καὶ einev’ “Kyo δὲ,
taking the horn, ‘he also ‘said: indeed,

ὦ Σεύϑη, δίδωμι σοι ἐμαυτὸν καὶ τοὺς τούτους
Ο Seuthes, give to-you myself and -- these

e ‘ e 4 gy , , 8 3 id
ἑμοὺς ἑταίρους, εἶναι πιστούς φίλους, καὶ οὐδένα
my companions, to-be (your) faithful friends, and none

ἄχοντα, ἀλλὰ πάντας μᾶλλον ἔτι ἐμοῦ βου-

being-reluctant, but all more than-even myself de-

λομένους εἶναι φίλους. Καὶ νῦν πάρεισι
siring to-be (your) friends. And now they-are- present

~ 27 3 ‘ 4 “οὕ
προςαιτοῦντες οὐδέν Ge, ἀλλὰ καὶ προϊέμενοι
asking-'‘for nothing ‘more of-you, but even ‘giving
~~ e 4 ~
καὶ ἐθέλοντες πονεῖν UNEP σοῦ
jthemselves) ‘up (to you) and desiring to-labour _— for you

᾿ , Ἔ 9 v e a
καί “προχ ινδυνε υειν ued ων, ἂν οἱ θεοὶ
and-also to-incur-danger (for you); with whom, if the gods

θέλωσι, ἀπολήψῃ πολλὴν χώραν τὴν μὲν

will (it), you-will-retake much territory — (that) indeed
γὗῦσαν πατρῴαν, δὲ κτήσῃ THY: δὲ
veing paternal, but-also you-will-acquire — (other territory); alse
κτήσῃ πολλοὺς ἵππους δὲ ἄνδρας, καὶ καλὰς
you-will-acquire many horses and men, and handsome
yuraixas, ods ot δεήσει δληίζεσθαι, GAA
women, whom it-'will not be-necessary to-take-by-force, but
αὐτοὶ “παρέσονται φέροντες δῶρα πρὸς σε.

they-themselves will-be-present bringing gifs for you.

Ὃ Σεύϑης ἀναστὰς συνεξέπιε
Seuthes standing-up drank-out-‘of (the same horn) ‘with (bina)

καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο συγχὰτεσχεδάσατο

and after this ‘with (him) ‘poured-out (on himself)
τὸ χέρας. Μετὰ ταῦτα

(the contents of) the —_—horn. After these (things) (persons)

eicjAdov αὐλοῦντες te χέρασι, οἷος σημαίνουν.
entered playing not-only on-horns, such-as they-make-signals-

σιν, καὶ σάλπιγξιν ὠμοδοΐναις, σαλσείζοντες te

with, but-alao on-trumpets made-of-raw-bides, blowing = not-only

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER IIL 501

ῥυθμούς xal olov μαγάδι. Καὶ Σεύϑης αὐτὸς
regular-tunes but-also as-if ‘on (the) ‘megadis. And Seuthes himeelf

ἀγαστὰς τὲ avéxpaye πολεμικόν, χαὶ
standing-up not-only shoute (a) warlike (cry), but-alse

ἐξήλατο μάλα ἐλαφρῶς, ὥςπερ φυλαττόμενος
imb as-if

leaped-away very nimbly, guarding-against (a)

βέλος. Δὲ καὶ γελωτοποιοί eignecar.
missile. And also buffoons entered,

Ὡς δ᾽ ἥλιος ἦν ἐπὶ δυσμαὶς, οἱ Ἕλληνες

As indeed (the) sun was about setting, the Greeks

ἀνέστησαν, καὶ εἵπον, ὅτι χαϑιστάναι
stood-up, and said, that (it was) time to-place (the)

νυχτοφύλακχας, καὶ παραδιδόναι σύνθημα. Καὶ

night-sentinels, and to-give-out (the) watch-word. And

ἐχέλευον Levdnv παραγγεῖλαι, ὅπως μηδεὶς τῶν

they-requested Seuthes to-announce, that no-one of-the

Θρᾳχῶν εἴςεισι εἷς ta “Ἑλληνικὰ στρατόπεδα
Thracians should-enter into the Greek camp.
νυχτός " yap τε οἷ πολέμιοι ὑμὶν Θρᾷχες, καὶ
by-night; [ῸΣ not-onlythe enemies ἰο-γοῦ (are) Thracians, but-also
οἱ φίλοι ἡμῖν. ‘Os δ᾽ ἐξήεσαν, ὁ Σεύϑης
the friends to-us. As indeed they-went-out, — Seuthes
ἤ a BNA! b 4 9 , ,
συνανέστή οὐδὲν ἔτι ἐοικώς μεϑϑύοντι.
stood-up-with (them) not as-yet like (aman) being-intoxicated.
Δ’ ἐξελθὼν, ἀποχαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς αὐτοὺς,
And going-out, having-called-back the generals (by) themselves,
einev' "O ἄνδρες, of πολέμιοι ἡμῶν ovx ἰσασί

he-said : O men, the enemies of-us ‘do not ‘know

πω τὴν ὑμετέραν συμμαχίαν: ἣν ody ἔλωμεν

as-yet — (of) our alliance ; if therefore we-should-go
En αὑτούς, πρὶν φυλάξασϑαι, ὥςτε
agaist them, before (that) they-were-‘on (their) ‘guard, so-as
μὴ ληφϑῆναι, ἢ παρασχευάσασϑαι, ὥςτε
ποῦ to-be-taken, or prepared (for defence), thus
ἀμύνασθαι ἂν λάδοιμε. μάλιστα καὶ

te-arrange-ourselves (if) 'we may ‘have-taken the-most γοῖδ (οὗ

602 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἀνθρώπους καὶ χρήματα. Οἱ στρατηγοὶ συνεπήνοεν

and The generals assented-ts
ταῦτα, χαί ἐκέλευον ἡγεῖσθαι. Δ᾽ ὁ eine’
these (things), and requested (δἰ) to-lead-on. But —said-he:
Παρασχευασάμενοι ἀναμένετε᾽ ἐγὼ δὲ ὁπόταν
Having-prepared-yourselves wait-for (me); I indeed whes

καιρὸς ἦἧἦ ἥἤξω πρὸς ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἀναλαθὼν

(the) proper-time may-be will-come you, and taking

τοὺς πελταστὰς καὶ ὑμᾶς ἤγησομαι σὺν
the targeteers and you -will-lead (you) with (the assist.

τοὶς θεοῖς. Kal ὁ Hevopiay cine:

ance of) the gods. And — Xenophon said: (We ought)

Σχέψαι τοίνυν, εἴπερ πορευσόμεθα νυχτὸς, εἰ
to-consiaer therefore, if-indeed we-are-to-proceed by-night, whether

ὁ Ἑλληνιχὸς νόμος ἔχει κάλλιον"
the Grecian custom | has (itself) more-beautifully ; [is the best ;]
yap μὲν ἐν tal, πορείαις wes’ nuépay, τοῦ

for indeed on vhbe march during (the) day, (that part) of-the
στρατεύματος, ποῖον ἂν ἀεὶ συμφέρῃ πρὸς τὴν

army, whivhever may always be-best-suited

χώραν, ἡγεῖται, ἐάν τε ὁπλιτικὸν, ἐάν TE πὰ
place, leads, it-may-be heavy-armed-men, —— (or) tar-

ταστιχόν, ἐάν Te ἱππιχόν" δὲ νύὐχτῶ γόμος
geteers, —- (or) cavalry; but by-night (the) -ustom
ἐστι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν τὸ βραδύτατον = nyeiodau.
is fer-the Greeks (fo, the slowest (troops) to-lead-the- way.

Γὰρ οὕτω τὰ στρατεύματα ἥχιστα διασπᾶται,
Fo- thus the army will-‘be least ‘dispersed,

xai ἥχιστα ἀποδιδράσκοντες λανϑάνουσιν
and there-will-‘be the-least ‘straggling unperceived

ἀλλήλους" δὲ οἱ διασπασϑέντες πολλάχις χαὶ
from-one-another; but — (those) having-been-dispersed often both

περιπίπτουσιν ἀλλήλοις, καὶ ἀγνοοῦντες ποιοῦσι
fall-foul-of one-another, and not-knowing (it) they-de

καὶ πάσχουσι xaxiis. Ody Σεύϑης εἶπεν" Τε
διὰ suffer ill, Therefore Seuthes said: ‘You indeed

BOOK VII.— CHAPTER III. 508

ol il ὀρθῶς, καὶ ἐγὼ πείσομαι τῷ νόμῳ τῷ
ate iM and will-conform to-the custom —
ὑμετέρῳ. Kai δώσω ὑμὶν μὲν ἡγεμόνας τῶν
‘mamely) to- yours. And I-will-give you indeed guides of-the

πρεσύ υτάτων τοὺς ἐμπειροτάτους τῆς
st-men — (those namely) best-acquainted with-the

χώρας, δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἐφέψομαι ἔχων τοὺς ἵσσους
country, but I-myself _ will-follow having the cavalry
τελευταῖος" ἂν δέῃ γὰρ ταχὺ
last (in the rear); if required I-will-'be however speedily
παρέσομαι πρῶτος. Δ᾽ εἶπον σύνϑη
‘present firat (in front), And they-said (the) watch-word
"AdSnvaiay, κατὰ τὴν συγγένειαν. Εἰπόντες
(was) Minerva, on-account-of — (their) relationship. Having-said
ταῦτ᾽ ἀνεπαύοντο.
shese (things) they-went-to-sleep.
Ἡνίχα δ᾽ ἦν ἀμφὶ μέσας νύχτας Levdys
When indeed it-was about mid night Senthes

παρὴν ἔχων τοὺς ἱππέας τεϑωραχισμένους, καὶ
was-present having _ the cavalry clad-in-coralets, and

τοὺς πελταστὰς σύν τοὶς ἘΠΗ͂Ν Καὶ ἐπεὶ
the targeteers with — (their) arma. And when

ἔδωχε τοὺς ἡγεμόνας, ob ondita. μὲν
he-hud-delivered the the heavy-armed-men indeed

ἡγοῦντο, δ᾽ οἱ τ τες τὶ εἵποντο, δ᾽ οἱ ἱτυτεὶς
took-the-lead, and the targeteers followed, and the cavalry

ὠπισϑοφυλάχουν. Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἦν ὑμέρα, ὃ Σευϑης

brought-up-the-rear, When indeed it-was day, — Seuthes

παρήλαυνεν εἰς τὸ πρόσϑεν, καὶ ἐπήνεσε τὸν
rode-up to the front, and praised the

᾿Ἑλληνιχὸν νόμον πολλάκις, γὰρ ἔφη αὐτός

Greek custom much, for ae-said he-himself

Ψψύχτωρ, xa πορευόμενος σὺν ὀλίγους,
at-night, even proceeding with (but) few (men),

ἀποσπασθϑῆναι σὺν τοὶς ἵπποις ἀπὸ τῶν πεζῶν.
te. ave-been-separated with the cavalry from the infantry

604 THE ANABASIS ¢F XENOPHON.

Δὲ νῦν ὥςπερ dei, πάντες φαινόμεθα ἅμα
But now as Aerie ‘we all ‘appear at-the-same-time
τῇ nue ἀϑρόοι. ᾿Αλλὰ ὑμεῖς per
with-the (breakof) day collected-in-a-body. But ‘do you indeed

mepiuivere αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε, ἐγώ dé
‘remain here, and rest-yourselves, I however

σχεψάμενός τι ἥξω. ἘἙΕἰπὼν ταῦτ᾽
baving-r. connoitred somewhat will-return. Having.said these (things)

ἤλαυνε δ ὄρους Aabdy τινα oddv. A’ ἐπεὶ

he-rode over (a) mountain taking a-certain road. But when
ἀφίχετο εἰς πολλήν χιόνα, ἐσχέψατο εἰ ely

he-had-come to much snow, he-examined if there-might-be
ἴχνη ἀνθρώπων ἢ ἡγούμενα πρόσω ἢ

foot-steps of-men (and) whether leading forward or (the)
ἐναντία. Δ’ ἐπεὲ ἑώρα τὴν ὁδόν ἀτριθή,
eontrary (way.) But when he-perceived the road untrodden,

ταχὺ ἧκε πάλιν καὶ ἔλεγεν" "Avdpes, ἔσται
he speedily ‘came back and said: Men, _it-will-be

καλῶς, ἦν θεὸς θέλῃ" yap λήσομεν ἐπιπεσόντες
well, if god (so) wishes; | for we-shall-concealing be-attacking

τοὺς ἀνϑρώπους. "AAA

the men {for we shall fall upon the men unawares]. But

ἐγὼ μὲν ἡγήσομαι Tois ἵπποις, ὅπως, ἂν ἴδωμεν

indeed will-lead with-the cavalry, so-that, if we-may-see

τινα μὴ διαφυγὼν σημήνῃ τοῖς πολεμίοις"
any-one he-'may a fleeing-away ‘give-notice to-the enemy ;
δ. ὑμεῖς Encode’ χἄν λειφϑῆτε, ἔπεσϑε

out ‘do you *follow ; and-if you-are-left (behind), follew
τῷ στίδῳ τῶν ἵππων. Δὲ ὑπερθάντες τὰ

the tracks of-the horses. And having-crossed-over — (those)
ἥξομεν εἰς πολλάς τε καὶ εὐδαίμονας
mountains we-shall-come to many and also

aor nvixa ἦν μέσον ἡμέρας, te ἤδη ἦν ἐπὶ

And when it-was mid day, and already he-was op

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER III. 505

τοὶς ἄχροις, καὶ χατιδὼν τὰς χώμας, ἦχεν ἐλαύνων

the heights, and seeing the villages, he-came riding
πρὸς τοὺς ὁπλίτας καὶ ἔλεγεν" Ἤδη μὲν
the heavy-armed-men and I-'wil! now indeed

ἀφήσω τοὺς ἱππέας χαταϑεῖν εἰς τὸ πεδίον, δὲ
‘send-off the cavalry to-run-down to the plain, and
τοὺς πελταστὰς ἐπὶ τὰς xduas. ᾿Αλλ᾽ Encode
the targeteers to the _—villages. But follow

ὡς τάχιστα δύνησθε, ὅπως ἐάν τις ὑφιστῆται
Ba speedily (as) you-can, so-that if any-one withstand

ἀλέξησθε. Ὃ Hevopdy ἀχούσας ταῦτα

(them) you-may-help (them). -— Xenophon having-heard these
xate6y ἀπὸ tow innov. Kai ὃς

{things) dismounted from — (his) horse. And — (Seuthes)

ἤρετο᾽ Τί xatabaiverc, énei dei σπεύδειν:
inquired: Why do-you-dismount, when it-is-necessary to-hasten?

ida, ἔφη, ὅτι οὐ δέῃ ἐμοῦ μόνοῦ"
I-know, said (Xenophon), that you-'do not ‘want me alone;

δ᾽ of ὅπλῖται δραμοῦνται θᾶττον xai ἥδιον,
and the heavy-armed-men will-hasten-on more-quickly and agreeably,

ἐὰν ἐγὼ καὶ ἡγῶμι πεζὸς. Μετὰ ταῦτα
if I even lead (them) on-foot Aftér these (thixgs)

ᾧχετο, καὶ Τιμασίων μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἔχων ὡς
(Seuthos) departed, and Timasion with him having about

τετταράκοντα ἱππέας τῶν ᾿Ἔλλήνων" Ἐξενοφῶν δὲ
forty horsemen of-the Greeks; Xenophon also

παρηγγυησε τοὺς εὐζώνους ἀπὸ τῶν λόχων εἰς

οἱ dered active (men) from the companies about

τριάκοντα ἔτη παριέναι. Καὶ αὐτὸς
thirty (years of) age to-proceed-forward. And he

ἐτρόχαζε ἔχων τούτους. Δὲ Κλεάνωρ ἢ ἡγεῖτο

ran-on having these (men). And Cleanor

τῶν ἄλλων “EAAjvov. Ἐπεὶ θ ἦσαν ἐν ταὶς
the other Greeks. When indeed they-were in the

, σ
χώμαις, Σεύϑης, ἔχων ὅσον τριάκοντα ἱππέας.
villages, Sauthes, having about thirty horsemen.

506 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ελάσας eine’ Τάδε δή, ὦ Ἐενυφῶν, ἃ
having-ridden-up said: The (things) indeed, Ὁ Xenophon, which
σὺ ἔλεγες" οἱ ἄνϑρωποι ἔχονται
γου αὐτὶ : (us) (are taking place): the ἔλα x are-he.d

ἀλλὰ yap οἱ μοι innels οἴχονται ἔρημοι
captives); but however — my cavalry are-gone-off destitute
διώχων ἄλλος ἄλλῃ"

(of a leader) pursuing (the enemy) | other in-another; [some one way,
καὶ δέδοικα μὴ Of πολέμιοι συστάντες
some another;] and I-have-feared lest the enemy assembling
που ἀϑρόοι ἐργάσωνται τι καχόν᾽ καὶ
somewhere collected-in-a-body may-do (us) some injury; and
δὲ δεῖ τινᾶς ἡμῶν καταμένειν ἐν ταὶς
also it-is-necessary (that) some of-us should-remain in the
χώμαις᾽" yap εἶσιν μεσταὶ ἀνθρώπων. ᾿Αλλ’ ἐγὼ
villages ; for they-are full of-people. But I
μὲν, ἔφη ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν, σὺν οἷς ἔχω
indeed, said -~ Xenophon, with (those) whom I-have (with md
καταλήψομαι τὰ ἄχρα" δὲ σὺ xéAeve Κλεάνορα
will-take-possession-of the heights; and‘do you ‘order Cleanor
παρατεῖναι τὴν φάλαγγα διὰ τοῦ πεδίου napa
to-stretch — (his) line through the plain by
τὰς χώμας. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἐποίησαν ταῦτα, συνγ»-
the villages, When indeed they-had-done these (things), _there-
λίσϑησαν μὲν ὡς χίλια ἀνδράποδα, δὲ δις-
were-collected-together indeed about a-thousand _silaves, and two-
χίλιοι βόες, ἄλλα καὶ μύρια πρόδατα. Τότε μὲν
thousand oxen, but also ten-thousand sheep. Then indeed
δὴ ηὐλίσθησαν αὑτοῦ.
-- they-‘quartered there ‘for-the-night.

BOOK VII. — wHAPTER IV. 501

CHAPTER IV.

Δὲ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ὁ Levdns παντελῶς χατα»
But on-the next-day “-- Seuthes ‘having entirely ‘burned-

Ud A ͵ 4 A 3 , > »-
καύσας τὰς χώμας, xal λιπών οὐδεμίαν οἰχίαν,
down the villages, and leaving not (a) house,

évsein φόθον καὶ τοὶς ἄλλοις,

tn-order-that he-might-'strike fear ‘into even the rest, (when
ola πείσονται ἂν μὴ πείθωνται,"
they saw) what they-would-suffer if they-‘did not ‘submit,
anyje πάλιν. Kai ἀπέπεμψε μὲν Ἣραχλείδην
ne-departed back. And he-sent indeed Heraclides

διατίϑεσθαι μὲν τὴν λείαν εἰς Πέρινθον, ὅπως
to-zell indeed the booty at Perinthua, that

μισθὸς ἂν γένηται τοῖς στρατιώταις" δὲ αὐτὸς
pay might be-got for-the soldiers ; but he
xai ot Ἕλληνες ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο ἀνὰ τὸ πεδίον
and the Greeks encamped on the plain

Θυνῶν, οἱ ἐχλιπόντες ἔφευγον εἰς
‘of (the) ‘Thynians, --- (στὸ) deserting (their houses) fled to
ta Opn. “Hy δὲ πολλή χιὼν, xai οὕτως
the mountains. There-wasindeed much snow, and such
ψῦχος, ὥςτε τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ ἐφέροντο ἐπὶ δεῖπνον
cold, that the water which they-brought-in for supper
ἐπήγνυτο, xai ὁ οἶνος, ὃ ἐν τοὶς ἀγγεὶὺ:
was-frozen, and-also the wine, — (that namely)in the ves-

οις, καὶ ῥῖνες χαὶ ὦτα πολλῶν τῶν Ἑλλήνων

sels, likewise (the) noses and ears of-many of-the Greeks

ἀπεκαίουντο. Καὶ τότε ἐγένετο δῆλον
| were-burnt-off [were frozen off}, And thus iit-becomes evident
ob Evexa ot Θρᾷχες φοροῦσι tag ἀλωπεχίδας

why the Thracians wear — (their) fox (skin caps)

ἐπὶ ταὶς χεφαλαὶς καὶ τοὶς ὡσί, χαὶ
on — (their) heads and — (their) ears, and have‘

Ok THER ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

χιτῶνας ov μόνον περὶ τοῖς στέρνοις, ἀλλὰ
soats (extending) not only abou; the breasts, bat
καὶ περὶ τοῖς μηροῖς, αὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων

also about the thighs, «and (why) on — _ horse (back)
ἔχουσιν ζειρὰς χρι τῶν ποδῶν, GAN’
they-have wide-upper-garments (reaching) just-to the feet, but
ὐ χλαμύδας. Ὁ Σεύϑης ἀφιεὶς δὲ τῶν
sot (having cloaks. — BSeathes letting-go indeed (some) of-the
αἰχμαλώτων εἷς τὰ ὄρη ἔλεγεν, ὅτι εἰ μὴ
captives to the mountains he-said, that unless

καταθήσονται καὶ πείσονται, ὅτι κατακαύσει καὶ
they-should-come-down and obey, that he-would-burn-down both

τας χώμας τούτων, καὶ τὸν σῖτον, καὶ ἀπολοῦνται
the villages of-themselves, and the corn, and they-would-perisk

τῷ λιμῷ: “Ex τούτου καὶ γυναῖκες καὶ παῖδες
of — hunger. On this both women and = childrea

καὶ οἱ πρεσόύτεροι κατέθαινον. Δὲ ot νεώτεροι
atd-also the old-men descended. But the younger
Saf 3 - / + e ‘
ηὐλίζοντο ἔν ταὶς κώμαϊῖς ὑπο τὸ ὄρος.
(persons) quartered in the villages under the mountain.

Kai ὁ Σεύϑης χαταμαϑών ἐχέλευσε τὸν Elevo-
And — Seuthes being-informed (of this) requested — AXeno-

porta Aabdyta τοὺς νεωτάτους τῶν ὁπλιτῶν
phon taking the youngest of-the heavy-armed-men

συνεπισπέσϑθαι. Καὶ ἀναστάντες τῆς νυχτός
to-follow-with (him). And _ having-risen-up at — night

ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ παρῆσαν εἰς τὰς κώμας.
together with-the (break of) day they-were-present at the villages
Kai μέν οἱ πλεῖστοι ἐξέφυγον" (γὰρ τὸ ὄρος
And indeed the most (οὗ them) fied-away ; (for the mourtain
ἦν πλησίον ") δὲ ὅσους Σεύϑης ἔλαθε κατηχόντισεν

was near ;) but as-many-as Seuthes took he-speared
ἀφειδῶς.

without-mercy.

Δ᾽ ἦν τις Ἔπισθένης, Ὀλύϑιος, nade
And there-was a-certain Episthines, (an) Olynthian, (a) lovee

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER IV. 609

paoryc, ὃς idav χαλὸν παῖδα ἄρτι ἡῤάσχοντα,
of-boys, who seeing (a) handsome youth just arrived-at-the-age-of
ἔχοντα πέλτην, μέλλοντα ἀποϑνήσκειν,
puberty, having (a) shield, about-being put-to-death,
προςδραμὼν Ἐξνοφῶντα ixétevoe βοηθῆσαι
having-run-to Xenophon _he-supplicated (him) to-succor (the)
καλῷ madi. Καὶ ὃς προςελθὼν τῷ evdy,
handsome ky. And who going-up to Seuthes,

δεῖται μὴ ἀποχτεῖναι τὸν παῖδα καὶ διηγεῖτα
requests (him) not to-kill the boy; and relates

τὸν τρόπον τοῦ ᾿Ἐπισϑένους, καὶ ὅτι ποτὲ
the character of — Episthenes, and that once

συνελέξατο λόχον σχοπῶν οὐδὲν

he-collected (a) company (of soldiers) looking-to nothing (else)
ἢ εἴ τινες εἶεν χαλοί, χαὶ μετὰ τούτων
(or ¢f) (but that) such might-be handsome, διὰ with these

ἦν ἀγαθός ἀνὴρ. Δὲ ὁ Σεύϑης ἤρετο Καὶ ἢ

he-was (a) Aaa man. Bat — Seuthes inquired: And —

ἂν θέλοι, ὦ ᾿Ἐπίσϑενες ἀποθανεῖν ὑπερ
would you-be-willing, 0 Episthenes to-die
τούτου; A’ ὁ ἀνατείνας τὸν
this (youth)? But — (Episthenes) having-stretched-out — his)

τράχηλον εἶπε Παῖε, ἔφη, εἰ ὁ παὶς κελεύει,
neck d: Strike, said-he, if the boy requires (it)

καὶ μέλλει ᾿ἰἰδέναι χάριν. Ὃ Σεύϑης ἐπήρετο

and hereafter-will consider (it as a) favour. — Seuthes inquired-of

TOV παῖδα, εἰ παίσειεν αὗτον ἀντ᾽ ἐχείνον.
the youth, if he-should-strike him [Episthenes] in-place-of himself
Ὃ παὶς οὐχ εἴα, ἀλλ᾽ ἱχέτευε χατα»
The youth ‘would not ‘permit (this), but requested (him) to-

καίνειν μηδέτερον ᾿Ἐνταῦϑα ὁ “Emodévrs, περι-
kill neither. Then — Episthenes, having-

λαθὼν τὸν παῖδα, eine’ Ὥρα σοι, ὦ Σεύϑη,
embraced the youth, said: (Itis) time for-you, Ὁ Seuthes,
διαμάχεσθαι μοι περὶ τοῦδε" ya ot

to- ght this (youth); for I-'wil] nof

5610 THH ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

μεϑήσω TOY παῖδα. Ὃ LevSyc dé γελῶν, εἶα μεν

give-up the boy. — Seuthes then laughing, ‘let Mund
ταῦτα. "“Ἔδοξε

these (things) ‘alone (and the boy’s life was spared). It-seemed (best)
δὲ αὐτῷ αὐλισθῆναι αὐτοῦ, ἵνα ot ἐπὶ
indeed to-him to-encamp there, in-order-that — (those) on
τοῦ ὄρους μη τρέφοιντο ἐκ τούτων τῶν χωμῶν.
the mountain ‘might not ‘be-nourished from these — villages.
Kai αὐτὸς μὲ ὑποχαταδὰς ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ
And he indeed having-gone-down-lower in che plain

ἐσχήνον. Δὲ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, ἔχων τοὺς ἐπιλέχτους,
encamped. But — Xenophon, having the select-body-of-men,

ἀνωτάτω ἐν τῇ κώμῃ ὑπὸ τὸ ὄρος, καὶ
(quartered) higher-up in the village under the mountain, and
οἱ ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες κατεσχήνησαν πλησίον ἐν

the other Greeks encamped near-by among
τοὶς καλουμένοις τοῖς ὀρεινοῖς Θρᾳξὶ.
-- (those) called the mountain Thracians.

"Ex τούτου ob πολλαὶ ἡμέραι gid caddis καὶ οἱ
After this not many days and the

Opa. χες &x τοῦ ὄρους, καταδαίνοντες πρὸς τὸν

Thracians from the mountain, coming-down --

Σεύϑην, διεπράττοντο περὶ σπονδῶν καὶ ὁχήρων.

Seuthes, negotiated about (a) treaty and hostages.

Kai 6 Ἐενοφῶν ἐλθὼν τῷ Σεύϑῃ ἔλεγε, ὅτι

And — Xenophon going to Seuthes said, that

SXNVOEV ἐν πονηροῖς τόποις, xai οἷ πολέμιοι
they-were-encampedon dangerous places, and (that) the enemy

lev πλησίον: τ᾽ ἔφη ἂν ἥἤδιων αὐλίζεσ-

were near; ‘he also ‘said ‘it would ‘be-more-agreeable _to-en.-

Sa: ἔξω ἐν ἐχυροὶς χωρίοις μᾶλλον ἢ ἐν τοὶς

camp without in strung rather than in --

στεγνοὶς. bere ἀπολέσϑαι. Δὲ ὁ
covered (places as houses), so-as to-perish. But — (Seuthes)

ἐχέλευε θαῤῥεῖν, καὶ ἔδειξεν ὁμήρους πα:
requested (him) LEN and showed (the) hostages | being.

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER IV. 611

ρόντας αὐτῷ. Δὲ xal τινες τῶν
present with-him [in his possession]. And also some of — (those!

&x τοῦ ὄρους καταθείνοντες ἐδέοντο τυῦ Bevo-
from the mountain coming-down begged — Xeno-

Φῶντος συμπαρᾶξαί σφισι τὰς σπονδάς.
phon to-assist them (to obtain) — (a) truce.

0 δ᾽ ὡμολόγει, καὶ ἐλέλευε θαῤ-

-- ‘Xenophon) indeed consented, and requested (them) to-be-in.

pei, καὶ ἡγγνᾶτο αὐτοὺς πείσεσθαι μηδὲν
good-spirits,and assured (them that) they should-suffer no

καχὸν πειϑομένους Σεύϑῃ. Δὲ of ἄρα ἔλεγον ταῦτ᾽
evil being-obedient to-Seuthes. But — therefore they-said these

ἕνεχα, χατασχοπίῆς.
(thingr) for-the-purpose (of) spying-out (the condition of the Greciaus>,

Ταῦτα μὲν ἐγένετο τῆς ἡμέρας, δὲ εἰς
These (things) indeed happened during-the day, but on

τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν νύχτα οἱ Θυνοί ἐλϑόντες Ex TOD
the following night the Thynians coming from the

ὄρους ἐπιτίϑενται. Καὶ ὁ δεσπότης ἑχάστης
mountain attacked (them). And the master of-each

τῆς οἰκίας ἦν μὲν ἡγεμὼν" yap ἦν χω
.- house was indeed (a) leader; for it-would-have-been dif.

λεπὸν ἄλλως avEvpioxey τὰς οἰκίας ὄντας
cult otherwise to-find-out the houses being (in the)

σχότους ἐν ταὶς χώμαις. yap καὶ at οἶχίαι
dark in the villages; for even the houses

περιεσταύρωντο κύχλῳ μεγάλοις σταυροῖς ἕνεκα

were-palisave 4in (a) ‘circle with-large palisades on-account-of

τῶν npobatav. A’ ἐπεὶ ἐγένοντο κατὰ θύρας

the cattle. And when they-got near (the) dvors
ἑχάστου TOU οἴχήματος, οἵ μὲν εἰςηκόντιζον,
f-each -- dwelling, — (some) indeed _ threw-spears-in,
ot δὲ ἔδαλλον ois σχυτάλοι, ἃ
— (others) indeed threw with — (their) clubs, which

ἔῶασαν ἔχειν ag anoxd torres τὰς λόγχας

wiey-were-said to-have 88 (for) knocking-off the sharp-iron-heads

612 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

~ , 3 e 9 ἤ
τῶν δοράτων, δ᾽ ob ἐνεπίμπρασαν,
οὗ -- spears, and — (others) set-fire-to (the buildings
xai χαλοῦντες Ἐενοφῶντα ὀνομαστὶ ἐχέλευον
and calling-on Xenophon by-name bade (him)

ἐξιόντα ἀποϑνήσχειν, ἢ ἔφασαν αὐτόν χατα-
coming-out to-die, or they-said (that) he would-

καυϑήσεσθαι αὐτοῦ. Kai ἠδὴ τὲ nip ἐφαίνετο
be-burnt-up there. And already not-only fire appeared
διὰ τοῦ ὀρόφου, καὶ οἱ περὶ Ἐξενοφῶντα
through the roofs, but-also — (those) about Xenophon

ἐντεθωρακιςμένοι ἦσαν ἔνδον, ἔχοντες ἀσπίδας καὶ
having-their-corselets-on were within, having shields and

[4 4 , A ‘ ,
μαχαίρας καὶ χράνη, xal Σιλανὸς Maxéotiog ὧν
swords and helmets, διὰ Silanus (a) Macestian being
» e > , 9. ww , ~
ἤδη ὡς ὀχτωχαίδεχα ἐτῶν σημαίνει τῇ
already about eighteen (years) of-age gives-the-signal with-tbe
σάλπιγγι" καὶ ἐσπασμένοι τὰ ξίφη εὐθὺς
trumpet ; and having-drawn — (their) swords ‘they immediately
ἐχπηδῶσιν, καὶ οἱ ἐχ τῶν ἄλλων σχηνω-
‘sprang-out, and (also) — (those) from the other quar-
μάτων. Οἱ Θρᾷχες δὲ φεύγουσι, περιδαλλόμενοι
ters. The Thracians indeed ee, throwing-over

‘

τὰς πέλτας ὄπισϑεν,
— (their) shields behind (them on their backs), as inceed

l4 ᾿ 9 ~ A 3 ~ e a
τρόπος ἣν αὑτοῖς, χαὶ αὑτῶν υπεραλλομένων
(the) custom was to-them, and they jumping-ovez

τοὺς σταυροὺς τινες ἔλήφϑησαν χρεμασϑέντες,
the palisades some were-caught having-been-suspended,

τῶν πελτῶν ἐνεχομένων τοῖς σταυροῖς " καὶ οἵ
the shields holding-fast to-the stakes ; and — (others)

δὲ ἀπέϑανον διαμαρτόντες τῶν ἐξόδων" δὲ οἱ

4150 died missing the outlets; and the
σ 58 Ὗ A , 4 ~
Ελληνες ἐδίωκον ἔξω τῆς χώμης. Τινὲς τῶν
Greeks drove (them) out-of the village. Some of-the

Θυνῶν δὲ ὑποστραφέντες ἐν τῷ σκότει, ἠχόντιζον
Thynians however coming-back in the dark, *threw

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER IV. 518

εἰς τὸ φῶς Ex τοῦ σχότους τους
(their) ‘javelins into the light out-of the dark at — (those)

παρατρέχοντας nap οἰκίαν καιομένην " καὶ ἔτρωσα»

running-along by (a) house on-fire; and wounded

Ἱερώνυμόν τε καὶ Evodéa, λοχαγόν, καὶ Θεο-
Hieronymus indeed — (the) Euodean, (a) captain, as-also Theo-

γένην Λοχρὸν λοχαγον᾽ δὲ οὐδείς ἀπέθανε

genes (the) Locrian captain ; but no-one died ;

ἔντοι xal ἐσφής καὶ σχεύη τινων xaTExavdy.
owever even (the) clothes and baggage of-some were-burnt.

᾿Δὲ Σεύϑης ἧκε βοηϑήσων σὺν ἑπτὰ ἱπσιεῦσι

But Seuthes eame about-helping (them) with seven horsemen,

τοῖς πρώτοηις ἔχων τὸν σαλπιγχτὴν τὸν Θρᾷ -
the first (assembled) having the trumpeter the hra-

χιον. Καὶ ἐπείπερ ἡσϑετο, ὅσον-
cian (vamely). And when _he-perceived (the state of affairs), as-

περ χρόνον ἐἔθούϑει,
‘long (a) time ‘as he-was-assisting (them by marching to their aid),

τοσοῦτον καὶ τὸ χέρας ἐφϑέγγετο atta’ ὥςτε

so-long even the horn sounded for him; so-that
καὶ τοῦτο συμπαρέσχε pdbov τοὶς πολεμίοις.
also this (noise) furnished fear _ to-the enemy.
Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἦλϑεν we ἐδεξιοῦτο χαὶ

When however he-came ‘he not-only ‘shook-hands (with them) but-also

ἔλεγεν, ὅτι οἴοιτο εὑρήσειν πολλοὺς τεϑιεῶτας.
said, that he-thought ἰο-δηὰ many dead.

"Ex τούτου ὃ Ἐενοφῶν τε deita: τοὺς ὁμήρους
After this — Xenophon not-only asks-for the hostages

παραδοῦναι αὐτῷ, καὶ συστρατεύεσθαι, εἰ

to-be-given-up to-him, but-also to-march-with (him), if

βούλεται, ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος" εἰ δὲ μή, ἐᾶσαι αὐτὸν.

he-wished, to the mountain; if indeed not, to-allow him (to go)
«- ε ’

Ty ὑστεραίᾳ οὖν ὁ Σεύϑης παραδίδωσι τοὺς

On-the next-day therefore -— Seuthes gave-up (tohim) the

ὁμήρους, ἤδη πρεσθυτέρους ἄνδρας, τοὺς χρατίστο
Lt “iseaily Ρ old po ὡς ἡὰς : ree ia de

514 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ὡς ἔφιασα:, τῶν ὀρεινῶν᾽" καὶ αὐτὸς ἔρχεται
8 they-said, of-the mountain (people); and he came
σὺν τῇ δυνάμει. Δὲ ἤδη ὁ Σεύϑης εἶχε καὶ
wih —(his) forces. And already — Seuthes had = even

τρισπιλασίαν δύναμιν"

three-times (aslargea) force (as he hud when the Greeks came);
γὰρ πολλοὶ τῶν ᾿Οδρυσῶν, ἀχούοντες ἃ ὁ DEevdsys
ἴοι many of-the Odrysians, hearing what— Seuthes

άττοι, xatéaivoy συστρατευσόμενοι. Δὲ ot
might-be-doing, came-down taking-the-field-with (him). But the

Θυνοί ἐπεὶ εἶδον ἀπὸ Tov ὄρους μὲν πολλοὺ
μ ς

Thynians when they-saw from the mountain indeed many
ὁπλίτας, δὲ πολλοὺς πελταστάς, δὲ πολλοὺς
heavy-armed-men, and many targeteers, and many
inmneis, χαταθάντες ἱχέτευον σπείσασϑαι"

horsemen, coming-down besought (him) to-make-a-treaty (of peace
χαὶ ὡμολόγουν ποιήσειν πάντα,
with them); and promised to-do all (he might require),
καὶ ἐχέλευον λαμθάνειν τὰ πιστὰ.
and requested (him) ἰο-ἴ8 Κθ the pledges (of fidelity from. them)
Δὲ ὁ Σεύϑης, καλέσας τὸν Ξενοφῶντα, ἐπεδείκνυεν
But — Seuthes, having-called-on — Xenophon, showed
ἃ λέγοιεν, καὶ ἔφη οὐ σπεὶ-
what they-may-have-said, and he-said (that he) ‘would ποὺ =‘‘treat-
σασϑαι, εἰ Ἐενοφῶν βούλοιτο τιμωρήσασϑαι αὐτοὺς
with-them, if Xenophon might-wish to-punish them
τῆς ἐπιϑέσεως. Ὁ δ᾽ εἶπεν" "AAW
(for) -- (their) attack. — But (Xenophon) said: But
, ¥y A ~ e 4 V4
ἔγωγε νομίζω ἔχειν χαὶ νῦν ἱκανὴν δίχην,
I-at-least consider (thatI) have even now sufficient revenge,

Ei οὗτοι ἔσονται δοῦλοι ἀντ᾽ ἐλευϑέρων.
if these (people) will-be slaves (having) before (been) free.

Μέντοι ἔφη αὐτῷ συμθουλεύειν, τὸ λοιπὸν
Moreover said-he to-him (that I) counsel (you), in-future

Aaubavery ὁμήρους τοὺς δυνατωτάτους ποιεὶν
¢ .take (as) hostages — (those) the-most-able to-de

BOOK VII. —CHAPTER V. 515

τι καχόν, δὲ ἐᾶν τοὺς γέροντας οἶχοι.
(you) any harm, but leave the old-men at-home.
Ody μὲν ot ταύτῃ πάντες δὴ
Therefore indeed the (inhabitants) in-this (country) all truly
ὡμολόγουν.
ubmitted (to him).

CHAPTER V.

Δὲ ὑπερδάλλουσι τοὺς Opaxas ὑπερ Βυζαντίου
AXD they-cross-over to-the Thracians above Byzantium,
εἷς τὸ Δέλτα καλούμενον" αὕτη δ᾽ ἦν οὐχέτι
into the Delta so-called ; this (country) indeed was not
ἀρχὴ Μαισάδου, ἀλλὰ Τήρους

(a part of the) dominion of-Mssades, but (it belonged to) Teres
τοῦ ᾿Οδρύσου, τινός ἀρχαίου. Καὶ ἐνταῦϑα
the (son) of-Odryses, some ancient (King). And here
δ Ἡρακλείδης παρῆν ἔχων τὴν τιμὴν τῆς λείας.
-- leraclides was-present having the price of-the spoils.
Kai Σεύϑης ἐξαγαγῶν τρία ζεύγη ἡμιονικὰ (yap
And _ Seuthes selecting three pair (of) mules (for
ἦν οὐ πλείω) δὲ τὰ ἄλλα βοῖχά, καλέσας
there-were no more) and the others oxen, having-cailed-for
Ξενοφῶντα, éxéAeve λαθεὶν, δὲ
Xenophon, he-requested (him) to-take (the mules for himself), but
διανεῖμαι τὰ ἄλλα τοὶς oTpatny οἷς
to-distribute the rest (namely the oxen) to-the generals
xai λοχαγοῖς. Δὲ Ἐενοφῶν einev’ Ἐμοὶ μὲν
and cuptains. But Xenophon said: For-myself indeed

τοίνυν ἀρχεῖ καὶ αὖϑις λαθεῖν" δὲ
sherefore it-is-sufficient even hereafter to-take (something); but

δωροῦ τοὶς στρατηγοὶς καὶ λοχαγοῖς,

preesmm (of them) to-the generals and captaive

518 THE ANABASIS JF XENOPHON.

ϑαι. Καὶ ὁ Τιμασίων εἶπεν ᾿Εγὼ μὲν
vice ‘of Seuthes). And -- Timasion said : I indeed
τοίνυν οὐδ, ἂν μέλλῃ εἶναι πέντε μηνῶν
therefore ποῖ, if there-were-about to-be five months’
μισϑὸς, ἂν στρατευσαίμην ἄνευ Ἐενοφῶντος. Καὶ
nay, would serve-in-the-army without Xenophon. And

ὃ Φρυνίσχος χαὶ ὁ Κλεάνωρ συνωμολόγουν τῷ
- hryniscus and — Cleanor agreed-with _
Τιμασίωνι.
Timasion.
Ἐντεῦϑεν ὁ Σεύϑης ἐλοιδόρει τὸν “HpaxAcidyy,
Then — Seuthes reprehended — Heraslides,
ὅτι οὐ παρεκάλει καὶ Ἐενοφῶντα. A’ éx
that Βο- δὰ not ‘called-in also Xenophon. And on

τούτου παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν μόνον. Δ' ὁ
this they-call-for him alone. But — (Xenophon)

γνοὺς τὴν πανουργίαν τοῦ Ἡρακλείδου, ὅτι
8

Knowing the knavery of — raclides, that

βούλοιτο διαδάλλειν πρὸς τοὺς
he-wished to-calumniate (and make him unpopular, with the

ἄλλους στρατηγούς, παρέρχεται λαβὼν τε
other generals, departed taking (with him) not-only

πάντας τοὺς στρατηγούς, καὶ τοὺς Aoyayous.
all the generals, but-also [80 captains.

Καὶ ἐπεὶ πάντες ἐπείσθησαν συν εστρα:
And when all had-been-persuaded (by Seuthes) ey-

TEVOVTO, χαὶ ἔχοντες τὸν Πόντον
‘joined (him) ‘in-an-expedition, and having the Euxine-Sea

ἔν δεξιᾷ ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς τὸν Σαλμυδυησσό»,
on (their) right they-arrived at -- Salmy dessus,
διὰ τῶν Θρᾳχῶν καλουμένων Meduro-
through the (country) ‘of (the) ‘Thracians called Meline-
φάγων᾽ ἔνϑα πολλαὶ τῶν νεῶν πλεουσῶν εἰς τὸν
phagi; here many of-the vessels sailing into ἴδε
Πόντον ὀχέλλουσι καὶ ἐκχπίπτουσι᾽ yap ἐστι

Ruxine-Rag strike and (are) cast-away; for there-is (a)

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER V. 519

τέναγος πάμπιολυ ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάττης.
shoal (there) (stretching) very-far (out) into ‘he sea,
Kai ot Θρᾷκες, ot οἰχοῦντες χατὰ ταῦτα,
And the Thracians, — (those namely) dwelling along there,

ὁρισάμενοι στήλας, ἔχαστοι
having-set-up pillars § ‘to-mark-the-boundaries, (so that) each

ληΐζονται τὰ ἐχπίτιτοντα XA αὑτοὺς

plunder the (things) cast (on shore) on these
δὲ ἔλεγον τέως ly

(their own limits); and they-say (that) for-some-time before (that they}

ὁρίσασϑαι, ἁρπάζοντας πολλοὺς ἀποϑνή-
erected-boundaries, (that while) plundering many died

σχειν ὑχί ἀλλήλων. ᾿Ἐνταῦϑα εὑρίσχονται
by (the hands) of-one-another. There are -found

μὲν πολλαὶ κλῖναι, δὲ πολλὰ κιδώτια, δὲ πολλαὶ

indeed many couches, also many chests, likewise many

γεγραμμέναι BibAo, καὶ πολλά τἄλλα, ὅσα
b

written ooks, and many other (things), such-as

ναύχληροι ἄγουσιν ἐν ξυλίνοις τεύχεσι. ᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν
seamen carry in wooden __ receptacies. Thea

χαταστρεψάμενοι ταῦτα, ἀπήεσαν πάλιν
having-subdued these (people), they-departed back
Ἔνϑα δὴ Σεύϑης εἶχε στράτευμα ἤδη πλέον
Then truly Seuthes had (an) army already more

τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ. Tap ve πολὺ ἔτ
(numerous than) the Grecian. For not-only many yet

σιλείυς ὈὈδρυσῶν χαταθεθήχεσαν, χαὶ of

numerous ‘of-(the) ᾿Οάγγ880 had-come-down (to him), but-also ~

ἀεὶ πειϑόμενοι συνεστρατεύ
(those) successively obeying-and-submitting (to him) ‘juined

οντο. Δὲ χατηυλίσϑθησαν ἐν τῷ πεδίς
(bis) ‘army. And they-encamped on the plain

ὑπὲρ Σηλυδρίας, ἀπέχοντες ὅσον τριάκοντα στα-
above Selybria, being-distant abuut thirty ata-
δίους τὴς θαλάττης. Καὶ οὐδεις μισθὸς μὲν»
dia (from) the sea. And no pay mdeed

518 THE ANABASIS JF XENOPHON.

ϑαι. Καὶ ὁ Τιμασίων εἶπεν: ᾿Εγὼ uss
vice (οἵ Seuthes), And — Timasion said: I indeed
τοίνυν οὐδ᾽, ἂν μέλλῃ εἶναι πέντε μηνῶν
therefore _ not, if there-were-about to-be five months’
(odds, ἂν στρατευσαίμην ἄνευ Ἐξενοφῶντος. "πὶ
nay, would serve-in-the-army without Xenophon.

Ὁ 9 Φρυνίσχος καὶ ὁ Κλεάνωρ συνωμολόγουν τῷ

hryniscus and — Cleanor agreed-with

Τιμασίωνι.
Timasion.

᾿Εντεῦδεν ὁ Σεύϑης ἐλοιδόρει τὸν Ἡραχλείδην,

Then — Seuthes reprehended — Lerastides,

ὅτι οὐ παρεχάλει καὶ Ἐενοφῶντα. Δ᾽ ἐκ
shat he-"had not *called-in also Xenophon. And on

τούτου παραχαλοῦσιν αὑτὸν μόνον. Δ᾽ ὁ
this they-call-for him alone. But — (Xenophon)

γνοὺς τὴν πανουργίαν τοῦ Ἡρακλείδου, ὅτι

knowing the knavery of — raclides, that

βούλοιτο διαθάλλειν πρὸς τοὺς

he-wished to-calumniate (and make him unpopular, with the

ἄλλους στρατηγούς, παρέρ χεται λαβὼν τε
other generals, departed taking (with him) not-only

πάντας τοῖς στρατηγούς, xai τοὺς λοχαγούς.
generals, but-also the captains.

Kai ἐπεὶ πάντες ἐπείσϑησαν ἀν κε
And when all had-been-persuaded (by Seuthes)

TEVOYTO, xal ἔχοντες τὸν Πόντον
‘joined (him) ‘in-an-expedition, and having the Euxine-Sea

ἐν δεξιᾷ ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς τὸν Σαλμυδησσόν,
on (their) right they-arrived - Salmy dessus,

διὰ τῶν Θρᾳκῶν καλουμένων Μελι;ο-
through the (country) ‘of (the) ‘Thracians Meline-

φάγων" Evda πολλαὶ τῶν νεῶν πλεουσῶν εἰς τὸν
phagi; here many of-the vessels sailing into the

Πόντον ὀχέλλουσι χαὶ ἐκχπίτιτουσι" yap ἐστι
RuxinoReg, strike and (are) cast-away ; for there-is (ay

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER V. 519

τέναγος πάμπολυ ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάττης.
shoal (there) (stretching) very-far (out) into ‘he sea.
Kai ot Opaxes, ot οἰχοῦντες xaTA ταῦτα,
And the Thracians, — (those namely) dwelling along there,

ὁρισάμενοι στήλας, EXLOTOL
having-set-up pillars = ‘to-mark-the-boundaries, (so that) each

ληΐζονται τὰ ἐχπίπτοντα XA αὑτοὺς

plunder the (things) cast (on shore) on these
δὲ ἔλεγον τέως iy

(their own limits); and they-say (that) for-some-time before (that they)

ὁρίσασϑαι, ἁρπάζοντας πολλοὺς ἀποϑνή-
erected-boundaries, (that while) plundering many died

oxew un ἀλλήλων. ᾿Ενταῦϑα εὑρίσκονται
by (the hands) of-one-another. There are -found

μὲν πολλαὶ κλῖναι, δὲ πολλὰ κιθώτια, δὲ πολλαὶ

indeed many couches, also many chests, likewise many

γεγραμμέναι Bib λοι, καὶ πολλά τἄλλα, ὅσα

written ooks, and many other (things), such-as

ναύχληροι ἄγουσιν ἐν ξυλίνοις τεύχεσι. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν
seamen carry in wooden _ receptacles. Thea

χαταστρεψάμενοι ταῦτα, ἀπήεσαν πάλιν
having-subdued these (people), they-departed back

"Evsa δὴ Σεύϑης εἶχε στράτευμα ἤδη πλέο»

Then truly Seuthes had (an) army already more

τοῦ Ἑλληνιχοῦ. Tap τὲ πολὺ ἔτ
(numerous than) the Grecian. For not-only many yet

χιλείυς Ὀδρυσῶν χαταθεθήχεσαν, χαὶ of
numerous ‘of-(the) 'Odrysz had-come-down (to him), but-also —
3

ἀεὶ πειϑόμενοι συνεστρατεύ
(those) successively obeying-and-submitting (to him) ‘juined

οντο. Δὲ χατηυλίσϑησαν ἐν τῷ πεδίς
(his) ‘army. And they-encamped on the plain

ὑπὲρ Σηλυδ ρίας, ἀπέχοντες ὅσον τριάκοντα στα-
above Selybria, being-distant abut thirty ata-
δίους τὴς θαλάττης. Καὶ οὐδεις μισϑὸς μὲ»
dia (from) the sea. And no pay mdeed

620 ΤῊΝ ANABASIS OF XENOPHOR.

πω ἐφαίνετο" τε of στρατιῶται εἶχον τὸν Hevo

as-yet appeared; and the soldiers | had -- Xeno-
~ A

φῶντα NAY YAAETIG, ;

phon much-aggrieved, [were very much displeased with Xenophon,;

TE ὁ DEVING οὐχέτι οἰχείως διέχειτο, ἀλλ

and -- Seuthes no-longer ‘was familiarly ‘disposed (to him), but
πότε ἔλθοι βουλόμενος συγγενέσϑαι αὐτῷ,
him,

whenever he-might-go desiring to-have-an-interview-with

πολλαὶ ἀσχολίαι ἤδη ἐφαίνοντο.

many occupations ‘were now “pretended.

CHAPTER VI.

Ἐν τούτο τῷ χρόνῳ, ὄντων ἤδη σχεδὸν δύο
At this - time, being already nearly two

μηνῶν, Xapuivds te ὁ Λάχων καὶ ἸΠολύνιχος

months, Charminus indeed the Lacedgwmonian and Polynicus
ἀφιχοῦνται παρὰ Θίδρωνος, καὶ λέγουσιν, ὅτι
arrived from Thibron, and they-said, that
δοχεὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις στρατεύεσθαι ἐπὸὶ
it-seemed (good) ‘to (the) ‘Lacedsmonians to-take-the-field ayainst
Τισσαφέρνην, καὶ Θίδρων ἐχπέπλευχεν ὡς πολε-
Tissaphernes, and = = Thibron had-set-sail as = about-
μήσων, καὶ δεῖται ταύτης τῆς στρατιᾶς, καὶ
making-war, and (that) he-wanted this -- army, and

λέγει, ὅτι dapexds τοῦ μηνός ἔσται μισϑὸς
he-says that (a) daric the month would-be (the) pay
ἑχάστῳ, καὶ τοῖς λοχαγοῖς διμοιρία, δὲ τοὶς
to-each (soldier), and to-the captains twice-as-much, but to-the
στρατηγοὶς τετραμοιρίαᾳ. Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ of Λαχε.
generals four-times-as-much. When indeed — (these) Lace-

δαιμόνιοι ἦλθον, εὐδὺς ὁ Ἡραχλείδης, πυϑόμενος
era hearing

dsmonians eame, immediately — clides,

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VI. §21

ὅτι ἤχουσι ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα, λέγε. τῷ Σεύϑῃ,

that they-came for the army, says to— Seuthes,
ὅτι γεγένηται κάλλιστον' γὰρ μὲν of Aaxedar
that it-had-happened luckily ; for indeed the Lacedse
μόνιοι δέονται τοῦ στρατεύματος, δὲ σὺ οὐχέτε
monians wanted the army, but you no-longer

δέῃ ἀποδιδοὺς τὸ στράτευμα χαριεὶ αὐτοὶς,
want (it); giving-up the army you-will-gratify them,
δὲ οὐχέτι ἀπαιτήσουσι TOY μισϑόν σε,
and they-‘will no-more ‘demand — (their) pay of-you,
GAA’ ἀπαλλάξονται éx τῆς χώρας. “O Σεύϑης
but will-depart from the country. -- Seuthes
ἀχούσας ταῦτα κελεύεις παράγειν᾽
hearing these (things) requests (him) to-'bring (them) 'to (him);
καὶ ἐπεὶ εἷπον, ὅτι ἥχουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα,
and when they-said, that they-come for the army,
» "4 3 , ‘ , ,
ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ἀποδίδωσι τὸ στράτευμα, τε βούλεται
ho-said, that he-would-give-up the army, and desired
εἶναι φίλος τε καὶ σύμμαχος" τε xaAEi αὐτοὺς
to-be (their) friend — and ally ; and he-invited them
ἐπὶ ξενίᾳ, καὶ ἐξένιζε μεγαλοπρεπῶς.
on terms-of-hospitality, and he-entertained (them) magnificently.
Δὲ οὐχ ἐχάλει Ἐενοφῶντα οὐδὲ οὐδένα τῶν
But he-'did not ‘invite Xenophon nor (nome) (any) of-the
ἄλλων στρατηγῶν. Δὲ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων ἐρω-
other generals. But the Lacedsemonians in-
τώντων, τίς ἀνὴρ Ξενοφῶν εἴη, ἀπεχρίνατο,
quired, what (kind of) man Xenophon might-be, e-replied,
ὅτι μὲν τὰ ἄλλα εἴη οὐ καχός, δὲ
that indeed in— other (respects) he-was not (a) bad (man), but
Φιλοστρατιώτης" καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐστιν χεῖρον
(was 4) friend-of-the-soldiers; and through _ this it-is worse
αὐτῷ. Καὶ of εἶπον" ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἡ ὁ ἀνὴρ δημα-
for-him. And — they-said: But —‘doesthe man ‘make-
γωγεῖ τοὺς ἄνδρας; Καὶ ὁ Ἡραχλείδης
imself popular (with) the men ἢ And — Heraclides

622 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

+
ἔφη, Οὖν μὲν πάνυ. Ap οὖν, ἔφασα»,
said, Therefore indeed altogether (so). — Therefore, said-they,
μὴ καὶ ἀναντιώσεται ἡμὶν περὶ τῆς ἀπαγω-

will-‘he not even oppose us about the leading-

~ 9 393. Ἀ ε y ν ee ’
γῆς: AAN ἣν vic, ἔφη ὁ Ηρακλείδης,
away (of the δύ} But if you, said — Heraclides,
συλλέξαντες αὐτοὺς, ὑποσχῆσθε τὸν μισϑόν,
assembling them, promise the pay,

3 4 3 7 9 ~

προςσχόντες ὀλίγον ἐχείνῳ, ἀποδραμοῦνται
‘paying little ‘attention to-him, they-will-return
σὺν ὑμῖν. Πῶς οὖν, ἔφασαν, ἂν συλλεγεῖεν
with you. How therefore, said-they, may (they) assemble
ἡμῖν; Αὔριον πρωὶ, ἔφη ὁ Ἡρακλείδης, ἄξομεν
for-us? To-morrow early, said — eraclides, we-will-conduct
ὑμᾶς πρὸς αὐτούς" καὶ olda, ἔφη, ὅτι ἐπειδὰν
you to them ; and I-know, said-he, that when
ἴδωσιν ὑμᾶς, ἄσμενοι συνδραμοῦνται.
they-see you, they-‘will willingly ‘flock-round (you).
Αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα μὲν ἔληξε οὕτως.
This — day indeed closed thus.

Δὲ tH ὑστεραίᾳ Σεύϑης τε καὶ ᾿Ηραχλείδης

And on-the next-day Seuthes and also Heraclides

ἄγουσιν τοὺς Λάχωνας ἐπὶ TO στράτευμα, καὶ
conducted the Lacedzemonians to the army, and

ἢ στρατιά συλλέγεται. Δὲ TH Adxuve ἐλεγέτην,

the army assembled. And the-two Lacedsemonians said,

ὅτι doxel Λακεδαιμονίοις πολεμεῖν Τισσα-
that it-seemed (good) ‘to (186) ‘Lacedwmonians _to-go-to-war with-Tissa-
φέρνει, TH ἀδικήσαντι ὑμᾶς" ἢν οὖν inte σὺν
phernes, — (he) having-injured you; if therefore you-go with
ἡμὶν, τε τιμωρήσεσθε τὸν ἐχθρὸν, καὶ
as, $y>u-'will not-only ‘revenge-yourselves-on the enemy, but-alse
ἔχαστος ὑμῶν οἴσει δαρειχὸν τοῦ μηνὸς, δὲ

each of-you will-receive (a) daric the month, and ‘a}
λοχαγὸς τὸ δισιλοῦν, δὲ στρατηγὸς τὸ τετρα-

the

captaip the double. and (a) gener: aque

BOOK VII. —CHAPTER VI. 528

πλοῦν. Kai οἱ στρατιῶται τε ἄσμενοι ἤχουσαν,
druple. And the soldiers not-only willingly listened,

χαὶ τις τῶν ᾿Αρχάδων εὐθὺς ἀνίσταται
out-also some-one ‘ :-the Arcadians immediately rising-up

κατηγορήσων 19 Ἐενοφῶντοςς. Δὲ xai Σεύϑης

denouncing - Xenophon. But also Seuthes

παρῆν, βουλόμενος εἰδέναι τί πραχϑήσεται'
was-present, desiring to-know how the-affair-would-be-conducted ;

καὶ ELOTHXEL ἐν ἐπηκόῳ, ἔχων ἑρμηνέα"
and stood in (a place proper for) hearing, having (an) interpreter;

δὲ xai αὐτὸς ἕξυνίει τὰ πλεῖστα ἑλληνιστὶ.
and also he-himself understood — most (things) in-Greek.

Ἔνθα δὴ ὁ ᾿Αρχάς λέγει" “AAA? ἡμεῖς μὲν,
Then indeed the Arcadian speaks: But we indeed,
ὦ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, καὶ πάλαι ἂν ἦμεν πα αρ' ὑμὶν,

O Lacedwmonians, even long-ago would oes wit you,

ei Ἐενοφῶν πείσας ἡμᾶς μὴ ἀπήγαγεν
if Xenophon having-persuuded us ‘had not ‘led (us)

δεῦρο, ἔνϑα δὴ ἡμεῖς μὲν στρατευόμενοι τὸν
i where truly we indeed performing-military-duty (through) —

δεινὸν χειμῶνα πεπαύμεϑδα οὐδὲν καὶ νύχτα

most-severe cold-weather we-rested neither κ᾿ night
καὶ ἡμέραν δὲ ὃ ἔχει τοὺς ἡμετέρους
— (or) day; but — (he) has (the fruits of) — our
πόνους" καὶ Σεύϑης μὲν πεπλούτιχεν ἐχείνον ἰδίᾳ,
labour ; and Seuthes indeed has-enriched him personaily,
δὲ ἀποστερεὶ ἡμᾶς tov μισϑόν. “Ὥςτε ὅ
but defrauded us (of) — (our) pay. So-that (I) who

γε λέγων πρῶτος ἐγὼ μὲν εἰ ἴδοιμι τοῦτον
‘am at-least ‘speaking first I indeed if I-saw this

χαταλευσϑέντα, καὶ δόντα δίχην
{Xenophon} stoned-to-death, |and giving justice [and thus
ὧν περιεῖλκε ὑμᾶς,
be punished] | of-which he-has-‘dragged us ‘about, [for having se

xai ἄν doxd μοι ἔχειν τον
dragge‘i us about,) and ‘I would ‘seem to-myself tohave — (my)

§24 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

μισϑὸν, καὶ οὐδὲν ἄχθεσθαι ἐπὶ Tois πεπόνη
pay, and neither to-be-aggrieved at — (what I) had-under.
μένοις. Meta τοῦτον ἄλλος ἀνέστη καὶ
gone. After this (one) another stood-up and
ὁμοίως ἄλλος. “Ex τοὐτοὺ δὲ Ἐξενοφῶν ἔλεξεν
likewise another. After this indeed Xenophon spoke
ὧδε"
thus :
᾿Αλλὰ μὲν ἄρα δεὶ dvd

But indeed therefore | it-is-necessary (that) (a) man
ὄντα προςδοχᾶν πάντα,
being to-expect all, [one must expect all kinds of fate,]
ὁπότε γε xai viv ἔχω αἰτίας vd ὑμῶν, ἐν
since at-least even now I-have accusations from you, in

ᾧ doxd συνειδέναι ye ἐμαυτῷ
(the thing) which I-seem_ to-be-conscious at-least to-myself (of)

παρεσχημένος πλεὶϊστην προθυμίαν περὶ ὑμᾶς.

baving-shown (the) most for you.

Mev ye ἀπετραπόμεν ἤδη ὦ ρμημένος
‘I indeed at-least *turned-back ‘having already ‘set-out

oixade, οὐ μὰ τὸν Δία οὔτοι πυνϑανόμενος
for-home, no by — Jupiter not-indeed hearing (that,
ὑμᾶς πράττειν ed’ ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἀχούων
you (were) doing well; but rather hearing (that)

εἶναι ἐν ἀπόροις, ὡς ὠφελήσων, εἴ τι
(you) were in difficulties, as being-about-helping (you) if in-any-thing

δυναίμεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦλθον, τουτουὶ Σεύϑου
I-might-be-able. When indeed I-came, this-here Seuthes

πέμποντος πολλοὺς ἀγγέλους πρὸς ἐμὲ, καὶ
me, and

sending many messengers

ὑπισχνουμένου πολλὰ μοι, εἰ πείσαιμι ὑμᾶς
promising many (things) to-me, if I-would-persuade you

ἐλϑεῖν πρὸς αὐτὸν, οὐχ μὲν ἐπεχείρησα ποιεῖν
το-ὸ him, I-'did not indeed ‘attempt to-de

τοῦτο, ὡς ὑμεῖς αὐτοὶ ἐπίστασθε" δὲ ἦγον
this, 88 you yourselves know; but I-led (you te

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VI. 625

ὅθεν Gduev ἂν tayuota διαθῆναι
a place) whence I-thought (that you) might the-most-speedily cross-over

eis τὴν ᾿Ασίαν Tap ἐνόμιζον ταῦτα εἶναι
inte

- Asia For I-thought this to-be
βέλτιστα ὑμῖν, xal ydew ὑμᾶς βουλομένος. Δ’
the-best fcr-you, and I-knew you desiring (it). But
ἐχιεὶ “Apiotapyos, ἐλθὼν σὺν τριήρεσιν, exdAve
when Aristarchus, coming with galleys, prohibited
ἡμᾶς διαπιλεῖν, ἐκ todtov, ὅπερ ἦν δήπου Eixds,
us to-sail-across, on this, as was certainly proper,

συνέλεξα ὑμᾶς, ὅπως βουλευσαίμεϑδα 8 τι
I-assembled $= you, in-order-that we-might-consult-together what
A

ε ς 3 5 >
ρη ποιεῖν. Ὑμεὶς οὐκ οὖν, axov-
it-might-be-necesssary to-do. (Did) you not therefore, hear-
ovtes μὲν ᾿Αριστάρχου ἐπιτάττοντος ὑμὶν πορεύ-
ing indeed Aristarchus commanding you to-pro-
εσθαι εἰς Χεῤῥόνησον, ἀχούοντες δὲ Levdov πεί-
eeed to (the) Chersonesas, hearing also Seuthes per-
Sovros ἑαυτῷ συστρατεύεσθαι, μεν πάντες
suading yourselves to-enter-into-his-service, (did you not) indeed all
ἐλέγετε ἰέναι σὺν Σεύϑῃ, δὲ
say (that you would) go with Seuthes, and (did you not)
πάντες ἐψηφίσασϑε ταῦτα; Τί οὖν ἐγὼ
all vote-for these (things)? How therefore‘did I
᾿ἐνταῦϑα ἡἠδίχησα, ἀγαγὼν ὑμᾶς ἔνϑα ἐδόχει
then ‘wrong (you), leading you there-where it-seemed
ὑμὶν AOL ; "Exel γε Σεύϑης μὲν ἤρξατο
(gooi)for-you all (ἰο ρο) 7 Since at-least Seuthes indeed began
ψεύδισϑθαι περὶ tod μισθοῦ, εἰ μὲν ἐπαινῶ
to-deceive about the pay, if indeed I-should-praise

αὐτόν, ἂν δικαίως καὶ αἰτιῷσϑε καὶ μισοῖτε"
him, ‘you would justly both ‘accuse and detest (me)

ei δὲ ὧν πρόσϑεν μάλιστα πάντων φίλος,
if however being formerly most of-all (his’ friend,
νῦν πάντων εἶμι διαφορώτατός, πῶς
now of-all (men) I-am_ the-most-at-variance (with him), how

526 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON

ἂν αἱρούμενος ὑμὰς ἀντὶ Σεύϑου, ἔτι δικαίως

oan ‘I, preferring you before Seuthe:, as-yet justly
e e ~

ἔχοιμι αἰτίαν vp ὑμῶν περὶ ὧν δια-

‘have censure from you about (those things in) which I-am-

φέρομαι πρὸς τοῦτον; ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἂν εἴποιτε, ὅτι

at-variance with this [Seuthes]? But ‘you may ‘say, that

ἔξεσι ἔχοντα ὑμέτερα παρὰ Σεύϑου
it-ia (possible that) Ἷ, having your (money) from Seuthea
τεχνάζειν. Οὐχ οὖν τοῦτό γε δῆλον, ὅτι.
‘am-practising-artifice. ‘Is not therefore this at-least ‘evident, that,
εἴπερ Σεύϑης ἐτέλει Te ἐμοὶ, οὐ δήπου
if Seuthes paid any-thing to-me, he-‘did not certainly
ἐτέλει οὕτως, ὡς τε στεροιτο ὧν

“pay (it) for-the-purpose, that not-only he-might-be.deprived-of what
doin ἐμοὶ, ἄλλα, καὶ ἀποτίσειεν ὑμῖν; ᾿Αλλ’ οἶμαι,
he-gave me, but —_ also to-repay you ? But = I[-think,
εἰ ἐδίδου, ἂν ἐδίδου ἐπὶ τούτῳ,

if he-gave (me anything) ‘he may ‘have-given (10) Ὁ this (purpose),
ὅπως δοὺς μεῖον μὴ ἀποδοίη ὑμὶν
that having-given (a) less (sum) he-‘might not ‘pay you

τὸ πλεῖον. Εἰ τοίνυν οἴεσϑε ἔχειν
the greater (sum). If therefore you-think (the affair) to-have (itself)

οὕτως, ἔξεσιν ὑμῖν μάλα αὐτίκα ποιῆσαι ταύτην

thus, it-is-allowed you very speedily to-makse this
τὴν πρᾶξιν ματαίαν ἀμφοτέροις ὕμῖν, ἐὰν πράτ-

transaction useless for-bot (of) us, if you-
TNTE αὐτὸν τὰ χρήματα. Tap δήλον, ὅτι
exact (from) him the money, For (itis) evident, that
Σεύϑης, el ἔχω τι παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ἀπαιτήσει

Seuthes, if I-have (received) anything from him, will-’demand
ε, καὶ μέντοι ἀπαιτήσαι δικαίως, ἐὰν

(it) ‘Lack (of) me, and moreover will-demand (it) justly, if
μὴ βεθαιῶ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτῷ ἐφ᾽ ἡ ἐ

λ.-'ἂο not ‘confirm the transaction to-him for which I-received-

δόχουν. ᾿Αλλὰ δοχῶ μοι δεῖν πολλοῦ

gifts ‘from him). But I-seem to-myself to-wart m=ch (af

BOOK VII. —CHAPYLER VI. 527

3 ; eC «6
Exe τὰ ὑμέτερα" γὰρ ὀμνύω ὑμῖν ἅπαντας
having — your (money); tor I-swear to-you | by-all
θεοὺς χαὶ πάσας ἔχειν μηδέ
(the) gods and(by) all (the goddesses) (that I) have never-indeed
ἃ Σεύϑης ὑπέσχετο ἐμοὶ ἰδίᾳ"
(received) what Seuthes promised me (as my own) proper (pay);
δὲ καὶ αὐτός πάρεστι, καὶ ἀκούων σύνοιδέ μοι, εἶ
and also he-himself is-present, and hearing knows with-me, if
ἐπιορχῶ. Ἵνα δὲ μᾶλλον θαυμάσητε,
I-perjure-myself. That indeed you-may-'be yet-more ‘surprised,
συνεπόμνυμι μηδέ εἰλγφέναι ἃ οἵ
T-swear (that) I-'have not-indeed "received what the
ἄλλοι στρατηγοὶ ἔλαθον, μὴ τοίνυν μηδὲ ὅσα
other generals received, no moreover not-indeed as-much-as
imo. τῶν λοχαγῶν. Kai ci ἐποίουν tair’;
sume of-the captains. And why _ did-I-do this?

"2 ἄνδρες, ὅσῳ μᾶλλον συμφέροιμι

G men, (I thought that) how-much the-more [-endured-with
φυύτῳ τότε τὴν πενίαν, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον

this (man) while in — poverty, 80-much the-more

ποιήσεσθαι αὑτὸν φίλον ὁπότε δυνασϑείη. Δὲ
I-would-make him (8) friend whenever he-might-be-able. But
ἐγὼ ἅμα τε ὁρῶ αὐτὸν πράττοντα εὖ,
I at-the-present-time not-only see him doing well,
καὶ δὴ γιγνώσχω τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ. Τις
but-also truly know the disposition of-him. Some-one
δή ἂν εἴποι" οὔχ οὖν αἰσχύνῃ οὕτω
indeed may say: are-‘you not therefore ‘ashamed (8) ‘being thus
apis ἐξαπατώμενος; Nai μὰ Δία μέντοι
foolishly ‘deceived ? Certainly, by Jupiter, I-'would indeed
ἠσχυνόμεν, εἰ ἐξηπατήϑην ὑπὸ γε ὄντος
‘have-been-ashamed, if I-had-been-deceived by (one) at-least being (an)
πολεμίου" δὲ ὄντι φίλῳ δοχεὶ μοι αἴσχιον
enemy ; but being (s) friend it-seems to-me more-shamefw
ἐξαπατᾶν ἢ ἐξαπατᾶσϑαι. ᾿Ἐπεὶ, εἴ γε

0-deceive than to-be-deceived. Since if at-least the

628 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ounces ἐστὶ πρὸς φίλους, οἷδα ὑμᾶς Φυλατακενούς

is-to-be against friends, I-know you

πᾶσαν, ὡς μὴ παρασχεῖν τούτῳ ας
80-88 not to-give to-this {Seuthes] (a) just

πρόφασιν μὴ ἀποδιδόναι vuiy ἃ

pretext, (that he might) not pay us what
ὑπέσχετο" γὰρ οὔτε ἡδιχήσαμεν τοῦτον
he-promised; for we-‘have neither ‘injured - this [Seathes}

οὐδέν, οὔτε κατεθλακεύσαμεν τὰ
— (in any thing), nor neglected the (affairs)

’ὔ ϑῖι 4 , 3Q\
τούτου, οὐδὲ μὲν κατεδειλιάσαμεν οὐδὲν
of-this (man), or indeed did-we-cowardly-shrink -- (from any

ἐφ᾽ ὃ τι οὗτος παρεκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς. ᾿Αλλά,
thing) to which he called But, ‘you

ἂν φαίητε, ἔδει τότε λαθεῖν τὰ
may ‘say, it-ought (to be, that I should) then have-taken —-

> ἢ e 9. 3 , 7 509 >
ἐνέχυρα, ὡς εἰ ἐθούλετο μηδ᾽ ἐδύνατο ἐξα-
pledges, so-that if he-wished he-'could not-indeed ‘*be-able te-

πατᾶν. pds ταῦτα δὲ ἀχούσατε, ἃ ἐγὼ
deceive. As-respects these (things) indeed hear, what I

dy οὐχ εἶπον ἐναντίον τούτο, εἰ
should ‘at no ‘time have-mentioned ‘before this [Seuthes], if

μὴ ἐδοχεῖτε μοι εἷναι παντάπασι
you-’had not ‘shown (yourselves) to-me to-be altogether

ἀγνώμονες, ἢ λίαν ἀχάριστοι εἰς ἐμὲ. Tap

destitu‘e-of-intelligence, or very ungrateful towards me. | For

ἀναμνήσθητε EV ποὶοις τα πράγμασιν ἐτυγχάνετε

recollect in what an ings you-happened
ὄντες ἐξ
being [for recollect in what kind of circumstances you were placed] out-of
ὧν ἐγὼ ἀνήγαγον ὑμᾶς πρὸς Σεύδϑην.
which I (extricated you and) ‘led you ‘ap to Seuthes.

Οὐχ μὲν Tlépwdov προςῇτε εἰς πόλιν,
(Was it) not indeed (at) Perinthus you-went to (the) city,

δ᾽ ᾿Αρίσταρχος ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος ἀποχλείσας τὰς
but Aristarchus the Lacedsmonian having-shut the

BOOK VII.— CHAPTER VI. 529
σύλας οὐχ εἴα ὑμᾶς εἰςιέναι; Δ’ ἐστ
gates he-‘did not ‘let you go-in? And did-‘you (not) ‘en-
τοπεδεύετε ἔξω ὑπαίϑριοι; "Hv δὲ μέσος
samp without in-the-open-air? Was-it (not) indeed (the) middle

4 y ~ 9 ~

χειμὼν; Εχρῆσϑε ἀγορᾷ,
(ef) winter? | Ηδά- νοῦ (not) ‘to-make.use-of (a) market, [had you
ὁρῶντες μὲν σπάνια τὰ va,
aot to buy your provisions,] seeing indeed (a) scarcity (of) --- saleable
δ᾽ ἔχοντες σπάνια ὅτων ὠνήσεσϑε;
(things), and having (a) scarcity of-any (things that) you-may-buy
Δὲ ἦν ἀνάγκη μένειν ἐπὶ Θράκης"
(with)? And was-there (not ἃ) necessity to-remain in Thrace ;
(yap τριήρεις ἐφορμοῦσαι ἐχώλυον διατσιλεῖν ")
(for galleys having-been-anchored hindered (us) to-suil-over :)

εὖἦ δὲ τις μένοι εἶναι ἐν πολεμίᾳ,
if indeed any-one stayed (it was) to-be in (a) hostile (sountry),
ἔνϑα μὲν ἦσαν πολλοὶ inneis ἐναντίοι, δὲ
where indeed there-were many horsemen opposed (to you), as-likewise
πολλοὶ πελτασταί; Δὲ μὲν ἦν ὁπλιτικὸν
many targeteers ? And indeed there-was (a) heavy-armed
ἡμῖν, ᾧ, ἰόντες μὲν ἀδϑρόοι ἐπὶ τὰς
(corps) for-us, with-which, going indeed ‘in (a) ‘body to the

κώμας, ἴσως ἂν ἐδυνάμεϑα λαμθάνειν σῖτον
villages, perhaps ‘we might *be-able to-take food

οὐδέν τι Addovov’ δὲ διώχοντες ὅτῳ ἂν
‘but) not any abundance; and following whom ‘we mighi

cateAaubavouey ἢ ἀνδράποδα ἢ πρόθδατα,

capture neither slaves or cattle, (for the
ἦν οὐχ ἡμὶν. Tap ἐγὼ χατέλαδον οὔτε
proper troops) were ποῦ to-us. For I found neither

ἱσσκικὸν οὔτε πελταστικὸν συνεστηχὸς παρ᾽ ὑμῖν.

savalry nor targeteers constituted-in-a-body among you.
Εἰ οὖν, ὑμῶν ὄντων ἐν τοιαύτῃ ἀνάγκῃ, μηδὲ
If therefore, you being in this difficulty, not-indeed
προςαιτήσας ὁντιναοῦν μισθὸν,

baving-asked-in-addition (for any thing) whatever (as) pay,

680 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

προςέλαδον Σεύδην σύμμαχον ὑμῖν, ἔχοντα

d-acquired Seuthes (as an) ally for-you, he) having

καὶ ἱππέας καὶ πελταστὰς, ὧν ὑμεῖς προςεδεῖσθε,
both cavalry and targeteers, which you were-in-want-of,

y ἂν ἐδόχουν ὑμῖν βεθουλεῦσϑαι xaxids;
would I-have-seemed to-you to-have-consulted ill (for you)?

δήπου χοινωνήσαντες τούτων,
Se certainly § having-shared (in the advantages) of-these

xai εὑρίσκετε ἀφϑονώτερον σῖτον
kinds of troops), ‘you both ‘found more-abundant provisions

ἐν ταῖς χώμαις, διὰ τοὺς Opaxes τὸ avayxd-
in the villages, on-account-of the Thracians — ing-

Ceara: φεύγειν κατὰ μᾶλλον σπουδὴν, καὶ
forced to-flee with greater speed, and you-'had (a)

μᾶλλον μετέσχετε Mpobatuv καὶ ἀνδραπόδων. Καὶ

greater ‘share of-cattle and of-elaves. And

ἑωρῶμεν οὐδένα πολέμιον οὐχέτι, ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἱπσικὸν
we-saw no enemy no-more, after the cavalry

προςεγένετο ἡμῖν, δὲ τέως οἷ πολέμιοι θαῤῥαλέως

were-juined to-us, but at-this-time the enemy boldly

ἀφείποντο ὑμὶν xai ἱππικῷ καὶ πελταστιχῷ,
pursued us both cavalry and targetecra.

χωλύοντες NUS ἀποσχεδαννυμένους κατ᾽ ὀλίγους
hindering us (from) being-dispersed smal

μηδαμῇ πορίζεσθαι lasevdvied τὰ ἕω

(parties) every-where to-procure more-abundant --

τήδεια.

visions.
Δὲ εἰ δὴ ὁ συμπαρέχων ὑμὶν ταύτην τὴν
But if me (he) — (who) presenting you this

ἀσφάλειαν μὴ προςετέλει πάνυ πολὺν
security ‘did not ‘pay (you) ‘in-addition very great

μισϑον τῆς ἀσφαλείας, τοῦτο δὴ τὸ σχέτλιον
wages for-the security, (is) this indeed the shocking

. χαὶ ιὰ τοῦτο οἵεσ
πάδημα; i ὃ dto oleode

saffering (you complain of )? and on-account-of this do-you-think

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VI. 58)

“ 3 ~ 3 - 9 \ ~
χρῆναι οὐδαμῇ ἀνεῖναι ἐμὲ ζῶντα;
‘that; it-is-necessary not to-‘send me ‘away alive ?
Δὲ νῦν δὴ πῶς ἀπέρχεσϑε; Ov διαχειμά-

But now truly how do-you-depart? (Is it) not after-having- passed-the-
σαντες ἐν ἀφϑόνοις τοὶς ἐπιτηδείοις, δ᾽ ἔχοντες

winter in abundant -- provisions, and having
περιττὸν τοῦτο EL τι ἐλάθετε παρὰ
moreover-in-addition that, if any, (which) you-received from
Σεύϑου; Tap ἐδαπανᾶτε τὰ τῶν πολεμίων.
Seuthes ? For you-consumed the (things) of-the enemy.
Kai πράττοντες ταῦτα οὔτε
| And performing these (things) [and faring thus] | ‘you neither

9 a »ν € ~ 3 3 ~
ἐπείδετε ἄνδρας ὑμῶν ἀποθανόντας αὐτῶν,
‘beheld (the) men of-you having-died from-them, [you
οὔτε ἀπεθάλετε ζῶντας.
neither saw any of your men killed,] nor have-you-lost (any) living.
Εἰ δὲ τι καλὸν énénpaxto ὑμὶν ἐν τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ
If indeed any-thing glorious has-been-performed by-you in — Asia
πρὸς τοὺς Baphdpous, καὶ οὐχ ἐχεῖνο σῶν,
against the barbarians, and have-'you not *that safe,

καὶ πρὸς ExELVOLS προςειλήφατε νῦν ἄλλην

and to these have-‘you (not) ‘added ΠΟ another
εὔκλειαν, καὶ χρατήσαντες τοὺς Θρᾷχας ἐν Εὐρώπῃ,
glory, and having-subdued the Thracians in Europe,
ἐφ’ ots ἐστρατεύσασϑε; ᾿Εγὼ μὲν ἂν δικαίως
against whom you-marched ? I indeed may justly

4 ε ~ i ? 9 |
φημί υμᾶς ὧν χαλεπαίνετε ἐμοί,
say to) you (thethings) for-which you-are-angry with-me,
τούτων εἰδέναι χάριν τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς
for-these (we ought) to-consider (as a) favour frcm-the gods as

ἀγαϑῶν. Kai μὲν δὴ τοιαῦτα

for 80 many) good-things. Andindeed truly such _ (is the state of)

τὰ ὑμέτερα. "Ayete δὲ πρὸ
_ eur (affairs). | Lead indeed [well then] for (the sake)
θεῶν, σχέψασϑε καὶ τὰ ἐμὰ ὡς

‘of (the) ‘gods, | consider also — my (affairs) as (how they]

582 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἔχε.. Γὰρ ἐγὼ ὅτε μὲν

have (themselves) (consider my condition}. For I when indeed

πρότερον anya oixade, ἀπεπορευόμην μὲν
'T first ‘went-away (for) home, I-went-away indeed
ἔχω» πολὺν ἔπαινον πρὸς ὑμῶν, ἔχων δὲ δ᾽ ὑμᾶς
having much praise from you, having also through ycw

tai εὔχλειαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων.
ever glory (and renown) with the other Greeks
Δὲ ἐπιστευόμην ὑπὸ Λακεδαιμονίων " yap

And _I-was-trusted by (the) Lacedemonians; for ‘they

ἂν ov ἔπεμπον μὲ πάλιν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. Νῦν δὲ
to

ποῦ πος ‘have-sent me _ back you. Now indeed

ἀπέρχομαι διαδεθλημένος i’ ὑμῶν μὲν πρὸς

I-depart calumniated by you indeed to (the)
Λακεδαιμονίους, δὲ ἀπηχϑημένος Σεύϑῃ ὑπὲρ
Lacedzemonians, and having-offended Seuthes by (reason of)

ὑμῶν, ὃν ἤλπιζον ποιήσας ed
you, whom I-hoped | having-made (it) well [having served him effeo-
ued’ ὑμῶν, καὶ xatadyoecdau ,
tively] with you, and _ to-have-procured (with him an) honourable
ἀποστροφὴν xai ἐμοὶ καὶ παισίν, εἰ γένοιντο.
retreat both for-myself and (my) children, if there-should-be
Δ᾽ ὑμεῖς ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐγὼ te ἀπήχϑημαί
(any tome). But you for whom I not-only have-‘incurred
πλεῖστα, χαὶ ταῦτα πολὺ κρείττοσιν
the-most ‘hatred, but-also this (from those) much better
ἐμαυτοῦ, τε οὐδὲ AW viv πέπαυμαι πραγμα-

(than) myself, and neither not-even now do-I-cease labouring-to-

τευόμενος ὅὃ τι ἀγαθὸν δύναμαι ὑμῖν, ἔχετε

effect whatever good I-can for-you, who-have
τοιαύτην γνώμην περὶ ἐμοῦ. “AAA μὲν ἔχετε
such (an) opinion respecting me. But indeed you-have

οὔτε λαθόντες evyorta, οὔτε
me (in your power). neither having-taken (me) fleeing-away, nor

ἀποδιδράσχοντα" ἢν δὲ ποιήσητε ἃ λέγετε, ἴστε,
about-running-away ; if indeed you-will-do what you-say, know

BCOK VII. — CHAPTER VI. 588

ὅτι ἔσεσθε χαταχανόντες ἄνδρα, ἀγρυπνήσαντα
that you-will-be killing (a) man having- watched
μὲν δὴ πολλὰ πρὸ ὑμῶν, δὲ πονήσαντα xa.
andeed truly much for you, and having-laboured(mvuch) and

χινδυνεύσαντα πολλὰ σὺν ὑμῖν, καὶ ἐν τῷ
encountered many ‘dangers with you, both in -

μέρει καὶ παρὰ τὸ μέρος, δὲ θεῶν ὄντων
(his) share and beyond — (his) share, and (the) gods being
ἵλεων πολλὰ τρόπαια δὴ βαρδάρων στη-
propitious many trophies truly ‘over (the) ‘barbarians have-
σάμενον σὺν ὑμῖν" διατεινάμενον πρὸς ὑμᾶς πὰν
been-erected with you; having-exerted-myself for you (in) all
ὅσον ἐδυνάμην, ὅπως δὲ γένοισϑε πολέμιοι
as-much-as I-was-able, that indeed you-might-become inimical
γε μηδενὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων. Tap xai οὖν viv
δὲ.Ἰοδδὲ to-none of-the Greeks. For even therefore now
ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν ἀνεπιλήπτως πορεύεσθαι, ὅπῃ ἂν
it-is-allowed you blamelessly to-proceed, where ‘you may
ἔλησθε, καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν.
‘have-desired, both by land and by sea.
Δὲ ὑμεῖς, ὅτε πολλὴ εὐπορία φαίνεται ὑμῖν, καὶ
And you, when _— great abundance shows-itself to-you, and
πλεῖτε ἔνϑα δὴ πάλαι ἐπιϑυμεῖτε, τε
about-to-sail where indeed heretofore you-have-desired-to-be, and
δέονται ὑμῶν ob
those desire you ---- (those, namely, who are considered as) ‘being

μέγιστον δυνάμενοι, δὲ μισϑὸς φαίνεται,
the-most ‘able (and powerful), | and pay appears

δὲ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, οἱ

[and pay is offered to you,] and lLacedsemonians, “- (those, namely,

e
νομιζόμενοι χράτιστοι ἡγεμόνες ἥχουσι,
who) being-considered _the-best leaders come (for you).

νῦν δὴ δοχεὶ ὑμῖν εἶναι καιρὸς χατα-
does it now indeed seem to-you to-be (a) proper (time) to
κανεὶν ἐμὲ ὡς τάχιστα; Ov
kill me 88 speedily (as possible)? (You had) no (sueb

584 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

μὴν ye ὅτε ἦμεν ἐν τοῖς ἀἁτιόροις͵

latentions) certainly at-least when we-were in --- difficulties,
ὦ μνγμονικώτατοι πάντων ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐχαλεῖτε
O (men) having-memories of-all ; but even you-called

ἐμὲ πατέρα, καὶ ὑπισχνεῖσϑε ἀεὶ μεμνῆσϑαι ὡς
me father, and you-promised always to-remember (me) as (a)
3

evepyétov. Μέντοι οὗτοί, ot viv ἥχοντες
benefactur. However those, -— (those namely) now come
9. C ww 9 3 9&1 3 , σ e
Ep ὑμᾶς, εἶσιν ov οὐδὲ ἀγνώμονες" ὥςτε, ὡς
for you, are not either (so) ignorant ; so-that, as
ἐγὼ οἷμαι, οὐδὲ δοχεῖτε βελτίονες τούτοις,
I think, you-'will neither ‘seem better to-these
ὄντες τοιοῦτοι περὶ ἐμέ. Εἰπὼν ταῦτ᾽
(persons), being such as-respects me. Having-said thee
ἐπαύσατο.
(things) he-ceased.
Δὲ Xapuivos ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος ἀναστὰς εἷπεν᾽
And Charminus the Lacedemonian standing-up said :
᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐ τὼ σιώ, μέντοι δοχεῖτε ἐμοὶ, ὦ ἄνδρες,
Certainly by-the twin-gods, however you-seem to-me, O men,
s ~ ’ 9 ᾿ 9 a A
χαλεπαίνειν τῷ τούτῳ ἀνδρὶ οὐ δικαίως" yap
to-be-displeased with — this man not justly; for
ἢ 3.4 » ~ 9 - ‘ ,
καὶ αὐτὸς ἔχω μαρτυρῆσαι αὐτῷ. Tap Σεύϑης
even I-myself have to-bear-witness to-him. For Seuthes
ἐρωτῶντος ἐμοῦ καὶ ἸΠολυνίχου περὶ Ἐξενοφῶντος,
inquiring of-me and Polynicus about Xenophon,
, > 64 Υ τ ‘ 88ι
τίς ἀνὴρ εἴη, εἶχε μὲν οὐδὲν
what-kind (οὗ a) man he-might-be, (he said) bhe-had indeed nothing
ἄλλο μέμψασθαι, δὲ ἔφη αὐτὸν εἶναι
6129 to-'accuse (him) of, but he-said (that) he was
φιλοστρατιώτην᾽" διὸ εἶναι χεῖρον αὐτῷ
a) friend-of-the-soldiers; wherefore (that it) was worse for-him
τε πρὸς ἡμῶν τῶν Λαχεδαιμονίων, καὶ πρὸς
not-only with us the Lacedemonians, but-also with
αὐτοῦ. “Eni τούτῳ Εὔρύλοχος Λουσιάτης
dimself. After _ this-one Eurylochus (the) Lusian (aaj

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VI. 585

᾿Αρχὰς ἀναστὰς eine’ Καὶ doxei γὲ μοι; Λαχεδαι-
Arcadian rising-up said: ‘It even ‘seemsat-leastto-me, [,βοθά
€ ~ ~ -
μόνιοι ἄνδρες. υμᾶς στρατηγῆσαι πρῶτον»
monian men, (that) you should-'be (our) ‘generals first
~ 3 ~ ‘ ’ eC a A 4
τοῦτο ἀναπρᾶξαι παρὰ Levsov nuiv tov μισϑὸν
im-this to-have-exacted from Seuthes for-us — (our) pay
ἢ ἐχόντος, ἢ ἄχοντος, καὶ μὴ πρότερον
either willingly, or unwillingly, and not before (this was done)
ἀπαγαγεὶν ἡμᾶς. Πολυχράτης δὲ ᾿Αϑηναῖοι
to-have-'led us ‘away. Polycrates indeed (the) Athenian
ἀναστὰς einev ὑπὲρ Ἐενοφῶντο᾽ Γὲ μὴν ὁρῶ,
rising-up spoke _ for Xenophon: ‘IT at-least certainly ‘see,
ἔφη, ὦ ἄνδρες, καὶ Ἡρακλείδην παρόντα ἐνταῦθα,
said-he, ὦ men, even Heraclides being-present here,
9 \ ‘ ’ 64 3 ,
ὃς παραλαδὼν τὰ χρήματα, ἃ γμεὶς ἐπονήσαμεν,
who having-received the things, which we laboured
3 ’ ~ 9 ἢ \
ἀποδόμενος ταῦτα, ἀπέδωχε τὰ γιγνό.
(to obtain), having-sold these (things) gave the pro-
μενα οὔτε Σεύϑῃ οὔτε ἡμὶν, GAA’ αὐτὸς κλέψας,
ceeds neither to-Seuthes ΠΟ to-us, but he _—having-stolen
/ a ΐ ~
NMENATAL. Hy οὖν σωφρονῶμεν
(them), keeps-possession (οὗ them). If therefore we-are-wise

ἐξόμεϑα αὐτοῦ. Tap, ἔφη, οὗτος δὴ

we-will-lay-hold of-him. For, said-ne, this (person) indeed

ἐστιν οὗ γε Θρᾳξ, ἀλλ dv ὝἭλλην

is not at-least (a) Thracian, but being (a) Greek ‘treats

Ἕλληνας ἀδικεὶ.
(the) Greeks ‘unjustly.
Ὁ Ἢ ἰρακλείδης ἀχούσας ταῦτα μᾶλλον
-- eraclides hearing these (things), 'was more
ἐξεπλάγη" χαὶ ASOY τῷ Devsn λέγεϊ"
yn προςελωὼν τῷ LEVIY Aéyel
‘alarmed (than before); and proceeding to— Seuthes he-says:
"Hy σωφρονὼμεν ἄπιμεν ἐντεῦθεν ἐχ τῆς
If we-are- wise ‘we (will) ‘depart hence from _ the
ἐπιχρατείας τούτων. Καὶ ἀναθάντες ἐπὶ τοὺς
power of-these (men). And mounting on — (their)

386 SHE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

MMV, ᾧχοντο ἀπελαύνοντες εἷς τὸ στρατόπεδον
iorses they-departed riding-off to the camp

ἑαυτῶν. Kai ἐντεῦθεν Σεύϑης néurcer Αὐροζέλμην
»f-themselves. And thence Seuthbes sends Abrozelmes
τὸν ἑρμηνέα ἑαυτοῦ πρὸς Ἐενοφῶντα, καὶ κελεύει
he interpreter of-himself to Xenophon, and requests

εὐτὸν καταμεῖναι παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ, ἔχοντα χιλίους
‘m to-remain with himeelf, having (a) thousand

“πλίτας, καὶ ὑπισχνεῖται ἀποδώσειν αὐτῷ τε
heavy-armed-men, and promised to-give to-him also
τὰ χωρία τὰ ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ, xa
the places — (those namely) on (the) sea, (soast), and

τἄλλα ἃ ὑπέσχετο. Καὶ ποιησάμενος
the-vther (things), which he-promised. And having-made (the

ἐν ἀποῤῥήτῳ λέγει, ὅτι axnxoe ΠΟο-
(communication) in ἈΝ he-says, that he-had-heard from-Po-

Avvixov, ὡς, εἶ ἔσται ὑποχείριος Λαχκεδαι-
lynicus, that, if he-should-be in-the-hands ‘of (the) ‘Lacedsx-

μονίοις, σαφῶς ἀποϑανοῖτο ὑπὸ Θίόρωνος. Δὲ

monians, ovidently he-would-be-put-to-death by Thibron.

χαὶ πολιλοὶ ἄλλοι ἐπέστελλον ταῦτα τῷ Eicvo-
also many others communicated these (things) to— Xeno-

φῶντι, ὡς εἴη διαδεθλημένος, καὶ δέοι φυλάττεσθαι.
phon, that he-was calumniated, and ought to-be-on-his-guard.

Δὲ ὃ εἰχούων ταῦτα, λαθών δύο ἱερεῖα,
But — (he) hearing these (things), having-taken two victims,
Eve τῷ Διὶ τῷ Baorrei, πότερά ein λῷον

sacrificed to —. upiter the king, whether it- would-be more-desirable

καὶ ἄμεινιν μένειν παρὰ Levdy ἐφ᾽ οἷς
and better to-remain with rae on (the terms) which

Σεύδης λέγει, ἢ ἀπιέναι σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι.

Beuthes meniions, or to-remain with the army.

Δ᾽ ἀναιρεὶ αὐτῷ ἀπιέναι.
And (Jupiter) signifies to-him to-depart

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VII. 687

CHAPTER VII.

TEVING μὲν ἀπεστρατοπεδεύσατο ἐντεῦθεν

SEurues Laie ‘removed (his) ‘camp thenoe
eg 3 ’

προσωτέρω" δὲ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐσχήνησαν εἰς χώμας,

farther-off ; and the Greeks quartered in villages,

ὅϑεν ἔμελλον, ἐπισιτισάμενοι πλεῖ-

whence they-intended, having-supplied-themselves-with-provisions plenti-

στα, ἥξειν ἐπὶ θάλατταν. Αἱ αὗται χώμαι δὲ
fully, to-go to (the) sea. — These villages indeed

ἦσαν δεδομέναι Mydocddy ὑπὸ LevdSov. Ody ὁ
had beon-given to-Medosades by Seuthes. Therefore —

Mydocadns ὁρῶν τὰ ἑαυτοῦ ᾿ ἐν ταὶς
Medosades seeing |the (things) of-him [his property] in the

κώμαις δαπανώμενα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἕλληνων, χαλε-
villages consumed by _— the Greeks, he-'was grievous-

πῶς ἔφερε" καὶ Aabdy ὈὈδρύσην ἄνδρα δυνα-

ly ae a and taking (an) mae man, (the) most.

τώτατον τῶν χαταθεθηκότων ἄνωθεν,
powerful of — (those) having-come-down | from-above, [from the

καὶ ἱππέας ὅσον τριάχοντα, ἔρχεται
upper country,} and horsemen as-many-as thirty, Le-went

xai προχαλεῖτα Ἐενοφῶντα ἐκ τοῦ “Ἑλληνικοῦ
and called-out Xenophon from the Greciaa

στρατεύματος. Kai ὃς λαθών τινας τῶν λοχαγῶν
camp. And who taking some of-the captains
καὶ ἄλλους τῶν ἐπιτηδείων» προςέρχεται.

and others of-the proper (men) went-to-meet cbima).

"EvSa δὴ Μηδοσάδης λέγει" ᾿Αδικεῖτε, ὦ Ἐξενοφῶν
Then indeed Medosades said: You-act-unjustly,Q Xenophon,

πορϑοῦντες τὰς ἡμετέρας χώμας. Οὖὗν προλέγομεν

laying-waste villages. Therefore we warn

ὑμῖν, ἐγώ τε ὑπὲρ Σεύϑου, καὶ ὅδε 6 ἁνήρ,
Ι not-only for Seuthes, butalso this — maa,

488 THE ANABASI3 OF XENOPHON.

ἥχων παρὰ Myddxov τοῦ βασιλέως ἄνω,

coming from Medocus king | above, [of the upper

ἀπιέναι τῆς ὥρας" δὲ εἰ ,
country,} to-leave — (these) χώρας but if (you do) il

οὐχ ἔπιτ ρέψομεν i υμὶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν ποιῆτε
we-‘shall not Aaah you (todoso), but if you-de

κακῶς τῆν ἡμετέραν χώραν, ἀλεξόμεϑα

territory, bach i αὐ (ourselves against

ὡς πολεμίους.
you) as enemies.

e ~— ~ \ 9 , “ % Ξ

O Ξενοφῶν δὲ ἀχούσας ταῦτα εἶπεν

— Xenophon indeed hearing these (things) said :
᾿Αλλὰ μὲν σοὶ λέγοντι τοιαῦτα xai ἀποχρί-
But indeed to-you saying such (things) even to-an-
vaosa. χαλεπόν" δ᾽ ἕνεχα τοῦδε τοῦ νεανισχου
swer (is) painful; but on-account-of this — young-man
λέξω, ἵν᾿ εἰδῃ τὲ οἷοί ὑμεὶς

I-shall-reply, that he-may-know, not-only what-sort (of people) you
ἐστε, καὶ οἷοι nels. Γὰρ ἡμεῖς μὲν, ἔφη,

are, but-also what-sort we (are). For we indeed, said-be,

iy γενέσϑαι φίλοι ὑμῖν, ἐπορευόμεϑα διὰ

before (that we) became friends to-you, marched through

ταύτης τῆς χώρας, ὅποι ἐθουλόμεϑα, mopsabyres

-- country, wherever we-wished, ying-waste
ra μὲν ἐϑέλοιμεν, δὲ καίοντες ἣν ἐδέλοιμεν. Kal
what indeed we-wished, and burning what we-wiehed. And

σὺ ὁπότε ἔλθοις ἡμᾶς πρεσθεύων, ηὐλίζου τότε

γι when you-came to-us acting-as-an-ambassador, encamped then

nmap ἡμῖν, φοδούμενος οὐδένα τῶν πολεμίων" δὲ
by

us, fearing none of-the enemy ; but

ὑμεῖς oe ἧτε εἰς τήνδε τὴν χώραν, ἤ, εἰ

you ‘did not ‘come into this - country. or, if

NOTE ἔλϑδοιτε ηὐλίζεσϑε ois ἵπσιοις

ut-any-time you-may-have-came you-encamped with — (your) horses

ἐγχεχαλινωμένοις ὡς ἐν χώρᾳ χρειττόνων.
vady-bridled as in (a) country (of people) bette

BOOK VII.— CHAPTER VII. 589

Δὲ ἐπεὶ ἐγένεσϑὲ φίλοι
‘er more powerful than yourselves). But when you-became friends
ἡμὶν, καὶ δι’ ἡμᾶς σὺν θεοὶς ἔχετε
bo-ur, andthrough us π|1} (the assistanco of the) gods you-have
τήνδε τὴν χώραν, viv δὴ ἐξελαύνετε
(possession of) this — country, nowtruly ‘you (would) ‘expel
ἡμᾶς ἔχ τῆςδε τῆς χώρας, ἣν ἐχόντων παρελάθετε
us from this — country, which having you-received
παρ᾽ ἡμῶν χατὰ κράτος" γὰρ ὡς αὐτὸς
from us as (the more) powerful; for as you-yourselves
οἶσϑα, of πολέμιοι ἦσαν οὐχ ἱχανοὶ ἐξελαύνειν
know, the enemy were not able to-'drive
ἡμᾶς. Καὶ ἀξιοῖς ἀποπέμψασθαι ἡμᾶς
us ‘out. And you-think-proper to-'send us ‘away
ὅπως οὐ δοὺς δῶρα καὶ ποιήσας εὖ,
80-88 not (only ποῖ) having-given presents and having-done well
ave ὧν ἔπαϑες ed, ἀλλ᾽
(to us), in-place-of (that) which you-receive? \wnefits (from us), but
ἀποκχορενομένους, ἐπιτρέπεις NUG. VO ἐναυλισϑῆναι,
about-departing, you-would-permit us .eather to-sojourn,
9g ΝΜ 3 A ᾽ὔ ~
ὅσον δύνασαι. Σ᾿. αἱ λέγων ταῦτα
(in) as-much-as (that you were) able. Ἀνὰ = saying these
Ὑ > , ‘ y ‘
οὔτε αἰσχύνῃ θεοὺς, εὖτε τόνδε τὸν
(things), ‘you neither reverence (the) gods, \tor this -
ἄνδρα, ὃς νῦν μὲν ὁρᾷ σε πλοντοῦντα, δὲ πρὶν
man, who now indeed sees you being AW, but before
γενέσῶαι φίλον ὑμὶν ἔχοντα
(that you) became (a) friend to-us (heawt you) (having)
TOV βίον ἀπὸ λῃστείας, ὡς αὐτὸς
(supporting) — (your) life by plunder, as you-yourselves
ἔφησϑα. ᾿Ατὰρ τί xal λέγεις Taira ;
have-said. But why even do-you-say these (things) te
ἐμὲξ ἔφη. yap ἔγωγ᾽ ἔτι ἄρχω, Aa
me? continued-he; for I-at-least no-longer command, ut (the)

Λαχεδαιμόνιοι, οἷς ὑμεῖς, ὦ θαυμαστέτατοι,
Lacedwmonians, to-whom you, 0 most-wonderfxl (mea)

540 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHOX.

παρεδώχκατε τ τὸ στράτευμα. ἀπαγαγεῖν, οὐδὲν
‘gave army ‘up to-have-'led (it) ‘away, not

πα ΠΝ ὅπως, ὥςπερ ἀπηχϑάνομην αὑτοῖς,

having-called-on-me, so-that, as I-was-hated by-them,

ὅτε ἦγον πρὸς ὑμᾶς, οὕτω καὶ νῦν χαρισαίμη;
as I-led (the army) to you, so even now I-might-gratify

ἀποδιδούς.
fthem) having-restored (it).

Ἐπεὶ dé ὁ ᾿Οδρύσης ἤχουσεν ταῦτα, εἶπεν"
When indeed the oaee heard these (things), he-said :

Ἐγὼ μὲν, ὦ Μηδόσαδες, ἀχούων ταῦτα
indeed, O Medosades, hearing these (things), (feel)

χαταδύομαι κατὰ τὴς γῆς ὑπὸ αἰσχύνης. Kai
myself-sinking beneath the earth from shame. And

ei μὲν ἠπιστάμην πρόσϑεν, ἂν οὐδ᾽ συνηχο-
if indeed I-had-known (this) before, ‘I would not 'have-accom.

λούϑησά σοι" καὶ viv ἄπειμ. Tap Mydoxds ὁ

panied you; and now I-depart. For Medocus the
βασιλεὺς ἂν οὐδ᾽ ἐπαινοίη με, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμι τοὺς

king would not approve me, if I-had-expelled — (his)
εὐεργέτας. Einav ταῦτ᾽, ἀναδὰς ἐπὶ τὸν

benefactors. Having-said these (things), mounting on — (his)
imnov ἀπήλαυνε, χαὶ σὺν αὐτῷ ot ἄλλοι ἱσσκεὶς,
horse he-rode-off, and with him the otber horsemen
πλὴν τεττάρων ἢ πέντε. Δὲ ὁ Νηδοσάδης, (γὰρ
except four or five. But — Medosades, (for

ἢ χώρα πορθουμένη ἐλύπει αὐτὸν,) ἐχέλευε τὸν
the country being-laid-waste distressed him,) requested -

Ἐενοφῶντα χαλέσαι τὼ Λαχεδαιμονίω. Kai
Xenophon to-call-on the-two Lacedsmonians. And whe

λαθὼν τοὺς ἐπιτηδειοτάτους,
taking — (those) most-suitable (for the purpose with him)

TIpUSNASE τῷ Χαρμίνῳ χαὶ Πολυνίχῳ, καὶ pane

he-went-to harminus and _ Polynicus, and

ὅτι Μηδοσάδης καλεῖ αὐτοὺς, προερῶν ἅπε
that Medosades calls-on zoe el αι (them) p

BOOK VII. -—CHAPTER VII. §41

αὐτῷ ἀπιέναι ix τῆς χώρας. “Av οὖν
(he had done) himself to-depart from the country. ‘I should therefore
οἶμαι, ἔφη, ὅτι ὑμᾶς ἀπολαθεὶν τὸν
‘think, said (Xenophon), that you (would) obtain the
μισθόν ὀφειλόμενον va στρατιᾷ, εἰ εἴποιτε ὅτι

pay army, if you-were-to-say that

ἢ στρατιὰ δεδέηται ὑμῶν συναναπρᾶξαι τὸν

the army has-entreated of-you together-to-exact — (your’

μισθόν Σεύϑου ἢ παρ᾽ exdvtos ἢ παρ᾽ ἄχοντος.
pay of-Seathes either — willing or _ unwilling,

xai ὅτι φασι τυχόντες τούτων ἂν προϑύ-
and that they-say having-obtained these (things) ‘they would —cheer-
μως συνέπεσϑαι ὑμὶν, καὶ ὅτι δοχοῦσι ὑμὶν λέγειν
fully ‘follow you, and that they-appear to-you to-say

δίχαια, καὶ ὅτι ὑπέσχεσϑε αὐτοὶς
(the things that are) just, and that you-had-promised thera

τότε ἀπιέναι, ὅταν ot στρατιῶται ἔχωσι τὰ
then to-depart, when the soldiers might-have — (their)

δίκαια. Οἱ Adxaves ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα,

just (demands). The Lacedwmonians hearing these (things),
ay ἐρεῖν, χαὶ ἄλλα

said (that they would) say (so), and (such) other (things)

ὁποῖα ἂν δύνωνται χράτιστα᾽

as-that ‘they might ‘be-able (to ὕγχ9) to-the-best (advantage),

καὶ εὐδὺς ἐπορεύοντο ἔχοντες πάντας τους

and immediately they-proceeded having

ἐπικαιρίους. ᾿Ελθὼν δὲ Χαρμῖνος ἜΝ Εἰ μὲν,
proper-persons. Having-come indeed Charminus said: If indeed,

ὦ Μηδόσαδης, σύ ἔχεις τι, λέγειν πρὸς ἡμᾶς

0 Medosades, you have any-thing, to-say

δὲ εἶ μή, ἡμεὶς ἔχομεν πρὸς σὲ.

(say it); but if not, we have (something to say) to you.

Ὃ Mydocadys δὲ μάλα, ὑφειμένως ἔφη AAW ἐγὼ

-- Medosades indeed very submissively said: But

μὲν λέγω, καὶ Σεύϑης τὰ αὐτά, ὅτι ἀξιοῦμεν

say. and Seuthes (says) the same, that sme

642 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

TOUS γεγε:ημένους φίλους ἡμὶν
(it right, that) -- (those) having-become friends _to-us, (oug ht}
4 ἢ ~ © .9 ς ~ ‘ 9
μη πάσχειν χαχῶς vp wGY' yap ὅ τι ἂ»
not to-suffer evil by you; for whatever you may
ποιῆτε χαχῶς τούτους, ποιεῖτε ἤδη ἡμᾶς"
‘do ill (to) them, you-do already (the sameto) us;
ἀρ εἶσιν ἡμέτερο. “Hueis τοίνυν, ἔφασαν οἵ
or they-are ours. We therefore, said the
Adxaves, ἂν ἀπίοιμεν, ὁπότε οἱ xatanpatartes
Lacedzemonians, may depart, when — (those) having-performed
ταῦτα ὑμῖν ἔχοιεν τὸν μισϑὸν᾽ εἰ δὲ μή,
these (great things) for-you may-have — (their) pay; if indeed not,
ἐρχόμεϑα μὲν καὶ viv βοηϑήσοντες
we-come indeed even now helping (and taking part with)
τούτοις, καὶ τιμωρησόμενοι ἄνδρας of ἡδίκη-
these, and about-taking-vengeance-on (the) ‘men who wronged
σαν τούτους παρὰ τοὺς ὅρχους. Δὲ ἦν
these (soldiers) against — (their) oaths. And if
δὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἧτε τοιοῦτοι, EVSEVOE
indeed also you may-have-been (of) such (number), (/rom-here)
ἀρξόμεϑα λαμθάνειν τὰ δίκαια. Ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν
(of you) we-will-begin to-take — justice. -— Xenopaon
δὲ εἶπεν A’ ἐϑέλοιτε, ὦ Myddoades, ἂν
(then) indeed said: And would-you-be-willing, 0 | Medosades, -
ἐπιτρέψαι τούτοις, (ἐπειδὴ ἔφατε
to-leave (it) to-these (people), (since they-say (that they)
εἶναι φίλους ὑμῖν,) ἐν ὧν TH χώρᾳ ἐσμέν,
are friends to-you,) in whose — cvuntry we-are, (that they)
ἂν ψγφίσωνται ὁπότερα, Ei’ προςῆχεν ὑμᾶς ἀπιένα
might decide-by-vote either, whether it-were-fit for-you to-depart

9 ~ ’ 4 ε - ae »

ἐχ τῆς χώρας, εἰτε γμᾶς; Δεο ἔφη

from the country, or us? But — (Medosades) suid (I do)
οὐ μὲν ταῦτα δὲ μάλιστα μὲν ἐχέλευε αὐτὼ

not indeed (want) this; but most-of-all indeed he-requested theze-two

τὼ Λάχωνε ἐλϑεῖν napa Σεύϑην περὶ τοῦ μισθοῦ,
~ Lacedsmonians to-go to Seuthes about the pay

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VII. 543

καὶ οἴεσθαι ἂν πεῖσαι Σείϑην" δ'

and (thathe) thought (thatthey) might persuade Seuthes; but
εἰ μή, πέμπειν Ἐενοφῶντα σὺν αὐτῷ, καὶ ὑπι
ἱ not, to-send Xenophon with himself, and he-

σχνεῖτο συμπράξειν. ᾿Ἐδεῖτο δὲ μὴ καίειν
promised to-co-operate. He-requested (them) moreover not to-burn

τὰς κώμας.

the villages.
9 a A — ~ 4 ‘ 3 ~
Εντεῦϑεν πέμσιουσι Ἐξενοφῶντα, καὶ σὺν αὐτᾷ
Thereupon they-send Xenophon, and with him

οἱ ἐδόχουν εἶναι ἐπιτηδειότατοι. Ὁ

(those) who seemed _ to-be the-most-proper (persons). — (He)
δὲ ἐλθὼν λέγει πρὸς Levdyv: Πάρειμι,
indeed having-come speaks (thus) to Seuthes ; I-am-here,
ὦ Σεύϑη, οὐδὲν ἀπαιτήσων, ἀλλὰ
Ο δουίδοε, not about-demanding (any thing of you), but
’ n ᾽ et 3
διδάξων, ἦν δύνωμαι, ὡς οὐ

teaching (and convincing you), if | I-am-able, that γου- ΔΥῸ not

δικαίως ἠχϑέσϑης μοι, ὅτι προθύμως ἀπήτουν
justly ‘displeased with-me, because ‘I earnestly ‘entreated
σε ὑπὲρ τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ἃ ὑἡπέσχου
you about (the pay) of-the soldiers, which vou-promised
αὐτοῖς yap ἔγωγε ἐνόμιζον οὐχ εἶναι ἧττον
them ; for I-at-least thorght (it would) not be less
συμφέρον σοὶ ἀποδοῦναι, ἢ anorabety
advantageous to-you to-pay, than (that it would be) _to-receive

éxetvois. Tap οἶδα μὲν πρῶτον μετὰ τοὺς
(it) by-them. For I-know indeed (that) first after the

θεοὺς, τούτους καταστήσαντα σε εἰς τὰ
gods, these (soldiers) §having-placed youu in — (

φανερόν, ἐπεὶ γε ἐποίησαν σε βασιλέα
conspicuous (position), then at-least they-made you king
πολλῆς χώρας καὶ πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων" Aste οὐχ
of-many places and of-many men ; so-that (it is) not

a

οἷόν τε AavSdvey σοι, οὔτε ἣν
possible | to-conceal yourself, [tc escape notice,] whether if

544 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ποιήσῃς τι καλὸν, οὔτε HY τί αἰσχ
γου- 0 any-thing good, or if any-thing shameful. "70 (a,

"Avdpi δὲ ὄντι τοιούτῳ ἐδόχει μὲν εἶναι
‘man indeed being such (in situation) it-seems indeed _to-be
ι μέγα μὴ δοχεῖν ἀποπέμψασ-

μο

to-me (to bea thing of) great (importance) not to-seem to-have-seni-
Sau ἀχαρίστως ἄνδρας εὐεργέτας, μέγα

away upgratefully men (his) benefactors, (a) great (thing)

δὲ εὖ ἀχούειν ὑπὸ ἑξαχιςχιλίων ἀνϑδρώπων"
indeed to-be-well-spoken-of by six-thousand men

δὲ τὸ μέγιστον καταστῆναι
and the greatest to-be-firmly-established (in the confidence that)

σαυτὸν μηδαμῶς ἄπιστον ὅ τι λέγοις.
you (are) in-no-wise unworthy-of-belief (in) what you-may-say
Tap ὁρῶ τοὺς λόγους μὲν ἄπιστω πλανω-

For I-see the words indeed of-those-unworthy-of-belief wander-

μένους ματαίους και ἀδυνάτους καὶ ἀτίμους" δ᾽
ing-about in-vain and powerless and dishonoured; but
οἱ λόγοι τούτων, of ἂν dow Φανεροὶ ἀσχοῦντες
the words of-those, who may be openly cultivating

ἀλήϑειαν, ἢν δέονωνται τι, δύνανται οὐδὲν μεῖον
truth, if they-want any-thing, are-able not less

ἀνύσασϑαι, ἢ ἡ Bia ἄλλων" ἦν τε βού-
to-effect (it), than the force of-other (men); if also they-

Aves σωφρονίζειν τινας, γιγνώσχω τὰς

to-'bring any-one ‘to-reason, I-know the

cas τούτων οὐχ ἧττον σωφρονιζούσας,

threats of-these (men are) not less correcting,
ἢ τὰς ἤδη χολάσεις ἄλλων: ἤν τέ οἱ
than the already (given) punishments of-others; if also —

τοιοῦτοι ἄνδρες ὑπισχνῶνται τῷ τι δια;
sach men promise — (any one) anything they-

ETTOvTOL οὐδὲν μεῖον, ἢ ἄλλοι διδόντες παρα-
accomplisn no less, than others giving at-the-

χρῆμα. Δὲ xal ἀναμνήσθητι σύ, τί προτελέσας

instant. d also recollect yourself, what wou-aavanesd

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VII. §45

ἡμὶν ἔλαθες ἡμᾶς συμμάχους. Oiled’ ὅτι
to-us having-taken us (as) allies. You-know that (it was}
οὐδέν: ἀλλὰ πιστευϑεῖς ἀληϑεύσειν, ἃ ἔλαθες,
nothing; | but having-been-trusted to-speak-the-truth, what you-say,
ἐπῆρας
[but trusting that you spoke the truth in what you said,] you-induced
τοσούτους ἀνϑρώπους τε συστρατεύεσθϑαί τε καὶ
such-a-number (of) men not-only to-fight-with (you), but-also
XATEPYAOATSA σοι ἀρχὴν ov μόνον ἀξίαν
to-ccnquer-with you (a) government not only worth

τριάχοντα ταλάντων, ὅσα οὗτοι οἴονται
thirty talents. |§ which (sum) they think (that they)

δεῖν νῦν ἀπολαθεὶν, ἀλλὰ πολλαπλασίων.

cought now to-receive (from you), but many-times-more.

Οὐχ οὖν πρῶτον μὲν τοῦτο TO πιστεύεσϑαι σε,
(Is) not therefore first indeed this | the to-confide ἰη-γοῦ,

TO καὶ χατεργασάμενον»
[the confidence placed in γου,] --- (that) even (which) secured

σοι τὴν βασιλείαν πιπράσχεται ὑπὸ σον τούτων
for-you the kingdom sold by you (for) this

τῶν χρημάτων. “Ide δὴ ἀναμνήσϑετι, πῶς μέγα
- money. Well-then truly recollect, how great

τότε ἡγοῦ χαταπράξασϑαι ἃ
‘you then ‘considered (it) to-accomplish (those things) which

viv ἔχεις καταστρεψάμενος. ᾿Εγὼ μὲν oid εὖ,
I

now you-have having-conquered. indeed know well

ὅτι εὔξω ἂν τὰ νῦν πεπραγμένα
that ‘you would ‘have-prayed (for) the (things) now accomplished

μᾶλλον χαταπραχϑῆναι σοι, ἢ πολλατιλάσια

rather to-be-effected for-you, than (for) many-times
τούτων. στῶν χρημάτωο γενέσϑαι. Τοίνυν
that (sum) of — money (might) be. Therefore

ἐμοὶ doxet εἶναι μεῖζον BAdbos καὶ αἴσχιον μὴ
to-me it-seems to-be (a) greater detriment and disgrace οὶ
viv χατασχεῖν τὸ ταῦτα, ἢ τότε μοὴ
ΟὟ to-have-retained — these (things), than then not

386 ΣΒΕ ANABASIS ΟΕ XENOPHON.

ππου, ᾧχοντο ἀπελαύνοντες εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον
iorses they-departed riding-off to the camp

ἑαυτῶν. Kai ἐντεῦϑεν Σεύϑης πέμσει" Αὐροζέλμην

of-themselves. And thence Seuthes sends Abrozelmes

τὸν ἑρμηνέα ἑαυτοῦ πρὸς Ἐξενοφῶντα, καὶ κελεύει
he interpreter of-himself to Xenophon, and requests

εὐτὸν χαταμεῖναι παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ, ἔχοντα χιλίους
*m to-remain with himself, having (a) thousand

“πλίτας, χαὶ ὑπισχνεῖται ἀποδώσειν αὐτῷ τε
heavy-armed-men, and promised to-give to-him also

τὰ χωρία τὰ ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ, καὶ
the places — (those namely) on (the) sea (soast), and

τἄλλα ἃ ὑπέσχετο. Καὶ ποιησάμενος
the-vther (things), which he-promised. And having-made (the

ἐν ἀποῤῥήτῳ λέγει, ὅτι ἀχήχοε Πο
(communication) in secret he-says, that he-had-heard from-Po-

Avrixov, a>, ei ἔσται ὑποχείριος Aaxedaur
lynicus, that, if he-should-be in-the-hands ‘of (the) ‘Lacedsx-

μονίοις, σαφῶς ἀποϑανοῖτο ὑπὸ Θίόδρωνος. Δὲ

monians, ovidently he-would-be-put-to-death by Thibron.

καὶ πολιλοὶ ἄλλοι ἐπέστελλον ταῦτα τῷ Ξενο-
also many others communicated these (things)to— Xeno-

φῶντι, ὡς εἴη διαδεθλημένος, καὶ δέοι φυλάττεσθαι.
phon, that he-was calumniated, and ought to-be-on-his-guard.

Δὲ ὁ εχούων ταῦτα, λαθών δύο ἱερεῖα,
But — (he) hearing these (things), having-taken two victims,

Eve τῷ Διὶ τῷ Baorrei, πότερά εἴη λῷον
sacrificed to —.'upiter the king, whether it-would-be more-desirable
τ

καὶ ἄμεινιν μένειν παρὰ Σεύϑῃ ἐφ᾽ οἷς
ani better to-remain with Seuthes on (the terms) which

Σεύδης λέγει, ἢ ἀπιέναι σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι.

Beuthes meniions, or to-remain with the army.

Δ᾽ ἀναιρεὶ αὐτῷ ἀπιέναι.
And (Jupiter) signifies ἰἰο-ἶπὶ ἰο-ἀθρατσίὶ,

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VII. 687

CHAPTER VII.

Σεύϑης μὲν ἀπεστρατοπεδεύσατο ἐντεῦθεν
Βευτηξκβ Asia ‘removed (his) ‘camp thenos

προσωτέρω" δὲ ot Ἕλληνες ἐσχήνησαν εἰς κώμας,
farther-off ; and the Greeks quartered in villages,

ὅθεν ἔμελλον, ἐπισιτισάμενοι πλεῖ-

whence they-intended, having-supplied-themselves-with-provisions plenti-

στα, ἥξειν ἐπὶ θάλατταν. Αἱ αὗται xou δὲ
fully, to-go to (the) sea. — These villages indeed

ἦσαν δεδομέναι Μηδοσάδῃ ὑπὸ Levdov. Ody ὁ
had beon-given to-Medosades by Seuthes. Therefore —
Μηδοσάδης ὁρῶν τὰ ἑαυτοῦ — ἐν ταὶς
Medosades seeing |the (things) of-him [his property] in the

κώμαις δαπανώμενα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἕλληνων, χαλε-
villages consumed by [86 Greeks, he-'was grievous-

πῶς ἔφερε" καὶ λαδῶν ὈὈδρύσην ἄνδρα δδυνα-

ly oa a and taking (an) ode man, (the) most.

TOHTATOV τῶν χαταθεθηχότων ἄνωθεν,
powerful of — (those) having-come-down | from-above, [from the

xai ἱππέας ὅσον τριάχοντα, ἔρχεται
upper country,] and horsemen as-many-as thirty, Le-went
3

χαὶ προχαλεῖτα Ἐενοφῶντα ἐκ τοῦ Ἑλληνιχοῦ
and called-out Xenophon from the Greciaa

στρατεύματος. Kai ὃς λαδών τινας τῶν λοχαγῶν

camp. And who taking some of-the captains

καὶ ἄλλους τῶν Erutydciny προςέρχεται.
and others of-the proper (men) went-to-meet ‘bim).

"EvSa δὴ Μηδοσάδης λέγει" ᾿Αδικεῖτε, ὦ Ἐξεενοφῶν

Then indeed Medosades said: You-act-unjustly,O | Xenopbon,
πορϑοῦντες τὰς met τέρας κώμας. Οὖν προλέγομεν

laying-waste villages. Therefore we warn

ὑμῖν, ἐγώ te ὑπὲρ Σεύϑου, καὶ ὅδε ὃ ἁνήρ,
not-only for Seuthes, butalso this — maa,

488 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ἥχων παρὰ Μηδόχου tod βασιλέως ἄνω,

coming from Medocus the king | above, [of the upper

ἀπιέναι τῆς χώρας" δὲ εἰ
sountry,} ἰο-Ἰθαγθ — (these) places; but if (you do) not

οὐχ ἐπιτρέψομεν t υμὶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν ποιῆτε
we-‘shall not ‘permit you (todoso), but if you-de

καχῶς τὴν ἡμετέραν χώραν, ἀλεξόμεθα
harm territory, we-shall- aha (ourselves against
ὡς πολεμίους.

you) as enemies.

Ὃ Ἐενοφῶν δὲ ἀχούσας ταῦτα εἶπεν"
— Xenophon indeed hearing these (things) said:

᾿Αλλὰ μὲν σοὶ λέγοντι τοιαῦτα καὶ ἀποχρί-
But indeed to-you saying such (things) even to-an-

νασϑαι yarendy' δ᾽ ἕνεχα τοῦδε τοῦ νεανισχου
swer (is) painful; but on-account-of this — young-man

λέξω, ἵν εἰδῇ τὲ οἷοί ὑμεὶς
I-shall-reply, that he-may-know, not-only what-sort (of people) § you
ἐστε, καὶ οἷοι γμεὶς. Ρὰρ ἡμεὶς μὲν, ἔφη,

7,

are, but-also what-sort we (are). we _ indeed, said-he,
iy γενέσθαι φίλοι ὑμῖν, ἐπορευόμεθα διὰ
before (that we) became friends to-you, marched through

ταύτης τῆς χώρας, ὅποι ἐθδουλόμεϑα, πορθοῦντες

-- country, wherever we-wished, aying-waste

᾿ μὲν ἐθέλοιμεν, δὲ καίοντες ἣν ἐϑέλοιμεν. Καὶ
what indeed we-wished, and burning what we-wished. And
σὺ ὁπότε ἔλωοις ἡμᾶς πρεσδεύων, ηὐλίζου τότε
y.u when you-came to-us acting-as-an-ambassador, encamped then

nap ἡμῖν, φοδούμενος οὐδένα τῶν πολεμίων" δὲ

ug, fearing none of-the enemy ; but

ΠΣ οὐχ ἦτε εἷς τήνδε τὴν χώραν, ἤ, el

you ‘did not ‘come into this - country. or, ἢ

MOTE ἔλδοιτε ηὐλίζεσϑθε ois ἵπσιοις

ut-any-time you-may-have-came you-encamped with — (your) horses

ἐγχεχαλινωμένοις ὡς EV χώρᾳ κρειττόνων.
eady-bridled as in (a) country (of people) bettas

BOOK VII.— CHAPTER VII. 589

Δὲ ἐπεὶ ἐγένεσϑὲ φίλοι
‘or more powerful than yourselves), But when you-became friends
ἡμὶν, καὶ ov ὑμᾶς σὺν θεοῖς ἔχετε
to-us, andthrough us with (the assistanco of the) gods you-have
τήνδε τὴν χώραν, viv δὴ ἐξελαύνετε
(possession of) this — country, nowtruly ‘you (would) ‘expel
ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῆςδε τῆς χώρας, Hv ἐχόντων παρελάθετε
us from this — country, which having you-received
παρ᾽ ἡμῶν κατὰ χράτος᾽ γὰρ ὡς αὐτὸς
from us as (the more) powerful; for as you-yourselves
οἶσθα, οἱ πολέμιοι ἦσαν οὐχ ixavoi ἐξελαύνειν
know, the enemy were not able to-'drive
ἡμᾶς. Καὶ ἀξιοῖς ἀποπέμψασϑαι ἡμᾶς
us ‘out. And you-think-proper to-'send us ‘away

ὅπως οὐ δοὺς δῶρα xai ποιήσας εὖ,

80-5 ποῦ (only not) having-given presents and having-done well

avy ὧν ἔπαϑες ed, ἀλλ᾽
(to us), in-place-of (that) which you-receive? \vnefits (from us), but
ἀποχορενυομένους, ἐπιτρέπεις ἡμᾶ,, wd’ ἐναυλισϑῆναι,
about-departing, you-would-permit us .eather to-sojourn,

Ul . ‘ / ~
ὅσον δύνασαι. Σ᾽. αἱ λέγων ταῦτα
(in) as-much-as (that you were) able. Ard saying these

οὔτε αἰσχύνῃ θεοὺς, εὖτε τόνδε τὸν
(things), ‘you neither reverence (the) gods, itor this --
ἄνδρα, ὃς νῦν μὲν ὁρᾷ σε πλοινεοῦντα, δὲ πρὶν
man, who now indeed sees you being AW, but before
γενέσῶαι φίλον ὑμὶν ἔχοντα
(that you) became (a) friend to-us (heawt you) (having)
tov βίον ἀπὸ λῃστείας, ὡς αὐτὸς
(supporting) — (your) life by plunder, as you-yourselves
ἔφησϑα. ᾿Ατὰρ τί καὶ λέγεις ταῦται )
have-said. But why even do-you-say these (things) te
éué; ἔφη" yap ἔγωγ᾽ ἔτι ἄρχω, ἄλλα
me? continued-he; for I-at-least no-longer command, ut (the)

Λακεδαιμόνιοι, οἷς ὑμεῖς, & θαυμαστότατον,
Leocedwmonians, to-whom you, 0 most-wonderfxl (mea)

540 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

παρεδώκατε τ τὸ στράτευμα ἀπαγαγεῖν, οὐδὲν
‘gave army ‘up to-have-'led At) ‘away, not

eT aa ὅπως, asnep ἀπηχϑάνομην αὑτοῖς,
having-called-on-me, δ80-ἰ δεῖ, as I-was-hated by-them,

ὅτε ἦγον ς ὑμᾶς, οὕτω καὶ νῦν χαρισαίμη"
as ed (the Εν ὑμᾶς : so even now Mea ats

ἀποδιδούς.
fthem) having-restored (it).
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ ᾿Οδρύσης ἤχουσεν ταῦτα, εἶπεν"

When indeed the Odrysian heard these (things), he-said:

Ἐγὼ μὲν, ὦ Μηδόσαδες, ἀχούων ταῦτα

indeed, O Medosades, hearing these (things), (feel)

χαταδύομαι κατὰ τὴς γῆς ὑπὸ αἰσχύνης. Kai
myself-sinking beneath the earth from shame. And

εἰ μὲν ἠπιστάμην πρόσϑεν, ἂν οὐδ᾽ συνηχο-
if indeed I-had-known (this) before, ‘I would not ‘have-accom-

λούϑησά ou’ καὶ viv ἄπειμ. Tap Mydoxds ὁ

panied you; and now I-depart. For Medocus the
A 58) 9 ’ 95. 9 [4 8
βασιλεὺς ἂν οὐδ᾽ ἐπαινοίη με, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμι τοὺς
king would not approve me, if I-had-expelled — (his)
εὐεργέτας. Εἰπων ταῦτ᾽, avabas ἐπὶ τὸν
benefactors. Having-said these (things), mounting on — (his)
ἵππον ἀπήλαυνε, καὶ σὺν αὑτῷ of ἄλλοι ἱσσεεὶς,
horse he-rode-off, and with him the otber horsemen
πλὴν τεττάρων ἢ πέντε. Δὲ ὁ Mydooddns, (γὰρ
except four or five. But — Medosades, (for

ἢ χώρα πορθουμένη ἐλύπει αὐτὸν,) ἐχέλευε τὸν
the country being-laid-waste distressed him,) requested -

Ἐενοφῶντα καλέσαι τὼ Λακεδαιμονίω. Kai

Xenophon to-call-on the-two Lacedsmonians. And who

λαθὼν τοὺς ἐπιτηδειοτάτους,
taking — (those) most-suitable (for the purpose with him),

TIPUSNASE τῷ Χαρμίνῳ χαὶ Πολυνίχῳ, καὶ ἔλεξεν,

he-went-to arminus and Polynicus, and said,

ὅτι Mydooddys χαλεὶ αὐτοὺς, προερῶν ἅπερ

that Medosades calls-on them, warning (them)

BOOK VII. -—CHAPTER VII. δά)

αὐτῷ ἀπιέναι Ex τῆς χώρας. “Av οὖν
(he had done) himself to-depart from the country. ‘I should therefore
οἶμαι, ἔφη, ὅτι ὑμᾶς ἀπολαθεὶν τὸν
‘think, said (Xenophon), that you (would) obtain the

μισθόν ὀφειλόμενον Τῇ στρατιᾷ, εἰ εἴποιτε ὅτι

pay the army, if you-were-to-say that

ἢ στρατιὰ δεδέηται ὑμῶν συναναπρᾶξαι τὸν
the army has-entreated of-you together-to-exact — (γοῦν)

μισθόν Σεύϑου ἤ παρ᾽ ἕχόντος ἢ παρ᾽ ἄχοντος.
pay of-Seuthes either — willing or - unwilling,

χαὶ ὅτι pace τυχόντες τούτων ἂν προϑύ-
and that they-say having-obtained these (things) ‘they would οδϑοσ-
was συνέπεσθαι ὑμῖν, καὶ ὅτι δοχοῦσι ὑμὶν λέγειν
fully ‘follow you, and that they-appear to-you to-say

δίχαια, καὶ ὅτι ὑπέσχεσϑε αὐτοὶς
(the things that are) just, and that you-had-promised thera

τότε ἀπιέναι, ὅταν of στρατιῶται ἔχωσι τὰ
then to-depart, when the soldiers might-have — (their)

δίχαια. Οἱ Λάκωνες ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα,

just (demands). The Lacedwmonians hearing these (things),
ay ἐρεὶν, χαὶ ἄλλα

said (that they would) say (so), and (such) other (things)

ὁποῖα ἂν δύνωνται χράτιστα᾽"

as-that ‘they might ‘be-able (ἰο σγχ9) to-the-best (advantage),

καὶ εὐθὺς ἐπορεύοντο ἔχοντες πάντας τοὺς

and immediately they-proceeded having

ἐπικαιρίους. ᾿Ελθὼν δὲ Χαρμῖνος Pate Εἰ μὲν,

proper-persons. Having-come indeed Charminus said: If indeed,

ὦ Νηδόσαδης, σύ ἔχεις τι, λέγειν πρὸς ἡμᾶς

Medosades, you have any-thing, to-say

δὲ ei μή, ἡμεῖς ἔχομεν πρὸς σὲ.

(say it); but if not, we have (something to say) to you.

Ὃ Mydocadys δὲ μάλα ὑφειμένως ἔφη" AAD’ ἐγὼ

— Medosades indeed very submissively said: But

; λέγω, καὶ Σεύϑης τὰ αὐτά, ὅτι ἀξιοῦμεν
deed say. and Seuthes (says) the same, that we-consider

642 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

TOUS γεγε: μένους φίλους ὑμὶν
(it right, that) — (those) having-become friends _to-us, (ought)
. ’ ~ ε 4 ε ~ ‘ σ
“un πάσχειν χαχῶς vp υμῶν᾽" yap ὅ τι ἂ»
not to-suffer evil by you; for whatever you may
ποιῆτε χαχῶς τούτους, ποιεῖτε ἤδη ἡμᾶς"
‘do ill (to) them, you-do already (the sameto) us;

γὰρ εἶσιν ἡμέτερο. “Hyuelg τοίνυν, ἔφασαν οἵ
‘ar they-are ours. We therefore, said the
Adxaves, ἂν ἀπίοιμεν, ὁπότε οἱ καταπράξαντες
Lacedzemonians, may depart, when — (those) having-performed
ταῦτα ὑμὶν ἔχοιεν τὸν μισθὸν" εἰ δὲ μή,
these (great things) for-you may-have — (their) pay; if indeed not,
ἐρχόμεθα μὲν καὶ νῦν βοηϑήσοντες
we-come indeed even now helping (and taking part with)
τούτοις, καὶ τιμωρησόμενοι ἄνδρας οἵ ἡδίκης-
these, and about-taking-vengeance-on (the) ‘men who wronged
σαν τούτους παρὰ τοὺς ὄρχους. Δὲ ἣν
these (soldiers) against — (their) oaths. And if
4 1 ¢ - - - > u
δὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἧτε τοιοῦτοι, ἐνθένδε
indeed also you may-have-been (of) such (number), ( /from-here)
ἀρξόμεθα λαμθάνειν τὰ δίκαια. Ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν
(of you) we-will-begin to-take — justice. — Xenopaon
δὲ εἶπεν Δ’ ἐϑέλοιτε, ὦ Myddcades, ἂν
(then) indeed said: And would-you-be-willing, O Medosades, =
ἐπιτρέψαι τούτοις, (ἐπειδὴ ἔφατε
to-leave (it) to-these (people), (since they-say (that they)
εἶναι φίλους ὑμῖν.) ἐν ὧν τῇ χώρᾳ ἐσμέν,
are friends to-you,) in whose — cvuntry we-are, (that they)
ἂν ψγφίσωνται ὁπότερα, eid’ προςῆκεν ὑμᾶς ἀπιένα
might decide-by-vote either, whether it-were-fit for-you to-depart
3 -« ’ 2 [4 « a ¢ »
ἐχ τῆς χώρας, εἰτε γμᾶς; Leo EDN
from the cvuntry, or us? But — (Medosades) suid (I do)
οὐ μὲν ταῦτα δὲ μάλιστα μὲν ἐχέλευε αὐτὼ
not inueed (want) this; but most-of-all indeed he-requested theze-two
τὼ Λάχωνε ἐλϑεῖν napa Σεύϑην περὶ tod μισϑοῦ,
~ Lacedwmonians to-go to Seuthes about the pay,

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VII. 543

καὶ οἴεσϑαι ἂν πεῖσαι Σείϑην" δ᾽
and (thatho) thought ((δδὶ they) might persuade Seuthes; but
εἰ μή, πέμπειν Ἐενοφῶντα σὺν αὐτῷ, καὶ var
if not, to-send Xenophon with himself, and he-

σχνεῖτο συμπράξειν. *Kdeivo δὲ μὴ καίειν
promised to-co-operate. He-requested (them) moreover not to-burn

τὰς κώμας.

the _ villages.
Ἐντεῦθεν πέμπουσι Ἐξενοφῶντα, xai σὺν αὐτᾷ
Thereupon they-send Xenophon, and with him

ol ἐδόχουν εἶναι ἐπιτηδειότατοι. Ὁ
(those) who βοοιθυθὰ to-be the-most-proper (persons). — (He)
δὲ ἐλθὼν λέγει πρὸς Levdsynv: Πάρειμι,
indeed having-come speaks (thus) to Seuthes ; I-am-here,

ὦ Σεύϑη, οὐδὲν ἀπαιτήσων, ἀλλὰ
Ο Seuthes, not about-demanding (any thing of you), but

’ a , e >
διδάξων, ἣν δύνωμαι, ὡς οὐ
teaching (διὰ convincing you), if I-am-able, that you-’are not
δικαίως ἠχϑέσϑης μοι, ὅτι προθύμως ἀπήτουν
justly ‘displeased with-me, because ‘! earnestly ‘entreated
σε ὑπὲρ τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ἃ ὑπέσχου
you spout (the pay) of-the soldiers, which vou-promised
αὐτοῖς yap ἔγωγε ἐνόμιζον οὐχ εἶναι ἧττον
them ; for I-at-least thorght (it would) not be less
συμφέρον σοὶ ἀποδοῦναι, ἢ ἀπολαθεὶν
advantageous to-you to-pay, than (that it would be) _to-receive

ἐχείνοις. Tap oda μὲν πρῶτον META TOUS
(it) by-them. For I-know indeed (that) first after the
θεοὺς, τούτους χαταστήσαντα σε εἷς TA
gods, these (soldiers) §having-placed you in — (ὦ
φανερόν, ἐπεὶ γε ἐποίησαν σε βασιλέα
conspicuous (position), then at-least they-made you king
πολλῆς χώρας καὶ πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων" Aste οὐχ
of-many places and of-many men ; so-that (itis) not

οἷόν τε λανϑάνειν σοι, οὔτε
possible | to-conceal yourself, [tc escape notice,] whether if

544 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

ποιήσῃς τι καλὸν, οὔτε ἦν τί aloy
you-do any-thing good, or if any-thing shameful. "ΤῸ (a,

"Avdpi δὲ ὄντι τοιούτῳ ἐδόχει μὲν εἷναι

‘man indeed being such (in situation) it-seems indeed to-be
[4

ι έγα μὴ δοκεῖν ἀποπέμψασ-

μο
to-me (to bea thing of) great (importance) not to-seem to-have-seni-

Sat ἀχαρίστως avd εὐεργέτας Eva
away ena aie ad ager py a 4 (a) ple (thing)

δὲ εὖ ἀχούειν ὑπὸ ἑξαχις χιλίων ἀνθρώπων"
indeed to-be-well-spoken-of by six-thousand

δὲ τὸ μέγιστον καταστῆναι
and the greatest to-be-firmly-established (in the confidence that)

Gavtoy μηδαμῶς ἄπιστον ὅτι λέγοις.

γου (are) in-no-wise unworthy-of-belief (in) what you-may-say
Tap ὁρῶ τοὺς λόγους μὲν ἄπιστων.. πλανω-

For I-see the words indeed of-those-unworthy-of-belief wander-

μένους ματαίους και ἀδυνάτους καὶ ἀτίμους" δ᾽
ing-about in-vain and powerless and dishonoured; but

οἱ λόγοι τούτων, of ἂν cow φανεροὶ ἀσχοῦντες
the words of-those, who may be openly cultivating

ἀλήθειαν, ἣν δέονωνται τι, δύνανται οὐδὲν μεῖον
truth, if they-want any-thing, are-able not

ἀνύσασϑαι, ἢ ἡ Bia ἄλλων" qv τε βού-
to-effect (it), than the force of-other (men); if also they-

λῶνται σωφρονίζειν τινας, γιγνώσχω τὰς

to-'bring any-one ‘to-reason, I-know the

a τούτων οὐχ ἧττον σωφρονιζούσας,

threats of-these (men are) not less correcting,

ἢ τὰς ἤδη χολάσεις ἄλλων: Hv τέ οἵ
than the already(given) punishments of-others; if also —

τοιοῦτοι ἄνδρες ὑπισχνῶνται τῷ τι δια-
such men promise - (any one) anything they-

LTTOVTAL οὐδὲν μεῖον, ἢ ἄλλοι διδόντες

socomplisn no less, than others giving at-the-

μα. Δὲ καὶ ἀναμνήσθητι σύ, τί προτελέσας
instant. d also recollect yourself, what wou-aavanead

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VII. 545

ἡμὶν ἔλαδες ἡμᾶς συμμάχους. Olod’ ὅτι

to-us having-taken us (as) allies. You-know that (it was)

οὐδέν᾽ ἀλλὰ πιστευϑεὶς ἀληϑεύσειν, ἃ ἔλαθες,

nothing; | but having-been-trusted to-speak-the-truth, what you-say,
ἐπῆ

{bat trusting that you spoko the truth in what you said,] you-induced

τοσούτους ἀνωρώπους τε συστρατεύεσθϑαί τε καὶ

such-a-number (of) men not-only to-fight-with (you), but-also
, 3 i] 3 9»

συγχατεργάσασϑαι σοι ἀρχὴν οὐ μόνον ἀξίαν

to-ccnquer-with you (a) government not only worth

τριάχοντα ταλάντων, ὅσα οὗτοι οἴονται
thirty talents. which (sum) they think (that they)

δεῖν νῦν ἀπολαθεὶν, ἀλλὰ πολλαπλασίων.
ought now to-receive (from you), but many-times-more.

Οὐχ οὖν πρῶτον μὲν τοῦτο τὸ πιστεύεσθαι σε,
(Is) not therefore first indeed this | the to-confide ἰπ-γοῦ,

TO xual χατεργασάμενον
[the confidence placed in γου;] --- (that) even (which) secured

σοι τὴν βασιλείαν πιπράσχεται ὑπὸ σου τούτων
for-you the kingdom sold by you (for) this

τῶν χρημάτων. ἴϑι δὴ ἀναμνήσθϑετι, πῶς μέγα
-- money. Well-then truly recollect, how great

τότε ἡγοῦ κατασπιράξασϑαι ἃ
‘you then ‘considered (it) to-accomplish (those things) which

νῦν ἔχεις καταστρεψάμενος. ᾿Εγὼ μὲν oid εὖ,
I

now you-have having-conquered. indeed know well

ὅτι εὔξω ἂν τὰ viv πεπραγμένα
that ‘you would ‘have-prayed (for) the (things) now accomplished

μᾶλλον χαταπραχϑῆναι σοι, ἢ πολλατσιλάσια

rather to-be-effected for-you, than (for) many-times
ToUtTav στῶν yonudtov σγσγενέσθαι. Τοίνυν
that (sam) of — money (might) be. Therefore

ἐμοὶ doxet εἶναι μεῖζον βλάθος xai αἴσχιον un
to-me it-seems to-be (a) greater detriment and disgrace not
viv xatacyely τὸ ταῦτα, ἢ τότε μοὶ
ΒΟ to-have-retained — these (things), than then not

646 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

λαθεῖν, ὅσῳπερ χαλεπώτερον ἐκ πλουσίου

to-have-acquired (them), as (itis) more-grievous from (the) rich

Coat πένητα, ἢ μὴ πλουτῆσαι ἢ

to-become poor, |than not to-have-been-rich if (from the)

ἦν, χαὶ ὅσῳ

beginning, (than not to have been rich at all,] and in-as-much-as (it ͵ἐ6)
λυπηρότερον φανῆναι ἰδιώτην ἐχ
more-distressing to-appear (a) private (person) from (having been a)

βασιλέως, ἢ μὴ βασιλεῦσαι ἢ ἀρχὴν.
king, than not to-have-reigned | if (from the) beginning (at all].

Οὐχ οὖν μὲν ἐπίστασαι ὅτι ob γενόμενοι
Do-'you not therefore indeed ‘know that — (those) ‘having

νῦν ὑπήχοοι σοι ἐπείσϑησαν οὐ τῇ
now ‘become subject to-you ‘have not ‘submitted | (for) —
σῇ φιλίᾳ ἄρχοσϑαι ὑπὸ σοῦ, ἀλλ᾽
your love through love of you] to-be-governed by you, but
avayxy, καὶ ὅτι ἂν ἐπιχειροῖεν ἘΠ

through-necessity, and that ‘they would ‘endeavour

γίγνεσθαι ἄν τες εἶ μή τις ie

to-become if (there were) not some fear (that)

κατέχοι; Ποτέρως οὖν οἴει αὐτούς
might-restrain (them)? Whether therefore do-you-think (that) they

ἂν τε μᾶλλον φοδεῖσϑαι, καὶ σωφρονεῖν
would also ‘be 070 ‘restrained-by-fear, and leit (them.

TH πρὸς σέ,
selves more) ‘discreetly (and obediently) in-the (affairs) concerning you,

εἰ ὁρῷεν τοὺς στρατιώτας οὕτω διαχειμένους σοι,
if they-should-see the soldiers 80 dispose i to-you,

ὡς viv te μένοντας, ci ov ἂν κελεύεις, τ᾽ ἂν

as now also. remaining, if you would request (it),and -—

éAdovtas αὖϑίς ταχὺ, εἰ δέοι, TE ἄλλους

having-come back speedily, if it-is-required, also (that) others

ἀχούοντας πολλὰ ayasa τούτων
hearing much good (concerning you) of-those (soldiers

περὶ σοῦ, ἂν παραγενέσϑαν
who have beer in service) with you, would join (you

BOOK VII. -— CHAPTER Vil. 641

tayv ὁπότε βούλοιο' ἢ εἶ χατα-
immediately when you-might-wish (it); or if they-should-forn-aa-un-
δοξάσειαν ἄλλους & pnt’ ἔλϑεῖν σοι,
favourable-opinion (of you, that) others would not go ἴο-γου,
δ ἀπιστίαν ἐχ τῶν viv yeyern-
through distrust (arising) from the (things that) now have-hap
ἔνων, TE τούτους εἶναι εὐνουστέρους adTLis
pened, also (that) these (Greeks) are better-affected to-them
ἢ σοί; ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν

(namely, your unconquered subjects,) than to-yourself? But certainly

ὑπεῖξάν σοι οὐδέ γε λειφϑέντε
(that these people) submitted to-you not at-least (as) deficient
MANDEL ἡμῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπορίᾳ προστατῶν.
in-number (to) us, but (as being) in-want of-leaders,

Οὐχ οὖν xai τοῦτο κίνδυνος, μὴ λάδωσι
(Is there) not thereforeeven this (asa) danger, lest they. take

προστάτας τινας αὑτῶν τούτων, of νομίζουσιν

(as) leaders some of-those same, who consider

ἀδικεῖσθαι ὑπὸ σοῦ, ἢ καὶ τοὺς Aaxe-
(themselves) wronged by you, or even the Lace-
δαιμονίους xpeittovas τούτων,
deemonians better (and more powerful than) those,
ἐὰν μὲν of στρατιῶται ὑπισχνῶνται συστρατεύεσθω
if indeed the soldiers promise tu-serve-in-the-army
αὐτοὶς προϑυμότρον ἂν νῦν ἀναπράξωσι τὰ
with-them more-spiritedly (if) ‘they would now ‘exact the

παρὰ σοῦ, δὲ of Λαχεδαιμόνιοι συναινέσωσιν
(money) from you, and the Lacedwmonians should-agree-with

χὐτοὶς ταῦτα διὰ τὸ δεῖσϑαι τῆς
hem (about) these (things) through | the to-want [want] of the

wrpatias; Ὅτι ye μὴν ot Opaxes γενόμενοι

army ? That at-least certainly the Thracians | having-become
e

v0 σοι ἂν πολὺ προθυμότερον ἴοιεν
ander you [subjugated by you] would much more-promptly κι

ἐπὶ σε ἢ σύν σοι, οὐχ ἄδηλον' γὰρ μὲν σοῖ
against you than with you, (is) not doubtful; for indeed yow

548 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

χρατοῦντος δουλεία ὑπάχει αὐτοὶς, δὲ σοῦ xpatow

conquering slavery is for-them, but you being-con.
μέινγυ, ἐλευϑερία. Δὲ xai ei ἤδη del προνο
quered, liberty. And also if it-‘is now ‘necessary to-pro

εἶσϑαι τι τῆς χώρας, ὡς οὔσης σῆς, ποτέρως
vide something for-the country, as being yours, whether

ἂν οἴει αὐτὴν εἶναι μᾶλλον ἀπαϑῆ καχῶν,

yeu may ‘think it to-be more free-from evil,
εἰ αὐτοὶ of στρατιῶται ἀπολαθόντες ἃ
if they the soldiers having-received (from you) what
ἐγκαλοῦσιν χαταλισιόντες εἰρήνην οἴχοιντο, 4 εἶ
they-claim leaving peace should-depart, or if
τ , a e 9 ’

οὔτοι TE μένοιεν ὡς EV πολεμίᾳ,

these (soldiers should) also remain as _ in(a) _ hostile (country),

ov τε πειρῷρΡΗ ἔχων ἄλλους σιλείονας

you 8160 should-endeavour having other (soldiers) more-numerous (than)

τούτων ἀντιστρατοπεδεύεσθαι, δεομένους τῶ
those to-encamp-over-aguinst (them), wanting --

ἐπιτηδείων; Δὲ ποτέρως πλεῖον ἀργύριον ἂν
provisions ? And whether more money might
ἀναλωϑείη, εἶ τοῦτο TO ὀφειλόμενον ἀποδοδείη,
be-spent, if that — (which) is-due should-be-paid,

Ἃ

y ~ 3 , ,
ἢ εἴ τε ταῦτα ὀφείλοιντο, τε δέοι
than if also this (money were left) due, and it-were-necessary

σε μισϑοῦσϑαι ἄλλους χρείττονας τούτων;
(that) you should-hire other (troops) better (than) these ?

᾿Αλλὰ yap Ἡρακλείδῃ, ὡς ἐδήλου πρὸς ἐμὲ, τοῦτο
-- e

But raclides, as he-declared to me, this
τὸ ἀργύριον doxel εἶναι πάμπολυ. Ἢ μὴν ἐστι
- money seems to-be very-great. — Certainly it-is
γε πολύ ἔλαττον viv σοι καὶ
at-least (a) much smaller (or easier affair) now for-you both

λαθεὶν τοῦτο καὶ ἀποδοῦναι τοῦτο, ἢ, πρὶν

to take this and pay this, than, before (that)

Cw r] - δ , a

ἡμᾶς EAdeiv πρὸς σε, δέχατον μέρος
part

ae came to you, (to take or pay tha) tenth

BOOK VII. —CHAPTER VII. 649

covtov. Tap ἐστιν οὐ ἀριϑμός 6 δρί-
of-it. For it-is not (the) number (or amount) — (that) de-

Cav στὸ πολὺ xai τὸ ὀλίγον, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ δύναμις
termines the much and_ the little, but the power

TE TOV ἀποδιδόντος xal τοῦ λαμθάνοντος.
not-only of — paying but-also of — taking (and

Δὲ viv n πρόςοδος σοὶ κατ᾿ ἐνιαυτὸν
receiving) But now the income to-you for (the) year

ἔσται πλείων, ἢ ἔμπροσθεν τὰ πάντα ἃ ἐχέχ-
will-be more, than before -- all which you-ha4-pos-

TOO. ‘Eye μέν, ὦ Σεύϑη, προενοούμην ταῦτα
sessed, indeed, O Seuthes, have-considered these (things)

Os ὄντος φίλου σου, ὅπως τε σύ δοχοίης ἄξιος

ΔΒ being (a) friend of-you, so-that also you may-appear worthy

ὧν ἀγαϑῶν ot θεοί ἔδωχαν σοι, ἐγὼ
of-the good-things — (thatthe) gods have-given you, | (and)
TE un διαφδαρείην ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ.
also (that) I-might not *be-ruined army
Tap iodt εὖ,

{and that I might not lose all credit in the army]. For know well,
ὅτι ἐγὼ viv οὔτ᾽ βουλόμενος ἂν δυνηϑείην ποιῆσαι

that I now neither wishing could I-be-able to-do

καχῶς σὺν TALTY TY στρατιᾷ, οὔτ᾽ εἰ ἂν πάλιν
narm with this -- army, nor if ‘I might again

βουλοίμην βοηθῆσαι, ἂν γενοίμην ἱκανὸς.

*desire to-assist (you), might I-be able.

Tap οὕτω ἡ στρατιὰ διάκειτα πρὸς ἐμέ. Καίτοι
For thus the army (is) disposed to me. | And-certainly

ποιοῦμαι αὐτὸν σε μάρτυρα σὺν θεοῖς εἰδόσιν,
I-make you yourself to-give-witness with (the) gods knowing,

ὅτι

{and I call on you and the gods, knowing the truth, to witness,] that ‘I

οὔτε ἔχω παρὰ σοῦ οὐδέν ἐπὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις,
‘have from you nothing for the seldiors,

οὔτε πώποτε ἤἥτησα εἰς τὸ ἴδιον
wor have-"I ever ‘asked (of you) for — ‘my) private (use!

550 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

τὰ ἐχείνων, οὔτε ἀπήτησα ἃ
the (things belonging to) them, noi: have-I-asked-for (that) which
ὑπέσχου uo. "Ourym σοι δὲ ἀποδιδόντος
you-promised me. I-swear to-you indeed (that) offering

ἂν μηδὲ δέξασϑαι, εἰ μὴ καὶ οἱ στ
(pay to mo) ‘I would not ‘have-received (it), unless also the sol-

τ ται ἔμελλον συναπολαμδάνεν τὰ Eav-
diers were-about to-receive-together-with (me) the (pay) of-them-
τῶν. Ta nv αἰσχρὸν διαπεπρᾶχϑαι
selves. For it-would-have-been disgraceful to-have-accomplished indeed
τὰ ἐμὰ, δὲ ἐμὲ περιιδεῖν τὰ

-- my-own (affairs), | but (for) me to-have-neglected the (affairs)

ἐχείνων ἔχοντα χαχῶς,
of-them having (themselves) ill, § [but for me to neglect their

ἄλλως τε καὶ τιμώ-
affairs when in an unsatisfactory condition,] otherwise also even hon-
μενον ὑπ᾽ ἐχείνων. Καίτοι Ἡρακλείδῃ γε
oured by them. Though-indeed to-Heraclides at-least

πάντα ooxel εἶναι Ax πρὸς ἔχειν τὸ
all seems to-be (a) al — (compared) ae --

ἀργύριον ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου. Ἐγὼ δὲ, ὦ Levsn,
money by all means. indeed, Ὁ Sevthes,
νομίζω οὐδὲν χτῆμα εἶναι κάλλιον οὐδὲ λαμ:

think (that) no possession to-be more-beautiful or more-

πρότερον ἀνδρί, ἄλλως τε καὶ
illustrious "ἴῃ (8) ‘man, | otherwise also even [especially] ‘in (a)

ἄρχοντι, ἀρετῆς καὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ yevvad

‘ruler, (than) virtue and justice and gene-
atos. Tap ὁ ἔχων ταῦτα πλουτεὶ μὲν
rosity. For — (he) having these (things) is-rich indeed
ὄντων πολλῶν φίλων, δὲ καὶ πλουτεὶ
(betny) (having) many friends, and also rich (in)
ἄλλων βουλομένω γενέσϑαι, καὶ μὲν

othere wishing to-become (his friends), and indeed (when)

πρᾶττων εὖ ἔχει TOUS συνησϑησομένους,
Jorg well he-has — (those) rejoicing-with (him),

BOOK VII.— CHAPTER VII. 551

ἐὰν δὲ σφαλῇ τι, σπανίζει
|if indeed he-falls (in) any-thing, [in reverse of fortune,] he-wante
οὐ τῶν βοηϑησόντων. ᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ
not — (those) helping (him). But (enough) for
εἰ μήτε κατέμαϑες ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν ἔργων,
if you-‘have neither ‘learned from — my actions,

Sri ἦν φίλος σοι ἐχ τῆς ψυχῆς, μήτε

tha; I-waa (a) friend to-youfrom — mind, [at heart,] nor

δύνασαι γνῶναι τοῦτο éx τῶν ἐμῶν
(that you) have-been-able to-have-known this from — my

λόγων, ἀλλὰ κατανόησον πάντως τοὺς λόγους τῶν
words, but-yet consider by-all-means the words of-the

στρατιωτῶν᾽ yap παρῆσθα, xai ἤχουες, ἃ

soldiers ; for you-were-present, and you-heard, what
ἔλεγον ot βουλόμενοι ψέγειν ἐμὲ. Tap κατη-
they-said, — (those) wishing to-asperse me. For they-
yopovy μου μὲν πρὸὲ Λακεδαιμονίους, ὡς ποιοίμην
accused πιὸ indeed to (the) 1,.δορἀξβοτηοπίδβηβ, that I-made
πλείονος περὶ σὲ ἢ Λακεδαιμονίους" δ᾽
more — (of) you than (ofthe) Lacedzemonians; and
αὐτοὶ ἐνεκάλουν ἐμοὶ, “ὡς μᾶλλον μέλοι διοι,
they charged me, thatit-‘was more (a) ‘care to-me,
ὅπως τὰ σὰ ἔχοι χαλῶς
| that — your (affairs) might-have (thomselvos) well {that your
ἢ ὅπως τὰ ἑαυτῶν" ἔφασαν
affairs might prosper] or thun the (affairs) of-them; they-said
δὲ μὲ καὶ ἔχειν δῶρα παρὰ σοῦ. Καίτοι
indeed (that) I even had presents from you. And-yet
πότερον οἶει αὐτοὺς ἐνιδόντας μοι τινα
whether do-you-think (that) they having-seen in-me some

κακόνοιαν πρὸς σέ, αἰτιᾶσθαί με ἔχειν τὰ ταῦτα

Ui-will toward you, accused me of-having — these
δῶρα παρὰ σ οὔ, 7; xa TAVONO: QAVTIS πολλὴ
presents from you, or perceiving (in me) muck

προϑυμίαν περὶ σε: Ἐγὼ μὲν oluae ἀνθρώπους
for you? indeed Are (that) men

§52 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

νομίζειν, εὔνοιαν δεῖν ἀπουχεῖσϑαι τούτω

consider (that) gratitude ought to-be-laid-up for-those ;persons,
παρ᾽ οὗ τις δωρά ἂν λαμθάνῃ. Δὲ ov π πρὶν μὲν
from whom any gift may _be-received. But you before indeed
ἐμὲ ὑπηρετῆσαι σοι τι, ἐδέξω ἡδέως καὶ

had-'done you any ‘service, gave favourably —

ὄμμασι χαὶ φωνῇ καὶ ξενίοις, χαὶ οὐκ
and words διὰ gifts-of-hospitality, [ and ‘had not

ἐνεπίμσιλασο ὑπισχνούμενος
.β)) 6 -Ὸρ {and did not satisfy yourself ] promising
ὅσα ἔσοιτο᾽ ἐπεὶ δὲ κατέπραξας
how-great would-be (my rewards); when indeed you-had-accomplished
ἃ ἐδούλου, καὶ γεγένησαι μέγιστος ὅσον
what you-wished, and (that you) have-become as-great

ἐγὼ ἐδυνάμην, τολμᾷς περιο-

was-able (to assist you to become), can-you-bear to-see-with-

ἂν viv ue ὄντα οὕτω ἄτιμον ἐν τοὶς OT
ndifferencenow me being thus dishonoured among the sol-

τιώταις; ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν, πιστεύω ὅτι καὶ TOY χρόνον
diers ? But certainly, I-trust that even — time

διδάξειν σε δόξει σοι ἀποδοῦναι, καὶ σε
will-teach you (that) it-will-seem (best) to-you to-pay-the-debt, and you

αὐτόν γε οὐχὶ ἀνέξερϑαι ὁρωντά τοὺς
yourself at-least ‘will not seeing — (those)

εἐμένους εὐεργέσιαν σοὶ ἐγχαλοῦντας

freely-bestowing nefits on-you accusing (and reproaching*

σοι. Οὖν δέομαι σοῦ, ὅταν ἀποδιδῷς, προϑυμεῖσθαι
you. Therefore I-entreat you, when you-pay, you-will-study

ποιῆσαι ἐμὲ τοιοῦτον παρὰ τοὶς στρατ' ιὠώταις οἷονπερ
to-make me _ the-same with the soldiers as-altogether

χαὶ παρέλαϑες.

even (when) you-received (me into your service).

“O Σεύϑης ἀχούσας ταῦτα κατηράσατο
-- Seuthes hearing these (things) uttered-imprecations-agaic vt

τῷ αἰτίῳ Tod μὴ πάλαι ἀποδεδόσϑαι τὸν μισϑό» "
the author οἴ --- not long-since paying the wage

BOOK VII. —-CHAPTER VIL. 658

(xai πάντες ὑπώπτευσαν τοῦτον εἶναι Ἥρα
era-

(and suspected this (one) to-be
κλείδην : γὰρ ἐχὼ; ἔφη, οὔτε διενοήϑην
clides ;) said-he, [Seuthes,] never intended
, 3 ‘
πώποτε ἀποστερῆσαι, τε ἀποδώσω.

at-any-time to-deprive (the men of their pay), and I-will-pay (it).
Ὁ Ξενοφῶν ἐντεῦθεν πάλιν εἷπεν᾽ “Enel τοίνυν

— Xenophon then again said: Since therefore
διανοῇ ἀποδιδόναι, νῦν ἐγώ δέομαι σου ἀποδιδόναι
you-are-resolved to-pay, now entreat you to-pay

δ ἐμοῦ, xai μὴ περιιδεῖν μὲ διὰ σὲ
(them) through πιο, and not to-neglect me through you

ἔχοντα ἀνομοίως νῦν τε ἕν τῇ στρατιᾷ
having (myself) differently now also in the army

καὶ ὅτε ἀφικόμεϑα πρὸς σὲ ὋὉ δ᾽

-- (than) when we-came you. — (Seuthes) indeed

εἶπεν" "AAQ’ οὔτ᾽ ἔσῃ ἀτιμότερος τοὶς

said : But you-‘will not "be more-dishonoured among-the
στρατιώταις δι’ ἐμὲ, ἄν τε μένῃς παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ,
soldiers through me, should also you-remain with me,

3

ἔχων μόνους χιλίους ὁπλίτας, ἐγὼ TE
having only ἐδ weand heavy-armed-men, I ‘will also

ἀποδώσω σοὶ τὰ χωρία, καὶ τἄλλα ἃ
‘give you -— (strong) places, and_ the-otber (things) which
ὑπεσχόμεν. Δὲ ὁ πάλιν εἶπε"

I-promised (you) But — (Xenophon) again said: (That)
Ταῦτα μὲν ἔχειν οὕτως οὔὖχ
these (things) indeed (should) have (themselves) so (is) not
οἷόν te’ δὲ ἀπόπεμπε ὑμᾶς. Καὶ μήν, ἔφη
possible ; but ‘send us ‘away. And certainly, said
DEVING ε οἶδα ὃν χαὶ ἀσφαλέστερον σοι

Seuthes ‘I at-least ‘know (it is) being even safer for-you
μένειν ἐμοὶ ἢ ἀπιένα. Ὁ δὲ πάλιν
to-remain with-me than to-depart. — (Xenophon) indeed again
einev’ ᾿Αλλὰ μὲν ἐπαινῶ τὴν σὴν νοιαν.
taid : But inded _I-praisze - your orethought

054 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

Ἐμοὶ δὲ μένειν οὐχ οἷόν te. A’ ὅποι

For-me indeed to-remain (is) not possible. But wherever I
ἂν ὦ ἐντιμότερος, νόμιζε χαὶ τοῦτο ἔσεσθαι
may be more-honoured, know (that) oven this will-be (6)
ἀγαϑὸν coi. Ἐντεῦθεν Σεύϑης λέγει"
νοοὰ (thing) for-you. Then Seuthes says:
Αργύριον μὲν ἔχω οὐχ, ἀλλ᾿ ἢ τι «μικρόν,
Money indeed I-have not, © but really-only some little,
A ~ a ’ a
καὶ τοῦτο δίδωμι σοι, τάλαντον" δὲ

and this I-will-give you, (namely a) talent; (I have) however

ἑξαχοσίους βοῦς, καὶ npdbara εἰς τετραχιςχίλια,

six-hundred oxen, and sheep about four-thousand,
xai ἀνδράποδα εἰς ἐχατόν χαὶ εἴχοσι.
and sluves to (the number of a) hundred and twenty.

Λαδὼν ταῦτα, καὶ τοὺς ὁμήρους tov ad
Having-taken these, and the hostages of — (those) acting-

σάντων σε, προςλαδὼν, ἄπιϑι. Ὃ Ἐενοφῶν

unjustly to-you, (and) having-received (them) depart. — Xenophon
ἢ 8 - ba] z ~ A
γελάσας εἰπεν' Hy οὖν ταῦτα μὴ
baving-laughed said: If therefore these (thirgs) ‘do not
ἐξιχνῆται εἰς τὸν μισϑόν, τίνος φήσω
‘amount to (a sufficiency) for-the pay, (for) whom shall-I-say
ἔχειν τάλαντον; Οὐχ dp’, ἐπειδὴ καὶ

(that I) have (the) talent? (Is it) not therefore, since even
ἐπιχίνδυνόν ἐστι μοί, ἄμεινον ἀπιόντά ye φυλάτ-

danger is to-me, better going-away at-least to-guard-
τεσϑαι πέτρους; Δὲ ἤχονες τὰς ἀπειλάς.
myself (against) stones? ‘Youindeed ‘heard the threats

Τότε δὴ μὲν ἔμεινε αὐτου.

Then truly indeed he-remained there (that day).
Δὲ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ τε ἀπέδωχε αὐτοῖς ἃ ὑπέ-
But on-the next-day ‘he also ‘gave to-them what he-had.

σχετο, καὶ συνέπεμψε τοὺς ἐλάσοντας
promised, and he-sent-with (them) — (thoso) driving
ταῦτα. Οἱ στρατιῶται δὲ τέως μὲν

these (eattle). The soldiers however in-the-mean-time indeed

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VII. δδὲ

seed le τς ὡς Ξενοφῶν οἴχοιτο ὡς Σεύϑην οἰκήσων

= Xenophon was-gone_ to Seuthes, dwelling
χαὶ ἀποληψόμενος ἃ ὑπέσχετο αὐτῷ"

(with him) and having-received what he-promised him;
δὲ ἐπεὶ εἶδον αὐτὸν ἥχοντα τε ἤσϑησα»
bu: when they-szaw him coming they-‘were not-only ‘delighted
a 3
καὶ προςέϑεον. Δὲ Ἐξενοφῶν ἐπεὶ εἶδε Χαρ-
eut-alzo = ran-to (him). But Xenophon when he-saw Char-
μῖνόν τε καὶ TloAvmxoy’ Ταῦτα, ἔφη; καὶ
minus as also Polynicus : These (things), said-he, ‘have even

δ’ ὑμᾶς σέσωσται TH στρατιᾷ, καὶ ἐγὼ παρα:

through you ‘been-saved for-the army, and

δίδωμι αὐτὰ ὑμὶν" ὑμεῖς δὲ διαϑέμενοι διά-
liver them to-you; you’ indeed having-disposed-of (them) dis-

δοτε τῇ στρατιᾷ. Οἱ οὖν μὲν,
tribute (the proceeds) to-the soldiers. — (Those) therefore indeed,

παραλαθόντες καὶ καταστήσαντες λαφυρο-
having-received (the things) and es appointed booty-

πώλας, ἐπώλουν, καὶ εἶχον πολλήν αἰτίαν.
sellers, sold (the things), and they-had much blame.

E Ἐενοφῶν οὐ mposyet, ἀλλὰ ἦν φανερὸς
Bu. Xenophon ‘didnot ‘gu-near (them), but was openly
παρασχευοζόμενος oixade’ yap mu ψῆφος
preparing for-home; for as-yet (a) vote (or sentence)
οὐ ἐπῆχτο αὐτῷ ᾿Αϑήνησι περὶ φυγῆς.

‘was not ‘proposed against-him at-Athens respecting banishment.

Δὲ οἱ ἐπιτήδειοι ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ προςελϑόντες

But — (his) friends in the camp going -to
3 ~ 3997 1 3 ~ 4

αὐτῷ ἐδέοντο μὴ ἀπελϑεῖν, πρὸν ἀπα-

him requested (that he would) not depart, before he-might

γάγοι τὸ στράτευμα, καὶ παραδοίη Oibpwr.

-off the army, and deliver (it) to-Thibron

556 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

CHAPTER VI-I

Ἐντεῦθεν διέπλευσαν εἰς Λάμψαχον᾽ xa

THENCE they-sailed-across to Lampsacus ; and
Εὐχλείδηῆς μάντις, Φλιάσιος, ὁ vids Κλεαγόρου,
Euclides (the) augur, (a) Phliasian, the son of-Cleagorus,
τοῦ γεγραφότος τὰ ἐνύπνια ἐν Λυκείῳ, ἀπαντᾷ
the (one) having-written the dreams in (the) Lyceum, came-to-meet
τῷ Ἐενοφῶντι. Οὗτος συνήδετο τῷ ἘΞενοφῶντι,
-- Xenophon. This (person) congratulated — Xenophon,
ὅτι ἐσέσωστο, καὶ ἠρώτα αὐτὸν πόσον χρυσίον
that he-had-been-saved, and inquired-of him how-much gold
ἔχει. Ὁ δ᾽ ἐπομόσας αὐτῷ einer,
he-bas. — (Xenophon) indeed having-taken-an-oath to-him said,

ἢ μὴν ἔσεσϑαι μηδὲ ἱκανὸν ἐφόδιον
(that) there-was certainly to-be not sufficient travelling-expenses

ἀπιόντι οἴχαδε, εἰ μὴ ἀπόδοιτο τὸν ἵππον καὶ

departing for-home, unless he-sold — (his) horse and
ἃ εἶχεν dud αὑτὸν. A’ ὁ οὐχ ἑἕπί-

what he-had about him. But — (Euclides) ‘did not *be-
στευεν αὐτῷ: A’ ἐπεὲ Λαμψακηνοὶ ἔπεμψαν

lieve him. But when (the) Lampsaceans had-sent
ξένια τῷ Ἐενοφῶντι, χαὶ ἔϑυε τῷ ᾿Απόλε
gifts-of-hospitality ἴὸ ---- Xenophon, and he-sacrificedto— Apollo,
λωνι, παρεστήσατο τὸν KixAcidny’ ὁ Εὐχλείδης
he-placed-beside (him) — Euclides ; - Euclides

δὲ ἰδὼν τὰ ἱερεῖα εἶπεν, ὅτι πείϑοιτο αὐτῷ
indeed seeing the victims said, that he-believed him
ἡ εἶναι χρήματα. ᾿Αλλ’ οἷδα, ἔφη, ὅτι

not to-be [mo to have] riches. But I-know, said-he, that
κἂν ποτὲ μέλλῃ ἔσεσθαι τι
even-if (money) at-any-time should-be-about to-be (yours) some
ἐμπόδιον φαίνεται, ἐὰν μηδὲν ἄλλο, σὺ σαυτῷ

impediment shows iteelf, if no other, you yourself

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VIM. 557
O Ἐξενοφῶν συνωμολόγει ταῦτα. Ὁ
“- Xenophon assents to-these (things). — (Euclides,
δὲ cine’ Tap ὁ Ζεὺς ὁ Μειλίχιος ἐστι
indeed said : --- (However) — Jupiter — Meilichius is (a)
ἐμπόδιον" καὶ ἐπήρετο, εἰ ποτὲ ἤδη θύσειν,
hindrance : and inquired, if ever now (that he) sacrificed,

ὥςπερ οἶχοι, ἔφη, ἐγὼ eiddev θύεσθαι καὶ

the-same-as at-home, said-he, 1 was-accustomed tv-sacrifice and

edoxavtely ὑμῖν. A’ ὁ ἔφη, ἐξ ὅτου
offer-holocausts for-you. But --- (Xenophon) said, from whatever

ἀπεδήωησε οὐ τεϑυχέναι τῷ τούτῳ
(time) he-left-home (that he) ‘had not ‘sacrificed to — this
θεῷ. Οὖν συνεδούλευσεν αὐτῷ θύεσθαι xada
ged. Therefore he-advised him to-sacrifice as
εἰώθει, χαὶ, ἔφη, συνοίσειν

6-δἀ- θοσηῃ-Δοοσυδίοιηθὦ, and, said-he, (I think that) it-will-contribute
ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον. δὲ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν προ-
for the better. And on-the next-day — Xenophon pro-
ελϑὼν εἰς ᾿Οφρύνιον ἐϑύετο, καὶ ὡλοχαύτει χοίρους
ceeding to Ophrynium sacrificed, and burned-up hogs
τῷ νόμῳ πατρίῳ, καὶ ἐχαλλιέρει.
in-the manner (of his) country, and _ he-found-the-entrails-favourable.

‘ ’ ~ e UU , 3 - 4
Kai tavtTy τῇ ἡμέρᾳ Βιτων adixeiva καὶ
And __ion-that — (same) day Biton arrived also

ἅμα Εὐχλείδης δώσοντες χρήματα τῷ στρατεύ-

together-with Euclides | having-given money to-the army ;

ματι" καὶ ξενοῦνταί τὰ
[with pay for the army ;] and they-were-hospitably-entertained by —

Ἐξενοφῶντι, καὶ λυσάμενοι innov, dv ἀπέδοτο &

Xenophon, and having-redeemed (the) horse, which he-sold ia
ΔΛαμψάχῳ πεντήχοντα δαρειχῶν, ὑποπτεύοντες

Lampsacus for-fifty arics, suspecting (that)
αὐτὸν πεπραχέναι δ᾽ ἔνδειαν, ὅτι
he had-sold (it) through want, (because) that
ἤχουον αὐτὸν ἤδεσθαι τῷ ἵππῳ, ἀπέ

they-had-heard (that) he was-fond-of the horse, they-

§58 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

δοσαν xai ἤϑελον οὐχ ἀπολαθδεῖν ΤῊ»

restored (ἷς ἰο him) and they-would ποῖ receive the
A

τιμὴν.

price (from him).
Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐπορεύοντο διὰ τῆς Τρῳάδος, καὶ

Thence they-proceeded through — Troas, and
ὑπερδάντες τὴν Ἴδην ἀφικοῦνται πρῶτον εἰς "Ar
crossing-over -- Ida they-arrived first at An-

φανδρον" εἶτα πορευόμενοι παρὰ θάλατταν
tandrium; afterwards prvuceeding along (the) sea (they arrived)

εἰς πεδίον Θήδης τῆς Λυδίας. Ἐντεῦθεν
on (the) plain of-Thebe — (in) Lydia. Thence

ὁδεύσαντες δι ᾿Ατραμυττίου καὶ Keptavod
journeying through Atramyttium and Certonium y

᾿Αταρνέα ἔλϑόντες εἰς πεδίον Kaixov xata-
Atarneus having-come [Ἃ0 (the) plain of-Caicus they-
λαμθάνουσι Πέργαμον τῆε Μιυσίας.
reached Pergamus — (in) Mysia.

Ἐνταῦϑα δὴ Ἐξενοφῶν ξενοῦται παρ᾽

Hiere indeed Xenophon was-entertained-hospitably y
Ἑλλάδι, γυναικὶ τῇ Γογγύλου τοῦ "Ἐρετριέως,
Hellas, (the) wife of — Gongylus the retrian,
xai μητρί Γοργίωνης καὶ Γογγύλου. Αὕτη
and (the) mother of-Gorgion and ongylus. This (Hellas)
δὲ φράζει αὐτῷ, ὅτι ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ Πέρσης
indeed mentions to-him, that there-was in the plain (a) Persian
ἀνὴρ ᾿Ασιδάτης᾽ τοῦτον ἔφη αὐτόν,
man (called) Asidates ; this (person) she-said (that) he, [Xenophon,]
ei EASOL τῆς νυχτὸς σὺν τριαχοσίοις ἀνδράσι,
if he-would-go at — night with three-hundred men,
-. 3 -ν ~

ἂν λαδεῖν καὶ αὑτὸν, καὶ γυναῖχα, καὶ παῖδας,
might capture — him, _ and (his) wife, and = children,
καὶ τὰ χρήματα᾽ εἶναι δὲ πολλά.
and -“--- (his) property; (and that this) was indeed much,

Ἔπεμψε δὲ τε τὸν ἀνεψιὸν αὑτῆς καὶ Δαῷνα-
She-ends indeed also’ the cousin of-herself and Daphna

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VITI. 659

γόραν, ὃν ἐποιεῖτο πλείστου, καϑηγησομένους

whom she-'made much ‘of, acting-as-guides (in)
ταῦτα. Ὁ Ξενοφῶν οὖν ἔχων» τούτους
these (things). -— Xenophon therefore having these (men)

ἑαυτῷ ἐθύετο. Kal Bacias ὁ λεῖος,
with himself sacrifi-ed. And Basias the Elian, (an)

μάντις παρών, einer, ὅτι τὰ ἱερὰ εἴη κάλλιστα

augur being-present, said, that the victims were most-favourable

αὐτῷ, καὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ εἴη ἁλώσιμος. Λειπνήσας οὖν
to-him, and the man might-be easily-captured. Having-supped therefore

ἐπορεύετο τε λαδὼν τοὺς λοχαγοὺς τοὺς
he-proceeded-forth also taking the captains — (those namely

μάλιστα φίλους, καὶ γεγενημένους πιστοὺς διὰ
his) posi friends, and having-been faithful through

παντός, ὅπως ποιήσαι εὖ αὐτούς. Δὲ καὶ
all, in-order-that he-might-do good to-them. Aud also

ἄλλοι συνεξέρχονται αὐτῷ βιασάμενοι
others joined him having-forced-themselves (on him)

eis éLaxocioug* δὲ οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἀπήλαυνον,
to (the number of) six-hundred; but the captains ‘drove

ἵνα μὴ petadoley τὸ μέρος
(them) 'back, that ὑδογ- τοῦ not ‘share (in) the part

χρημάτων ὡς δὴ ἑτοίμων.

of-things as really ready (to be taken).

Ἐπεὶ δὲ adixovto περὶ μέσας νύχτας, τὰ
When hcwever they-arrived (there) about mid night, the

ἀνδράποδα μὲν ὄντα πέριξ τῆς τύρσιος καὶ τὰ

slaves indeed being about the castle andthe
πλεῖστα χρήματα ἀπέδρα αὐτοὺς, παραμε-
most (of the) things escaped them, having.

λοῦντας, ὡς λάδοιεν ᾿Ασιδάτην αὐτὸν καὶ
neglected (them), that they-might-take Asidates himself and

τὰ éxetvov. Δὲ ἐπεὶ πυργομαχοῦντες
the (property) of-him. But when assaulting they-'were

οὐχ ἐδύναντο λαθεῖν τὴν τύρσιν, (yap ἦν ὑψηλὴ,

aot ‘able to-take the castle, (for it-was high,

660 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

καὶ μεγάλη, καὶ ἔχουσα προμαχεῶνας καὶ πολλοὺς

and having battlements and many

καὶ μαχίμους ἀγοράς) ἐπεχεῖρησαν διορύττειν

brave men,) they-endeavoured to-dig-through (the

tov πύργον. ‘O τοῖχος δὲ ἦν ἐπ ὀχτὼ
walls of) the castle. The wall indeed was of eighs
γηΐνων πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος. Ἅμα δὲ
varthen bricks (in) the breadth. At-the-same-time however
τῇ ἡμέρᾳ διωρώρυχτο" καὶ ὡς τὸ πρῶτον
with-the (break of) day it-was-dug-through; and as_ the

διεφάνη τις ἔνδοδεν βουπόρῳ ὀδελίσκῳ

(opening) appeared some-one from-within ‘with (an) ‘ox-piercing spit

ἐπάταξε τοῦ ἐγγυτάτω διαμπερὲς τὸν μηρὸν dé
struck the nearest entirely-through the thigh; | and

TO Aono ἐχτοξεύοντες ἐποίουν
(for) the rest and afterwards] shooting-arrows they-made (it)

μηδὲ ἔτι εἶναι ἀσφαλὲς napévar. Δὲ αὐτῶν
ὯΟ longer _to-be safe to-approach. But they

χεχραγότων xal πυρσευόντων, ᾿Ιταμδέλεσις μὲν
shouting aud giving-signals-by-torches, Itambelesis indeed
ἔχων τὴν δύναμιν ἑαυτοῦ ἐκ Κομανίας δὲ ὁπλίται
having the force of-himself from Comania and heavy-armed

᾿Ασσύριοι καὶ Ὑρχάνιοι ἱππεῖς, ὡς ὀγδοήχοντα,
(men) Assyrians and Hyrcanian’ cavalry, about eighty,

καὶ οὗτοι μισϑοφόροι βασιλέως, καὶ ἄλλοι

and these mercenaries ‘of (the) ‘king, and other

nNEATACTAL εἰς ὀχταχοσίους, ἐχδοηϑοῦσιν
targeteers to (the number of) eight-hundred, came-'to (their)

δ᾽ ἄλλοι éx Παρϑενίου, δ᾽ ἄλλοι
assistance; and (also) others (came) from Parthenium, δηὰ others
IE ᾿Αππολλωνίας καὶ ἐκ τῶν πλησίον χωρίων,
from Apollonia and from the placea,

A

καὶ ἱππαεὶς.
likewise cavalry.
Ἐνταῦϑα δὴ ἦν Spa σκοπεῖν, πῶς ἡ ἄφοδος

Now truly it-was time to-consider, how the retreat

BUOK VII. — CHAPTER VIII. 56)

ἴσται' wal λαθόντες, ὅσοι ἦσαν βόες xu

would-be; and taking, as-many-as tiere-were oxen and
πρόθατα, ἤλαυνον, χαὶ ποιησάμενοι

sheep, they-‘drove (them) ‘off, and having-placed (the)
ἀνδράποδα ἐντὸὸ πλαισίου" οὐ οὕτω προςέχοντες
slaves within (the) square; not so-much as-applying
τὸν νοῦν τοὶς χρήμασιν, ἀλλὰ ἢ ἄφοδος
the mind to— (these) things, but (that) the retreat

μὴ εἴη φυγὴ, εἰ καταλιπόντες τὰ χρήματα
‘might not ‘be (likea) flight, if leaving-behind the thin
ἀπίοιεν, nal τε οἵ πολέμιοι elev θρασύτεροί,
they-should-depart, and also the enemy might-become more-bold,
καὶ of στρατιῶται ἀϑυμότεροι" δὲ νῦν ἀπήεσαν ὡς
and the soldiers discouraged; but now they-retreated as
μαχούμενοι περὶ τῶν χρημάτων. Δὲ ἐπεὶ
fighting about the things (captured). But when
Toyytaos édpu τοὺς Ἕλληνας ὀλίγους μὲν,
Gorgylus saw the Greeks (tobe) few indeed,
δὲ TOUS ἐπιχειμένος πολλοὺς, καὶ αὐτὸς
but — (those) pressing-on (them) many, —_ he
3; , ~ ‘ 5 4 ,
ἐξέρχεται βίᾳ τῆς μντρὸς, ἔχων τὴν δύναμιν
sallied-forth despite — (his) mother, | having the force
ἑαυτοῦ, βουλόμενος συμ-
of-himself, [having his own force with him,] wishing to- par-
μετασχεῖν τοῦ Epyou’ δὲ xal Προχλῆς συνεθοήϑει
ticipate (in) the action: but also Procles came-'to
ἐξ ᾿Αλισαρνης καὶ Τευϑρανίας,
(their) ‘assistance from Hialisarne and (likewise) Teuthranias,

ὁ ἀπὸ Δαμαράτου. Οἱ δὲ περὶ
(he) who (was descended) from $Damuratus, The (men) indeed with
ὄντα ἐπεὶ ἤδη πάνυ ἐπιέζοντο ὑπὸ τῶν
Xenophon when already much oppressed by the
τοξευμάτων καὶ σφενδονῶν, πορευόμενοι
arrows and slings, (while) marching-forward ‘in (a)
’ ο »Ἤ \ ;
κύχλῳ, ὅπως ἔχοιεν τὰ ὅπλα πρὸ
‘circle, so-that they-might-have — (their) shields (as a defence) againw

562 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

τῶν τοξευμάτων, μόλις diabaivovor τὸν ποταμόν
the arrows, ‘they with-difficulty 'crossed-over the river

Κάϊχον, ἐγγὺς οἱ ἡμίσεις φετρωμένοι.ς: Καί
Caicua, near the aie (of them) being-wounded. And
ἐνταῦϑα ᾿Αγασίας Στυμφάλιος λοχαγὸς TUF por
here Agasias (the) Stymphalian, (a) captain,

σχεται, μαχόμενος τὸν πάντα χρόνον πρὸς τοὺς
wounded, fighting the whole time against the

πολεμίους. Kai διασώζονται, ἔχοντες ὡς διακόσια

enemy. And_ they-were-saved, having about two-hundred

ἀνδράποδα xai πρόθατα ὅσον θύματα.
slaves and cattle as-much-as (was required for the) aces
Δὲ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν θυσάμενος, ἐξάγει
But the next-day — Xenophon having-sacrificed, lead-out

τὸ πὰν στράτευμα νύκτωρ, ὅπως ὅτι EASOL
the whole army at-night, in-order that he-might-go (a)

μαχροτάτην τῆς Λυδίας εἰς τὸ
very-long (way) through— Lydia for the (purpose, that the

un φοθεῖσθαι διὰ τὸ εἶναι ἐγγὺς,

Persian) ‘might ef *be-alarmed | through the _to-be near, [by

ἀλλ᾽ ἀφυλαχτεῖν. Δὲ ὃ ᾽Ασι-
his proximity,] but be-‘off (his) ‘guard. But — Asi-

δάτης ἀχούσας, ὅτι Hevopay εἴη τεϑυμένος πάλιν
dates hearing, that Xenophon’ has-been-sacrificing again
9 3 3... ‘
ἐπὶ αὐτὸν, καὶ meow
(abcut marching) against him, and (that) he-would.come (back)

παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι, ἐξαυλίζεται εἰς
with-all the army, "he (the Persian] *went-out to

χώμας ἐχούσας ὑπὸ τὸ πόλισμα Παρϑένιον.
villages having (themselves) under the td (of) thenium.

Ἐνταῦθα ot περὶ Ἐενοφῶντα συντυγχάνουσιν
Here — (those) with Xenophon come-upon

AUTO, καὶ λαμθά αγνουσιν αὑτὸν, χαὶ γυναΐχα, καὶ
him, and captured him, and (his) wife, and

παῖδας, καὶ tots ἵππους, καὶ πάντα τὰ
(his) shildren, and “--- (his) horses, ἰ δηὰ all the

BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VIII. 562

τὰ ὄντα' καὶ οὕτω τὰ πρότερα

— being (his); [and all his property;}] and thus the

ἱερὰ ἀπίθ. Ἔπειτα πάλιν ἀφικνοῦνται
sacrifices happened (truly). Afterwards ‘they again ‘arrived
eis Tlé sha Ἔνταῦϑα ὁ Ἐξνοφῶν οὐχ

Here — Xenophon ‘could not

indoaro τὸν Qeov yap xai οἱ Λάχωνες, καὶ
‘complain (of) the god; for also the Lacedsmonians, and

οἱ λοχαγοὶ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοὶ, καὶ οἱ OF
the captains and the other gene and the sol.

τιῶται, sith τ τὴν ὥςτε λαμόάνειν ἐξαίρετα
diers, that he-should-take select-portions

χαὶ ἵσιπους, xai ζεύγη, καὶ τἄλλα ὥςτε
— (namely) horses, and yokes-of-oxen, δηὰ other-things; so-that

εἶναι ἤδη ἱχανὸν καὶ ποιεὶν εὖ ἄλλον.
he-was now able even to-do good to-another.

"Ev vovtov Oibpay παραγενόμενος παρέλαδε τὸ

After _ this Thibron having-arrived he-received the
στράτειμα καὶ συμμίξας τῷ ἄλλῳ Ἑλληνιχῷ,

and having-mixed (it) with-the other Grecian

ἐπολέμει πρὸς Τισσαφέρνην καὶ Φαρνάδαζον

(force), he-made-war against Tissaphernes and Pharnabasus.

Oise ἄρχοντες δὲ τῆς βασιλέως,
Those governors indeed of-the territories ‘of (the) *king,
ὅσην ἐπήλθομεν" Λυδίας ᾿Αρτίμας᾽
as-much-as we-passed-through (were these): of-Lydia, Artimas;

Dpvy υγίας ᾿Αρταχάμας" Λύυχαονιας καὶ Καππαδοχίας
f. Phrygia, Artacamas; of-Lycaonia and Cappadocia,

’

Μιϑριδάτης᾽ Κιλικίας Συέννεσις" Φοινίκης καὶ

Mithridates; of-Cilicia, Suennesis; of-Pheenicia and

᾿Αραδί tag Δέρνης" Συρίας καὶ ᾿Ασσυρίας Βέλεσυς"
ia, Dernes; of-Syria and Assyria Belesys;

Βαδυλῶνος Ῥωπάρας" Μηδίας ᾿ Αρδάκας" Φασια-

ef-Babylon, Rhoparas; of-Media, bacas; of-the-Pha-

νῶν καὶ Ἑσπεριτῶν Tipibalos: (δὲ Καρδοῦχοι,

sians and the ea iribasus; (for (the) Cardcouchi,

b64 fHB ANABASIS OF XENOPHON.

δὲ xal Χάλυδες xai Χαλδαῖοι χαὶ Μάχρωνες

and also (the) Chalybes and (the) Chaldwans and (the) nes

χαὶ Κόλχοι xai Μοσσύνοιχοι καὶ Tiba αρηνοὶ
and (the) Colchians δηὰ (1280) Mossyneci and (the)

αὐτόνομοι ἡ Παφλαγονίας Κορύλας"
(were) independent-nations ;) of- Paphlagonia, ae *of (the)

Βιϑυνῶν Φαρνάδαζος " τῶν Θρᾳκῶν ἐν Ev paren

‘Bithynians Pharnabazsus; of — (those) Se a et in

Σεύϑης. ᾿Αριῶμὸς δὲ τὴς συμπάσης odov τῆς
Seuthes. (The) enumeration indeed of-the entire route of-the

ἀναθάσεως χαὶ χαταθάσεως διαχόσιοι δεχα-
ascent and descent (is) two-hundred (and) fif-

πέντε σταϑμοὶ, χίλιοι ἕχατὸν πεντήχοντα
teen days’-march, one-thousand one-hundred (and) five

πέντε παρασάγγαι, τριςμύρια τετραχιςγίλια
five ρασάγγ ᾿ Pie ae μὲ (and) psig cate

ἑξαχόσια πεντήχοντα στάδια. Πλῆϑος
(and) six-hundred (and) fifty stadia. (The) amount-of

“VOU τῆς ἀναθάσεως καὶ χαταθάσεως
time (spent in) the ascent and descent (being:

ἐνιαυτὸς χαὶ τρεὶς μῆνες.
a-year and three months.

asm

μὸν αἹ

Digitized by Google

Digitized by Google

Digitized by Google

Digitized by Google

Digitized by Google

Digitized by Google

Digitized by Google

Digitized by Google

Digitized by Google

Digitized by Google

THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, SANTA CRUZ

This book is due on the last DATE stamped below.
To renew by phone, call 429-2756
Books not returned or renewed within 14 days
after due date are subject to billing.

JUL 25 1989 "»
GUL 24 1295 ROOD
per LU

NOV 10 1992 REC'D

JUL 2096
JUL 24 1996 tC

UG1 3 199t
AiG 09 1995 εὐ

WR 23 89]
APR 23 1997 REC'D

Series 2373

A

3 2106 00901 6004

Digitized by Google